PRINTER'S NO. 2005

THE GENERAL ASSEMBLY OF PENNSYLVANIA


HOUSE BILL

No. 1628 Session of 1987


        INTRODUCED BY RYBAK, DeVERTER, MAIALE, NOYE, GAMBLE, JOSEPHS,
           LESCOVITZ, MICHLOVIC, TRUMAN, YANDRISEVITS, GANNON, DURHAM,
           GODSHALL, MOWERY, REINARD, LIVENGOOD, ROBBINS, McCALL, FOX,
           S. H. SMITH, HALUSKA, CALTAGIRONE, MORRIS, DISTLER, JAROLIN,
           CARLSON, KUKOVICH, BATTISTO, E. Z. TAYLOR, HOWLETT, CORRIGAN,
           BALDWIN, O'BRIEN, G. SNYDER, GRUPPO, LAUGHLIN, CAWLEY,
           CHADWICK, COHEN, BURNS, SEMMEL, B. SMITH, ITKIN, WOZNIAK,
           RUDY, COY AND WIGGINS, JUNE 30, 1987

        REFERRED TO COMMITTEE ON INSURANCE, JUNE 30, 1987

                                     AN ACT

     1  Amending Title 40 (Insurance) of the Pennsylvania Consolidated
     2     Statutes, adding provisions relating to insurance; and making
     3     repeals.

     4                         TABLE OF CONTENTS
     5                              TITLE 40
     6                             INSURANCE
     7                   PART I. PRELIMINARY PROVISIONS
     8  Chapter 1.  General Provisions
     9  § 101.  Short title of title.
    10  § 102.  Definitions.
    11            PART II. REGULATION OF INSURERS AND RELATED
    12                         PERSONS GENERALLY
    13  Chapter 3.  General Provisions
    14  § 301.  Definitions (Reserved).
    15  § 302.  Applicability of part.


     1  § 303.  Compliance with part.
     2  § 304.  Regulations.
     3  Chapter 5.  Insurance Department
     4  § 501.  Establishment of department.
     5  § 502.  Appointment of commissioner.
     6  § 503.  Restrictions on officers and employees.
     7  § 504.  Seal.
     8  § 505.  Certified documents and copies.
     9  § 506.  Certificates of authority to do business.
    10  § 507.  Penalty for acting without authority.
    11  § 508.  Fees.
    12  § 509.  Assessments for expenses of Committee on Valuation
    13             of Securities.
    14  § 510.  Additional restrictions of other states.
    15  § 511.  Examination of companies.
    16  § 512.  Powers with regard to examinations.
    17  § 513.  Collection of taxes, fines and penalties.
    18  § 514.  Records and report of department.
    19  § 515.  Administrative procedure and judicial review.
    20  Chapter 7.  Reserve Liability
    21     Subchapter A.  Life Insurance and Annuities
    22  § 701.  Valuation by department.
    23  § 702.  Computation of reserves on prior policies.
    24  § 703.  Computation of reserves on recent policies.
    25  § 704.  Reserves for special plans.
    26  § 705.  Minimum reserve requirements of certain companies.
    27  § 706.  Computation of reserves for health and accident
    28             insurance.
    29  § 707.  Valuations by other states.
    30  § 708.  Reserve fund.
    19870H1628B2005                  - 2 -

     1  § 709.  Valuation of securities.
     2     Subchapter B.  Insurance Other than Life Insurance
     3  § 721.  Computation of unearned premium liability.
     4     Subchapter C.  Workmen's Compensation and Liability Insurance
     5  § 731.  Definitions.
     6  § 732.  Computation of reserves.
     7  § 733.  Distribution of unallocated loss expense payments.
     8  § 734.  Power of department to determine reserves.
     9     Subchapter D.  Casualty Insurance
    10  § 741.  Right of action.
    11  § 742.  Notice of impairment of funds.
    12     Subchapter E.  Title Insurance
    13  § 751.  Title insurance reserve.
    14  § 752.  Reinsurance on liquidation of company.
    15  § 753.  Recovery by policyholders.
    16  Chapter 9.  Deposits of Securities to do Interstate Business
    17  § 901.  Deposit of securities with department.
    18  § 902.  State Treasurer as custodian.
    19  § 903.  Return of securities.
    20  § 904.  Actions in equity regarding deposits.
    21  Chapter 11.  Agents and Brokers
    22     Subchapter A.  Agents
    23  § 1101.  Definition of agent.
    24  § 1102.  Certification of agents.
    25  § 1103.  Licenses of agents.
    26  § 1104.  Penalty for doing business as agent without license.
    27  § 1105.  Personal liability of agents for unauthorized entity.
    28  § 1106.  Penalty for advertising as agent of unauthorized
    29             entity.
    30  § 1107.  Penalty for soliciting for nonexistent company.
    19870H1628B2005                  - 3 -

     1  § 1108.  Licensure of nonresident agents.
     2     Subchapter B.  Termination of Agency Contracts
     3  § 1121.  Definitions.
     4  § 1122.  Cancellation of contract.
     5  § 1123.  Continuation of business.
     6  § 1124.  Exclusions.
     7  § 1125.  Penalties.
     8     Subchapter C.  Insurance Brokers
     9  § 1131.  Definition and applicability.
    10  § 1132.  Licenses of brokers.
    11  § 1133.  Penalty for acting as broker without license.
    12  § 1134.  Doing business with unlicensed brokers.
    13  § 1135.  Payment of commissions to brokers.
    14     Subchapter D.  Prohibited Activities
    15  § 1141.  (Reserved).
    16  § 1142.  Theft offense.
    17  § 1143.  Commingling funds.
    18  § 1144.  Paying or receiving compensation for certain life
    19             insurance.
    20  § 1145.  Offering rebates and inducements.
    21  § 1146.  Acceptance of rebates.
    22  § 1147.  Misrepresentation of policy terms.
    23  § 1148.  Misrepresentation to induce change of insurers.
    24  § 1149.  Penalties imposed by department.
    25  § 1150.  Lending institutions, public utilities and holding
    26             companies not to be licensed.
    27     Subchapter E.  Managers and Exclusive General Agents
    28  § 1161.  Certification.
    29  § 1162.  Licensure.
    30  § 1163.  Exclusion, sale or transfer.
    19870H1628B2005                  - 4 -

     1  § 1164.  Revocation and suspension of license.
     2  § 1165.  Penalties.
     3     Subchapter F.  Public Adjusters and Solicitors
     4  § 1171.  Definitions.
     5  § 1172.  Licensure.
     6  § 1173.  Fees.
     7  § 1174.  Bonds.
     8  § 1175.  Contracts.
     9  § 1176.  Penalties.
    10  § 1177.  Violations.
    11     Subchapter G.  Motor Vehicle Physical Damage Appraisers
    12  § 1181.  Short title of subchapter.
    13  § 1182.  Legislative intent.
    14  § 1183.  Definitions.
    15  § 1184.  Licensure.
    16  § 1185.  Expiration and renewal.
    17  § 1186.  Denial, suspension, revocation or refusal to renew
    18             license.
    19  § 1187.  Hearings and appeals.
    20  § 1188.  Conduct of business.
    21  § 1189.  Penalty.
    22     Subchapter H.  Public Remedies for Unlicensed Activity
    23  § 1191.  Injunction or other process.
    24  Chapter 13.  Unlicensed Insurers
    25  § 1301.  Purpose of chapter.
    26  § 1302.  Definitions.
    27  § 1303.  Aiding unlicensed insurers.
    28  § 1304.  Surplus lines insurance.
    29  § 1305.  Exclusions.
    30  § 1306.  Declarations.
    19870H1628B2005                  - 5 -

     1  § 1307.  Eligible surplus lines insurers.
     2  § 1308.  Licensure of surplus lines agents.
     3  § 1309.  Bond of surplus lines agents.
     4  § 1310.  Penalties.
     5  § 1311.  Surplus lines tax.
     6  § 1312.  Information required on contract.
     7  § 1313.  (Reserved).
     8  § 1314.  Rights of insured.
     9  § 1315.  Penalties.
    10  Chapter 15.  Unfair Insurance Practices
    11  § 1501.  Short title of chapter.
    12  § 1502.  Purpose of chapter.
    13  § 1503.  Definitions.
    14  § 1504.  Unfair practices.
    15  § 1505.  Immunity for statements or information.
    16  § 1506.  Powers of department.
    17  § 1507.  Administrative action.
    18  § 1508.  Injunction.
    19  § 1509.  Civil penalties.
    20  § 1510.  Exclusions.
    21  Chapter 17.  Reporting Requirements
    22  § 1701.  Definitions.
    23  § 1702.  Disposal of assets.
    24  § 1703.  Ceding or reinsurance.
    25  § 1704.  Business operations.
    26  § 1705.  Reports of financial condition.
    27  § 1706.  Additional reports from foreign or alien entities.
    28  Chapter 19.  Insurance Rates
    29  § 1901.  General provisions.
    30  § 1902.  Scope of chapter.
    19870H1628B2005                  - 6 -

     1  § 1903.  Ratemaking.
     2  § 1904.  Rate filings.
     3  § 1905.  Disapproval of filings.
     4  § 1906.  Rating organizations.
     5  § 1907.  Deviations.
     6  § 1908.  Appeal by minority.
     7  § 1909.  Information to be furnished insureds.
     8  § 1910.  Hearings and appeals of insureds.
     9  § 1911.  Advisory organizations.
    10  § 1912.  Joint underwriting or joint reinsurance.
    11  § 1913.  Examinations.
    12  § 1914.  Recording and reporting of loss and expense experience.
    13  § 1915.  False or misleading information.
    14  § 1916.  Assigned risks.
    15  § 1917.  Penalties.
    16  § 1918.  Hearing procedure and judicial review.
    17  Chapter 21.  Reciprocal and Inter-Insurance Exchanges
    18  § 2101.  General provisions.
    19  § 2102.  Authority to exchange.
    20  § 2103.  Declarations.
    21  § 2104.  Certificates of attorney.
    22  § 2105.  Statements to be filed by attorney.
    23  § 2106.  Examination by department.
    24  § 2107.  Reserves.
    25  § 2108.  Fees and taxes.
    26  § 2109.  Penalty.
    27  Chapter 23.  Lloyds Associations
    28  § 2301.  Definition.
    29  § 2302.  Authorization.
    30  § 2303.  Declarations.
    19870H1628B2005                  - 7 -

     1  § 2304.  Certification to do business.
     2  § 2305.  Examination by department.
     3  § 2306.  Deposits by alien underwriters.
     4  § 2307.  Return of deposits.
     5  § 2308.  Additional and substituted underwriters.
     6  § 2309.  Information to be furnished to department.
     7  § 2310.  Maximum amount of risks.
     8  § 2311.  Applicability of other provisions.
     9  § 2312.  Penalties.
    10            PART III. ORGANIZATION OF INSURANCE ENTITIES
    11  Chapter 31.  General Provisions
    12  § 3101.  Scope of part.
    13  § 3102.  Acceptance of part.
    14  § 3103.  Exemption from part.
    15  § 3104.  Power of General Assembly regarding charters.
    16  § 3105.  Persons prohibited from insurance business.
    17  § 3106.  Judicial proceedings.
    18  Chapter 33.  Incorporation of Insurance Companies
    19     Subchapter A.  Formation of Corporations
    20  § 3301.  Classes of insurance companies.
    21  § 3302.  Authorized classes of insurance.
    22  § 3303.  Articles of agreement.
    23  § 3304.  Name of company.
    24  § 3305.  Capital stock.
    25  § 3306.  Minimum capital stock and financial requirements.
    26  § 3307.  Officers and directors.
    27  § 3308.  Subscriptions.
    28     Subchapter B.  Promotion
    29  § 3321.  Definitions.
    30  § 3322.  Prohibited acts.
    19870H1628B2005                  - 8 -

     1  § 3323.  Limitation on promotional expenses.
     2  § 3324.  Form of application or contract.
     3  § 3325.  Depositories.
     4  § 3326.  Disclosure of interest.
     5  § 3327.  Prohibited terms.
     6  § 3328.  Advertisements and prospectuses.
     7  § 3329.  Remedies.
     8  § 3330.  Criminal penalties.
     9     Subchapter C.  Authorization
    10  § 3341.  Certification to department.
    11  § 3342.  Approval of articles of agreement and letters patent.
    12  § 3343.  Recording of articles of agreement and letters patent.
    13  § 3344.  Information filed with the Auditor General.
    14  § 3345.  Certificate of authority.
    15     Subchapter D.  Valuation of Securities
    16  § 3351.  Valuation of securities.
    17     Subchapter E.  Conversion of Mutual Companies to Corporations
    18  § 3361.  Definitions.
    19  § 3362.  Valuation of interest of owner.
    20  § 3363.  Documentation filed with department.
    21  § 3364.  Determination by department.
    22  § 3365.  Hearing on approval.
    23  § 3366.  Approval of plan of conversion by policyholders.
    24  § 3367.  Recording plan of conversion.
    25  § 3368.  Legal effect of conversion.
    26  § 3369.  Subscriptions to capital stock of company.
    27  § 3370.  Survival of mutual policies.
    28  § 3371.  Laws applicable to converted companies.
    29  § 3372.  Commencement of business.
    30  Chapter 35.  Corporate Operations
    19870H1628B2005                  - 9 -

     1     Subchapter A.  Conduct of Business
     2  § 3501.  Use of company name.
     3  § 3502.  Stock and stockholders.
     4  § 3503.  Ownership of stock.
     5  § 3504.  Bylaws and seal.
     6  § 3505.  Administrative affairs.
     7  § 3506.  Salaries of employees in military service.
     8  § 3507.  Pensions.
     9  § 3508.  Execution of insurance policies.
    10  § 3509.  Joint policies.
    11  § 3510.  Incorporation of documents in policy.
    12  § 3511.  Lost insurance policies.
    13  § 3512.  Reinsurance.
    14  § 3513.  Reinsurance credits.
    15  § 3514.  Reinsurance among affiliates.
    16  § 3515.  Approval of contracts by department.
    17  § 3516.  Mortgage insurance.
    18  § 3517.  Distribution of dividends on group insurance.
    19     Subchapter B.  Election of Directors and Officers
    20  § 3531.  Annual meetings.
    21  § 3532.  Voting rights.
    22  § 3533.  Election of directors and trustees.
    23  § 3534.  Mutual fire insurance companies.
    24  § 3535.  Voting by stockholders and members.
    25  § 3536.  Proxies issued by domestic stock companies.
    26  § 3537.  Cumulative voting.
    27  § 3538.  Failure to elect directors or trustees.
    28  § 3539.  Directors and trustees.
    29     Subchapter C.  Fundamental Changes
    30  § 3551.  Stock votes on particular subjects.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 10 -

     1  § 3552.  Amendment of charter.
     2  § 3553.  Proceedings to file amended charter and certification.
     3  § 3554.  Power to increase capital stock.
     4  § 3555.  Proceedings to increase capital stock.
     5  § 3556.  Records of increases of capital stock.
     6  § 3557.  Sale of increases of capital stock.
     7  § 3558.  Reduction of capital stock.
     8     Subchapter D.  Merger, Consolidation and Voluntary
     9                     Dissolution
    10  § 3561.  Power to merge or consolidate.
    11  § 3562.  Proceedings to merge or consolidate.
    12  § 3563.  Dissenters' rights upon merger or consolidation.
    13  § 3564.  Merger of domestic and foreign insurance companies.
    14  § 3565.  Protection of competition.
    15  § 3566.  Merger by acquisition of stock.
    16  § 3567.  Dissenters' rights upon merger by acquisition of stock.
    17  § 3568.  Approval of acquisitions by department.
    18  § 3569.  Holding company systems.
    19  § 3570.  Voluntary dissolution.
    20  § 3571.  Dissolution for failure to do business.
    21     Subchapter E.  Foreign or Alien Companies
    22  § 3576.  Government-owned companies.
    23  § 3577.  Conditions for authorization of foreign or alien
    24             companies.
    25  § 3578.  Power of foreign or alien insurance companies
    26             as to real property.
    27     Subchapter F.  Violations and Penalties
    28  § 3581.  Embezzlement by officers or agents.
    29  § 3582.  Rebates and inducements.
    30  § 3583.  Misrepresentations.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 11 -

     1  § 3583.1.  Immunity from liability.
     2  § 3584.  Penalties for deceptive practices.
     3  § 3585.  Unfair discrimination.
     4  § 3586.  Unauthorized business practices.
     5  § 3587.  Buying proxies.
     6  § 3588.  Unauthorized motor vehicle services.
     7  § 3589.  Fraud in obtaining licenses or certificates.
     8  § 3590.  Securities transactions.
     9  Chapter 37.  International Operations
    10  § 3701.  Authority to transact business outside United States.
    11  § 3702.  Domestication of alien insurers.
    12  Chapter 39.  Suspension of Business and Dissolution
    13     Subchapter A.  General Provisions
    14  § 3901.  Construction and purpose.
    15  § 3902.  Applicability of chapter.
    16  § 3903.  Definitions.
    17     Subchapter B.  Judicial and Administrative Procedure
    18  § 3911.  Jurisdiction and venue.
    19  § 3912.  Injunctions and orders.
    20  § 3913.  Cooperation of officers and employees.
    21  § 3914.  Bonds.
    22  § 3915.  Reports of department.
    23     Subchapter C.  Summary Proceedings
    24  § 3921.  Summary orders of department.
    25  § 3922.  Supervision by department.
    26  § 3923.  Seizure orders.
    27  § 3924.  Conduct of hearings.
    28     Subchapter D.  Rehabilitation
    29  § 3931.  Grounds for rehabilitation.
    30  § 3932.  Rehabilitation orders.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 12 -

     1  § 3933.  Powers and duties of the rehabilitator.
     2  § 3934.  Actions by and against rehabilitator.
     3  § 3935.  Termination of rehabilitation.
     4     Subchapter E.  Liquidation Proceedings
     5  § 3941.  Grounds for liquidation.
     6  § 3942.  Liquidation orders.
     7  § 3943.  Continuation of coverage.
     8  § 3944.  Dissolution of insurer.
     9  § 3945.  Powers of liquidator.
    10  § 3946.  Notice to creditors and others.
    11  § 3947.  Duties of agents.
    12  § 3948.  Actions by and against liquidator.
    13     Subchapter F.  Estate of Liquidated Insurer
    14  § 3951.  Collection and list of assets.
    15  § 3952.  Fraudulent transfers prior to petition.
    16  § 3953.  Fraudulent transfers after petition.
    17  § 3954.  Voidable preferences and liens.
    18  § 3955.  Claims of holders of void or voidable rights.
    19  § 3956.  Setoffs and counterclaims.
    20  § 3957.  Assessments.
    21  § 3958.  Liability of reinsurer.
    22  § 3959.  Recovery of premiums.
    23  § 3960.  Proposal for distribution.
    24     Subchapter G.  Distribution of Estate of Liquidated Insurer
    25  § 3961.  Filing of claims.
    26  § 3962.  Proofs of claim.
    27  § 3963.  Special claims.
    28  § 3964.  Third-party claims.
    29  § 3965.  Disputed claims.
    30  § 3966.  Claims of surety.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 13 -

     1  § 3967.  Secured claims of creditors.
     2  § 3968.  Order of distribution.
     3  § 3969.  Liquidator's recommendations to the court.
     4  § 3970.  Distribution of assets.
     5  § 3971.  Unclaimed and withheld funds.
     6  § 3972.  Termination of proceedings.
     7  § 3973.  Reopening of liquidation.
     8  § 3974.  Disposition of records.
     9  § 3975.  External audit of receiver.
    10  § 3976.  Federal receivership.
    11     Subchapter H.  Interstate Relations
    12  § 3981.  Conservation of property of foreign or alien insurers.
    13  § 3982.  Liquidation of property of foreign or alien insurers.
    14  § 3983.  Foreign domiciliary receivers in other states.
    15  § 3984.  Ancillary formal proceedings.
    16  § 3985.  Ancillary summary proceedings.
    17  § 3986.  Claims of nonresidents against domiciliary insurers.
    18  § 3987.  Claims of residents against insurers of reciprocal
    19             states.
    20  § 3988.  Execution proceedings.
    21  § 3989.  Interstate priorities.
    22  § 3990.  Subordination of claims for lack of cooperation.
    23  Chapter 41.  Beneficial Societies
    24  § 4101.  Short title of chapter.
    25  § 4102.  Applicability of chapter.
    26  § 4103.  Limitation of benefits.
    27  § 4104.  Selection of directors.
    28  § 4105.  Holding management or agency corporations.
    29  § 4106.  Reserves.
    30  § 4107.  Investment of surplus.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 14 -

     1  § 4108.  Annual statements.
     2  § 4109.  Examinations.
     3  § 4110.  Filing and approval of documents.
     4  § 4111.  Qualifications of solicitors and agents.
     5  § 4112.  Inclusion of certain documents in policy.
     6  § 4113.  Criminal penalties.
     7  § 4114.  Civil penalties.
     8  § 4115.  Transfer restrictions.
     9  Chapter 43.  (Reserved).
    10  Chapter 45.  Fraternal Benefit Society Code
    11     Subchapter A.  General Provisions
    12  § 4501.  Short title of chapter.
    13  § 4502.  Definitions.
    14  § 4503.  Exemption from general insurance law.
    15  § 4504.  Taxation.
    16  § 4505.  Applicability of chapter.
    17     Subchapter B.  Organization and Corporate Operations
    18  § 4511.  Initial organization.
    19  § 4512.  Filing of initial papers with department.
    20  § 4513.  Validity of preliminary certificate.
    21  § 4514.  Solicitation of members.
    22  § 4515.  Examination by department.
    23  § 4516.  Exemption.
    24  § 4517.  Approval of documents.
    25  § 4518.  General corporate powers of societies.
    26  § 4519.  Review of orders of department.
    27  § 4520.  Classes of membership.
    28  § 4521.  Prohibition of activity.
    29  § 4522.  Location of offices and meetings.
    30  § 4523.  Consolidations and mergers.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 15 -

     1  § 4524.  Amendments to articles of incorporation, constitution
     2             and bylaws.
     3  § 4525.  Institutions.
     4  § 4526.  Personal liability.
     5  § 4527.  Waiver.
     6  § 4528.  Conversion of society into mutual life insurance
     7             company.
     8  § 4529.  Reinsurance.
     9     Subchapter C.  Benefits and Beneficiaries
    10  § 4531.  Benefits.
    11  § 4532.  Benefits on lives of children.
    12  § 4533.  Benefit options.
    13  § 4534.  Beneficiaries.
    14  § 4535.  Attachment of benefits.
    15  § 4536.  Contract for benefits.
    16     Subchapter D.  Certificates
    17  § 4541.  Approval of certificates.
    18  § 4542.  Criteria of review.
    19  § 4543.  Statement of title and premiums.
    20  § 4544.  Membership provisions.
    21  § 4545.  Default.
    22  § 4546.  Tables.
    23  § 4547.  Redetermination of premiums.
    24  § 4548.  Surplus.
    25  § 4549.  Loan value.
    26     Subchapter E.  Accident, Health and Disability Insurance
    27                     Contracts
    28  § 4551.  Approval of contracts by department.
    29  § 4552.  Conditions for certificates.
    30  § 4553.  Standard contract provisions.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 16 -

     1  § 4554.  Entire contract and changes.
     2  § 4555.  Time limits on certain defenses.
     3  § 4556.  Grace periods.
     4  § 4557.  Reinstatement.
     5  § 4558.  Claim procedure.
     6  § 4559.  Payment of claims.
     7  § 4560.  Legal actions.
     8  § 4561.  Change of beneficiary.
     9  § 4562.  Change of occupation.
    10  § 4563.  Conduct of insured.
    11  § 4564.  Other insurance.
    12  § 4565.  Relation of earnings to insurance.
    13  § 4566.  Cancellation.
    14  § 4567.  Conformity of provisions with state statutes.
    15  § 4568.  Inapplicable provisions.
    16  § 4569.  Composition and construction of certificates.
    17     Subchapter F.  Licensure
    18  § 4571.  Annual license for societies.
    19  § 4572.  Fees.
    20  § 4573.  Foreign or alien societies.
    21  § 4574.  Injunction, liquidation or receivership of domestic
    22             societies.
    23  § 4575.  Suspension, revocation or refusal of license to
    24             foreign or alien societies.
    25  § 4576.  Application for injunction.
    26  § 4577.  Licensure of fraternal insurance agents.
    27     Subchapter G.  Regulation of Operations
    28  § 4581.  Funds.
    29  § 4582.  Investments.
    30  § 4583.  Report of financial condition.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 17 -

     1  § 4584.  Determination of reserves.
     2  § 4585.  Deferred payments as liability.
     3  § 4586.  Certification of valuation.
     4  § 4587.  Valuation standards.
     5  § 4588.  Excess reserves.
     6  § 4589.  Examination of societies.
     7  § 4590.  Misrepresentations.
     8  § 4591.  Discrimination and rebates.
     9  § 4592.  Penalties.
    10  Chapter 47.  Mutual Companies
    11  § 4701.  Definition.
    12  § 4702.  Licensing of foreign or alien companies.
    13  § 4703.  Investment of assets.
    14  § 4704.  Investments in real estate.
    15  § 4705.  Policy provisions.
    16  § 4706.  Countersigning and delivery of policies.
    17  § 4707.  Premiums.
    18  § 4708.  Reserves.
    19  § 4709.  Assessments.
    20  § 4710.  Loans to companies.
    21  § 4711.  Surplus.
    22              PART IV. SPECIAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO
    23                     PARTICULAR CLASSES OF RISK
    24  Chapter 51.  General Provisions (Reserved)
    25  Chapter 53.  Life Insurance
    26     Subchapter A.  Investments and Corporate Operations
    27  § 5301.  General investment provisions.
    28  § 5302.  Permitted investments.
    29  § 5303.  Valuation.
    30  § 5304.  Additional investment authority for subsidiaries.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 18 -

     1  § 5305.  Authorized holdings of real estate.
     2  § 5306.  Capital of foreign and alien stock companies.
     3  § 5307.  Separate accounts.
     4  § 5308.  Impairment of reserve liability.
     5  § 5309.  Penalty.
     6  § 5310.  Corporations operating under prior statutes.
     7  § 5311.  Dividends.
     8  § 5312.  (Reserved).
     9  § 5313.  Vouchers for payment.
    10     Subchapter B.  Conduct of Business
    11  § 5321.  Uniform policy provisions.
    12  § 5322.  Standard nonforfeiture law for life insurance.
    13  § 5323.  Annuity and endowment contracts.
    14  § 5324.  Standard nonforfeiture law for individual deferred
    15             annuities.
    16  § 5325.  Notice of right to examine policies.
    17  § 5326.  Policy loan interest rates.
    18  § 5327.  Prohibited policy provisions.
    19  § 5328.  Medical examinations.
    20  § 5329.  Insurance on the life of another person.
    21  § 5330.  Statements by prospective insured.
    22  § 5331.  Insurance proceeds.
    23  § 5332.  (Reserved).
    24  § 5333.  Certain life, health and accident companies.
    25  § 5334.  Exchange, alteration and conversion of policies.
    26  § 5335.  Penalty for misrepresentation.
    27     Subchapter C.  Conversion of Stock Companies into Mutual
    28                     Companies
    29  § 5341.  Power to effect conversion.
    30  § 5342.  Approval of plan of conversion.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 19 -

     1  § 5343.  Filing of plan.
     2  § 5344.  Rights of dissenters.
     3  § 5345.  Completion of conversion.
     4     Subchapter D.  Mutual Life Insurance Companies
     5  § 5351.  Foreign and alien companies.
     6  § 5352.  Guarantee capital subscriptions.
     7  § 5353.  Surplus or safety fund.
     8     Subchapter E.  Group Insurance
     9  § 5361.  Authorized types of group insurance.
    10  § 5362.  Coverage of spouse and children.
    11  § 5363.  Policies issued to employers or trustees.
    12  § 5364.  Policies issued to trustees of joint funds.
    13  § 5365.  Policies issued to creditors.
    14  § 5366.  Policies issued to employee organizations.
    15  § 5367.  Standard policy provisions.
    16  § 5368.  Notice of conversion privileges.
    17  § 5369.  Assignment of incidents of ownership.
    18  § 5370.  Existing policies.
    19  § 5371.  Basis of premiums.
    20  § 5372.  Voting power of employers.
    21  § 5373.  Insurance for public employees.
    22  § 5374.  Payment of public employee group premiums.
    23     Subchapter F.  Industrial Insurance
    24  § 5381.  Definition.
    25  § 5382.  Uniform policy provisions.
    26  § 5383.  Prohibited policy provisions.
    27  § 5384.  Notice of right to examine policies.
    28     Subchapter G.  Limited Life Insurance Companies
    29  § 5391.  Definition.
    30  § 5392.  Powers of limited life insurance companies.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 20 -

     1  § 5393.  Reincorporation as limited life insurance company.
     2  § 5394.  Procedure for reincorporation.
     3  § 5395.  Authorization to do business.
     4  § 5396.  Reserves and capital stock requirements.
     5  § 5397.  Election of directors.
     6  Chapter 55.  Property and Casualty Insurance
     7     Subchapter A.  General Regulation
     8  § 5501.  Applicability of chapter.
     9  § 5502.  Financial requirements of foreign or alien companies.
    10  § 5503.  Investment of capital.
    11  § 5504.  Investments in financial institutions.
    12  § 5505.  Investment of surplus.
    13  § 5506.  Authorized holdings of real estate.
    14  § 5507.  Dividends.
    15  § 5508.  Reduction and withdrawal of capital stock.
    16  § 5509.  Procedure when capital impaired.
    17  § 5510.  Resident agents for foreign or alien insurance
    18             entities.
    19  § 5511.  Insurability of downhill ski operators against punitive
    20             damages.
    21     Subchapter B.  Workmen's Compensation Insurance
    22  § 5521.  Policy provisions.
    23  § 5522.  Actions for premiums.
    24  § 5523.  Rating plans.
    25  § 5524.  Annual report of premiums and loss experience.
    26  § 5525.  Powers of department.
    27     Subchapter C.  Employers' Mutual Liability Insurance
    28                     Associations
    29  § 5531.  Definitions.
    30  § 5532.  Examination of premises and books.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 21 -

     1  § 5533.  Rules and regulations.
     2  § 5534.  Premiums.
     3  § 5535.  Division of subscribers into groups.
     4  § 5536.  Powers of department.
     5  § 5537.  Dividends.
     6  § 5538.  Surplus.
     7  § 5539.  Contingent mutual liability of subscribers.
     8  § 5540.  Assessments.
     9  § 5541.  Withdrawal of subscribers.
    10     Subchapter D.  Arson Reporting Immunity
    11  § 5551.  Short title of subchapter.
    12  § 5552.  Definitions.
    13  § 5553.  Disclosure of information.
    14  § 5554.  Immunity.
    15  § 5555.  Evidence.
    16  § 5556.  Penalty.
    17  § 5557.  Construction of subchapter.
    18  § 5558.  Regulations.
    19     Subchapter E.  Anti-Arson Applications
    20  § 5561.  Short title of subchapter.
    21  § 5562.  Purpose of subchapter.
    22  § 5563.  Definitions.
    23  § 5564.  Applicability of subchapter.
    24  § 5565.  Form of anti-arson applications.
    25  § 5566.  Insurability.
    26  § 5567.  Requirement and effect of anti-arson applications.
    27  § 5568.  Alternative anti-arson applications.
    28  § 5569.  Termination of insurance policies or contracts.
    29  § 5570.  Penalties.
    30  § 5571.  Advisory board.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 22 -

     1     Subchapter F.  Notice of Premium Increases, Cancellations
     2                     and Nonrenewals
     3  § 5575.1.  Notice of premium increases.
     4  § 5575.2.  Grounds for cancellation.
     5  § 5575.3.  Notice of midterm cancellations and nonrenewals.
     6  § 5575.4.  Return of unearned premium amounts.
     7  § 5575.5.  Extended reporting endorsement.
     8  § 5575.6.  Policy form filings.
     9  § 5575.7.  Applicability.
    10  § 5575.8.  Penalties.
    11  § 5575.9.  Rulemaking.
    12     Subchapter G.  Miscellaneous Provisions
    13  § 5581.  Companies providing boiler insurance.
    14  § 5582.  Boiler insurance in cities of the first class.
    15  § 5583.  Insurance consultation services exemption.
    16  Chapter 57.  Pennsylvania Fair Plan
    17     Subchapter A.  General Provisions
    18  § 5701.  Short title of chapter.
    19  § 5702.  Purposes of chapter.
    20  § 5703.  Definitions.
    21     Subchapter B.  Structure of Fair Plan
    22  § 5711.  Industry placement facility.
    23  § 5712.  Fair plan.
    24  § 5713.  Distribution of risks.
    25  § 5714.  Uninsurable risks.
    26  § 5715.  Regulation by department.
    27  § 5716.  Annual and other statements.
    28  § 5717.  Privileged communications.
    29  § 5718.  Review.
    30     Subchapter C.  Pennsylvania Civil Disorder Authority
    19870H1628B2005                 - 23 -

     1  § 5721.  Formation of authority.
     2  § 5722.  Board of directors.
     3  § 5723.  Powers of authority.
     4  § 5724.  Civil Disorder Authority Fund.
     5  § 5725.  Reimbursement payments to Federal reinsurance facility.
     6  § 5726.  Bonds of authority.
     7  § 5727.  Remedies of bondholder.
     8     Subchapter D.  Basic Property Insurance Assessment
     9  § 5731.  Levy and amount of assessment.
    10  § 5732.  Payments to Pennsylvania Civil Disorder Authority.
    11  § 5733.  Reports and statements.
    12  § 5734.  Duration of assessment.
    13  Chapter 59.  Fire and Marine Insurance
    14     Subchapter A.  Insurers Generally
    15  § 5901.  Resident agents for foreign or alien insurance
    16             entities.
    17  § 5902.  Examination of foreign or alien entities by
    18             department.
    19  § 5903.  Annual returns.
    20  § 5904.  Penalties and revocation of license.
    21  § 5905.  Reports of fires to Bureau of Fire Protection.
    22  § 5906.  Provisions of fire insurance policies.
    23  § 5907.  Penalties for issuing other than standard fire
    24             policies.
    25     Subchapter B.  Stock Companies
    26  § 5921.  Capital of foreign or alien companies.
    27  § 5922.  Authorized investment of capital.
    28  § 5923.  Investment of surplus.
    29  § 5924.  Treasury stock.
    30  § 5925.  Estimation of surplus for dividends.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 24 -

     1  § 5926.  Authorized holdings of real estate.
     2  § 5927.  Procedure when capital impaired.
     3     Subchapter C.  Mutual Companies
     4  § 5931.  Licensing of foreign mutual companies.
     5  § 5932.  Rechartering of companies.
     6  § 5933.  Cash premium policies.
     7  § 5934.  Cash premiums.
     8  § 5935.  Surplus.
     9  Chapter 61.  Eligibility for Motor Vehicle Insurance
    10  § 6101.  Definitions.
    11  § 6102.  General provisions.
    12  § 6103.  Insufficient grounds for failure to insure.
    13  § 6104.  Grounds for cancellation.
    14  § 6105.  Premium increase or surcharge.
    15  § 6106.  Notice of refusal.
    16  § 6107.  Exclusions.
    17  § 6108.  Information regarding refusal to insure.
    18  § 6109.  Request for review.
    19  § 6110.  Review procedure.
    20  § 6111.  Powers of department.
    21  § 6112.  Penalty.
    22  Chapter 63.  Motor Vehicle Financial Responsibility
    23     Subchapter A.  General Provisions
    24  § 6301.  Short title of chapter.
    25  § 6302.  Definitions.
    26  § 6303.  Applicability of chapter.
    27  § 6304.  Administration of chapter.
    28     Subchapter B.  Motor Vehicle Liability Insurance
    29                     First Party Benefits
    30  § 6311.  Required benefits.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 25 -

     1  § 6312.  Availability of benefits.
     2  § 6313.  Source of benefits.
     3  § 6314.  Ineligible claimants.
     4  § 6315.  Availability of adequate limits.
     5  § 6316.  Payment of benefits.
     6  § 6317.  Stacking of benefits.
     7  § 6318.  Exclusion from benefits.
     8  § 6318.1.  Certain nonexcludable conditions.
     9  § 6319.  Coordination of benefits.
    10  § 6320.  Subrogation.
    11  § 6321.  Statute of limitations.
    12  § 6322.  Preclusion of recovering required benefits.
    13  § 6323.  Reporting requirements.
    14     Subchapter C.  Uninsured and Underinsured Motorist Coverage
    15  § 6331.  Scope and amount of coverage.
    16  § 6332.  Limits of coverage.
    17  § 6333.  Priority of recovery.
    18  § 6334.  Request for lower or higher limits of coverage.
    19  § 6335.  Workmen's compensation benefits.
    20  § 6336.  Coverage in excess of required amounts.
    21     Subchapter D.  Assigned Risk Plan
    22  § 6341.  Establishment of assigned risk plan.
    23  § 6342.  Scope of assigned risk plan.
    24  § 6343.  Rates.
    25  § 6344.  Termination of policies.
    26     Subchapter E.  Assigned Claims Plan
    27  § 6351.  Organization of assigned claims plan.
    28  § 6352.  Eligible claimants.
    29  § 6353.  Benefits available.
    30  § 6354.  Additional coverage.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 26 -

     1  § 6355.  Coordination of benefits.
     2  § 6356.  Subrogation.
     3  § 6357.  Statute of limitations.
     4     Subchapter F.  Catastrophic Loss Trust Fund
     5  § 6361.  Definitions.
     6  § 6362.  Funding.
     7  § 6363.  Enforcement.
     8  § 6364.  Catastrophic Loss Trust Fund.
     9  § 6365.  Catastrophic Loss Trust Fund Board.
    10  § 6366.  Benefits.
    11  § 6367.  Annual reports.
    12  § 6368.  Appeals.
    13  § 6369.  Miscellaneous provisions.
    14     Subchapter G.  Nonpayment of Judgments
    15  § 6371.  Court reports on nonpayment of judgments.
    16  § 6372.  Suspension for nonpayment of judgments.
    17  § 6373.  Duration of suspension.
    18  § 6374.  Satisfaction of judgments.
    19  § 6375.  Installment payment of judgments.
    20     Subchapter H.  Proof of Financial Responsibility
    21  § 6381.  Notice of sanction for not evidencing financial
    22             responsibility.
    23  § 6382.  Manner of providing proof of financial responsibility.
    24  § 6383.  Proof of financial responsibility before restoring
    25             operating privilege or registration.
    26  § 6384.  Proof of financial responsibility following violation.
    27  § 6385.  Proof of financial responsibility following accident.
    28  § 6386.  Self-certification of financial responsibility.
    29  § 6387.  Self-insurance.
    30     Subchapter I.  Miscellaneous Provisions
    19870H1628B2005                 - 27 -

     1  § 6391.  Notice of available benefits and limits.
     2  § 6392.  Availability of certain coverage.
     3  § 6393.  Premiums.
     4  § 6394.  Jurisdictional limit on judicial arbitration.
     5  § 6395.  Insurance fraud reporting immunity.
     6  § 6396.  Mental or physical examinations.
     7  § 6397.  Customary charges for treatment.
     8  § 6398.  Attorney fees and costs.
     9  Chapter 65.  Credit Insurance
    10  § 6501.  General provisions.
    11  § 6502.  Definitions.
    12  § 6503.  Forms.
    13  § 6504.  Amount of insurance.
    14  § 6505.  Term of insurance.
    15  § 6506.  Disclosure to debtors.
    16  § 6507.  Review of forms and premium rates.
    17  § 6508.  Premiums and refunds.
    18  § 6509.  Issuance of policies.
    19  § 6510.  Claims.
    20  § 6511.  Choice of insurer.
    21  § 6512.  Enforcement.
    22  § 6513.  Judicial review.
    23  § 6514.  Penalties.
    24  Chapter 67.  Title Insurance
    25     Subchapter A.  General Provisions
    26  § 6701.  Definitions.
    27  § 6702.  Applicability of chapter.
    28  § 6703.  Applicability of other provisions of title.
    29     Subchapter B.  Business Operations
    30  § 6711.  Powers of title insurance companies.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 28 -

     1  § 6712.  Corporate form.
     2  § 6713.  Title examination and records.
     3  § 6714.  Prohibition of guaranteeing mortgages.
     4  § 6715.  Loss of power to transact title insurance.
     5  § 6716.  Primary retained liability.
     6  § 6717.  Power to reinsure.
     7  § 6718.  Special reinsurance.
     8  § 6719.  Licensure of foreign or alien insurers.
     9  § 6720.  Resident agents for foreign or alien insurers.
    10  § 6721.  Regulation of agents.
    11  § 6722.  Commissions.
    12  § 6723.  Mergers and consolidations.
    13  § 6724.  Other corporate acquisitions.
    14  § 6725.  Change in corporate control.
    15     Subchapter C.  Investment and Reserves
    16  § 6731.  Financial requirements.
    17  § 6732.  Procedure when capital impaired.
    18  § 6733.  Unearned premium reserve.
    19  § 6734.  Amount of unearned premium reserve.
    20  § 6735.  Maintenance of unearned premium reserve.
    21  § 6736.  Use of unearned premium reserve.
    22  § 6737.  Reserves for unpaid losses and loss expenses.
    23  § 6738.  Investment of capital.
    24  § 6739.  Investment of surplus.
    25  § 6740.  Investment of unearned premium reserve.
    26  § 6741.  Other reserves.
    27     Subchapter D.  Rate Regulation
    28  § 6751.  Rate filing.
    29  § 6752.  Justification for rates.
    30  § 6753.  Making of rates.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 29 -

     1  § 6754.  Disapproval of filings.
     2  § 6755.  Rating organizations.
     3  § 6756.  Deviations.
     4  § 6757.  Appeals by minority.
     5  § 6758.  Information to be furnished insureds.
     6  § 6759.  Hearings and appeals of insureds.
     7  § 6760.  Examination of rating organizations.
     8  § 6761.  Recording and reporting of loss and expense experience.
     9  § 6762.  False or misleading information.
    10     Subchapter E.  Penalties and Procedures
    11  § 6771.  Penalties.
    12  § 6772.  Hearing procedure.
    13  Chapter 69.  Health and Accident Insurance
    14     Subchapter A.  Preliminary Provisions
    15  § 6901.  Definitions.
    16  § 6902.  Organizations included.
    17  § 6903.  Applicability.
    18  § 6904.  Nonconforming policies.
    19  § 6905.  Penalties.
    20     Subchapter B.  General Requirements
    21  § 6911.  Approval of policies by department.
    22  § 6912.  Formal requirements.
    23  § 6913.  Mandatory policy provisions.
    24  § 6914.  Optional policy provisions.
    25  § 6915.  Relationship of policy provisions.
    26  § 6916.  Coverage of certain services.
    27  § 6917.  Coverage of newborn children.
    28  § 6918.  Licensed medical treatment.
    29  § 6919.  Services of nurse midwives.
    30  § 6919.1.Insurance payments to registered nurses.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 30 -

     1  § 6920.  Age limits.
     2  § 6921.  Cost-of-living increases.
     3  § 6922.  Applications for insurance.
     4  § 6923.  Preservation of rights of insurer.
     5  § 6924.  Discrimination.
     6  § 6925.  Preferred provider organizations.
     7     Subchapter C.  Group, Blanket and Franchise Policies
     8  § 6931.  Definitions.
     9  § 6932.  Required provisions for group health and accident
    10             policies.
    11  § 6933.  Provision for direct payment.
    12  § 6934.  Conversion privileges.
    13  § 6935.  Blanket health and accident insurance.
    14  § 6936.  Companies authorized to write policies.
    15     Subchapter D.  Minimum Standards for Individual Policies
    16  § 6941.  Short title of subchapter.
    17  § 6942.  Standards for policy provisions.
    18  § 6943.  Minimum standards for benefits.
    19  § 6944.  Outline of coverage.
    20  § 6945.  Preexisting conditions.
    21  § 6946.  Procedure regarding regulations.
    22     Subchapter E.  Medicare Supplement Insurance
    23  § 6951.  Short title of subchapter.
    24  § 6952.  Definitions.
    25  § 6953.  Definitions in Medicare supplement policies.
    26  § 6954.  Prohibited policy provisions.
    27  § 6955.  Minimum benefit standards.
    28  § 6956.  Loss ratio standards.
    29  § 6957.  Required disclosures.
    30  § 6958.  Requirements for replacement.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 31 -

     1  § 6959.  Regulations.
     2  § 6960.  Applicability of mandated coverages.
     3  § 6961.  Applicability of subchapter.
     4  Chapter 71.  Health Care Services Malpractice
     5     Subchapter A.  General Provisions
     6  § 7101.  Short title of chapter.
     7  § 7102.  Purpose of chapter.
     8  § 7103.  Definitions.
     9  § 7104.  Exemptions.
    10  § 7105.  Liability of nonqualifying health care providers.
    11  § 7106.  Informed consent.
    12  § 7107.  Official immunity.
    13  § 7108.  Cancellation of insurance policies.
    14     Subchapter B.  Arbitration Panels for Health Care
    15  § 7111.  Administrator for arbitration panels.
    16  § 7112.  Powers and duties of administrator.
    17  § 7113.  Arbitration panels for health care.
    18     Subchapter C.  Procedure in Malpractice Cases
    19  § 7121.  Jurisdiction of arbitration panel.
    20  § 7122.  Procedure for filing claims.
    21  § 7123.  Hearings and determinations.
    22  § 7124.  Transfer to court.
    23  § 7125.  Service of papers.
    24  § 7126.  Applicability of other law.
    25  § 7127.  Appointment of expert witnesses.
    26  § 7128.  Powers and duties of panels.
    27  § 7129.  Notice of award.
    28  § 7130.  Judicial review.
    29  § 7131.  Judgments.
    30  § 7132.  Advance payments.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 32 -

     1  § 7133.  Submission of findings to licensing boards.
     2  § 7134.  Reduction of award by other benefits.
     3  § 7135.  Award of punitive damages.
     4  § 7136.  Attorney fees.
     5     Subchapter D.  Medical Professional Liability Catastrophe
     6                     Loss Fund
     7  § 7141.  Professional liability insurance.
     8  § 7142.  Medical Professional Liability Catastrophe Loss Fund.
     9  § 7143.  Administration of fund.
    10  § 7144.  Liability of excess carriers.
    11  § 7145.  Licensure penalties.
    12     Subchapter E.  Availability of Insurance
    13  § 7151.  Plan to assure availability of insurance.
    14  § 7152.  Participation in plan.
    15  § 7153.  Plan operation, rates and deficits.
    16  § 7154.  Authority of department.
    17  § 7155.  Financing and payment of premiums.
    18  § 7156.  Selection of insurer to administer plan.
    19  § 7157.  Approval of policies on claims made basis.
    20  § 7158.  Annual reports to department.
    21  § 7159.  Studies and recommendations.
    22  § 7160.  Coverage by joint underwriting association.
    23  § 7161.  Applicability of certain provisions.
    24     Subchapter F.  Disciplinary Proceedings
    25  § 7171.  Investigations.
    26  § 7172.  Hearings.
    27  § 7173.  Decisions of hearing examiners.
    28  § 7174.  Evidence.
    29  § 7175.  Review and decision by licensing boards.
    30  § 7176.  Disposition of certain moneys.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 33 -

     1     Subchapter G.  Miscellaneous Provisions
     2  § 7181.  Existing contract provisions.
     3  § 7182.  Joint committee.
     4  Chapter 73.  Health Maintenance Organizations
     5     Subchapter A.  General Provisions
     6  § 7301.  Short title of chapter.
     7  § 7302.  Purpose of chapter.
     8  § 7303.  Definitions.
     9  § 7304.  Applicability of chapter.
    10  § 7305.  Applicability of other law.
    11  § 7306.  Exemption from taxation.
    12  § 7307.  Regulations.
    13     Subchapter B.  Operation and Regulation
    14  § 7321.  Scope of authorization.
    15  § 7322.  Certificates of authority.
    16  § 7323.  Foreign health maintenance organizations.
    17  § 7324.  Filing of rates and contract forms.
    18  § 7325.  Reports and examinations.
    19  § 7326.  Contracts.
    20  § 7327.  Services performed outside service area.
    21  § 7328.  Additional requirements.
    22  § 7329.  Penalties.
    23  Chapter 74.  Continuing Care Providers
    24  § 7401.  Short title of chapter.
    25  § 7402.  Purpose of chapter.
    26  § 7403.  Definitions.
    27  § 7404.  Certificates of authority.
    28  § 7405.  Revocation of certificate of authority.
    29  § 7406.  Sales or transfers of ownership.
    30  § 7407.  Disclosure statements.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 34 -

     1  § 7408.  False information.
     2  § 7409.  Reserves.
     3  § 7410.  Reserve fund escrow.
     4  § 7411.  Liens on behalf of residents.
     5  § 7412.  Entrance fee escrow.
     6  § 7413.  Cross-collateralization.
     7  § 7414.  Residents' agreements.
     8  § 7415.  Organizational rights of residents.
     9  § 7416.  Rehabilitation or liquidation.
    10  § 7417.  Civil liability.
    11  § 7418.  Investigations and compulsory process.
    12  § 7419.  Audits.
    13  § 7420.  Consumers' guides.
    14  § 7421.  Civil relief from violations.
    15  § 7422.  Criminal penalties.
    16  § 7423.  Fees and expenses.
    17  § 7424.  Compliance period.
    18  Chapter 75.  Hospital Plan Corporations
    19     Subchapter A.  Preliminary Provisions
    20  § 7501.  Definitions.
    21  § 7502.  (Reserved).
    22  § 7503.  Penalties.
    23     Subchapter B.  Certification
    24  § 7511.  Certification of hospital plan corporations.
    25  § 7512.  Exemptions for hospital plan corporations.
    26  § 7513.  Uncertified plans.
    27     Subchapter C.  Regulation
    28  § 7521.  Eligible hospitals.
    29  § 7522.  Action as agent under Federal and other programs.
    30  § 7523.  Investment of funds.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 35 -

     1  § 7524.  Rates and contracts.
     2  § 7525.  Reports and examinations.
     3  § 7526.  Solicitors and agents.
     4  § 7527.  Dissolution or liquidation.
     5  Chapter 77.  Professional Health Services Plan Corporations
     6     Subchapter A.  Preliminary Provisions
     7  § 7701.  Applicability of chapter.
     8  § 7702.  Definitions.
     9  § 7703.  Purpose of chapter.
    10  § 7704.  Penalties.
    11  § 7705.  Enforcement.
    12     Subchapter B.  Certification
    13  § 7711.  Certification of professional health service
    14             corporations.
    15  § 7712.  Initial reserves.
    16  § 7713.  Incorporators.
    17  § 7714.  Exemptions for professional health service
    18             corporations.
    19  § 7715.  Uncertificated plans.
    20     Subchapter C.  Regulation Generally
    21  § 7721.  Required reserves.
    22  § 7722.  Scope of service.
    23  § 7723.  Action as agent under Federal and other programs.
    24  § 7724.  Health service doctors.
    25  § 7725.  Eligibility determination.
    26  § 7726.  Authorized contract provisions.
    27  § 7727.  Subscriptions provided by government agencies.
    28  § 7728.  Board of directors.
    29  § 7729.  Rates and contracts.
    30  § 7730.  Investment of funds.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 36 -

     1  § 7731.  Reports and examinations.
     2  § 7732.  Regulation by Department of Health.
     3  § 7733.  Dental service agents.
     4  § 7734.  Dissolution or liquidation.
     5  § 7735.  Ancillary health services.
     6  Chapter 79.  Surety Companies
     7  § 7901.  Corporate sureties.
     8  § 7902.  Conditions for doing business.
     9  § 7903.  Certificates of authority.
    10  § 7904.  Annual statements.
    11  § 7905.  Power to execute obligations.
    12  § 7906.  Liability of companies.
    13  § 7907.  Guaranteed arrest bond certificates.
    14  Chapter 81.  Property and Casualty Insurance Guaranty
    15                 Association
    16     Subchapter A.  General Provisions
    17  § 8101.  Short title of chapter.
    18  § 8102.  Purposes of chapter.
    19  § 8103.  Definitions.
    20  § 8104.  Immunity.
    21  § 8105.  References to association in advertising.
    22     Subchapter B.  Pennsylvania Insurance Guaranty
    23                     Association
    24  § 8111.  Pennsylvania Insurance Guaranty Association.
    25  § 8112.  Plan of operation.
    26  § 8113.  Examination of association.
    27  § 8114.  Annual and other statements.
    28  § 8115.  Limitation on taxability of association.
    29     Subchapter C.  Assessments
    30  § 8121.  Assessments.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 37 -

     1  § 8122.  Refunds.
     2  § 8123.  Recognition of assessments in rates.
     3  § 8124.  Assessments of other states.
     4     Subchapter D.  Powers and Duties of Department
     5  § 8131.  Powers and duties of department.
     6     Subchapter E.  Recovery Procedure
     7  § 8141.  Notice of claims.
     8  § 8142.  Effect of paid claims.
     9  § 8143.  Duplication of recovery.
    10  § 8144.  Proceedings involving insolvent insurers.
    11  Chapter 83.  Life and Health Insurance Guaranty Association
    12     Subchapter A.  General Provisions
    13  § 8301.  Short title of chapter.
    14  § 8302.  Purpose of chapter.
    15  § 8303.  Applicability.
    16  § 8304.  Definitions.
    17  § 8305.  Immunity.
    18  § 8306.  Prohibited advertisement.
    19     Subchapter B.  Organization of Association
    20  § 8311.  Pennsylvania Life and Health Insurance Guaranty
    21             Association.
    22  § 8312.  Board of directors.
    23  § 8313.  Powers and duties of association.
    24  § 8314.  Plan of operation.
    25  § 8315.  Tax exemption.
    26     Subchapter C.  Assessments
    27  § 8321.  Assessments.
    28  § 8322.  Tax credits for assessments paid.
    29  § 8323.  Assessments of other states.
    30  § 8324.  Relation to Pennsylvania Insurance Guaranty
    19870H1628B2005                 - 38 -

     1             Association.
     2     Subchapter D.  Powers and Duties of Department
     3  § 8331.  Powers and duties of department.
     4     Subchapter E.  Impaired and Insolvent Insurers
     5  § 8341.  Prevention of insolvencies.
     6  § 8342.  Affairs of impaired and insolvent insurers.
     7  § 8343.  Proceedings involving insolvent insurers.
     8  § 8344.  Timely filing of claims.
     9  § 8345.  Duplication of recovery.
    10  Chapter 85.  Insurance Premium Finance Companies
    11     Subchapter A.  General Provisions
    12  § 8501.  Short title of chapter.
    13  § 8502.  Definitions.
    14     Subchapter B.  Licensure
    15  § 8511.  Licensure requirement.
    16  § 8512.  Issuance and renewal of license.
    17  § 8513.  Revocation or suspension of license.
    18     Subchapter C.  Regulation
    19  § 8521.  Books and records of licensee.
    20  § 8522.  Form of agreement.
    21  § 8523.  Limitations on interest and other charges.
    22  § 8524.  Delinquency and cancellation charges.
    23  § 8525.  Cancellation of insurance contract upon default.
    24  § 8526.  Return of premiums.
    25  § 8527.  Secured transactions.
    26  § 8528.  Penalties for violation.
    27     The General Assembly of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania
    28  hereby enacts as follows:
    29     Section 1.  Title 40 and Chapter 17 of Title 75 of the
    30  Pennsylvania Consolidated Statutes are repealed.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 39 -

     1     Section 2.  Title 40 is amended by adding parts to read:
     2                              TITLE 40
     3                             INSURANCE
     4  Part
     5     I.  Preliminary Provisions
     6    II.  Regulation of Insurers and Related Persons Generally
     7   III.  Organization of Insurance Entities
     8    IV.  Special Provisions Relating to Particular Classes of Risk
     9                               PART I
    10                       PRELIMINARY PROVISIONS
    11  Chapter
    12     1.  General Provisions
    13                             CHAPTER 1
    14                         GENERAL PROVISIONS
    15  Sec.
    16  101.  Short title of title.
    17  102.  Definitions.
    18  § 101.  Short title of title.
    19     This title shall be known and may be cited as the Insurance
    20  Code.
    21  § 102.  Definitions.
    22     Subject to additional definitions contained in subsequent
    23  provisions of this title which are applicable to specific
    24  provisions of this title, the following words and phrases when
    25  used in this title shall have the meanings given to them in this
    26  section unless the context clearly indicates otherwise:
    27     "Alien."  Incorporated or organized under the law of another
    28  country.
    29     "Association."  An individual, partnership or association of
    30  individuals authorized to engage in the business of insurance in
    19870H1628B2005                 - 40 -

     1  this Commonwealth as insurers on the Lloyds plan.
     2     "Authorized."  Having authority under this title to engage in
     3  this Commonwealth in the class or classes of insurance specified
     4  in the authorization.
     5     "Certificate of authority."  An instrument in writing issued
     6  by the department authorizing an insurer or proposed insurer to
     7  engage in the business of insurance, or some specified class or
     8  classes thereof, in this Commonwealth.
     9     "Commissioner."  The Insurance Commissioner of the
    10  Commonwealth.
    11     "Company."  An insurance corporation or title insurance
    12  corporation whether incorporated under the law of this
    13  Commonwealth, or of any other state, or under the law of any
    14  foreign country.
    15     "Corporation not-for-profit."  A corporation not-for-profit
    16  as defined in Title 15 (relating to corporations and
    17  unincorporated associations).
    18     "Department."  The Insurance Department of the Commonwealth.
    19     "Domestic."  Incorporated or organized under the law of this
    20  Commonwealth.
    21     "Entity."  A company, association or exchange.
    22     "Exchange."  An individual, partnership or corporation
    23  authorized by the law of this Commonwealth to exchange inter-
    24  insurance or reciprocal insurance contracts with other similarly
    25  authorized individuals, partnerships or corporations.
    26     "Foreign."  Incorporated or organized under the law of
    27  another state.
    28     "Regulation."  A regulation as defined in 45 Pa.C.S. § 501
    29  (relating to definitions).
    30                              PART II
    19870H1628B2005                 - 41 -

     1                 REGULATION OF INSURERS AND RELATED
     2                         PERSONS GENERALLY
     3  Chapter
     4     3.  General Provisions
     5     5.  Insurance Department
     6     7.  Reserve Liability
     7     9.  Deposits of Securities to do Interstate Business
     8    11.  Agents and Brokers
     9    13.  Unlicensed Insurers
    10    15.  Unfair Insurance Practices
    11    17.  Reporting Requirements
    12    19.  Insurance Rates
    13    21.  Reciprocal and Inter-Insurance Exchanges
    14    23.  Lloyds Associations
    15                             CHAPTER 3
    16                         GENERAL PROVISIONS
    17  Sec.
    18  301.   Definitions (Reserved).
    19  302.   Applicability of part.
    20  303.   Compliance with part.
    21  304.   Regulations.
    22  § 301.  Definitions (Reserved).
    23  § 302.  Applicability of part.
    24     (a)  General rule.--The provisions of this part shall apply
    25  to all entities transacting any class of insurance business, to
    26  rating organizations and to all insurance agents and insurance
    27  brokers.
    28     (b)  Fraternal benefit societies.--Except for sections 514
    29  (relating to records and report of department), 709 (relating to
    30  valuation of securities) and 1107 (relating to penalty for
    19870H1628B2005                 - 42 -

     1  soliciting for nonexistent company) and Chapter 39 (relating to
     2  suspension of business and dissolution), this part does not
     3  apply to fraternal benefit societies, orders or associations
     4  conducted not for profit, and having a lodge system with
     5  ritualistic form of work and representative form of government,
     6  or to beneficial or relief associations conducted not for profit
     7  formed by churches, societies, classes, firms or corporations,
     8  with or without ritualistic form of work, the privilege of
     9  membership in which is confined to the members of such churches,
    10  societies or classes, and to members and employees of such firms
    11  or corporations.
    12     (c)  Mutual fire insurance companies.--Except for sections
    13  511 (relating to examination of companies), 512 (relating to
    14  powers with regard to examinations) and 514 and Chapter 39, this
    15  part does not apply to incorporated domestic mutual fire
    16  insurance companies with unlimited or limited liability to
    17  assessment for payment of expenses and of losses and loss
    18  adjustments, set forth in the policy contract or in the
    19  promissory notes attached thereto.
    20  § 303.  Compliance with part.
    21     (a)  General rule.--Except as otherwise expressly provided in
    22  this title, a person shall not negotiate, solicit or execute any
    23  contract of insurance in this Commonwealth, receive and transmit
    24  any offer of insurance, receive or deliver a policy of insurance
    25  or aid in the transaction of the business of insurance without
    26  fully complying with this part.
    27     (b)  Cross references.--See sections 7305 (relating to
    28  applicability of other law), 7512 (relating to exemptions for
    29  hospital plan corporations) and 7714 (relating to exemptions for
    30  professional health service corporations).
    19870H1628B2005                 - 43 -

     1  § 304.  Regulations.
     2     The department shall prescribe those regulations that may be
     3  reasonably necessary for the exercise of its powers and
     4  performance of its duties under this title and for the
     5  administration of the department.
     6                             CHAPTER 5
     7                        INSURANCE DEPARTMENT
     8  Sec.
     9  501.  Establishment of department.
    10  502.  Appointment of commissioner.
    11  503.  Restrictions on officers and employees.
    12  504.  Seal.
    13  505.  Certified documents and copies.
    14  506.  Certificates of authority to do business.
    15  507.  Penalty for acting without authority.
    16  508.  Fees.
    17  509.  Assessments for expenses of Committee on Valuation of
    18         Securities.
    19  510.  Additional restrictions of other states.
    20  511.  Examination of companies.
    21  512.  Powers with regard to examinations.
    22  513.  Collection of taxes, fines and penalties.
    23  514.  Records and report of department.
    24  515.  Administrative procedure and judicial review.
    25  § 501.  Establishment of department.
    26     The Insurance Department shall be the executive agency
    27  charged with the execution of the laws relating to insurance.
    28  § 502.  Appointment of commissioner.
    29     The Governor, with the advice and consent of the Senate,
    30  shall appoint an Insurance Commissioner, who shall hold office
    19870H1628B2005                 - 44 -

     1  for the term of four years and until his successor is appointed
     2  and qualified.
     3  § 503.  Restrictions on officers and employees.
     4     An officer or employee of the department shall not be
     5  employed by or be pecuniarily interested in any insurance entity
     6  or in any insurance business, other than as a policyholder.
     7  § 504.  Seal.
     8     The department shall adopt and renew, from time to time, a
     9  seal of office, an impression of which shall be filed in the
    10  office of the Secretary of the Commonwealth.
    11  § 505.  Certified documents and copies.
    12     (a)  Certificates of authority.--The department shall
    13  furnish, under seal of the department, when required for
    14  evidence in court, certificates relative to the authority of an
    15  entity, agent or broker to transact business in this
    16  Commonwealth upon any particular date, and the certificate shall
    17  be competent evidence thereof.
    18     (b)  Certified copies of documents.--The department shall, at
    19  the request of any person and on payment of the fee, give
    20  certified copies of any charter, statement or record filed in
    21  its office, whenever it is deemed by the department not
    22  prejudicial to the public interest. These certified copies shall
    23  be admissible in evidence in judicial and administrative
    24  proceedings.
    25  § 506.  Certificates of authority to do business.
    26     (a)  General rule.--A foreign or alien insurance entity shall
    27  not do an insurance business in this Commonwealth without first
    28  having obtained a certificate of authority from the department
    29  authorizing it to do such business. Before granting the
    30  certificate of authority to an insurance entity, the department
    19870H1628B2005                 - 45 -

     1  shall be satisfied, by such examination as it may make or by
     2  such evidence as it may require, that the entity conforms to the
     3  requirements of this title. After such issue, the holder shall
     4  continue to comply with the requirements of this title.
     5     (b)  Renewal.--The department may renew the certificate of
     6  authority of any mutual assessment life or accident association,
     7  which is now lawfully doing business in this Commonwealth,
     8  beginning on April 1 of each year, and continuing in force for
     9  one year unless sooner revoked by the department or surrendered
    10  by the licensee. Any certificates issued after April 1 shall
    11  expire on March 31 succeeding.
    12     (c)  Doing insurance business.--Any of the following acts
    13  constitute the doing of an insurance business in this
    14  Commonwealth, whether effected by mail or otherwise:
    15         (1)  The issuance or delivery of contracts of insurance
    16     to persons resident in this Commonwealth.
    17         (2)  The solicitation of applications for such contracts
    18     or other negotiations preliminary to execution of such
    19     contracts.
    20         (3)  The collection of premiums, membership fees,
    21     assessments or other consideration for such contracts.
    22         (4)  The transaction of matters subsequent to execution
    23     of such contracts and arising out of them.
    24     (d)  Action for injunction.--Whenever the department
    25  believes, from evidence satisfactory to it, that any insurance
    26  entity is doing an insurance business in this Commonwealth in
    27  violation of any provision of this title or any order or
    28  requirement of the department issued or promulgated pursuant to
    29  authority expressly granted the department by law, or is about
    30  to violate any such provision, order or requirement, the
    19870H1628B2005                 - 46 -

     1  department may, after approval by the Attorney General, bring an
     2  action for an injunction. This remedy is in addition to any
     3  other remedy provided by law.
     4     (e)  Appointment of agent for receiving service.--The
     5  performance by a foreign or alien insurance entity of any act
     6  which constitutes the doing of an insurance business in this
     7  Commonwealth shall be deemed an appointment by the entity of the
     8  Secretary of the Commonwealth as its true and lawful attorney
     9  upon whom may be served all lawful process in any action, suit
    10  or proceeding instituted by or on behalf of the department
    11  against it arising out of a violation of this section and shall
    12  signify its consent that such service of process shall have the
    13  same legal force and validity as personal service of process in
    14  this Commonwealth upon it.
    15     (f)  Service of process on Secretary of the Commonwealth.--
    16  Service of process shall be made by delivering to and leaving
    17  with the Secretary of the Commonwealth two copies thereof. The
    18  Secretary shall immediately send, by registered mail, one of the
    19  copies of such process to the entity at its last known principal
    20  place of business and shall keep a record of all process so
    21  served upon him. Notice of service upon the Secretary and a copy
    22  of the process shall be sent within ten days thereafter, by
    23  registered mail, by or on behalf of the department to the entity
    24  at its last known principal place of business. The receipt of
    25  the entity or the receipt issued by the post office with which
    26  the notice is registered showing the name of the sender of the
    27  notice and the name and address of the entity to whom the notice
    28  is addressed, and the affidavit of or on behalf of the
    29  department showing a compliance herewith, shall be filed with
    30  the prothonotary or clerk of the court on or before the date the
    19870H1628B2005                 - 47 -

     1  entity is required to answer or within such further time as the
     2  court may allow.
     3     (g)  Personal service.--Service of process in any action or
     4  proceeding under this section shall, in addition to the manner
     5  provided in subsection (f), be valid if served upon any person
     6  in this Commonwealth who on behalf of the entity is soliciting
     7  insurance; making, issuing or delivering any contract of
     8  insurance; or collecting or receiving any premium, membership
     9  fee, assessment or other consideration for insurance. Notice of
    10  the service and a copy of the process shall be sent within ten
    11  days after such service by registered mail by the department to
    12  the entity at its last known principal place of business. The
    13  return receipt from the entity or the receipt issued by the post
    14  office with which the notice is registered, showing the name of
    15  the sender of the notice and the name and address of the entity
    16  to whom the notice is addressed, and the affidavit of the
    17  department showing a compliance with this subsection shall be
    18  filed with the prothonotary or clerk of the court on or before
    19  the date the entity is required to answer or within such further
    20  time as the court may allow.
    21     (h)  Bond.--Before any foreign or alien entity files any
    22  pleading in any action or proceeding instituted against it under
    23  this section, the entity shall, if the court requires, deposit
    24  with the prothonotary of the court cash or securities or file
    25  with the prothonotary a bond with good and sufficient sureties
    26  approved by the court. The deposit or bond shall be in the
    27  amount approved by the court, taking into account all relevant
    28  circumstances, including the financial condition of the entity,
    29  as sufficient to secure the payment of any final judgment which
    30  may be rendered in such action or proceeding.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 48 -

     1     (i)  Time to respond.--A judgment by default or otherwise
     2  shall not be entered in any action or proceeding under this
     3  section until the expiration of 30 days from the date of the
     4  filing of the affidavit of compliance as set forth in subsection
     5  (f) or (g).
     6     (j)  Other procedures for service.--This section does not
     7  limit or abridge the right to serve any process, notice or
     8  demand upon any foreign or alien entity in any manner permitted
     9  by law.
    10     (k)  Exclusions.--This section does not apply to the
    11  following:
    12         (1)  Transactions regulated by Chapter 13 (relating to
    13     unlicensed insurers).
    14         (2)  Life insurance or annuities provided to educational
    15     or scientific institutions organized and operated without
    16     profit to any private shareholder or individual for the
    17     benefit of the institutions and individuals engaged in the
    18     service of the institutions.
    19         (3)  Contracts of reinsurance.
    20         (4)  Transactions in this Commonwealth which involve a
    21     policy lawfully solicited, written and delivered outside this
    22     Commonwealth covering only subjects of insurance not
    23     resident, located or expressly to be performed in this
    24     Commonwealth at the time of issuance of the policy and which
    25     are subsequent to the issuance of the policy.
    26         (5)  Transactions in this Commonwealth, except group
    27     credit life or group credit accident and health insurance
    28     transactions, involving group or blanket insurance policies
    29     or group annuity contracts, where the group policy or
    30     contract is issued and delivered pursuant to the group or
    19870H1628B2005                 - 49 -

     1     blanket insurance or group annuity laws of a jurisdiction in
     2     which the insurer is authorized to do an insurance business
     3     and in which the policyholder is domiciled or has its
     4     principal place of business or otherwise has a situs.
     5         (6)  Transactions in this Commonwealth, except group
     6     credit life or group credit accident and health insurance
     7     transactions, involving a group or blanket insurance policy
     8     or group annuity contract not exempt under paragraph (5), if:
     9             (i)  they involve a group which conforms to one of
    10         the definitions of eligibility for group coverage
    11         contained in this title; and
    12             (ii)  the group policy or contract is lawfully issued
    13         outside this Commonwealth in a jurisdiction in which the
    14         insurer is authorized to do insurance business.
    15     The insurer claiming exemption under this paragraph has the
    16     burden of demonstrating compliance with the conditions of
    17     this paragraph.
    18         (7)  Any industrial insured, insurance company or
    19     underwriter issuing contracts of insurance to industrial
    20     insureds or any contract of insurance issued to an industrial
    21     insured. This paragraph does not exempt any industrial
    22     insured from Chapter 13. As used in this paragraph the term
    23     "industrial insured" means an insured who procures the
    24     insurance of any risk by use of the services of a full-time
    25     employee acting as an insurance manager or buyer or the
    26     services of a regularly and continuously retained qualified
    27     insurance consultant, whose aggregate annual premiums for
    28     insurance on all risks total at least $25,000 and who has at
    29     least 25 full-time employees.
    30         (8)  Transactions in this Commonwealth involving a policy
    19870H1628B2005                 - 50 -

     1     of insurance issued prior to July 31, 1968.
     2         (9)  Insurance on the property and operation of railroads
     3     or aircraft engaged in interstate or foreign commerce.
     4         (10)  Insurance on vessels, crafts or hulls, cargoes,
     5     marine builder's risks, marine protection and indemnity,
     6     lessees' and charterers' liability, or other risks, including
     7     strikes and war risks commonly insured under ocean or wet
     8     marine forms of policies.
     9  § 507.  Penalty for acting without authority.
    10     (a)  Entities.--Any insurance entity doing an insurance
    11  business in this Commonwealth without a certificate of authority
    12  as required by this chapter shall pay a civil penalty of not
    13  less than $1,000 nor more than $10,000 for each offense, to be
    14  recovered on behalf of the Commonwealth.
    15     (b)  Persons.--Any person negotiating or soliciting any
    16  policy of insurance or suretyship in this Commonwealth,
    17  collecting or forwarding premiums or delivering policies for any
    18  entity to which a certificate of authority has not been granted
    19  shall be deemed to be the agent of the entity in any legal
    20  proceedings brought against it. The person shall pay a civil
    21  penalty of not less than $1,000 nor more than $10,000 for each
    22  offense, to be recovered on behalf of the Commonwealth.
    23     (c)  Exceeding authority.--Any insurance entity doing an
    24  insurance business in this Commonwealth, which exceeds the
    25  powers granted under a certificate of authority, shall pay to
    26  the Commonwealth a sum of not more than $500 for each policy
    27  issued in violation of this chapter.
    28     (d)  Hearing and notice.--Before the department takes any
    29  action under this section, it shall give written notice to the
    30  entity or person accused of violating the law, stating the
    19870H1628B2005                 - 51 -

     1  nature of the alleged violation and fixing a time and place, at
     2  least ten days thereafter, when a hearing of the matter shall be
     3  held. After the hearing or the failure of the respondent to
     4  appear at the hearing, the department shall impose such penalty
     5  as it deems advisable.
     6  § 508.  Fees.
     7     (a)  General rule.--The department shall charge and collect
     8  fees as provided under this title or under section 612-A of the
     9  act of April 9, 1929 (P.L.177, No.175), known as The
    10  Administrative Code of 1929. All fees collected shall be paid
    11  daily into the State Treasury.
    12     (b)  Biennial licenses.--The department may issue licenses
    13  for a period of two years at two times the annual fees
    14  established by law. One-half of any fee collected shall be
    15  refunded or be credited to the account of the payor entitled to
    16  the refund if the license is canceled within 12 months of its
    17  inception date or within 12 months of its effective date as
    18  certified to the department by insurance entities authorized by
    19  law to transact business in this Commonwealth.
    20  § 509.  Assessments for expenses of Committee on Valuation of
    21             Securities.
    22     (a)  Authority of department.--The department may contract
    23  with the Committee on Valuation of Securities of the National
    24  Association of Insurance Commissioners to make available to the
    25  department the analyses, reports and information developed by
    26  the committee with respect to the investigation, analyses and
    27  valuation of securities and the determination of the
    28  amortizability of bonds owned by insurance companies. After
    29  taking into consideration similar payments which may be made by
    30  other states, the department may make payment therefor to the
    19870H1628B2005                 - 52 -

     1  committee to the extent authorized in this section, on account
     2  of the expenses of the committee, from funds obtained through
     3  assessments under this section.
     4     (b)  Information from committee.--The department shall
     5  periodically obtain from the committee a verified budget
     6  estimate of the receipts and of the expenses to be incurred by
     7  the committee for a stated period not exceeding one year with
     8  appropriate explanations of the estimates. The department shall
     9  require annually, and at such other times as it may deem it
    10  necessary or advisable, a duly certified audit of receipts and
    11  disbursements and statement of assets and liabilities showing
    12  the details of the financial operations of the committee.
    13     (c)  Method of assessment.--If the department is satisfied as
    14  to the reasonableness of the committee's budget estimate, it
    15  shall determine the portion of the funds required by the budget
    16  estimate, to be assessed as provided in this section, by
    17  deducting from the budget estimate or from the sum of $250,000,
    18  whichever is less, any amounts received or receivable by the
    19  committee from other states whose laws do not substantially
    20  conform to the method of assessment provided in this section,
    21  and applying to the remainder the proportion which the total
    22  investments in securities of domestic life insurers bear to the
    23  total investments in securities of life insurers domiciled in
    24  this and other states whose laws authorize and require
    25  assessments on substantially the same base as provided in this
    26  section. The department shall thereafter, as soon as convenient,
    27  by notice stating the method of computation thereof, assess the
    28  amount to be paid on account of such expense pro rata upon all
    29  domestic life insurers in the proportion which the total
    30  investments in securities of each domestic life insurer bears to
    19870H1628B2005                 - 53 -

     1  the total investments in securities of all such insurers. The
     2  aggregate amount assessed upon all domestic life insurers
     3  pursuant to this section in any one year shall not exceed an
     4  amount determined by applying to the "remainder," referred to in
     5  the first sentence of this subsection, the proportion which the
     6  total investments in securities of domestic life insurers bear
     7  to 75% of the total investments in securities of all life
     8  insurers domiciled in all the states of the United States and
     9  the District of Columbia. For purposes of this section, the
    10  total investments in securities of any life insurer, shall be
    11  the total admitted value of stock and bonds reported as such in
    12  its annual statement last filed prior to the assessment with the
    13  department or with the supervisory official of its state of
    14  domicile. Upon receipt of the notice, each insurer shall, within
    15  30 days, pay the assessment to the department. The department
    16  shall deposit all moneys collected by it pursuant to this
    17  section in an account entitled "Insurance Commissioner Security
    18  Valuation Expense Account" in a bank or trust company in this
    19  Commonwealth. The moneys shall be paid by the department to the
    20  Committee on Valuation of Securities after audit by the Auditor
    21  General.
    22  § 510.  Additional restrictions of other states.
    23     (a)  General rule.--If any other state or a foreign
    24  government imposes any burdens or prohibitions on insurance
    25  companies, or agents of this Commonwealth doing business
    26  therein, which are in addition to or in excess of the burdens or
    27  prohibitions imposed by the Commonwealth on insurance companies
    28  and agents, similar burdens and prohibitions shall be imposed on
    29  all insurance companies and agents of the other state or foreign
    30  government doing business in this Commonwealth so long as these
    19870H1628B2005                 - 54 -

     1  burdens and prohibitions remain in force. Foreign or alien
     2  insurance companies shall not be required to pay any taxes and
     3  fees which are greater in aggregate amount than those which
     4  would be imposed by the law of the other state or foreign
     5  country or any political subdivision thereof upon an insurance
     6  company of this Commonwealth transacting the same volume and
     7  kind of business in the foreign state or country.
     8     (b)  Motor vehicle insurance.--If any other state or foreign
     9  country requires additional or other insurance covering
    10  motorists, or motor vehicles that are insured by domestic
    11  insurance companies, or in authorized insurance companies of
    12  other states in order to use the highways of the other state or
    13  foreign country, similar insurance shall be required to cover
    14  all motorists and motor vehicles of the other state or foreign
    15  country using the highways of this Commonwealth so long as the
    16  requirements of the other state or foreign country remain in
    17  force.
    18     (c)  Monopolistic funds.--The existence of a monopolistic
    19  state fund for the writing of any class of insurance in any
    20  state or foreign country shall not be deemed a reason to deny to
    21  an entity of that state or foreign country a license to transact
    22  such classes of insurance in this Commonwealth.
    23     (d)  Definitions.--As used in this section the following
    24  words and phrases shall have the meanings given to them in this
    25  subsection:
    26     "Agent."  An insurance agent, insurance broker, public
    27  adjuster or public adjusters' solicitor.
    28     "Burdens or prohibitions."  Taxes, fines, penalties,
    29  licenses, fees, rules, regulations, obligations and
    30  prohibitions, including prohibitions against writing particular
    19870H1628B2005                 - 55 -

     1  kinds of insurance by insurance companies, and restrictions on
     2  the payment or division of commissions to or with insurance
     3  agents or brokers licensed under the law of this Commonwealth.
     4  § 511.  Examination of companies.
     5     (a)  Power of department.--The department shall require every
     6  domestic insurance entity to keep its books, records, accounts,
     7  vouchers, portfolios and transactions in such manner that it may
     8  readily verify its annual quarterly and monthly statements and
     9  ascertain whether the entity has complied with the provisions of
    10  law. The department shall, without notice, at least once every
    11  year during the first five years of existence of every domestic
    12  insurance entity, and thereafter every four years or more often
    13  thoroughly examine the affairs of each domestic insurance entity
    14  to ascertain its financial condition, its ability to fulfill its
    15  obligations, its compliance with law, the equity of its plans,
    16  its dealings with its policyholders and claimants and any other
    17  facts relating to its business methods and management. In the
    18  course of conducting this examination, it may compel the
    19  attendance of officers, directors, trustees or members of any
    20  domestic insurance entity or examine any foreign or alien
    21  insurance entity applying for admission or already admitted to
    22  do business in this Commonwealth. In lieu of this examination,
    23  the department may accept the report of examination made by or
    24  upon the authority of the supervising official of any other
    25  state.
    26     (b)  Report.--The department shall prepare a report of the
    27  examination of any domestic insurance entity immediately upon
    28  completion of its examination. It shall submit the report to the
    29  domestic insurance entity examined, which may object to any part
    30  of the report within 30 days from the receipt thereof. If any
    19870H1628B2005                 - 56 -

     1  objection is made, the department shall grant a hearing to the
     2  organization examined before making the report available for
     3  public inspection. Thereafter, it may publish the report or the
     4  results of the examination as contained therein in one or more
     5  newspapers in this Commonwealth.
     6     (c)  Corporations.--The department may examine into the
     7  affairs of any domestic or foreign corporation doing business in
     8  this Commonwealth which is engaged in, or is claiming or
     9  advertising that it is engaged in, organizing or receiving
    10  subscriptions for or disposing of stocks of, or in any manner
    11  taking part in the formation or in the business of, an insurance
    12  entity, either as agent or otherwise, or which is holding the
    13  capital stock of one or more insurance companies for the purpose
    14  of controlling the management thereof as voting trustees or
    15  otherwise.
    16  § 512.  Powers with regard to examinations.
    17     For the purpose of the examination under section 511
    18  (relating to examination of companies), the department shall
    19  have free access to all the books and papers of any entity which
    20  relate to its business, and to the books and papers kept by any
    21  of its agents, and may summon, and administer the oath to, and
    22  examine as witnesses, the directors, officers, agents and
    23  trustees of the entity and any other person. The department
    24  shall publish the result of its examination of the affairs of
    25  any entity if it is deemed by the department in the interest of
    26  the policyholders to do so. All expenses incurred in the course
    27  of the examination, including compensation of the deputies,
    28  examiners and other employees of the department assisting in the
    29  examination, shall be charged to the entity examined in
    30  equitable proportions at such times and in such manner as the
    19870H1628B2005                 - 57 -

     1  department shall by rule or regulation prescribe.
     2  § 513.  Collection of taxes, fines and penalties.
     3     The taxes imposed under this title shall be collected by the
     4  Department of Revenue. The fines and penalties imposed by the
     5  department shall, in case of failure to pay after notice from
     6  the department, be collected as taxes upon corporations or
     7  individuals are now collected by law. The department shall have
     8  the powers conferred by law upon the Department of Revenue in
     9  the settlement of accounts, for purposes of collecting these
    10  fines and penalties, subject to the approval of the Auditor
    11  General and to the right of any party aggrieved to file a
    12  petition for resettlement or for review and appeal.
    13  § 514.  Records and report of department.
    14     The department shall preserve, in a permanent form, a full
    15  record of its proceedings and a concise statement of the
    16  condition of each entity, society or agency examined. It shall
    17  make an annual report, to be submitted to the General Assembly,
    18  showing the receipts and expenses of the department, the
    19  condition of the entities or societies doing business in this
    20  Commonwealth, and such other information as will inform the
    21  public of the affairs or activities of the department.
    22  § 515.  Administrative procedure and judicial review.
    23     (a)  Administrative procedure.--Except as otherwise
    24  specifically provided, no provision of this title abridges the
    25  availability of an administrative hearing under 2 Pa.C.S. Ch. 5
    26  Subch. A (relating to practice and procedure of Commonwealth
    27  agencies). The department shall conduct all administrative
    28  hearings in such a manner as to maintain the separation of
    29  prosecutorial and adjudicatory functions required by law.
    30     (b)  Judicial review.--Any adjudication rendered pursuant to
    19870H1628B2005                 - 58 -

     1  this title may be appealed under 2 Pa.C.S. Ch. 7 Subch. A
     2  (relating to judicial review of Commonwealth agency action).
     3                             CHAPTER 7
     4                         RESERVE LIABILITY
     5  Subchapter
     6     A.  Life Insurance and Annuities
     7     B.  Insurance Other than Life Insurance
     8     C.  Workmen's Compensation and Liability Insurance
     9     D.  Casualty Insurance
    10     E.  Title Insurance
    11                            SUBCHAPTER A
    12                    LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITIES
    13  Sec.
    14  701.  Valuation by department.
    15  702.  Computation of reserves on prior policies.
    16  703.  Computation of reserves on recent policies.
    17  704.  Reserves for special plans.
    18  705.  Minimum reserve requirements of certain companies.
    19  706.  Computation of reserves for health and accident insurance.
    20  707.  Valuations by other states.
    21  708.  Reserve fund.
    22  709.  Valuation of securities.
    23  § 701.  Valuation by department.
    24     The department shall each year value, or cause to be valued,
    25  the reserve liabilities referred to in this section as reserves
    26  or net value, as of December 31 of the preceding year, for all
    27  outstanding life insurance policies and annuity and pure
    28  endowment contracts of every life insurance company doing
    29  business in this Commonwealth, except that, in the case of any
    30  alien company, the valuation shall be limited to its United
    19870H1628B2005                 - 59 -

     1  States business in accordance with the terms of the policy or
     2  contract and with this chapter, and may certify the amount of
     3  these reserves, specifying the mortality tables, rates of
     4  interest and methods (net level premium method or other) used in
     5  the calculation of the reserves. In calculating these reserve
     6  liabilities, the department may use group methods and
     7  approximate averages for fractions of a year or otherwise. The
     8  provisions of this section and sections 702 (relating to
     9  computation of reserves on prior policies) through 705 (relating
    10  to minimum reserve requirements of certain companies) for the
    11  valuation of policies and for premium rates do not apply to
    12  companies or associations transacting business on the mutual
    13  assessment plan.
    14  § 702.  Computation of reserves on prior policies.
    15     In the case of policies issued prior to the operative date of
    16  section 5322 (relating to standard nonforfeiture law for life
    17  insurance):
    18         (1)  The net value of all outstanding policies of life
    19     insurance issued by the company prior to January 1, 1890,
    20     shall be computed on the basis of the American experience
    21     table of mortality, with interest at not less than 4.5% and
    22     not more than 6% a year.
    23         (2)  The net value of all outstanding policies of life
    24     insurance issued between January 1, 1890, and December 31,
    25     1902, shall be computed on the basis of the combined
    26     experience or actuaries' table of mortality, with interest at
    27     4% a year.
    28         (3)  The net value of all outstanding policies of life
    29     insurance issued on and after January 1, 1903, shall be
    30     computed on the basis of the American experience table of
    19870H1628B2005                 - 60 -

     1     mortality, with interest at 3.5% a year, except that any
     2     company may value its group term insurance policies under
     3     which premium rates are not guaranteed for a period in excess
     4     of five years on the basis of the American men ultimate table
     5     of mortality, with interest at 3.5% a year.
     6         (4)  The net value of all policies of life insurance
     7     issued on and after January 1, 1921, where the premiums are
     8     payable monthly or more often, shall be computed on the basis
     9     of the American experience table of mortality, with interest
    10     at 3.5% a year, except that any company may value its
    11     industrial policies on the basis of the standard industrial
    12     mortality table, with interest at 3.5% a year.
    13         (5)  The net value of a policy at any time shall be taken
    14     to be the single net premium which will at that time effect
    15     the insurance, less the value at that time of the future net
    16     premiums called for by the table of mortality and rate of
    17     interest designated.
    18         (6)  Except as otherwise provided in section 703(b)(2)
    19     and (c) (relating to computation of reserves on recent
    20     policies) for group annuity and pure endowment contracts, the
    21     legal minimum standard for valuation of annuities issued
    22     after January 1, 1912, shall be McClintock's table of
    23     mortality among annuitants, with interest at 3.5% a year. For
    24     annuities and pure endowments purchased under group annuity
    25     and pure endowment contracts, the legal minimum standard may,
    26     at the option of the company, be the 1971 Group Annuity
    27     Mortality Table or any modification of this table approved by
    28     the department, with interest at 5% a year. Annuities
    29     deferred ten or more years and written in connection with
    30     life or term insurance shall be valued upon the same
    19870H1628B2005                 - 61 -

     1     mortality table from which the consideration or premiums were
     2     computed, with interest not higher than 3.5% a year.
     3         (7)  A company may at any time elect under any of its
     4     policies of life insurance to reserve on the American
     5     experience table of mortality, with a lower rate of interest
     6     but at a rate not less than 2%, or on the American men
     7     ultimate table of mortality with such modification and
     8     extension below age 20 as may be approved by the department,
     9     with interest at a rate not more than 3.5% and not less than
    10     2%, and its obligations under such policies shall be valued
    11     accordingly.
    12         (8)  On or after the operative date of section 5322,
    13     reserves for any policies or contracts may be calculated, at
    14     the option of the company, according to any standard which
    15     produces greater aggregate reserves for all such policies or
    16     contracts than the standard in use by such company
    17     immediately prior to the exercise of the option. With the
    18     approval of the department, any company which has adopted any
    19     standard of valuation producing greater aggregate reserves
    20     than the minimum reserves under paragraphs (1) through (7)
    21     may adopt any lower standard of valuation for any policies or
    22     contracts but not lower than the minimum reserves under
    23     paragraphs (1) through (7) nor lower than the standard
    24     specified in the policies or contracts or the standard used
    25     by the company for the determination of the nonforfeiture
    26     values thereof.
    27  § 703.  Computation of reserves on recent policies.
    28     (a)  Applicability.--This section applies only to policies
    29  and contracts issued on or after the operative date of section
    30  5322 (relating to standard nonforfeiture law for life
    19870H1628B2005                 - 62 -

     1  insurance), except as otherwise provided in subsections (b)(2)
     2  and (c) for group annuity and pure endowment contracts issued
     3  prior thereto.
     4     (b)  General rule for minimum standard.--
     5         (1)  Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (2) and in
     6     subsection (c), the minimum standard for the valuation of all
     7     such policies and contracts shall be the commissioners
     8     reserve valuation methods defined in subsections (d) and (e),
     9     and in section 705 (relating to minimum reserve requirements
    10     of certain companies), 3.5% interest for policies and
    11     contracts other than group annuity and pure endowment
    12     contracts and as provided in paragraph (1)(iv) for group
    13     annuity and pure endowment contracts, or in the case of
    14     policies and contracts, other than annuity and pure endowment
    15     contracts, issued on or after June 23, 1976, 4% interest for
    16     such policies issued prior to January 1, 1979, and 4.5%
    17     interest or such higher rate of interest as may be approved
    18     from time to time by the department for such policies issued
    19     on or after January 1, 1979, and the following tables:
    20             (i)  For all ordinary policies of life insurance
    21         issued on the standard basis, excluding any disability
    22         and accidental death benefits in such policies, the
    23         Commissioners 1941 Standard Ordinary Mortality Table for
    24         such policies issued prior to the operative date of
    25         section 5322(e)(2) and the Commissioners 1958 Standard
    26         Ordinary Mortality Table for such policies issued on or
    27         after that operative date and prior to the operative date
    28         of section 5322(f). However, for any category of such
    29         policies issued on female risks, all modified net
    30         premiums and present values referred to in this section
    19870H1628B2005                 - 63 -

     1         may be calculated according to any age not more than six
     2         years younger than the actual age of the insured; and for
     3         such policies issued on or after the operative date of
     4         section 5322(f), the modified net premiums and present
     5         values may be calculated on the basis of the
     6         Commissioners 1980 Standard Ordinary Mortality Table or,
     7         at the election of the company for any one or more
     8         specified plans of life insurance, the Commissioners 1980
     9         Standard Ordinary Mortality Table with Ten-Year Select
    10         Mortality Factors or any ordinary mortality table adopted
    11         after 1980 by the National Association of Insurance
    12         Commissioners and approved by regulation of the
    13         department for use in determining the minimum standard of
    14         valuation for such policies.
    15             (ii)  For all industrial life insurance policies
    16         issued on the standard basis, excluding any disability
    17         and accidental death benefits in those policies, the 1941
    18         Standard Industrial Mortality Table for those policies
    19         issued prior to the operative date of section 5322(e)(3),
    20         and, for those policies issued on or after that operative
    21         date, the Commissioners 1961 Standard Industrial
    22         Mortality Table or any industrial mortality table adopted
    23         after 1980 by the National Association of Insurance
    24         Commissioners and approved by regulation of the
    25         department for use in determining the minimum standard of
    26         valuation for such policies.
    27             (iii)  For individual annuity and pure endowment
    28         contracts, excluding any disability and accidental death
    29         benefits in such contracts, the 1937 Standard Annuity
    30         Mortality Table, or, at the option of the company, the
    19870H1628B2005                 - 64 -

     1         Annuity Mortality Table for 1949 Ultimate or any
     2         modification of either of these tables approved by the
     3         department.
     4             (iv)  For all annuities and pure endowments purchased
     5         under group annuity and pure endowment contracts,
     6         excluding any disability and accidental death benefits in
     7         such contracts, either the Group Annuity Mortality Table
     8         for 1951 or any modification of such table approved by
     9         the department, with interest at 3.5% or, at the option
    10         of the company, the 1971 Group Annuity Mortality Table or
    11         any modification of this table approved by the
    12         department, with interest at 5%; or, at the option of the
    13         company, any of the tables or modifications of tables
    14         specified for individual annuity and pure endowment
    15         contracts.
    16             (v)  For total and permanent disability benefits in
    17         or supplementary to ordinary policies or contracts, for
    18         policies or contracts issued on or after January 1, 1966,
    19         the tables of Period 2 disablement rates and the 1930 to
    20         1950 termination rates of the 1952 Disability Study of
    21         the Society of Actuaries, with due regard to the type of
    22         benefit, or any tables of disablement rates and
    23         termination rates adopted after 1980 by the National
    24         Association of Insurance Commissioners and approved by
    25         regulation of the department for use in determining the
    26         minimum standard of valuation for such policies; for
    27         policies or contracts issued on or after January 1, 1961,
    28         and prior to January 1, 1966, either such tables or, at
    29         the option of the company, the Class (3) Disability Table
    30         (1926); and for policies issued prior to January 1, 1961,
    19870H1628B2005                 - 65 -

     1         the Class (3) Disability Table (1926). Any such table
     2         shall, for active lives, be combined with a mortality
     3         table permitted for calculating the reserves for life
     4         insurance policies.
     5             (vi)  For accidental death benefits in or
     6         supplementary to policies, for policies issued on or
     7         after January 1, 1966, the 1959 Accidental Death Benefits
     8         Table or any accidental death benefits table adopted
     9         after 1980 by the National Association of Insurance
    10         Commissioners and approved by regulation of the
    11         department for use in determining the minimum standard of
    12         valuation for such policies; for policies issued on or
    13         after January 1, 1961, and prior to January 1, 1966,
    14         either such table or, at the option of the company, the
    15         Inter-Company Double Indemnity Mortality Table; and for
    16         policies issued prior to January 1, 1961, the Inter-
    17         Company Double Indemnity Mortality Table. Either table
    18         shall be combined with a mortality table permitted for
    19         calculating the reserves for life insurance policies.
    20             (vii)  For group life insurance, life insurance
    21         issued on the substandard basis and other special
    22         benefits, such tables as may be approved by the
    23         department.
    24         (2)  Except as provided in subsection (c), the minimum
    25     standard for valuation of all individual annuity and pure
    26     endowment contracts issued on or after the operative date of
    27     this subparagraph, as defined in subparagraph (vi), and for
    28     all annuities and pure endowments purchased on or after the
    29     operative date under group annuity and pure endowment
    30     contracts, shall be the commissioners reserve valuation
    19870H1628B2005                 - 66 -

     1     methods defined in subsections (d) and (e) and the following
     2     tables and interest rates:
     3             (i)  For individual annuity and pure endowment
     4         contracts issued prior to January 1, 1979, excluding any
     5         disability and accidental death benefits in such
     6         contracts, the 1971 Individual Annuity Mortality Table or
     7         any modification of this table approved by the
     8         department; and 6% interest for single premium immediate
     9         annuity contracts, and 4% interest for all other
    10         individual annuity and pure endowment contracts.
    11             (ii)  For individual single premium immediate annuity
    12         contracts issued on or after January 1, 1979, excluding
    13         any disability and accidental death benefits in such
    14         contracts, the 1971 Individual Annuity Mortality Table or
    15         any individual annuity mortality table, adopted after
    16         1980 by the National Association of Insurance
    17         Commissioners and approved by regulation of the
    18         department for use in determining the minimum standard of
    19         valuation for such contracts, or any modification of
    20         these tables approved by the department, and 7.5%
    21         interest or such higher rate of interest as may be
    22         approved from time to time by the department.
    23             (iii)  For individual annuity and pure endowment
    24         contracts issued on or after January 1, 1979, other than
    25         single premium immediate annuity contracts, excluding any
    26         disability and accidental death benefits in such
    27         contracts, the 1971 Individual Annuity Mortality Table or
    28         any individual annuity mortality table adopted after 1980
    29         by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners
    30         and approved by regulation of the department for use in
    19870H1628B2005                 - 67 -

     1         determining the minimum standard of valuation for such
     2         contracts, or any modification of these tables approved
     3         by the department, and 5.5% interest for single premium
     4         deferred annuity and pure endowment contracts and 4.5%
     5         interest for all other such individual annuity and pure
     6         endowment contracts or such higher rate of interest as
     7         may be approved from time to time by the department.
     8             (iv)  For all annuities and pure endowments purchased
     9         prior to January 1, 1979, under group annuity and pure
    10         endowment contracts, excluding any disability and
    11         accidental death benefits purchased under such contracts,
    12         the 1971 Group Annuity Mortality Table or any
    13         modification of this table approved by the department,
    14         and 6% interest.
    15             (v)  For all annuities and pure endowments purchased
    16         on or after January 1, 1979, under group annuity and pure
    17         endowment contracts, excluding any disability and
    18         accidental death benefits purchased under such contracts,
    19         the 1971 Group Annuity Mortality Table or any group
    20         annuity mortality table adopted after 1980 by the
    21         National Association of Insurance Commissioners and
    22         approved by regulation of the department for use in
    23         determining the minimum standard of valuation for such
    24         annuities and pure endowments or any modification of
    25         these tables approved by the department, and 7.5%
    26         interest or such higher rate of interest as may be
    27         approved, from time to time, by the department.
    28             (vi)  After June 23, 1976, a company may file with
    29         the department a written notice of its election to comply
    30         with the provisions of this subparagraph (ii) after a
    19870H1628B2005                 - 68 -

     1         specified date before January 1, 1979, which shall be the
     2         operative date of this subparagraph for the company.
     3         However, a company may elect a different operative date
     4         for individual annuity and pure endowment contracts from
     5         that elected for group annuity and pure endowment
     6         contracts. Whenever a company makes no such election, the
     7         operative date of this subparagraph for the company shall
     8         be January 1, 1979.
     9     (c)  Dynamic interest rates.--
    10         (1)  The interest rates used in determining the minimum
    11     standard for the valuation of any of the following shall be
    12     the calendar year statutory valuation interest rates as
    13     defined in this subsection:
    14             (i)  All life insurance policies issued in a
    15         particular calendar year, on or after the operative date
    16         of section 5322(f).
    17             (ii)  All individual annuity and pure endowment
    18         contracts issued in a particular calendar year on or
    19         after January 1, 1981.
    20             (iii)  All annuities and pure endowments purchased in
    21         a particular calendar year on or after January 1, 1981,
    22         under group annuity and pure endowment contracts.
    23             (iv)  The net increase, if any, in a particular
    24         calendar year after January 1, 1981, in amounts held
    25         under guaranteed interest contracts.
    26         (2)  The calendar year statutory valuation interest
    27     rates, referred to in this paragraph as I, shall be
    28     determined as follows and the results rounded to the nearer
    29     0.25%:
    30             (i)  For life insurance: I = .03 + W(R1 - .03) +
    19870H1628B2005                 - 69 -

     1         W/2(R2 - .09).
     2             (ii)  For single premium immediate annuities and for
     3         annuity benefits involving life contingencies arising
     4         from other annuities with cash settlement options and
     5         from guaranteed interest contracts with cash settlement
     6         options: I = .03 + W(R - .03). For purposes of this
     7         paragraph, R1 is the lesser of R and .09, R2 is the
     8         greater of R and .09, R is the reference interest rate
     9         defined in paragraph (4) and W is the weighting factor
    10         defined in paragraph (3).
    11             (iii)  For other annuities with cash settlement
    12         options and guaranteed interest contracts with cash
    13         settlement options, valued on an issue year basis, except
    14         as stated in subparagraph (ii), the formula for life
    15         insurance stated in subparagraph (i) shall apply to
    16         annuities and guaranteed interest contracts with
    17         guarantee durations in excess of ten years, and the
    18         formula for single premium immediate annuities stated in
    19         subparagraph (ii) shall apply to annuities and guaranteed
    20         interest contracts with guarantee duration of ten years
    21         or less.
    22             (iv)  For other annuities with no cash settlement
    23         options and for guaranteed interest contracts with no
    24         cash settlement options, the formula for single premium
    25         immediate annuities stated in subparagraph (ii) shall
    26         apply.
    27             (v)  For other annuities with cash settlement options
    28         and guaranteed interest contracts with cash settlement
    29         options, valued on a change in fund basis, the formula
    30         for single premium immediate annuities stated in
    19870H1628B2005                 - 70 -

     1         subparagraph (ii) shall apply.
     2             (vi)  However, if the calendar year statutory
     3         valuation interest rate for any life insurance policies
     4         issued in any calendar year determined without reference
     5         to this subparagraph differs from the corresponding
     6         actual rate for similar policies issued in the
     7         immediately preceding calendar year by less than 0.5%,
     8         the calendar year statutory valuation interest rate for
     9         the life insurance policies shall be equal to the
    10         corresponding actual rate for the immediately preceding
    11         calendar year. For the purpose of applying the
    12         immediately preceding sentence, the calendar year
    13         statutory valuation interest rate for life insurance
    14         policies issued in a calendar year shall be determined
    15         for 1980 (using the reference interest rate defined for
    16         1979) and shall be determined for each subsequent
    17         calendar year.
    18         (3)  The weighting factors referred to in the formulas
    19     stated above are given in the following tables:
    20             (i)  Weighting factors for life insurance:
    21                 Guarantee                           Weighting
    22                 Duration                            Factors
    23                 (Years)
    24                 10 or less                            .50
    25                 More than 10, but not more than 20    .45
    26                 More than 20                          .35
    27         For life insurance, the guarantee duration is the maximum
    28         number of years the life insurance can remain in force on
    29         a basis guaranteed in the policy or under options to
    30         convert to plans of life insurance with premium rates or
    19870H1628B2005                 - 71 -

     1         nonforfeiture values or both which are guaranteed in the
     2         original policy.
     3             (ii)  The weighting factor for single premium
     4         immediate annuities and for annuity benefits involving
     5         life contingencies arising from other annuities with cash
     6         settlement options and guaranteed interest contracts with
     7         cash settlement options shall be .80.
     8             (iii)  Weighting factors for other annuities and for
     9         guaranteed interest contracts, except as stated in
    10         subparagraph (ii), shall be as specified in clauses (A),
    11         (B) and (C), subject to the rules and definitions in
    12         clauses (D), (E) and (F):
    13                 (A)  For annuities and guaranteed interest
    14             contracts valued on an issue year basis:
    15                     Guarantee                    Weighting Factor
    16                     Duration                     for Plan Type
    17                     (Years)                       A    B    C
    18                     5 or less                    .80  .60  .50
    19                     More than 5, but not
    20                        more than 10:             .75  .60  .50
    21                     More than 10, but not
    22                        more than 20:             .65  .50  .45
    23                     More than 20:                .45  .35  .35
    24                 (B)  For annuities and guaranteed interest
    25             contracts valued on a change in fund basis, the
    26             factors stated in clause (A) shall be increased by:
    27                                                    Plan Type
    28                                                   A    B    C
    29                                                  .15  .25  .05
    30                 (C)  For annuities and guaranteed interest
    19870H1628B2005                 - 72 -

     1             contracts valued on an issue year basis (other than
     2             those with no cash settlement options) which do not
     3             guarantee interest on considerations received more
     4             than one year after issue or purchase and for
     5             annuities and guaranteed interest contracts valued on
     6             a change in fund basis which do not guarantee
     7             interest rates on considerations received more than
     8             twelve months beyond the valuation date, the factors
     9             as determined under clauses (A) and (B) shall be
    10             increased by:
    11                                                    Plan Type
    12                                                   A    B    C
    13                                                  .05  .05  .05
    14                 (D)  For other annuities with cash settlement
    15             options and guaranteed interest contracts with cash
    16             settlement options, the guarantee duration is the
    17             number of years for which the contract guarantees
    18             interest rates in excess of the calendar year
    19             statutory valuation interest rate for life insurance
    20             policies with guarantee duration in excess of twenty
    21             years. For other annuities with no cash settlement
    22             options and for guaranteed interest contracts with no
    23             cash settlement options, the guarantee duration is
    24             the number of years from the date of issue or date of
    25             purchase to the date annuity benefits are scheduled
    26             to commence.
    27                 (E)  The plan types as used in clauses (A), (B)
    28             and (C) are defined as follows:
    29                         Plan Type A: At any time the policyholder
    30                     may not withdraw funds or may withdraw funds
    19870H1628B2005                 - 73 -

     1                     only on the following conditions: (1)  with
     2                     an adjustment to reflect changes in interest
     3                     rates or asset values since receipt of the
     4                     funds by the insurance company; (2)  without
     5                     such adjustment but in installments over five
     6                     years or more; or (3)  as an immediate life
     7                     annuity.
     8                         Plan Type B: Before expiration of the
     9                     interest rate guarantee, the policyholder may
    10                     not withdraw funds or may withdraw funds only
    11                     on the following conditions: (1)  with an
    12                     adjustment to reflect changes in interest
    13                     rates or asset values since receipt of the
    14                     funds by the insurance company; or (2)
    15                     without such adjustment but in installments
    16                     over five years or more. At the end of the
    17                     interest rate guarantee, funds may be
    18                     withdrawn without such adjustment in a single
    19                     sum or installments over less than five
    20                     years.
    21                         Plan Type C: The policyholder may
    22                     withdraw funds before expiration of the
    23                     interest rate guarantee in a single sum or
    24                     installments over less than five years
    25                     either: (1)  without adjustment to reflect
    26                     changes in interest rates or asset values
    27                     since receipt of the funds by the insurance
    28                     company; or (2)  subject only to a fixed
    29                     surrender charge stipulated in the contract
    30                     as a percentage of the fund.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 74 -

     1                 (F)  A company may elect to value guaranteed
     2             interest contracts with cash settlement options and
     3             annuities with cash settlement options on either an
     4             issue year basis or on a change in fund basis.
     5             Guaranteed interest contracts with no cash settlement
     6             options and other annuities with no cash settlement
     7             options shall be valued on an issue year basis. As
     8             used in this subsection, an "issue year basis of
     9             valuation" refers to a valuation basis under which
    10             the interest rate used to determine the minimum
    11             valuation standard for the entire duration of the
    12             annuity or guaranteed interest contract is the
    13             calendar year valuation interest rate for the year of
    14             issue or year of purchase of the annuity or
    15             guaranteed interest contract, and the "change in fund
    16             basis of valuation" refers to a valuation basis under
    17             which the interest rate used to determine the minimum
    18             valuation standard applicable to each change in the
    19             fund held under the annuity or guaranteed interest
    20             contract is the calendar year valuation interest rate
    21             for the year of the change in the fund.
    22         (4)  The reference interest rate referred to in paragraph
    23     (2)(ii) shall be as follows:
    24             (i)  For all life insurance, the lesser of the
    25         average over a period of 36 months and the average over a
    26         period of 12 months, ending on June 30 of the calendar
    27         year next preceding the year of issue, of Moody's
    28         Corporate Bond Yield Average--Monthly Average Corporates
    29         as published by Moody's Investors Service, Inc.
    30             (ii)  For single premium immediate annuities and for
    19870H1628B2005                 - 75 -

     1         annuity benefits involving life contingencies arising
     2         from other annuities with cash settlement options and
     3         guaranteed interest contracts with cash settlement
     4         options, the average over a period of 12 months, ending
     5         on June 30 of the calendar year of issue or year of
     6         purchase, of Moody's Corporate Bond Yield Average--
     7         Monthly Average Corporates as published by Moody's
     8         Investors Service, Inc.
     9             (iii)  For other annuities with cash settlement
    10         options and guaranteed interest contracts with cash
    11         settlement options, valued on a year of issue basis,
    12         except as stated in subparagraph (ii) with guarantee
    13         duration in excess of ten years, the lesser of the
    14         average over a period of 36 months and the average over a
    15         period of 12 months, ending on June 30 of the calendar
    16         year of issue or purchase, of Moody's Corporate Bond
    17         Yield Average--Monthly Average Corporates as published by
    18         Moody's Investors Service, Inc.
    19             (iv)  For other annuities with cash settlement
    20         options and guaranteed interest contracts with cash
    21         settlement options, valued on a year of issue basis,
    22         except as stated in subparagraph (ii), with guarantee
    23         duration of ten years or less, the average over a period
    24         of 12 months, ending on June 30 of the calendar year of
    25         issue or purchase, of Moody's Corporate Bond Yield
    26         Average--Monthly Average Corporates as published by
    27         Moody's Investors Service, Inc.
    28             (v)  For other annuities with no cash settlement
    29         options and for guaranteed interest contracts with no
    30         cash settlement options, the average over a period of 12
    19870H1628B2005                 - 76 -

     1         months, ending on June 30 of the calendar year of issue
     2         or purchase, of Moody's Corporate Bond Yield Average--
     3         Monthly Average Corporates as published by Moody's
     4         Investors Service, Inc.
     5             (vi)  For other annuities with cash settlement
     6         options and guaranteed interest contracts with cash
     7         settlement options, valued on a change in fund basis,
     8         except as stated in subparagraph (ii), the average over a
     9         period of 12 months, ending on June 30 of the calendar
    10         year of the change in the fund, of Moody's Corporate Bond
    11         Yield Average--Monthly Average Corporates as published by
    12         Moody's Investors Service, Inc.
    13         (5)  If Moody's Corporate Bond Yield Average--Monthly
    14     Average Corporates is no longer published by Moody's
    15     Investors Service, Inc., or if the National Association of
    16     Insurance Commissioners determines that Moody's Corporate
    17     Bond Yield Average--Monthly Average Corporates is no longer
    18     appropriate for the determination of the reference interest
    19     rate, then an alternative method for determination of the
    20     reference interest rate adopted by the National Association
    21     of Insurance Commissioners and approved by regulation of the
    22     department may be substituted.
    23     (d)  Commissioners reserve valuation method.--
    24         (1)  Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (2), in
    25     subsection (e) and in section 705 (relating to minimum
    26     reserve requirements of certain companies), reserves
    27     according to the commissioners reserve valuation method for
    28     the life insurance and endowment benefits of policies
    29     providing for a uniform amount of insurance and requiring the
    30     payment of uniform premiums shall be the excess, if any, of
    19870H1628B2005                 - 77 -

     1     the present value at the date of valuation of such future
     2     guaranteed benefits provided for by those policies, over the
     3     then present value of any future modified net premiums
     4     therefor. The modified net premiums for any such policy shall
     5     be such uniform percentage of the respective contract
     6     premiums for such benefits that the present value, at the
     7     date of issue of the policy, of all such modified net
     8     premiums shall be equal to the sum of the then present value
     9     of such benefits provided for by the policy and the excess of
    10     (i) over (ii), as follows:
    11             (i)  A net level annual premium equal to the present
    12         value at the date of issue of such benefits provided for
    13         after the first policy year, divided by the present value
    14         at the date of issue of an annuity of one per annum
    15         payable on the first and each subsequent anniversary of
    16         such policy on which a premium falls due. However, such
    17         net level annual premium shall not exceed the net level
    18         annual premium on the 19 year premium whole life plan for
    19         insurance of the same amount at an age one year higher
    20         than the age at issue of such policy.
    21             (ii)  A net one year term premium for such benefits
    22         provided for in the first policy year.
    23         (2)  For any life insurance policy issued on or after
    24     January 1, 1985, for which the gross premium in the first
    25     policy year exceeds that of the second year and for which no
    26     comparable additional benefit is provided in the first year
    27     for such excess and which provides an endowment benefit or a
    28     cash surrender value or a combination thereof in an amount
    29     greater than such excess premium, the reserve according to
    30     the commissioners reserve valuation method as of any policy
    19870H1628B2005                 - 78 -

     1     anniversary occurring on or before the assumed ending date
     2     shall, except as otherwise provided in section 705, be the
     3     greater of the reserve as of such policy anniversary
     4     calculated as described in paragraph (1) and the reserve as
     5     of such policy anniversary calculated as described in
     6     paragraph (1), but subject to the following:
     7             (i)  the value defined in paragraph (1)(i) shall be
     8         reduced by 15% of the amount of such excess first year
     9         premium;
    10             (ii)  all present values of benefits and premiums
    11         shall be determined without reference to premiums or
    12         benefits provided for by the policy after the assumed
    13         ending date;
    14             (iii)  the policy shall be assumed to mature on the
    15         assumed ending date as an endowment; and
    16             (iv)  the cash surrender value provided on the
    17         assumed ending date shall be considered as an endowment
    18         benefit.
    19     In making this comparison the mortality and interest bases
    20     stated in subsections (b)(1) and (c) shall be used. As used
    21     in this paragraph, the term "assumed ending date" means the
    22     first policy anniversary on which the sum of any endowment
    23     benefit and any cash surrender value then available is
    24     greater than the excess premium.
    25         (3)  Reserves according to the commissioners reserve
    26     valuation method for:
    27             (i)  life insurance policies providing for a varying
    28         amount of insurance or requiring the payment of varying
    29         premiums;
    30             (ii)  group annuity and pure endowment contracts
    19870H1628B2005                 - 79 -

     1         purchased under a retirement plan or plan of deferred
     2         compensation, established or maintained by an employer,
     3         including a partnership or sole proprietorship, or by an
     4         employee organization, or by both, other than a plan
     5         providing individual retirement accounts or individual
     6         retirement annuities under section 408 of the Internal
     7         Revenue Code (68A Stat. 3, 26 U.S.C. § 408);
     8             (iii)  disability and accidental death benefits in
     9         all policies and contracts; and
    10             (iv)  all other benefits, except life insurance and
    11         endowment benefits in life insurance policies and
    12         benefits provided by all other annuity and pure endowment
    13         contracts;
    14     shall be calculated by a method consistent with the
    15     principles of this subsection except that any extra premiums
    16     charged because of impairments or special hazards shall be
    17     disregarded in the determination of modified net premiums.
    18     (e)  Department's annuity reserve method.--This subsection
    19  applies to all annuity and pure endowment contracts other than
    20  group annuity and pure endowment contracts purchased under a
    21  retirement plan or plan of deferred compensation established or
    22  maintained by an employer, including a partnership or sole
    23  proprietorship, or by an employee organization, or by both,
    24  other than a plan providing individual retirement accounts or
    25  individual retirement annuities under section 408 of the
    26  Internal Revenue Code. Reserves according to the commissioners
    27  annuity reserve method for benefits under annuity or pure
    28  endowment contracts, excluding any disability and accidental
    29  death benefits in such contracts, shall be the greatest of the
    30  respective excesses of the present values at the date of
    19870H1628B2005                 - 80 -

     1  valuation of the future guaranteed benefits, including
     2  guaranteed nonforfeiture benefits, provided for by such
     3  contracts at the end of each respective contract year, over the
     4  present value, at the date of valuation, of any future valuation
     5  considerations derived from future gross considerations required
     6  by the terms of such contract, that become payable prior to the
     7  end of such respective contract year. The future guaranteed
     8  benefits shall be determined by using the mortality table, if
     9  any, and the interest rate specified in such contracts for
    10  determining guaranteed benefits. The valuation considerations
    11  are the portions of the respective gross considerations applied
    12  under the terms of such contracts to determine nonforfeiture
    13  values.
    14     (f)  Test against nonforfeiture interest rate.--A company's
    15  aggregate reserves for all life insurance policies, excluding
    16  disability and accidental death benefits, shall not be less than
    17  the aggregate reserves calculated in accordance with the methods
    18  set forth in subsections (d) and (e) and in section 705, and the
    19  mortality table or tables and rate or rates of interest used in
    20  calculating nonforfeiture benefits for such policies.
    21     (g)  Standards producing greater reserves.--Reserves for any
    22  category of policies, contracts or benefits as established by
    23  the department may be calculated, at the option of the company,
    24  according to any standards which produce greater aggregate
    25  reserves for such category than those calculated according to
    26  the minimum standard provided under this section, but the rate
    27  of interest used for policies and contracts other than annuity
    28  and pure endowment contracts shall not be higher than the
    29  corresponding rate of interest used in calculating any
    30  nonforfeiture benefits provided for therein.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 81 -

     1     (h)  Destrengthening of reserves.--Any life insurance company
     2  which adopts any standard of valuation producing greater
     3  aggregate reserves than those calculated according to the
     4  minimum standard provided under this section may, with the
     5  approval of the department, adopt any lower standard of
     6  valuation, but not lower than the minimum provided under this
     7  section.
     8  § 704.  Reserves for special plans.
     9     In the case of any plan of life insurance which provides for
    10  future premium determination, the amounts of which are to be
    11  determined by the insurance company based on then estimates of
    12  future experience or, in the case of any plan of life insurance
    13  or annuity which is of such a nature that the minimum reserves
    14  cannot be determined by the methods described in sections 703(d)
    15  and (e) (relating to computation of reserves on recent policies)
    16  and 705 (relating to minimum reserve requirements of certain
    17  companies), the reserves which are held under the plan shall:
    18         (1)  be appropriate in relation to the benefits and the
    19     pattern of premiums for that plan; and
    20         (2)  be computed by a method which is consistent with the
    21     principles of this section and section 705, as determined by
    22     regulations of the department.
    23  § 705.  Minimum reserve requirements of certain companies.
    24     (a)  Reduced premiums.--If in any contract year the gross
    25  premium charged by any life insurance company on any policy or
    26  contract is less than the valuation net premium for the policy
    27  or contract calculated by the method used in calculating the
    28  reserve thereon but using the minimum valuation standards of
    29  mortality and rate of interest, the minimum reserve required for
    30  the policy or contract shall be the greater of either the
    19870H1628B2005                 - 82 -

     1  reserve calculated according to the mortality table, rate of
     2  interest and method actually used for the policy or contract, or
     3  the reserve calculated by the method actually used for the
     4  policy or contract but using the minimum valuation standards of
     5  mortality and rate of interest and replacing the valuation net
     6  premium by the actual gross premium in each contract year for
     7  which the valuation net premium exceeds the actual gross
     8  premium. The minimum valuation standards of mortality and rate
     9  of interest referred to in this section are those standards
    10  stated in sections 702 (relating to computation of reserves on
    11  prior policies) and 703 (b)(1) and (c) (relating to computation
    12  of reserves on recent policies).
    13     (b)  Exception.--For any life insurance policy issued on or
    14  after January 1, 1985, for which the gross premium in the first
    15  policy year exceeds that of the second year and for which no
    16  comparable additional benefit is provided in the first year for
    17  the excess and which provides an endowment benefit or a cash
    18  surrender value or a combination thereof in an amount greater
    19  than the excess premium, the provisions of subsection (a) shall
    20  be applied as if the method actually used in calculating the
    21  reserve for the policy were the method described in section
    22  703(d), ignoring section 703(d)(2). The minimum reserve at each
    23  policy anniversary of such policy shall be the greater of the
    24  minimum reserve calculated in accordance with section 703(d),
    25  including section 703(d)(2), and the minimum reserve calculated
    26  in accordance with this section.
    27  § 706.  Computation of reserves for health and accident
    28             insurance.
    29     (a)  General rule.--The department shall annually value, or
    30  shall annually require the insurer to value, the reserve
    19870H1628B2005                 - 83 -

     1  liabilities, as of December 31 of the preceding year, of every
     2  life insurance company doing business in this Commonwealth, with
     3  respect to its health and accident insurance policies. For all
     4  such policies, the company shall maintain an active life reserve
     5  which shall place a sound value on its liabilities under such
     6  policies and shall be not less than the reserve according to
     7  appropriate standards set forth in the regulations of the
     8  department and not less in the aggregate than the pro rata gross
     9  unearned premiums for the policies.
    10     (b)  Exception.--This section does not apply to total and
    11  permanent disability benefits supplementary to life insurance or
    12  annuity policies or contracts.
    13  § 707.  Valuations by other states.
    14     In lieu of the valuation of the reserves required in sections
    15  701 (relating to valuation by department) through 704 (relating
    16  to reserves for special plans) and section 706 (relating to
    17  computation of reserves for health and accident insurance) of
    18  any foreign or alien company, the department may accept any
    19  valuation made by the insurance supervisory official of any
    20  state or other jurisdiction if this valuation complies with the
    21  minimum standard provided in those sections and if the official
    22  of that state or jurisdiction accepts as sufficient and valid
    23  for all legal purposes the certificate of valuation of the
    24  department when such certificate states the valuation to have
    25  been made in a specified manner according to which the aggregate
    26  reserves would be at least as large as if they had been computed
    27  in the manner prescribed by the law of that state or
    28  jurisdiction. Each company shall furnish to the department, on
    29  or before March 1 in each year, a certificate from the proper
    30  officer of that state or jurisdiction, setting forth the value
    19870H1628B2005                 - 84 -

     1  of all the policies and contracts of the company in force on the
     2  previous December 31. Any company failing to furnish the
     3  certificate shall make a complete detailed list of policies to
     4  the department and shall be liable for all charges and expenses
     5  resulting from the failure to furnish this certificate.
     6  § 708.  Reserve fund.
     7     The aggregate reserves or net value of the policies and
     8  contracts of any life insurance company ascertained under this
     9  chapter shall be deemed its reserve liability. It shall hold
    10  funds in secure investments of an amount equal to the net value
    11  above all its other liabilities. The department shall, after
    12  having determined the net value of all the policies and
    13  contracts in force, confirm compliance with this section.
    14  Whenever any life insurance company doing business in this
    15  Commonwealth does not have on hand the net value of all policies
    16  in force, after all other debts and claims against it, including
    17  50% of capital, have been provided for, the department shall
    18  notify the company and its agents to issue no new policies until
    19  its funds become equal to its liabilities.
    20  § 709.  Valuation of securities.
    21     (a)  General rule.--Bonds or other evidences of debt held by
    22  life insurance companies or fraternal benefit societies
    23  authorized to do business in this Commonwealth may, if amply
    24  secured and if not in default as to principal or interest, be
    25  valued as follows:
    26         (1)  If purchased at par, at the par value.
    27         (2)  If purchased above or below par, on the basis of the
    28     purchase price adjusted so as to bring the value at maturity
    29     and so as to yield meantime the effective rate of interest at
    30     which the purchase was made.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 85 -

     1  The purchase price shall not be taken at a higher figure than
     2  the actual market value at the time of purchase. The department
     3  shall have full discretion in determining the method of
     4  calculating values under this section, and the values found by
     5  it in accordance with that method shall be final and binding.
     6  Any company or society may return the bonds or other evidences
     7  of debt at their market value or their book value, but not at an
     8  aggregate value exceeding the aggregate of the values calculated
     9  under this section.
    10     (b)  Election.--This section does not require any life
    11  insurance company or fraternal benefit society authorized to do
    12  business in this Commonwealth to value its bonds and other
    13  evidences of debt by amortization as provided in this section,
    14  but any company or society electing to adopt the amortized basis
    15  shall have its bonds valued upon that basis.
    16                            SUBCHAPTER B
    17                INSURANCE OTHER THAN LIFE INSURANCE
    18  Sec.
    19  721.  Computation of unearned premium liability.
    20  § 721.  Computation of unearned premium liability.
    21     (a)  General rule.--In determining the liabilities upon its
    22  contracts of insurance of any insurance company, other than a
    23  life insurance company, and the amount the company should hold
    24  as an unearned premium liability, the department shall calculate
    25  the amount on a monthly prorata basis or its equivalent on the
    26  premiums in force at the end of any quarterly or annual period,
    27  except in the case of noncancelable health and accident
    28  insurance issued on and after January 1, 1950. The amount shall
    29  be calculated according to the methods set out in subsection
    30  (b). On perpetual insurance, the department shall charge the
    19870H1628B2005                 - 86 -

     1  cash deposit received, less a surrender charge not exceeding 10%
     2  thereof. For marine and inland insurance, the department shall
     3  charge 50% of the premium written in the policy upon risks
     4  covering more than one passage not terminated, and the full
     5  amount of the premium written in the policy upon all other
     6  marine and inland risks not terminated; however, the department
     7  may charge a premium reserve equal to the unearned portions of
     8  the gross premiums charged, computed on each respective risk
     9  from the date of the issuance of the policy.
    10     (b)  Casualty insurance other than noncancelable health and
    11  accident insurance.--The department shall, in calculating the
    12  reserve against unpaid losses of casualty insurance companies,
    13  other than losses under noncancelable health and accident
    14  insurance issued on and after January 1, 1950, liability and
    15  workmen's compensation policies, set down by careful estimate in
    16  each case the loss likely to be incurred against every claim
    17  presented or that may be presented pursuant to notice from the
    18  insured of the occurrence of an event that may result in a loss.
    19  The sum of the items so estimated shall be the total amount of
    20  the reserve, except that in credit insurance 50% of the premiums
    21  on all credit policies expiring in the months of October,
    22  November and December of the current year, less the amount of
    23  losses paid on such policies, shall in addition thereto be
    24  charged in the loss reserve.
    25     (c)  Health and accident insurance.--The department shall
    26  annually value, or shall annually require the insurer to value,
    27  the reserve liabilities, as of December 31 of the preceding
    28  year, of every casualty insurance company doing business in this
    29  Commonwealth, with respect to all of its health and accident
    30  insurance policies. For all such policies the company shall
    19870H1628B2005                 - 87 -

     1  maintain an active life reserve which shall place a sound value
     2  on its liabilities under the policies and be not less than the
     3  reserve according to appropriate standards set forth in the
     4  regulations of the department and not less in the aggregate than
     5  the prorata gross unearned premiums for such policies. With
     6  respect to any foreign or alien insurer, the department may
     7  accept a like valuation of the insurance supervising official of
     8  the state, province or foreign country in which the insurer is
     9  domiciled if the valuation is made upon a basis and according to
    10  standards producing an aggregate reserve not less than under
    11  this section.
    12     (d)  Definition.--As used in this section, the term
    13  "noncancelable health and accident insurance" means insurance
    14  against disability resulting from sickness, ailment or bodily
    15  injury under a policy or contract which the insurer does not
    16  have the option to cancel or otherwise terminate the contract at
    17  or after the expiration of one year from its effective date,
    18  excluding policies or contracts insuring solely against
    19  accidental injury, or total and permanent disability benefits,
    20  supplementary to life insurance or annuity policies or
    21  contracts.
    22                            SUBCHAPTER C
    23           WORKMEN'S COMPENSATION AND LIABILITY INSURANCE
    24  Sec.
    25  731.  Definitions.
    26  732.  Computation of reserves.
    27  733.  Distribution of unallocated loss expense payments.
    28  734.  Power of department to determine reserves.
    29  § 731.  Definitions.
    30     The following words and phrases when used in this subchapter
    19870H1628B2005                 - 88 -

     1  shall have the meanings given to them in this section unless the
     2  context clearly indicates otherwise:
     3     "Compensation."  All insurance effected by virtue of statutes
     4  providing compensation to employees for personal injuries
     5  irrespective of fault of the employer.
     6     "Earned premiums."  Gross premiums charged on all policies
     7  written, including all excess and additional premiums and
     8  reinsurance premiums accepted, less return premiums other than
     9  premiums returned to policyholders as dividends, and less all
    10  reinsurance premiums ceded and premiums on policies canceled.
    11  Earned premiums attributable to any specific period shall be
    12  calculated by adding to the liability for unearned premiums at
    13  the beginning of the period, the premiums written during the
    14  period and subtracting the liability for unearned premiums at
    15  the end of the period.
    16     "Even monthly amount."  The written premium divided by the
    17  number of months for which the premium is written.
    18     "Liability."  All insurance except compensation insurance
    19  against loss or damage from accident to or injuries suffered by
    20  an employee or other person and for which the insured is liable.
    21     "Loss payments" or "loss expense payments."  All payments to
    22  claimants, including payments for medical and surgical services,
    23  legal expenses, salaries and expenses of investigators,
    24  adjusters and field men, rents, salaries and expenses of office
    25  employees, home office expenses and all other payments made on
    26  account of claims, whether the payments are allocated to
    27  specific claims or unallocated.
    28     "Monthly prorata basis."  The calculation by which written
    29  premium becomes earned in even monthly amounts for each entire
    30  calendar month or part thereof during which a policy is in
    19870H1628B2005                 - 89 -

     1  force, except that for the calendar months in which a premium is
     2  written or expires, one-half the even monthly amount is earned.
     3  § 732.  Computation of reserves.
     4     The reserve required of stock and mutual insurance companies
     5  and exchanges for outstanding losses under insurance against
     6  loss or damage from accident to or injuries suffered by an
     7  employee or other person, and for which the insured is liable,
     8  shall be computed as follows:
     9         (1)  For all liability premiums earned during the three
    10     years immediately preceding the date as of which the
    11     statement is made, 60% of the earned liability premiums of
    12     each of those three years, less all loss and loss expense
    13     payments made under liability policies written in the
    14     corresponding years.
    15         (2)  For all compensation claims under policies written
    16     more than three years prior to the date as of which the
    17     statement is made, the present value at 4% interest of the
    18     determined and estimated future payments.
    19         (3)  For all compensation premiums earned in the three
    20     years immediately preceding the date as of which the
    21     statement is made, 65% of the earned compensation premiums of
    22     each of those three years, less all loss and loss expense
    23     payments made in connection with such claims under policies
    24     written in the corresponding years, but not less than the
    25     present value at 4% interest of the determined and the
    26     estimated unpaid compensation claims under policies written
    27     during each of those years.
    28  § 733.  Distribution of unallocated loss expense payments.
    29     All unallocated liability loss expense payments and all
    30  unallocated compensation loss expense payments made in a given
    19870H1628B2005                 - 90 -

     1  calendar year in which an insurer has been issuing liability or
     2  compensation policies, as appropriate, shall be made in
     3  accordance with instructions set forth in the notes pertaining
     4  to Schedule P, at page 35 of the Fire and Casualty Companies
     5  (Association Edition) Annual Statement Blank for the year ended
     6  December 31, 1974, as adopted for use in this Commonwealth by
     7  the department.
     8  § 734.  Power of department to determine reserves.
     9     Whenever the department determines that the liability or
    10  compensation loss reserves of any insurer calculated in
    11  accordance with this subchapter are inadequate, it may require
    12  the insurer to maintain additional reserves based upon estimated
    13  individual claims or otherwise. Whenever a satisfactory
    14  mathematical or actuarial table for valuing compensation loss
    15  reserves is approved and promulgated by the department, it may
    16  require any insurer under its supervision to maintain upon this
    17  tabular basis greater or lesser reserves than those provided
    18  under section 732 (relating to computation of reserves).
    19                            SUBCHAPTER D
    20                         CASUALTY INSURANCE
    21  Sec.
    22  741.  Right of action.
    23  742.  Notice of impairment of funds.
    24  § 741.  Right of action.
    25     A policy of accident insurance against loss or damage
    26  resulting from accident to or injury suffered by an employee or
    27  other person and for which the person insured is liable, or
    28  against loss or damage to property caused by animals or by any
    29  vehicle drawn, propelled or operated by any motive power and for
    30  which loss or damage the person is liable, shall not be issued
    19870H1628B2005                 - 91 -

     1  or delivered in this Commonwealth by any corporation or other
     2  insurer authorized to do business in this Commonwealth unless
     3  the policy contains a provision that the insolvency or
     4  bankruptcy of the person insured shall not release the insurance
     5  carrier from the payment of damages for injury sustained or loss
     6  occasioned during the life of the policy. The provision shall
     7  also state that in case execution against the insured is
     8  returned unsatisfied because of bankruptcy or insolvency in an
     9  action brought by the injured person, or his personal
    10  representative in case death results from the accident, then an
    11  action may be maintained by the injured person or his personal
    12  representative against the corporation under the terms of the
    13  policy, for the amount of judgment in the action, not exceeding
    14  the amount of the policy.
    15  § 742.  Notice of impairment of funds.
    16     Having charged as a liability the reinsurance and loss
    17  reserves for insurance companies and exchanges of this
    18  Commonwealth other than life insurance companies and adding
    19  thereto all other debts and claims against the company or
    20  exchange, the department shall, in case it finds the capital or
    21  reserve of the company or exchange impaired to any degree, give
    22  notice to the company or exchange to make good the capital or
    23  reserve within 30 days.
    24                            SUBCHAPTER E
    25                          TITLE INSURANCE
    26  Sec.
    27  751.  Title insurance reserve.
    28  752.  Reinsurance on liquidation of company.
    29  753.  Recovery by policyholders.
    30  § 751.  Title insurance reserve.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 92 -

     1     (a)  Reserve fund requirement.--All companies incorporated
     2  for the insurance of owners of real estate, mortgages and others
     3  interested in real estate, from loss by reason of defective
     4  titles, liens and encumbrances, as well as all title insurance
     5  and trust companies receiving deposits, heretofore incorporated
     6  and authorized by charter or by law to carry on such business,
     7  shall establish and maintain a reserve fund for the protection
     8  of policyholders.
     9     (b)  Establishment and maintenance of fund.--The reserve fund
    10  shall be established by setting aside a sum equal to 10% of the
    11  premium paid on each policy of insurance which the company may
    12  issue until the total amount set aside equals $250,000. The
    13  total reserve fund may, with the consent of the department, be
    14  set aside at any one time or from time to time out of surplus
    15  and undivided profits. The reserve fund shall be maintained as
    16  long as liability on any policies is outstanding.
    17     (c)  Supervision by department.--The custody of the reserve
    18  fund shall be retained by the company, and the fund shall be
    19  kept separate from other assets of the company. The department
    20  shall ascertain that a reserve fund equal to the amount required
    21  by subsection (b) is maintained. If any company neglects or
    22  refuses to establish or maintain the reserve fund, the
    23  department shall direct the company either to comply with the
    24  provisions of this section or to discontinue doing title
    25  insurance business.
    26     (d)  Investment of reserve fund.--The company shall invest
    27  the reserve fund in first mortgage or other securities
    28  designated by law as legal investments for trust funds whenever
    29  the accumulated fund amounts to $1,000 or more. The mortgages or
    30  other securities shall be carried at cost price, but not at more
    19870H1628B2005                 - 93 -

     1  than market price. If there is a depreciation in the market
     2  price of any securities, the company shall make good the
     3  depreciation by the addition of other legal investments so that
     4  the fund shall always be maintained at the full amount required
     5  by subsection (b). The companies may withdraw from the fund any
     6  mortgages or other securities held therein by crediting the fund
     7  the amount at which the mortgages or securities are valued if
     8  there are immediately substituted therefor other first mortgages
     9  or securities.
    10     (e)  Cancellation of policy.--Whenever any policy of title
    11  insurance is surrendered by the holder, canceled or liability
    12  thereon completely discharged, the reserve therefor may be
    13  withdrawn or credited against reserves that may be due.
    14     (f)  Status of reserve fund to be a trust fund.--The reserve
    15  fund shall be kept separate and apart from the other assets of
    16  the company. The income of the reserve fund shall become part of
    17  the general assets of the company. The reserve fund shall
    18  constitute a separate and distinct trust fund for the protection
    19  of policyholders and shall not be subject to distribution among
    20  depositors or other creditors until all policyholders have been
    21  paid in full or the liability on the policies contingent or
    22  actual has been completely discharged.
    23     (g)  Reinsurance by department.--If the department takes
    24  possession of and winds up any company, the department may use
    25  the reserve fund to purchase reinsurance for the liabilities
    26  represented by the policies outstanding against the fund.
    27  Acceptance of the policy of the reinsuring company shall operate
    28  as a complete discharge of liability under the policy of the
    29  insolvent company. If any policyholder refuses to accept the
    30  policy of the reinsuring company, he shall be entitled to
    19870H1628B2005                 - 94 -

     1  receive only the pro rata portion of his reserve that remains
     2  upon distribution under subsection (h).
     3     (h)  Distribution of reserve fund.--The reserve fund in the
     4  custody of the department shall be liable only to the following
     5  claims:
     6         (1)  To pay all outstanding claims of indemnity that have
     7     arisen by virtue of any policies of insurance.
     8         (2)  For the purchase of reinsurance to indemnify and
     9     protect the remaining outstanding policies.
    10         (3)  To distribute among policyholders, upon cancellation
    11     of their policies, the proportionate share of the reserve
    12     fund to which they are entitled, which shall not exceed the
    13     proportion which the premium paid for the policy bears to the
    14     whole amount of title insurance then outstanding.
    15  § 752.  Reinsurance on liquidation of company.
    16     Whenever the department purchases reinsurance under section
    17  751 (relating to title insurance reserve), it may do so by
    18  purchasing, from a company incorporated under the law of this
    19  Commonwealth with the right to insure titles to real estate to
    20  owners, mortgagees and others and having a title insurance
    21  reserve of the maximum amount required by section 751, a blanket
    22  policy in the name of the Commonwealth for the use of the
    23  original policyholders. In this blanket policy, the title
    24  insurance company shall agree that it will, on demand of anyone
    25  holding an outstanding policy issued by the original company,
    26  fulfill for the policyholder the same obligations as were due to
    27  him under the original policy, but the amount of recoverable
    28  damages shall be limited in accordance with section 753
    29  (relating to recovery by policyholders).
    30  § 753.  Recovery by policyholders.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 95 -

     1     (a)  Determinations of insurance and liability.--Prior to
     2  purchasing reinsurance, the department shall determine the total
     3  amount of insurance issued by the corporation of which it has
     4  taken possession and the amount of this insurance upon which the
     5  corporation had an outstanding liability on the day the
     6  corporation came into its custody. The department shall file
     7  written certificates of these determinations in its office and
     8  in the records of the court under which its certificate of
     9  possession is filed.
    10     (b)  Reinsurance policy.--The department shall then use the
    11  reserve fund in its custody to pay the fee for examinations by
    12  the reinsuring company and to purchase as large an amount of
    13  insurance as can be acquired. The blanket policy for reinsurance
    14  shall contain a clause that each policyholder of the company
    15  which originally issued the insurance reinsured shall be
    16  entitled to recover in his own name, not according to the amount
    17  of the original policy, but in the proportion that the total
    18  amount of the reinsurance purchased bears to the total amount of
    19  outstanding insurance determined to be in existence by the
    20  department and shown by the certificates executed under this
    21  section.
    22     (c)  Limitations on reinsurance liability.--The total
    23  liability of the reinsuring company shall not exceed the amount
    24  of the blanket policy issued under section 752 (relating to
    25  reinsurance on liquidation of company) and shall not be enlarged
    26  beyond that of the original company. Claims by policyholders
    27  against the reinsuring company shall be subject to all the
    28  conditions and limitations of the original insurance as respects
    29  the status of the claim and claimant.
    30     (d)  Rights of policyholders.--Each policyholder of the
    19870H1628B2005                 - 96 -

     1  company which originally issued the insurance reinsured may sue
     2  the reinsurance carrier, using his own name as plaintiff,
     3  notwithstanding the fact that the reinsurance policy is issued
     4  in the name of the Commonwealth.
     5                             CHAPTER 9
     6          DEPOSITS OF SECURITIES TO DO INTERSTATE BUSINESS
     7  Sec.
     8  901.  Deposit of securities with department.
     9  902.  State Treasurer as custodian.
    10  903.  Return of securities.
    11  904.  Actions in equity regarding deposits.
    12  § 901.  Deposit of securities with department.
    13     Any domestic insurance entity desiring to transact business
    14  in other states, where the law requires that the entity first
    15  deposit securities of a designated value with the department or
    16  any proper officer of this Commonwealth in trust and for the
    17  benefit of all its policyholders, or any foreign or alien
    18  insurance company or association desiring to make the deposit
    19  required of foreign companies or associations in order to
    20  transact business in the United States, may deposit with the
    21  department securities for such an amount as the law of the other
    22  states designates, or as the law of this Commonwealth requires
    23  for foreign companies or associations. If the department is
    24  satisfied that the securities are worth the required amount, it
    25  shall receive them or those given in exchange therefor for the
    26  purpose of this section. Upon the written request of the
    27  insurance entity, the department shall further certify, under
    28  its official seal to the proper officer of the other state in
    29  which the insurance entity desires to transact business or the
    30  official of the Federal Government, that the entity has
    19870H1628B2005                 - 97 -

     1  deposited securities with it, list the securities and certify
     2  that it is satisfied they are worth the sum designated by the
     3  law of the other state or required by the Federal Government.
     4  § 902.  State Treasurer as custodian.
     5     Upon receipt of any deposit made under section 901 (relating
     6  to deposit of securities with department), the department shall
     7  immediately place them with the State Treasurer, who shall
     8  receive and hold them in the name of the Commonwealth in trust
     9  for the purposes for which the deposit is made. The State
    10  Treasurer shall be responsible for their custody and
    11  safekeeping. The entity making the deposit may from time to time
    12  demand and receive from the State Treasurer, on the written
    13  order of the department, all or any portion of the securities so
    14  deposited, upon depositing with him other securities of at least
    15  equal value and may demand, receive, sue for and recover the
    16  interest and income from the securities from the payee or
    17  obligee thereof as these become due and payable.
    18  § 903.  Return of securities.
    19     Upon request of any domestic entity which has made a deposit
    20  under this chapter, the department may authorize the State
    21  Treasurer to return to the entity the whole or any portion of
    22  the securities held by him on deposit, if the department is
    23  satisfied that the securities are subject to no liability and
    24  are not required to be longer held under this title, or for the
    25  purpose of the original deposit. The State Treasurer may in like
    26  manner return to the trustees or other representatives of a
    27  foreign or alien insurance company or association authorized for
    28  that purpose any deposit made by the company, if the company or
    29  association has ceased to do business in this Commonwealth and
    30  is under no obligation to policyholders or other persons in this
    19870H1628B2005                 - 98 -

     1  Commonwealth or in the United States, for whose benefit the
     2  deposit was made. A deposit shall not be wholly withdrawn or
     3  diminished so long as any liability to policy holders remains
     4  unsatisfied, except in case of dissolution by a court of any
     5  entity making the deposit, in which case the State Treasurer
     6  shall, upon the written order of the court, assign and transfer
     7  to the receiver all securities or funds in his possession
     8  belonging to the entity.
     9  § 904.  Actions in equity regarding deposits.
    10     An insurance entity which has made a deposit under this
    11  chapter, or its trustees or resident manager in the United
    12  States, or the department, may bring an action in equity against
    13  the Commonwealth and other parties properly joined therein, to
    14  enforce, administer or terminate the trust created by the
    15  deposit. The process in the action shall be served on the State
    16  Treasurer, who shall appear and answer on behalf of the
    17  Commonwealth and perform such orders and decrees as the court
    18  may make.
    19                             CHAPTER 11
    20                         AGENTS AND BROKERS
    21  Subchapter
    22     A.  Agents
    23     B.  Termination of Agency Contracts
    24     C.  Insurance Brokers
    25     D.  Prohibited Activities
    26     E.  Managers and Exclusive General Agents
    27     F.  Public Adjusters and Solicitors
    28     G.  Public Remedies for Unlicensed Activity
    29                            SUBCHAPTER A
    30                               AGENTS
    19870H1628B2005                 - 99 -

     1  Sec.
     2  1101.  Definition of agent.
     3  1102.  Certification of agents.
     4  1103.  Licenses of agents.
     5  1104.  Penalty for doing business as agent without license.
     6  1105.  Personal liability of agents for unauthorized entity.
     7  1106.  Penalty for advertising as agent of unauthorized entity.
     8  1107.  Penalty for soliciting for nonexistent company.
     9  1108.  Licensure of nonresident agents.
    10  § 1101.  Definition of agent.
    11     (a)  General rule.--As used in this chapter, the term "agent"
    12  means any of the following:
    13         (1)  Any person authorized in writing by an entity:
    14             (i)  to solicit risks and collect premiums and to
    15         issue or countersign policies in its behalf; or
    16             (ii)  to solicit risks and collect premiums in its
    17         behalf.
    18         (2)  A person, not a licensed insurance broker, who,
    19     whether or not for compensation:
    20             (i)  solicits insurance on behalf of any insurance
    21         entity;
    22             (ii)  transmits for a person other than himself an
    23         application for a policy of insurance to or from the
    24         entity;
    25             (iii)  offers or assumes to act in the negotiation of
    26         such insurance; or
    27             (iv)  in any manner aids in transacting the insurance
    28         business of any entity by negotiating for or placing
    29         risks or delivering policies or collecting premiums for
    30         the entity.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 100 -

     1     (b)  Exclusions.--The term "agent" does not include:
     2         (1)  Nonresident salaried employees of foreign exchanges
     3     which maintain no offices in this Commonwealth and pay no
     4     commissions to such employees.
     5         (2)  Officers or salaried employees of any insurance
     6     entity authorized to transact business in this Commonwealth
     7     who do not solicit, negotiate or place risks.
     8         (3)  Attorneys at law.
     9         (4)  Licensed real estate agents.
    10         (5)  Real estate brokers.
    11  Except as provided in Chapter 67 (relating to title insurance),
    12  this subchapter does not apply to title insurance agents.
    13  § 1102.  Certification of agents.
    14     Insurance entities authorized by law to transact business in
    15  this Commonwealth shall from time to time certify to the
    16  department the names of all agents appointed by them to solicit
    17  insurance in this Commonwealth.
    18  § 1103.  Licenses of agents.
    19     (a)  Power to issue license.--The department may issue, upon
    20  certification under section 1102 (relating to certification of
    21  agents), an agent's license to any person of at least 18 years
    22  of age and to any partnership or corporation.
    23     (b)  Limitations.--A license as agent shall not be granted to
    24  any corporation unless by provisions of its charter it is
    25  authorized to engage in the business of insurance or real estate
    26  and unless individual licenses are also secured for each active
    27  officer of such corporation. A license shall not be granted to a
    28  partnership or association unless individual licenses are also
    29  secured for each active member of the partnership or
    30  association.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 101 -

     1     (c)  Requirements for licensure.--Before the license is
     2  granted, the applicant shall first complete a verified
     3  application in a form determined by the department. The answers
     4  on the application shall be verified by the applicant and
     5  vouched for by endorsement of the entity interested. The
     6  application shall also be accompanied by a verified statement by
     7  the entity that the applicant is of good business reputation,
     8  has experience in underwriting, other than soliciting, and is
     9  worthy of a license. Any applicant who has held, for any period
    10  during the five years immediately preceding the application, a
    11  license to transact as agent any class or kind of insurance
    12  business for any entity authorized to transact business in this
    13  Commonwealth may, upon proper application, receive a license to
    14  transact as agent the same class or kind of insurance business
    15  for any other entity which is so authorized, without submitting
    16  to an examination. Agents' license fees shall be paid in full at
    17  the time of issuance and shall not be apportioned pro rata over
    18  the initial license period.
    19     (d)  License.--When the department is satisfied that the
    20  applicant is worthy of license and that he is reasonably
    21  familiar with provisions of the insurance law of this
    22  Commonwealth, it shall issue a license. The license shall state
    23  that the entity represented by the agent has complied with this
    24  title and has been authorized by the department to transact
    25  business in this Commonwealth and that the agent has been
    26  appointed by that entity.
    27     (e)  Expiration.--The licenses of life insurance agents shall
    28  expire annually on March 31, the licenses of fire insurance
    29  agents shall expire annually on September 30, and the licenses
    30  of casualty and health and accident insurance agents shall
    19870H1628B2005                 - 102 -

     1  expire annually on December 31. However, any such license may be
     2  sooner terminated as the result of severance of business
     3  relations between the entity and the agent or may be revoked by
     4  the department for cause.
     5     (f)  Domestic mutual fire insurance companies.--This section
     6  applies to domestic mutual fire insurance companies, but no
     7  agent of such a company acting or authorized to act as such on
     8  October 20, 1961, shall be required to take an examination for
     9  licensure. This section does not require agents of domestic
    10  mutual fire insurance companies, which agents write only
    11  coverages other than insurance upon automobiles authorized by
    12  section 3302(b)(1), (2) and (3) (relating to authorized classes
    13  of insurance), to submit to the examination for licensure.
    14     (g)  Exemption from examination.--The examination for
    15  licensure shall not be required of any person who has received
    16  the designation of Chartered Life Underwriter (C.L.U.) from the
    17  American College of Life Underwriters, except that the person
    18  may be examined on pertinent provisions of the insurance law as
    19  determined by the department.
    20  § 1104.  Penalty for doing business as agent without license.
    21     A person commits a misdemeanor of the third degree if he
    22  transacts business in this Commonwealth as the agent of an
    23  insurance entity without a license as required by this chapter.
    24  Prosecutions for violations under this section may be instituted
    25  by the department.
    26  § 1105.  Personal liability of agents for unauthorized entity.
    27     An insurance agent shall be personally liable on all
    28  contracts of insurance or suretyship unlawfully made by or
    29  through him, directly or indirectly, for or in behalf of any
    30  entity not authorized to do business in this Commonwealth. This
    19870H1628B2005                 - 103 -

     1  section applies to any person who transacts business in this
     2  Commonwealth as an agent of an insurance entity without a
     3  license as required by this chapter.
     4  § 1106.  Penalty for advertising as agent of unauthorized
     5             entity.
     6     Any person who represents or advertises himself as the agent
     7  of any foreign or alien insurance entity which has not complied
     8  with the law of this Commonwealth commits a misdemeanor of the
     9  third degree.
    10  § 1107.  Penalty for soliciting for nonexistent company.
    11     Any individual, and the officers, managers, agents, owners or
    12  representatives of and any corporation, partnership or
    13  association, offering in this Commonwealth to sell, procure or
    14  obtain policies, certificates, agreements, binders or
    15  applications for insurance, surety or indemnity, for or on
    16  behalf of any spurious, fictitious, nonexistent, dissolved,
    17  inactive, liquidated, liquidating or bankrupt insurance entity,
    18  society or order, commits a misdemeanor of the third degree.
    19  § 1108.  Licensure of nonresident agents.
    20     (a)  General rule.--The department may issue a license as
    21  agent to a person not resident of this Commonwealth, upon
    22  compliance with the applicable provisions of this chapter, if
    23  the state or the province of the Dominion of Canada of the
    24  person's residence accords the same privilege to a resident of
    25  this Commonwealth.
    26     (b)  Waiver of written examination.--The department may enter
    27  into reciprocal agreements with the appropriate official of any
    28  such other state or province waiving the written examination of
    29  any applicant resident in the other state or province if the
    30  following conditions obtain:
    19870H1628B2005                 - 104 -

     1         (1)  A written examination is required of applicants for
     2     an insurance agent's license in the other state or province.
     3         (2)  The appropriate official certifies that the
     4     applicant holds a currently valid license as an insurance
     5     agent in the other state or province and either passed a
     6     written examination or was the holder of an insurance agent's
     7     license prior to the time a written examination was required.
     8         (3)  In the other state or province a resident of this
     9     Commonwealth may obtain an insurance agent's license upon the
    10     conditions stated in this subsection, without discrimination
    11     as to fees or otherwise in favor of the residents of the
    12     other state or province.
    13     (c)  Life insurance agents.--An applicant or licensee may not
    14  have a place of business in this Commonwealth or be an officer,
    15  director, stockholder or partner in any corporation or
    16  partnership doing business in this Commonwealth as a life
    17  insurance agency.
    18     (d)  Sharing of commissions.--If the law of another state or
    19  province of the Dominion of Canada requires the sharing of
    20  commissions with resident agents of the state or province on
    21  applications for insurance written by nonresident agents, then
    22  the same provisions shall apply when resident agents of that
    23  state or province licensed as nonresident agents in this
    24  Commonwealth write applications for insurance on residents of
    25  this Commonwealth.
    26                            SUBCHAPTER B
    27                  TERMINATION OF AGENCY CONTRACTS
    28  Sec.
    29  1121.  Definitions.
    30  1122.  Cancellation of contract.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 105 -

     1  1123.  Continuation of business.
     2  1124.  Exclusions.
     3  1125.  Penalties.
     4  § 1121.  Definitions.
     5     The following words and phrases when used in this subchapter
     6  shall have the meanings given to them in this section unless the
     7  context clearly indicates otherwise:
     8     "Agent."  An insurance agent authorized to transact and
     9  transacting the business of automobile insurance in this
    10  Commonwealth.
    11     "Insurer."  An insurance entity authorized to transact and
    12  transacting the business of automobile insurance in this
    13  Commonwealth.
    14  § 1122.  Cancellation of contract.
    15     (a)  Notice.--After an agency contract has been in effect for
    16  a period of five years, no insurer shall terminate its contract
    17  with an agent without first providing the agent and the
    18  department with written notification at least 90 days prior to
    19  the date of termination. The notification shall set forth the
    20  insurer's reason for the action.
    21     (b)  Privileged information.--Any information, document,
    22  record or statement so furnished or disclosed to the department
    23  shall be absolutely privileged and shall not be admissible as
    24  evidence in or as basis for any action against the appointing
    25  insurer or against any representative of that insurer.
    26     (c)  Administrative review.--Any agent may, within 30 days of
    27  receipt of notice of termination, request in writing to the
    28  department that it review the action of the insurer for the
    29  purpose of determining whether the termination was in compliance
    30  with this section.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 106 -

     1     (d)  Restriction on termination.--An insurer shall not
     2  terminate its contract with an agent due to the adverse
     3  experience of a single year. Prior to termination it is the
     4  obligation of the insurer to demonstrate that it has made a
     5  reasonable attempt to rehabilitate the agent.
     6  § 1123.  Continuation of business.
     7     (a)  Policies.--If an insurer notifies an agent that its
     8  contract will be terminated, the insurer shall offer to continue
     9  the policies and any amendments thereto made through the agent
    10  for a period of 12 months from the effective date of
    11  termination, subject to the insurer's current underwriting
    12  standards.
    13     (b)  Commissions.--The terminated agent shall be entitled to
    14  receive commissions on account of all business continued or
    15  written pursuant to this section at the insurer's prevailing
    16  commission rate for the business.
    17     (c)  Application of section.--This section does not apply to
    18  a business owned by the insurer, and not by the agent, if the
    19  insurer offers to continue policies through another of its
    20  agents.
    21  § 1124.  Exclusions.
    22     (a)  Construction of subchapter.--This subchapter does not
    23  prohibit an amendment or addendum subsequent to the inception
    24  date of the original agency agreement providing that the
    25  original agency agreement may be terminated at a sooner time
    26  than is required by this subchapter if the agent agrees in
    27  writing to the termination.
    28     (b)  Certain terminations excepted.--This subchapter does not
    29  apply to an agent:
    30         (1)  whose license has been revoked by the department;
    19870H1628B2005                 - 107 -

     1         (2)  whose contract has been terminated for insolvency,
     2     abandonment, gross and willful misconduct or failure to pay
     3     over to the insurer moneys due to the insurer after his
     4     receipt of a written demand therefor; or
     5         (3)  who has demonstrated gross incompetence which would
     6     normally be cause for agency contract termination.
     7  § 1125.  Penalties.
     8     (a)  Summary offense.--Any person, agent or insurer who
     9  willfully violates this subchapter commits a summary offense. A
    10  conviction under this subsection does not bar administrative
    11  action by the department under this section.
    12     (b)  Administrative action.--Upon satisfactory evidence of a
    13  violation of this subchapter, the department may do any or all
    14  of the following:
    15         (1)  Suspend or revoke the license of the person, agent
    16     or insurer.
    17         (2)  Refuse, for a period not to exceed one year
    18     thereafter, to issue him a new license or to renew his
    19     license.
    20         (3)  Impose a civil penalty of not more than $500 for
    21     each act in violation of this subchapter.
    22     (c)  Review and appeal.--Any adjudication of the department
    23  under subsection (b) shall be subject to review and appeal in
    24  accordance with Title 2 (relating to administrative law and
    25  procedure).
    26                            SUBCHAPTER C
    27                         INSURANCE BROKERS
    28  Sec.
    29  1131.  Definition and applicability.
    30  1132.  Licenses of brokers.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 108 -

     1  1133.  Penalty for acting as broker without license.
     2  1134.  Doing business with unlicensed brokers.
     3  1135.  Payment of commissions to brokers.
     4  § 1131.  Definition and applicability.
     5     (a)  Definition.--As used in this subchapter and Subchapter D
     6  (relating to prohibited activities), the term "insurance broker"
     7  means a person, not an officer or agent of the entity
     8  interested, who, for compensation, acts or aids in any manner in
     9  obtaining insurance, other than title insurance, for a person
    10  other than himself.
    11     (b)  Applicability.--This subchapter does not apply to title
    12  insurance brokers.
    13  § 1132.  Licenses of brokers.
    14     (a)  Power to issue licenses.--The department may issue to
    15  any individual of at least 18 years of age or to any partnership
    16  or corporation a license to act as an insurance broker to
    17  negotiate contracts of insurance or reinsurance with any
    18  insurance entity or the agents thereof authorized by law to
    19  transact business in this Commonwealth.
    20     (b)  Limitations.--A license shall not be issued to any
    21  corporation to act as an insurance broker unless by its charter
    22  it is authorized to engage in the business of insurance or real
    23  estate.
    24     (c)  Application for license.--Before the license is issued,
    25  the applicant shall first complete an application in a form
    26  determined by the department. The application shall be verified
    27  by the applicant, and the answers shall be vouched for by an
    28  endorsement made by at least two agents or the officers of any
    29  insurance entity acquainted with the applicant, further stating
    30  that the applicant is of good business reputation, has
    19870H1628B2005                 - 109 -

     1  experience in underwriting, other than soliciting, and is worthy
     2  of a license. Brokers' license fees shall be paid in full at the
     3  time of issuance and shall not be apportioned pro rata over the
     4  initial license period.
     5     (d)  License.--When the department is satisfied that the
     6  applicant is worthy of a license and that he is reasonably
     7  familiar with the insurance law of this Commonwealth, it shall
     8  issue a broker's license to expire annually one year from date
     9  of issue, unless sooner revoked by the department for cause.
    10  § 1133.  Penalty for acting as broker without license.
    11     Any person transacting business as an insurance broker in
    12  this Commonwealth, or soliciting insurance or transmitting for
    13  another partnership, association or corporation an application
    14  for a policy of insurance, or offering or assuming to act in the
    15  negotiation of such insurance or in any manner aiding in
    16  transacting an insurance business, or negotiating for or placing
    17  risks, or delivering policies or collecting premiums for
    18  policies which are effective in this Commonwealth without a
    19  license as broker, or in the case of title insurance without
    20  being admitted to practice as an attorney at law or being
    21  licensed as a real estate broker or real estate agent, unless
    22  the person is acting as a licensed agent and then only for the
    23  companies the person is licensed by this Commonwealth to
    24  represent, commits a misdemeanor of the third degree.
    25  Prosecutions for violations under this section may be instituted
    26  by the department.
    27  § 1134.  Doing business with unlicensed brokers.
    28     Any entity or the agent of any entity accepting applications
    29  or orders for insurance or securing any insurance business
    30  through anyone acting without a license commits a misdemeanor of
    19870H1628B2005                 - 110 -

     1  the third degree. Prosecutions for violations under this section
     2  may be instituted by the department.
     3  § 1135.  Payment of commissions to brokers.
     4     Any insurance entity or the agent thereof may pay money,
     5  commission or brokerage, or give or allow anything of value to a
     6  duly licensed insurance broker for the solicitation or
     7  negotiation of contracts for insurance on property or risks in
     8  this Commonwealth.
     9                            SUBCHAPTER D
    10                       PROHIBITED ACTIVITIES
    11  Sec.
    12  1141.  (Reserved).
    13  1142.  Theft offense.
    14  1143.  Commingling funds.
    15  1144.  Paying or receiving compensation for certain life
    16         insurance.
    17  1145.  Offering rebates and inducements.
    18  1146.  Acceptance of rebates.
    19  1147.  Misrepresentation of policy terms.
    20  1148.  Misrepresentation to induce change of insurers.
    21  1149.  Penalties imposed by department.
    22  1150.  Lending institutions, public utilities and holding
    23         companies not to be licensed.
    24  § 1141.  (Reserved).
    25  § 1142.  Theft offense.
    26     An insurance agent or broker who acts in negotiating a
    27  contract of insurance for an insurance entity lawfully doing
    28  business in this Commonwealth and who embezzles or fraudulently
    29  converts to his own use or who, with intent to use or embezzle,
    30  takes, secretes or otherwise disposes of, or fraudulently
    19870H1628B2005                 - 111 -

     1  withholds, appropriates, lends, invests or otherwise uses or
     2  applies, any money or substitutes for money received by him as
     3  agent or broker, contrary to the instructions or without the
     4  consent of the entity for or on account of which the same was
     5  received him, commits theft and shall be punished as required
     6  under Title 18 (relating to crimes and offenses).
     7  § 1143.  Commingling funds.
     8     Every insurance agent and broker acting as such in this
     9  Commonwealth shall be responsible in a fiduciary capacity for
    10  all funds received or collected as insurance agent or broker and
    11  shall not, without the express consent of his principal, mingle
    12  any such funds with his own funds or with funds held by him in
    13  any other capacity. This section does not require the agent or
    14  broker to maintain a separate bank deposit for the funds of each
    15  principal if the funds held for each principal are reasonably
    16  ascertainable from the books of account and records of the agent
    17  or broker.
    18  § 1144.  Paying or receiving compensation for certain life
    19             insurance.
    20     (a)  General rule.--A person, insurance agent, broker,
    21  solicitor or representative shall not pay or cause to be paid
    22  any commission or compensation to any attorney at law, partner,
    23  clerk, servant, employee or other person, however hired or
    24  employed by or with any insured or any beneficiary named in any
    25  policy of life insurance. An attorney at law, partner, clerk,
    26  servant, employee or any other person, however hired or employed
    27  by or with any insured or any beneficiary named in any policy of
    28  life insurance shall not receive, directly or indirectly, any
    29  commission, compensation or other benefit by reason of the life
    30  insurance being placed, sold or solicited on the life or for the
    19870H1628B2005                 - 112 -

     1  benefit of their respective clients, employers or masters. An
     2  attorney at law, officer, clerk, servant or employee of any
     3  corporation, partnership, association or individual shall not
     4  receive, directly or indirectly, any commission, compensation or
     5  benefit by reason of any life insurance being placed, sold or
     6  solicited on the life or for the benefit of any attorney at law,
     7  officer, clerk, servant or employee of the same corporation,
     8  partnership, association or individual, whether or not the
     9  attorney, partner, officer, clerk, servant, employee or other
    10  person hired or employed by or with the insured or of any
    11  beneficiary named in any policy of life insurance is duly
    12  licensed by the proper authority in this Commonwealth to place,
    13  sell or solicit life insurance.
    14     (b)  Applicability.--Every such attorney at law, partner,
    15  officer, clerk, servant, employee or other person hired or
    16  employed or continuing to be hired or employed in that capacity
    17  within 90 days before or after the placing, selling or
    18  soliciting of life insurance on the life or for the benefit of
    19  their respective clients, partners, officers, employees, masters
    20  or person in that capacity or any of them, shall be subject to
    21  the provisions of this section.
    22     (c)  Penalty.--Every person, partnership or corporation
    23  participating in the payment or receipt of any compensation or
    24  benefit in violation of this section commits a misdemeanor of
    25  the third degree.
    26  § 1145.  Offering rebates and inducements.
    27     An insurance agent, solicitor or broker shall not offer or
    28  give, directly or indirectly, any rebate of, or part of, the
    29  premium payable on the policy or the agent's commission thereon,
    30  or earnings, profit, dividends or other benefit founded,
    19870H1628B2005                 - 113 -

     1  arising, accruing or to accrue thereon or therefrom, or any
     2  special advantage in date of policy or age of issue, or any paid
     3  employment or contract for services of any kind, or any other
     4  valuable consideration or inducement, to or for insurance on any
     5  risk in this Commonwealth, which is not specified in the policy
     6  contract of insurance. An insurance agent, solicitor or broker
     7  shall not personally or otherwise offer, give, option, sell or
     8  purchase any stocks, bonds, securities or property, or any
     9  dividends or profits accruing or to accrue thereon, or other
    10  thing of value, as inducement to insurance or in connection
    11  therewith. This section does not prevent the taking of a bona
    12  fide obligation, with legal interest, in payment of any premium.
    13  § 1146.  Acceptance of rebates.
    14     An insured person or party or applicant for insurance shall
    15  not directly or indirectly receive or accept, or agree to
    16  receive or accept, any rebate of premium or any part thereof, or
    17  all or any part of any agent's, solicitor's or broker's
    18  commission thereon, or any favor, advantage or share in any
    19  benefit to accrue under any policy of insurance, or any valuable
    20  consideration or inducement, other than those specified in the
    21  policy.
    22  § 1147.  Misrepresentation of policy terms.
    23     An agent of an insurance entity or an insurance broker shall
    24  not issue, circulate, use or cause or permit to be issued,
    25  circulated or used, any written or oral statement or circular
    26  misrepresenting the terms of any policy issued or to be issued
    27  by the entity or make an estimate, with intent to deceive, of
    28  the future dividends payable under the policy.
    29  § 1148.  Misrepresentation to induce change of insurers.
    30     An agent of an insurance entity or an insurance broker, or
    19870H1628B2005                 - 114 -

     1  any person, partnership, association or corporation in behalf of
     2  the agent, solicitor or broker, shall not make any
     3  misrepresentation or incomplete comparison of policies, oral,
     4  written or otherwise, to any person insured by any entity for
     5  the purpose of inducing or tending to induce a policyholder in
     6  the entity to lapse, forfeit or surrender his insurance therein
     7  and to take out a policy of insurance in another entity insuring
     8  against similar risks.
     9  § 1149.  Penalties imposed by department.
    10     (a)  General rule.--Upon satisfactory evidence of the
    11  violation of section 1104 (relating to penalty for doing
    12  business as agent without license), 1106 (relating to penalty
    13  for advertising as agent of unauthorized entity), 1107 (relating
    14  to penalty for soliciting for nonexistent company), 1133
    15  (relating to penalty for acting as broker without license), 1134
    16  (relating to doing business with unlicensed brokers) or 1142
    17  (relating to theft offense) through 1148 (relating to
    18  misrepresentation to induce change of insurers) by any agent of
    19  any insurance entity or by any insurance broker or upon
    20  satisfactory evidence of such conduct as would disqualify the
    21  agent or broker from initial issuance of a license under section
    22  1103 (relating to licenses of agents) or 1132 (relating to
    23  licenses of brokers), the department may pursue any one or more
    24  of the following courses of action regardless of whether the
    25  agent or broker was licensed by the department:
    26         (1)  Suspend or revoke or refuse to renew the license of
    27     offending party or parties.
    28         (2)  Impose a civil penalty of not more than $1,000 for
    29     each act in violation of any of the criminal provisions.
    30     (b)  Hearing.--The department shall hold a hearing before
    19870H1628B2005                 - 115 -

     1  taking action under subsection (a). It shall give written notice
     2  of the hearing to the person or entity accused, stating
     3  specifically the nature of the alleged violation and fixing a
     4  time and place, at least ten days thereafter, when the hearing
     5  shall be held.
     6     (c)  Criminal penalty.--Any agent of any insurance entity,
     7  insurance broker or other person or corporation violating
     8  section 1143 (relating to commingling funds), 1145 (relating to
     9  offering rebates and inducements), 1146 (relating to acceptance
    10  of rebates), 1147 (relating to misrepresentation of policy
    11  terms) or 1148 (relating to misrepresentation to induce change
    12  of insurers) commits a misdemeanor of the third degree.
    13     (d)  Production of evidence.--A person shall not be excused
    14  from testifying, or from producing any books, papers, contracts
    15  or documents, at any hearing held by the department or at the
    16  trial or hearing before any magistrate or judge, of any person
    17  charged with violating section 1145, 1146, 1147 or 1148 on the
    18  ground that the testimony or evidence may tend to incriminate
    19  himself, but no person shall be prosecuted for any act
    20  concerning which he shall be compelled to testify or produce
    21  evidence except for perjury committed in testifying.
    22  § 1150.  Lending institutions, public utilities and holding
    23             companies not to be licensed.
    24     (a)  General rule.--No lending institution, public utility,
    25  bank holding company, savings and loan holding company or any
    26  subsidiary or affiliate of the foregoing, or officer or employee
    27  thereof, may, directly or indirectly, be licensed or admitted as
    28  an insurer or be licensed to sell insurance in this Commonwealth
    29  either as a broker or as an agent except that a lending
    30  institution or bank holding company, subsidiary or affiliate of
    19870H1628B2005                 - 116 -

     1  a lending institution may be licensed to sell credit life,
     2  health and accident insurance and to sell and underwrite title
     3  insurance in accordance with regulations promulgated by the
     4  department.
     5     (b)  Authority of department.--The department is authorized
     6  to promulgate regulations in order to effectuate the purposes of
     7  this section, which are to help maintain the separation between
     8  lending institutions and public utilities and the insurance
     9  business and to minimize the possibilities of unfair competitive
    10  practices by lending institutions and public utilities against
    11  insurance companies, agents and brokers.
    12     (c)  Exclusion.--The provisions of this section do not apply
    13  to any lending institution, bank holding company, savings and
    14  loan holding company, public utility or public utility holding
    15  company, or any subsidiary or affiliate of the foregoing, or any
    16  officer, director or employee thereof licensed as an insurance
    17  agent or broker or insurer in this Commonwealth on or before
    18  February 28, 1975.
    19     (d)  Definitions.--As used in this section the following
    20  words and phrases shall have the meanings given to them in this
    21  subsection:
    22     "Bank holding company."  As defined in section 2 of the Bank
    23  Holding Company Act of 1956 (70 Stat. 133, 12 U.S.C. § 1841).
    24  However, if on or before February 28, 1975, a bank holding
    25  company has been granted an exemption by the Board of Governors
    26  of the Federal Reserve System pursuant to section 4(d) of the
    27  Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. § 1843(d)), such
    28  bank holding company shall not be held to be a bank holding
    29  company within the meaning of section 2 of the Bank Holding
    30  Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. § 1841).
    19870H1628B2005                 - 117 -

     1     "Credit life, health and accident insurance."  Insurance on
     2  the life and health of a borrower from a lending institution to
     3  secure the repayment of the amount borrowed, in accordance with
     4  regulations promulgated by the department.
     5     "Deposits."  As defined in section 2(3)(l) of the Federal
     6  Deposit Insurance Act (64 Stat. 873, 12 U.S.C. § 1813(l)).
     7     "Lending institution."  Any institution that accepts deposits
     8  and lends money in this Commonwealth, including banks and
     9  savings and loan associations, but excluding insurance
    10  companies.
    11     "Public utility."  A private employer subject to the
    12  jurisdiction of the Pennsylvania Public Utility Commission and
    13  engaged in the business of rendering electric, gas, water and
    14  steam heat services to the public in this Commonwealth. However,
    15  the term does not include rural electrification cooperatives.
    16     "Public utility holding company."  As defined in section
    17  2(a)(7) of the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935 (49
    18  Stat. 838, 15 U.S.C. § 79b(a)(7)), including electric, gas,
    19  water and steam heat services.
    20     "Savings and loan holding company."  As defined in section
    21  408(a)(1)(D), (E) and (F) of the act of June 27, 1934 (48 Stat.
    22  1255, 12 U.S.C. § 1730a(a)(1)(D), (E) and (F)).
    23     "Subsidiary" or "affiliate."  As defined in the regulations
    24  promulgated by the department, except that "affiliate" does not
    25  apply to an entity which owns an interest in another company or
    26  corporation where the ownership interest is not sufficient to
    27  permit exercise of effective control, and does not involve
    28  direct or indirect ownership or control of 5% or more of the
    29  voting stock of such company or corporation, nor does it apply
    30  to an entity whose stock is owned by another, if the amount of
    19870H1628B2005                 - 118 -

     1  stock owned by any one company or corporation does not permit
     2  effective control and does not exceed 5% of the voting stock of
     3  the entity. The term "affiliate" does, subject to the provisions
     4  to invest in stock contained in this subsection, include bank
     5  holding company, savings and loan holding company, and public
     6  utility holding company as defined in this subsection.
     7     "Title insurance."  As defined in section 6701 (relating to
     8  definitions).
     9                            SUBCHAPTER E
    10               MANAGERS AND EXCLUSIVE GENERAL AGENTS
    11  Sec.
    12  1161.  Certification.
    13  1162.  Licensure.
    14  1163.  Exclusion, sale or transfer.
    15  1164.  Revocation and suspension of license.
    16  1165.  Penalties.
    17  § 1161.  Certification.
    18     Every domestic insurance company operating under a management
    19  contract or an exclusive general agency agreement entered into
    20  after December 22, 1965, shall certify to the department the
    21  name of the manager or exclusive general agent within ten days
    22  from the effective date of the contract or agreement and within
    23  ten days after the renewal of the license of the manager or
    24  exclusive general agent. Certification is not required for an
    25  agent or general agent whose authority is limited primarily to
    26  production of insurance business with limited underwriting
    27  authority. For the purpose of this subchapter the terms
    28  "manager" and "exclusive general agent" include partnerships or
    29  corporations.
    30  § 1162.  Licensure.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 119 -

     1     (a)  General rule.--A manager or exclusive general agent,
     2  except an agent or general agent whose authority is limited
     3  primarily to production of insurance business with limited
     4  underwriting authority, shall not engage in any activities for
     5  which the manager or exclusive general agent is authorized,
     6  empowered or designated by a domestic insurance company unless
     7  he has been licensed as such by the department.
     8     (b)  Qualifications.--Upon application filed under rules and
     9  regulations prescribed by the department, a manager's license or
    10  an exclusive general agent's license may be issued if the
    11  department is satisfied that the applicant is of good business
    12  reputation and has the responsibility, general character and
    13  fitness for the business and that the applicant is worthy of the
    14  license.
    15     (c)  Duration and fee.--Licenses issued under this section
    16  shall be in effect for a period of one year from date of
    17  issuance. The department shall charge and collect the annual
    18  license fee.
    19  § 1163.  Exclusion, sale or transfer.
    20     A manager or exclusive general agent operating under any
    21  management contract or exclusive general agency agreement
    22  entered into prior to December 22, 1965, shall not be subject to
    23  section 1162 (relating to licensure). However, any sale,
    24  assignment or transfer of any management contract or exclusive
    25  general agency agreement, whether or not the contract or
    26  agreement was entered into before December 22, 1965, shall make
    27  the purchaser, assignee or transferee subject to the licensing
    28  provisions of section 1162, and the companies shall make the
    29  certification under section 1161 (relating to certification).
    30  § 1164.  Revocation and suspension of license.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 120 -

     1     (a)  Power to discipline licensee.--The department, upon
     2  satisfactory evidence of conduct that would disqualify a
     3  licensed manager or exclusive general agent from initial
     4  issuance of a license under section 1162 (relating to
     5  licensure), may suspend or revoke or refuse to renew the license
     6  of the manager or exclusive general agent.
     7     (b)  Hearing.--The department shall hold a hearing before
     8  taking action under subsection (a). It shall give written notice
     9  of the hearing to the manager or exclusive general agent,
    10  stating specifically the nature of the alleged conduct and
    11  fixing a time and place at least ten days thereafter when the
    12  hearing shall be held.
    13  § 1165.  Penalties.
    14     (a)  Acting without license.--Any individual, partnership or
    15  corporation acting as a manager or exclusive general agent of a
    16  domestic insurance company without a license under this
    17  subchapter commits a misdemeanor of the third degree. Each day
    18  the violation continues constitutes a separate offense.
    19     (b)  Failure to certify.--Any domestic insurance company
    20  which fails to file the certification required by section 1161
    21  (relating to certification) commits a misdemeanor of the third
    22  degree. Each day the violation continues constitutes a separate
    23  offense.
    24     (c)  Authority to prosecute.--Prosecutions for violations
    25  referred to in this section may be instituted by the department.
    26                            SUBCHAPTER F
    27                  PUBLIC ADJUSTERS AND SOLICITORS
    28  Sec.
    29  1171.  Definitions.
    30  1172.  Licensure.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 121 -

     1  1173.  Fees.
     2  1174.  Bonds.
     3  1175.  Contracts.
     4  1176.  Penalties.
     5  1177.  Violations.
     6  § 1171.  Definitions.
     7     The following words and phrases when used in this subchapter
     8  shall have the meanings given to them in this section unless the
     9  context clearly indicates otherwise:
    10     "Public adjuster."  Any person, advertising, soliciting
    11  business or holding himself out to the public as an adjuster of
    12  claims for losses or damages arising out of policies of
    13  insurance, surety or indemnity upon property, persons or
    14  insurable business interests in this Commonwealth, and receiving
    15  any compensation or reward for the giving of advice or
    16  assistance to the insured in the adjustment of claims for such
    17  losses, or who for compensation or reward, whether by way of
    18  salary or commission or otherwise, solicits business,
    19  investigates or adjusts losses or advises the insured with
    20  reference to claims for losses on behalf of any other person
    21  engaged in the business of adjusting losses. The term does not
    22  include an agent or employee of an insurance entity through whom
    23  a policy of insurance was written, in adjusting loss or damage
    24  under such policy, nor does it include a broker or agent acting
    25  as an adjuster if the services of the agent or broker in the
    26  adjustment are without compensation.
    27     "Public adjuster solicitor."  Any person who solicits for a
    28  fee or in any manner aids in securing for a public adjuster a
    29  contract for the adjustment of a loss.
    30     "Repairs."  Does not include temporary or emergency repairs
    19870H1628B2005                 - 122 -

     1  made for the purpose of protecting the insured property or to
     2  comply with policy terms and conditions.
     3  § 1172.  Licensure.
     4     (a)  Requirement of license.--A person shall not act as a
     5  public adjuster or a public adjuster solicitor without first
     6  procuring from the department a license as a public adjuster or
     7  public adjuster solicitor, respectively.
     8     (b)  Power to issue licenses.--The department may issue a
     9  license as a public adjuster or public adjuster solicitor to any
    10  individual of at least 18 years of age and to any corporation,
    11  partnership or association which maintains a bona fide office in
    12  this Commonwealth, readily accessible to the general public.
    13     (c)  Limitations.--A license shall not be granted to any
    14  corporation unless by its charter it is authorized to engage in
    15  the business of insurance claim adjusting and unless individual
    16  licenses are also secured for each active officer of the
    17  corporation. A license shall not be granted to a partnership or
    18  association unless individual licenses are also secured for each
    19  active member of the partnership or association.
    20     (d)  Application for license.--Before the license is granted,
    21  the applicant shall first complete a verified application in a
    22  form determined by the department. Any applicant who has held
    23  such a license for a period of at least two years prior to
    24  December 20, 1983, shall be entitled upon proper application to
    25  receive a license without the necessity of submitting to an
    26  examination.
    27     (e)  Approval of license.--When the department is satisfied
    28  that the applicant is trustworthy and competent to transact
    29  business as a public adjuster or public adjuster solicitor,
    30  respectively, it shall issue a license.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 123 -

     1     (f)  Nonresident public adjusters and public adjuster
     2  solicitors.--The department may issue a license as public
     3  adjuster or public adjuster solicitor to a person not a resident
     4  of this Commonwealth, upon compliance with the applicable
     5  provisions of this subchapter, if the state or the province of
     6  the Dominion of Canada of his residence accords the same
     7  privilege to a resident of this Commonwealth. The provisions of
     8  this subsection relating to noneligibility for licensure do not
     9  apply to any nonresident public adjusters and public adjuster
    10  solicitors who did business in this Commonwealth as licensed
    11  public adjusters or public adjuster solicitors prior to December
    12  20, 1983. The department may enter into reciprocal agreements
    13  with the appropriate official of the other state or province
    14  waiving the written examination of any applicant resident in the
    15  other state if:
    16         (1)  a written examination is required of applicants for
    17     an insurance public adjuster or public adjuster solicitor
    18     license in the other state or province;
    19         (2)  the appropriate official of the other state or
    20     province certifies that the applicant holds a currently valid
    21     license as a public adjuster or public adjuster solicitor in
    22     the other state or province and either passed the written
    23     examination or was the holder of an insurance agent's license
    24     prior to the time a written examination was required; and
    25         (3)  in the other state or province a resident of this
    26     Commonwealth may obtain a public adjuster or public adjuster
    27     solicitor license upon the foregoing conditions and without
    28     discrimination as to fees or otherwise in favor of the
    29     residents of the other state or province.
    30     (g)  Persons ineligible for license.--A license as a public
    19870H1628B2005                 - 124 -

     1  adjuster or public adjuster solicitor shall not be issued to any
     2  person engaged or interested in, or receiving any profit from,
     3  nor shall the holder of a license engage or be interested in, or
     4  receive any profit from, any salvage or similar business.
     5  § 1173.  Fees.
     6     (a)  Public adjuster's license.--The applicant shall pay the
     7  fee to the department for a public adjuster's license at the
     8  time application is made and annually thereafter for renewal. If
     9  the applicant is a corporation, partnership or association, the
    10  fee shall be paid for each individual specified in the license.
    11     (b)  Public adjuster solicitor's license.--The applicant
    12  shall pay the fee to the department for a public adjuster
    13  solicitor's license at the time application is made and annually
    14  thereafter for renewal. If the applicant is a corporation,
    15  partnership or association, the fee shall be paid for each
    16  individual specified in the license.
    17  § 1174.  Bonds.
    18     (a)  Public adjuster's bond.--Each person receiving a public
    19  adjuster's license shall before transacting any business
    20  thereunder execute and deliver to the department a bond in the
    21  minimum penal sum of $40,000 with such sureties as the
    22  department approves.
    23     (b)  Public adjuster solicitor's bond.--Each person receiving
    24  a public adjuster solicitor's license shall before transacting
    25  any business thereunder execute and deliver to the department a
    26  bond in the minimum penal sum of $8,000 with such sureties as
    27  the department approves.
    28     (c)  Condition of bond.--The bond of the public adjuster and
    29  the public adjuster solicitor shall be conditioned that the
    30  public adjuster or public adjuster solicitor will faithfully
    19870H1628B2005                 - 125 -

     1  comply with all the requirements of this subchapter and shall
     2  not embezzle, take, secrete or otherwise dispose of or
     3  fraudulently withhold, appropriate, lend, invest or otherwise
     4  use or apply any money or substitutes for money or any salvage,
     5  goods or property received by him as a public adjuster or public
     6  adjuster solicitor or employee of a public adjuster, contrary to
     7  the instructions or without the consent of the insured or his
     8  legal representative.
     9     (d)  Intervention in action by Commonwealth.--Any person,
    10  firm or corporation who has entered into a contract with a
    11  public adjuster, as provided in section 1175 (relating to
    12  contracts), and who suffers loss by reason of the failure of the
    13  public adjuster to comply with this subchapter or to faithfully
    14  perform his duties may intervene and be made a party to any
    15  action instituted by the Commonwealth on the bond of the public
    16  adjuster, but his claims shall be subject to the priority of the
    17  claim and judgment of the Commonwealth. If the amount of the
    18  liability of the surety on the bond is sufficient to pay the
    19  full amount due the Commonwealth, the remainder shall be
    20  distributed pro rata among the intervenors.
    21     (e)  Private action.--If no action is brought by the
    22  Commonwealth, upon application therefor and furnishing affidavit
    23  to the department that loss has been suffered by reason of
    24  failure of the public adjuster to comply with this subchapter or
    25  faithfully perform his duties, the insured shall be furnished
    26  with a certified copy of the bond, upon which he shall have a
    27  right of action and may bring action in the name of the
    28  Commonwealth for his use and benefit against the public adjuster
    29  and his sureties. An action by any insureds on the bond of the
    30  public adjuster shall be commenced within one year after the
    19870H1628B2005                 - 126 -

     1  performance and final settlement of the contract. Where an
     2  action is so instituted by an insured, no other action shall be
     3  brought by any other claimant, but the claimant may file his
     4  claim in the action first brought and be made party thereto
     5  within one year from the completion of the work under the
     6  contract. If two or more actions are brought on the same day,
     7  the action in which the largest claim is demanded shall be
     8  regarded as the first action. Any creditor who has brought an
     9  action within one year but after action brought by another
    10  creditor, may intervene in the action first brought within the
    11  year, notwithstanding the fact that the intervention in such
    12  case is after the expiration of the year, but only within 30
    13  days after the expiration of the year. If the recovery on the
    14  bond is inadequate to pay the amounts found due to all of the
    15  creditors, judgment shall be given to each creditor pro rata of
    16  the amount of the recovery.
    17     (f)  Payment into court.--The surety on the bond may pay into
    18  the court for distribution among the claimants and creditors,
    19  the penalty named in the bond, less any amount which the surety
    20  is or was required to pay to the Commonwealth by reason of the
    21  execution of the bond. Upon so doing, the surety will be
    22  relieved from further liability.
    23     (g)  Notice.--In all actions instituted under this
    24  subchapter, such personal notice of the pendency of the action,
    25  informing them of their right to intervene, as the court may
    26  order, shall be given to all known creditors. Notice shall be
    27  given by publication in newspapers of general circulation
    28  published in the municipality where the contract was performed
    29  once a week for at least three successive weeks; however, if the
    30  action is begun within three weeks of the end of the year within
    19870H1628B2005                 - 127 -

     1  which action may be brought, notice by publication shall be only
     2  for the period intervening between the time of instituting the
     3  action and the end of the year.
     4  § 1175.  Contracts.
     5     (a)  Form of contract.--A public adjuster shall not, directly
     6  or indirectly, act in this Commonwealth as a public adjuster
     7  without having entered into a written contract on a form
     8  approved by the department and executed in duplicate by the
     9  public adjuster and the insured or a duly authorized
    10  representative. One copy of this contract shall be kept on file
    11  by the public adjuster and available at all times for inspection
    12  without notice by the department. A public adjuster solicitor
    13  shall not use any form of contract other than that approved for
    14  the public adjuster for whom he is soliciting, nor shall he make
    15  any contracts or agreements for himself or for the public
    16  adjuster other than those specified in the approved contract.
    17     (b)  Solicitation.--A public adjuster or public adjuster
    18  solicitor shall not solicit a client for employment within 24
    19  hours of a fire or other catastrophe or occurrence which is the
    20  basis of the solicitation. With respect to a fire, the 24-hour
    21  period shall begin at such time as the fire department in charge
    22  determines that the fire is extinguished.
    23     (c)  Rescission.--Any contract with a public adjuster may be
    24  rescinded by any person signing the contract. Such action must
    25  be taken within four calendar days after signature.
    26     (d)  Limitations on authority.--A public adjuster or public
    27  adjuster solicitor shall not adjust or solicit a contract for
    28  the adjustment of any claim for losses or damages on behalf of
    29  any person except claims by an insured against his own insurance
    30  carrier. A public adjuster or public adjuster solicitor shall
    19870H1628B2005                 - 128 -

     1  not act in any manner in relation to claims for personal injury
     2  or automobile property damage. A public adjuster or public
     3  adjuster solicitor shall not, directly or indirectly, through or
     4  with any person in which it has an indirect or beneficial
     5  interest, enter into any contract with any insured for the
     6  repair, replacement, restoration, renovation or demolition of
     7  damaged real or personal property at any time prior to the date
     8  a verdict or award is entered or payment is received from the
     9  insurance carrier, whichever occurs first.
    10  § 1176.  Penalties.
    11     (a)  Grounds.--The following acts shall be grounds for a fine
    12  or suspension or revocation of a public adjuster's or public
    13  adjuster solicitor's license:
    14         (1)  Material misrepresentation of the terms and effect
    15     of any insurance contract.
    16         (2)  Engaging in, or attempting to engage in, any
    17     fraudulent transaction with respect to a claim or loss that
    18     licensee is adjusting.
    19         (3)  Misrepresentation of the services offered or the
    20     fees or commission to be charged.
    21         (4)  Conviction by any court of or a plea of nolo
    22     contendere to a felony under the laws of this Commonwealth,
    23     any other state, the United States or any foreign country.
    24         (5)  Misappropriation, conversion to his own use or
    25     improper withholding of moneys held on behalf of another
    26     party to the contract.
    27         (6)  Paying or causing to be paid any commission or any
    28     other compensation or thing of value to any agent, broker,
    29     attorney at law, partner, employee or any other person, hired
    30     by or employed by or with any insured named in any policy of
    19870H1628B2005                 - 129 -

     1     insurance as an inducement or solicitation to influence the
     2     contracting of services for the services of public adjuster
     3     or public adjuster solicitor with any insured. A public
     4     adjuster may utilize the services of any person authorized by
     5     the insurer to assist in connection with an insurance claim
     6     if those services do not conflict with the services required
     7     to be rendered by a public adjuster.
     8         (7)  Receiving, directly or indirectly, any compensation,
     9     commission or thing of value or profit from any person
    10     engaged or interested in the business of salvage, repair,
    11     replacement, restoration, renovation or demolition of damaged
    12     real or personal property, unless disclosed to the insured
    13     and agreed to in the contract.
    14         (8)  Removal of a public adjuster's or a public adjuster
    15     solicitor's office, accounts or records from this
    16     Commonwealth.
    17         (9)  Closure of a licensee's office for a period in
    18     excess of 30 days, unless granted permission to do so by the
    19     department.
    20         (10)  Violation of any provision of this subchapter or
    21     any rule or regulation promulgated thereunder.
    22         (11)  Making a material misstatement in the application
    23     for any license under this subchapter.
    24         (12)  Commission of fraudulent practices.
    25         (13)  Incompetency or untrustworthiness to transact the
    26     business of a public adjuster.
    27     (b)  Civil penalty.--Regardless of whether or not the public
    28  adjuster or public adjuster solicitor was licensed, the
    29  department may impose a civil penalty of not more than $1,000
    30  for each violation of this subchapter.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 130 -

     1     (c)  Notice and hearing.--The department shall hold a hearing
     2  before taking any action under this section. It shall give
     3  written notice of the hearing to the person accused of violating
     4  the law, stating specifically the nature of the alleged
     5  violation and fixing a time and place, at least ten days
     6  thereafter, when the hearing shall be held.
     7     (d)  Responsibility of adjusters and solicitors.--Any public
     8  adjuster or public adjuster solicitor employing or using the
     9  services of any person to solicit business shall be held
    10  responsible for the conduct of that person in connection with
    11  business dealings, including, but not limited to, making certain
    12  that he has a valid license as a public adjuster or public
    13  adjuster solicitor.
    14  § 1177.  Violations.
    15     Any person violating any of the provisions of this subchapter
    16  commits a misdemeanor of the third degree. Prosecutions for
    17  violations under this section may be instituted by the
    18  department or an authorized representative.
    19                            SUBCHAPTER G
    20              MOTOR VEHICLE PHYSICAL DAMAGE APPRAISERS
    21  Sec.
    22  1181.  Short title of subchapter.
    23  1182.  Legislative intent.
    24  1183.  Definitions.
    25  1184.  Licensure.
    26  1185.  Expiration and renewal.
    27  1186.  Denial, suspension, revocation or refusal to renew
    28         license.
    29  1187.  Hearings and appeals.
    30  1188.  Conduct of business.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 131 -

     1  1189.  Penalty.
     2  § 1181.  Short title of subchapter.
     3     This subchapter shall be known and may be cited as the Motor
     4  Vehicle Physical Damage Appraiser Act.
     5  § 1182.  Legislative intent.
     6     This subchapter does not apply unless an appraisal has been
     7  assigned. Recognition is given to the fact that many minor
     8  damage claims do not require a formal appraisal, and to require
     9  such an appraisal would be an undue burden upon the parties
    10  involved.
    11  § 1183.  Definitions.
    12     The following words and phrases when used in this subchapter
    13  shall have the meanings given to them in this section unless the
    14  context clearly indicates otherwise:
    15     "Appraiser."  A person who practices the appraisal of motor
    16  vehicle physical damage.
    17     "Insurer."  Includes self-insurers.
    18  § 1184.  Licensure.
    19     (a)  General rule.--A person shall not, directly or
    20  indirectly, act or hold himself out as an appraiser unless he
    21  has first secured a license from the department under this
    22  subchapter. The department shall issue an appraiser's license to
    23  every person who applies therefor, pays the fee, passes the
    24  required examinations and otherwise is found by the department
    25  to possess the qualifications for licensure under this
    26  subchapter.
    27     (b)  Qualifications.--No person shall be licensed as an
    28  appraiser unless he first establishes his qualifications
    29  therefor and passes the examination. The applicant for the
    30  license shall be at least 18 years of age, shall be a resident
    19870H1628B2005                 - 132 -

     1  of this Commonwealth or a resident of any other state or country
     2  which permits residents of this Commonwealth to act as
     3  appraisers in that state or country, shall be trustworthy and
     4  shall otherwise establish to the satisfaction of the department
     5  that he has had sufficient experience or special education or
     6  training with reference to appraising of physical damage to
     7  motor vehicles to permit him to fulfill competently the
     8  responsibilities of an appraiser.
     9     (c)  Applications.--Applications for the license shall be
    10  made to the department upon forms prescribed and furnished by
    11  the department and shall be accompanied by the fee required
    12  under section 612-A(5) of the act of April 9, 1929 (P.L.177,
    13  No.175), known as The Administrative Code of 1929. The fee shall
    14  not be returnable upon failure to pass the examination. Each
    15  applicant shall provide the department with such information
    16  concerning his identity and personal history, and such other
    17  information as shall be necessary to establish his
    18  qualifications.
    19     (d)  Examinations.--The examination for licensure shall be
    20  given under the supervision of the department. It shall consist
    21  of a written examination that shall include the appraisal of one
    22  or more damaged motor vehicles and an oral examination. At the
    23  discretion of the department, an oral examination in lieu of the
    24  written examination may be given, but only for reason of the
    25  physical handicap of the applicant. An oral examination shall
    26  include the appraisal of one or more damaged motor vehicles. The
    27  examinations shall be given at reasonable times and places
    28  within this Commonwealth. Any applicant who fails to pass the
    29  examination may not retake the examination for 30 days from the
    30  date of his failure. The department shall prepare and make
    19870H1628B2005                 - 133 -

     1  available to applicants a manual setting forth in general terms
     2  the subject matter to be covered in the examination.
     3     (e)  Form of license.--The department shall prescribe the
     4  form of the license, which shall contain:
     5         (1)  The name of the appraiser.
     6         (2)  The address of the appraiser's place of business.
     7         (3)  The date of issuance and the expiration date of the
     8     license.
     9         (4)  Any other information which the department
    10     determines is necessary.
    11  § 1185.  Expiration and renewal.
    12     Each appraiser's license shall expire annually on June 30.
    13  Subject to the right of the department to suspend, revoke or
    14  refuse to renew an appraiser's license, any such license may be
    15  renewed for another annual period commencing July 1 and expiring
    16  on June 30 next following by filing with the department on or
    17  before the expiration date a written request for renewal, by or
    18  on behalf of the licensee, accompanied by payment of the renewal
    19  fee required under section 612-A(5) of the act of April 9, 1929
    20  (P.L.177, No.175), known as The Administrative Code of 1929. If
    21  the request, accompanied by the renewal fee, is filed with the
    22  department prior to the expiration of the existing license, the
    23  licensee may continue to act under the license, unless sooner
    24  revoked or suspended, until the issuance of the renewal license
    25  or until five days after the department has refused to renew the
    26  license and has mailed notice of refusal to the licensee. Any
    27  request for renewal not so filed until after the date of
    28  expiration may be considered by the department as an application
    29  for a new license.
    30  § 1186.  Denial, suspension, revocation or refusal to renew
    19870H1628B2005                 - 134 -

     1             license.
     2     (a)  Grounds.--The department may deny initial issuance of,
     3  suspend, revoke or refuse to renew any appraiser's license for
     4  any cause specified in this subchapter, or for any of the
     5  following causes:
     6         (1)  For any cause for which issuance of the license
     7     could have been refused had it existed and been known to the
     8     department.
     9         (2)  The licensee has willfully violated or failed to
    10     comply with or has knowingly participated in the violation of
    11     or failure to comply with this subchapter or any regulation
    12     promulgated thereunder.
    13         (3)  The licensee has obtained or attempted to obtain any
    14     such license through willful misrepresentation or fraud, or
    15     has failed to pass any examination required under this
    16     subchapter.
    17         (4)  The licensee has, with intent to deceive, materially
    18     misrepresented the terms or effect of any insurance contract,
    19     or has engaged or is about to engage in any fraudulent
    20     transaction.
    21         (5)  The licensee has been convicted of a felony.
    22         (6)  In the conduct of his affairs under the license, the
    23     licensee has shown himself to be, and is so deemed by the
    24     department, incompetent, untrustworthy or a source of injury
    25     and loss to the public.
    26     (b)  Period of suspension.--Any order suspending the license
    27  shall specify the period during which the suspension will be
    28  effective, which shall not exceed 12 months.
    29     (c)  Surrender of license.--The holder of any license which
    30  has been revoked or suspended shall surrender the license to the
    19870H1628B2005                 - 135 -

     1  department at the department's request.
     2     (d)  Reinstatement or relicensure.--The department shall not
     3  reinstate the license or relicense any person whose license has
     4  been suspended or revoked or the renewal of whose license has
     5  been refused while the cause for the suspension, revocation or
     6  refusal of renewal persists.
     7  § 1187.  Hearings and appeals.
     8     Except as otherwise provided in this subchapter, all actions
     9  of the department shall be taken subject to the right of notice,
    10  hearing and adjudication, and the right of appeal therefrom as
    11  provided by law.
    12  § 1188.  Conduct of business.
    13     (a)  Display of license.--An appraiser, while engaged in
    14  appraisal duties, shall carry the license and shall display it,
    15  upon request, to an owner whose vehicle is being inspected, to
    16  the repair shop representative involved or to any authorized
    17  representative of the department.
    18     (b)  Appraisals.--The appraiser shall leave a legible copy of
    19  his appraisal with that of the repair shop selected by the
    20  consumer to make the repairs and furnish a copy to the owner of
    21  the vehicle. This appraisal shall contain the name of the
    22  insurance company ordering it, if any, the insurance file
    23  number, the number of the appraiser's license and the
    24  identification number of the vehicle being inspected. All
    25  unrelated or old damage should be clearly indicated on the
    26  appraisal. The appraisal shall include an itemized listing of
    27  all damages, specifying those parts to be replaced or repaired.
    28  Because an appraiser is charged with a high degree of regard for
    29  the public safety, the operational safety of the vehicle shall
    30  be paramount in considering the specification of new parts. This
    19870H1628B2005                 - 136 -

     1  consideration is vitally important where the parts involved
     2  pertain to the drive train, steering gear, suspension units,
     3  brake system or tires.
     4     (c)  Required acts.--Every appraiser shall do the following:
     5         (1)  Conduct himself in such a manner as to inspire
     6     public confidence by fair and honorable dealings.
     7         (2)  Approach the appraisal of damaged property without
     8     prejudice against, or favoritism toward, any party involved
     9     in order to make fair and impartial appraisals.
    10         (3)  Disregard any efforts on the part of others to
    11     influence his judgment in the interest of the parties
    12     involved.
    13         (4)  Prepare an independent appraisal of damage.
    14         (5)  Inspect a vehicle within six working days of
    15     assignment to him unless such circumstances as catastrophe,
    16     death or failure of the parties to cooperate render such
    17     inspection impossible.
    18         (6)  Promptly reinspect damaged vehicles prior to repair
    19     when a supplementary allowance is requested by a repair shop
    20     and the amount or extent of damage is in dispute.
    21     (d)  Prohibited acts.--An appraiser shall not do the
    22  following:
    23         (1)  Receive, directly or indirectly, any gratuity or
    24     other consideration in connection with his appraisal services
    25     from any person except his employer or, if self-employed, his
    26     customer.
    27         (2)  Traffic in automobile salvage if such salvage is
    28     obtained as a result of appraisal services rendered by him
    29     for his own benefit.
    30         (3)  Obtain or use repair estimates that have been
    19870H1628B2005                 - 137 -

     1     obtained by the use of photographs, telephone calls or in any
     2     manner other than a personal inspection.
     3  An appraiser or employer of an appraiser shall not require that
     4  repairs be made in any specified repair shop.
     5  § 1189.  Penalty.
     6     Any person who violates this subchapter commits a misdemeanor
     7  of the third degree.
     8                            SUBCHAPTER H
     9              PUBLIC REMEDIES FOR UNLICENSED ACTIVITY
    10  Sec.
    11  1191.  Injunction or other process.
    12  § 1191.  Injunction or other process.
    13     (a)  Authority to file.--The department, upon advice of the
    14  Attorney General, may maintain an action in the name of the
    15  Commonwealth for an injunction or other process against any
    16  person to restrain and prevent him from transacting business as
    17  an agent of any insurance entity or as an insurance broker,
    18  manager or exclusive general agent of a domestic insurance
    19  entity, or as a public adjuster or public adjuster solicitor
    20  without a license, in violation of this chapter.
    21     (b)  Bonds and costs.--A bond shall not be required of and
    22  costs shall not be taxed against the department on account of
    23  any such action.
    24     (c)  Construction of section.--An action brought under this
    25  section does not prevent the prosecution or institution of any
    26  civil or criminal action otherwise provided by law for violation
    27  of any licensing statute or departmental regulation promulgated
    28  thereunder.
    29                             CHAPTER 13
    30                        UNLICENSED INSURERS
    19870H1628B2005                 - 138 -

     1  Sec.
     2  1301.  Purpose of chapter.
     3  1302.  Definitions.
     4  1303.  Aiding unlicensed insurers.
     5  1304.  Surplus lines insurance.
     6  1305.  Exclusions.
     7  1306.  Declarations.
     8  1307.  Eligible surplus lines insurers.
     9  1308.  Licensure of surplus lines agents.
    10  1309.  Bond of surplus lines agents.
    11  1310.  Penalties.
    12  1311.  Surplus lines tax.
    13  1312.  Information required on contract.
    14  1313.  (Reserved).
    15  1314.  Rights of insured.
    16  1315.  Penalties.
    17  § 1301.  Purpose of chapter.
    18     The purpose of this chapter is to:
    19         (1)  Promote the public welfare and to protect the public
    20     interest by regulating, taxing, supervising and controlling
    21     the placing of insurance on risks located in this
    22     Commonwealth with insurers not licensed to transact insurance
    23     business in this Commonwealth.
    24         (2)  Protect citizens of this Commonwealth purchasing
    25     insurance from unlicensed insurers.
    26         (3)  Define and regulate the persons through whom
    27     insurance may be placed.
    28         (4)  Protect licensed insurers from unregulated and
    29     unfair competition from unlicensed insurers.
    30         (5)  Establish reasonable standards to be met by
    19870H1628B2005                 - 139 -

     1     unlicensed insurers.
     2  § 1302.  Definitions.
     3     The following words and phrases when used in this chapter
     4  shall have the meanings given to them in this section unless the
     5  context clearly indicates otherwise:
     6     "Eligible surplus lines insurer."  An unlicensed entity which
     7  has been so designated by the department under this chapter.
     8     "Insured."  Any person who procures insurance on a subject of
     9  insurance resident, located or to be performed in this
    10  Commonwealth.
    11     "Licensed insurer."  An entity licensed and authorized by the
    12  department to transact any insurance business in this
    13  Commonwealth.
    14     "Producing broker."  A person licensed as an insurance broker
    15  under this title, who is acting as a representative of the
    16  insured or prospective insured in a transaction involving
    17  placement of insurance coverage with an unlicensed insurer and
    18  who may receive a commission therefor.
    19     "Surplus lines activity."  Any business activity incident to
    20  the placement of insurance with an unlicensed insurer, except
    21  the performance of routine accounting or clerical tasks.
    22     "Surplus lines agent."  A person who is licensed as such by
    23  the department to effect placement of insurance coverage with an
    24  unlicensed insurer and who may receive a commission therefor.
    25     "Unlicensed insurer."  An entity which is not a licensed
    26  insurer.
    27  § 1303.  Aiding unlicensed insurers.
    28     (a)  General rule.--A person in this Commonwealth shall not
    29  directly or indirectly act as agent for, or otherwise represent
    30  or aid on behalf of another, any insurer not licensed to
    19870H1628B2005                 - 140 -

     1  transact insurance in this Commonwealth in the solicitation,
     2  negotiation, procurement, effectuation or renewal of insurance,
     3  forwarding of applications, delivery of policies or contracts or
     4  inspection of risks, fixing of rates, investigation or
     5  adjustment of claims or losses, collection or forwarding of
     6  premiums, or in any other manner represent or assist the insurer
     7  in the transaction of insurance.
     8     (b)  Exceptions.--Subsection (a) does not apply to:
     9         (1)  Surplus lines insurance effected and written under
    10     this chapter.
    11         (2)  Transactions subsequent to issuance of a policy not
    12     covering domestic risks at time of issuance and lawfully
    13     solicited, written or delivered outside this Commonwealth.
    14  § 1304.  Surplus lines insurance.
    15     (a)  Requirements for placement.--Insurance shall not be
    16  placed with an unlicensed insurer by a surplus lines agent
    17  unless the insurance meets each of the following requirements:
    18         (1)  The full amount of insurance required is not
    19     procurable, after the producing broker has made a diligent
    20     effort to do so, from licensed insurers authorized to
    21     transact the class of insurance involved and which actually
    22     do accept in the usual course of business insurance on risks
    23     of the same class as the particular risk proposed.
    24         (2)  The surplus lines agent handling the transaction is
    25     not aware of any licensed insurer satisfactory to the insured
    26     from which the desired coverage may be obtained.
    27         (3)  The premium rate at which insurance is placed in an
    28     unlicensed insurer is not lower than the lowest published
    29     rate which has been approved by the department for use by any
    30     licensed insurer.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 141 -

     1         (4)  The policy or contract form used by the insurer does
     2     not differ materially from policies or contracts customarily
     3     used by licensed insurers for the class of insurance for the
     4     class of insurance involved. However, coverage may be placed
     5     with an unlicensed insurer using a unique form of policy
     6     designed for the particular subject of insurance if a copy of
     7     the form is first filed with the department by the surplus
     8     lines agent desiring to use it. The form shall be deemed
     9     approved by the department unless within ten days after
    10     receipt the department finds that the use of the form will be
    11     contrary to law or public policy.
    12     (b)  Diligent effort.--The requirements for the diligent
    13  effort to procure insurance from licensed insurers under
    14  subsection (a)(1) shall be as follows:
    15         (1)  At least three licensed insurers, all of which
    16     actually issue insurance on the class in question in their
    17     normal course of business, refuse to insure the particular
    18     risk or refuse to increase the amount of insurance on the
    19     risk.
    20         (2)  This refusal is made by a full-time employee of the
    21     insurer in question, or a full-time employee of a firm acting
    22     in the capacity of underwriting manager for the insurer;
    23     refusal by the producing broker in his capacity as an agent
    24     of an insurer, or by any other "local agent," as the term is
    25     generally used in the insurance business, shall not be deemed
    26     a refusal for the purpose of this section.
    27     (c)  Renewals.--Any insurance which has been placed
    28  continuously with an unlicensed insurer for a period of not less
    29  than three consecutive years immediately preceding the current
    30  placement may be placed with the unlicensed insurer. In this
    19870H1628B2005                 - 142 -

     1  case, neither the producing broker nor the surplus lines agent
     2  shall be required to execute the declaration required by section
     3  1306(a) (relating to declarations).
     4  § 1305.  Exclusions.
     5     The provisions of this chapter do not apply to the following:
     6         (1)  Life insurance and annuities.
     7         (2)  Reinsurance.
     8         (3)  Insurance on the property and operation of railroads
     9     or aircraft engaged in interstate or foreign commerce,
    10     insurance of vessels, crafts or hulls, cargoes, marine
    11     builders' risks, marine protection and indemnity, lessees and
    12     charterers' liability or other risks, including strikes and
    13     war risks commonly insured under ocean or wet marine forms of
    14     policies.
    15         (4)  Insurance on subjects located, resident or to be
    16     performed wholly outside this Commonwealth.
    17         (5)  Title insurance.
    18  § 1306.  Declarations.
    19     (a)  Initial placements.--In the case of each placement of
    20  insurance with an unlicensed insurer under section 1304(a) or
    21  (b) (relating to surplus lines insurance), both the producing
    22  broker and surplus lines agent shall execute written
    23  declarations in a form prescribed by the department, the
    24  producing broker as to his having made a diligent effort to
    25  procure the desired coverage from licensed insurers, and the
    26  surplus lines agent as to his lack of knowledge as to how the
    27  coverage can be obtained from licensed insurers. If the
    28  producing broker and surplus lines agent are one and the same
    29  entity, he shall execute both declarations. Within 21 days after
    30  insurance which has been placed with an unlicensed insurer
    19870H1628B2005                 - 143 -

     1  becomes effective, the surplus lines agent shall file with the
     2  department his own written declaration and the written
     3  declaration of the producing broker, as set forth in this
     4  subsection, and shall at that time advise the department of the
     5  identity of any unlicensed insurer from which he has obtained
     6  the insurance and other information in such form as the
     7  department shall prescribe. The surplus lines agent shall
     8  maintain in his office written records showing the exact amount
     9  of insurance placed, the name of the insured, the subject of the
    10  insurance, a description of the coverage, the gross premium, the
    11  name of the insurer and the number, effective date and term of
    12  the policy, cover note or other instrument of insurance.
    13     (b)  Continuation of placement.--In the case of each
    14  placement of insurance with an unlicensed insurer under the
    15  provisions of section 1304(c) within 21 days after insurance
    16  which has been placed with an unlicensed insurer becomes
    17  effective, the surplus lines agent shall file with the
    18  department his written declaration setting forth the identity of
    19  each unlicensed insurer with which the insurance has been placed
    20  for the three years immediately preceding the current placement,
    21  the identity of each unlicensed insurer with which the current
    22  placement is made and the fact that the current placement is the
    23  renewal or replacement of prior existing coverage on the same
    24  subject of insurance.
    25     (c)  Perjury.--Declarations wherever required by this section
    26  shall be made subject to the penalties provided for perjury and
    27  are to be construed in the same way as affidavits.
    28     (d)  Availability of records.--Records required under this
    29  section shall be made available at any time during normal
    30  business hours to the department and shall be kept in the office
    19870H1628B2005                 - 144 -

     1  of the surplus lines agent for not less than three years after
     2  the expiration or cancellation of the insurance.
     3     (e)  Notice of change of insurer.--If there is any change in
     4  the insurer or in the distribution of the risk among two or more
     5  insurers during the term of an insurance policy or contract, the
     6  surplus lines agent shall notify the insured and the department
     7  to that effect within ten days of his knowledge thereof.
     8  § 1307.  Eligible surplus lines insurers.
     9     (a)  Prohibition on placement.--A surplus lines agent shall
    10  not place any insurance with any unlicensed insurer who is not
    11  then an eligible surplus lines insurer.
    12     (b)  Determination of eligibility.--An unlicensed insurer
    13  shall not be an eligible surplus lines insurer unless declared
    14  eligible by the department in accordance with the following
    15  conditions:
    16         (1)  A licensed surplus lines agent shall request the
    17     department, in writing, to declare the particular unlicensed
    18     insurer eligible.
    19         (2)  The insurer shall be currently a licensed insurer in
    20     the state or country of its domicile as to the kind or kinds
    21     of insurance which it proposes to provide and shall have been
    22     so currently licensed for a period of time sufficient for the
    23     department to ascertain that the other requirements of this
    24     chapter have been met, including operational procedures and
    25     claims practices.
    26         (3)  The surplus lines agent requesting such declaration
    27     shall furnish the department with duly authenticated copies
    28     of the insurer's current annual financial statement, one in
    29     the language and currency of the country of its domicile and
    30     the other in the English language and United States currency
    19870H1628B2005                 - 145 -

     1     at the current exchange rate, and such additional information
     2     relative to the insurer as the department may require.
     3         (4)  The insurer shall have a surplus as to policyholders
     4     of not less than the amount required of a like foreign
     5     insurer licensed in this Commonwealth and, if an alien
     6     insurer, shall have and maintain, in a bank or trust company
     7     which is a member of the United States Federal Reserve
     8     System, a trust fund established under terms reasonably
     9     adequate for the protection of all of its policyholders in
    10     the United States in an amount of not less than $400,000. In
    11     the case of a group of individual unincorporated insurers,
    12     the trust fund shall be not less than $50,000,000. The
    13     department may require larger trust funds than those required
    14     under this paragraph if the volume of business being
    15     transacted or proposed to be transacted warrants larger
    16     amounts. To the extent of these minimum amounts, the trust
    17     funds shall consist of United States currency, public
    18     obligations of the United States or a political subdivision
    19     thereof, or other investments of the same general character
    20     and quality as are required for like funds of the same class
    21     of insurers licensed in this Commonwealth.
    22         (5)  The insurer shall be of good reputation as to the
    23     providing of service to its policyholders and the payment of
    24     losses and claims.
    25         (6)  An insurer shall not be eligible if its management
    26     is considered by the department to be incompetent,
    27     untrustworthy or lacking in sufficient managerial experience,
    28     or if the department has reason to believe the insurer is
    29     affiliated directly or indirectly through ownership, control,
    30     reinsurance transactions or other insurance or business
    19870H1628B2005                 - 146 -

     1     relationships, with any entity whose business operations may
     2     be or have been detrimental to the interests of
     3     policyholders, stockholders, investors, creditors or the
     4     public.
     5     (c)  List of eligible insurers.--The department shall from
     6  time to time publish a list of all currently eligible surplus
     7  lines insurers and shall mail a copy thereof to each licensed
     8  surplus lines agent at his last office of record with the
     9  department.
    10     (d)  Determination of ineligibility.--An eligible surplus
    11  lines insurer shall furnish at least annually to the department
    12  the information required by subsection (b)(3). If the department
    13  has reason to believe that any unlicensed insurer then on the
    14  list of eligible surplus lines insurers is impaired financially
    15  or no longer meets the requirements for eligibility, it shall
    16  declare the insurer ineligible as a surplus lines insurer. If,
    17  after a hearing of which reasonable notice is given to all
    18  licensed surplus lines agents, the department determines that an
    19  insurer currently eligible as a surplus lines insurer has
    20  willfully violated the law or has failed to make reasonably
    21  prompt settlement of just claims for losses or return premiums,
    22  it may declare the insurer no longer an eligible surplus lines
    23  insurer. The department shall promptly mail notice of all such
    24  declarations to each surplus lines agent at his last address of
    25  record with the department.
    26     (e)  Significance of eligibility.--This section does not
    27  impose on the department any duty or responsibility to determine
    28  the actual financial condition or claims practices of any
    29  unlicensed insurer. The status of eligible surplus lines
    30  insurer, if granted by the department, shall mean only that the
    19870H1628B2005                 - 147 -

     1  insurer appears to be sound financially and to have satisfactory
     2  claims practices and that the department has no credible
     3  evidence to the contrary.
     4  § 1308.  Licensure of surplus lines agents.
     5     (a)  Individuals.--Any individual licensed insurance broker
     6  who is a resident of this Commonwealth and who is found by the
     7  department to have had sufficient experience in the insurance
     8  business to be competent for the purpose, may be licensed as a
     9  surplus lines agent upon passing a written examination on his
    10  knowledge of this chapter and his general knowledge of surplus
    11  lines activity, the content of such examination to be prescribed
    12  by the department.
    13     (b)  Partnerships and corporations.--Any partnership or
    14  corporation licensed insurance broker resident of this
    15  Commonwealth may become licensed as a surplus lines agent if all
    16  members of the partnership or all officers of the corporation,
    17  as the case may be, who are actively engaged in the surplus
    18  lines activity of the partnership or corporation possess the
    19  requisite experience and pass the written examination described
    20  in subsection (a). The department shall issue a certificate of
    21  eligibility to all such partners or officers who so qualify to
    22  handle surplus lines activity. Partners or officers not holding
    23  the certificate of eligibility shall not engage in any phase of
    24  the partnership's or corporation's surplus lines activity.
    25     (c)  Exemption from examination.--Any person who held a valid
    26  excess insurance broker's license on March 1, 1966, shall be
    27  deemed qualified for a license as a surplus lines agent without
    28  the necessity of passing an examination. Partners of
    29  partnerships and officers of corporations who were certified to
    30  the department as having been actively engaged in the surplus
    19870H1628B2005                 - 148 -

     1  lines activity of the partnership or corporation on March 1,
     2  1966, shall be considered qualified for a certificate of
     3  eligibility without the necessity of passing an examination.
     4     (d)  Forms.--Initial and renewal applications for the
     5  licenses and certificates shall be made to the department on
     6  forms prescribed and furnished by it.
     7     (e)  Renewal.--The licenses and certificates shall be issued
     8  for a term of 12 months and shall be renewable upon written
     9  request therefor filed with the department and accompanied by
    10  payment of the license fee prior to expiration.
    11     (f)  Payment of fees.--The fees required by the department to
    12  administer this section, including the surplus lines agent's
    13  annual license fee, the fee for the annual certificate of
    14  eligibility and the examination fee, shall be paid in advance.
    15  § 1309.  Bond of surplus lines agents.
    16     Prior to the issuance of a license, the applicant shall
    17  furnish the department and shall keep in force for as long as
    18  any such license remains in effect a bond in favor of the
    19  Commonwealth in the amount of not less than $25,000 aggregate
    20  liability, such bond to be issued by a licensed and authorized
    21  corporate surety or sureties approved by the department. The
    22  bond shall be conditioned that the surplus lines agent will
    23  comply with all the requirements of section 1311 (relating to
    24  surplus lines tax). The department may require a bond in a
    25  larger amount if the volume of business transacted or to be
    26  transacted by a particular surplus lines agent warrants a larger
    27  amount. The aggregate liability of the surety for any and all
    28  claims on any such bond shall not exceed the amount thereof. The
    29  bond shall not be terminated except upon not less than 30 days'
    30  prior written notice thereof given to the licensee, the
    19870H1628B2005                 - 149 -

     1  department and the Department of Revenue.
     2  § 1310.  Penalties.
     3     (a)  Surplus lines agents.--The department may suspend,
     4  revoke or refuse to renew the license of a surplus lines agent
     5  or impose a fine of not more than $1000 for each violation of
     6  this chapter upon any one or more of the following grounds:
     7         (1)  Removal of the licensee's office or of the accounts
     8     and records of his surplus lines activity from this
     9     Commonwealth.
    10         (2)  Closure of the licensee's office for a period in
    11     excess of 30 consecutive days, unless granted permission by
    12     the department to close the office for a longer period.
    13         (3)  Failure to file reports when due or to remit taxes
    14     under section 1311 (relating to surplus lines tax).
    15         (4)  Failure to maintain the bond under section 1309
    16     (relating to bond of surplus lines agents).
    17         (5)  Failure to remit premiums due insurers or return
    18     premiums due insureds in the normal course of business and
    19     within reasonable time limits.
    20         (6)  Suspension, revocation or refusal to renew any other
    21     license or certificate issued by the department to the
    22     licensee.
    23         (7)  Violation of any provision of this chapter.
    24     (b)  Other agents.--When any licensed insurance agent, broker
    25  or licensed insurer violates this chapter, the department may
    26  suspend, revoke or refuse to renew the license of the agent or
    27  broker or impose a fine of not more than $1000 upon the agent,
    28  broker or licensed insurer for each violation of this chapter.
    29     (c)  Notice and hearing.--The department shall hold a hearing
    30  before taking any action under subsections (a) and (b). It shall
    19870H1628B2005                 - 150 -

     1  give written notice of the hearing to the person charged with
     2  the violation, stating specifically the nature of the alleged
     3  violation and fixing a time and place at least ten days
     4  thereafter when the hearing shall be held.
     5  § 1311.  Surplus lines tax.
     6     (a)  Imposition.--A tax of 3% shall be levied on all premiums
     7  charged for insurance which is placed with an unlicensed insurer
     8  under this chapter, based on the gross premiums charged less any
     9  return premiums. This tax shall be in addition to the full
    10  amount of the gross premium charged by the insurer for the
    11  insurance, except that the tax on any unearned portion of the
    12  premium shall be returned to the insured.
    13     (b)  Payment.--A surplus lines agent or producing broker
    14  shall not directly or indirectly pay the tax or any portion
    15  thereof, either as an inducement to the insured to purchase the
    16  insurance or for any other reason. In the case where a
    17  transaction is handled by a licensed surplus lines agent for
    18  another licensed surplus lines agent, the surplus lines agent
    19  dealing directly with the insurer is responsible to the
    20  Commonwealth for reporting the transaction and paying the tax.
    21     (c)  Return by agent.--The surplus lines agent shall collect
    22  from the insured or the producing broker the amount of the tax
    23  at the time of delivery of the initial policy, cover note or
    24  other instrument of insurance or at such time thereafter as is
    25  reasonably consistent with normal credit terms customary in the
    26  business. Each surplus lines agent shall, on or before January
    27  31 of each year, file with the Department of Revenue on forms
    28  prescribed and furnished by the Department of Revenue a report
    29  of all transactions involving the placement of insurance with
    30  unlicensed insurers during the previous calendar year. This
    19870H1628B2005                 - 151 -

     1  report shall set forth the name of the insured, the
     2  identification of the insurer, the type of insurance, the gross
     3  premiums charged less any return premiums allowed and the tax
     4  due as provided in this section. The remittance for the taxes
     5  due shall accompany this report. A copy of the report shall be
     6  filed with the department by the surplus lines agent.
     7     (d)  Return by insured.--The tax provided by subsection (a)
     8  shall be imposed upon an insured who procures insurance on a
     9  subject of insurance which is resident, located or to be
    10  performed in this Commonwealth from an unlicensed insurer or
    11  continues or renews such insurance, other than insurance
    12  procured through a surplus lines agent in accordance with this
    13  chapter. The insured shall, within 30 days after the date when
    14  the insurance was procured, continued or renewed, report the
    15  transaction on forms prescribed by the Department of Revenue.
    16  This report shall set forth the information required of surplus
    17  lines agents as required in subsection (c). The tax shall be
    18  paid on the date the report is due under this section. A copy of
    19  the report shall be filed with the department by the insured.
    20     (e)  Risks related in other states.--In the case where a
    21  placement of insurance, either by a surplus lines agent or by
    22  the insured himself, involves subjects of insurance resident,
    23  located or to be performed in one or more other states the
    24  premium taxes shall be levied only on that portion of the
    25  premium reasonably ascribable to that portion of the risk
    26  situated in this Commonwealth.
    27     (f)  Applicability of Fiscal Code.--The settlement and
    28  resettlement of taxes under this section, including the granting
    29  of extensions of time to file reports and the rights of the
    30  taxpayers to present and prosecute a petition for resettlement,
    19870H1628B2005                 - 152 -

     1  a petition for review or an appeal to court or to file a
     2  petition for refund and the imposition of interest and
     3  penalties, shall be governed by the act of April 9, 1929
     4  (P.L.343, No.176), known as The Fiscal Code, as approved in the
     5  case of capital stock and franchise taxes.
     6  § 1312.  Information required on contract.
     7     Every policy, cover note or other instrument of insurance
     8  delivered to the insured and placed with an unlicensed insurer
     9  in accordance with this chapter shall have printed, typed or
    10  stamped on it, in not less than ten-point print, the following
    11  legend: "This insurance contract is issued by an insurer neither
    12  licensed by nor under the jurisdiction of the Pennsylvania
    13  Insurance Department and is written pursuant to the Pennsylvania
    14  Surplus Lines Law. Placed by (name and office address of surplus
    15  lines agent)." This legend shall not be concealed by a policy
    16  label or sticker or in any other manner.
    17  § 1313.  (Reserved).
    18  § 1314.  Rights of insured.
    19     This chapter does not prevent an insured from enforcing his
    20  rights under the terms and conditions of a contract of insurance
    21  entered into in violation of this chapter.
    22  § 1315.  Penalties.
    23     Any person who in this Commonwealth violates any provision of
    24  this chapter commits a misdemeanor of the third degree.
    25                             CHAPTER 15
    26                     UNFAIR INSURANCE PRACTICES
    27  Sec.
    28  1501.  Short title of chapter.
    29  1502.  Purpose of chapter.
    30  1503.  Definitions.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 153 -

     1  1504.  Unfair practices.
     2  1505.  Immunity for statements or information.
     3  1506.  Powers of department.
     4  1507.  Administrative action.
     5  1508.  Injunction.
     6  1509.  Civil penalties.
     7  1510.  Exclusions.
     8  § 1501.  Short title of chapter.
     9     This chapter shall be known and may be cited as the Unfair
    10  Insurance Practices Act.
    11  § 1502.  Purpose of chapter.
    12     The purpose of this chapter is to regulate trade practices in
    13  the business of insurance in accordance with the intent of
    14  Congress as expressed in the Federal act of March 9, 1945
    15  (Public Law 79-15, 15 U.S.C. § 1011 et seq.) by defining or
    16  providing for the determination of all practices in this
    17  Commonwealth which constitute unfair methods of competition or
    18  unfair or deceptive acts or practices and by prohibiting those
    19  practices.
    20  § 1503.  Definitions.
    21     The following words and phrases when used in this chapter
    22  shall have the meanings given to them in this section unless the
    23  context clearly indicates otherwise:
    24     "Insurance policy" or "insurance contract."  Any contract of
    25  insurance, indemnity, health care, suretyship, title insurance
    26  or annuity issued, proposed for issuance or intended for
    27  issuance by any person.
    28     "Person."  Any partnership, reciprocal exchange, inter-
    29  insurer, Lloyds insurer, fraternal benefit society as defined in
    30  section 4502 (relating to definitions), beneficial society or
    19870H1628B2005                 - 154 -

     1  association, health maintenance organization as defined in
     2  section 7303 (relating to definitions), hospital plan
     3  corporation as defined in section 7501 (relating to definitions)
     4  and professional health service corporation as defined in
     5  section 7702 (relating to definitions) and any other legal
     6  entity engaged in the business of insurance, including agents,
     7  brokers and adjusters. For the purposes of this chapter, health
     8  care plans, fraternal benefit societies and beneficial societies
     9  shall be deemed to be engaged in the business of insurance.
    10     "Renewal" or "to renew."  The issuance and delivery by an
    11  insurer of a policy superseding at the end of the policy period
    12  a policy previously issued and delivered by the same insurer,
    13  such renewal policy to provide types and limits of coverage at
    14  least equal to those contained in the policy being superseded,
    15  or the issuance and delivery of a certificate or notice
    16  extending the term of a policy beyond its policy period or term
    17  with types and limits of coverage at least equal to those
    18  contained in the policy being extended. Any policy with a policy
    19  period or term of less than 12 months or any period with no
    20  fixed expiration date shall for the purpose of this chapter be
    21  considered as if written for successive policy periods or terms
    22  of 12 months.
    23  § 1504.  Unfair practices.
    24     (a)  Practices included.--A person shall not engage in this
    25  Commonwealth in any trade practice which is determined to be an
    26  unfair method of competition or an unfair or deceptive act or
    27  practice in the business of insurance. An unfair method of
    28  competition or an unfair or deceptive act or practice in the
    29  business of insurance is defined to be:
    30         (1)  Making, publishing, issuing or circulating any
    19870H1628B2005                 - 155 -

     1     estimate, illustration, circular, statement, sales
     2     presentation or omission comparison which does any of the
     3     following:
     4             (i)  Misrepresents the benefits, advantages,
     5         conditions or terms of any insurance policy.
     6             (ii)  Misrepresents the premium overcharge commonly
     7         called dividends or share of the surplus to be received
     8         on any insurance policy.
     9             (iii)  Misrepresents the facts regarding the
    10         dividends or share of surplus previously paid on any
    11         insurance policy.
    12             (iv)  Misleads or misrepresents as to the financial
    13         condition of any person or as to the legal reserve system
    14         upon which any insurer operates.
    15             (v)  Uses any name or title of any insurance policy
    16         or class of insurance policies misrepresenting the true
    17         nature thereof.
    18             (vi)  Misrepresents for the purpose of inducing or
    19         tending to induce the lapse, forfeiture, exchange,
    20         conversion or surrender of any insurance policy.
    21             (vii)  Misrepresent for the purpose of effecting a
    22         pledge or assignment of or effecting a loan against any
    23         insurance policy.
    24             (viii)  Misrepresents any insurance policy as being
    25         shares of stock.
    26         (2)  Making, issuing, publishing or circulating in any
    27     manner an advertisement, announcement or statement containing
    28     any representation or statement with respect to the business
    29     of insurance or with respect to any person in the conduct of
    30     his insurance business which is untrue, deceptive or
    19870H1628B2005                 - 156 -

     1     misleading.
     2         (3)  Making, issuing, publishing or circulating any oral
     3     or written statement which is false or maliciously critical
     4     of or derogatory to the financial condition of any person and
     5     which is calculated to injure the person.
     6         (4)  Entering into any agreement to commit, or by any
     7     concerted action committing, any act of boycott, coercion or
     8     intimidation resulting in or tending to result in
     9     unreasonable restraint of, or monopoly in, the business of
    10     insurance.
    11         (5)  Knowingly filing with any supervisory or other
    12     public official, or knowingly making, issuing, publishing or
    13     circulating any false material statement of fact as to the
    14     financial condition of a person, or knowingly making any
    15     false entry of a material fact in any book, report or
    16     statement of any person or knowingly omitting to make a true
    17     entry of any material fact pertaining to the business of such
    18     person in any book, report or statement of such person.
    19         (6)  Issuing or delivering or permitting agents, officers
    20     or employees to issue or deliver agency company stock or
    21     other capital stock, or benefit certificates or shares in any
    22     corporation, or securities or any special or advisory board
    23     contracts or other contracts of any kind promising returns
    24     and profits as an inducement to insurance.
    25         (7)  Unfairly discriminating in any of the following
    26     ways:
    27             (i)  Making or permitting any unfair discrimination
    28         between individuals of the same class and equal
    29         expectation of life in the rates charged for any contract
    30         of life insurance or of life annuity or in the dividends
    19870H1628B2005                 - 157 -

     1         or other benefits payable thereon, or in any other of the
     2         terms and conditions of such contract.
     3             (ii)  Making or permitting any unfair discrimination
     4         between individuals of the same class and of essentially
     5         the same hazard in the amount of premium, policy, fees or
     6         rates charged for any policy or contract of insurance or
     7         in the benefits payable thereunder, in any of the terms
     8         or conditions of the contract or in any other manner.
     9             (iii)  Making or permitting any unfair discrimination
    10         between individuals of the same class and essentially the
    11         same hazard with regard to underwriting standards and
    12         practices or eligibility requirements by reason of race,
    13         religion, nationality or ethnic group, age, sex, family
    14         size, occupation, place of residence or marital status.
    15         The terms "underwriting standards and practices" and
    16         "eligibility rules" do not include the promulgation of
    17         rates if made or promulgated under Chapter 19 (relating
    18         to insurance rates).
    19         (8)  Except as otherwise provided by law, knowingly
    20     permitting or offering to make or making any contract of
    21     insurance or agreement as to such contract other than as
    22     plainly expressed in the insurance contract issued thereon,
    23     or paying or allowing or giving or offering to pay, allow or
    24     give, as inducement to such insurance, any rebate of premiums
    25     payable on the contract, or any special favor or advantage in
    26     the dividends or other benefits thereon, or any valuable
    27     consideration, inducement or anything of value which is not
    28     specified in the contract.
    29         (9)  Canceling any policy of insurance covering owner-
    30     occupied private residential properties or personal property
    19870H1628B2005                 - 158 -

     1     of individuals that has been in force for 60 days or more or
     2     refusing to renew any policy unless:
     3             (i)  the policy was obtained through material
     4         misrepresentation, fraudulent statements or omissions or
     5         concealment of fact material to the acceptance of the
     6         risk or to the hazard assumed by the company;
     7             (ii)  there has been a substantial change or increase
     8         in hazard in the risk assumed by the company subsequent
     9         to the date the policy was issued;
    10             (iii)  there is a substantial increase in hazards
    11         insured against by reason of willful or negligent acts or
    12         omissions by the insured;
    13             (iv)  the insured has failed to pay any premium when
    14         due whether the premium is payable directly to the
    15         company or its agent or indirectly under any premium
    16         finance plan or extension of credit; or
    17             (v)  the policy may be canceled on other grounds
    18         under regulations promulgated by the department.
    19         (10)  Any of the following acts in connection with the
    20     compromise or settlement of claims by insured arising under
    21     insurance policies, if committed or performed with such
    22     frequency as to indicate a business practice:
    23             (i)  Misrepresenting pertinent facts or policy or
    24         contract provisions relating to coverages at issue.
    25             (ii)  Failing to acknowledge and act promptly upon
    26         written or oral communications with respect to the
    27         claims.
    28             (iii)  Failing to adopt and implement reasonable
    29         standards for the prompt investigation of the claims.
    30             (iv)  Refusing to pay the claims without conducting a
    19870H1628B2005                 - 159 -

     1         reasonable investigation based upon all available
     2         information.
     3             (v)  Failing to affirm or deny coverage of the claims
     4         within a reasonable time after proof of loss statements
     5         have been completed and communicated to the company or
     6         its representative.
     7             (vi)  Not attempting in good faith to effectuate
     8         prompt, fair and equitable settlements of the claims in
     9         which the liability of the company under the policy has
    10         become reasonably clear.
    11             (vii)  Compelling persons to institute litigation to
    12         recover amounts due under an insurance policy by offering
    13         substantially less than the amounts due and recovered in
    14         actions brought by such persons.
    15             (viii)  Attempting to settle a claim for less than
    16         the amount to which a reasonable man would have believed
    17         he was entitled by reference to written or printed
    18         advertising material accompanying or made part of an
    19         application.
    20             (ix)  Attempting to settle or compromise claims on
    21         the basis of an application which was altered without
    22         notice to or knowledge or consent of the insured of the
    23         alteration at the time the alteration was made.
    24             (x)  Making claims payments to insureds or
    25         beneficiaries not accompanied by a statement setting
    26         forth the coverage under which payments are being made.
    27             (xi)  Making known to insureds or claimants a policy
    28         of appealing from arbitration awards in favor of insureds
    29         or claimants to induce or compel them to accept
    30         settlements or compromises less than the amount awarded
    19870H1628B2005                 - 160 -

     1         in arbitration.
     2             (xii)  Delaying the investigation or payment of
     3         claims by requiring the insured, claimant or the
     4         physician of either to submit a preliminary claim report
     5         and then requiring the subsequent submission of formal
     6         proof of loss forms, both of which submissions contain
     7         substantially the same information.
     8             (xiii)  Failing to promptly settle claims, where
     9         liability has become reasonably clear, under one portion
    10         of the insurance policy coverage in order to influence
    11         settlements under other portions of the insurance policy
    12         coverage or under other policies of insurance.
    13             (xiv)  Failing to promptly provide a reasonable
    14         explanation of the basis in the insurance policy in
    15         relation to the facts or applicable law for denial of a
    16         claim or for the offer of a compromise settlement.
    17             (xv)  Refusing payment of a claim solely on the basis
    18         of an insured's request to do so unless:
    19                 (A)  the insured claims sovereign, diplomatic,
    20             military service or other immunity from suit or
    21             liability with respect to the claim;
    22                 (B)  the insured is granted the right under the
    23             policy of insurance to consent to settlement of
    24             claims; or
    25                 (C)  the refusal of payment is based upon the
    26             insurer's independent evaluation of the insured's
    27             liability based upon all available information.
    28         (11)  Failure of any person to maintain a complete record
    29     of all the complaints which it has received during the
    30     preceding four years. This record shall indicate the total
    19870H1628B2005                 - 161 -

     1     number of complaints, their classification by line of
     2     insurance, the nature of each complaint, the disposition of
     3     these complaints and the time it took to process each
     4     complaint. For the purposes of this paragraph, the term
     5     "complaint" means any written communication primarily
     6     expressing a grievance.
     7         (12)  Making false or fraudulent statements or
     8     representations on or relative to an application for an
     9     insurance policy for the purpose of obtaining a fee,
    10     commission, money or other benefit from any insurer, agent,
    11     broker or individual.
    12         (13)  Making, issuing, publishing or circulating an
    13     advertisement, announcement or statement offering permanent
    14     life insurance to persons 50 years of age or older without
    15     accompanying disclosures of any applicable reduction in the
    16     face amount payable and the period thereof.
    17     (b)  Exclusions.--
    18         (1)  Subsection (a)(7) or (8) does not include within the
    19     definition of discrimination or rebates any of the following
    20     practices:
    21             (i)  In the case of any contract of life insurance or
    22         life annuity, paying bonuses to policyholders or
    23         otherwise abating their premiums out of surplus
    24         accumulated from nonparticipating insurance if any such
    25         bonuses or abatement of premiums are fair and equitable
    26         to policyholders and for the best interests of the
    27         company and its policyholders.
    28             (ii)  In the case of life insurance policies issued
    29         on the industrial or debit plan, making allowance to
    30         policyholders who have continuously for a specified
    19870H1628B2005                 - 162 -

     1         period made premium payments directly to an office of the
     2         insurer in an amount which fairly represents the saving
     3         in collection expense.
     4             (iii)  Readjustment of the rate of premium for a
     5         group insurance policy based on the loss or expense
     6         experience thereunder, at the end of the first or any
     7         subsequent policy year of insurance thereunder, which may
     8         be made retroactive only for such policy year.
     9         (2)  Subsection (a)(9) does not apply under any of the
    10     following circumstances:
    11             (i)  If the insurer has manifested its willingness to
    12         renew by issuing or offering to issue a renewal policy,
    13         certificate or other evidence of renewal, including the
    14         mailing of a renewal premium notice to the insured not
    15         less than 30 days in advance of the expiration date of
    16         the policy.
    17             (ii)  If the named insured has demonstrated by some
    18         overt action to the insurer or its agent other than mere
    19         nonpayment of premium that he wishes the policy to be
    20         canceled or that he does not wish the policy to be
    21         renewed.
    22             (iii)  To any policy of insurance which has been in
    23         effect less than 60 days, including any notice of
    24         termination period, unless it is a renewal policy. Any
    25         declination of coverage within the 60-day period provided
    26         in this clause shall, for purposes of review by the
    27         department, be deemed a refusal to write and shall not be
    28         subject to the provisions of subsection (a)(9).
    29     (c)  Cancellation of homeowner policies.--In the case of any
    30  policy of insurance covering owner-occupied private residential
    19870H1628B2005                 - 163 -

     1  properties or personal property of individuals, the insured may,
     2  within ten days of the receipt by the insured of notice of
     3  cancellation or notice of intention not to renew, request in
     4  writing to the department that it review that action of the
     5  insurer. A cancellation or refusal to renew by any person shall
     6  not be effective unless a written notice of the cancellation or
     7  refusal to renew is received by the insured either at the
     8  address shown in the policy or at a forwarding address. The
     9  notice shall:
    10         (1)  Be approved as to form by the department prior to
    11     use.
    12         (2)  State the date, not less than 30 days after the date
    13     of delivery or mailing, on which such cancellation or refusal
    14     to renew shall become effective.
    15         (3)  State the specific reason or reasons of the insurer
    16     for cancellation or refusal to renew.
    17         (4)  Advise the insured of his right to file a written
    18     request for review under this subsection, within ten days of
    19     the receipt of the notice.
    20         (5)  Advise the insured of his possible eligibility for
    21     insurance under Chapter 57 (relating to Pennsylvania Fair
    22     Plan) or the Pennsylvania Assigned Risk Plan.
    23         (6)  Advise the insured in a form commonly understandable
    24     of the provisions of paragraphs (2), (3) and (4) as they
    25     limit permissible time and reasons for cancellation.
    26         (7)  Advise the insured of the procedures to be followed
    27     in prosecuting an appeal.
    28  § 1505.  Immunity for statements or information.
    29     There shall be no liability on the part of and no cause of
    30  action of any nature shall arise against the commissioner, any
    19870H1628B2005                 - 164 -

     1  insurer, the authorized representatives, agents and employees of
     2  the department or the insurer, or of any firm or person
     3  furnishing to the insurer information as to reasons for
     4  cancellation or refusal to renew for any statement made by them
     5  in complying with this chapter or for providing information
     6  pertaining thereto.
     7  § 1506.  Powers of department.
     8     The department may examine and investigate the affairs of
     9  every person engaged in the business of insurance in this
    10  Commonwealth in order to determine whether such person has been
    11  or is engaged in any unfair method of competition or in any
    12  unfair or deceptive act or practice prohibited by this chapter.
    13  § 1507.  Administrative action.
    14     (a)  Notice and hearing.--If, as a result of investigation,
    15  the department has good cause to believe that any person is
    16  violating any provision of this chapter, the department shall
    17  send notice of the violation by registered mail to the person
    18  believed to be in violation. The notice shall state the time and
    19  place for hearing which shall not be less than 30 days from the
    20  date of the notice. At the hearing, the person shall have an
    21  opportunity to be heard and to show cause why an order should
    22  not be made by the department to cease and desist from acts
    23  constituting a violation of this chapter and why administrative
    24  penalties should not be assessed.
    25     (b)  Intervention.--Upon good cause shown, the department
    26  shall permit any person to intervene, appear and be heard at the
    27  hearing, either in person or by counsel.
    28     (c)  Procedure.--The department may administer oaths, examine
    29  and cross-examine witnesses, receive oral and documentary
    30  evidence and subpoena witnesses, compel their attendance and
    19870H1628B2005                 - 165 -

     1  require the production of books, papers, records or other
     2  documents which it deems relevant to the hearing. The department
     3  shall cause a record of all evidence and all proceedings at the
     4  hearing to be kept.
     5     (d)  Order.--Following the hearing, the department shall
     6  issue a written order resolving the factual issues presented at
     7  the hearing and stating what remedial action, if any, is
     8  required of the person charged. The department shall send a copy
     9  of the order to those persons participating in the hearing.
    10     (e)  Administrative penalty.--Upon a determination that this
    11  chapter has been violated, the department may issue an order
    12  requiring the person to cease and desist from engaging in the
    13  violation or, if such violation is a method of competition, act
    14  or practice defined in section 1504 (relating to unfair
    15  practices), the department may suspend or revoke the person's
    16  license.
    17  § 1508.  Injunction.
    18     If the alleged violator fails to comply with an order of the
    19  department following hearing to cease and desist from unfair
    20  methods of competition or an unfair or deceptive act or
    21  practice, the department may cause an action for injunction to
    22  be filed in the Commonwealth Court or the court of the county in
    23  which the violation occurred.
    24  § 1509.  Civil penalties.
    25     In addition to any penalties imposed pursuant to this
    26  chapter, the court may, in an action filed by the department,
    27  impose the following civil penalties:
    28         (1)  For each method of competition, act or practice
    29     referred to in section 1504 (relating to unfair practices) or
    30     otherwise in violation of this chapter which the person knew
    19870H1628B2005                 - 166 -

     1     or reasonably should have known was such a violation, a
     2     penalty of not more than $5,000 for each violation but not to
     3     exceed an aggregate penalty of $50,000 in any six-month
     4     period.
     5         (2)  For each such method of competition, act or practice
     6     which the person did not know nor reasonably should have
     7     known was a violation, a penalty of not more than $1,000 for
     8     each violation but not to exceed an aggregate penalty of
     9     $10,000 in any six-month period.
    10         (3)  For each violation of an order issued by the
    11     department pursuant to section 1507(e) (relating to
    12     administrative action) while such order is in effect, a
    13     penalty of not more than $10,000.
    14  § 1510.  Exclusions.
    15     Health care plans administered by joint boards of trustees
    16  pursuant to section 302 of the Labor Management Relations Act of
    17  1947 (61 Stat. 157, 29 U.S.C. § 186) and health care plans
    18  administered by the employer pursuant to collective bargaining
    19  agreements which pay benefits from the assets of the trust or
    20  the funds of the employer as opposed to payments through an
    21  insurance company are not subject to this chapter.
    22                             CHAPTER 17
    23                       REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
    24  Sec.
    25  1701.  Definitions.
    26  1702.  Disposal of assets.
    27  1703.  Ceding or reinsurance.
    28  1704.  Business operations.
    29  1705.  Reports of financial condition.
    30  1706.  Additional reports from foreign or alien entities.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 167 -

     1  § 1701.  Definitions.
     2     The following words and phrases when used in this chapter
     3  shall have the meanings given to them in this section unless the
     4  context clearly indicates otherwise:
     5     "Assets."  All the property and rights of every kind held by
     6  the entity.
     7     "Disposal."  Any sale, transfer, exchange, assignment,
     8  alienation or other conveyance of an interest in assets. The
     9  term does not include a ceding of policies pursuant to a
    10  reinsurance contract.
    11     "Total assets."  The dollar amount of the entity's total
    12  assets as reported in its most recent convention statement.
    13  § 1702.  Disposal of assets.
    14     Any domestic insurance entity which within any period of 30
    15  days, by one or more transactions, disposes of assets which, in
    16  the aggregate, amount to more than 10% of its total assets,
    17  shall send written notification thereof to the department. The
    18  notification shall be given within ten business days prior to
    19  the making of the disposal, specify the nature and amount
    20  thereof and identify all of the parties thereto.
    21  § 1703.  Ceding or reinsurance.
    22     Any domestic insurance entity, except a domestic life
    23  insurance company, which during any period of 12 consecutive
    24  months, by any contract of reinsurance, cedes an amount of its
    25  insurance on which the total gross reinsurance premiums are more
    26  than 50% of the unearned premiums on the net amount of its
    27  insurance in force at the beginning of such period, shall give
    28  written notification thereof to the department. Any domestic
    29  life insurance company which reinsures its whole risk on any
    30  individual life or joint lives or reinsures policies which,
    19870H1628B2005                 - 168 -

     1  during any period of 12 consecutive months, in the aggregate,
     2  amount to more than 50% of its insurance in force shall give
     3  written notification thereof to the department. The notification
     4  required hereunder shall be given at least ten business days
     5  before the date the reinsurance takes effect and shall specify
     6  the nature and amount thereof and identify the parties thereto.
     7  The requirements of this section do not apply to reinsurance
     8  made in the ordinary course of business covering reinsurance of
     9  specified individual risks under agreements relating to current
    10  business and shall be in addition to the requirements contained
    11  in section 3512 (relating to reinsurance).
    12  § 1704.  Business operations.
    13     (a)  General rule.--Each stock or mutual insurance entity or
    14  employers mutual liability association and organization,
    15  including the State Workmen's Insurance Fund, which is subject
    16  to Chapter 19 (relating to insurance rates) or section 5523
    17  (relating to rating plans) shall maintain uniform
    18  classifications of accounts and records as may be prescribed by
    19  the department and shall file such uniform reports relative to
    20  their business and transactions as the department deems
    21  necessary. These reports, except when otherwise provided by law,
    22  shall be filed on the date and in the form determined by the
    23  department.
    24     (b)  Penalties.--Any insurance entity or organization which
    25  violates subsection (a) shall pay a sum not to exceed $100 per
    26  day for each day during which the violation continues and, upon
    27  notice by the department, its authority to do new business shall
    28  cease during that time. For willfully making false reports, any
    29  insurance entity or organization subject to this section and the
    30  persons making oath to or subscribing the same shall severally
    19870H1628B2005                 - 169 -

     1  be punished by a fine of not less than $500 nor more than
     2  $5,000. A person who willfully makes oath to such false report
     3  commits perjury.
     4     (c)  Procedures.--An action shall not be taken by the
     5  department under subsection (b) except after a hearing held upon
     6  ten days' written notice to the parties concerned.
     7  Classifications of accounts and records or reports shall be
     8  prescribed by the department under subsection (a) only upon
     9  notice and after hearing to all parties affected thereby and
    10  regulations relating thereto shall be promulgated by the
    11  department at least six months before the effective date
    12  thereof.
    13  § 1705.  Reports of financial condition.
    14     (a)  General rule.--Every stock and mutual insurance entity,
    15  if subject to Part III (relating to organization of insurance
    16  entities), shall annually, by March 1, file with the department
    17  a statement showing its financial condition on December 31 of
    18  the previous year and its business of that year. These entities
    19  shall, within 30 days after requested by the department, render
    20  any additional statement concerning its affairs and financial
    21  condition which the department may require. The department shall
    22  prescribe and furnish forms to each of the entities for their
    23  statements. Any alien insurance company, if subject to Part III
    24  and doing business in this Commonwealth, shall disclose only the
    25  business done in the United States and the assets held by and
    26  for it within the United States for the protection of
    27  policyholders in the United States.
    28     (b)  Failure to file.--Any entity which neglects to timely
    29  file a statement required under subsection (a) in the required
    30  form shall pay to the department a sum not to exceed $100 for
    19870H1628B2005                 - 170 -

     1  each day during which the neglect continues. Upon notice by the
     2  department, its authority to do new business shall cease while
     3  the default continues.
     4     (c)  False statements.--For willfully making false entries in
     5  a statement filed under subsection (a), the entity and the
     6  individuals making oath to or subscribing to the oath shall
     7  severally be subject to a fine of not less than $500 nor more
     8  than $5,000.
     9  § 1706.  Additional reports from foreign or alien entities.
    10     (a)  General rule.--Every foreign or alien stock or mutual
    11  insurance entity authorized to do business in this Commonwealth,
    12  if subject to Part III (relating to organization of insurance
    13  entities), shall annually report to the Department of Revenue by
    14  March 15 under oath of its president, secretary or attorney. The
    15  report shall show the gross premiums of every character and
    16  description received from business transacted in this
    17  Commonwealth during the year ending the preceding December 31,
    18  whether the premiums were received in money or in the form of
    19  notes, credits or any other substitute for money and whether
    20  they were collected in this Commonwealth or elsewhere.
    21     (b)  Taxation.--The entity shall pay to the State Treasury
    22  the requisite tax upon all these premiums. In making the report,
    23  the entities may deduct, from the gross premiums received, all
    24  premiums returned on policies canceled or not taken and all
    25  premiums actually received for reinsurances. Stock companies
    26  with participating features may also deduct that portion of the
    27  premiums returned to the policyholders. Life insurance companies
    28  may deduct dividends declared and actually used by policyholders
    29  in payment of renewal premiums. Mutual entities may deduct that
    30  proportion of the advance premium or deposit returned to members
    19870H1628B2005                 - 171 -

     1  upon the expiration of termination of their contracts. To the
     2  extent the provisions of this section supply provisions of the
     3  act of April 9, 1929 (P.L.343, No.176), known as The Fiscal
     4  Code, relating to amounts which foreign entities may deduct from
     5  gross premiums received from business transacted in this
     6  Commonwealth in making reports with the Department of Revenue,
     7  the provisions of this section shall supersede those provisions
     8  of The Fiscal Code.
     9     (c)  Applicability.--This section does not apply to domestic
    10  fire insurance companies as to policies covering only those
    11  classes of insurance authorized by section 3302(b)(1), (2) or
    12  (3) (relating to authorized classes of insurance), other than
    13  insurance upon automobiles.
    14     (d)  Definition.--As used in this section the term "gross
    15  premium" means the amount of dues, fees and premiums stated in
    16  the policy contracts.
    17                             CHAPTER 19
    18                          INSURANCE RATES
    19  Sec.
    20  1901.  General provisions.
    21  1902.  Scope of chapter.
    22  1903.  Ratemaking.
    23  1904.  Rate filings.
    24  1905.  Disapproval of filings.
    25  1906.  Rating organizations.
    26  1907.  Deviations.
    27  1908.  Appeal by minority.
    28  1909.  Information to be furnished insureds.
    29  1910.  Hearings and appeals of insureds.
    30  1911.  Advisory organizations.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 172 -

     1  1912.  Joint underwriting or joint reinsurance.
     2  1913.  Examinations.
     3  1914.  Recording and reporting of loss and expense experience.
     4  1915.  False or misleading information.
     5  1916.  Assigned risks.
     6  1917.  Penalties.
     7  1918.  Hearing procedure and judicial review.
     8  § 1901.  General provisions.
     9     (a)  Short title of chapter.--This chapter shall be known and
    10  may be cited as the Insurance Rate Regulatory Act.
    11     (b)  Purpose of chapter.--The purpose of this chapter is to
    12  promote the public welfare by regulating insurance rates to the
    13  end that they shall not be excessive, inadequate or unfairly
    14  discriminatory, to enable authorized insurers to meet all
    15  requirements of the insuring public of this Commonwealth, and to
    16  authorize and regulate cooperative action among insurers in
    17  ratemaking and in other matters within the scope of this
    18  chapter. This chapter is not intended to prohibit or discourage
    19  reasonable competition or prohibit or encourage uniformity in
    20  insurance rates, rating systems, rating plans or practices. This
    21  chapter shall be liberally interpreted to carry into effect its
    22  purposes as set forth in this section.
    23  § 1902.  Scope of chapter.
    24     (a)  Casualty insurance.--This chapter applies to all classes
    25  and kinds of insurance which may be written by stock or mutual
    26  casualty insurance entities, including fidelity, surety and
    27  guaranty bonds and all other forms of motor vehicle insurance,
    28  and to title insurance on risks or operations in this
    29  Commonwealth.
    30     (b)  Fire and marine insurance.--This chapter also applies to
    19870H1628B2005                 - 173 -

     1  all classes and kinds of insurance which may be written by stock
     2  or mutual fire, marine or fire and marine insurance entities on
     3  risks located in this Commonwealth. Inland marine insurance
     4  shall be deemed to include insurance defined by law or by ruling
     5  of the department or as established by general custom of the
     6  business as inland marine insurance.
     7     (c)  Exclusions relating to casualty insurance.--With respect
     8  to insurance described in subsection (a), this chapter does not
     9  apply to:
    10         (1)  Reinsurance, other than joint reinsurance to the
    11     extent stated in section 1912 (relating to joint underwriting
    12     or joint reinsurance).
    13         (2)  Accident and health insurance.
    14         (3)  Insurance against loss or damage to aircraft or
    15     against liability arising out of the ownership, maintenance
    16     or use of aircraft.
    17         (4)  Workmen's compensation insurance.
    18         (5)  Insurance covering loss in excess of at least
    19     $10,000 from any one event issued to self-insurers as defined
    20     in regulations which the department shall promulgate where
    21     the rate is not made by a rating organization.
    22     (d)  Exclusions relating to fire and marine insurance.--With
    23  respect to insurance described in subsection (b), this chapter
    24  does not apply to:
    25         (1)  Reinsurance, other than joint reinsurance to the
    26     extent stated in section 1912.
    27         (2)  Insurance of vessels or craft, their cargoes, marine
    28     builders' risks, marine protection and indemnity, or other
    29     risks commonly insured under marine as distinguished from
    30     inland marine insurance policies.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 174 -

     1         (3)  Insurance of hulls of aircraft, including their
     2     accessories and equipment, or against liability arising out
     3     of the ownership, maintenance or use of aircraft.
     4         (4)  Motor vehicle insurance or insurance against
     5     liability arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of
     6     motor vehicles.
     7         (5)  Perpetual policies of insurance issued in
     8     consideration of an initial deposit of moneys with the
     9     insurer to be held by it during the time such policies are in
    10     force and to be returned to the insureds, in whole or in
    11     part, upon cancellation of the policies.
    12     (e)  Conflicting regulation.--If any kind of insurance,
    13  subdivision or combination thereof, or type of coverage subject
    14  to this chapter, is also subject to regulation by any other
    15  provision of this title which regulates rates, an insurer to
    16  which both provisions are otherwise applicable shall file with
    17  the department a designation as to which set of provisions shall
    18  be applicable to it with respect to the kind of insurance,
    19  subdivision or combination thereof, or type of coverage.
    20  § 1903.  Ratemaking.
    21     All rates shall be made in accordance with the following
    22  provisions:
    23         (1)  Due consideration shall be given to past and
    24     prospective loss experience in and outside this Commonwealth;
    25     to physical hazards; to safety and loss prevention factors;
    26     to underwriting practice and judgment to the extent
    27     appropriate; to conflagration and catastrophe hazards, if
    28     any; to a reasonable margin for underwriting profit and
    29     contingencies; to dividends, savings or unabsorbed premium
    30     deposits allowed or returned by insurers to their
    19870H1628B2005                 - 175 -

     1     policyholders, members or subscribers; to past and
     2     prospective expenses in and outside this Commonwealth; and to
     3     all other relevant factors in and outside this Commonwealth.
     4     In the case of fire insurance rates, consideration shall be
     5     given to the experience of the fire insurance business during
     6     a period of not less than the most recent five-year period
     7     for which such experience is available.
     8         (2)  In the case of insurance described in section
     9     1902(a) (relating to scope of chapter), the systems of
    10     expense provisions included in the rates for use by any
    11     insurer or group of insurers may differ from those of other
    12     insurers or groups of insurers to reflect the requirements of
    13     the operating methods of any such insurer or group with
    14     respect to any kind of insurance, or with respect to any
    15     subdivision or combination thereof for which subdivision or
    16     combination separate expense provisions are applicable.
    17         (3)  In the case of insurance described in section
    18     1902(a), risks may be grouped by classifications for the
    19     establishment of rates and minimum premiums. Classification
    20     rates may be modified to produce rates for individual risks
    21     in accordance with rating plans which establish standards for
    22     measuring variations in hazards or expense provisions, or
    23     both. These standards may measure any differences among risks
    24     that can be demonstrated to have a probable effect upon
    25     losses or expenses.
    26         (4)  In the case of insurance described in section
    27     1902(b), manual, minimum, class rates, rating schedules or
    28     rating plans shall be made and adopted, except in the case of
    29     specific inland marine rates on risks specially rated, and
    30     except in the case of special rates on other than inland
    19870H1628B2005                 - 176 -

     1     marine risks where manual, minimum, class rates, rating
     2     schedules or rating plans are not applicable.
     3         (5)  Rates shall not be excessive, inadequate or unfairly
     4     discriminatory.
     5         (6)  No rate shall be held to be unfairly discriminatory
     6     unless, allowing for practical limitations, it clearly fails
     7     to reflect with reasonable accuracy the differences in
     8     expected losses and expenses. A rate is not unfairly
     9     discriminatory because different premiums result for
    10     policyholders with like loss exposures but different expense
    11     factors, so long as the rate reflects the differences with
    12     reasonable accuracy. A rate is not unfairly discriminatory if
    13     it is averaged broadly among persons insured under a group,
    14     franchise or blanket policy. This paragraph applies to
    15     insurance described in section 1902(a).
    16         (7)  This section does not prohibit rates for automobile
    17     insurance which are based, in whole or in part, on factors,
    18     including, but not limited to, sex, if the use of such a
    19     factor is supported by sound actuarial principles or is
    20     related to actual or reasonable anticipated experience;
    21     however, such factors shall not include race, religion or
    22     national origin.
    23  § 1904.  Rate filings.
    24     (a)  General rule.--Every insurer shall file with the
    25  department, except as to inland marine risks which by general
    26  custom of the business are not written according to manual rates
    27  or rating plans, every manual, minimum, class rate, rating
    28  schedule or rating plan, every other rating rule and every
    29  modification of any of the foregoing which it proposes to use,
    30  and shall file every special rate on other than inland marine
    19870H1628B2005                 - 177 -

     1  risks as mentioned in section 1903(4) (relating to ratemaking).
     2  Every such filing shall state the proposed effective date
     3  thereof and shall indicate the character and extent of the
     4  coverage contemplated. When a filing is not accompanied by
     5  supporting information and the department lacks sufficient
     6  information to determine whether the filing meets the
     7  requirements of this chapter, it may require the insurer to
     8  furnish that information. Any filing may be supported by the
     9  experience or judgment of the insurer or rating organization
    10  making the filing, the experience of other insurers or rating
    11  organizations, or any other factors which the insurer or rating
    12  organization deems relevant. A filing and any supporting
    13  information shall be open to public inspection after the filing
    14  becomes effective. Specific inland marine rates on risks
    15  specially rated, made by a rating organization, shall be filed
    16  with the department. An insurer shall not make or issue a
    17  contract or policy except in accordance with filings or rates
    18  which are in effect for the insurer under this chapter, unless
    19  permitted to do so under this chapter.
    20     (b)  Rating organization.--An insurer may satisfy its
    21  obligations to make the required filings by becoming a member
    22  of, or a subscriber to, a licensed rating organization which
    23  makes such filings, and by authorizing the department to accept
    24  the organization's filings on its behalf.
    25     (c)  Review.--The department shall review such of the filings
    26  as may be necessary to review in order to carry out the purposes
    27  of this chapter.
    28     (d)  Effect of filing.--Subject to the exceptions under
    29  subsections (e) and (f), each filing shall be on file for a
    30  waiting period of 30 days before it becomes effective, which
    19870H1628B2005                 - 178 -

     1  period may be extended by the department for an additional
     2  period not to exceed 30 days upon written notice within the
     3  waiting period to the insurer or rating organization which made
     4  the filing. Upon written application by the insurer or rating
     5  organization, the department may authorize a filing or a part
     6  thereof which it has reviewed to become effective before the
     7  expiration of the waiting period or any extension thereof. A
     8  filing shall be deemed to meet the requirements of this chapter
     9  and to become effective unless disapproved by the department
    10  within the waiting period or any extension thereof.
    11     (e)  Special filings.--With respect to insurance described in
    12  section 1902(a) (relating to scope of chapter), any filing with
    13  respect to a surety or guaranty bond required by law or by court
    14  or executive order or by order, rule or regulation of a public
    15  body, not covered by a previous filing, or any filing with
    16  respect to a contract or a policy covering any risk or kind of
    17  insurance or subdivision thereof for which classification rates
    18  do not generally exist in the industry, or which by reason of
    19  rarity or peculiar characteristics does not lend itself to
    20  normal classification or rating procedure, shall become
    21  effective when filed and shall be deemed to meet the
    22  requirements of this chapter.
    23     (f)  Fire and marine insurance.--With respect to insurance
    24  described in section 1902(b), specific inland marine rates on
    25  risks specially rated by a rating organization shall become
    26  effective when filed and shall be deemed to meet the
    27  requirements of this chapter until such time as the department
    28  reviews the filing and so long thereafter as the filing remains
    29  in effect. Any special rate mentioned in section 1903(4) on a
    30  contract or policy covering other than inland marine risks shall
    19870H1628B2005                 - 179 -

     1  be deemed to meet the requirements of this chapter until such
     2  time as the department reviews the filing and so long thereafter
     3  as the filing remains in effect.
     4     (g)  Waiver or modification.--Under such rules and
     5  regulations as it shall adopt, the department may by written
     6  order suspend or modify the requirement of filing as to any kind
     7  of insurance, subdivision or combination thereof, or as to
     8  classes of risks, the rates for which cannot practicably be
     9  filed before they are used. These orders, rules and regulations
    10  shall be made known to insurers and rating organizations
    11  affected thereby. The department may make such examination as it
    12  may deem advisable to ensure that any rates affected by the
    13  order are not excessive, inadequate or unfairly discriminatory.
    14     (h)  Modification for specific risks.--Upon the written
    15  consent of the insured stating his reasons therefor, filed with
    16  and approved by the department, a rate in excess of that
    17  provided by a filing otherwise applicable may be used on any
    18  specific risk. The rate shall become effective when the consent
    19  is filed and shall be deemed to meet the requirements of this
    20  chapter until such time as the department reviews the filing and
    21  so long thereafter as the filing remains in effect.
    22  § 1905.  Disapproval of filings.
    23     (a)  Standard of review.--A filing or modification thereof
    24  shall not be disapproved if the rates in connection therewith
    25  meet the requirements of this chapter.
    26     (b)  Hearing for insurer.--Upon the review at any time by the
    27  department of a filing, it shall, before issuing an order of
    28  disapproval, hold a hearing upon not less than ten days' written
    29  notice, specifying the matters to be considered at the hearing,
    30  to every insurer and rating organization which made the filing.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 180 -

     1  An insurer or organization may at any time withdraw a filing or
     2  a part thereof, subject to the provisions of section 1907
     3  (relating to deviations) in the case of a deviation filing.
     4     (c)  Hearing for aggrieved parties.--Any person or
     5  organization aggrieved with respect to any filing which is in
     6  effect, except the insurer or rating organization which made the
     7  filing, may make written application to the department for a
     8  hearing thereon. The application shall specify the grounds to be
     9  relied upon. If the department finds that the application may
    10  justify relief it shall, within 30 days after receipt of the
    11  application, hold a hearing upon not less than ten days' written
    12  notice to the applicant and to every insurer and rating
    13  organization which made the filing.
    14     (d)  Decision of department.--If, after the hearing, the
    15  department finds that the filing or a part thereof does not meet
    16  the requirements of this chapter, it shall issue an order
    17  specifying in what respects it is found that the filing or part
    18  thereof fails to meet those requirements. If the filing has
    19  become effective under section 1904 (relating to rate filings)
    20  or otherwise, the order shall state a time within a reasonable
    21  period thereafter, at which the filing or part thereof shall be
    22  deemed no longer effective. Copies of the order shall be sent to
    23  the applicant and to every insurer and rating organization
    24  affected. The order shall not affect any contract or policy made
    25  or issued prior to the expiration of the period set forth in the
    26  order.
    27  § 1906.  Rating organizations.
    28     (a)  General rule.--Any person located in or outside this
    29  Commonwealth may apply to the department for a license as a
    30  rating organization for the kinds of insurance or subdivisions,
    19870H1628B2005                 - 181 -

     1  classes of risk or part or combination thereof specified in its
     2  application. The application shall include:
     3         (1)  A copy of the applicant's constitution, its articles
     4     of agreement or association, or its certificate of
     5     incorporation, and of its bylaws, rules and regulations
     6     governing the conduct of its business.
     7         (2)  A list of its members and subscribers.
     8         (3)  The name and address of a resident of this
     9     Commonwealth upon whom notices or orders of the department or
    10     process affecting the rating organization may be served.
    11         (4)  A statement of its qualifications as a rating
    12     organization.
    13  If the department finds that the applicant is competent,
    14  trustworthy and otherwise qualified to act as a rating
    15  organization and that the documents submitted under paragraph
    16  (1) conform to the requirements of law, it shall issue a license
    17  specifying the kinds of insurance or subdivisions, classes of
    18  risk or part or combination thereof for which the applicant is
    19  authorized to act as a rating organization. The application
    20  shall be granted or denied in whole or in part by the department
    21  within 60 days of the date of its filing with it. Licenses
    22  issued under this section shall remain in effect for three years
    23  unless sooner suspended or revoked by the department. The fee
    24  for the license shall be $25. Licenses may be suspended or
    25  revoked by the department after hearing upon notice, if the
    26  rating organization ceases to meet the requirements for
    27  licensure under this section. Every rating organization shall
    28  notify the department promptly of every change in the items
    29  listed in paragraph (1), (2) or (3).
    30     (b)  Subscribers.--Subject to rules and regulations approved
    19870H1628B2005                 - 182 -

     1  by the department, each rating organization shall permit any
     2  insurer, not a member, to be a subscriber to its rating services
     3  for any kind of insurance, subdivision, class of risk or part or
     4  combination thereof for which it is authorized to act as a
     5  rating organization. Notice of proposed changes in its rules and
     6  regulations shall be given to subscribers. Each rating
     7  organization shall furnish its rating services without
     8  discrimination to its members and subscribers. The
     9  reasonableness of any rule or regulation in its application to
    10  subscribers or the refusal of any rating organization to admit
    11  an insurer as a subscriber shall, at the request of any
    12  subscriber or any such insurer, be reviewed by the department at
    13  a hearing held upon at least ten days' written notice to the
    14  rating organization and to the subscriber or insurer. If the
    15  department finds that the rule or regulation is unreasonable in
    16  its application to subscribers, it shall order that the rule or
    17  regulation shall not apply to the subscribers. If the rating
    18  organization fails to grant or reject an insurer's application
    19  for subscribership within 30 days after it is made, the insurer
    20  may request a review by the department as if the application had
    21  been rejected. If the department finds that the insurer has been
    22  refused admittance to the rating organization as a subscriber
    23  without justification, it shall order the rating organization to
    24  admit the insurer as a subscriber. If the department finds that
    25  the action of the rating organization was justified, it shall
    26  make an order affirming its action.
    27     (c)  Limitations on certain payments.--A rating organization
    28  shall not adopt any rule the effect of which would be to
    29  prohibit or regulate the payment of dividends, savings or
    30  unabsorbed premium deposits allowed or returned by insurers to
    19870H1628B2005                 - 183 -

     1  their policyholders, members or subscribers.
     2     (d)  Cooperative activities.--Cooperation among rating
     3  organizations or among rating organizations and insurers, and
     4  concert of action among insurers under the same general
     5  management and control in ratemaking or in other matters within
     6  the scope of this chapter is permitted, but the filings
     7  resulting therefrom are subject to this chapter. The department
     8  may review these activities and practices and, if after a
     9  hearing it finds that any activity or practice is unfair,
    10  unreasonable or otherwise inconsistent with this chapter, it may
    11  issue a written order specifying its objections and requiring
    12  the discontinuance thereof.
    13     (e)  Fire and marine insurance.--With respect to activities
    14  of rating organizations relating to insurance described in
    15  section 1902(b) (relating to scope of chapter):
    16         (1)  The rating organization may provide for the
    17     examination of policies, daily reports, binders, renewal
    18     certificates, endorsements or other evidences of insurance,
    19     or the cancellation thereof and may make reasonable rules
    20     governing their submission. The rules shall contain a
    21     provision that if any insurer does not within 60 days furnish
    22     satisfactory evidence to the rating organization of the
    23     correction of any error or omission previously called to its
    24     attention by the rating organization, the rating organization
    25     shall notify the department thereof. All information so
    26     submitted for examination shall be confidential.
    27         (2)  The rating organization may subscribe for or
    28     purchase actuarial, technical or other services, which shall
    29     be available to all members and subscribers without
    30     discrimination.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 184 -

     1  § 1907.  Deviations.
     2     Every member of or subscriber to a rating organization shall
     3  adhere to the filings made on its behalf by the organization
     4  except as follows:
     5         (1)  In the case of insurance described in section
     6     1902(a) (relating to scope of chapter), the insurer may file
     7     with the department a uniform percentage decrease or increase
     8     to be applied to the premiums produced by the rating system
     9     so filed for a kind of insurance, or for a class of insurance
    10     which is found by the department to be a proper rating unit
    11     for the application of such uniform percentage decrease or
    12     increase, or for a subdivision of a kind of insurance either
    13     comprised of a group of manual classifications which is
    14     treated as a separate unit for ratemaking purposes or for
    15     which separate expense provisions are included in the filings
    16     of the rating organization. The deviation filing shall
    17     specify the basis for the modification and shall be
    18     accompanied by the data upon which the applicant relies. A
    19     copy of the filing and data shall be sent simultaneously to
    20     the rating organization.
    21         (2)  In the case of insurance described in section
    22     1902(b) the insurer may file with the department a deviation
    23     from the class rates, schedules, rating plans or rules,
    24     respecting any kind of insurance, or class of risk within a
    25     kind of insurance or combination thereof. The deviation
    26     filing shall specify the basis for the modification, and a
    27     copy thereof shall be sent to the rating organization at the
    28     time of filing.
    29  Each deviation filing shall be on file for 30 days before it
    30  becomes effective, unless the department reviews and authorizes
    19870H1628B2005                 - 185 -

     1  the filing to become effective sooner, and shall be subject to
     2  the provisions of section 1905 (relating to disapproval of
     3  filings). Each deviation shall be effective for a period of not
     4  less than one year from the date the deviation is filed unless
     5  terminated sooner with the approval of the department or under
     6  section 1905.
     7  § 1908.  Appeal by minority.
     8     (a)  Right of appeal.--Any member of or subscriber to a
     9  rating organization may appeal to the department from any action
    10  or decision of the rating organization approving or rejecting
    11  any proposed change in or addition to the filings of the rating
    12  organization. The failure of a rating organization to take
    13  action or make a decision within 30 days after submission to it
    14  of a proposal under this section shall be deemed a rejection of
    15  the proposal.
    16     (b)  Decision by department.--The department shall, after a
    17  hearing held upon not less than ten days' written notice to the
    18  appellant and to the rating organization, issue an order
    19  approving the decision of the rating organization or directing
    20  it to give further consideration to the proposal and to take
    21  action upon it within 30 days. If the appeal is from a decision
    22  of the rating organization rejecting a proposed addition to its
    23  filings, the department may issue an order directing the rating
    24  organization to make an addition to its filings on behalf of its
    25  members and subscribers consistent with its findings within a
    26  reasonable time. If the appeal is from a decision of the rating
    27  organization with regard to a rate on a proposed change in or
    28  addition to its filings relating to the character and extent of
    29  coverage, it shall approve the rate applied by the rating
    30  organization or the rate suggested by the appellant if either
    19870H1628B2005                 - 186 -

     1  rate is in accordance with this chapter.
     2     (c)  Casualty insurance.--In the case of insurance described
     3  in section 1902(a) (relating to scope of chapter), if the appeal
     4  is based upon the failure of the rating organization to make a
     5  filing on behalf of the member or subscriber which is based on a
     6  system of expense provisions which differs, in accordance with
     7  section 1903(2) (relating to ratemaking), from the system of
     8  expense provisions included in a filing made by the rating
     9  organization, the department shall, if it grants the appeal,
    10  order the rating organization to make the requested filing for
    11  use by the appellant. In deciding the appeal, the department
    12  shall apply the standards set forth in section 1903.
    13  § 1909.  Information to be furnished insureds.
    14     Every rating organization and every insurer which makes its
    15  own rates shall, within a reasonable time after receiving
    16  written request therefor and upon payment of such reasonable
    17  charge as it may make, furnish all pertinent information as to
    18  the rate to any insured affected by a rate made by it or to the
    19  authorized representative of such an insured. Any rating
    20  organization or insurer which makes its own rate, with respect
    21  to rates of fire insurance on property located in this
    22  Commonwealth, is subject to section 12 of the act of April 27,
    23  1927 (P.L.450, No.291), referred to as the State Fire Marshal
    24  Law.
    25  § 1910.  Hearings and appeals of insureds.
    26     Every rating organization and every insurer which makes its
    27  own rates shall provide, within this Commonwealth, reasonable
    28  means whereby any person aggrieved by the application of its
    29  rating system may be heard, in person or by his authorized
    30  representative, on his written request to review the manner in
    19870H1628B2005                 - 187 -

     1  which the rating system has been applied in connection with the
     2  insurance afforded him. If the rating organization or insurer
     3  fails to grant or reject such request within 30 days after it is
     4  made, the applicant may proceed as if his application had been
     5  rejected. Any party affected by the action of the rating
     6  organization or insurer on the request may, within 30 days after
     7  written notice of the action, appeal to the department, which,
     8  after a hearing held upon not less than ten days' written notice
     9  to the appellant and to the rating organization or insurer, may
    10  affirm or reverse the action.
    11  § 1911.  Advisory organizations.
    12     (a)  Filing with department.--Every advisory organization
    13  shall file with the department:
    14         (1)  A copy of its constitution, its articles of
    15     agreement or association or its certificate of incorporation
    16     and of its bylaws, rules and regulations governing its
    17     activities.
    18         (2)  A list of its members.
    19         (3)  The name and address of a resident of this
    20     Commonwealth upon whom notices or orders of the department or
    21     process issued at his discretion may be served.
    22         (4)  An agreement that the department may examine the
    23     advisory organization in accordance with section 1913
    24     (relating to examinations).
    25     (b)  Unreasonable practices.--If, after a hearing, the
    26  department finds that the furnishing of such information or
    27  assistance involves any act or practice which is unfair or
    28  unreasonable or otherwise inconsistent with the provisions of
    29  this chapter, it may issue a written order specifying in what
    30  respects the act or practice is unfair or unreasonable or
    19870H1628B2005                 - 188 -

     1  otherwise inconsistent with the provisions of this chapter and
     2  requiring the discontinuance of the act or practice.
     3     (c)  Violation of orders.--An insurer which makes its own
     4  filings or rating organization shall not support its filings by
     5  statistics or adopt ratemaking recommendations furnished to it
     6  by an advisory organization if the organization has failed to
     7  comply with this section or with an order under subsection (b)
     8  involving its statistics or recommendations. If the department
     9  finds the insurer or rating organization to be in violation of
    10  this subsection, it may issue an order requiring the
    11  discontinuance of the violation.
    12     (d)  Definition.--As used in this section the term "advisory
    13  organization" means any group, association or other organization
    14  of insurers, located in or outside this Commonwealth, which
    15  assists insurers which make their own filings or rating
    16  organizations in ratemaking, by the collection and furnishing of
    17  loss or expense statistics or by the submission of
    18  recommendations, but does not make filings under this chapter.
    19  § 1912.  Joint underwriting or joint reinsurance.
    20     (a)  Applicability.--Every group, association or other
    21  organization of insurers which engages in joint underwriting or
    22  joint reinsurance shall be subject to this section and shall be
    23  subject, with respect to joint underwriting, to all provisions
    24  of this chapter and, with respect to joint reinsurance, to
    25  sections 1913 (relating to examinations), 1917 (relating to
    26  penalties) and 1918 (relating to hearing procedure and judicial
    27  review). This section does not apply to the group action of
    28  insurers under the same general management and control.
    29     (b)  Administrative action.--If, after a hearing, the
    30  department finds that any activity or practice of any such
    19870H1628B2005                 - 189 -

     1  group, association or other organization is unfair or
     2  unreasonable or otherwise inconsistent with the provisions of
     3  this chapter, it may issue a written order specifying its
     4  objections and requiring the discontinuance of the activity or
     5  practice.
     6  § 1913.  Examinations.
     7     The department shall, at least once in five years, make an
     8  examination of each rating organization licensed in this
     9  Commonwealth under section 1906 (relating to rating
    10  organizations), and may, as often as necessary, make an
    11  examination of each advisory organization referred to in section
    12  1911 (relating to advisory organizations) and of each group,
    13  association or other organization referred to in section 1912
    14  (relating to joint underwriting or joint reinsurance). The
    15  reasonable costs of any examination shall be paid by the
    16  organization examined upon presentation to it of a detailed
    17  account of these costs. The officers, managers, agents and
    18  employees of any such organization may be examined at any time
    19  under oath and shall exhibit all books, records, accounts,
    20  documents or agreements governing its method of operation. The
    21  department shall furnish two copies of the examination report to
    22  the organization examined and shall notify it that it may,
    23  within 20 days thereafter, request a hearing on the report or on
    24  any facts or recommendations therein. Before filing a report for
    25  public inspection, the department shall grant a hearing to the
    26  organization examined. The report of any examination, when filed
    27  for public inspection, shall be admissible in evidence in any
    28  action or proceeding brought by the department against the
    29  organization examined or its officers or agents and shall be
    30  prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein. The department
    19870H1628B2005                 - 190 -

     1  may withhold the report of any examination from public
     2  inspection for such time as it deems proper. In lieu of an
     3  examination, the department may accept the report of an
     4  examination made by the insurance supervisory official of
     5  another state pursuant to the laws of that state.
     6  § 1914.  Recording and reporting of loss and expense experience.
     7     The department shall promulgate reasonable rules and
     8  statistical plans, reasonably adapted to each of the rating
     9  systems on file with it, which may be modified from time to time
    10  and which shall be used by each insurer in the recording and
    11  reporting of its loss and countrywide expense experience, in
    12  order that the experience of all insurers may be made available
    13  at least annually in such form and detail as necessary to aid it
    14  in determining whether rating systems comply with the standards
    15  set forth in this chapter. These rules and plans may also
    16  provide for the recording and reporting of expense experience
    17  items which are specifically applicable to this Commonwealth and
    18  are not susceptible of determination by a prorating of
    19  countrywide expense experience. In promulgating the rules and
    20  plans, the department shall give due consideration to the rating
    21  systems on file with it and, in order that the rules and plans
    22  may be as uniform as practicable among the several states, to
    23  the rules and the form of the plans used for rating systems in
    24  other states. The rules and plans shall be drafted so as not to
    25  place an unreasonable burden of expense on any insurer. An
    26  insurer shall not be required to record or report its loss
    27  experience on a classification basis that is inconsistent with
    28  the rating system filed by it, nor shall any insurer be required
    29  to report its experience to any agency of which it is not a
    30  member or subscriber. The department may designate one or more
    19870H1628B2005                 - 191 -

     1  rating organizations or other agencies to assist it in making
     2  compilations of experience information; these compilations shall
     3  be made available, subject to reasonable regulations promulgated
     4  by the department, to insurers and rating organizations.
     5  § 1915.  False or misleading information.
     6     A person or organization shall not willfully withhold
     7  information from, or knowingly give false or misleading
     8  information to, the department, any statistical agency
     9  designated by the department, any rating organization or any
    10  insurer, which will affect the rates or premiums chargeable
    11  under this chapter.
    12  § 1916.  Assigned risks.
    13     With respect to insurance described in section 1902(a)
    14  (relating to scope of chapter), agreements may be made among
    15  insurers with respect to the equitable apportionment among them
    16  of insurance which may be afforded applicants who are in good
    17  faith entitled to but who are unable to procure such insurance
    18  through ordinary methods, and the insurers may agree among
    19  themselves on the use of reasonable rate modifications for such
    20  insurance. These agreements and rate modifications shall be
    21  subject to the approval of the department.
    22  § 1917.  Penalties.
    23     (a)  Fines.--The department may, if it finds that any person
    24  or organization has violated this chapter, impose a penalty of
    25  not more than $50 for each violation, but, if it finds the
    26  violation to be willful, it may impose a penalty of not more
    27  than $500 for the violation. These penalties may be in addition
    28  to any other penalty provided by law.
    29     (b)  Suspension of license.--The department may suspend the
    30  license of any rating organization or insurer which fails to
    19870H1628B2005                 - 192 -

     1  comply with an order of the department within the time limited
     2  by the order or any extension thereof granted by the department.
     3  The department shall not suspend the license of any rating
     4  organization or insurer for failure to comply with an order
     5  until the time prescribed for an appeal therefrom has expired
     6  or, if an appeal has been taken, until the order has been
     7  affirmed. The department may determine when a suspension of
     8  license shall become effective, and it shall remain in effect
     9  for the period fixed by it, unless it modifies or rescinds the
    10  suspension, or until the order upon which suspension is based is
    11  modified, rescinded or reversed by a court.
    12     (c)  Procedure.--A penalty shall not be imposed or a license
    13  shall not be suspended or revoked except upon a written order of
    14  the department, stating its findings, made after a hearing held
    15  upon not less than ten days' written notice to the person or
    16  organization specifying the alleged violation.
    17  § 1918.  Hearing procedure and judicial review.
    18     (a)  Right to hearing.--Any insurer, rating organization or
    19  other person aggrieved by any action of the department, except
    20  disapproval of a filing or a part thereof under section 1905
    21  (relating to disapproval of filings), or by any rule or
    22  regulation promulgated by the department, may file a complaint
    23  with the department and have a hearing thereon before it.
    24  Pending the hearing and the decision thereon, the department may
    25  suspend or postpone the effective date of its previous action,
    26  rule or regulation.
    27     (b)  Procedure.--All such hearings and all hearings provided
    28  for in section 1905 shall be conducted, and the decision of the
    29  department on the issue or filing involved shall be rendered,
    30  under Title 2 (relating to administrative law and procedure).
    19870H1628B2005                 - 193 -

     1     (c)  Right to appeal.--Any insurer, rating organization or
     2  person aggrieved by any adjudication, including a disapproval of
     3  a filing or portion thereof under section 1905, may appeal to
     4  the court therefrom.
     5                             CHAPTER 21
     6              RECIPROCAL AND INTER-INSURANCE EXCHANGES
     7  Sec.
     8  2101.  General provisions.
     9  2102.  Authority to exchange.
    10  2103.  Declarations.
    11  2104.  Certificates of attorney.
    12  2105.  Statements to be filed by attorney.
    13  2106.  Examination by department.
    14  2107.  Reserves.
    15  2108.  Fees and taxes.
    16  2109.  Penalty.
    17  § 2101.  General provisions.
    18     (a)  Definitions.--The following words and phrases when used
    19  in this chapter shall have the meanings given to them in this
    20  subsection unless the context clearly indicates otherwise:
    21     "Attorney."  The attorney, agent or other representative
    22  authorized by the subscribers to perform the duties set forth in
    23  this chapter on their behalf.
    24     "Subscriber."  Any person who exchanges reciprocal or inter-
    25  insurance contracts.
    26     (b)  Applicability.--This chapter does not apply to title
    27  insurance agents and brokers or to the business of title
    28  insurance.
    29  § 2102.  Authority to exchange.
    30     (a)  General rule.--Persons of this Commonwealth may exchange
    19870H1628B2005                 - 194 -

     1  reciprocal or inter-insurance contracts with each other, or with
     2  persons of other states and countries, providing indemnity among
     3  themselves from any loss on any insurance under this title,
     4  except life insurance.
     5     (b)  Corporations.--Any corporation organized under the laws
     6  of this Commonwealth shall, in addition to the rights, powers
     7  and franchises specified in its articles of incorporation, have
     8  full power and authority to exchange insurance contracts of the
     9  kind and character mentioned in this chapter.
    10     (c)  Execution of contracts.--Contracts authorized by this
    11  chapter may be executed by the attorney.
    12  § 2103.  Declarations.
    13     The subscribers shall, through their attorney, file with the
    14  department a declaration verified by the attorney, setting forth
    15  the following:
    16         (1)  The name of the office at which the subscribers
    17     propose to exchange the indemnity contracts. This name shall
    18     not be so similar to any other name previously adopted by a
    19     similar exchange or association or by any insurance company
    20     as, in the opinion of the department, to result in confusion
    21     or deception.
    22         (2)  The kind or kinds of insurance to be effected or
    23     exchanged.
    24         (3)  A copy of the form of policy, contract or agreement
    25     by which the insurance is to be effected or exchanged.
    26         (4)  A copy of the form of power of attorney, or other
    27     authority of the attorney, under which the insurance is to be
    28     effected or exchanged, and which shall provide that the
    29     liability of the subscribers, exchanging contracts of
    30     indemnity, shall make provision for contingent liability
    19870H1628B2005                 - 195 -

     1     equal to not less than one additional annual premium or
     2     deposit charged. If an exchange has a surplus equal to the
     3     minimum capital and surplus required of a stock insurance
     4     company transacting the same kind or kinds of business, its
     5     power of attorney need not provide for contingent liability
     6     of subscribers, and the exchange, so long as it maintains the
     7     surplus, may issue to its subscribers policies or contracts
     8     without contingent liability.
     9         (5)  The location of each office from which the contracts
    10     or agreements are to be issued.
    11         (6)  A statement that applications have been made for
    12     indemnity upon at least 100 separate risks, aggregating not
    13     less than $1,500,000, as represented by executed contracts or
    14     bona fide applications to become concurrently effective, or,
    15     in the case of employees' liability or workmen's compensation
    16     insurance, covering a total payroll of not less than
    17     $1,500,000.
    18         (7)  A statement that there is in the possession of the
    19     attorney, available for the payment of losses, a sum of not
    20     less than $100,000.
    21  § 2104.  Certificates of attorney.
    22     Each attorney shall annually obtain from the department a
    23  certificate of authority stating that all the requirements of
    24  this chapter have been complied with. Upon the payment of the
    25  fees required, the department shall issue the certificate. The
    26  department may revoke or suspend any certificate of authority.
    27  § 2105.  Statements to be filed by attorney.
    28     (a)  Indemnity.--The attorney shall file with the department
    29  his verified statement showing the maximum amount of indemnity
    30  upon any single risk. Whenever required by the department, the
    19870H1628B2005                 - 196 -

     1  attorney shall file his verified statement to the effect that he
     2  has examined the commercial rating of the subscribers, as shown
     3  by the reference book of a commercial agency having at least
     4  100,000 subscribers, and that, from his examination or from
     5  other information in his possession, it appears that no
     6  subscriber has assumed on any single risk an amount greater than
     7  10% of the net worth of such subscriber.
     8     (b)  Statement of conditions.--The attorney shall make a
     9  report to the department for each calendar year, on or before
    10  March 1, showing the financial condition of the office where the
    11  contracts are issued, and shall furnish such additional
    12  information and reports as the department requires. The attorney
    13  shall not be required to furnish the names and addresses of any
    14  subscribers, nor the loss ratio of any particular subscriber.
    15  § 2106.  Examination by department.
    16     The business affairs and assets of organizations under this
    17  chapter shall be subject to examination by the department.
    18  § 2107.  Reserves.
    19     There shall at all times be maintained as a reserve a sum in
    20  cash, or in securities of the character permitted by the law of
    21  the state under which the exchange is organized for the
    22  investment of the capital and funds of an insurance company,
    23  equal to 50% of the aggregate net annual deposits collected and
    24  credited to the account of the subscribers on policies having
    25  one year or less to run, and pro rata on those for longer
    26  periods. As used in this section the term "net annual deposits"
    27  shall mean the advance payments of subscriber, after deducting
    28  therefrom the amounts specifically provided in the subscribers'
    29  agreements for expenses. If the reserves at any time do not
    30  amount to $100,000, then there shall be maintained on deposit at
    19870H1628B2005                 - 197 -

     1  the exchange at all times additional funds in cash or such
     2  securities which together with the reserves will equal $100,000.
     3  In calculating the foregoing reserves, the funds or amounts
     4  provided for under section 2103(7) (relating to declarations)
     5  shall be included. There shall also be maintained as a claim or
     6  loss reserve, cash or such securities, as authorized, sufficient
     7  to discharge all liabilities on all outstanding losses arising
     8  under policies issued. If at any time the amounts on hand are
     9  less than the foregoing requirements, the subscribers or their
    10  attorney shall make up the deficiency under penalty of
    11  revocation of the license. These advances shall be repaid only
    12  out of the surplus funds of the exchange.
    13  § 2108.  Fees and taxes.
    14     The attorney shall pay to the Commonwealth the same fees and
    15  taxes as are now required by law to be paid by stock and mutual
    16  companies transacting like kinds of business in this
    17  Commonwealth. In the payment of taxes, he may deduct from the
    18  gross premiums or deposits received during the calendar year,
    19  all amounts returned to subscribers or credited to their
    20  accounts, other than for losses.
    21  § 2109.  Penalty.
    22     Any attorney who, except for the purpose of applying for a
    23  certificate of attorney under section 2104 (relating to
    24  certificates of attorney), exchanges any contracts of indemnity
    25  of the kind specified in this chapter, or directly or indirectly
    26  solicits or negotiates any applications therefor, without first
    27  complying with this chapter, commits a misdemeanor of the third
    28  degree.
    29                             CHAPTER 23
    30                        LLOYDS ASSOCIATIONS
    19870H1628B2005                 - 198 -

     1  Sec.
     2  2301.  Definition.
     3  2302.  Authorization.
     4  2303.  Declarations.
     5  2304.  Certification to do business.
     6  2305.  Examination by department.
     7  2306.  Deposits by alien underwriters.
     8  2307.  Return of deposits.
     9  2308.  Additional and substituted underwriters.
    10  2309.  Information to be furnished to department.
    11  2310.  Maximum amount of risks.
    12  2311.  Applicability of other provisions.
    13  2312.  Penalties.
    14  § 2301.  Definition.
    15     As used in this chapter, the term "underwriter" means any
    16  individual, partnership or association of individuals which
    17  engages in the business of insurance as insurers on the Lloyds
    18  plan.
    19  § 2302.  Authorization.
    20     (a)  General rule.--Individuals, partnerships or associations
    21  of individuals are authorized to engage in the business of
    22  insurance as insurers on the Lloyds plan in accordance with this
    23  chapter.
    24     (b)  Authorized classes of insurance.--Underwriters, when
    25  authorized under this chapter, may insure the following classes
    26  of risks:
    27         (1)  On dwelling houses, stores and all kinds of
    28     buildings and household furniture and other property, against
    29     loss or damage, including loss of use or occupancy, by fire,
    30     lightning and explosion, except by explosion on risks
    19870H1628B2005                 - 199 -

     1     specified in section 3302(c)(5) (relating to authorized
     2     classes of insurance), and by storms, earthquakes, hail,
     3     frost, sleet, snow or flood; against loss or damage by water
     4     to any goods or premises arising from the breakage, leakage
     5     of sprinklers, pumps or other apparatus erected for
     6     extinguishing fires and of water pipes; against accidental
     7     injury to sprinklers, pumps or other apparatus; against loss
     8     or damage caused by the caving in of the surface of the earth
     9     above coal mines; against loss or damage caused by
    10     bombardment, invasion, insurrection, riot, civil war or
    11     commotion, and military or usurped power; and to effect
    12     reinsurance of any risk provided for in this paragraph.
    13         (2)  The risks listed in section 3302(b)(2).
    14         (3)  The risks listed in section 3302(b)(3).
    15         (4)  Any form of insurance other than life insurance, not
    16     included in this section, if the insurance is not contrary to
    17     law and is allied or in harmony with the classes of insurance
    18     listed in this section. This insurance shall be transacted
    19     only on express license by the department and upon the terms
    20     and conditions prescribed by it.
    21  § 2303.  Declarations.
    22     The underwriters shall file with the department a
    23  declaration, verified by their duly authorized attorney-in-fact,
    24  setting forth:
    25         (1)  The name or title under which the business is to be
    26     conducted, which name shall not be so similar to any existing
    27     association of insurers on the Lloyds or inter-insurance plan
    28     or insurance corporation as to result in confusion or
    29     deception, in the opinion of the department.
    30         (2)  The location of the principal office at which the
    19870H1628B2005                 - 200 -

     1     business is to be conducted.
     2         (3)  A copy of the form of power of attorney, agreement
     3     or other authority of the attorney-in-fact, setting forth the
     4     character of their representatives and their authority and
     5     the agreement between the underwriters.
     6         (4)  Copies of the forms of policy, contracts or
     7     agreements under which insurance is to be effected.
     8         (5)  The names and addresses of all the underwriters
     9     proposing to engage in the business.
    10         (6)  If a foreign association, the designation and
    11     appointment of the department for service of legal process.
    12         (7)  Each kind of insurance to be written.
    13         (8)  That a fund for the protection of policyholders is
    14     in the possession, within the United States, of the attorney-
    15     in-fact or a committee for the underwriters and is either in
    16     cash or invested as required by the law of the state in which
    17     the principal office of the underwriters is located in
    18     respect to securities deposited by the insurance corporations
    19     authorized to transact similar kinds of insurance. The fund
    20     shall be in an amount not less than $100,000 if the
    21     applicants desire to be authorized to insure any single class
    22     of risk mentioned in section 2302(b)(1), (2) or (3) (relating
    23     to authorization), respectively, or in section 2302(b)(1) and
    24     (3) only or section 2302(b)(2) and (3) only. The fund shall
    25     be in an amount not less than $200,000 if the applicants
    26     desire to be authorized to insure all the classes of risk
    27     mentioned in section 2302(b)(1), (2) and (3) or those classes
    28     mentioned in section 2302(b)(1) and (2) only.
    29         (9)  The number of underwriters, which shall not be less
    30     than 25, and that each underwriter is worth, in his own
    19870H1628B2005                 - 201 -

     1     right, not less than $20,000 over and above all his debts and
     2     liabilities.
     3         (10)  A statement showing a list of all cash and invested
     4     assets owned by the associated underwriters as such, and
     5     their estimated value.
     6  § 2304.  Certification to do business.
     7     Upon the filing of the documents specified in section 2303
     8  (relating to declarations), the department shall examine them,
     9  and, if it appears that all the statements made in the
    10  declaration are true and that the rights of the policyholders
    11  will be protected thereunder, it may issue a certificate of
    12  authority to the underwriters, under the name chosen and
    13  approved, stating that they are authorized to transact the
    14  business of insurance specified in the declaration. The
    15  certificate of authority shall be renewed annually. An
    16  underwriter, attorney-in-fact, agent or other person shall not
    17  transact the business of insurance in this Commonwealth for the
    18  underwriters until the certificate has been issued, nor during
    19  its suspension or revocation.
    20  § 2305.  Examination by department.
    21     Prior to the issuance of the certificate of authority, the
    22  department may cause an examination to be made of the affairs
    23  and assets of the underwriters applying for the certificate.
    24  § 2306.  Deposits by alien underwriters.
    25     If any of the underwriters applying for a certificate of
    26  authority is not a citizen of the United States, each alien
    27  underwriter shall, at the time of the making of the application
    28  for certificate of authority, deposit with the department $5,000
    29  in cash or in the kinds of securities required for the
    30  investment of the capital of insurance corporations authorized
    19870H1628B2005                 - 202 -

     1  to do similar kinds of insurance business in this Commonwealth,
     2  or in the kinds of securities approved by it. The provisions of
     3  this section as to deposits shall not apply if the alien
     4  underwriter:
     5         (1)  is one of an association of underwriters having on
     6     deposit with the insurance department of any state, or in the
     7     hands of a bank or trust company as trustee, a cash deposit
     8     or approved securities, worth not less than $100,000, held in
     9     trust for the benefit of all their policyholders in the
    10     United States; or
    11         (2)  is one of an association of underwriters 90% of whom
    12     are at all times citizens of the United States and who have
    13     complied with all other provisions of this chapter.
    14  § 2307.  Return of deposits.
    15     After the conditions of any deposits made under this chapter
    16  have been fulfilled and the certificate of authority granted to
    17  the underwriters has been canceled or they have voluntarily
    18  withdrawn from and have ceased doing business in this
    19  Commonwealth, the department shall return to the underwriters,
    20  or their authorized representative for this purpose specifically
    21  designated by them or their principal attorney-in-fact, all
    22  securities and cash so deposited in this Commonwealth.
    23  § 2308.  Additional and substituted underwriters.
    24     Whenever underwriters applying for certificates of authority
    25  under this chapter, after the issue of the certificate, are
    26  joined by additional or substituted underwriters, the additional
    27  or substituted underwriters shall comply with the provisions of
    28  this chapter and shall be bound by the documents on file with
    29  the department concerning such authorized underwriters, to the
    30  same extent as though they had been original applicants for the
    19870H1628B2005                 - 203 -

     1  certificates of authority.
     2  § 2309.  Information to be furnished to department.
     3     Any association of underwriters authorized under this chapter
     4  shall from time to time furnish to the department, under oath of
     5  their attorney-in-fact, such information as the department
     6  requires respecting the conduct of their affairs, changes in the
     7  name under which the business is done, the establishment of
     8  branch offices and their location and any change in the
     9  membership of the underwriters and their attorney-in-fact,
    10  including any amendment to the power of attorney, agreements or
    11  articles of association of underwriters.
    12  § 2310.  Maximum amount of risks.
    13     An association of underwriters authorized to do business in
    14  this Commonwealth under this chapter shall not expose themselves
    15  to loss on any one risk in an amount in excess of 20% of their
    16  cash and invested assets, including therein the underwriting
    17  liability of the individual underwriters, unless any excess is
    18  promptly reinsured by the underwriters.
    19  § 2311.  Applicability of other provisions.
    20     (a)  General rule.--All associations of underwriters
    21  authorized under this chapter and their representatives shall be
    22  subject to the same supervision by and shall be required to make
    23  the same reports to the department and shall pay the same taxes
    24  and license fees as are required of foreign insurance companies
    25  and their representatives transacting the same or similar kinds
    26  of insurance in this Commonwealth.
    27     (b)  Inter-insurers or reciprocal underwriters.--This chapter
    28  does not apply to inter-insurers or reciprocal underwriters.
    29  § 2312.  Penalties.
    30     (a)  Certificate of authority.--Upon violation of any
    19870H1628B2005                 - 204 -

     1  provision of this chapter, the department may revoke or suspend
     2  any certificate of authority issued under this chapter.
     3     (b)  Criminal penalty.--Any person who, as principal,
     4  attorney, agent, broker or other representatives, engages in the
     5  business contemplated by this chapter, or any variety or part
     6  thereof, without complying with the requirements thereof, or who
     7  violates any provision of this chapter commits a misdemeanor of
     8  the third degree and, upon conviction, shall be sentenced to pay
     9  a fine not exceeding $500.
    10                              PART III
    11                 ORGANIZATION OF INSURANCE ENTITIES
    12  Chapter
    13    31.  General Provisions
    14    33.  Incorporation of Insurance Companies
    15    35.  Corporate Operations
    16    37.  International Operations
    17    39.  Suspension of Business and Dissolution
    18    41.  Beneficial Societies
    19    43.  (Reserved)
    20    45.  Fraternal Benefit Society Code
    21    47.  Mutual Companies
    22                             CHAPTER 31
    23                         GENERAL PROVISIONS
    24  Sec.
    25  3101.  Scope of part.
    26  3102.  Acceptance of part.
    27  3103.  Exemption from part.
    28  3104.  Power of General Assembly regarding charters.
    29  3105.  Persons prohibited from insurance business.
    30  3106.  Judicial proceedings.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 205 -

     1  § 3101.  Scope of part.
     2     (a)  Applicability.--Except as provided in this part, this
     3  part applies to all of the following:
     4         (1)  Domestic insurance companies incorporated under the
     5     provisions of this part.
     6         (2)  Domestic insurance companies incorporated under
     7     general or special laws since October 13, 1857.
     8         (3)  Domestic insurance corporations which have accepted
     9     the provisions of the Constitution of Pennsylvania and the
    10     general insurance laws enacted since October 13, 1857.
    11         (4)  Domestic insurance corporations incorporated prior
    12     to October 13, 1857, which, by the terms of their charters or
    13     the statutes under which they were incorporated hold charters
    14     subject to alteration or revocation.
    15         (5)  Other domestic insurance corporations incorporated
    16     prior to October 13, 1857, which accept the provisions of
    17     this part.
    18         (6)  Foreign insurance companies doing business in this
    19     Commonwealth.
    20         (7)  Domestic and foreign associations and exchanges
    21     doing insurance business in this Commonwealth.
    22     (b)  Authority.--All insurance companies to which this part
    23  applies and which have the required capital and reserve may
    24  transact any one or more of the classes of insurance authorized
    25  by section 3302 (relating to authorized classes of insurance) in
    26  the same manner and to the same extent as insurance companies
    27  incorporated under the provisions of this part.
    28     (c)  Exemptions.--An insurance company created before May 21,
    29  1921, to which this part applies, shall not be deprived of any
    30  right which it enjoys under its charter to engage in any
    19870H1628B2005                 - 206 -

     1  business other than insurance. This title shall not interfere
     2  with the charter provisions or operations of any domestic mutual
     3  fire insurance company organized before May 21, 1921, under any
     4  general or special law of this Commonwealth.
     5     (d)  Business Corporation Law.--The act of May 5, 1933
     6  (P.L.364, No.106), known as the Business Corporation Law, does
     7  not apply to corporations organized under Chapter 33 (relating
     8  to incorporation of insurance companies), except for section
     9  1014B of that act.
    10  § 3102.  Acceptance of part.
    11     Any insurance company organized before May 21, 1921, under
    12  any general or special law of this Commonwealth to transact any
    13  of the classes of insurance authorized in this part and to which
    14  this part does not apply may transact any one or more of the
    15  classes of insurance authorized by section 3302 (relating to
    16  authorized classes of insurance) and become subject to the
    17  provisions of this part, by providing the capital and reserve
    18  required for such companies organized under this title and by
    19  filing with the department a resolution of the board of
    20  directors or trustees, approved by the stockholders or members
    21  at a meeting specially called for that purpose, accepting the
    22  provisions of the Constitution and of this part, and agreeing to
    23  be governed thereby as fully as though organized hereunder. The
    24  charters of all insurance companies accepting the provisions of
    25  this part shall, after such acceptance, be repealed and of no
    26  effect insofar as these are inconsistent with this part. Any
    27  domestic mutual fire company or association may elect to become
    28  subject to the provisions of this part, in lieu of any acts
    29  previously governing the company or association, by resolution
    30  of its board of directors, duly approved by a majority of the
    19870H1628B2005                 - 207 -

     1  members present at any annual meeting or special meeting called
     2  for that purpose, of which all members shall be given at least
     3  two weeks notice by mail. These resolutions and the vote
     4  approving them certified to by the president and secretary shall
     5  be filed with the department, and, when approved by it, the
     6  company shall become subject to the provisions of this part.
     7  § 3103.  Exemption from part.
     8     Except for Chapters 41 (relating to beneficial societies) and
     9  45 (relating to Fraternal Benefit Society Code), this part does
    10  not apply to assessment associations or to fraternal benefit
    11  societies, orders or associations having a lodge system with
    12  ritualistic form of work and representative form of government;
    13  or to beneficial and relief associations formed by churches or
    14  societies, partnerships, associations or corporations, with or
    15  without ritualistic form of work, the privileges and membership
    16  in which are confined to the members of those churches or
    17  societies, and to members and employees of those partnerships,
    18  associations or corporations.
    19  § 3104.  Power of General Assembly regarding charters.
    20     The General Assembly may alter, revoke or annul any charter
    21  granted or accepted under this part whenever, in the opinion of
    22  the General Assembly, it may be injurious to the citizens of
    23  this Commonwealth, in such manner that no injustice shall be
    24  done to the incorporators or their successors.
    25  § 3105.  Persons prohibited from insurance business.
    26     (a)  General rule.--Except as provided in this part, the
    27  doing of any insurance business in this Commonwealth as
    28  prescribed in this part, for insurance companies by any private
    29  individual, association or partnership is prohibited.
    30     (b)  Enforcement--Any person who solicits or obtains in this
    19870H1628B2005                 - 208 -

     1  Commonwealth applications for insurance by any such private
     2  individual, association or partnership, in violation of this
     3  part shall be liable to pay $100 for the use of the Commonwealth
     4  for every application obtained. This penalty shall be sued for
     5  and recovered by the Attorney General or district attorney of
     6  the proper county, either by civil action or by criminal
     7  prosecution. Any person who has paid to any agent of an
     8  unauthorized individual, association or partnership any premiums
     9  for insurance granted or to be granted may recover them by an
    10  action at law from such agent or from the person, association or
    11  partnership for which he acted.
    12     (c)  Exemptions.--This section does not prohibit the doing of
    13  insurance business by Lloyds associations or the exchange of
    14  inter-insurance or reciprocal contracts of insurance authorized
    15  by Chapter 21 (relating to reciprocal and inter-insurance
    16  exchanges), nor does this part prohibit anyone from becoming or
    17  being accepted as personal surety or guarantor. This section
    18  does not apply to title insurance companies or to the business
    19  of title insurance.
    20  § 3106.  Judicial proceedings.
    21     Any person transacting business under this title may maintain
    22  or defend judicial proceedings.
    23                             CHAPTER 33
    24                INCORPORATION OF INSURANCE COMPANIES
    25  Subchapter
    26     A.  Formation of Corporations
    27     B.  Promotion
    28     C.  Authorization
    29     D.  Valuation of Securities
    30     E.  Conversion of Mutual Companies to Corporations
    19870H1628B2005                 - 209 -

     1                            SUBCHAPTER A
     2                     FORMATION OF CORPORATIONS
     3  Sec.
     4  3301.  Classes of insurance companies.
     5  3302.  Authorized classes of insurance.
     6  3303.  Articles of agreement.
     7  3304.  Name of company.
     8  3305.  Capital stock.
     9  3306.  Minimum capital stock and financial requirements.
    10  3307.  Officers and directors.
    11  3308.  Subscriptions.
    12  § 3301.  Classes of insurance companies.
    13     Subject to this title, insurance companies of any of the
    14  following classes may be incorporated:
    15         (1)  Stock life insurance companies.
    16         (2)  Mutual life insurance companies.
    17         (3)  Stock fire, stock marine, and stock fire and marine
    18     insurance companies.
    19         (4)  Stock casualty insurance companies.
    20         (5)  Mutual insurance companies of any kind other than
    21     mutual life insurance companies.
    22  § 3302.  Authorized classes of insurance.
    23     (a)  Life insurance companies.--Stock or mutual life
    24  insurance companies may be incorporated for any or all of the
    25  following purposes:
    26         (1)  To insure the lives of persons and every insurance
    27     appertaining thereto; to grant and dispose of annuities,
    28     variable life insurance contracts and variable annuity
    29     contracts under which values or payments or both vary in
    30     relation to the investment experience of the issuer or a
    19870H1628B2005                 - 210 -

     1     separate account or accounts maintained by the issuer; and to
     2     insure against the risks listed in paragraph (2) when written
     3     as a part of a policy of life insurance.
     4         (2)  To insure against personal injury, disability or
     5     death resulting from traveling or general accidents and
     6     against disability resulting from sickness and every
     7     insurance appertaining thereto, but no life insurance company
     8     may be incorporated for the purposes mentioned in this
     9     paragraph unless it is also incorporated for the purposes
    10     mentioned in paragraph (1).
    11     (b)  Fire and marine insurance companies.--Stock fire
    12  insurance companies may be incorporated for any or all of the
    13  purposes mentioned in paragraphs (1) and (2); stock marine
    14  insurance companies may be incorporated for any or all of the
    15  purposes mentioned in paragraphs (2) and (3); and stock fire and
    16  marine insurance companies may be incorporated for any or all of
    17  the purposes mentioned in paragraphs (1), (2) and (3). The
    18  permissible subjects and risks under this subsection are:
    19         (1)  Insuring dwelling houses, stores and all kinds of
    20     buildings and household furniture and other property against
    21     loss or damage, including loss of use or occupancy, by any or
    22     all risks, and effecting reinsurance of any such risk.
    23         (2)  Insuring vessels, boats, cargoes, goods, personal
    24     property, merchandise, freight and other property, against
    25     loss or damage by all or any of the risks of lake, river,
    26     canal and inland navigation and transportation, including all
    27     personal property floater risks, upon automobiles or
    28     aircraft, whether stationary, in operation or in transit,
    29     against loss or damage by fire, explosion, transportation,
    30     collision, burglary, larceny or theft, not including, in any
    19870H1628B2005                 - 211 -

     1     case, insurances against loss by reason of bodily injury; and
     2     effecting reinsurance of any such risk.
     3         (3)  Insuring vessels, freight, goods, wares,
     4     merchandise, specie, bullion, jewels, profits, commissions,
     5     bank notes, bills of exchange and other evidence of debt,
     6     bottomry and respondentia interests; providing insurance upon
     7     or connected with marine risks and risks of transportation
     8     and navigation; and effecting reinsurance of any such risk.
     9     (c)  Casualty insurance.--Stock casualty insurance companies
    10  may be incorporated for any or all of the following purposes:
    11         (1)  To guarantee the fidelity of persons holding places
    12     of public or private trust; to guarantee the performance of
    13     contracts other than insurance policies; to guarantee the
    14     performance of insurance contracts where surety bonds are
    15     accepted from insurance companies by states or municipalities
    16     in lieu of actual deposits; to execute or guarantee bonds and
    17     undertakings required or permitted in all actions or
    18     proceedings or permitted by law; and to indemnify banks,
    19     bankers, brokers, financial associations or financial
    20     corporations against the loss of any bills of exchange,
    21     notes, drafts, acceptances of drafts, bonds, securities,
    22     evidences of debt, deeds, mortgages, warehouse receipts,
    23     bills of lading, documents, currency, money, gold, platinum,
    24     silver and other precious metals and articles made therefrom;
    25     jewelry, watches, necklaces, bracelets, gems and precious and
    26     semi-precious stones, and also against loss resulting from
    27     damage, except by fire, to the insured's premises,
    28     furnishings, fixtures, equipment, safes and vaults therein,
    29     caused by burglary, robbery, theft or larceny, or attempt
    30     thereat, except against loss caused by marine risks or risks
    19870H1628B2005                 - 212 -

     1     of transportation or navigation, but indemnification against
     2     the loss of such property may include loss occurring during
     3     transportation by an armored motor vehicle accompanied by one
     4     or more armed guards.
     5         (2)  To insure against injury, disability or death
     6     resulting from traveling or general accident, and against
     7     disability resulting from sickness, and every insurance
     8     appertaining thereto, including a funeral benefit to an
     9     amount not exceeding $100.
    10         (3)  To insure against loss of and damage to glass,
    11     including lettering and ornamentation thereon, and the frame
    12     in which the glass is set, resulting from breakage of the
    13     insured glass.
    14         (4)  To insure against loss or damage resulting from
    15     accident to, or injury, fatal or nonfatal, suffered by any
    16     person for which the person insured is liable; to insure
    17     against medical, hospital, surgical and funeral expenses
    18     incurred by or on behalf of the persons accidentally injured,
    19     including the person insured; to insure against loss or
    20     damage to property caused by horses, or by any vehicle drawn
    21     by animal power, for which loss or damage the person insured
    22     is liable; and to insure against loss or damage to property,
    23     for which loss or damage the person insured is liable, but
    24     not including any kind of property damage insurance specified
    25     in other paragraphs. This paragraph does not apply to any
    26     kind of insurance against loss or damage resulting from the
    27     ownership, maintenance or use of a motor vehicle. This
    28     paragraph does not apply to workmen's compensation insurance
    29     against loss or damage resulting from accident to, or injury,
    30     fatal or nonfatal, suffered by an employee for which the
    19870H1628B2005                 - 213 -

     1     person insured is liable or against medical, hospital,
     2     surgical and funeral expenses incurred by or on behalf of the
     3     employe accidentally injured as provided for in paragraph
     4     (14).
     5         (5)  To insure steam boilers, pipes and machinery
     6     connected therewith or operated thereby, against loss caused
     7     by explosion or accident, against loss of or damage to life,
     8     person or property resulting therefrom and against loss of
     9     use and occupancy caused thereby; and to make inspection of,
    10     and issue certificates of inspection upon, such boilers,
    11     pipes and machinery.
    12         (6)  To insure against loss or damage by burglary,
    13     larceny, theft, robbery, forgery, fraud, vandalism or
    14     malicious mischief; to insure against loss or damage to
    15     moneys, securities, currencies, scrip, coins, bullion, bonds,
    16     notes, drafts, acceptance drafts, bills of exchange and other
    17     valuable papers or documents, except while in the custody or
    18     possession of, and being transported by, a carrier for hire
    19     or in the mail; and to insure against loss or damage to
    20     automobiles and aircraft by burglary, larceny, theft,
    21     vandalism or malicious mischief, confiscation or wrongful
    22     conversion, disposal or concealment, whether held under
    23     conditional sale contract or subject to a security interest
    24     or otherwise.
    25         (7)  To carry on the business of credit insurance or
    26     guaranty, either by agreeing to purchase uncollectible debts
    27     or otherwise; and to insure against loss or damage from the
    28     failure of persons indebted to the insured to meet their
    29     liabilities.
    30         (8)  To insure any goods or premises against loss or
    19870H1628B2005                 - 214 -

     1     damage by water or other fluid, caused by the breakage or
     2     leakage of sprinklers, pumps or other apparatus erected for
     3     extinguishing fires, or of other conduits or containers, or
     4     of water pipes, or caused by casual water entering through
     5     leaks or openings in buildings; and to insure them against
     6     accidental injury from causes other than fire or lightning to
     7     sprinklers, pumps, water pipes, conduits, containers or other
     8     apparatus; and to insure them against damage from use or
     9     occupancy of premises by reason of such loss or damage.
    10         (9)  To insure against loss or damage to elevators or
    11     other property, except loss or damage by fire, caused by the
    12     maintenance, operation or use of elevators and machinery; and
    13     to insure against legal liability for damage to property
    14     resulting from such operation, maintenance or use of
    15     elevators.
    16         (10)  To insure livestock.
    17         (11)  To insure against loss or damage to motor vehicles
    18     or aircraft, except loss or damage by fire or while being
    19     transported in any conveyance by land or water, including
    20     loss by legal liability for damage to property resulting from
    21     the maintenance and use of motor vehicles or aircraft; to
    22     insure against loss or damage resulting from accident to, or
    23     injury, fatal or nonfatal, suffered by another person, for
    24     which the person insured is liable resulting from the
    25     ownership, maintenance or use of a motor vehicle; and to
    26     insure against medical, hospital, surgical and funeral
    27     expenses incurred by or on behalf of the persons accidentally
    28     injured as a result of the ownership, maintenance or use of a
    29     motor vehicle, including the person insured, and, in the case
    30     of motor vehicle liability insurance, including also an
    19870H1628B2005                 - 215 -

     1     obligation of the insurer to pay disability benefits to
     2     injured persons and death benefits to dependents,
     3     beneficiaries or personal representatives of persons who are
     4     killed, irrespective of the legal liability of the insured
     5     when such insurance is issued with and supplemental to such
     6     liability insurance.
     7         (12)  To insure against loss or damage to machinery,
     8     pumps, transporting, hoisting and ventilating apparatus, and
     9     equipment of mines while located underground, and loss or
    10     damage to underground passageways, gangways, airways, drifts,
    11     slopes, shafts, overcasts and stoppings in the mines. An
    12     authorized casualty company shall not expose itself to any
    13     loss or hazard on any one risk authorized by this paragraph
    14     in an amount exceeding 10% of its capital and surplus unless
    15     it is protected in excess of that amount by reinsurance.
    16         (13)  To insure by means of an all-risk type of policy,
    17     commonly known as the "personal property floater policy,"
    18     against all risks of loss of or damage to personal property
    19     owned by any individual other than merchandise, motor
    20     vehicles, aircraft, watercraft (except canoes, rowboats,
    21     sailboats less than 21 feet in length and outboard motor
    22     boats) or personal property pertaining to the business, trade
    23     or profession of the insured, except professional books,
    24     instruments and other professional equipment owned by the
    25     insured.
    26         (14)  To insure against loss or damage resulting from
    27     accident to, or injury, fatal or nonfatal, suffered by an
    28     employee for which the person insured is liable and to insure
    29     against medical, hospital, surgical and funeral expenses
    30     incurred by or on behalf of the employee accidentally
    19870H1628B2005                 - 216 -

     1     injured, including the person insured.
     2     (d)  Mutual companies.--Mutual insurance companies of any
     3  kind, other than life insurance companies, may be incorporated
     4  to make contracts of insurance, or to reinsure and accept
     5  reinsurance, for any and all kinds of insurance, other than life
     6  insurance, which are not prohibited by statute or at common law
     7  from being the subject of insurance, but no such mutual company
     8  may transact any kind of insurance other than those which may be
     9  transacted by a corporation writing the same kinds of insurance.
    10  A mutual company possessing charter powers set forth in
    11  subsection (b)(2) or (c)(11) shall not write assessable bodily
    12  injury and property damage liability insurance policies upon
    13  automobiles or motor vehicles, except insurance coverage
    14  providing for collision damage or other direct loss or damage to
    15  the insured automobile or motor vehicle; or a mutual company
    16  possessing the charter powers set forth in subsection (c)(14)
    17  shall not write assessable workmen's compensation policies. All
    18  assessable policies shall have the words "This is an assessable
    19  policy" printed prominently on the backer or policy panel, as
    20  well as on the face of the policy in letters not less than
    21  sixteen point in size. An assessable policy upon automobiles and
    22  motor vehicles shall not be written, issued, reissued or
    23  renewed, except insurance coverage providing for collision
    24  damage or other direct loss or damage to the insured automobile
    25  or motor vehicle.
    26     (e)  Other forms of insurance.--Domestic stock and mutual
    27  insurance companies, other than life, and, if their charters
    28  permit, foreign or alien companies may transact any form of
    29  insurance not included in this section if the insurance is not
    30  contrary to law and is allied or in harmony with the classes of
    19870H1628B2005                 - 217 -

     1  insurance provided in this section. This additional insurance
     2  shall be transacted only on express license by the department
     3  and upon such terms and conditions as are from time to time
     4  prescribed by it.
     5     (f)  Fire, marine and casualty insurance.--Domestic stock and
     6  mutual insurance companies, other than life or title, and, if
     7  their charters permit, foreign or alien companies may transact
     8  any or all of the kinds of insurance included in subsections (b)
     9  and (c) upon compliance with all of the financial and other
    10  requirements prescribed by the law of this Commonwealth for
    11  fire, marine, fire and marine, and casualty insurance companies
    12  transacting those kinds of insurance. Stock fire, stock marine,
    13  stock fire and marine, and stock casualty insurance companies
    14  may be incorporated for any or all of the purposes mentioned in
    15  subsections (b) and (c).
    16  § 3303.  Articles of agreement.
    17     Any ten or more individuals of full age and either sex,
    18  married or single, at least two-thirds of whom are citizens of
    19  the United States or its territories or possessions, may
    20  associate in accordance with this part and form a corporation of
    21  any of the classes enumerated in section 3301 (relating to
    22  classes of insurance companies). The persons shall associate by
    23  written articles of agreement, which shall specify:
    24         (1)  The name by which the company shall be known.
    25         (2)  The class of insurance for the transaction of which
    26     it is constituted.
    27         (3)  The plan or principle upon which the business is to
    28     be conducted.
    29         (4)  The place in which it is to be established or
    30     located.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 218 -

     1         (5)  In the case of a stock company, the amount of its
     2     capital.
     3         (6)  The general objects of the company.
     4         (7)  The proposed duration of the company, which may be
     5     limited or perpetual.
     6         (8)  The powers it proposes to have and exercise.
     7  § 3304.  Name of company.
     8     The subscribers to the articles of agreement of any company
     9  to be incorporated under this part may adopt any name not
    10  previously used by any existing company, but the name must
    11  clearly designate the object and purpose of the company. In the
    12  case of a mutual company, the word "mutual" shall appear in its
    13  name. The department may prohibit the use of any name when, in
    14  its judgment, it too closely resembles that of any existing
    15  company or is likely to confuse or mislead the public.
    16  § 3305.  Capital stock.
    17     (a)  Par value.--The capital stock of all stock insurance
    18  companies shall be divided into shares with par value of not
    19  less than $1 a share.
    20     (b)  Payment of subscriptions.--All payments on accounts of
    21  capital stock in any stock insurance company, except for stock
    22  issued in connection with an authorized merger or consolidation
    23  or as consideration for the purchase or acquisition of
    24  authorized investments or as a stock dividend, shall be made in
    25  lawful money. A note or obligation given by a stockholder,
    26  whether secured by pledge or otherwise, shall not be considered
    27  as a payment of any part of the capital stock. Ten percent of
    28  the total subscription price shall be paid on each share at the
    29  time of subscribing, and the balance on such shares shall be
    30  paid at such times as the company may direct, but full payments
    19870H1628B2005                 - 219 -

     1  on all shares shall be made within a period of nine months from
     2  the date of organization.
     3     (c)  Forfeitures.--Any stock insurance company may prescribe
     4  rules with regard to the forfeiture of partial payments on
     5  subscriptions, which rules shall be binding upon subscribers if
     6  made known at the time of the subscription.
     7  § 3306.  Minimum capital stock and financial requirements.
     8     (a)  Life insurance companies.--Stock life insurance
     9  companies organized under section 3302(a)(1) (relating to
    10  authorized classes of insurance) shall have a paid-up capital
    11  stock of at least $1,000,000. Stock life insurance companies
    12  organized under this part for all of the purposes mentioned in
    13  section 3302(a) shall have a paid-up capital stock of at least
    14  $1,100,000. Every such company shall, in addition thereto, have
    15  a surplus paid in at least equal to 50% of the subscribed
    16  capital stock.
    17     (b)  Fire and marine insurance companies.--Stock fire, stock
    18  marine and stock fire and marine insurance companies organized
    19  under this part for any of the purposes mentioned in section
    20  3302(b)(1) or (2) shall have paid-up capital stock of at least
    21  $100,000; if organized for all the purposes mentioned in section
    22  3302(b)(1) and (2) or in section 3302(b)(3), at least $200,000;
    23  and, if organized for all of the purposes mentioned in section
    24  3302(b)(1), (2) and (3), at least $400,000. Every such company
    25  shall, in addition thereto, have a surplus paid in at least
    26  equal to 50% of the subscribed capital stock.
    27     (c)  Casualty insurance companies.--
    28         (1)  Stock casualty companies organized under this part
    29     for any of the purposes of insurance mentioned in section
    30     3302(c) shall have a paid-up capital stock of at least
    19870H1628B2005                 - 220 -

     1     $100,000, except:
     2             (i)  Companies organized for the purpose of credit
     3         insurance, which shall have a paid-up capital stock of at
     4         least $200,000.
     5             (ii)  Companies organized for the purposes mentioned
     6         in section 3302(c)(11), which shall have a paid-up
     7         capital stock of at least $500,000.
     8             (iii)  Companies organized for the purpose of
     9         workmen's compensation insurance as provided for in
    10         section 3302(c)(14), which shall have a paid-up capital
    11         stock of at least $750,000.
    12             (iv)  Companies organized to guarantee the fidelity
    13         of persons and contracts of suretyship, which shall have
    14         a paid-up capital stock of at least $250,000.
    15         (2)  Stock casualty companies organized under this part
    16     may undertake two or more classes of insurance mentioned in
    17     section 3302(c) by providing at least $50,000 additional
    18     paid-up capital stock for each additional class of insurance,
    19     except as follows:
    20             (i)  If credit or fidelity and surety insurance is
    21         added to any other line or lines, in which case the
    22         additional paid-up capital stock for credit insurance
    23         shall be at least $100,000, and the additional paid-up
    24         capital stock for fidelity and surety insurance shall be
    25         at least $200,000.
    26             (ii)  If insurance for the purposes mentioned in
    27         section 3302(c)(11) is added to any other line or lines,
    28         in which case the additional paid-up capital stock shall
    29         be at least $500,000.
    30             (iii)  If workmen's compensation insurance as
    19870H1628B2005                 - 221 -

     1         provided for in section 3302(c)(14) is added to any other
     2         line or lines, in which case the additional paid-up
     3         capital stock shall be at least $750,000.
     4         (3)  Any such stock casualty company with a paid-up
     5     capital stock of at least $300,000 may transact all of the
     6     classes of insurance mentioned in section 3302(c) except
     7     credit, livestock and fidelity and surety insurance, and
     8     except insurance for the purposes mentioned in section
     9     3302(c)(11) and except workmen's compensation insurance as
    10     provided for in section 3302(c)(14). A company with a paid up
    11     capital stock of at least $1,950,000 may transact all of the
    12     classes of insurance mentioned in section 3302(c).
    13         (4)  Every such company shall, in addition to the paid-up
    14     capital stock required under this subsection, have a surplus
    15     paid in at least equal to 50% of the subscribed capital
    16     stock.
    17     (d)  Mutual companies generally.--Companies organized under
    18  this part to insure lives on the mutual plan must have
    19  applications for insurance, in the amount of at least
    20  $1,000,000, by not less than 400 individuals. Companies
    21  organized under this part to insure lives on the mutual plan
    22  shall also have a guarantee capital before commencing business
    23  of at least $500,000 and shall maintain unimpaired a
    24  policyholders' surplus of at least $250,000 out of guarantee
    25  capital, surplus or any combination thereof.
    26     (e)  Certain mutual companies.--Mutual companies, other than
    27  mutual life companies and title insurance companies, organized
    28  under this part, and mutual companies which determine to add a
    29  line or lines of insurance business shall comply with the
    30  following conditions:
    19870H1628B2005                 - 222 -

     1         (1)  The company shall hold bona fide applications for at
     2     least 20 policies, to be issued promptly and simultaneously
     3     to at least 20 policyholders or members upon not less than
     4     200 separate risks, each within the maximum single risk
     5     described in this paragraph upon the granting of the
     6     certificate of authority to do business. The maximum single
     7     risk shall not exceed three times the average risk or 1% of
     8     the total insurance applied for, whichever is greater.
     9         (2)  It shall have collected at least an annual cash
    10     premium upon each of such applications, which shall be held
    11     in cash or securities in which such insurance companies are
    12     authorized to invest. In the case of companies organized for
    13     any of the purposes mentioned in section 3302(b)(1), (2) or
    14     (3), the cash premiums, together with any amounts advanced
    15     under section 4710 (relating to loans to companies), shall be
    16     at least $25,000 for the purpose mentioned in each paragraph
    17     of section 3302(b). If organized for all of the purposes
    18     mentioned in section 3302(b)(1), (2) and (3), the cash
    19     premiums, together with any amounts advanced under section
    20     4710, shall be at least $50,000. In the case of companies
    21     organized for any one of the purposes mentioned in section
    22     3302(c), except paragraphs (1), (4), (11) and (14), the cash
    23     premiums collected, together with any amounts advanced under
    24     section 4710, shall be at least $10,000 for the purpose
    25     mentioned in each paragraph of section 3302(c). In the case
    26     of companies authorized to issue nonassessable policies of
    27     insurance for the purposes mentioned in section 3302(c)(11)
    28     or (14), the cash premiums collected, together with any
    29     amounts advanced under section 4710, shall be $750,000. For
    30     the purpose mentioned in section 3302(c)(1) or (4) the cash
    19870H1628B2005                 - 223 -

     1     premiums collected, together with any amounts advanced under
     2     section 4710, shall be at least $25,000. A company shall not
     3     be organized for any of the purposes mentioned in section
     4     3302(c) unless the cash premiums collected, together with the
     5     amounts advanced under section 4710, are at least $50,000;
     6     nor shall a company be organized for all of the purposes
     7     mentioned in section 3302(c), except paragraph (11) or (14),
     8     unless the cash premiums collected together with the amounts
     9     advanced under section 4710 are at least $350,000.
    10         (3)  In the case of companies hereafter organized under
    11     this part for the purposes mentioned in section 3302(b) and
    12     (c), the company shall meet the requirements of paragraphs
    13     (1) and (2) of this subsection, and the cash premiums
    14     collected, together with any amounts advanced under section
    15     4710, shall be at least the aggregate of the sums required
    16     under this paragraph for the purposes for which the company
    17     is to be incorporated.
    18         (4)  For the purpose of transacting employers' liability
    19     and workmen's compensation insurance, the application shall
    20     cover not less than 5,000 employees, and each employee shall
    21     be considered a separate risk for determining the maximum
    22     single risk.
    23         (5)  A company writing nonassessable policies shall
    24     maintain unimpaired so much of its surplus as is equal to the
    25     minimum capital required for stock companies authorized to
    26     transact the same class or classes of insurance. A company
    27     writing assessable policies shall maintain unimpaired 50% of
    28     its required surplus.
    29     (f)  Fire, marine and casualty companies.--A stock fire,
    30  stock marine, stock fire and marine or stock casualty company,
    19870H1628B2005                 - 224 -

     1  organized under this part for any or all of the purposes
     2  mentioned in both section 3302(b) and (c), shall have paid-up
     3  capital and paid-in surplus of not less than the aggregate
     4  amount of paid-up capital and paid-in surplus required for such
     5  purpose or purposes of a stock fire, stock marine and stock fire
     6  and marine insurance company in subsection (b) and of a stock
     7  casualty insurance company in subsection (c).
     8  § 3307.  Officers and directors.
     9     The subscribers to the articles of agreement shall choose
    10  from their number a president, a secretary and a treasurer. The
    11  subscribers shall also choose from their number the number of
    12  directors or trustees they deem advisable, but not less than
    13  seven. Any person chosen, elected or appointed as director,
    14  trustee, president, secretary or treasurer by the subscribers
    15  shall continue in office unless the department, after such
    16  investigation as it deems proper, determines that his
    17  responsibility, character and general fitness for the business
    18  are not such as to command the confidence of the public and to
    19  warrant the belief that the business of the company will be
    20  honestly and efficiently conducted in accordance with this
    21  title. The officers and directors so chosen shall continue in
    22  office until the first annual meeting of the stockholders or, in
    23  the case of a mutual company, of the members, and until their
    24  successors are duly chosen and qualified. Any adjudication by
    25  the department under this section shall be subject to Title 2
    26  (relating to administrative law and procedure).
    27  § 3308.  Subscriptions.
    28     (a)  Stock companies.--In any case where a stock insurance
    29  company is to be organized, the subscribers shall open books for
    30  the subscription to stock in the company at such times and
    19870H1628B2005                 - 225 -

     1  places as they deem convenient and proper and shall keep them
     2  open until the full amount of capital stock specified in the
     3  articles of agreement is subscribed.
     4     (b)  Mutual companies.--In any case where any mutual
     5  insurance company is to be organized, the subscribers to the
     6  articles of agreement shall open books to receive applications
     7  for insurance at such times and places as they shall deem
     8  convenient and proper and shall keep them open until
     9  applications for insurance have been obtained in sufficient
    10  number and amount to comply with the requirements of this title.
    11  In the case of mutual life insurance companies, the subscribers
    12  shall also, in the same manner as in the case of a stock
    13  company, open books to receive subscriptions to the guarantee
    14  capital as provided for in this title.
    15                            SUBCHAPTER B
    16                             PROMOTION
    17  Sec.
    18  3321.  Definitions.
    19  3322.  Prohibited acts.
    20  3323.  Limitation on promotional expenses.
    21  3324.  Form of application or contract.
    22  3325.  Depositories.
    23  3326.  Disclosure of interest.
    24  3327.  Prohibited terms.
    25  3328.  Advertisements and prospectuses.
    26  3329.  Remedies.
    27  3330.  Criminal penalties.
    28  § 3321.  Definitions.
    29     The following words and phrases when used in this subchapter
    30  shall have the meanings given to them in this section unless the
    19870H1628B2005                 - 226 -

     1  context clearly indicates otherwise:
     2     "Insurance corporation."  A corporation organized to transact
     3  the business of insurance or for the principal purpose of
     4  holding and dealing in the stocks and securities of such a
     5  corporation.
     6     "Stock."  Bonds and any other evidence of indebtedness or of
     7  interest in the profits of any insurance corporation.
     8  § 3322.  Prohibited acts.
     9     A person shall not as principal or agent, directly or
    10  indirectly, for the purpose of promoting or organizing any
    11  insurance corporation to be organized in or outside this
    12  Commonwealth, or of promoting the sale of stock of such a
    13  corporation after organization, sell, or agree or attempt to
    14  sell, or secure subscriptions or applications for any stock in
    15  the insurance corporation without complying in all respects with
    16  this subchapter.
    17  § 3323.  Limitation on promotional expenses.
    18     The application, subscription or sale contract shall be in
    19  writing and shall contain a provision in the following language:
    20  "No sum shall be used for commission, promotion and organization
    21  expenses, on account of any share of stock in this corporation,
    22  in excess of 10% of the amount actually paid upon separate
    23  subscriptions for the stock. The remainder of these payments
    24  shall be deposited or invested as authorized by law governing
    25  such insurance corporation and shall be held by the organizers
    26  or trustees, as the case may be, and the directors and officers
    27  of the corporation after organization, as bailees for the
    28  subscriber, to be used only in the conduct of the business of
    29  insurance by the corporation after having been licensed therefor
    30  by proper authority."
    19870H1628B2005                 - 227 -

     1  § 3324.  Form of application or contract.
     2     The application or the subscription contract shall contain a
     3  statement giving:
     4         (1)  The names of the organizers or trustees, as the case
     5     may be, and their residence.
     6         (2)  The par value of the shares, and the prices at which
     7     shares shall be sold.
     8         (3)  The number of shares at each price.
     9         (4)  The total number of shares.
    10         (5)  The percentage which may be used for commission,
    11     promotion or organization expenses, which together shall not
    12     exceed 10% of the amount actually paid upon separate
    13     subscriptions for the stock.
    14  § 3325.  Depositories.
    15     Funds and securities held by organizers, trustees, directors
    16  or officers as bailees shall be deposited with a bank or trust
    17  company of this Commonwealth until the corporation has been
    18  licensed.
    19  § 3326.  Disclosure of interest.
    20     A person shall not participate in, receive or accept any part
    21  or the promise of any part of any of the commission or reward of
    22  any organizer, promoter or agent, for the sale of stock, unless
    23  the name of the person and the fact of his interest in the
    24  commission or reward appear upon the application or the
    25  subscription. The omission of this statement shall, in addition
    26  to the penalty provided in this subchapter, make the person
    27  liable to the purchaser or his assignees for all sums paid by
    28  the purchasers, with interest at the legal rate from date of
    29  payment, upon the assignment or tender of assignment of the
    30  stock so purchased.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 228 -

     1  § 3327.  Prohibited terms.
     2     A person receiving any commission or other profit or
     3  advantage as organizer, promoter or agent, selling or agreeing
     4  or attempting to sell any such stock, or in consideration of or
     5  in connection with any such sale or any subscription contract
     6  shall not, directly or indirectly, make or offer to make any
     7  contract or agreement other than as plainly expressed therein;
     8  nor shall the contract or subscription contain any agreement for
     9  employment or for any deposit or for any special advantage to
    10  the person purchasing or contracting for the stock.
    11  § 3328.  Advertisements and prospectuses.
    12     A person shall not issue, deliver, circulate or publish in
    13  this Commonwealth any advertisement in any newspaper or
    14  periodical or any circular or prospectus for the sale of stock
    15  of any insurance corporation, whether organized or proposed to
    16  be organized in or outside this Commonwealth, for the purpose of
    17  soliciting or securing applications or subscriptions to, or
    18  contracts for the purchase of stock in, any such corporation,
    19  unless a copy of the circular, prospectus or other advertisement
    20  is first filed with the department, containing the name and
    21  address of the person issuing, delivering, circulating or
    22  publishing it, with a consecutive serial number for each
    23  separate form of the circular, prospectus or other
    24  advertisement.
    25  § 3329.  Remedies.
    26     In the event of any violation of this subchapter, the
    27  subscriber or purchaser affected thereby may elect to rescind
    28  the contract and recover from the company or the agent all
    29  payments, with interest at the legal rate from time of payment,
    30  or he may elect to treat the contract as valid and enforceable
    19870H1628B2005                 - 229 -

     1  in his favor, but the contract shall not in either case be valid
     2  or enforceable against the subscriber or purchaser.
     3  § 3330.  Criminal penalties.
     4     Any person violating this subchapter commits a summary
     5  offense.
     6                            SUBCHAPTER C
     7                           AUTHORIZATION
     8  Sec.
     9  3341.  Certification to department.
    10  3342.  Approval of articles of agreement and letters patent.
    11  3343.  Recording of articles of agreement and letters patent.
    12  3344.  Information filed with the Auditor General.
    13  3345.  Certificate of authority.
    14  § 3341.  Certification to department.
    15     (a)  Corporations.--Whenever one-half of the capital stock
    16  and paid-in surplus of any stock insurance company mentioned in
    17  the articles of agreement has been subscribed and 20% of the
    18  total subscription price on each share has been paid to the
    19  treasurer of the company, the president, treasurer and a
    20  majority of the directors shall, under their respective oaths,
    21  make a certificate to the department stating:
    22         (1)  The number and par value of the shares of stock in
    23     the company.
    24         (2)  The names and residences of the subscribers.
    25         (3)  The number of shares subscribed by each.
    26         (4)  The amount paid in on each share.
    27         (5)  The amount of money in the hands of the treasurer on
    28     account of such payments.
    29         (6)  Where the amount is deposited.
    30     (b)  Mutual companies prior to subscription.--In the case of
    19870H1628B2005                 - 230 -

     1  a mutual insurance company, whenever applications for insurance
     2  have been received in sufficient number and amount, the
     3  president, treasurer and the majority of the directors of the
     4  company shall, under their respective oaths, make a certificate
     5  to the department stating:
     6         (1)  The names and residences of the persons applying for
     7     insurance in the company.
     8         (2)  The amount agreed to be taken by each.
     9         (3)  The amount of money in the hands of the treasurer.
    10     (c)  Mutual companies after subscription.--In the case of
    11  mutual life insurance companies, in addition to the certificate
    12  required under subsection (b), as soon as the guarantee capital
    13  has been subscribed and 50% thereof has been paid in lawful
    14  money to the treasurer and the subscribers' obligations given
    15  for the remaining 50% thereof, the president, treasurer and a
    16  majority of the directors shall, under their respective oaths,
    17  make a certificate to the department stating the following:
    18         (1)  The number and par value of the shares of guaranty
    19     stock in the company.
    20         (2)  The names and residences of the subscribers.
    21         (3)  The number of shares subscribed by each.
    22         (4)  The amount paid in on each share.
    23         (5)  The form of obligations taken for the unpaid amount.
    24         (6)  The amount of money in the hands of the treasurer.
    25         (7)  Where the amount is deposited.
    26  § 3342.  Approval of articles of agreement and letters patent.
    27     The subscribers to the articles of agreement of any insurance
    28  company shall acknowledge the articles in duplicate before a
    29  person empowered to take acknowledgments of deeds and forward
    30  the articles in duplicate to the department. If it approves the
    19870H1628B2005                 - 231 -

     1  articles, the department shall certify in duplicate that the
     2  requirements of this chapter in relation to the incorporation of
     3  insurance companies have been complied with. The department
     4  shall submit the articles of agreement to the Attorney General
     5  for examination, and, if the Attorney General finds the same
     6  articles in accordance with the law, he shall endorse his
     7  approval thereon and certify them in duplicate to the Governor.
     8  Upon receipt of the articles of agreement the Governor shall, if
     9  he approves them, endorse his approval thereon in duplicate and
    10  cause letters patent to issue. The letters patent shall
    11  designate the subscribers to the articles and their associates
    12  as a body corporate, with succession under the name designated
    13  in the articles. A company receiving letters patent may not
    14  engage in the business of insurance until all provisions of this
    15  chapter have been complied with.
    16  § 3343.  Recording of articles of agreement and letters patent.
    17     In any incorporation of an insurance company, the Secretary
    18  of the Commonwealth shall cause the articles of agreement,
    19  together with the proceedings thereon, and the certificate of
    20  the Governor to be recorded in a book kept for that purpose. The
    21  Secretary of the Commonwealth shall return one of the articles
    22  and the letters patent to the company, which shall have them
    23  recorded in the county of the company's principal place of
    24  business. The Secretary of the Commonwealth shall furnish the
    25  department with a certified copy of the letters patent and shall
    26  certify the duplicate articles of agreement, with all
    27  endorsements thereon, and file the articles with the department.
    28  Copies of the records certified by the Secretary of the
    29  Commonwealth may be used in evidence with the same effect as the
    30  original.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 232 -

     1  § 3344.  Information filed with the Auditor General.
     2     (a)  General rule.--A stock or mutual insurance company
     3  incorporated under the law of this Commonwealth shall not go
     4  into operation without first having the following registered in
     5  the office of the Auditor General:
     6         (1)  The name of the company.
     7         (2)  The date of incorporation.
     8         (3)  The statute or authority under which incorporated or
     9     organized.
    10         (4)  The place of business.
    11         (5)  The post office address and names of the president,
    12     secretary and treasurer.
    13         (6)  The amount of capital stock, if any, authorized by
    14     its charter.
    15         (7)  The amount of capital stock and paid-in surplus paid
    16     into the treasury of the company.
    17     (b)  Penalty.--A company which neglects or refuses to comply
    18  with this section shall be subject to a penalty of $500, which
    19  shall be collected on an account settled by the Auditor General
    20  and State Treasurer in the same manner as taxes on stock are
    21  settled and collected.
    22  § 3345.  Certificate of authority.
    23     (a)  Corporations.--When the entire amount of the authorized
    24  capital of a stock insurance company incorporated under this
    25  chapter has been paid in, certificates shall be issued therefor
    26  to the persons entitled to receive the certificates,
    27  transferable upon the books of the company. The president or
    28  secretary of the company shall at that time notify the
    29  department that the entire capital stock and paid-in surplus of
    30  the company has been paid in and that it is ready to commence
    19870H1628B2005                 - 233 -

     1  business. Upon receipt of this notice, the department shall
     2  examine the company. If it finds that it has complied with the
     3  provisions and meets the requirements of this chapter and is
     4  possessed of funds, invested in accordance with this title,
     5  equal to the amount of its capital stock and paid in surplus,
     6  the department shall issue to the company a certificate showing
     7  that it has been organized in accordance with this chapter and
     8  that it has the requisite amount of capital stock and paid in
     9  surplus for the transaction of business in this Commonwealth.
    10  The certificate shall be required to authorize the company to
    11  issue policies and otherwise transact the business of insurance
    12  for which it was incorporated.
    13     (b)  Mutual companies.--In the case of a mutual life
    14  insurance company incorporated under this title, upon the
    15  receipt of a notice from the president or secretary of the
    16  company, the department shall make an examination. If it finds
    17  that the necessary amount of insurance has been applied for and
    18  that 50% of the guarantee capital has been paid in and invested,
    19  less the necessary expenses of organization, and that
    20  obligations have been given for the remaining 50% of the
    21  guarantee capital, it shall issue a certificate authorizing the
    22  company to commence business. The department shall, upon the
    23  receipt of a notice from the president or secretary of any
    24  mutual company, other than a mutual life insurance company,
    25  incorporated under this subchapter, make an examination of the
    26  company, and if it finds that the company has complied with the
    27  provisions of this subchapter, it shall issue a certificate
    28  authorizing the company to commence business.
    29     (c)  Examination by department.--In addition to its other
    30  powers under this section, the department may conduct such
    19870H1628B2005                 - 234 -

     1  examination of any proposed company as it deems necessary to
     2  determine whether the responsibility, character and general
     3  fitness for the business of the incorporators and directors are
     4  such as to command the confidence of the public and to warrant
     5  the belief that the business of the proposed company will be
     6  conducted honestly, efficiently and in accordance with this
     7  title.
     8                            SUBCHAPTER D
     9                      VALUATION OF SECURITIES
    10  Sec.
    11  3351.  Valuation of securities.
    12  § 3351.  Valuation of securities.
    13     All bonds or other evidences of debt held by any domestic or
    14  foreign stock or mutual insurance entity authorized to do
    15  business in this Commonwealth shall, if amply secured and if not
    16  in default as to principal or interest, be valued:
    17         (1)  If purchased at par, at the par value.
    18         (2)  If purchased above or below par, either:
    19             (i)  on the basis of the purchase price adjusted so
    20         as to bring the value to par at maturity and so as to
    21         yield, meantime, the effective rate of interest at which
    22         the purchase was made; or
    23             (ii)  on the basis of the method of calculation
    24         commonly known as the pro rata method.
    25  The purchase price shall be taken at a higher figure than the
    26  actual market value at the time of purchase. The department may
    27  determine the eligibility of any such investments for valuation
    28  on the basis of amortization and may by regulation prescribe or
    29  limit the classes of securities eligible for amortization. The
    30  insurer may return the bonds or other evidences of debt at their
    19870H1628B2005                 - 235 -

     1  market value or their book value but not at an aggregate value
     2  exceeding the aggregate of the values calculated according to
     3  the method employed by it in conformity with this section. If a
     4  bond or evidence of debt amply secured and not in default as to
     5  principal or interest has been acquired by a domestic stock or
     6  mutual entity as a result of an exchange of securities, and the
     7  department has determined the transaction to be an exchange and
     8  to be for the betterment of the portfolio of the insurer, the
     9  purchase price of the bond or evidence of debt shall be deemed
    10  to be the value of the security or securities exchanged
    11  therefor, as shown in the last preceding annual statement of the
    12  domestic stock or mutual entity filed with the department.
    13                            SUBCHAPTER E
    14           CONVERSION OF MUTUAL COMPANIES TO CORPORATIONS
    15  Sec.
    16  3361.  Definitions.
    17  3362.  Valuation of interest of owner.
    18  3363.  Documentation filed with department.
    19  3364.  Determination by department.
    20  3365.  Hearing on approval.
    21  3366.  Approval of plan of conversion by policyholders.
    22  3367.  Recording plan of conversion.
    23  3368.  Legal effect of conversion.
    24  3369.  Subscriptions to capital stock of company.
    25  3370.  Survival of mutual policies.
    26  3371.  Laws applicable to converted companies.
    27  3372.  Commencement of business.
    28  § 3361.  Definitions.
    29     The following words and phrases when used in this subchapter
    30  shall have the meanings given to them in this section unless the
    19870H1628B2005                 - 236 -

     1  context clearly indicates otherwise:
     2     "Company."  A mutual insurance company organized by or under
     3  any law of this Commonwealth, other than a mutual life insurance
     4  company or a company which operates exclusively on the basis of
     5  perpetual policies issued in consideration of an initial deposit
     6  of moneys with the insurer to be held by it during the time the
     7  policies are in force and to be returned to the insureds, in
     8  whole or in part, upon cancellation of the policies.
     9     "Owner."  A policyholder of the company or the holder of a
    10  certificate issued by the company pursuant to section 4710
    11  (relating to loans to companies).
    12  § 3362.  Valuation of interest of owner.
    13     In valuing the interest of each owner in the surplus of the
    14  company, surplus shall be allocated:
    15         (1)  To holders of certificates issued under section 4710
    16     (relating to loans to companies) to the full extent of the
    17     face value thereof.
    18         (2)  The balance of the surplus, if any, remaining after
    19     the allocation provided in paragraph (1), to policyholders on
    20     the basis of the ratio which the net premium which each
    21     policyholder has paid to the company during the three years
    22     ending with the fiscal year of the company immediately
    23     preceding that in which the allocation is made bears to the
    24     total net premiums received by the company during that three-
    25     year period. As used in this paragraph the term "net premium"
    26     means gross premium less return premium and dividends
    27     received.
    28  § 3363.  Documentation filed with department.
    29     Any company intending a conversion pursuant to this
    30  subchapter shall file with the department:
    19870H1628B2005                 - 237 -

     1         (1)  A resolution passed by the board of directors of the
     2     company to the effect that the conversion of the company to a
     3     stock insurance company is advisable, and stating the reasons
     4     therefor.
     5         (2)  A comprehensive plan of conversion of the company
     6     into a stock insurance company, which shall contain the
     7     following information:
     8             (i)  A statement of all the assets and liabilities of
     9         the company, setting forth the current fair market value
    10         of each of the assets.
    11             (ii)  A list of the owners of the company together
    12         with the value of the interest of each owner in the
    13         surplus of the company determined as set forth in section
    14         3362 (relating to valuation of interest of owner).
    15             (iii)  The number of shares of capital stock to be
    16         issued and the manner of converting the interest in the
    17         surplus of each owner of the company into shares of the
    18         company under the stock plan.
    19             (iv)  The manner of making payment in cash to owners
    20         of the company who fail or refuse within a specified
    21         period of time to convert their interest in the surplus
    22         into stock and the amount of the payment.
    23             (v)  The amount of the new capital stock for which
    24         each owner may subscribe and how and when the
    25         subscriptions are payable, including the procedure for
    26         buying or selling rights to subscribe to less than a full
    27         share so that no fractional shares of capital stock will
    28         be issued.
    29             (vi)  The manner of providing for paid-in surplus and
    30         appropriate reserves in amounts at least sufficient to
    19870H1628B2005                 - 238 -

     1         comply with the requirements of section 3306 (relating to
     2         minimum capital stock and financial requirements).
     3             (vii)  A list of all persons who are directors or
     4         executive officers of the company or who perform similar
     5         functions, and all persons who have been chosen to become
     6         directors or executive officers or to perform similar
     7         functions after the conversion, but who have not yet
     8         assumed their positions.
     9             (viii)  Such plans and arrangements as the company
    10         may have for its future business and management,
    11         including those with respect to total or partial
    12         liquidation, sale of assets, merger, material change in
    13         business, corporate structure, management or composition
    14         of the board of directors.
    15             (ix)  Information as to any contracts or arrangements
    16         with respect to any securities of the company, including,
    17         but not limited to, contracts or arrangements with
    18         respect to transfer of any securities, joint ventures,
    19         loan or option agreements, puts or calls, guaranties of
    20         loans, guaranties against loss or guaranties of profits,
    21         division of losses or profits, or the giving or
    22         withholding of proxies, naming the parties to such
    23         contracts or arrangements and giving the details thereof.
    24             (x)  Such proposed amendments to the charter of the
    25         company as may be necessary for the purpose of changing
    26         its name, changing the location of its principal office
    27         or place of conducting its business, changing its purpose
    28         or purposes or for any other purpose.
    29             (xi)  Such additional information as the department
    30         may require to enable it to make a determination under
    19870H1628B2005                 - 239 -

     1         section 3364 (relating to determination by department).
     2  § 3364.  Determination by department.
     3     (a)  General rule.--The department after making an
     4  examination of the company and holding a hearing shall determine
     5  if:
     6         (1)  The plan of conversion is fair to the owners and
     7     creditors of the company and complies with the requirements
     8     of section 3363 (relating to documentation filed with
     9     department).
    10         (2)  The department has any reason to believe that after
    11     the conversion the company will not continue to comply in all
    12     respects with the laws and regulations of this Commonwealth
    13     governing insurance.
    14     (b)  Notice.--The department shall notify the company of its
    15  determination.
    16  § 3365.  Hearing on approval.
    17     (a)  Notice.--Notice of the hearing required by section 3364
    18  (relating to determination by department) shall be served as
    19  follows:
    20         (1)  By publication not less than three times in one
    21     newspaper of general circulation published in the county in
    22     which the principal office of the company is located, and in
    23     the legal periodical, if any, designated by the rules of
    24     court of the county for the publication of legal notices.
    25         (2)  By written or printed notice addressed and mailed by
    26     certified mail, with return receipt requested, to each owner
    27     at his address as shown on the books of the company at least
    28     ten days before the hearing date. The form of the notice
    29     shall be approved in advance of mailing by the department and
    30     shall be accompanied by a copy of the plan of conversion.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 240 -

     1     (b)  Procedure.--Any hearing held pursuant to this subchapter
     2  shall be conducted, and the determination of the department
     3  shall be rendered, in accordance with Title 2 (relating to
     4  administrative law and procedure).
     5  § 3366.  Approval of plan of conversion by policyholders.
     6     (a)  Submission of plan.--If an approving determination is
     7  made by the department, and not otherwise, the plan of
     8  conversion shall be submitted to the policyholders of the
     9  company for approval at the regular annual meeting of the
    10  company or at a meeting specially called for the purpose of
    11  approval. At least four weeks' previous notice of this meeting
    12  shall be given by publication not less than three times in a
    13  newspaper of general circulation, published in the county in
    14  which the principal office of the company is located, and by
    15  written or printed notice addressed and mailed by certified
    16  mail, with return receipt requested, to each policyholder at his
    17  address as shown on the books of the company.
    18     (b)  Approval of plan.--If a quorum is present at the special
    19  meeting and the majority of the policyholders who attend the
    20  meeting, either in person or by proxy, approve the plan of
    21  conversion following due proof of the adequacy of the notice and
    22  the results of the meeting being made to the department in a
    23  form satisfactory to it, the directors of the company shall, at
    24  such times and places as they deem convenient and proper, open
    25  books and receive subscriptions to the stock of the company and
    26  shall keep the books open until the full amount of capital stock
    27  specified in the plan of conversion is subscribed.
    28  § 3367.  Recording plan of conversion.
    29     Upon approval of the plan of conversion by the policyholders,
    30  the fact of approval shall be set forth in duplicate
    19870H1628B2005                 - 241 -

     1  certificates to be executed by the secretary of the company
     2  under the seal thereof. The certificates, with a copy of the
     3  approved plan of conversion attached to each, shall be filed
     4  with the department which shall then certify in duplicate that
     5  all of the requirements of this subchapter have been complied
     6  with. The department shall submit the certified plan of
     7  conversion to the Secretary of the Commonwealth for recording.
     8  The certified plan shall be recorded by the company in the
     9  office of the recorder of deeds in the county in which the
    10  principal office of the company is located.
    11  § 3368.  Legal effect of conversion.
    12     When the plan of conversion has been recorded as provided in
    13  section 3367 (relating to recording plan of conversion):
    14         (1)  Any amendments to the charter of the company set
    15     forth in the plan of conversion shall be deemed to form part
    16     of the charter of the company.
    17         (2)  All rights of the policyholders of the company to
    18     vote at any meeting of the company or to retain any interest
    19     in the company or in the property or assets thereof shall
    20     absolutely cease and determine.
    21  The company shall at that time become a stock insurance company
    22  under the corporate name adopted under the plan of conversion.
    23  The Secretary of the Commonwealth shall issue to the company a
    24  certificate, under his hand and the seal of his office,
    25  evidencing the right of the company to use the corporate name.
    26  § 3369.  Subscriptions to capital stock of company.
    27     Owners of the company may subscribe to its capital stock at
    28  par value in proportion to their respective interests in the
    29  surplus of the company, as set forth in the plan of conversion
    30  approved by the department. No share of stock shall be disposed
    19870H1628B2005                 - 242 -

     1  of or a certificate issued therefor unless the actual par value
     2  thereof has been paid to the company in cash, except stock
     3  issued to owners of the company in conversion of their
     4  respective interests in its surplus. Subscriptions shall be made
     5  in writing and filed with the proper officer of the company in
     6  accordance with the plan of conversion. Stock issued to the
     7  owners of the company in conversion of their respective
     8  interests in its surplus pursuant to this section shall not be
     9  subject to the act of December 5, 1972 (P.L.1280, No.284), known
    10  as the Pennsylvania Securities Act of 1972, or to regulation by
    11  the Pennsylvania Securities Commission.
    12  § 3370.  Survival of mutual policies.
    13     The issued and outstanding mutual policies of the company and
    14  all the rights and liabilities attached thereto, and all the
    15  powers and obligations of the company with reference to them,
    16  shall survive and be powers and obligations of the stock
    17  insurance company so long as the policies remain in force,
    18  except that the stock insurance company shall have no power to
    19  levy any assessment against any policyholder.
    20  § 3371.  Laws applicable to converted companies.
    21     Except as otherwise specified in this subchapter, a company
    22  converted into a stock insurance company under this subchapter
    23  shall have all the rights and privileges and shall be subject to
    24  all the requirements and regulations imposed upon stock
    25  insurance companies formed under this title, but it shall
    26  exercise no rights or privileges which other stock insurance
    27  companies may not exercise.
    28  § 3372.  Commencement of business.
    29     A company may not engage in the business of insurance as a
    30  stock insurance company until this subchapter has been complied
    19870H1628B2005                 - 243 -

     1  with.
     2                             CHAPTER 35
     3                        CORPORATE OPERATIONS
     4  Subchapter
     5     A.  Conduct of Business
     6     B.  Election of Directors and Officers
     7     C.  Fundamental Changes
     8     D.  Merger, Consolidation and Voluntary Dissolution
     9     E.  Foreign or Alien Companies
    10     F.  Violations and Penalties
    11                            SUBCHAPTER A
    12                        CONDUCT OF BUSINESS
    13  Sec.
    14  3501.  Use of company name.
    15  3502.  Stock and stockholders.
    16  3503.  Ownership of stock.
    17  3504.  Bylaws and seal.
    18  3505.  Administrative affairs.
    19  3506.  Salaries of employees in military service.
    20  3507.  Pensions.
    21  3508.  Execution of insurance policies.
    22  3509.  Joint policies.
    23  3510.  Incorporation of documents in policy.
    24  3511.  Lost insurance policies.
    25  3512.  Reinsurance.
    26  3513.  Reinsurance credits.
    27  3514.  Reinsurance among affiliates.
    28  3515.  Approval of contracts by department.
    29  3516.  Mortgage insurance.
    30  3517.  Distribution of dividends on group insurance.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 244 -

     1  § 3501.  Use of company name.
     2     The department may prohibit the use, by any domestic stock or
     3  mutual insurance company or association and the use in this
     4  Commonwealth by any foreign or alien stock or mutual insurance
     5  company or association, of any name adopted on or after December
     6  30, 1959, when, in its judgment, the name too closely resembles
     7  that of an existing company or association authorized to do
     8  business in this Commonwealth or is likely to confuse or mislead
     9  the public.
    10  § 3502.  Stock and stockholders.
    11     (a)  Rights of stockholders.--Any stockholder shall be
    12  entitled to receive a certificate of the number of shares
    13  standing to his credit on the books of the company. This
    14  certificate shall be signed by the president, vice president or
    15  other officer designated by the board of directors,
    16  countersigned by the treasurer and sealed with the seal of the
    17  company which may be a facsimile, engraved or printed. This
    18  certificate or evidence of stock ownership may be transferred
    19  upon the books of the company in person or by attorney in such a
    20  manner as the bylaws prescribe, subject to all payments to
    21  become due thereon.
    22     (b)  Certificate.--If a certificate is signed by a transfer
    23  agent or by a transfer clerk of the company and a registrar, the
    24  signature of any company officer upon the certificate may be a
    25  facsimile, engraved or printed. In case any officer who has
    26  signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon any
    27  share certificate has ceased to be an officer for any reason
    28  before the certificate is issued, it may nevertheless be issued
    29  by the company.
    30     (c)  Limitations on rights.--Stock shall not be transferred
    19870H1628B2005                 - 245 -

     1  until all previous calls on it have been fully paid in. Stock
     2  which has been declared forfeited for nonpayment of calls shall
     3  not be transferable. The assignee or party to whom the stock is
     4  transferred shall be a member of the company and enjoy the
     5  rights and be subject to the liabilities thereof. Upon a sale of
     6  stock in satisfaction of any debt for which it is pledged, the
     7  purchaser may compel a transfer of the stock upon the books of
     8  the company and the delivery of the proper certificate.
     9  § 3503.  Ownership of stock.
    10     (a)  Filing of statement.--Every person who is directly or
    11  indirectly the beneficial owner of more than 10% of any class of
    12  any equity security of a domestic stock insurance company, or
    13  who is a director or an officer of a company, shall file a
    14  statement with the department in such form as the department
    15  shall prescribe. The statement shall be filed within ten days
    16  after the person becomes a beneficial owner, director or
    17  officer, listing the amount of all equity securities of the
    18  company of which he is the beneficial owner. A statement in such
    19  form as the department shall prescribe shall also be filed
    20  within ten days after the close of each calendar month, if there
    21  has been a change in ownership during that month, indicating
    22  each person's ownership at the close of the calendar month and
    23  such changes in his ownership as have occurred during the
    24  calendar month.
    25     (b)  Limitations on short-term transactions.--For the purpose
    26  of preventing the unfair use of information which may have been
    27  obtained by a beneficial owner, director or officer by reason of
    28  his relationship to the company, any profit realized by him from
    29  any purchase and sale, or any sale and purchase, of any equity
    30  security of the company within any period of less than six
    19870H1628B2005                 - 246 -

     1  months, unless the security was acquired in good faith in
     2  connection with a debt previously contracted, shall inure to and
     3  be recoverable by the company. This is the case irrespective of
     4  any intention on the part of the beneficial owner, director or
     5  officer in entering into the transaction of holding the security
     6  purchased or of not repurchasing the security sold for a period
     7  exceeding six months. An action to recover this profit may be
     8  instituted at law or in equity in any court of competent
     9  jurisdiction by the company, or by the owner of any security of
    10  the company in the name and on behalf of the company, if the
    11  company fails or refuses to bring the action within 60 days
    12  after request or fails to prosecute the suit diligently.
    13  However, no action shall be brought more than two years after
    14  the date the profit was realized. This subsection does not cover
    15  any transaction where the beneficial owner was not such at the
    16  time of the purchase and sale, or the sale and purchase, of the
    17  security, or any transaction which the department by regulation
    18  exempts as not within the purpose of this subsection.
    19     (c)  Sale of securities.--A beneficial owner, director or
    20  officer shall not sell, directly or indirectly, any equity
    21  security of the company if the person selling the security or
    22  his principal does not own the security sold or, if owning the
    23  security, he fails to deliver it against the sale within 20 days
    24  after the sale or fails within five days after the sale to
    25  deposit it in the mail or another usual channel of
    26  transportation. However, a person shall not be deemed to have
    27  violated this subsection if, notwithstanding the exercise of
    28  good faith, he was unable to make the delivery or deposit within
    29  the required time or if doing so would have caused undue
    30  inconvenience or expense.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 247 -

     1     (d)  Dealers.--Subsection (b) does not apply to any purchase
     2  and sale, or sale and purchase, and subsection (c) does not
     3  apply to any sale, of an equity security of a domestic stock
     4  insurance company not then or theretofore held by him in an
     5  investment account, by a dealer in the ordinary course of his
     6  business and incident to the establishment or maintenance by him
     7  of a primary or secondary market, other than on an exchange as
     8  defined in section 3 of Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (48
     9  Stat. 882, 15 U.S.C. § 78c(a)(1)) for the security. The
    10  department may by regulation define and prescribe terms and
    11  conditions with respect to securities which shall be held in an
    12  investment account and transactions made in the ordinary course
    13  of business and incident to the establishment or maintenance of
    14  a primary or secondary market.
    15     (e)  Arbitrage transactions.--Subsections (a), (b) and (c) do
    16  not apply to foreign or domestic arbitrage transactions unless
    17  made in contravention of any regulations the department
    18  promulgates in order to carry out the purposes of this section.
    19     (f)  Limitation on the applicability of section.--The
    20  provisions of subsections (a), (b) and (c) do not apply to
    21  equity securities of a domestic stock insurance company if:
    22         (1)  the securities are registered or are required to be
    23     registered pursuant to the Federal Securities Exchange Act of
    24     1934 (48 Stat. 881, 15 U.S.C. § 78 et seq.); or
    25         (2)  the domestic stock insurance company does not have
    26     any class of its equity securities held of record by 100 or
    27     more persons on the last business day of the year next
    28     preceding the year in which equity securities of the company
    29     would be subject to the provisions of subsections (a), (b)
    30     and (c) except for the provisions of this paragraph.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 248 -

     1     (g)  Regulations.--No provision of subsections (a), (b), and
     2  (c) imposing any liability shall apply to any act done or
     3  omitted in good faith in conformity with any rule or regulation
     4  of the department, notwithstanding that the rule or regulation
     5  may, after the act or omission, be amended or rescinded or
     6  determined by judicial or other authority to be invalid for any
     7  reason.
     8     (h)  Criminal penalty.--Any person violating this section
     9  commits a summary offense.
    10     (i)  Definition.--As used in this section the term "equity
    11  security" means any of the following:
    12         (1)  A stock or similar security.
    13         (2)  A security convertible, with or without
    14     consideration, into such a security or carrying a warrant or
    15     right to subscribe to or purchase such a security.
    16         (3)  Any such warrant or right.
    17         (4)  Any other security which the department by
    18     regulation deems to be of similar nature and considers
    19     necessary or appropriate.
    20  § 3504.  Bylaws and seal.
    21     A company incorporated under Chapter 33 (relating to
    22  incorporation of insurance companies) may make any bylaws
    23  necessary for the government of its officers and the conduct of
    24  its affairs, alter and amend the bylaws, have a common seal and
    25  change the seal.
    26  § 3505.  Administrative affairs.
    27     (a)  Officers.--The directors or trustees shall annually
    28  choose by ballot a president, who shall be a member of the
    29  board, a secretary and a treasurer, who may also be either the
    30  president or the secretary, and such other officers as the
    19870H1628B2005                 - 249 -

     1  bylaws provide. The directors or trustees shall fix the salaries
     2  of the president, secretary and treasurer and the salaries or
     3  compensation of such other officers and agents as the bylaws
     4  prescribe. The treasurer shall give bond in a sum and with the
     5  sureties prescribed by the bylaws.
     6     (b)  Vacancies.--Vacancies in any office may be filled by the
     7  directors or trustees or by the stockholders or members as the
     8  bylaws prescribe.
     9     (c)  Removal.--Any person chosen, either annually or to fill
    10  a vacancy, as president, secretary, treasurer or as any other
    11  officer shall continue to serve in the office unless the
    12  department, after investigation, determines that the
    13  responsibility, character and general fitness for the business
    14  of the individual are not such as to command the confidence of
    15  the public and to warrant the belief that the business of the
    16  company will be honestly and efficiently conducted. Any
    17  adjudication by the department pursuant to this subsection shall
    18  be subject to 2 Pa.C.S. Ch. 5 Subch. A (relating to practice and
    19  procedure of Commonwealth agencies).
    20  § 3506.  Salaries of employees in military service.
    21     Any stock or mutual insurance company may continue the
    22  salaries of any employee which he serves as a member of any
    23  branch of the armed service of the United States or of any state
    24  or in any other organization established for the protection of
    25  the lives and property of citizens of the United States.
    26  § 3507.  Pensions.
    27     Any stock or mutual insurance company may, out of the
    28  earnings of the company, grant retirement allowances, pensions
    29  or disability pay to officers and employees. This section does
    30  not apply to any director who is not an officer or employee of
    19870H1628B2005                 - 250 -

     1  the company.
     2  § 3508.  Execution of insurance policies.
     3     Policies of insurance, made or entered into by any stock or
     4  mutual insurance company, may be made either with or without the
     5  company seal. The policies shall be subscribed by the president
     6  or any other officer designated by the directors or trustees.
     7  The policies shall be attested by the secretary or other
     8  designated officer and, when so subscribed and attested, shall
     9  be obligatory on the company.
    10  § 3509.  Joint policies.
    11     Two or more insurance entities authorized to transact the
    12  same kinds of insurance business in this Commonwealth may issue
    13  a combination policy, using a distinctive title. The title shall
    14  follow the titles of the several entities so obligated. The
    15  policy shall be executed by each entity in the same manner as it
    16  would execute its individual policy. The policy shall state that
    17  it is a joint contract and that each entity is only liable for a
    18  specific percentage of any loss or damage occurring under it.
    19  Before any entity issues a combination policy, it shall receive
    20  the express permission of the department to issue the policy and
    21  the title shall be approved by it.
    22  § 3510.  Incorporation of documents in policy.
    23     Any insurance policy issued by a stock or mutual insurance
    24  company or association doing business in this Commonwealth, in
    25  which the application of the insured, the constitution, bylaws
    26  or other rules of the company form part of the policy or
    27  contract between the parties or have any bearing on the
    28  contract, shall contain, or have attached copies of the
    29  application as signed by the applicant, or the constitution,
    30  bylaws or other rules referred to. Unless so accompanying the
    19870H1628B2005                 - 251 -

     1  policy, no such application, constitution, bylaws or other rules
     2  shall be received in evidence in any proceeding pertaining to
     3  the policy or deemed a part of the policy or contract between
     4  the parties.
     5  § 3511.  Lost insurance policies.
     6     (a)  General rule.--Whenever any policy of insurance upon any
     7  property, granted by any body corporate or politic, has been
     8  lost or destroyed, the issuer shall, on proof of the loss or
     9  destruction of the policy, furnish a copy of the policy to the
    10  person whose policy has been lost or destroyed. Any transfers
    11  which have been approved and recorded on the books of the
    12  issuer, which have been made by the original or subsequent
    13  grantee of the policy to the person having the same at the time
    14  of the loss or destruction thereof, shall be included with the
    15  copy. The copy made under this section shall have the same
    16  effect as the original and subject to the same extent to
    17  transfer to any person purchasing the property insured.
    18     (b)  Proceedings in case of lost policy.--The holder of the
    19  policy may file a complaint with the county in which the
    20  property has been insured, setting forth the loss or destruction
    21  of the policy of insurance, the petitioner's demand upon the
    22  insurer for a copy of the policy, a description of the property,
    23  the amount for which it was insured and the person or persons to
    24  whom granted, if practicable, together with any transfers
    25  thereof.
    26  § 3512.  Reinsurance.
    27     (a)  Approval of department.--A domestic stock or mutual
    28  insurance entity shall not reinsure its entire schedule of
    29  policies except by approval of the department.
    30     (b)  Authorization to reinsure.--Any domestic or foreign
    19870H1628B2005                 - 252 -

     1  stock or mutual insurance entity authorized to transact business
     2  in this Commonwealth may reinsure all or any part of its
     3  liability under one or more of its policy contracts with any
     4  stock or mutual insurance entity doing the same or a similar
     5  kind of business and licensed to transact business in this
     6  Commonwealth or in any state, if the entity maintains the same
     7  standard of solvency and meets and continues to meet all other
     8  requirements under the law of this Commonwealth for entities
     9  transacting the same classes of business in this Commonwealth.
    10  Any domestic or foreign stock or mutual insurance entity
    11  authorized to transact business in this Commonwealth shall pay
    12  to this Commonwealth taxes required on all business taxable in
    13  this Commonwealth and reinsured under this section and may take
    14  credit for the reserves of each ceded risk to the extent
    15  reinsured subject to the exceptions provided in sections 3513
    16  (relating to reinsurance credits) and 3514 (relating to
    17  reinsurance among affiliates).
    18  § 3513.  Reinsurance credits.
    19     (a)  Qualification of reinsurer.--Unless an unlicensed
    20  reinsurer is qualified to accept reinsurance from insurers
    21  licensed in this Commonwealth, a credit shall not be allowed as
    22  an admitted asset or as a reduction of liability relative to
    23  risks ceded by the licensed insurers. Reinsurers meeting the
    24  conditions for reinsurers specified by the department and
    25  included on a list of qualified reinsurers published and
    26  periodically reviewed by the department shall be deemed
    27  qualified reinsurers.
    28     (b)  Reserve credit for liability assumed.--A credit shall
    29  not be allowed as an admitted asset or as a deduction from
    30  liability to any ceding entity for reinsurance, unless the
    19870H1628B2005                 - 253 -

     1  reinsurance is payable to the entity or its statutory liquidator
     2  by the assuming entity on the basis of the liability of the
     3  ceding entity under contract or contracts reinsured without
     4  diminution because of insolvency of the ceding entity.
     5     (c)  Payment by assuming entity.--A credit shall not be
     6  allowed for reinsurance unless the reinsurance agreement
     7  provides that payment by the assuming entity shall be made
     8  directly to the ceding entity or to its liquidator, receiver or
     9  statutory successor.
    10  § 3514.  Reinsurance among affiliates.
    11     (a)  Exemption.--Sections 3512 (relating to reinsurance) and
    12  3513 (relating to reinsurance credits) do not apply to
    13  reinsurance agreements between or among affiliates covering all
    14  or substantially all of one or more lines of insurance of an
    15  affiliated domestic or foreign stock or mutual insurance entity.
    16  However, the amount of net written premium retained and the
    17  amount of the reinsurance and retrocession assumed by any
    18  affiliate participating agreement shall not be unreasonably
    19  large in relationship to its policyholders' surplus.
    20     (b)  Definitions.--As used in this section the terms
    21  "affiliated" and "affiliate" shall have the meanings set forth
    22  in section 3569 (relating to holding company systems), except
    23  that control shall be presumed to exist if any person directly
    24  or indirectly owns, controls, holds with power to vote or holds
    25  shares representing 80% or more of the voting power of any other
    26  person.
    27  § 3515.  Approval of contracts by department.
    28     (a)  Forms approved by department.--An insurance entity,
    29  including a domestic mutual fire insurance company, doing
    30  business in this Commonwealth shall not issue, sell or dispose
    19870H1628B2005                 - 254 -

     1  of any policy, contract or certificate of insurance or
     2  pertaining to a pure endowment or annuity or use any
     3  application, rider or endorsement in connection therewith,
     4  unless the forms have previously been filed with and formally
     5  approved by the department. This section does not apply to
     6  riders and endorsements relating to the manner of distribution
     7  of benefits or to the reservation of rights and benefits under
     8  any policy used at the request of the individual policyholder or
     9  to any forms which are exempted therefrom by the department.
    10     (b)  Deemed approval.--Forms filed under this section or any
    11  other provision of this title except section 7524 (relating to
    12  rates and contracts) or 7729 (relating to rates and contracts),
    13  unless specifically provided otherwise, shall be deemed approved
    14  at the expiration of 30 days after filing, unless earlier
    15  approved or disapproved by the department. The department, by
    16  written notice to the insurer within this 30-day period, may
    17  extend the period for approval or disapproval for an additional
    18  30 days. Approval under this subsection shall become void upon
    19  any subsequent notice of disapproval from the department or upon
    20  any subsequent withdrawal of license or refusal of the
    21  department to relicense the entity or upon the subsequent
    22  passage of a statute which would prohibit such contracts or
    23  related forms.
    24     (c)  Hearing.--Upon disapproval, the department shall notify
    25  the insurer in writing, specifying the reason for the
    26  disapproval. Within 30 days from the date of mailing of the
    27  notice to the insurer, the insurer may make a written
    28  application to the department for a hearing. The hearing shall
    29  be held within 30 days after receipt of the application. The
    30  procedure before the department shall be in accordance with 2
    19870H1628B2005                 - 255 -

     1  Pa.C.S. Ch. 5 Subch. A (relating to practice and procedure of
     2  Commonwealth agencies), and the insurer shall be entitled to
     3  judicial review under 2 Pa.C.S. Ch. 7 Subch. A (relating to
     4  judicial review of Commonwealth agency action).
     5  § 3516.  Mortgage insurance.
     6     Insurance entities may make application for and obtain
     7  insurance of mortgages as provided by the National Housing Act
     8  of 1934 (48 Stat. 1246, 12 U.S.C. § 1701 et seq.).
     9  § 3517.  Distribution of dividends on group insurance.
    10     Any dividends declared or rate reductions made or continued
    11  under any group insurance policy or group annuity contract
    12  issued may be applied to reduce the employer's part of the cost.
    13  However, if, at any time, under a policy or contract providing
    14  for employee contributions, the aggregate of any dividends or
    15  rate reductions so applied is in excess of the employer's share
    16  of the aggregate cost, the excess shall be applied by the
    17  employer for the sole benefit of the employees.
    18                            SUBCHAPTER B
    19                 ELECTION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
    20  Sec.
    21  3531.  Annual meetings.
    22  3532.  Voting rights.
    23  3533.  Election of directors and trustees.
    24  3534.  Mutual fire insurance companies.
    25  3535.  Voting by stockholders and members.
    26  3536.  Proxies issued by domestic stock companies.
    27  3537.  Cumulative voting.
    28  3538.  Failure to elect directors or trustees.
    29  3539.  Directors and trustees.
    30  § 3531.  Annual meetings.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 256 -

     1     (a)  Time.--Every insurance company shall hold an annual
     2  meeting for the election of directors or trustees on or before
     3  May 1 as the bylaws of the company direct.
     4     (b)  Notice.--At least 30 days' notice of the time and place
     5  of the meeting shall be given to the stockholders or, in the
     6  case of a mutual company, to the members by publication not less
     7  than three times in at least two daily or weekly newspapers and
     8  in the legal periodical designated by the rules of court of the
     9  proper county for the publication of legal notices published in
    10  the municipality where the company is domiciled.
    11     (c)  Quorum.--Every stock and mutual insurance company may
    12  determine by its bylaws what number of members or stockholders
    13  shall attend, either in person or by proxy, or what number of
    14  shares or amount of interest shall be represented at any meeting
    15  to constitute a quorum. If the quorum is not so determined, a
    16  majority in interest of the members or stockholders shall
    17  constitute a quorum.
    18  § 3532.  Voting rights.
    19     (a)  Right to vote stock.--The certificate of stock or the
    20  transfer books of any stock insurance company shall be prima
    21  facie evidence of the right of the person named therein to vote
    22  as the owner, either personally or by proxy.
    23     (b)  Objections.--An objection may be taken by a stockholder
    24  at the time a ballot is tendered which shall be accompanied by a
    25  written statement under oath that the person who is offering to
    26  vote the stock is not the owner, either in his own right or as
    27  active trustee with the character of his trusteeship disclosed
    28  on the face of the certificate or transfer books in connection
    29  with his name. The judges of election shall immediately
    30  determine whether the facts are as represented in the statement,
    19870H1628B2005                 - 257 -

     1  and, if so, the vote or votes shall be rejected. In any case
     2  where the person named in the certificate or transfer books is
     3  not permitted to vote, the beneficial owner of the stock may
     4  vote, upon furnishing to the judge of election satisfactory
     5  evidence of ownership.
     6     (c)  Powers of certain fiduciaries unaffected.--This section
     7  does not prohibit executors, administrators, guardians or
     8  trustees, created by a will or a decree of court, from voting
     9  stock standing in the name of a decedent, minor or other
    10  beneficiary.
    11     (d)  Pledged stock.--As between the pledgor and the pledgee
    12  of capital stock pledged to secure a specific loan with a fixed
    13  period or periods of maturity, the right to vote shall be
    14  determined under the written agreement of the pledgor and
    15  pledgee, but if no such agreement exists, the pledgor shall be
    16  entitled to the right to vote.
    17  § 3533.  Election of directors and trustees.
    18     (a)  General rule.--At the annual meeting, the stockholders
    19  or members shall elect by ballot from their own number not less
    20  than seven directors or trustees. The directors or trustees
    21  shall be natural persons of majority age and need not be
    22  residents of this Commonwealth unless the articles or bylaws so
    23  require, but at least two-thirds shall be citizens of the United
    24  States or its territories or possessions. These persons shall
    25  serve for one year and until their successors are chosen and
    26  qualified.
    27     (b)  Classes of directors.--Any insurance company may provide
    28  in its bylaws for the divisions of its board of directors or
    29  trustees into as many as four classes and may provide for the
    30  election thereof at its annual meetings in a manner such that
    19870H1628B2005                 - 258 -

     1  the members of one class only shall retire and their successors
     2  shall be chosen each year.
     3     (c)  Vacancies.--Vacancies, including those resulting from an
     4  increase in the number of directors or from failure of the
     5  stockholders to fill any class of directors, may be filled by an
     6  election by the board of directors or trustees for the unexpired
     7  term.
     8     (d)  Removal.--Any stockholder or member elected to the post
     9  of director or trustee shall continue in office unless the
    10  department, after investigation, determines that the
    11  responsibility, character and general fitness for the business
    12  of the individual are not such as to command the confidence of
    13  the public and to warrant the belief that the business of the
    14  company will be honestly and efficiently conducted. Any
    15  adjudication by the department under this subsection shall be
    16  subject to 2 Pa.C.S. Ch. 5 Subch. A (relating to practice and
    17  procedure of Commonwealth agencies).
    18  § 3534.  Mutual fire insurance companies.
    19     A majority of the board of directors or trustees of a mutual
    20  fire insurance company shall be residents of this Commonwealth.
    21  The number of directors or trustees may be increased or
    22  diminished by the members of the company at any regular annual
    23  meeting or at any special meeting called for that purpose, of
    24  which notice shall be given as required by the bylaws. The
    25  company, by its bylaws, may authorize the board to increase or
    26  decrease the number of directors or trustees without a vote of
    27  the members. The company, by the bylaws, may provide for written
    28  nominations by any of its members for election as directors or
    29  trustees and for the time and manner of filing the nominations
    30  with the company prior to the meeting at which the election is
    19870H1628B2005                 - 259 -

     1  to be held. Only persons so nominated shall be eligible for
     2  election at the meeting.
     3  § 3535.  Voting by stockholders and members.
     4     At all meetings of the company, each share of stock in a
     5  stock company and each member in a mutual company shall be
     6  entitled to one vote. However, in the case of mutual companies,
     7  other than mutual life companies, each member shall be entitled
     8  to one vote or to a number of votes based upon the insurance in
     9  force, the number of policies held or the amount of premiums
    10  paid. Proxies may be authorized by written power of attorney.
    11  The record of the votes made by the secretary, which shall show
    12  whether the votes were cast in person or by proxy, shall be
    13  evidence of all elections.
    14  § 3536.  Proxies issued by domestic stock companies.
    15     (a)  Regulation.--The department may, by regulation,
    16  prescribe the form, content and manner of solicitation of any
    17  proxy, consent or authorization with respect to any voting
    18  security issued by a domestic stock insurance company as
    19  necessary or appropriate in the public interest or for the
    20  proper protection of investors in the voting securities issued
    21  by the insurance company or to insure the fair dealing in the
    22  voting securities.
    23     (b)  Prohibition of solicitation.--No person or voting
    24  security holder and no domestic stock insurance company or any
    25  director, officer or employee of that company shall solicit or
    26  permit the use of his name to solicit any person to give any
    27  proxy, consent or authorization with respect to any voting
    28  security issued by the insurance company in contravention of any
    29  rule or regulation the department prescribes pursuant to this
    30  section.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 260 -

     1     (c)  Limitation of action.--Any action to enforce compliance
     2  with any rule or regulation of the department shall be taken
     3  within 30 days after exercise of the proxy, consent or
     4  authorization.
     5     (d)  Applicability.--This section does not apply to:
     6         (1)  Voting securities of a domestic stock insurance
     7     company if the securities are registered under section 12 of
     8     the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (48 Stat. 892, 15 U.S.C.
     9     § 781).
    10         (2)  Voting securities of a domestic stock insurance
    11     company which, because of the number of its stockholders or
    12     the distribution of its stock ownership, the department, by
    13     regulation, deems not necessary or appropriate to regulate in
    14     the public interest or for the proper protection of investors
    15     therein.
    16     (e)  Definition.--As used in this section the term "voting
    17  security" means any instrument which, in law or by contract,
    18  gives the holder the right to vote, or consent to or authorize
    19  any corporate action of a domestic stock insurance company.
    20  § 3537.  Cumulative voting.
    21     In all elections for directors or trustees of any stock or
    22  mutual insurance company, each member or stockholder having a
    23  right to vote may cast the whole number of his votes for one
    24  candidate or distribute them upon two or more candidates.
    25  § 3538.  Failure to elect directors or trustees.
    26     If the stockholders or members of any insurance company fail
    27  to elect directors or trustees at any annual meeting, the
    28  directors or trustees may call a special meeting for that
    29  purpose on a subsequent day. Notice of the meeting shall be
    30  given as provided in section 3531(b) (relating to annual
    19870H1628B2005                 - 261 -

     1  meetings).
     2  § 3539.  Directors and trustees.
     3     (a)  Acceptance.--The directors or trustees, before they are
     4  qualified to act, shall file with the secretary a written
     5  acceptance of the trust.
     6     (b)  Quorum.--A majority of the directors or trustees shall
     7  constitute a quorum.
     8     (c)  Compensation.--Any insurance company may allow and pay
     9  to directors compensation for acting as directors.
    10                            SUBCHAPTER C
    11                        FUNDAMENTAL CHANGES
    12  Sec.
    13  3551.  Stock votes on particular subjects.
    14  3552.  Amendment of charter.
    15  3553.  Proceedings to file amended charter and certification.
    16  3554.  Power to increase capital stock.
    17  3555.  Proceedings to increase capital stock.
    18  3556.  Records of increases of capital stock.
    19  3557.  Sale of increases of capital stock.
    20  3558.  Reduction of capital stock.
    21  § 3551.  Stock votes on particular subjects.
    22     Whenever a stock vote is lawfully demanded or required on any
    23  subject submitted to the stockholders of any stock insurance
    24  company of this Commonwealth for their action at any annual or
    25  special meeting, the vote may be taken at and certified to the
    26  meeting or any adjournment. If, under the corporate charter or
    27  applicable law, the annual election for directors is held within
    28  30 days after the annual or special meeting at which the subject
    29  is be submitted to the stockholders, then the vote on the
    30  subject may be taken at the same time and place, by the same
    19870H1628B2005                 - 262 -

     1  persons and in the same manner as the vote for directors of the
     2  company is taken. If, under provisions of the charter or laws
     3  governing the company, the annual election for directors is not
     4  held within 30 days after the meeting at which the subject is
     5  submitted to the stockholders, then the stock vote upon the
     6  subject may be taken at any time within 30 days after that
     7  meeting under the supervision of three judges to be appointed
     8  and at a time and place to be designated by the stockholders at
     9  that meeting. The result of the vote shall be certified by the
    10  judges under oath and their certificates shall be filed with the
    11  secretary of the company.
    12  § 3552.  Amendment of charter.
    13     (a)  Authorization.--Any domestic stock or mutual insurance
    14  company may amend its charter for the purpose of changing its
    15  name, changing the location of its principal office or place of
    16  business, increasing or diminishing the par value of the shares
    17  of its capital stock, changing its purpose or for any other
    18  reason, by calling a special meeting of the stockholders or
    19  members.
    20     (b)  Notice.--Notice of the object of the meeting shall be
    21  given by advertisement for the preceding four weeks in at least
    22  two daily or weekly newspapers and in the legal periodical, if
    23  any, designated by the rules of court of the proper county for
    24  the publication of legal notices, published in the municipality
    25  where the principal office of the company is located, or by
    26  circular mailed to the address of each stockholder or member.
    27     (c)  Procedure.--If the resolution for the amendment is
    28  approved by two-thirds of the votes cast, the resolution and the
    29  number of votes cast for and against it shall be recorded by the
    30  company and a certified copy of the record shall be forwarded to
    19870H1628B2005                 - 263 -

     1  the department. If the department approves of the resolution, it
     2  shall certify its approval and record it in the office of the
     3  Secretary of the Commonwealth and with the recorder of deeds of
     4  the proper county. The amendment shall then form part of the
     5  charter of the company.
     6     (d)  Mutual insurance company.--A mutual insurance company,
     7  other than life or title, may amend its charter to include any
     8  of the kinds of insurance included in section 3302(b) and (c)
     9  (relating to authorized classes of insurance) if its total
    10  assets, less net liability for losses for expenses and for
    11  unearned premium reserve for those premiums received on
    12  nonassessable policies, are not less than the minimum premiums
    13  specified in section 3306(e) (relating to minimum capital stock
    14  and financial requirements) for the incorporation of new
    15  companies, without the necessity of obtaining or of holding any
    16  application or of issuing any policy as specified in section
    17  3306(e) for the incorporation of new companies.
    18     (e)  Amendment of charter by certain stock companies.--Before
    19  any domestic stock fire, stock marine, stock fire and marine, or
    20  stock casualty insurance company transacting business under
    21  section 3302(b) or (c) may amend its charter for the transaction
    22  of additional kinds or classes of business under section 3302(b)
    23  or (c) or both, it shall have a paid-up capital and a paid-in or
    24  accumulated surplus in amounts required under section 3306(b) or
    25  (c) for incorporation for its present and proposed additional
    26  purposes.
    27  § 3553.  Proceedings to file amended charter and certification.
    28     Whenever any domestic stock or mutual insurance company
    29  amends its charter under section 3552 (relating to amendment of
    30  charter) or to carry out a merger or consolidation or to
    19870H1628B2005                 - 264 -

     1  increase or decrease the amount of its capital, the stockholders
     2  or members of the company may, at the time of adopting the
     3  amendment or resolutions, include therein the entire charter of
     4  the company, as amended or as affected by the proposed change.
     5  The amended charter or consolidation proceedings shall
     6  completely set forth all the terms and conditions of the charter
     7  under which the company shall thereafter transact business.
     8  However, the amended charter or consolidation proceedings shall
     9  contain only those provisions an original charter may lawfully
    10  contain and shall be filed in the office of the Secretary of the
    11  Commonwealth, in the same manner as provided under section
    12  3556(a) (relating to records of increases of capital stock),
    13  3558(e) (relating to reduction of capital stock) or 3562(d)
    14  (relating to proceedings to merge or consolidate).
    15  § 3554.  Power to increase capital stock.
    16     The capital stock of any stock insurance company may, with
    17  the consent of the persons holding more than one-half the value
    18  of its stock, be increased to an amount, regardless of any
    19  limitation upon the amount prescribed in any general or special
    20  law regulating any such company, as it deems necessary to
    21  accomplish and enlarge the business and purposes of the company.
    22  § 3555.  Proceedings to increase capital stock.
    23     (a)  General rule.--Any stock insurance company that desires
    24  to increase its capital stock shall, by resolution adopted by a
    25  majority of its board of directors, declare this purpose and, by
    26  resolution similarly adopted, direct that the question of the
    27  proposed increase be submitted to the stockholders of the
    28  corporation for their consent under subsection (b) or (c).
    29     (b)  Regular annual meeting.--The question may be submitted
    30  to the stockholders at any regular meeting. Notice of the
    19870H1628B2005                 - 265 -

     1  meeting shall state that the question of a capital stock
     2  increase will be considered at the meeting. The president and
     3  secretary of the meeting shall ascertain, by any method, whether
     4  the persons holding more than one-half the value of the stock of
     5  the company have consented to the increase. Upon being so
     6  satisfied, these officers shall certify in duplicate the fact,
     7  under oath. If a stock vote is demanded at the meeting, these
     8  officers shall cause a vote to be taken at the same time and
     9  place, by the same persons and in the same manner as the vote
    10  for directors of the company are taken.
    11     (c)  Special meeting.--The question may be submitted to the
    12  stockholders at a special meeting. Notice of the time, place and
    13  object of the meeting shall be published in the manner
    14  prescribed for the giving of notice of the regular annual
    15  meeting. At the meeting a vote of the stockholders shall be
    16  taken for or against the increase. The vote shall be conducted
    17  by three judges, who shall be stockholders of the company,
    18  appointed by the board of directors to hold the vote. If any
    19  judge is absent, the judges present shall appoint a replacement.
    20  The judges shall swear that they will conduct the vote according
    21  to law and to the best of their ability. The company shall
    22  furnish the judges at the meeting with a statement of the amount
    23  of its capital stock, the names of the persons holding the stock
    24  and the number of shares held by each, which statement shall be
    25  signed and sworn to by one of the chief officers of the company.
    26  The judges shall decide upon the qualifications of voters, count
    27  the number of shares voted for and against the increase and
    28  declare whether the persons holding a majority in amount of the
    29  stock of the corporation have consented to the increase. They
    30  shall complete duplicate returns of the vote stating the number
    19870H1628B2005                 - 266 -

     1  of shares of stock that voted for and against the increase and
     2  subscribe and deliver the returns to one of the chief officers
     3  of the company.
     4     (d)  Ballot.--Each ballot shall have endorsed on it the
     5  number of shares represented, but no shares transferred within
     6  30 days prior to the meeting shall entitle the holder to vote on
     7  the capital stock increase. A proxy shall not be received nor
     8  shall the holder be entitled to vote unless the proxy has been
     9  executed within four months preceding the meeting.
    10  § 3556.  Records of increases of capital stock.
    11     (a)  Filing with Secretary of Commonwealth.--If consent is
    12  given to a capital stock increase, the company shall file in the
    13  office of the Secretary of the Commonwealth, within 30 days
    14  after the vote, one copy each of the certificates of the
    15  president and secretary of the annual meeting or one copy of the
    16  return completed at the special meeting, with a copy of the
    17  resolution and the meeting notice. Thereafter, the increase may
    18  be made at such time or times as the directors determine. The
    19  Secretary of the Commonwealth shall furnish a certified copy of
    20  the proceedings to the department.
    21     (b)  (Reserved).
    22     (c)  Penalty.--In case of neglect or omission to make the
    23  return, a company shall be subject to a penalty of $5,000. The
    24  penalty shall be collected on an account settled by the Auditor
    25  General and State Treasurer, in the same manner as accounts for
    26  taxes due the Commonwealth are settled and collected. The
    27  Secretary of the Commonwealth shall record the return and
    28  furnish a copy of the return to the Auditor General.
    29  § 3557.  Sale of increases of capital stock.
    30     (a)  Subscription.--Any increase of capital stock made by any
    19870H1628B2005                 - 267 -

     1  stock insurance company may be issued at such price not less
     2  than par as the stockholders may direct or as the board of
     3  directors may direct under authority conferred by the
     4  stockholders. Unless otherwise provided in the charter or
     5  articles of agreement, each stockholder shall have the right to
     6  first subscribe for the new shares in proportion to his interest
     7  in the company.
     8     (b)  Exchange.--A stockholder shall not have the right to
     9  first subscribe for new shares if the stockholders holding more
    10  than one-half the value of the stock of the company direct,
    11  subject to such equitable regulations as the directors
    12  prescribe, that the new shares are to be issued in exchange for
    13  one or more outstanding shares of another insurance company in
    14  which the issuing company is authorized to invest, or partly in
    15  exchange and partly for cash.
    16     (c)  Approval of exchange by department.--The department
    17  shall examine the terms and conditions of any exchange described
    18  in subsection (b) and, after holding a hearing at which all
    19  persons to whom it is proposed to issue shares in exchange shall
    20  have the right to appear, shall approve or disapprove the
    21  fairness of the terms and conditions.
    22     (d)  Notice of right to subscribe.--Except when an exchange
    23  described in subsection (b) is to be effected, notice to the
    24  stockholders to exercise their rights to subscribe for and to
    25  take the stock at the price so fixed shall be mailed to each
    26  stockholder, at the last address of the stockholder appearing on
    27  the books or records of the company, 30 days prior to the date
    28  fixed by the board of directors for the expiration of the right
    29  to subscribe. This notice shall also be given by publication
    30  once a week for three weeks in a newspaper of general
    19870H1628B2005                 - 268 -

     1  circulation published in the municipality in which the company
     2  has its principal office.
     3     (e)  Sale of unsubscribed stock.--Any stock not subscribed
     4  for and taken by the stockholders may be sold and disposed of by
     5  the board of directors, in such manner as the stockholders
     6  direct. However, the stock shall not be sold or disposed of at a
     7  price less than that originally fixed by the stockholders.
     8     (f)  Issuance to officers or employees.--Notwithstanding
     9  anything in this section to the contrary, any stock insurance
    10  company may issue to its officers or employees, to the officers
    11  or employees of any subsidiary corporation or to a trustee on
    12  their behalf, the number of its authorized but unissued shares
    13  prescribed by the stockholders having the majority interest.
    14  These shares shall be issued at such times and in such manner as
    15  the board of directors determines. Any stock authorized to be
    16  issued to officers or employees and not taken by those entitled
    17  to it may be sold and disposed of in such manner as the board of
    18  directors determines.
    19  § 3558.  Reduction of capital stock.
    20     (a)  General rule.--The capital stock of any stock insurance
    21  company may be reduced at any time by the consent of the persons
    22  holding more than one-half the value of the stock of the
    23  company. However, this reduction shall not be below the minimum
    24  amount of capital stock required by law for the formation of
    25  such companies.
    26     (b)  Meeting.--Any stock insurance company that desires to
    27  reduce its capital stock shall, by a resolution of its board of
    28  directors, call a meeting of its stockholders. The meeting shall
    29  be held at its chief office or place of business in this
    30  Commonwealth. Notice of the time, place and object of the
    19870H1628B2005                 - 269 -

     1  meeting shall be given in the manner prescribed for the giving
     2  of notice of the regular annual meeting.
     3     (c)  Voting procedure.--At the meeting a vote of the
     4  stockholders of the company shall be taken on the question of
     5  the reduction. The vote shall be conducted by three judges, who
     6  shall be stockholders of the company, appointed by the board of
     7  directors to hold the vote. If any judge is absent, the judges
     8  present shall appoint a replacement. The judges shall swear that
     9  they will conduct the vote according to law and to the best of
    10  their ability. The company shall furnish the judges at the
    11  meeting with a statement of the amount of its capital stock,
    12  with the names of the persons holding the stock and the number
    13  of shares held by each, which statement shall be signed and
    14  sworn to by one of the chief officers of the company. The judges
    15  shall decide upon the qualification of voters, count the number
    16  of shares voted for and against the reduction and declare
    17  whether the persons holding more than one-half the value of the
    18  stock of the company have consented to the reduction. They shall
    19  complete duplicate returns of the vote, stating the number of
    20  shares of stock that voted for and against the reduction, and
    21  subscribe and deliver the returns to one of the chief officers
    22  of the company.
    23     (d)  Stock entitled to vote.--Each ballot shall have endorsed
    24  on it the number of shares represented, but no shares
    25  transferred within 60 days prior to the meeting shall entitle
    26  the holder to vote on the capital stock reduction. A proxy shall
    27  not be received nor shall the holder be entitled to vote unless
    28  it has been executed within three months preceding the meeting.
    29     (e)  Filing, approval and recording of proceedings.--If
    30  consent is given to the reduction, the company shall file in the
    19870H1628B2005                 - 270 -

     1  office of the department within 30 days after the vote one copy
     2  each of the resolution, the meeting notice and the return. The
     3  department shall, if it finds the transaction regular in form
     4  and consistent with the interest of the policyholders and
     5  creditors, endorse its approval and file it in the office of the
     6  Secretary of the Commonwealth. Upon the reduction of the capital
     7  stock of the company, the president or treasurer of the company
     8  shall file, within 30 days, a return with the department and the
     9  Secretary of the Commonwealth, under oath, stating the amount of
    10  the reduction.
    11     (f)  Penalty.--In case of neglect or omission to timely file
    12  the documents listed in subsection (e), the company shall be
    13  subject to a penalty of $5,000. This penalty shall be collected
    14  on an account settled by the Auditor General and State
    15  Treasurer, in the same manner as accounts for taxes due the
    16  Commonwealth are settled and collected. The Secretary of the
    17  Commonwealth shall record the return and furnish a certified
    18  copy of the return to the Auditor General. The company shall,
    19  after the receipt of the return from the Secretary of the
    20  Commonwealth, have it recorded in the office of the recorder of
    21  deeds of the county in which the company has its principal
    22  office.
    23                            SUBCHAPTER D
    24          MERGER, CONSOLIDATION AND VOLUNTARY DISSOLUTION
    25  Sec.
    26  3561.  Power to merge or consolidate.
    27  3562.  Proceedings to merge or consolidate.
    28  3563.  Dissenters' rights upon merger or consolidation.
    29  3564.  Merger of domestic and foreign insurance companies.
    30  3565.  Protection of competition.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 271 -

     1  3566.  Merger by acquisition of stock.
     2  3567.  Dissenters' rights upon merger by acquisition of stock.
     3  3568.  Approval of acquisitions by department.
     4  3569.  Holding company systems.
     5  3570.  Voluntary dissolution.
     6  3571.  Dissolution for failure to do business.
     7  § 3561.  Power to merge or consolidate.
     8     Any two or more domestic stock insurance companies and any
     9  two or more domestic mutual insurance companies transacting the
    10  same or similar classes of insurance may be merged into one of
    11  such domestic companies or consolidated into a new company to be
    12  formed as provided in the consolidation agreement. The
    13  consolidation agreement shall include all of the statements
    14  required by section 3303 (relating to articles of agreement) to
    15  be set forth in original articles of incorporation in the case
    16  of the formation of a new insurance company, so that all the
    17  property, rights, franchises and privileges vested in any of the
    18  companies so merged or consolidated shall be transferred to and
    19  vested in the surviving or new company. This section does not
    20  permit the merging or consolidating of a stock insurance company
    21  with a mutual insurance company.
    22  § 3562.  Proceedings to merge or consolidate.
    23     (a)  Joint agreement.--The directors or trustees of each
    24  company shall enter into a joint agreement, under the corporate
    25  seal of each company, for the merger or consolidation of the
    26  companies. The agreement shall prescribe:
    27         (1)  The terms and conditions of the merger or
    28     consolidation.
    29         (2)  The mode of carrying it into effect.
    30         (3)  The name of the surviving or new company.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 272 -

     1         (4)  The number and names of the directors or trustees
     2     and other officers thereof, and who shall be the directors or
     3     trustees and officers, and their places of residence.
     4         (5)  The number of shares of the capital stock, if any.
     5         (6)  The amount of par value of each share.
     6         (7)  The manner of converting the capital stock of each
     7     of the companies into the stock of the surviving or new
     8     company.
     9         (8)  How and when directors or trustees and officers
    10     shall be chosen.
    11         (9)  Any other details necessary to perfect the merger or
    12     consolidation.
    13  The agreement shall not be effective unless it is approved by
    14  the stockholders or members of the companies under subsection
    15  (b) or (c).
    16     (b)  Stock companies.--The agreement shall be submitted to
    17  the stockholders of each of the stock companies at separate
    18  special meetings or at any annual meetings. Notice of the time,
    19  place and object of each meeting shall be given by publication
    20  once a week for three consecutive weeks in at least two
    21  newspapers in the county in which the principal office of the
    22  company is located. At each meeting the agreement of the
    23  directors or trustees shall be considered, and a vote by ballot
    24  of the stockholders, in person or by proxy, shall be taken. If a
    25  majority in interest of the entire capital stock of each of the
    26  companies votes in favor of the agreement, then the result shall
    27  be certified by the secretary of each company under the
    28  corporate seal thereof. The certificates and a copy of the
    29  agreement shall be filed in the office of the department. The
    30  department shall examine the proceedings, and, if it finds that
    19870H1628B2005                 - 273 -

     1  the proceedings were in accordance with law and not injurious to
     2  the interests of the policyholders and creditors, it shall
     3  endorse its approval and immediately forward the certificates
     4  and agreement to the Governor for his approval. Upon approval by
     5  the Governor, the agreement shall be deemed to be the act of
     6  merger or consolidation of the surviving or new company.
     7     (c)  Mutual companies.--The agreement shall be submitted to
     8  the members of each of the mutual companies at separate special
     9  meetings or at any annual meetings. Notice of the time, place
    10  and object of each meeting shall be given by publication once a
    11  week for three consecutive weeks in at least two newspapers in
    12  the county in which the principal office of the company is
    13  located; additional 30 days' notice of the time, place and
    14  object of the meeting shall be given by first class mail to all
    15  members of each company, requesting them to vote in person or by
    16  proxy on the agreement. The notice shall be mailed by the
    17  company to the last known address of the members on the records
    18  of the company. At each meeting the agreement of the directors
    19  or trustees shall be considered, and a vote by ballot of the
    20  members, in person or by proxy, shall be taken. If two-thirds of
    21  the amount of the members of each company who are present at the
    22  meeting in person or by proxy vote in favor of the agreement of
    23  merger or consolidation, then the result shall be certified by
    24  the secretary of each company under the corporate seal. The
    25  certificate and a copy of the agreement shall be filed with the
    26  department. The department shall examine the proceedings. If the
    27  department finds that the proceedings were in accordance with
    28  law and not injurious to the interests of the policyholders and
    29  creditors, it shall endorse its approval and immediately forward
    30  the certificates and agreement to the Governor for his approval.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 274 -

     1  Upon approval by the Governor, the agreement shall be deemed to
     2  be the act of merger or consolidation of the surviving or new
     3  company.
     4     (d)  Filing, approval and recording of documents.--The
     5  Governor, upon the approval of the certificates and agreement,
     6  shall issue letters patent. The letters patent, the certificates
     7  and a copy of the agreement shall be filed and recorded in the
     8  office of the Secretary of the Commonwealth. A certified copy of
     9  the certificates and agreement so filed in the office of the
    10  Secretary of the Commonwealth shall be evidence of the lawful
    11  holding and action of the meetings and of the merger or
    12  consolidation of the companies. Upon the issuance of the letters
    13  patent by the Governor, the entire proceeding shall also be
    14  recorded in the office of the recorder of deeds of the proper
    15  county. When so recorded, the merger or consolidation shall be
    16  deemed to have taken place with the companies to be one company
    17  under the name adopted under the agreement, possessing all the
    18  rights, privileges and franchises vested in each of them. All
    19  the real and personal property and rights of action of each
    20  company shall be deemed transferred to the surviving or new
    21  company without any further act or deed.
    22     (e)  Rights of creditors and lienholders.--All rights of
    23  creditors and all liens upon the property of each company shall
    24  continue unimpaired, limited in lien to the property affected by
    25  the liens at the time of their creation. The respective
    26  constituent companies may be deemed to be in existence to
    27  preserve those liens. All debts not of record, duties and
    28  liabilities of each of the constituent companies shall attach to
    29  the surviving or new company and may be enforced against it to
    30  the same extent, and by the same process, as if the debts,
    19870H1628B2005                 - 275 -

     1  duties and liabilities had been contracted by it.
     2  § 3563.  Dissenters' rights upon merger or consolidation.
     3     (a)  Petition to appraise damages.--Any stockholder or member
     4  of any insurance company who objects to the merger or
     5  consolidation and who voted against it at the appropriate
     6  meeting may, within 30 days after the adoption of the agreement
     7  and upon reasonable notice to the company, petition the court of
     8  the county in which the chief office of the company is located
     9  to appoint three disinterested persons to appraise the damages
    10  caused him by the merger or consolidation. Upon the petition,
    11  the court shall make the appointment, and the award of the
    12  persons so appointed, or of a majority of them, when confirmed
    13  by the court, shall be final and conclusive.
    14     (b)  Appraisal of shares or interest.--The persons so
    15  appointed shall also appraise the shares of the stockholder or
    16  the interest of the member in the company at full market value
    17  without regard to any appreciation or depreciation in
    18  consequence of the merger or consolidation. This appraisal, when
    19  confirmed by the court, shall be final and conclusive.
    20     (c)  Election of company.--The company may pay to the
    21  stockholder or member either the amount of damages awarded or
    22  the value of the stock or interest ascertained. Upon the payment
    23  of the value of the stock, the stockholder shall transfer the
    24  stock held by him to the company, to be disposed of by the
    25  directors or to be retained for the benefit of the other
    26  stockholders. Upon the payment of the value of any interest of
    27  any member, the interest of the member in the company shall
    28  cease. In case the value of the stock or interest is not paid
    29  within 30 days after the award is confirmed by the court, the
    30  damages found and confirmed shall be a judgment against the
    19870H1628B2005                 - 276 -

     1  company.
     2  § 3564.  Merger of domestic and foreign insurance companies.
     3     (a)  Authority to merge.--Any domestic life, fire or marine
     4  insurance company or casualty or surety company authorized to do
     5  business under this title may merge or consolidate, as provided
     6  in this section, with a company organized under the laws of
     7  another state if the merger or consolidation is authorized by
     8  the laws or approved by the insurance supervising officials of
     9  the state in which the foreign company is incorporated.
    10     (b)  Domestic company.--A domestic company shall comply with
    11  all the requirements of this chapter with respect to the merger
    12  or consolidation of two or more domestic companies.
    13     (c)  Foreign company.--The foreign company shall comply with
    14  all of the requirements of the law or of the supervising
    15  insurance officials of the state under which it is incorporated
    16  with respect to such a merger or consolidation. The agreement
    17  shall first be submitted for approval by the department.
    18     (d)  Domicile of surviving company.--The domicile of the
    19  surviving or new company shall be located in this Commonwealth,
    20  unless the department consents, in writing endorsed on the
    21  merger or consolidation agreement, that the merged or
    22  consolidated company may be domiciled in some other state.
    23     (e)  Foreign surviving company.--A merged or consolidated
    24  company, domiciling in another state, shall not have any
    25  authority to transact business in this Commonwealth unless the
    26  company complies with the law of this Commonwealth with respect
    27  to its admission to transact business here.
    28     (f)  (Reserved).
    29     (g)  Substituted certificates.--If the merger or
    30  consolidation involves a stock company, the surviving or new
    19870H1628B2005                 - 277 -

     1  company may require the return of the original certificates of
     2  stock held by each stockholder in each of the companies to be
     3  merged or consolidated and issue new certificates for the number
     4  of shares of its own stock that the stockholders may be entitled
     5  to receive.
     6     (h)  Effect of a merger or consolidation.--Upon a merger or
     7  consolidation, all the rights, franchises and interests of the
     8  companies so merging or consolidating in any property belonging
     9  to them shall be deemed to be transferred to and vested in the
    10  surviving or new company without any other deed or transfer. The
    11  surviving or new company shall succeed to all the obligations
    12  and liabilities of the old companies and shall be held liable to
    13  pay and discharge all debts and liabilities in the same manner
    14  as if they had been incurred or contracted by it. The
    15  stockholders or members of the old companies shall continue,
    16  subject to all the liabilities, claims and demands existing
    17  against them at or before the merger or consolidation. An action
    18  or proceeding pending at the time of merger or consolidation, in
    19  which any or all of the old companies may be a party, shall not
    20  abate or discontinue by reason of the merger or consolidation;
    21  any such action or proceeding may be prosecuted to final
    22  judgment in the same manner as if the merger or consolidation
    23  had not taken place, or the surviving or new company may be
    24  substituted in place of any company so merged or consolidated by
    25  order of the court in which the action or proceeding is pending.
    26  § 3565.  Protection of competition.
    27     (a)  Holding capital stock of other companies.--Any domestic
    28  insurance company may retain or acquire the whole or any part of
    29  the capital stock of any other insurance company; however, no
    30  insurance company shall, by reason of this retention or
    19870H1628B2005                 - 278 -

     1  acquisition of capital stock, conduct its business in a manner
     2  which substantially lessens competition or tends to create a
     3  monopoly. Any retention or acquisition shall comply with the
     4  provisions of this title relating to the investment of the funds
     5  of domestic insurance companies.
     6     (b)  Interlocking directorates.--Any person otherwise
     7  qualified may be a director of two or more insurance companies
     8  when this interlocking directorate is not used as a means of
     9  substantially lessening competition or tending to create a
    10  monopoly.
    11     (c)  Enforcement proceedings.--Whenever the department has
    12  reason to believe that there is a violation of subsection (a) or
    13  (b), it shall serve upon the insurance company, or the director
    14  concerned, a complaint setting forth the facts alleged to
    15  constitute the violation. With the complaint, there shall be
    16  notice in writing of a time and place of a hearing before the
    17  department. The hearing shall not be held less than 30 days
    18  after the service of the complaint. The complaint shall require
    19  the insurance company or director to show cause why an order
    20  should not be made by the department directing the insurance
    21  company or director to cease and desist from the violation. The
    22  hearing shall be conducted, and the decision of the department
    23  on the issue involved shall be rendered, in accordance with the
    24  provisions of 2 Pa.C.S. Ch. 5 Subch. A (relating to practice and
    25  procedure of Commonwealth agencies).
    26     (d)  Order.--If, after the hearing, the department finds that
    27  there has been such a violation, it shall issue and serve upon
    28  the insurance company or director an order reciting the facts
    29  found by it, setting forth the violation, directing the
    30  insurance company or director to cease and desist from the
    19870H1628B2005                 - 279 -

     1  violation.
     2     (e)  Divestiture.--This section does not authorize any order,
     3  judgment or decree directing any domestic insurance company to
     4  divest itself of the capital stock of another insurance company.
     5  § 3566.  Merger by acquisition of stock.
     6     (a)  General rule.--Any business or insurance corporation
     7  seeking to acquire, in exchange for shares of its capital stock,
     8  other securities, cash or other consideration, all of the shares
     9  of the capital stock of any insurance company organized under
    10  the law of this Commonwealth, may elect to acquire those shares
    11  as provided in this section.
    12     (b)  Acquiring corporation not 90% owner.--If the acquiring
    13  corporation does not own, directly or indirectly, at least 90%
    14  of the aggregate issued and outstanding shares of all classes of
    15  voting stock of the company to be acquired, the boards of
    16  directors, trustees or other governing bodies of the acquiring
    17  corporation and the corporation to be acquired shall by
    18  resolution approve a proposed exchange offer. The proposed offer
    19  shall specify the stock or classes of stock to be acquired, the
    20  terms and conditions of the offer, the method of acceptance and
    21  the procedure to be followed to effect the exchange. It may fix
    22  or provide for the fixing of record dates for the determination
    23  of stockholders to whom offers, notices and other communications
    24  shall be mailed, and it may provide for the determination of
    25  stockholders who shall be entitled to exercise rights under this
    26  subchapter.
    27     (c)  Acquiring corporation 90% owner.--Where the acquiring
    28  corporation owns, directly or indirectly, 90% of the aggregate
    29  issued and outstanding shares of all classes of voting stock of
    30  the acquired corporation, the board of directors, trustees or
    19870H1628B2005                 - 280 -

     1  other governing body of the acquiring corporation may, by
     2  resolution, adopt a plan for the acquisition of minority
     3  interests in the corporation to be acquired. The plan shall set
     4  forth:
     5         (1)  The name of the corporation to be acquired.
     6         (2)  The total number of issued and outstanding shares of
     7     each class of voting stock of the corporation to be acquired,
     8     the number of its shares owned by the acquiring corporation
     9     and, if either of the foregoing is subject to change prior to
    10     the effective date of acquisition, the manner in which any
    11     change may occur.
    12         (3)  The terms and conditions of the plan, including the
    13     manner and basis of exchanging the shares to be acquired, the
    14     proposed effective date of acquisition and a statement
    15     clearly describing the rights of dissenting stockholders to
    16     demand appraisal.
    17         (4)  If the acquiring corporation is neither a domestic
    18     corporation nor an insurer authorized to do business in this
    19     Commonwealth, its agreement to be bound by subsection (j) and
    20     section 3567 (relating to dissenters' rights upon merger by
    21     acquisition of stock) with respect to the plan and its
    22     consent to the enforcement against it in this Commonwealth of
    23     the rights of stockholders pursuant to the plan.
    24         (5)  Such other provisions with respect to the plan as
    25     the board of directors, trustees or other governing body
    26     believes necessary or desirable or as the department
    27     prescribes.
    28     (d)  Submission of proposal.--The acquiring corporation shall
    29  submit the terms and conditions of the proposed offer or plan to
    30  the department for its approval. The department shall hold a
    19870H1628B2005                 - 281 -

     1  hearing upon at least ten days' notice to all stockholders of
     2  the corporation to be acquired any of whom may appear. After the
     3  hearing, the department shall either approve or disapprove the
     4  terms and conditions. If the terms and conditions are approved
     5  by the department, the acquiring corporation shall submit by
     6  mail a written offer or plan of acquisition to the stockholders
     7  of the corporation to be acquired, addressed to each stockholder
     8  at his address of record.
     9     (e)  Corporate acceptance.--If prior to the termination date
    10  of an exchange offer under subsection (b) or any extension
    11  thereof, which shall be no later than 120 days after the date of
    12  the initial mailing of the offer, the offer is accepted by the
    13  holders of not less than the percentage of the outstanding
    14  shares of capital stock specified in the terms and conditions of
    15  the proposed offer, which shall be at least 80% of the total
    16  combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote
    17  and 80% of the total number of shares of all other classes of
    18  stock, the acquiring corporation shall, within 150 days after
    19  the date of the initial mailing, notify the corporation to be
    20  acquired of the acceptance and furnish to the acquired
    21  corporation a list of all stockholders who accepted the offer
    22  and of the numbers and classes of shares covered by their
    23  respective acceptances. Thereupon, the acquiring corporation
    24  shall automatically become the holder of all shares of all
    25  classes of capital stock of the corporation to be acquired
    26  included in the list, except to the extent that it has notified
    27  the corporation to be acquired that shares are to be issued to
    28  specified persons in order to qualify them or to maintain their
    29  qualification as directors of the corporation to be acquired.
    30  Certificates representing all outstanding shares of capital
    19870H1628B2005                 - 282 -

     1  stock of the corporation to be acquired included in this list
     2  shall immediately be issued to the acquiring corporation and
     3  those persons it has specified. The formerly outstanding
     4  certificates shall represent only the right to receive shares of
     5  capital stock or other securities of the acquiring corporation,
     6  cash, other consideration or a combination thereof as specified
     7  in the offer.
     8     (f)  Notice of dissenters' rights.--Within 30 days after the
     9  notification from the acquiring corporation, the corporation to
    10  be acquired shall notify by mail each of its stockholders who
    11  has not accepted the offer that, subject to subsections (g) and
    12  (j) and section 3567, a copy of which shall be included with the
    13  notice, the stockholder may receive payment in cash of the full
    14  market value of his shares and may not vote, receive dividends
    15  or other distributions or exercise any rights with respect to
    16  these shares other than those set forth in subsections (g) and
    17  (j) and section 3567.
    18     (g)  Deemed stockholder acceptances.--A stockholder who does
    19  not otherwise accept an exchange offer described under
    20  subsection (b) shall be deemed to have accepted it if, following
    21  the mailing of the notice under subsection (f), any of the
    22  following conditions occur:
    23         (1)  He fails to make written demand as provided in
    24     section 3567(a).
    25         (2)  He fails to surrender his certificate for notation
    26     as provided in section 3567(b) unless the corporation to be
    27     acquired waives this failure or relief from the failure is
    28     granted by the court of the county in which the chief office
    29     of the corporation to be acquired is located.
    30         (3)  The full market value of his shares not having been
    19870H1628B2005                 - 283 -

     1     agreed upon as provided in section 3567(c), he fails to
     2     comply with the provisions thereof with respect to the filing
     3     of a petition for the appointment of appraisers and the
     4     corporation to be acquired does not waive this failure.
     5  The acquiring corporation shall automatically become the holder
     6  of all shares of all classes of capital stock of the corporation
     7  to be acquired held by any stockholder who is deemed to have
     8  accepted the exchange offer under this subsection.
     9     (h)  Certification to department.--On or before the date of
    10  acquisition proposed in a plan adopted pursuant to subsection
    11  (c), the acquiring corporation shall file with the department a
    12  certificate stating that it has submitted the written offer or
    13  plan of acquisition to the stockholders of the corporation to be
    14  acquired, as required by subsection (d). This certificate shall
    15  be executed by the president of the acquiring corporation and
    16  attested by its secretary or other corresponding executive
    17  officers.
    18     (i)  Ownership of acquired shares.--Upon compliance with this
    19  subsection and with subsections (a), (c), (d) and (j) and
    20  section 3567, ownership of the shares to be acquired pursuant to
    21  the plan shall vest in the acquiring corporation on the date of
    22  acquisition proposed in the plan whether or not the certificates
    23  for the shares have been surrendered for exchange. The acquiring
    24  corporation may have new certificates registered in its name,
    25  except to the extent it has notified the acquired corporation
    26  that shares are to be issued to specified persons in order to
    27  qualify them or to maintain their qualification as directors of
    28  the acquired corporation. Stockholders whose shares have been so
    29  acquired shall retain only the right to receive the
    30  consideration to be paid in exchange for their shares pursuant
    19870H1628B2005                 - 284 -

     1  to the plan or to demand appraisal pursuant to section 3567.
     2     (j)  Distribution of stock shares and consideration.--If the
     3  acquiring corporation has notified the acquired corporation of
     4  the acceptance of an exchange offer made under subsection (b) or
     5  if a plan has been adopted pursuant to subsection (c), on or
     6  after the date of acquisition proposed in the plan, the
     7  acquiring corporation shall issue, in the name of each
     8  stockholder who has accepted the offer or who has not made
     9  timely demand for appraisal, certificates for the shares of its
    10  capital stock or other securities as provided in the exchange
    11  offer or plan, or shall set aside the cash or other
    12  consideration to which he is entitled. The certificates, cash or
    13  other consideration shall be delivered to the stockholder if he
    14  has surrendered the certificates for his shares of the acquired
    15  corporation for exchange and shall otherwise be held in trust
    16  for delivery to the stockholder upon surrender of the
    17  certificates.
    18  § 3567.  Dissenters' rights upon merger by acquisition of stock.
    19     (a)  Written demand for redemption.--A stockholder of the
    20  acquired corporation who wishes to be paid the full market value
    21  of his shares shall make written demand for this payment upon
    22  the corporation to be acquired in the case of an exchange offer
    23  made pursuant to section 3566(b) (relating to merger by
    24  acquisition of stock) within 30 days after the mailing of the
    25  notice by the corporation to be acquired, or in the case of a
    26  plan adopted pursuant to section 3566(c) within 30 days after
    27  the mailing of the plan of acquisition by the acquiring
    28  corporation pursuant to section 3566(d). A stockholder may
    29  demand payment as to all or less than all of those shares
    30  registered in his name of which he is not the beneficial owner,
    19870H1628B2005                 - 285 -

     1  but demand may not be made with respect to some but less than
     2  all shares of the same class owned by any given beneficial owner
     3  of shares, whether or not the shares so owned by him are
     4  registered in his name.
     5     (b)  Notation on share certificates.--Within 20 days after
     6  demanding payment for his shares, each stockholder demanding
     7  payment shall submit the certificate representing his share to
     8  the corporation to be acquired for notation that a demand has
     9  been made. If a share represented by a certificate on which
    10  notation has been so made is transferred, each new certificate
    11  issued for the share shall bear a similar notation, together
    12  with the name of the original holder of the share who demanded
    13  payment. The transferee of the share shall acquire by the
    14  transfer no rights other than those which the stockholder who
    15  demanded payment had after making demand for payment of the full
    16  market value.
    17     (c)  Appraisal procedure.--Any stockholder of the acquired
    18  corporation who has not accepted the exchange offer and is not
    19  deemed to have accepted it or who has made timely demand for
    20  appraisal under subsection (a) may receive payment for his
    21  shares of capital stock of the acquired corporation as provided
    22  in this subsection. If, within 40 days after making demand under
    23  subsection (a), the stockholder and the acquired corporation
    24  have not agreed as to the full market value of the shares, the
    25  stockholder may, within 60 days after making the demand,
    26  petition the court of the county in which the chief office of
    27  the acquired corporation is located to appoint three
    28  disinterested persons to appraise the shares of the stockholder
    29  at the full market value. The appraisal shall be made as of the
    30  day prior to the day on which the exchange offer or plan of
    19870H1628B2005                 - 286 -

     1  acquisition was mailed, without regard to any appreciation or
     2  depreciation in consequence of the exchange offer or plan of
     3  acquisition. The appraisal, when confirmed by the court, shall
     4  be final and conclusive. The full market value of the shares as
     5  agreed upon or as so determined shall be paid by the acquired
     6  corporation to the stockholder upon surrender to the acquired
     7  corporation of his certificates for the shares. The acquired
     8  corporation may retain, cancel, dispose of or take other action
     9  with respect to the shares. However, there shall be no reduction
    10  in the capital stock of the acquired corporation without
    11  compliance with other applicable provisions of law, and the
    12  acquired corporation may not vote these shares.
    13     (d)  Reimbursement of shareholder.--Any stockholder who has
    14  had his shares of stock appraised and the appraisal confirmed
    15  shall be reimbursed by the acquiring corporation, in an amount
    16  not in excess of $10,000, for his reasonable expenses, including
    17  attorney fees, in obtaining the appraisal, if the amount of the
    18  appraisal exceeds by 10% the value of the securities, cash or
    19  other consideration the stockholder would have received under
    20  the terms of the offer or plan. For the purpose of determining
    21  if a shareholder is entitled to reimbursement for his expenses,
    22  the value of the securities which the shareholder would have
    23  received under the term of the offer or plan shall be deemed to
    24  be their average market value on the initial mailing date of an
    25  offer or on the effective date of acquisition as set forth in a
    26  plan.
    27     (e)  Exclusive rights and remedies.--Any stockholder who
    28  desires to object to or dissent from any proposed exchange
    29  authorized under section 3566 shall be limited to the rights and
    30  remedies provided in this section.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 287 -

     1  § 3568.  Approval of acquisitions by department.
     2     (a)  Applicability of requirements.--Without first complying
     3  with all applicable provisions of this section:
     4         (1)  A person shall not, directly or indirectly through
     5     an intermediary or otherwise, acquire or offer to acquire
     6     beneficial ownership of insurance stock or insurance holding
     7     company stock if the acquisition, together with any past or
     8     proposed acquisitions from others, would cause the person to
     9     have beneficial ownership of more than 10% of the outstanding
    10     insurance stock or insurance holding company stock of any
    11     class of any issuer.
    12         (2)  A person who beneficially owns 10% or more of the
    13     outstanding insurance stock or insurance holding company
    14     stock of any class of any issuer shall not, directly or
    15     indirectly through an intermediary or otherwise, increase or
    16     attempt to increase his beneficial ownership of stock of the
    17     class by acquisition of additional stock of the class.
    18         (3)  A person shall not, directly or indirectly through
    19     an intermediary or otherwise, acquire or offer to acquire
    20     beneficial ownership of insurance stock or insurance holding
    21     company stock pursuant to a plan whereby he would become the
    22     beneficial owner of more than 10% of the outstanding
    23     insurance stock or insurance holding company stock of any
    24     class of any issuer. However, in a case where it is proposed
    25     to acquire or offer to acquire beneficial ownership of
    26     insurance holding company stock and neither the insurance
    27     holding company nor any affiliate which it controls are
    28     incorporated under the law of this Commonwealth, the
    29     restrictions set forth in this paragraph shall apply only if
    30     those to whom an offer to acquire the insurance holding
    19870H1628B2005                 - 288 -

     1     company stock is to be made include one or more residents of
     2     this Commonwealth.
     3     (b)  Filing of statement with department.--There shall be
     4  filed with the department a statement, signed and verified by
     5  the person proposing to make the acquisition, which shall
     6  contain the information specified in this subsection and copies
     7  of all material proposed to be used in connection with the offer
     8  or acquisition, which shall set forth the information contained
     9  in the statement filed with the department. Copies of the
    10  statement and material and all amendments thereto shall
    11  simultaneously also be sent by registered mail to the issuer of
    12  the insurance stock or insurance holding company stock proposed
    13  to be acquired. The statement filed with the department shall be
    14  filed on a form prescribed by the department and shall contain
    15  the following information and such additional information as the
    16  department requires by regulation:
    17         (1)  The name and address of each person who proposes to
    18     acquire or offer to acquire insurance stock or insurance
    19     holding company stock.
    20         (2)  If the person is an individual, his principal
    21     occupation during the past five years.
    22         (3)  If the person is not an individual, a description of
    23     the business done and intended to be done by the person and
    24     the person's subsidiaries and the general development of the
    25     business during the past five years.
    26         (4)  If the person is not an individual, a list of all
    27     its directors or executive officers or those who perform
    28     similar functions and all persons who have been chosen to
    29     hold such positions. The list shall include all positions and
    30     offices held by the persons named in the particular
    19870H1628B2005                 - 289 -

     1     organization and their principal occupations during the past
     2     five years.
     3         (5)  The terms and conditions of any proposed offer and
     4     acquisition and the manner in which the offer and acquisition
     5     are to be made.
     6         (6)  The source of the funds to be used in the proposed
     7     acquisition and, if the funds are to be borrowed, the name of
     8     the lender and a summary of the terms and conditions of the
     9     loan transactions.
    10         (7)  The plans which the person has for the future
    11     business and management of the issuer whose capital stock is
    12     to be acquired and, if the issuer is an insurance holding
    13     company, of any prospective subsidiary including the plans
    14     with respect to total or partial liquidation, sale of assets,
    15     merger or material change in business, corporate structure,
    16     management or composition of the board of directors.
    17         (8)  The number of shares of each class of insurance
    18     stock or insurance holding company stock proposed to be
    19     acquired which are beneficially owned by the person proposing
    20     to acquire the insurance stock or insurance holding company
    21     stock or which are subject to rights of acquisition by that
    22     person, the dates of any sales and purchases of the stock by
    23     the person and each associate of the person within the past
    24     two years and the prices received or paid in connection with
    25     such sales and purchases.
    26         (9)  Information as to any contracts or arrangements with
    27     any person with respect to any securities of the insurance
    28     company of insurance holding company whose capital stock is
    29     to be acquired, including, but not limited to, those with
    30     respect to:
    19870H1628B2005                 - 290 -

     1             (i)  Transfer of such securities.
     2             (ii)  Joint ventures.
     3             (iii)  Loan or option arrangements.
     4             (iv)  Puts or calls.
     5             (v)  Guaranties of loans.
     6             (vi)  Guaranties against loss or guaranties of
     7         profits.
     8             (vii)  Division of losses or profits.
     9             (viii)  The giving or withholding of proxies.
    10             (ix) Names of the persons with whom these contracts
    11         or arrangements have been entered into.
    12         (10)  Complete audited statements as to the earnings and
    13     financial condition of the person for the preceding five
    14     fiscal years of the person and similar unaudited information
    15     as of a date not more than 90 days prior to the filing of the
    16     statement with the department.
    17     (c)  Criteria for approval.--The department shall approve the
    18  acquisition if it determines that all of the following
    19  requirements are met:
    20         (1)  The statement and other material filed under
    21     subsection (b) comply with the requirements thereof.
    22         (2)  The department has no reason to believe that after
    23     the acquisition the insurance company whose capital stock is
    24     to be acquired or the prospective subsidiary will not
    25     continue to comply with the law of this Commonwealth.
    26         (3)  Upon completion of the acquisition, the insurance
    27     company whose capital stock is to be acquired or the
    28     prospective subsidiary would satisfy the requirements for the
    29     issuance of a license to write any line of insurance which it
    30     is presently licensed to write in this Commonwealth.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 291 -

     1         (4)  The effect of the acquisition will not be
     2     substantially to lessen competition in insurance in this
     3     Commonwealth or to tend to create a monopoly.
     4         (5)  The financial condition of the person proposing to
     5     make the acquisition is not such as might jeopardize the
     6     financial stability of the insurance company whose capital
     7     stock is to be acquired or the prospective subsidiary or
     8     prejudice the interests of the policyholders of the insurance
     9     company or, in the case of an acquisition of control other
    10     than by merger or consolidation, prejudice the interests of
    11     any remaining shareholders of the insurance company who are
    12     unaffiliated with the person proposing to make the
    13     acquisition.
    14         (6)  The plans or proposals which the person proposing to
    15     make the acquisition has to liquidate the insurance company
    16     whose capital stock is to be acquired or the prospective
    17     subsidiary, to sell the assets of the insurance company, to
    18     merge or consolidate it with any person or to make any other
    19     material change in its business or corporate structure or
    20     management, are fair and reasonable to its policyholders and
    21     shareholders.
    22         (7)  The competence, experience and integrity of those
    23     persons who control or manage the person proposing to make
    24     the acquisition and of those persons who would control or
    25     manage the operation of the insurance company indicate that
    26     it would be in the interest of the policyholders and
    27     shareholders of the insurance company and of the general
    28     public to permit such acquisition to be made.
    29         (8)  The interests of the policyholders, shareholders and
    30     general public would not otherwise be prejudiced or impaired.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 292 -

     1     (d)  Procedure.--The department shall notify the person
     2  filing the statement, the issuer whose stock is proposed to be
     3  acquired and, if the issuer is an insurance holding company, the
     4  prospective subsidiary of the department's approval or
     5  disapproval of the proposed acquisition. If the department gives
     6  notice of approval, the proposed offer and acquisition may be
     7  made and consummated on the terms and conditions and in the
     8  manner described in the statement, subject to any conditions
     9  prescribed by the department under this subsection. An approval
    10  by the department shall extend to offers or acquisitions made
    11  pursuant to it within one year following the date of
    12  determination. The department may, as a condition of approval,
    13  require the inclusion in any offer of provisions requiring the
    14  offer to remain open a specified minimum length of time,
    15  permitting withdrawal of shares deposited prior to the time the
    16  offeror becomes bound to consummate the acquisition and
    17  requiring pro rata acceptance of any shares deposited pursuant
    18  to the offer. The department shall hold a hearing before
    19  approving or disapproving the proposed acquisition if, within
    20  ten days following the filing with the department of the
    21  statement called for by subsection (b), written request for a
    22  hearing is made either by the person proposing to make the
    23  acquisition, by the issuer whose stock is proposed to be
    24  acquired or, if the issuer is an insurance holding company, by
    25  the prospective subsidiary; otherwise, the department may hold
    26  such a hearing. Sixty days' notice of the hearing shall be given
    27  to the person proposing to make the acquisition to the issuer
    28  whose stock is proposed to be acquired and, if the issuer is an
    29  insurance holding company, to the prospective subsidiary. The
    30  department may give notice of the hearing to other persons. Any
    19870H1628B2005                 - 293 -

     1  hearing held pursuant to this section shall be governed by 2
     2  Pa.C.S. Ch. 5 Subch. A (relating to practice and procedure of
     3  Commonwealth agencies).
     4     (e)  Regulations.--The department may promulgate regulations
     5  with respect to solicitations and recommendations for the
     6  acceptance of offers made pursuant to this section.
     7     (f)  Prohibitions.--A person who acquires or offers to
     8  acquire insurance stock or insurance holding company stock
     9  pursuant to this section shall not make in connection therewith
    10  any false, deceptive or misleading statement, or omit to state
    11  any material fact necessary in order to make the statements made
    12  not misleading, or engage in any act or practice which is
    13  fraudulent, deceptive or manipulative or violate the regulations
    14  made under subsection (e).
    15     (g)  Remedy for violations.--If any person acquires or offers
    16  to acquire insurance stock or insurance holding company stock in
    17  violation of this section, the issuer of the stock so acquired
    18  or proposed to be acquired, any stockholder of the issuer and,
    19  if the issuer is an insurance holding company, the prospective
    20  subsidiary or any of its stockholders or the department may
    21  petition the court for a decree enjoining the acquisition or
    22  offer and for further relief.
    23     (h)  Criminal penalties.--Any person who knowingly makes or
    24  causes to be made any false statement in any statement or other
    25  document filed with the department under this section or who
    26  violates subsection (a), (b), (c) or (f) commits a misdemeanor
    27  of the first degree. However, a broker or dealer whose
    28  participation in an offer or acquisition is limited to the
    29  performance of the customary broker's function in transactions
    30  effected on a stock exchange or in the over-the-counter market,
    19870H1628B2005                 - 294 -

     1  who receives no more than the customary broker's commission, who
     2  does not solicit or arrange for the solicitation of orders to
     3  sell shares of capital stock of the corporation whose shares are
     4  being purchased and who is without knowledge that his principal
     5  has solicited or arranged to solicit any such orders shall not
     6  be deemed guilty of any violation of this section. This
     7  exemption of the broker or dealer does not exempt his principal.
     8     (i)  Exemptions.--This section does not apply to any of the
     9  following acquisitions of or offers to acquire insurance stock
    10  or insurance holding company stock:
    11         (1)  Any acquisition or offer by the issuer of such stock
    12     or by a person who at the time owns beneficially at least
    13     two-thirds of the shares of each class proposed to be
    14     acquired.
    15         (2)  Any acquisition or offer to acquire insurance stock
    16     pursuant to section 3566 (relating to merger by acquisition
    17     of stock).
    18         (3)  Any offer or acquisition which the department by
    19     order exempts from this section as:
    20             (i)  not entered into for the purpose of, and not
    21         having the effect of, changing or influencing the control
    22         of an insurance company organized under the laws of this
    23         Commonwealth or an insurance holding company; and
    24             (ii)  not requiring the procedures described in this
    25         section for the protection of stockholders whose shares
    26         are to be acquired.
    27     However, prior to the issuance of such an order, notice that
    28     it is considering the exemption shall be given by the
    29     department to the person proposing to make the offer or
    30     acquisition, to the issuer whose stock is proposed to be
    19870H1628B2005                 - 295 -

     1     acquired and, if the issuer is an insurance holding company,
     2     to the prospective subsidiary. The department shall hold a
     3     hearing for the purpose of determining whether an exemption
     4     order should be granted if, within ten days of the mailing of
     5     the notice that it is considering the exemption, written
     6     request for a hearing is made to the department by the issuer
     7     whose stock is proposed to be acquired or, if the issuer is
     8     an insurance holding company, by the prospective subsidiary.
     9     (j)  Definitions.--As used in this section, the following
    10  words and phrases shall have the meanings given to them in this
    11  subsection:
    12     "Associate of a person."
    13         (1)  Any corporation or other organization of which the
    14     person is an officer, director or partner, or of which the
    15     person is, directly or indirectly, the beneficial owner of
    16     10% or more of any class of its capital stock.
    17         (2)  Any person who is, directly or indirectly, the
    18     beneficial owner of 10% or more of any class of capital stock
    19     of such person.
    20         (3)  Any trust or other estate in which the person serves
    21     as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity.
    22         (4)  Any relative or spouse of the person or any relative
    23     of the spouse who has the same home as the person.
    24     "Beneficial ownership."  Includes the beneficial ownership of
    25  capital stock by a person and of each associate of that person
    26  and shares of capital stock as to which that person or any
    27  associate of that person has the right of acquisition. A person
    28  who has beneficial ownership of convertible securities shall
    29  also be deemed to be the beneficial owner of any shares of
    30  capital stock into which the securities are convertible.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 296 -

     1     "Insurance holding company."  Any corporation which owns
     2  beneficially 66 2/3% or more of any class of the outstanding
     3  capital stock of any insurance company organized under the law
     4  of this Commonwealth.
     5     "Insurance holding company stock."  Any capital stock of an
     6  insurance holding company.
     7     "Insurance stock."  Any capital stock of any insurance
     8  company organized under the law of this Commonwealth.
     9     "Offer to acquire."  Any attempt or offer to acquire, or
    10  solicitation of an offer to dispose of, insurance stock or
    11  insurance company stock, or any interest therein for value.
    12     "Outstanding."  With respect to capital stock of an issuer,
    13  means that the capital stock is not beneficially owned by the
    14  issuer or by any wholly owned subsidiary of the issuer.
    15     "Person."  Includes any trust or any group or combination of
    16  persons which, directly or indirectly, through any intermediary
    17  or otherwise:
    18         (1)  acts together or in concert for the purpose of
    19     acquiring insurance stock or insurance holding company stock;
    20     or
    21         (2)  has the purpose of exercising together or in concert
    22     voting rights attaching to such stock.
    23     "Prospective subsidiary."  An insurance company 66 2/3% or
    24  more of whose outstanding capital stock of any class is
    25  beneficially owned by an insurance holding company whose capital
    26  stock is to be acquired pursuant to an offer or acquisition
    27  described in subsection (a).
    28  § 3569.  Holding company systems.
    29     (a)  Registration.--Every authorized insurer which is a
    30  member of an insurance holding company system shall register
    19870H1628B2005                 - 297 -

     1  with the department, except a foreign insurer domiciled in a
     2  jurisdiction which has in force by law disclosure requirements
     3  and standards substantially similar to those contained in this
     4  section or an alien insurer whose state of original entry has
     5  such requirements and standards. Any insurer subject to
     6  registration under this section shall register within 15 days
     7  after it becomes subject to registration, unless the department
     8  extends the time for registration. The department may require
     9  any authorized insurer which is a member of an insurance holding
    10  company system and is not subject to registration under this
    11  section to submit to the department a copy of the registration
    12  statement or other information filed by the insurer with the
    13  insurance regulatory authority of its state of domicile.
    14     (b)  Information and form required.--Every insurer subject to
    15  registration shall file a registration statement on a form
    16  prescribed by the department. The form shall contain current
    17  information about:
    18         (1)  The capital structure, general financial condition,
    19     ownership and management of the insurer and any person
    20     controlling the insurer.
    21         (2)  The identity of every member of the insurance
    22     holding company system.
    23         (3)  The following current agreements, relationships and
    24     transactions between the insurer and its affiliates:
    25             (i)  Loans, other investments, or purchases, sales or
    26         exchanges of securities of the affiliates by the insurer
    27         of the insurer by its affiliates.
    28             (ii)  Purchases, sales or exchanges of assets.
    29             (iii)  Transactions not in the ordinary course of
    30         business.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 298 -

     1             (iv)  Guarantees or undertakings for the benefit of
     2         an affiliate which result in an actual contingent
     3         exposure of the insurer's assets to liability, other than
     4         insurance contracts entered into in the ordinary course
     5         of the insurer's business.
     6             (v)  Management and service contracts and cost-
     7         sharing arrangements, other than cost allocation
     8         arrangements based upon generally accepted accounting
     9         principles.
    10             (vi)  Reinsurance agreements covering all or
    11         substantially all of one or more lines of insurance of
    12         the ceding company.
    13         (4)  Other material matters concerning transactions
    14     between registered insurers and any affiliates as required by
    15     the department.
    16  Information need not be disclosed on the registration statement
    17  filed pursuant to this subsection if the information is not
    18  material for the purposes of this section. Unless the department
    19  by regulation provides otherwise, sales, purchases, exchanges,
    20  loans or extensions of credit, or investments involving 0.5% or
    21  less of an insurer's admitted assets as of the preceding
    22  December 31 shall not be deemed material for purposes of this
    23  section.
    24     (c)  Amendments to registration statement.--Each registered
    25  insurer shall report all material changes in the information
    26  required to be disclosed in its registration statement within 15
    27  days after the end of the month in which it learns of the change
    28  on amendment forms prescribed by the department. However, each
    29  registered insurer shall report all extraordinary dividends and
    30  other extraordinary distributions to shareholders promptly to
    19870H1628B2005                 - 299 -

     1  the department upon the declaration thereof under subsection
     2  (i).
     3     (d)  Termination of registration.--The department shall
     4  terminate the registration of any insurer which demonstrates
     5  that it no longer is a member of an insurance holding company
     6  system.
     7     (e)  Consolidated filing.--The department may allow two or
     8  more affiliated insurers to file a consolidated registration
     9  statement or consolidated reports amending their consolidated
    10  registration statement or their individual registration
    11  statements.
    12     (f)  Alternative registration.--The department may allow any
    13  insurer which is part of an insurance holding company system to
    14  register on behalf of any affiliated insurer which is required
    15  to register under subsection (a) and to file all information and
    16  material required to be filed under this section.
    17     (g)  Transactions with affiliates.--Material transactions by
    18  registered insurers with their affiliates are subject to the
    19  following requirements:
    20         (1)  The terms shall be fair and reasonable.
    21         (2)  The books, accounts and records of each party shall
    22     be so maintained as to disclose clearly and accurately the
    23     precise nature and details of the transactions.
    24         (3)  The insurer's surplus as regards policyholders
    25     following any such transaction, including the payment of
    26     dividends or distributions to shareholder affiliates, shall
    27     be reasonable in relation to the insurer's outstanding
    28     liabilities and adequate to its financial needs.
    29     (h)  Adequacy of surplus.--In determining whether subsection
    30  (g)(3) is complied with, the department shall consider all
    19870H1628B2005                 - 300 -

     1  relevant factors, including, but not limited, to the following:
     2         (1)  The size of the insurer as measured by its assets,
     3     capital and surplus, reserves, premium writings, insurance in
     4     force and other appropriate criteria.
     5         (2)  The extent to which the insurer's business is
     6     diversified among the several lines of insurance.
     7         (3)  The number and size of risks insured in each line of
     8     business.
     9         (4)  The extent of the geographical dispersion of the
    10     insurer's risks.
    11         (5)  The nature and extent of the insurer's reinsurance
    12     program.
    13         (6)  The quality, diversification and liquidity of the
    14     insurer's investment portfolio.
    15         (7)  The recent past and projected future trend in the
    16     size of the insurer's surplus as regards policyholders.
    17         (8)  The surplus as regards policyholders maintained by
    18     other comparable insurers.
    19         (9)  The adequacy of the insurer's reserves.
    20         (10)  The quality and liquidity of investments in
    21     affiliated persons. The department may treat any such
    22     investment as a disallowed asset for purposes of determining
    23     the adequacy of surplus as regards policyholders whenever in
    24     its judgment the investment so warrants.
    25     (i)  Dividends and other distributions.--An insurer required
    26  to register under subsection (a) shall not pay any extraordinary
    27  dividend to its stockholders until:
    28         (1)  the department has received 30 days' written notice
    29     from the insurer of the declaration thereof and has not
    30     within the period disapproved the payment; or
    19870H1628B2005                 - 301 -

     1         (2)  the department has approved the payment within the
     2     30-day period.
     3     (j)  Examinations.--The department may order any insurer
     4  registered under subsection (a) to produce any records, books or
     5  papers in the possession of the insurer or its affiliates
     6  necessary to ascertain the financial condition or legality of
     7  conduct of the insurer. These books, records, papers and
     8  information shall be examined in the manner prescribed in
     9  sections 511 (relating to examination of companies) and 512
    10  (relating to powers with regard to examinations). The department
    11  may retain at the registered insurer's expense any attorneys,
    12  actuaries, accountants and other experts not otherwise a part of
    13  the department's staff reasonably necessary to assist in the
    14  conduct of this examination. Any persons so retained shall be
    15  under the direction and control of the department and shall only
    16  act in an advisory capacity. Each registered insurer producing
    17  for examination records, books and papers shall be liable for
    18  and shall pay the expense of the examination in accordance with
    19  section 512.
    20     (k)  Confidential treatment.--All information reported
    21  pursuant to subsections (a) through (f) and all information and
    22  documents obtained by or disclosed to the department or any
    23  other person in the course of an examination made pursuant to
    24  subsection (j) shall be given confidential treatment. They shall
    25  not be subject to subpoena or be made public by the department
    26  or any other person without the prior written consent of the
    27  insurer. However, if the department, after giving the insurer
    28  and its affiliates notice and an opportunity to be heard,
    29  determines that the interests of policyholders, shareholders or
    30  the public will be served by the publication thereof, it may
    19870H1628B2005                 - 302 -

     1  publish all or any part in any manner it deems appropriate.
     2     (l)  Injunctions.--Whenever it appears to the department that
     3  any person has committed or is about to commit a violation of
     4  this section or any regulation or order issued by the department
     5  pursuant thereto, the department may petition the Commonwealth
     6  Court to enjoin the person from continuing the violation and to
     7  obtain other equitable relief.
     8     (m)  Penalties.--Upon satisfactory evidence of a violation by
     9  any person of this section or of any regulation or order of the
    10  department pursuant thereto, the department may, following a
    11  hearing in accordance with 2 Pa.C.S. Ch. 5 Subch. A (relating to
    12  practice and procedure of Commonwealth agencies), impose a
    13  penalty of not more than $25,000 for each violation. In
    14  addition, if the offending person is an insurer, the department
    15  may, following the hearing, suspend or revoke its license or
    16  refuse, for a period not to exceed one year, to issue it a new
    17  license. In determining the nature and amount of any penalty,
    18  consideration shall be given to whether or not the violation was
    19  willful.
    20     (n)  Definitions.--As used in this section the following
    21  words and phrases shall have the meanings given to them in this
    22  subsection:
    23     "Affiliate."  A person who directly, or indirectly through
    24  one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is
    25  under common control with, a specified person.
    26     "Control."  The possession, direct or indirect, of the power
    27  to direct the management and policies of a person, whether
    28  through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or
    29  otherwise, unless the power is the result of an official
    30  position with or corporate office held by the person. Control is
    19870H1628B2005                 - 303 -

     1  presumed to exist if any person, directly or indirectly, owns,
     2  controls, holds with the power to vote or holds proxies
     3  representing 10% or more of the voting securities of any other
     4  person. This presumption may be rebutted by a showing that
     5  control does not exist in fact. The department may, after
     6  furnishing all persons in interest notice and an opportunity to
     7  be heard, determine that control exists in fact, notwithstanding
     8  the absence of a presumption to that effect.
     9     "Extraordinary dividend."  Any dividend or other distribution
    10  which, together with other dividends and distributions made
    11  within the preceding 12 months, exceeds the greater of:
    12         (i)  ten percent of the insurer's surplus as regards
    13     policyholders as shown on its last annual statement on file
    14     with the department; or
    15         (ii)  the net gain from operations of the insurer, if the
    16     insurer is a life insurer, or the net investment income, if
    17     the insurer is not a life insurer, for the period covered by
    18     the statement, not including pro rata distributions of any
    19     class of the insurer's own securities.
    20     "Insurance company" or "insurer."  Any entity authorized by
    21  the department to transact the business of insurance in this
    22  Commonwealth, not including any instrumentality of the Federal
    23  Government.
    24     "Insurance holding company system."  Two or more affiliated
    25  persons, one or more of which is an insurance company.
    26     "Subsidiary."  An affiliate controlled by a specified person
    27  directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries.
    28  § 3570.  Voluntary dissolution.
    29     A stock or mutual insurance company may file with the court
    30  of common pleas in the county in which the principal business of
    19870H1628B2005                 - 304 -

     1  the company is conducted or of the county in which its principal
     2  office of place of business is located a petition in equity
     3  praying for the dissolution of the company. The petition may be
     4  granted only if it is filed with the consent of a majority of
     5  the members or stockholders obtained at a meeting duly convened.
     6  A copy of the petition shall be filed with the department. If
     7  the court is satisfied that the petition may be granted without
     8  prejudice to the public welfare or to the interests of the
     9  members or stockholders, the court shall grant the petition,
    10  whereupon the company shall be dissolved. The accounts of the
    11  officers, directors or trustees of any dissolved company shall
    12  be settled and approved by the court. Dividends of the assets
    13  shall, in the case of stock insurance companies, be made among
    14  the stockholders or, in the case of mutual life insurance
    15  companies, among the members, as in the case of the accounts of
    16  assignees and trustees; however, assets of mutual life insurance
    17  companies derived from a health and accident business, other
    18  than those properly credited to the members or policyholders on
    19  policies covering the business, and the assets of other mutual
    20  companies, not creditable to policyholders and members, shall be
    21  escheated to the Commonwealth. The decree of the court shall not
    22  go into effect until the Auditor General, State Treasurer and
    23  Attorney General have filed in court their certificate showing
    24  that all taxes due the Commonwealth have been paid and a
    25  certified copy of the decree has been filed and recorded in the
    26  office of the Secretary of the Commonwealth.
    27  § 3571.  Dissolution for failure to do business.
    28     If any stock or mutual insurance company does not commence to
    29  issue policies within one year from the date of its letters
    30  patent, or if any insurance company ceases for one year to write
    19870H1628B2005                 - 305 -

     1  new insurance policies, its corporate powers and existence shall
     2  cease. The court, upon petition of the Attorney General, may fix
     3  by decree the time within which it shall settle and close its
     4  affairs.
     5                            SUBCHAPTER E
     6                     FOREIGN OR ALIEN COMPANIES
     7  Sec.
     8  3576.  Government-owned companies.
     9  3577.  Conditions for authorization of foreign or alien
    10         companies.
    11  3578.  Power of foreign or alien insurance companies as to
    12         real property.
    13  § 3576.  Government-owned companies.
    14     (a)  Prohibition.--A domestic, foreign or alien insurance
    15  entity, in which the major financial interest is held, directly
    16  or indirectly, by another state or by a foreign government or by
    17  any political subdivision, instrumentality or agency of either,
    18  shall not be admitted and authorized to do business. A
    19  certificate of authority to transact any kind of insurance
    20  business in this Commonwealth shall not be issued, renewed or
    21  continued in effect for any such insurance entity.
    22     (b)  Applicability.--This section does not apply to any
    23  insurance entity which was so owned, controlled or constituted
    24  prior to January 1, 1958, and was authorized to do business in
    25  this Commonwealth and was issued a certificate of authority to
    26  do so prior to January 1, 1958.
    27  § 3577.  Conditions for authorization of foreign or alien
    28             companies.
    29     A foreign or alien stock or mutual insurance company or
    30  association shall not be admitted and authorized to do business
    19870H1628B2005                 - 306 -

     1  until it has complied with the following requirements:
     2         (1)  It has filed with the department:
     3             (i)  A certified copy of its charter or deed of
     4         settlement.
     5             (ii)  A statement of its financial condition and
     6         business, signed and sworn to by its proper officers.
     7             (iii)  Copies of forms of all policies it proposes to
     8         issue in this Commonwealth.
     9             (iv)  Any other information the department requires.
    10         (2)  It has satisfied the department that it is fully and
    11     legally organized under the laws of its state or government
    12     to do the business it proposes to transact and if a stock
    13     company has the requisite amount of capital fully paid up and
    14     unimpaired.
    15         (3)  It has filed in the office of the Auditor General a
    16     statement showing:
    17             (i)  The name of the company or association.
    18             (ii)  The date of incorporation or organization.
    19             (iii)  The statute or authority under which
    20         incorporated or organized.
    21             (iv)  The place of business.
    22             (v)  The post office address and names of the
    23         president, secretary and treasurer.
    24             (vi)  The amount of capital authorized by its
    25         charter.
    26             (vii)  The amount of capital paid into the treasury
    27         of the company.
    28     Any company or association which neglects or refuses to file
    29     this statement shall be subject to a penalty of $500, which
    30     shall be collected, on an account settled by the Auditor
    19870H1628B2005                 - 307 -

     1     General and State Treasurer, in the same manner as taxes on
     2     stock are settled and collected.
     3         (4)  It has actually engaged in doing an insurance
     4     business and has complied with applicable law in its state of
     5     domicile for a period of at least one year immediately
     6     preceding its seeking admission to this Commonwealth. The
     7     requirements of this paragraph may be partly or entirely
     8     waived by the department with respect to any company or
     9     association which is affiliated with one or more insurers
    10     already authorized in this Commonwealth.
    11  § 3578.  Power of foreign or alien insurance companies as to
    12             real property.
    13     (a)  General rule.--Any foreign or alien insurance
    14  corporation or company, joint stock company or association
    15  authorized to transact business within this Commonwealth may,
    16  subject to the same limitations for domestic insurance
    17  companies:
    18         (1)  Acquire, hold, mortgage, lease and transfer real
    19     property in this Commonwealth.
    20         (2)  Enter into agreements with one more other authorized
    21     insurance companies, whereby the parties to the agreements
    22     participate in ownership, management and control of real
    23     estate held by the company, or by a corporation whose stock
    24     is held by the company.
    25         (3)  Invest in the capital stock and obligations of
    26     corporations organized for the purpose of acquiring real
    27     estate in this Commonwealth.
    28         (4)  Exercise all rights, privileges and duties accorded
    29     to and imposed upon lien creditors purchasing at judicial
    30     sales.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 308 -

     1     (b)  Taxation.--This title does not exempt real estate
     2  acquired, held, mortgaged, leased or conveyed by any insurance
     3  company under this section from being taxed in the same manner
     4  as other real estate within this Commonwealth.
     5                            SUBCHAPTER F
     6                      VIOLATIONS AND PENALTIES
     7  Sec.
     8  3581.  Embezzlement by officers or agents.
     9  3582.  Rebates and inducements.
    10  3583.  Misrepresentations.
    11  3583.1.Immunity from liability.
    12  3584.  Penalties for deceptive practices.
    13  3585.  Unfair discrimination.
    14  3586.  Unauthorized business practices.
    15  3587.  Buying proxies.
    16  3588.  Unauthorized motor vehicle services.
    17  3589.  Fraud in obtaining licenses or certificates.
    18  3590.  Securities transactions.
    19  § 3581.  Embezzlement by officers or agents.
    20     Any director, officer, agent or other person connected with
    21  or doing business for or with any foreign or domestic insurance
    22  entity which has complied with this title, who fraudulently
    23  embezzles or appropriates to his use or the use of any other
    24  person any money or other property belonging to the entity or
    25  left with or held by the entity in trust, commits a misdemeanor
    26  of the first degree. It is not necessary, in order to establish
    27  a prima facie case for the Commonwealth, to set forth or prove
    28  the incorporation of the company, except by the verbal testimony
    29  of any competent witness.
    30  § 3582.  Rebates and inducements.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 309 -

     1     An insurance entity shall not offer or pay, directly or
     2  indirectly, any rebate of the premium payable on the policy or
     3  any other valuable consideration as an inducement for insurance
     4  on any risk in this Commonwealth which is not specified in the
     5  insurance policy or contract. This section does not prohibit the
     6  taking of a bona fide obligation, with legal interest, in
     7  payment of any premium or prohibit a company transacting
     8  industrial life insurance on a weekly payment plan from
     9  returning to policyholders who have made a premium payment for a
    10  period of at least one year the percentage of premium which the
    11  company would otherwise have paid for the weekly collection of
    12  the premium.
    13  § 3583.  Misrepresentations.
    14     (a)  Policy terms.--An insurance entity or individual in its
    15  behalf shall not issue any written or oral statement or circular
    16  misrepresenting the terms of any policy issued or to be issued
    17  by the entity or make an estimate, with intent to deceive, of
    18  the future dividends payable under any policy.
    19     (b)  Inducing policyholders to change insurers.--An insurance
    20  entity or individual in its behalf shall not make any
    21  misrepresentation or incomplete comparison of policies to any
    22  person insured by any other entity for the purpose of inducing
    23  the person to terminate his present insurance and to take out a
    24  policy of insurance in another entity insuring against similar
    25  risks.
    26  § 3583.1.  Immunity from liability.
    27     (a)  Private persons.--In the absence of fraud or bad faith,
    28  no person or his employees or agents shall be subject to civil
    29  liability, and no civil cause of action shall arise against any
    30  of them for any of the following:
    19870H1628B2005                 - 310 -

     1         (1)  Information relating to any suspected fraudulent
     2     insurance act furnished by them to or received from law
     3     enforcement officials, their agents and employees.
     4         (2)  Information relating to any suspected fraudulent
     5     insurance act furnished by them to or received from other
     6     persons subject to the provisions of this title.
     7         (3)  Information furnished by them in reports to the
     8     department, the National Association of Insurance
     9     Commissioners or any other organization established to detect
    10     and prevent fraudulent insurance acts, their agents,
    11     employees or designees.
    12     (b)  Commissioner and department.--The commissioner and the
    13  employees of the department, in the absence of fraud or bad
    14  faith, shall not be subject to civil liability. No civil cause
    15  of action shall arise against any of them by virtue of the
    16  publication of a report or bulletin related to the official
    17  activities of the department.
    18     (c)  Effect on present law.--Nothing in this section is
    19  intended to abrogate or modify a common law or statutory
    20  immunity enjoyed by any person.
    21     (d)  Definitions.--As used in this section, the following
    22  words and phrases shall have the meanings given to them in this
    23  subsection:
    24     "Bad faith."  Serious doubt as to the truth of the
    25  information furnished or received, or the report or bulletin
    26  published.
    27     "Fraud."  Knowledge that the information furnished or
    28  received, or the report or bulletin published, is not true.
    29     "Fraudulent insurance act."  An act committed by a person
    30  who, knowingly and with intent to defraud, presents, causes to
    19870H1628B2005                 - 311 -

     1  be presented, or prepares with knowledge or belief that it will
     2  be presented to or by an insurer, purported insurer or broker,
     3  or an agent of an insurer, purported insurer or broker, a
     4  written statement as part or in support of, an application for
     5  the issuance or rating of an insurance policy for commercial
     6  insurance, or a claim for payment or other benefit pursuant to
     7  an insurance policy for commercial or personal insurance which
     8  he knows to contain materially false information concerning a
     9  fact material to the statement or claim, or to conceal, for the
    10  purpose of misleading, information concerning a fact material to
    11  the statement or claim.
    12  § 3584.  Penalties for deceptive practices.
    13     (a)  General rule.--Upon satisfactory evidence of the
    14  violation of section 3582 (relating to rebates and inducements)
    15  or 3583 (relating to misrepresentations) or 18 Pa.C.S. § 3922
    16  (relating to theft by deception) or 4114 (relating to securing
    17  execution of documents by deception) by any insurance entity or
    18  any officer, director or attorney-in-fact thereof, the
    19  department may take any one or more of the following actions
    20  against an offending person:
    21         (1)  Revoke an entity's certificate of authority.
    22         (2)  Refuse, for a period of not to exceed one year, to
    23     issue an entity a new license.
    24         (3)  Impose a penalty of not more than $1,000 for each
    25     violation.
    26     (b)  Hearing.--The department shall give written notice to
    27  the person accused of the violation, stating specifically the
    28  nature of the alleged violation and fixing a time and place, at
    29  least ten days thereafter, when a hearing shall be held. After
    30  the hearing or upon failure of the accused to appear at the
    19870H1628B2005                 - 312 -

     1  hearing, the department may impose a penalty described in
     2  subsection (a).
     3     (c)  Criminal penalties.--Any person who violates section
     4  3582 or 3583 commits a summary offense.
     5     (d)  Testimony and production of documents.--A person shall
     6  not be excused from testifying or from producing any books or
     7  documents at any hearing held by the department or at the trial
     8  or hearing before any court or district justice or any person or
     9  company charged with violating section 3582 or 3583 or 18
    10  Pa.C.S. § 3922 or 4114 on the ground that the testimony or
    11  evidence may tend to incriminate himself. However, no person
    12  shall be prosecuted for any act concerning which he shall be
    13  compelled so to testify or produce evidence, documentary or
    14  otherwise, except for perjury committed in so testifying.
    15  § 3585.  Unfair discrimination.
    16     (a)  General rule.--Unfair discrimination between individuals
    17  of the same class in the amount of premiums or rates charged for
    18  any policy of life, health and accident insurance and any other
    19  lines and kinds of insurance not within the scope of Chapter 19
    20  (relating to insurance rates), or in the benefits payable
    21  thereon, or in the terms or conditions of the policy or in any
    22  other manner is prohibited.
    23     (b)  Criminal penalty.--Any person who issues or causes to be
    24  issued, either as principal or agent, any policy or contract of
    25  insurance in this Commonwealth in violation of this section
    26  commits a summary offense.
    27     (c)  Civil penalties.--Upon satisfactory evidence of the
    28  violation of this section by any person, the department may take
    29  any one or more of the following actions:
    30         (1)  Suspend or revoke the license of the offending
    19870H1628B2005                 - 313 -

     1     person.
     2         (2)  Refuse, for a period of not to exceed one year, to
     3     issue a new license to the person.
     4         (3)  Impose a penalty of not more than $500 for each
     5     violation.
     6  § 3586.  Unauthorized business practices.
     7     (a)  Criminal penalty.--Any person who issues or causes to be
     8  issued, either as principal or agent, any policy or contract of
     9  insurance in this Commonwealth in violation of section 3515
    10  (relating to approval of contracts by department) commits a
    11  summary offense.
    12     (b)  Civil penalties.--Upon satisfactory evidence of the
    13  violation of section 3515 by any person, the department may take
    14  any one or more of the following actions:
    15         (1)  Suspend or revoke the license of the offending
    16     person.
    17         (2)  Refuse, for a period of not to exceed one year, to
    18     issue a new license to the person.
    19         (3)  Impose a fine of not more than $1,000 for each
    20     violation.
    21  § 3587.  Buying proxies.
    22     A person shall not give or promise money or anything of value
    23  to the owners or holders of capital stock of any insurance
    24  company, or to the members of any mutual insurance company,
    25  incorporated under the law of this Commonwealth, with intent to
    26  secure the voting proxy of any share of the capital stock or of
    27  any member. A proxy so obtained shall not be voted at any
    28  stockholders' or members' meeting of any domestic insurance
    29  company. Any person violating this section commits a misdemeanor
    30  of the third degree.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 314 -

     1  § 3588.  Unauthorized motor vehicle services.
     2     (a)  General rule.--A person, other than an authorized
     3  insurance entity or an automobile club organized as a
     4  corporation not-for-profit, shall not:
     5         (1)  guarantee to owners of motor vehicles the services
     6     of an attorney in the event of damage to persons or property
     7     arising out of the operation of the motor vehicle; or
     8         (2)  provide for the towing of any damaged motor vehicle.
     9     (b)  Violations.--Any person who violates this section
    10  commits a misdemeanor of the third degree.
    11  § 3589.  Fraud in obtaining licenses or certificates.
    12     (a)  Unlawful acts.--Any person commits a summary offense if
    13  he commits any of the following acts:
    14         (1)  Misrepresenting his, their or its qualifications to
    15     the department or making false statements in applications for
    16     any license or certificate.
    17         (2)  Impersonating or attempting or offering to
    18     impersonate another person in taking or attempting or
    19     offering to take any examination held in accordance with the
    20     regulations of the department.
    21         (3)  Taking, attempting or offering or inducing another
    22     person to take such an examination in the name of any other
    23     person.
    24         (4)  Having in his possession examination papers to be
    25     used in any such examination when not contained in their
    26     sealed wrappers, or copies of these papers, prior to the
    27     examination, unless duly authorized by the department.
    28         (5)  Selling or offering to sell, prior to the
    29     examination, examination papers or any question prepared for
    30     use in any such examination.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 315 -

     1         (6)  Using in any such examination any question papers or
     2     questions or securing or preparing the answers to the
     3     questions prior to the examination.
     4         (7)  Transmitting to the department answers to questions
     5     used in any such examination which are prepared or written
     6     outside of the period of examination or altering any answer
     7     after the period is closed.
     8         (8)  Securing or attempting to secure fraudulently any
     9     credential regularly issued by the department which is based
    10     upon such an examination.
    11         (9)  Altering licenses or certificates in a manner as to
    12     misrepresent the authority granted under the license or
    13     certificate.
    14     (b)  Civil penalties.--Upon satisfactory evidence of the
    15  violation of this section by any person, the department may take
    16  any of the following actions:
    17         (1)  Suspend or revoke the license of the offending
    18     person.
    19         (2)  Refuse, for a period not to exceed one year, to
    20     issue a new license to the person.
    21         (3)  Impose a fine of not more than $1,000 for each
    22     violation.
    23     (c)  Hearing.--Before the department takes any action under
    24  subsection (b), it shall give written notice to the person
    25  accused of the violation, stating specifically the nature of the
    26  alleged violation, and fixing a time and place, at least ten
    27  days thereafter, when a hearing of the of the matter shall be
    28  held. After the hearing or upon failure of the accused to appear
    29  at the hearing, the department shall impose the penalty listed
    30  in subsection (b).
    19870H1628B2005                 - 316 -

     1  § 3590.  Securities transactions.
     2     (a)  Fraudulent use of securities.--Any member, officer,
     3  director or attorney-in-fact of any authorized entity who, on
     4  behalf of the entity, borrows, rents, hires, leases or otherwise
     5  engages the use of securities, notes or other obligations or
     6  evidences of indebtedness owned or issued by any other entity or
     7  individual, or of the Federal Government, a government agency or
     8  agency of any state with intent to injure or defraud any person
     9  or to deceive the department or other person legally authorized
    10  to examine the affairs of the entity, commits a felony of the
    11  third degree.
    12     (b)  Aiding and abetting.--Any domestic or foreign
    13  corporation which engages in or purports to be engaged in
    14  organizing or receiving subscriptions for or disposing of stocks
    15  of, or in any manner aiding or taking part in the formation or
    16  in the business of an insurance entity either as agent or
    17  otherwise, or which holds capital stock of one or more insurance
    18  companies for the purpose of controlling the management thereof
    19  as voting trustees or otherwise, or any employee, agent or
    20  attorney thereof, that aids and abets an insurance entity in
    21  borrowing, renting, hiring, leasing or engaging the use of such
    22  stocks, bonds, debentures, notes, investment certificates,
    23  securities, notes or other obligations or evidence of
    24  indebtedness, commits a felony of the third degree.
    25     (c)  Civil penalties.--If any insurance entity is found in
    26  possession of securities, notes or other obligations or
    27  evidences of indebtedness acquired in violation of subsection
    28  (a) or if any of its officers, directors, members or attorneys-
    29  in-fact have been convicted under subsection (a), the department
    30  may suspend its certificate of authority. This section does not
    19870H1628B2005                 - 317 -

     1  prohibit the department from bringing an action to dissolve the
     2  insurance entity under Chapter 39 (relating to suspension of
     3  business and dissolution).
     4                             CHAPTER 37
     5                      INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS
     6  Sec.
     7  3701.  Authority to transact business outside United States.
     8  3702.  Domestication of alien insurers.
     9  § 3701.  Authority to transact business outside United States.
    10     (a)  General rule.--Domestic stock and mutual insurance
    11  companies, other than life insurance companies, may transact
    12  outside of the United States any form of insurance or
    13  reinsurance, other than life insurance or annuities, on risks
    14  outside of the United States. However, the company shall
    15  maintain a minimum policyholders' surplus of $2,000,000. Such
    16  companies may accept any kind of reinsurance, other than life
    17  insurance and annuities, if the company maintains a minimum
    18  policyholders' surplus as required by law.
    19     (b)  Reserves.--All companies doing the business permitted by
    20  this section shall maintain reserves as required under Chapter 7
    21  (relating to reserve liability).
    22  § 3702.  Domestication of alien insurers.
    23     (a)  General rule.--Upon compliance with the provisions of
    24  this section, an authorized alien insurer which owns
    25  beneficially, directly or indirectly, all of the outstanding
    26  capital stock, other than directors' qualifying shares, of any
    27  domestic insurer incorporated for the purpose of transacting the
    28  same or similar classes of insurance which the United States
    29  branch of the alien insurer is qualified and licensed to
    30  transact, may, with the prior written approval and subject to
    19870H1628B2005                 - 318 -

     1  the final approval of the department and of the insurance
     2  supervisory official of the regulatory state of the United
     3  States branch of the alien insurer, domesticate its United
     4  States branch. The alien insurer shall enter into an agreement
     5  in writing with the domestic insurer providing for the
     6  acquisition by the domestic insurer of the business and assets
     7  of the United States branch of the alien insurer and the
     8  assumption by the domestic insurer of all of the liabilities of
     9  the United States branch for no consideration other than the
    10  assumption of the liabilities or for additional consideration
    11  payable by the issuance by the domestic insurer of shares of its
    12  capital stock. For the purposes of this section, those shares of
    13  capital stock of the domestic insurer or voting trust
    14  certificates representing the shares, which are held in trust by
    15  the United States branch of the alien insurer or are held in a
    16  trust created by the alien insurer and of which the alien
    17  insurer is a beneficiary, shall be deemed to be shares held
    18  beneficially, but indirectly, by an alien insurer. The
    19  acquisition of assets and assumption of liabilities of the
    20  United States branch by the domestic insurer shall be effected
    21  by the filing of an instrument of transfer and assumption with
    22  the insurance supervisory official of the regulatory state. The
    23  instrument shall be in form satisfactory to the department and
    24  the supervisory official of the regulatory state and shall be
    25  executed by the alien insurer and the domestic insurer.
    26     (b)  Authorization and execution of domestication
    27  agreement.--The domestication agreement shall be authorized,
    28  adopted, approved, signed and acknowledged by the alien insurer
    29  in accordance with the law of the country under which it is
    30  organized. In the case of the domestic insurer, the
    19870H1628B2005                 - 319 -

     1  domestication agreement shall be adopted by resolution of its
     2  board of directors and executed by its president or any vice
     3  president and attested by its secretary or assistant secretary
     4  under its corporate seal.
     5     (c)  Approval by department.--An executed counterpart of the
     6  domestication agreement, together with certified copies of the
     7  corporate proceedings of the domestic insurer and the alien
     8  insurer approving, adopting and authorizing the execution of the
     9  domestication agreement shall be submitted to the department for
    10  its approval. If the department finds that the agreement is in
    11  accordance with the provisions of this section and that the
    12  interest of policyholders and creditors in this Commonwealth, of
    13  the United States branch of the alien insurer and of the
    14  domestic insurer are not materially adversely affected, it shall
    15  approve the domestication agreement and certify the approval in
    16  writing to the insurance supervisory official of the regulatory
    17  state.
    18     (d)  Consummation of domestication agreement and transfer of
    19  deposits.--Upon the filing with the department of a certified
    20  copy of the instrument of transfer and assumption, pursuant to
    21  which the domestic insurer succeeds to the business and assets
    22  of the United States branch of an alien insurer and assumes all
    23  its liabilities and upon compliance with all the requirements of
    24  the laws and of the insurance supervisory official of the
    25  regulatory state regulating the terms, conditions and procedure
    26  of the domestication, the domestication of the United States
    27  branch shall become effective. Thereupon all the rights,
    28  franchises and interests and all property of the United States
    29  branch shall be deemed as transferred and vested in the domestic
    30  insurer, without any other deed or transfer. Simultaneously
    19870H1628B2005                 - 320 -

     1  therewith the domestic insurer shall be deemed to have assumed
     2  all of the obligations and liabilities of the United States
     3  branch and shall be held liable to pay and discharge its debts
     4  and liabilities in the same manner as if they had been incurred
     5  and contracted by the domestic insurer. An action or proceeding
     6  pending at the time of domestication, in which either the United
     7  States branch or the domestic insurer are a party, shall not
     8  abate or discontinue by reason of the domestication, but may be
     9  carried on as if the domestication had not taken place or the
    10  domestic company may be substituted in place of the United
    11  States branch by order of the court. All deposits of the United
    12  States branch held by the department or other regulatory agency
    13  in this Commonwealth shall be deemed held as security that the
    14  domestic insurer will fully perform its obligations to all
    15  policyholders and creditors within the United States of the
    16  United States branch and of the domestic insurer; such deposits,
    17  including all deposits of the United States branch and its
    18  assets held in trust pursuant to the law of any other state,
    19  shall be deemed to be assets of the domestic insurer and shall
    20  be reported as such in the annual statements and other reports
    21  which the domestic insurer may be required to file in this
    22  Commonwealth. Upon the release by the department or other
    23  governmental agency or any other state of the deposits, the
    24  securities and cash constituting the released deposit shall be
    25  paid over to the domestic insurer as the lawful successor in
    26  interest to the United States branch.
    27     (e)  Definitions.--As used in this section, the following
    28  words and phrases shall have the meanings given to them in this
    29  subsection:
    30     "Domestication."  The reorganization of the United States
    19870H1628B2005                 - 321 -

     1  branch of an alien insurer as the result of which a domestic
     2  stock insurance company succeeds to all the business and assets
     3  and assumes all the liabilities of the United States branch of
     4  the alien insurer.
     5     "Regulatory state."  The state pursuant to the law of which
     6  the assets of the United States branch of the alien insurer are
     7  held in trust.
     8     "United States branch."  The business unit through which
     9  business is transacted within the United States by an alien
    10  insurer and the assets and liabilities of the insurer within the
    11  United States pertaining to the business.
    12                             CHAPTER 39
    13               SUSPENSION OF BUSINESS AND DISSOLUTION
    14  Subchapter
    15     A.  General Provisions
    16     B.  Judicial and Administrative Procedure
    17     C.  Summary Proceedings
    18     D.  Rehabilitation
    19     E.  Liquidation Proceedings
    20     F.  Estate of Liquidated Insurer
    21     G.  Distribution of Estate of Liquidated Insurer
    22     H.  Interstate Relations
    23                            SUBCHAPTER A
    24                         GENERAL PROVISIONS
    25  Sec.
    26  3901.  Construction and purpose.
    27  3902.  Applicability of chapter.
    28  3903.  Definitions.
    29  § 3901.  Construction and purpose.
    30     (a)  Construction.--This chapter does not limit the power
    19870H1628B2005                 - 322 -

     1  granted the department by other provisions of law and shall be
     2  liberally construed to effect the purpose stated in subsection
     3  (b).
     4     (b)  Purpose.--The purpose of this chapter is the protection
     5  of the interests of insureds, creditors and the public
     6  generally, with minimum interference with the normal
     7  prerogatives of the owners and managers of insurers, through the
     8  following:
     9         (1)  Early detection of any potentially dangerous
    10     condition in an insurer and prompt application of appropriate
    11     corrective measures.
    12         (2)  Improved methods for rehabilitating insurers,
    13     involving the cooperation and management expertise of the
    14     insurance industry.
    15         (3)  Enhanced efficiency and economy of liquidation,
    16     through clarification and specification of the law, to
    17     minimize legal uncertainty and litigation.
    18         (4)  Equitable apportionment of any unavoidable loss.
    19         (5)  Lessening the problems of interstate rehabilitation
    20     and liquidation by facilitating cooperation between states in
    21     the liquidation process and by extending the scope of
    22     personal jurisdiction over debtors of the insurer outside
    23     this Commonwealth.
    24         (6)  Regulation of the insurance business by the impact
    25     of the law relating to delinquency procedures and substantive
    26     rules on the entire insurance business.
    27  § 3902.  Applicability of chapter.
    28     The proceedings authorized by this chapter may be applied to
    29  the following:
    30         (1)  All insurers who are doing, or have done, an
    19870H1628B2005                 - 323 -

     1     insurance business in this Commonwealth and against whom
     2     claims arising from that business may exist.
     3         (2)  All insurers who purport to do an insurance business
     4     in this Commonwealth.
     5         (3)  All insurers who have insured resident in this
     6     Commonwealth.
     7         (4)  All other persons organized or in the process of
     8     organizing with the intent to do an insurance business in
     9     this Commonwealth.
    10         (5)  All nonprofit service plans subject to Chapters 75
    11     (relating to hospital plan corporations) and 77 (relating to
    12     professional health services plan corporations) and all
    13     fraternal benefit societies and beneficial societies subject
    14     to Chapter 45 (relating to Fraternal Benefit Society Code).
    15         (6)  All title insurance companies subject to Chapter 67
    16     (relating to title insurance).
    17  § 3903.  Definitions.
    18     The following words and phrases when used in this chapter
    19  shall have the meanings given to them in this section unless the
    20  context clearly indicates otherwise:
    21     "Admitted assets."
    22         (1)  Includes all of the following assets of an insurer:
    23             (i)  Cash in the possession of the insurer, or in
    24         transit under its control, including the balance of any
    25         deposit in a solvent bank or trust company.
    26             (ii)  Investments, securities, properties and loans
    27         acquired or held in accordance with this title including:
    28                 (A)  Interest due or accrued on any bond or
    29             evidence of indebtedness which is not in default and
    30             which is not valued on a basis including accrued
    19870H1628B2005                 - 324 -

     1             interest.
     2                 (B)  Declared and unpaid dividends on stocks and
     3             shares, unless this amount has otherwise been allowed
     4             as an asset.
     5                 (C)  Interest due or accrued upon a collateral
     6             loan in an amount not to exceed one year's interest.
     7                 (D)  Interest due or accrued on deposits in any
     8             solvent financial institution and interest due or
     9             accrued on other assets, if the interest is in the
    10             judgment of the department a collectible asset.
    11                 (E)  Interest due or accrued on a mortgage loan,
    12             in an amount not exceeding the amount of the excess
    13             of the value of the property less delinquent taxes
    14             thereon over the unpaid principal, not to exceed
    15             interest accrued for a period of 12 months.
    16                 (F)  Rent due or accrued on real property if the
    17             rent is not in arrears for more than three months,
    18             and rent more than three months in arrears if the
    19             payment of the rent is adequately secured by property
    20             held in the name of the tenant and conveyed to the
    21             insurer as collateral.
    22                 (G)  The unaccrued portion of taxes paid prior to
    23             the due date on real property.
    24             (iii)  Premium notes, policy loans and other policy
    25         assets and liens on policies and certificates of life
    26         insurance and annuity contracts and accrued interest
    27         thereon, in an amount not exceeding the legal reserve and
    28         other policy liabilities carried on each individual
    29         policy.
    30             (iv)  The net amount of uncollected and deferred
    19870H1628B2005                 - 325 -

     1         premiums and annuity consideration in the case of a life
     2         insurer.
     3             (v)  Premiums in the course of collection, other than
     4         for life insurance, not more than three months past due,
     5         less commissions payable thereon. This limitation does
     6         not apply to premiums payable directly or indirectly by
     7         the Federal Government.
     8             (vi)  Installment premiums other than life insurance
     9         premiums to the extent of the unearned premium reserve
    10         carried on the policy to which the premiums apply.
    11             (vii)  Notes and similar written obligations, not
    12         past due, taken for premiums other than life insurance
    13         premiums, on policies permitted to be issued on that
    14         basis, to the extent of the unearned premium reserves
    15         carried thereon.
    16             (viii)  The full amount of reinsurance recoverable by
    17         a ceding insurer from a solvent reinsurer if the
    18         reinsurance is authorized under section 3512 (relating to
    19         reinsurance).
    20             (ix)  Amounts receivable by an assuming insurer
    21         representing funds withheld by a solvent ceding insurer
    22         under a reinsurance treaty.
    23             (x)  Deposits or equities recoverable from
    24         underwriting associations, syndicates and reinsurance
    25         funds, or from a suspended banking institution, to the
    26         extent deemed by the department available for the payment
    27         of losses and claims and at values to be determined by
    28         it.
    29             (xi)  Electronic and mechanical machines constituting
    30         a data processing and accounting system if the cost of
    19870H1628B2005                 - 326 -

     1         the system is at least $10,000 which shall be amortized
     2         in full over a period not to exceed ten years.
     3             (xii)  All assets allowed pursuant to the annual
     4         statement form approved by the department for use in this
     5         Commonwealth for the kinds of insurance to be reported
     6         upon.
     7             (xiii)  Other assets, not inconsistent with this
     8         definition, deemed by the department to be available for
     9         the payment of losses and claims, at values to be
    10         determined by it.
    11         (2)  The term does not include:
    12             (i)  Good will, trade names and other similar
    13         intangible assets.
    14             (ii)  Advances, other than policy loans, to officers,
    15         directors and controlling stockholders, whether secured
    16         or not, and advances to employees, agents and other
    17         persons on personal security only.
    18             (iii)  Stock of the insurer, owned by it, or any
    19         material equity in the stock or loans secured thereby, or
    20         any material proportionate interest in such stock
    21         acquired or held through the ownership by the insurer of
    22         an interest in another firm, corporation or business
    23         unit.
    24             (iv)  Furniture, fixtures, furnishings, safes,
    25         vehicles, libraries, literature and supplies, other than
    26         data processing and accounting systems authorized under
    27         31 Pa. Code § 11.4, except in the case of title insurers
    28         such materials and plants as the insurer is expressly
    29         authorized to invest in section 6738(21) (relating to
    30         investment of capital) and, except in the case of any
    19870H1628B2005                 - 327 -

     1         insurer, any property which is acquired through
     2         foreclosure of chattel mortgage or security interest
     3         acquired pursuant to sections 5305 (relating to
     4         authorized holdings of real estate), 5506 (relating to
     5         authorized holdings of real estate), 5926 (relating to
     6         authorized holdings of real estate) and 6738 or which is
     7         reasonably necessary for the maintenance and operation of
     8         real estate lawfully acquired and held by the insurer
     9         other than real estate used by it for home office, branch
    10         office or similar purposes.
    11             (v)  The amount, if any, by which the aggregate book
    12         value of investments as carried in the ledger assets of
    13         the insurer exceeds their aggregate value as determined
    14         under this chapter.
    15     "Ancillary state."  Any state other than a domiciliary state.
    16     "Creditor."  A person having any claim, whether matured or
    17  unmatured, liquidated or unliquidated, secured or unsecured,
    18  absolute, fixed or contingent.
    19     "Delinquency proceeding."  Any proceeding instituted against
    20  an insurer for the purpose of liquidating, rehabilitating,
    21  reorganizing or conserving such insurer and any summary
    22  proceeding under Subchapter C (relating to summary proceedings).
    23     "Doing business."  Includes any of the following acts,
    24  whether effected by mail or otherwise:
    25         (1)  The issuance or delivery of contracts or
    26     certificates of insurance to persons resident in this
    27     Commonwealth.
    28         (2)  The solicitation of applications for such contracts
    29     or other negotiations preliminary to the execution thereof.
    30         (3)  The collection of premiums, membership fees,
    19870H1628B2005                 - 328 -

     1     assessments or other consideration for such contracts.
     2         (4)  The transaction of matters subsequent to execution
     3     of such contracts and arising therefrom.
     4     "Domiciliary state."  The state in which an insurer is
     5  incorporated or organized or, in the case of an alien insurer,
     6  its state of entry.
     7     "Fair consideration."  Consideration given for property of
     8  obligation:
     9         (1)  when, in exchange for the property or obligation as
    10     a fair equivalent therefor and in good faith, property is
    11     conveyed or services are rendered or an obligation is
    12     incurred or an antecedent debt is satisfied; or
    13         (2)  when the property or obligation is received in good
    14     faith to secure a present advance or antecedent debt in
    15     amount not disproportionately small as compared to the value
    16     of the property or obligation obtained therefor.
    17     "General assets."  All property, real, personal or otherwise,
    18  not specifically mortgaged, pledged, deposited or otherwise
    19  encumbered for the security or benefit of specified persons or
    20  classes of persons. As to specifically encumbered property, the
    21  term includes all such property or its proceeds in excess of the
    22  amount necessary to discharge the sum secured. Assets held in
    23  trust and on deposit for the security or benefit of all
    24  policyholders and creditors shall be treated as general assets.
    25     "Guaranty association."  The Property and Casualty Insurance
    26  Guaranty Association provided for under Chapter 81 (relating to
    27  Property and Casualty Insurance Guaranty Association), the Life
    28  and Health Insurance Guaranty Association provided for under
    29  Chapter 83 (relating to Life and Health Insurance Guaranty
    30  Association) and the Workmen's Compensation Security Fund
    19870H1628B2005                 - 329 -

     1  provided for under the act of July 1, 1937 (P.L.2532, No.470),
     2  known as the Workmen's Compensation Security Fund Act, and any
     3  other similar entity created under the statutes of this
     4  Commonwealth or any other state for the payment of claims of
     5  insolvent insurers.
     6     "Insolvency."
     7         (1)  In the case of an insurer issuing only assessable
     8     fire insurance policies:
     9             (i)  the inability to pay any obligation within 30
    10         days after it becomes payable; or
    11             (ii)  if an assessment is made within 30 days after
    12         such date, the inability to pay the obligation 30 days
    13         following the date specified in the first assessment
    14         notice issued after the date of loss pursuant to section
    15         4709 (relating to assessments).
    16         (2)  In the case of any other insurer, the inability to
    17     pay its obligations when they are due, or having admitted
    18     assets which do not exceed its liabilities plus the greater
    19     of any capital and surplus required by law for its
    20     organization or its authorized and issued capital stock.
    21     "Insurer."  Any person who is doing, has done, purports to
    22  do, or is licensed to do an insurance business, and is or has
    23  been subject to the authority of, or to liquidation,
    24  rehabilitation, reorganization or conservation by any insurance
    25  department and any person included under section 3902 (relating
    26  to applicability of chapter).
    27     "Liabilities."  Includes, but is not limited to, reserves
    28  required by statute or by regulations or specific requirements
    29  of the department upon a subject company at the time of
    30  admission or subsequent thereto, and any other capital and
    19870H1628B2005                 - 330 -

     1  surplus requirements.
     2     "Preferred claim."  Any claim with respect to which this
     3  chapter accords priority of payment from the general assets of
     4  the insurer.
     5     "Receiver."  Receiver, liquidator, rehabilitator or
     6  conservator.
     7     "Reciprocal state."  Any state other than this Commonwealth
     8  in which in substance and effect sections 3942(a) (relating to
     9  liquidation orders), 3984 (relating to ancillary formal
    10  proceedings) and 3986 (relating to claims of nonresidents
    11  against domiciliary insurers) through 3988 (relating to
    12  execution proceedings) are in force, in which provisions are in
    13  force requiring that the department or equivalent office or
    14  official be the receiver of a delinquent insurer and in which
    15  some provision exists for the avoidance of fraudulent
    16  conveyances and preferential transfers.
    17     "Secured claim."  Any claim secured by mortgage, trust deed,
    18  pledge, deposit as security, escrow or otherwise, but not
    19  including special deposit claims or claims against general
    20  assets. The term also includes claims which have become liens
    21  upon specific assets by reason of judicial process.
    22     "Special deposit claim."  Any claim secured by a deposit made
    23  pursuant to statute for the security or benefit of a limited
    24  class of persons, but not including any claim secured by general
    25  assets.
    26     "Transfer."  Includes, but is not limited to, the creation of
    27  any lien upon a property interest. The retention of a security
    28  title to property delivered to a debtor shall be deemed a
    29  transfer suffered by the debtor.
    30                            SUBCHAPTER B
    19870H1628B2005                 - 331 -

     1               JUDICIAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE
     2  Sec.
     3  3911.  Jurisdiction and venue.
     4  3912.  Injunctions and orders.
     5  3913.  Cooperation of officers and employees.
     6  3914.  Bonds.
     7  3915.  Reports of department.
     8  § 3911.  Jurisdiction and venue.
     9     (a)  General rule.--A court shall not have jurisdiction to
    10  entertain, hear or determine any delinquency proceeding other
    11  than as provided in this chapter.
    12     (b)  Jurisdiction.--In addition to other grounds for
    13  jurisdiction provided by the law of this Commonwealth, a court
    14  of this Commonwealth having jurisdiction of the subject matter
    15  has jurisdiction over a person served pursuant to the
    16  Pennsylvania Rules of Civil Procedure or other applicable
    17  provisions of law in an action brought by the receiver of a
    18  domestic insurer or an alien insurer domiciled in this
    19  Commonwealth if:
    20         (1)  the person served is obligated to the insurer as an
    21     incident to any agency or brokerage arrangement between the
    22     insurer and the agent or broker, in any action on or incident
    23     to the obligation;
    24         (2)  the person served is a reinsurer who has written a
    25     policy of reinsurance for an insurer against which a
    26     rehabilitation or liquidation order is in effect when the
    27     action is commenced, or is an agent or broker for the
    28     reinsurer, in any action on or incident to the reinsurance
    29     contract; or
    30         (3)  the person served is or has been an officer,
    19870H1628B2005                 - 332 -

     1     manager, trustee, organizer or person in a position of
     2     comparable authority or influence in an insurer against which
     3     a rehabilitation or liquidation order is in effect when the
     4     action is commenced, in any action resulting from the
     5     relationship with the insurer.
     6     (c)  Change of venue.--If the court on motion of any party
     7  finds that any action should as a matter of substantial justice
     8  be tried in a forum outside this Commonwealth, the court may
     9  enter an appropriate order to stay further proceedings on the
    10  action in this Commonwealth.
    11     (d)  Commonwealth Court.--Actions authorized in this section
    12  shall be brought in the Commonwealth Court.
    13  § 3912.  Injunctions and orders.
    14     (a)  Applications to Commonwealth Court.--Any receiver
    15  appointed in a proceeding under this chapter may at any time
    16  apply for, and the Commonwealth Court may grant, such
    17  restraining orders, preliminary and permanent injunctions, and
    18  other orders as are necessary and proper to prevent any of the
    19  following:
    20         (1)  The transaction of further business.
    21         (2)  The transfer of property.
    22         (3)  Interference with the receiver or with the
    23     proceeding.
    24         (4)  Waste of the insurer's assets.
    25         (5)  Dissipation and transfer of bank accounts.
    26         (6)  The institution or further prosecution of any
    27     actions or proceedings.
    28         (7)  The obtaining of preferences, judgments,
    29     attachments, garnishments or liens against the insurer, its
    30     assets or its policyholders.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 333 -

     1         (8)  The levying of execution against the insurer, its
     2     assets or its policyholders.
     3         (9)  The making of any sale or deed for nonpayment of
     4     taxes or assessments that would lessen the value of the
     5     assets of the insurer.
     6         (10)  The withholding from the receiver of books,
     7     accounts, documents or other records relating to the business
     8     of the insurer.
     9         (11)  Any other threatened or contemplated action that
    10     might lessen the value of the insurer's assets or prejudice
    11     the rights of policyholders, creditors or shareholders or the
    12     administration of the proceeding.
    13     (b)  Applications to foreign courts.--The receiver may apply
    14  to any court outside this Commonwealth for the relief described
    15  in subsection (a) or suspension of any insurance licenses issued
    16  by the department.
    17  § 3913.  Cooperation of officers and employees.
    18     (a)  General rule.--Any employee, officer, manager, trustee
    19  or general agent of any insurer, and any other person with
    20  executive authority over any segment of the insurer's affairs,
    21  including any person exercising direct or indirect control over
    22  activities of an insurer through any holding company or other
    23  affiliate, shall cooperate with the department in any proceeding
    24  under this chapter or any investigation preliminary or
    25  incidental to the proceeding. Any person described in this
    26  subsection shall reply promptly in writing to any inquiry from
    27  the department requesting a reply and make available to the
    28  department any books, accounts, documents, records, information
    29  or property of or pertaining to the insurer and in his
    30  possession, custody or control.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 334 -

     1     (b)  Obstruction of department.--A person shall not obstruct
     2  or interfere with the department in the conduct of any
     3  delinquency proceeding or any investigation preliminary or
     4  incidental thereto.
     5     (c)  Attorney fees and incidental orders.--In any case where
     6  an insurer engages counsel for defense of and appeal with
     7  respect to a delinquency proceeding, reasonable costs and fees
     8  for such representation may be paid from the general assets of
     9  the insurer, subject to the approval of the Commonwealth agency
    10  or court to which the appeal was made. If proceedings result in
    11  a declaration of insolvency or are subsequent thereto, the
    12  approved costs thereof shall be treated as administrative costs
    13  or expenses under section 3968(2) (relating to order of
    14  distribution). The insurer may petition the court or
    15  Commonwealth agency for a stay of proceedings or other order.
    16     (d)  Penalties.--Any person described in subsection (a) who
    17  violates its provisions or any person who obstructs or
    18  interferes with the department in the conduct of any delinquency
    19  proceeding or any investigation preliminary or incidental
    20  thereto or who violates any valid order the department issued
    21  under this chapter commits a misdemeanor of the third degree, or
    22  shall, after a hearing, be subject to the imposition by the
    23  department of a civil penalty not to exceed $10,000 and shall be
    24  subject further to the revocation or suspension of any insurance
    25  license issued by the department.
    26  § 3914.  Bonds.
    27     In any proceeding under this chapter, the department shall be
    28  responsible on its official bonds for the faithful performance
    29  of its duties. If desirable for the protection of the assets,
    30  the court may at any time require an additional bond from the
    19870H1628B2005                 - 335 -

     1  department. The additional bond shall be paid for out of the
     2  assets of the insurer as a cost of administration.
     3  § 3915.  Reports of department.
     4     The department shall as receiver make reports to the court at
     5  the times and in the manner the court requires.
     6                            SUBCHAPTER C
     7                        SUMMARY PROCEEDINGS
     8  Sec.
     9  3921.  Summary orders of department.
    10  3922.  Supervision by department.
    11  3923.  Seizure orders.
    12  3924.  Conduct of hearings.
    13  § 3921.  Summary orders of department.
    14     (a)  Issuance of order.--Whenever the department has
    15  reasonable cause to believe, and determines after a hearing,
    16  that any insurer has committed or engaged in any act or practice
    17  that would subject it to formal delinquency proceedings under
    18  this chapter, it may issue an order against the insurer and any
    19  other persons involved, including an order suspending the
    20  business of an insurer, if doing so is reasonably necessary to
    21  correct, eliminate or remedy the conduct, condition or ground.
    22  If the department also has reasonable grounds to believe that
    23  irreparable harm to the property or business of the insurer or
    24  to the interests of its policy or certificate holders, creditors
    25  or the public may occur unless it issues with immediate effect
    26  such an order, it may issue and serve the order without notice
    27  and before hearing, simultaneously serving upon the insurer
    28  notice of hearing under subsection (b).
    29     (b)  Notice.--The notice of hearing and the summary order
    30  issued shall be served under applicable law. The notice of
    19870H1628B2005                 - 336 -

     1  hearing shall state the time and place of hearing, and the
     2  conduct, condition or ground upon which the department would
     3  base its order, except where irreparable harm is alleged, in
     4  which case the notice shall state the time and place of hearing.
     5  Unless otherwise agreed between the department and the insurer,
     6  the hearing shall occur not more than 15 days after notice is
     7  served. The department shall not publicize these hearings and
     8  shall hold all hearings in summary proceedings privately unless
     9  the insurer requests a public hearing, in which case the hearing
    10  shall be public.
    11     (c)  Notice of suspension order.--Any suspension order made
    12  by the department under subsection (a) shall prohibit issuance
    13  of policies, transfers of property and payments of moneys
    14  without prior written approval of the department. Notice of this
    15  suspension shall be given, by first class mail within 15 days
    16  thereof, by the suspended organization to those who were
    17  creditors, policyholders, members and certificate holders at the
    18  date of suspension. Notice of the suspension shall be given,
    19  within 15 days thereof, by the department to creditors,
    20  policyholders, members and certificate holders by one
    21  publication in a newspaper of general circulation in the county
    22  where the suspended organization has its principal office.
    23     (d)  Insolvent insurers.--From the date of such suspension on
    24  the ground that the insurer is insolvent or is in such a
    25  condition that its further transaction of business will be
    26  hazardous financially to its policyholders, creditors or the
    27  public, an action at law or equity shall not be commenced or
    28  prosecuted nor shall any judgment be entered against nor shall
    29  any execution or attachment be issued or prosecuted against the
    30  suspended insurer, or against its property, in any court.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 337 -

     1  However, if such a suspension order is vacated by the
     2  Commonwealth Court for the reason that the suspended insurer is
     3  no longer insolvent or in a hazardous condition, restraints upon
     4  legal process provided in the order shall cease to be operative.
     5     (e)  Waiver of hearing.--If the department issues a summary
     6  order before hearing under this section, the insurer may waive
     7  the department's hearing and apply for immediate judicial relief
     8  by means of any remedy afforded by law without first exhausting
     9  administrative remedies.
    10     (f)  Civil penalty.--Any person who has violated any order
    11  issued under this section shall be liable to pay a civil penalty
    12  imposed by the Commonwealth Court not to exceed $10,000.
    13     (g)  Enforcement of summary orders.--The department may apply
    14  for, and any court of general jurisdiction may grant, any
    15  restraining orders, preliminary and permanent injunctions and
    16  other orders necessary and proper to enforce a summary order.
    17  § 3922.  Supervision by department.
    18     (a)  Examination by department.--If upon examination or at
    19  any other time the department determines that an insurer has
    20  committed, engaged or is about to engage in any act, transaction
    21  or practice that would subject it to formal delinquency
    22  proceedings under this chapter, the department shall notify the
    23  insurer of its determination and furnish to the insurer an order
    24  containing a written list of the department's requirements to
    25  abate its determination. If the department after a hearing under
    26  section 3921(b) (relating to summary orders of department) makes
    27  a further determination to supervise, the department shall issue
    28  an order to the insurer notifying it that it is under the
    29  supervision of the department and that the department is acting
    30  under this section. The department may issue an order under this
    19870H1628B2005                 - 338 -

     1  section without a hearing under the conditions of irreparable
     2  harm as described in section 3921(a), and shall simultaneously
     3  serve upon the insurer notice of a hearing to be held in
     4  accordance with the provisions of section 3921(b); in this
     5  event, the insurer may file an appeal under section 3921(e). The
     6  insurer shall comply with the lawful requirements of the
     7  department and, if placed under an order of supervision, shall
     8  have 90 days from the date of service of the order within which
     9  to comply with the requirements of the department. If the
    10  insurer fails to comply within this time, the department may
    11  institute proceedings in the Commonwealth Court to have a
    12  rehabilitator or liquidator appointed under the provisions of
    13  this chapter or issue an order extending an existing order of
    14  supervision. The order extending any existing order shall be
    15  issued prior to the end of each 90-day period, unless otherwise
    16  agreed to by the insurer.
    17     (b)  Supervisor.--The department may appoint a supervisor to
    18  supervise the insurer and may provide that the insurer may not
    19  do any of the following acts, during the period of supervision,
    20  without the prior written approval of the department or the
    21  supervisor:
    22         (1)  Dispose of, convey or encumber any of its assets or
    23     its business in force.
    24         (2)  Withdraw any of its bank accounts.
    25         (3)  Lend any of its funds.
    26         (4)  Invest any of its funds.
    27         (5)  Transfer any of its property.
    28         (6)  Incur any debt, obligation or liability.
    29         (7)  Merge or consolidate with another company.
    30         (8)  Enter into any new reinsurance contract or treaty.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 339 -

     1     (c)  Liability.--If any person, subject to the provisions of
     2  this chapter, including any person described in section 3913(a)
     3  (relating to cooperation of officers and employees), violates
     4  any valid order of the department issued under this section and,
     5  as a result, the net worth of the insurer is reduced or the
     6  insurer otherwise suffers a loss, the person shall become
     7  personally liable to the insurer for the amount of any such
     8  reduction or loss. The department or supervisor may bring an
     9  action on behalf of the insurer in the Commonwealth Court to
    10  recover the amount of the reduction or loss together with any
    11  costs.
    12  § 3923.  Seizure orders.
    13     (a)  Issuance of orders.--If the department files in the
    14  Commonwealth Court a petition alleging any ground that would
    15  justify a court order for a formal delinquency proceeding
    16  against an insurer under this chapter, and that the interests of
    17  policyholders, creditors or the public will be endangered by
    18  delay, which petition shall include the order deemed necessary
    19  by the department, the court may immediately issue the order
    20  without a hearing. The order shall direct the department to take
    21  possession and control of all or a part of the property, books,
    22  accounts, documents, other records of an insurer and of the
    23  premises occupied by it for the transaction of its business and,
    24  until further order of the court, enjoin the insurer and its
    25  officers, managers, agents and employees from disposition of its
    26  property and from transaction of its business except with the
    27  written consent of the department.
    28     (b)  Duration of order.--The court shall specify in the order
    29  what its duration shall be, which shall be such time as the
    30  court believes necessary for the department to ascertain the
    19870H1628B2005                 - 340 -

     1  condition of the insurer. The initial duration or any extension
     2  shall not exceed 90 days. On motion of either party or on its
     3  own motion, the court may hold such hearings as are desirable,
     4  after appropriate notice, and may extend, shorten or modify the
     5  terms of the seizure order. The court shall vacate the seizure
     6  order if the department fails to commence a formal proceeding
     7  under this chapter prior to the expiration of a seizure order or
     8  any extension. An order of the court pursuant to a formal
     9  proceeding under this chapter shall vacate the seizure order.
    10     (c)  Anticipatory breach.--Entry of a seizure order under
    11  this section shall not constitute an anticipatory breach of any
    12  contract of the insurer.
    13     (d)  Petition for review.--An insurer subject to an ex parte
    14  order of the Commonwealth Court issued under this section may
    15  petition the court at any time after the issuance of the order
    16  for a hearing and review. The court shall grant the hearing and
    17  review within ten days of the filing of the petition.
    18  § 3924.  Conduct of hearings.
    19     (a)  Private hearing.--The Commonwealth Court may hold all
    20  hearings in summary proceedings and judicial review privately in
    21  chambers, and shall do so on request of the insurer proceeded
    22  against.
    23     (b)  Confidentiality of records.-In all summary proceedings
    24  and judicial reviews, all records of the insurer, other
    25  documents and department files and court records and papers, so
    26  far as they pertain to or are a part of the record of the
    27  summary proceedings, shall be confidential except as is
    28  necessary to obtain compliance therewith, unless and until the
    29  Commonwealth Court, after hearing arguments from the parties in
    30  chambers, shall order otherwise or unless the insurer requests
    19870H1628B2005                 - 341 -

     1  that the matter be made public.
     2     (c)  Penalty.--Any person having possession or custody of and
     3  refusing to deliver any of the property, books, accounts,
     4  documents or other records of or relating to an insurer against
     5  which a seizure order or a summary order has been issued by the
     6  department or by the Commonwealth Court commits a misdemeanor of
     7  the third degree.
     8                            SUBCHAPTER D
     9                           REHABILITATION
    10  Sec.
    11  3931.  Grounds for rehabilitation.
    12  3932.  Rehabilitation orders.
    13  3933.  Powers and duties of rehabilitator.
    14  3934.  Actions by and against rehabilitator.
    15  3935.  Termination of rehabilitation.
    16  § 3931.  Grounds for rehabilitation.
    17     An order of rehabilitation may be based on any of the
    18  following grounds:
    19         (1)  The insurer is insolvent or is in such a condition
    20     that the further transaction of business would be financially
    21     hazardous to its policyholders, its creditors or the public.
    22         (2)  There is reasonable cause to believe that there has
    23     been embezzlement from the insurer, wrongful sequestration or
    24     diversion of the insurer's assets, forgery or fraud affecting
    25     the insurer or other illegal conduct by or with respect to
    26     the insurer that would endanger assets in an amount
    27     threatening the solvency of the insurer.
    28         (3)  The insurer fails to remove any person who has
    29     executive authority in the insurer if the person has been
    30     found after notice and hearing to be dishonest or
    19870H1628B2005                 - 342 -

     1     untrustworthy in a way affecting the business of the insurer.
     2         (4)  Control of the insurer, whether by stock ownership
     3     or otherwise and whether direct or indirect, is in a person
     4     found after notice and hearing to be dishonest or
     5     untrustworthy.
     6         (5)  Any person who has executive authority in the
     7     insurer has refused to be examined under oath by the
     8     department concerning its affairs, whether in this
     9     Commonwealth or elsewhere, and after reasonable notice of the
    10     fact the insurer fails to promptly and effectively terminate
    11     the employment and status of the person and his influence on
    12     management.
    13         (6)  After demand, the insurer fails to submit promptly
    14     for examination any of its own property, books, accounts,
    15     documents or other records or those of any subsidiary or
    16     related company within the control of the insurer or those of
    17     any person having executive authority in the insurer so far
    18     as they pertain to the insurer. If the insurer is unable to
    19     submit the property, books, accounts, documents or other
    20     records of a person having executive authority in the
    21     insurer, it shall be excused from doing so if it promptly and
    22     effectively terminates the relationship of the person to the
    23     insurer.
    24         (7)  Without first obtaining the written consent of the
    25     department, the insurer transfers, or attempts to transfer,
    26     substantially its entire property or business, or enters into
    27     any transaction the effect of which is to merge, consolidate
    28     or reinsure substantially its entire property or business in
    29     or with the property or business of any other person.
    30         (8)  The insurer or its property is the subject of an
    19870H1628B2005                 - 343 -

     1     application for the appointment of a receiver, trustee,
     2     custodian, conservator, sequestrator or similar fiduciary of
     3     the insurer or its property otherwise than as authorized
     4     under this title, and the appointment has been made or is
     5     imminent, and the appointment might oust the court of
     6     jurisdiction or prejudice orderly delinquency proceedings
     7     under this chapter.
     8         (9)  Within the previous four years the insurer has
     9     willfully violated its charter, articles of incorporation,
    10     bylaws or this title in a manner which may result or has
    11     resulted in substantial harm to the property or business of
    12     an insurer or to the interests of its policy or certificate
    13     holders, creditors or the public, or any valid order of the
    14     department under sections 3921 (relating to summary orders of
    15     department) and 3922 (relating to supervision by department).
    16         (10)  The insurer fails to pay within 60 days after due
    17     date any obligation to any government agency or any judgment
    18     entered in this Commonwealth. However, the nonpayment shall
    19     not be deemed a ground for rehabilitation until 60 days after
    20     any good faith effort by the insurer to contest the
    21     obligation has been terminated, whether it is before the
    22     department or in the courts.
    23         (11)  The insurer has systematically attempted to
    24     compromise or renegotiate previously agreed settlements with
    25     its creditors on the ground that it is financially unable to
    26     pay its obligations in full.
    27         (12)  The insurer has failed to file its annual report or
    28     other report within the time allowed by law and, after
    29     written demand by the department, fails to give a
    30     satisfactory explanation immediately.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 344 -

     1         (13)  The board of directors, the holders of a majority
     2     of the shares entitled to vote or a majority of those
     3     individuals entitled to the control of any entity subject to
     4     this chapter request or consent to rehabilitation.
     5  § 3932.  Rehabilitation orders.
     6     (a)  Petition.--The department may petition the Commonwealth
     7  Court for an order authorizing it to rehabilitate a domestic
     8  insurer or an alien insurer domiciled in this Commonwealth,
     9  alleging that the insurer has committed one or more acts which
    10  may constitute grounds for rehabilitation.
    11     (b)  Hearing.--An order of the Commonwealth Court to
    12  rehabilitate the business of an insurer shall be issued only
    13  after a hearing before the court or pursuant to a written
    14  consent of the insurer.
    15     (c)  Filing of order.--The order to rehabilitate the business
    16  of such an insurer shall appoint the department as the
    17  rehabilitator. The order shall direct the rehabilitator to take
    18  possession of the assets of the insurer immediately, including
    19  any deposits held by the department, and to administer them
    20  under the orders of the court. The filing or recording of the
    21  order with the clerk of the Commonwealth Court or recorder of
    22  deeds of the county in which the principal business of the
    23  company is conducted or the county in which its principal office
    24  or place of business is located shall impart the same notice as
    25  a deed, bill of sale or other evidence of title filed or
    26  recorded with that recorder of deeds would have imparted. Entry
    27  of an order of rehabilitation does not constitute an
    28  anticipatory breach of any contracts of the insurer.
    29  § 3933.  Powers and duties of rehabilitator.
    30     (a)  Special deputy.--The department as rehabilitator may
    19870H1628B2005                 - 345 -

     1  appoint a special deputy who shall have all the powers of the
     2  rehabilitator granted under this section. The department shall
     3  make such arrangements for compensation as are necessary to
     4  obtain a special deputy of proven ability. The special deputy
     5  shall serve at the pleasure of the department.
     6     (b)  General powers and duties.--The rehabilitator may take
     7  any action he deems necessary to correct the conditions which
     8  constituted the grounds for the order of the court to
     9  rehabilitate the insurer. He shall have all the powers of the
    10  directors, officers and managers, whose authority shall be
    11  suspended, except as they are redelegated by the rehabilitator.
    12  He shall have full power to direct and manage, to hire and
    13  discharge employees subject to any contract rights they may have
    14  and to deal with the property and business of the insurer.
    15     (c)  Remedial powers.--If it appears to the rehabilitator
    16  that there has been criminal or tortious conduct, or breach of
    17  any contractual or fiduciary obligation detrimental to the
    18  insurer by any officer, manager, agent, broker, employee or
    19  other person, he may pursue all appropriate legal remedies on
    20  behalf of the insurer.
    21     (d)  Plan of rehabilitator.--The rehabilitator may prepare a
    22  plan for the reorganization, consolidation, conversion,
    23  reinsurance, merger or other transformation of the insurer. Upon
    24  application of the rehabilitator for approval of the plan, and
    25  after such notice and hearing as the court may prescribe, the
    26  court may either approve or disapprove the plan proposed, or may
    27  modify it and approve it as modified. If it is approved, the
    28  rehabilitator shall carry out the plan. In the case of a life
    29  insurer, the plan proposed may include the imposition of liens
    30  upon the equities of policyholders of the company, provided that
    19870H1628B2005                 - 346 -

     1  all rights of shareholders are first relinquished. A plan for a
     2  life insurer may also propose imposition of a moratorium upon
     3  loan and cash surrender rights under policies for any period and
     4  to any extent necessary.
     5     (e)  Avoidance of fraudulent transfers.--The rehabilitator
     6  shall have the power to avoid fraudulent transfers under
     7  sections 3952 (relating to fraudulent transfers prior to
     8  petition) and 3953 (relating to fraudulent transfers after
     9  petition).
    10  § 3934.  Actions by and against rehabilitator.
    11     On request of the rehabilitator, any court before which any
    12  action or proceeding by or against an insurer is pending when a
    13  rehabilitation order against the insurer is entered shall stay
    14  the action or proceeding for such time as necessary for the
    15  rehabilitator to obtain proper representation and prepare for
    16  further proceedings. The Commonwealth Court shall order the
    17  rehabilitator to take such action respecting the pending
    18  litigation as is necessary in the interests of justice and for
    19  the protection of creditors, policyholders and the public. The
    20  rehabilitator shall immediately consider all litigation pending
    21  outside this Commonwealth and shall petition the courts having
    22  jurisdiction over that litigation for stays whenever necessary
    23  to protect the estate of the insurer. The time between the
    24  filing of a petition for rehabilitation against an insurer and
    25  denial of the petition or an order of rehabilitation shall not
    26  be considered to be a part of the time within which any action
    27  may be commenced by or against the insurer. Any action by or
    28  against the insurer that might have been commenced when the
    29  petition was filed may be commenced for at least 60 days after
    30  the order of rehabilitation is entered.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 347 -

     1  § 3935.  Termination of rehabilitation.
     2     (a)  Petition for order of liquidation.--Whenever he has
     3  reasonable cause to believe that further attempts to
     4  rehabilitate an insurer would substantially increase the risk of
     5  loss to creditors, policy and certificate holders or the public,
     6  or would be futile, the rehabilitator may petition the
     7  Commonwealth Court for an order of liquidation. A petition under
     8  this subsection shall have the same effect as a petition under
     9  section 3942 (relating to liquidation orders). The Commonwealth
    10  Court shall permit the directors to take any action reasonably
    11  necessary to defend against the petition and may order payment
    12  from the estate of the insurer of costs and other expenses of
    13  defense.
    14     (b)  Petition for order terminating rehabilitation.--The
    15  rehabilitator may at any time petition the Commonwealth Court
    16  for an order terminating rehabilitation of an insurer. If the
    17  Commonwealth Court finds that rehabilitation has been
    18  accomplished and that grounds for rehabilitation under section
    19  3931 (relating to grounds for rehabilitation) no longer exist,
    20  it shall order that the insurer be restored to possession of its
    21  property and the control of its business. The Commonwealth Court
    22  may also make that finding and issue that order at any time upon
    23  its own motion.
    24                            SUBCHAPTER E
    25                      LIQUIDATION PROCEEDINGS
    26  Sec.
    27  3941.  Grounds for liquidation.
    28  3942.  Liquidation orders.
    29  3943.  Continuation of coverage.
    30  3944.  Dissolution of insurer.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 348 -

     1  3945.  Powers of liquidator.
     2  3946.  Notice to creditors and others.
     3  3947.  Duties of agents.
     4  3948.  Actions by and against liquidator.
     5  § 3941.  Grounds for liquidation.
     6     Any ground on which an order of rehabilitation may be based,
     7  as specified in section 3931 (relating to grounds for
     8  rehabilitation), whether or not there has been a prior order of
     9  rehabilitation of the insurer, shall be grounds for liquidation.
    10  § 3942.  Liquidation orders.
    11     (a)  Petition.--The department may petition the Commonwealth
    12  Court for an order directing the department to liquidate a
    13  domestic insurer domiciled in this Commonwealth, alleging that
    14  the insurer has committed any act which may constitute grounds
    15  for liquidation under this chapter.
    16     (b)  Hearing.--An order of the Commonwealth Court to
    17  liquidate the business of an insurer shall be issued only after
    18  a hearing before the court or pursuant to a written consent of
    19  the insurer.
    20     (c)  Nature of order.--An order to liquidate the business of
    21  a domestic insurer shall appoint the department as liquidator
    22  and shall direct the liquidator to take possession of the assets
    23  of the insurer immediately and to administer them under the
    24  orders of the court. The liquidator is vested with the title to
    25  all of the property, contracts and rights of action and all of
    26  the books and records of the insurer ordered liquidated,
    27  wherever located, as of the date of the filing of the petition
    28  for liquidation. The liquidator may recover and reduce the same
    29  to possession except that ancillary receivers in reciprocal
    30  states shall have, as to assets located in their respective
    19870H1628B2005                 - 349 -

     1  states, the rights and powers which are prescribed in section
     2  3984(c) (relating to ancillary formal proceedings) for ancillary
     3  receivers appointed in this Commonwealth as to assets located in
     4  this Commonwealth. The filing or recording of the order with the
     5  Clerk of the Commonwealth Court or with the recorder of deeds of
     6  the county in which the principal business of the company is
     7  conducted or the county in which its principal office or place
     8  of business is located shall impart the same notice as a deed,
     9  bill of sale or other evidence of title filed or recorded that
    10  the recorder of deeds would have imparted.
    11     (d)  Effect of order.--Upon issuance of the order, the rights
    12  and liabilities of the insurer and of its creditors,
    13  policyholders, shareholders, members and all other persons
    14  interested in its estate shall become fixed as of the date of
    15  filing of the petition for liquidation, except as provided in
    16  sections 3943 (relating to continuation of coverage) and 3963
    17  (relating to special claims).
    18     (e)  Alien insurer.--An order to liquidate the business of an
    19  alien insurer domiciled in this Commonwealth shall be in the
    20  same terms and have the same legal effect as an order to
    21  liquidate a domestic insurer, except that the assets and the
    22  business in the United States shall be the only assets and
    23  business included.
    24     (f)  Petition for judicial declaration of insolvency.--At the
    25  time of petitioning for an order of liquidation or at any time
    26  thereafter, the department, after making appropriate findings of
    27  an insurer's insolvency, following an administrative hearing,
    28  may petition the court for a judicial declaration of insolvency.
    29  After providing such notice and hearing as are permitted for
    30  appeals from Commonwealth agencies, the court may make the
    19870H1628B2005                 - 350 -

     1  declaration.
     2  § 3943.  Continuation of coverage.
     3     All insurance in effect at the time of issuance of an order
     4  of liquidation shall continue in force only with respect to the
     5  risks in effect, at that time until any of the following occurs:
     6         (1)  A period of 30 days expires from the date of entry
     7     of the liquidation order.
     8         (2)  The normal expiration of the policy coverage.
     9         (3)  The insured replaces the insurance coverage with
    10     equivalent insurance in another insurer or otherwise
    11     terminates the policy.
    12         (4)  The liquidator effects a transfer of the policy
    13     obligation under section 3945(8) (relating to powers of
    14     liquidator).
    15  § 3944.  Dissolution of insurer.
    16     The department may petition for an order dissolving the
    17  corporate existence of a domestic insurer or the United States
    18  branch of an alien insurer domiciled in this Commonwealth at the
    19  time the department applies for a liquidation order. The court
    20  shall order dissolution of the corporation upon petition by the
    21  department upon or after the granting of a liquidation order. If
    22  the dissolution has not previously been ordered, it shall be
    23  effected by operation of law upon the discharge of the
    24  liquidator.
    25  § 3945.  Powers of liquidator.
    26     The liquidator shall have, but is not limited to, the
    27  following powers and duties:
    28         (1)  To appoint a special deputy to act for him under
    29     this chapter, and to determine his compensation. The special
    30     deputy shall have all powers of the liquidator granted by
    19870H1628B2005                 - 351 -

     1     this section. The special deputy shall serve at the pleasure
     2     of the department.
     3         (2)  To employ employees, agents, legal counsel,
     4     actuaries, accountants, appraisers, consultants and any other
     5     personnel necessary to assist in the liquidation.
     6         (3)  To fix the compensation of employees, agents, legal
     7     counsel, actuaries, accountants, appraisers and consultants
     8     without complying with civil service regulations.
     9         (4)  To pay compensation to persons appointed and to
    10     defray all expenses of taking possession of, conserving,
    11     conducting, liquidating, disposing of or otherwise dealing
    12     with the business and property of the insurer. If the
    13     property of the insurer does not contain sufficient cash or
    14     liquid assets to defray the costs incurred, the department
    15     shall advance the costs so incurred out of the appropriation
    16     for the maintenance of the department. Any amounts so paid
    17     shall be deemed expenses of administration and shall be
    18     repaid to the department out of the first available moneys of
    19     the insurer.
    20         (5)  To hold hearings, subpoena witnesses, compel their
    21     attendance, administer oaths, examine any person under oath
    22     and compel any person to subscribe to his testimony after it
    23     has been correctly reduced to writing and, in connection
    24     therewith, to require the production of any books, papers,
    25     records or other documents which he deems relevant to the
    26     inquiry.
    27         (6)  To collect all debts and moneys due and claims
    28     belonging to the insurer which it is economical to collect,
    29     wherever located, and for this purpose to institute timely
    30     action in other jurisdictions, in order to forestall
    19870H1628B2005                 - 352 -

     1     garnishment and attachment proceedings against these debts;
     2     to do any other acts necessary to collect, conserve or
     3     protect its assets or property; to sell, compound, compromise
     4     or assign for purposes of collection, upon those terms and
     5     conditions which he deems best, any bad or doubtful debts;
     6     and to pursue any creditor's remedies available to enforce
     7     his claims.
     8         (7)  To conduct public and private sales of the property
     9     of the insurer.
    10         (8)  To use assets of the estate to transfer policy
    11     obligations to a solvent assuming insurer, if the transfer
    12     can be arranged without prejudice to applicable priorities
    13     under section 3968 (relating to order of distribution).
    14         (9)  To acquire, hypothecate, encumber, lease, improve,
    15     sell, transfer, abandon or otherwise dispose of or deal with
    16     any property of the insurer at its market value or upon fair
    17     and reasonable terms and conditions and to execute,
    18     acknowledge and deliver deeds, assignments, releases and
    19     other instruments necessary or proper to effectuate any sale
    20     of property or other transaction in connection with the
    21     liquidation. The liquidator shall file with the recorder of
    22     deeds for the county in which the property is located a
    23     certified copy of the order appointing him liquidator.
    24         (10)  To borrow money on the security of the insurer's
    25     assets or without security and to execute and deliver all
    26     documents necessary to that transaction for the purpose of
    27     facilitating the liquidation.
    28         (11)  To enter into any contracts necessary to carry out
    29     the order to liquidate, and to affirm or disavow any
    30     contracts to which the insurer is a party.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 353 -

     1         (12)  To institute or continue to prosecute in the name
     2     of the insurer or in his own name any suits and other legal
     3     proceedings, in this Commonwealth or elsewhere, and to
     4     abandon the prosecution of claims if unprofitable to pursue
     5     further. If the insurer is dissolved under section 3944
     6     (relating to dissolution of insurer), he shall have the power
     7     to apply to any court in this Commonwealth or elsewhere for
     8     leave to substitute himself for the insurer as plaintiff.
     9         (13)  To prosecute any action on behalf of the creditors,
    10     members, policyholders or shareholders of the insurer against
    11     any officer of the insurer or any other person.
    12         (14)  To remove any or all records and property of the
    13     insurer to the offices of the department or to any other
    14     convenient place for the purposes of efficient and orderly
    15     execution of the liquidation.
    16         (15)  To deposit in one or more banks in this
    17     Commonwealth the sums required for meeting current
    18     administration and operating costs.
    19         (16)  To invest all sums not currently needed unless the
    20     court orders otherwise.
    21         (17)  To file any necessary documents for record in the
    22     office of any recorder of deeds or record office in this
    23     Commonwealth or elsewhere where property of the insurer is
    24     located.
    25         (18)  To assert all defenses available to the insurer as
    26     against third persons, including statutes of limitation,
    27     statutes of frauds and usury. A waiver of any defense by the
    28     insurer after a petition in liquidation has been filed shall
    29     not bind the department. When a guaranty association has an
    30     obligation to defend a suit, the liquidator shall give
    19870H1628B2005                 - 354 -

     1     precedence to the obligations and shall defend only in the
     2     absence of a defense by the guaranty association.
     3         (19)  To exercise and enforce all the rights, remedies,
     4     and powers of any creditor, shareholder, policyholder or
     5     member, including any power to avoid any transfer or lien
     6     that may be given by law and that is not included with
     7     sections 3952 (relating to fraudulent transfers prior to
     8     petition) through 3954 (relating to voidable preferences and
     9     liens).
    10         (20)  To intervene in any proceeding wherever instituted
    11     that might lead to the appointment of a receiver or trustee,
    12     and to act as the receiver or trustee whenever the
    13     appointment is offered.
    14         (21)  To enter into agreements with any receiver or
    15     department of any other state relating to the rehabilitation,
    16     liquidation, conservation or dissolution of an insurer doing
    17     business in both states.
    18         (22)  To exercise all powers conferred upon receivers by
    19     the laws of this Commonwealth not inconsistent with the
    20     provisions of this chapter.
    21  § 3946.  Notice to creditors and others.
    22     (a)  General rule.--The liquidator shall give notice of the
    23  liquidation order as soon as possible by first class mail and
    24  either by telegram or telephone to the insurance department of
    25  each jurisdiction in which the insurer is licensed to do
    26  business, by first class mail and by telephone to any
    27  responsible guaranty association of this Commonwealth, by first
    28  class mail to all insurance agents having a duty under section
    29  3947 (relating to duties of agents) and to all known
    30  policyholders, creditors and claimants.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 355 -

     1     (b)  Duty of claimants.--Notice to potential claimants under
     2  subsection (a) shall require claimants to file with the
     3  liquidator their claims together with proper proofs of claims by
     4  the date the liquidator specifies in the notice. All claimants
     5  shall keep the liquidator informed of any change of address.
     6  § 3947.  Duties of agents.
     7     (a)  Notice to policyholders.--Every person who receives
     8  notice in the form prescribed in section 3946 (relating to
     9  notice to creditors and others), that an insurer which he
    10  represents as an independent agent is the subject of a
    11  liquidation order, shall, within 15 days of the notice, give
    12  notice of the liquidation order to each policyholder or other
    13  person named in any policy issued through the agent by the
    14  insurer. The notice shall be sent by first class mail to the
    15  last address contained in the agent's records. A policy shall be
    16  deemed issued through an agent if the agent has a property
    17  interest in the expiration of the policy, or if the agent has
    18  had in his possession a copy of the declarations of the policy
    19  at any time during the life of the policy, except where the
    20  ownership of the expiration of the policy has been transferred
    21  to another. The notice shall include the name and address of the
    22  insurer, the name and address of the agent, identification of
    23  the policy impaired and the nature of the impairment including
    24  termination of coverage, as described in section 3943 (relating
    25  to continuation of coverage). Notice by a general agent
    26  satisfies the notice requirement for any agents under contract
    27  to him.
    28     (b)  Penalty.--Any agent who fails to give notice as required
    29  in subsection (a) shall be subject to payment of a penalty of
    30  not more than $1,000 and may have his license suspended. The
    19870H1628B2005                 - 356 -

     1  penalty shall be imposed only after a hearing held by the
     2  department.
     3  § 3948.  Actions by and against liquidator.
     4     (a)  Stay.--Upon issuance of an order appointing the
     5  department liquidator of a domestic insurer or of an alien
     6  insurer domiciled in this Commonwealth, no action shall be
     7  brought by or against the insurer, whether in this Commonwealth
     8  or elsewhere, nor shall any such existing actions be continued
     9  after issuance of the order.
    10     (b)  Intervention.--Whenever, in the liquidator's judgment,
    11  protection of the estate of the insurer necessitates
    12  intervention in an action against the insurer that is pending
    13  outside this Commonwealth, he may intervene in the action with
    14  approval of the court. The liquidator may defend any action in
    15  which he intervenes under this section at the expense of the
    16  estate of the insurer.
    17     (c)  Limitation of actions by liquidator.--The liquidator
    18  may, upon or after an order for liquidation, within two years or
    19  such additional time as the law permits, institute an action on
    20  behalf of the estate of the insurer upon any cause of action if
    21  the period of limitation has not expired at the time of the
    22  filing of the petition upon which the order is entered. If a
    23  period of limitation is fixed by agreement for instituting an
    24  action or for filing any claim, proof of claim, proof of loss,
    25  demand, notice or the like, or if in any proceeding, a period of
    26  limitation is fixed for or doing any act, and if the period had
    27  not expired at the date of the filing of the petition, the
    28  liquidator may, for the benefit of the estate, take any action
    29  required of or permitted to the insurer, within a period of 180
    30  days subsequent to the entry of an order for liquidation, or
    19870H1628B2005                 - 357 -

     1  within such further period as is shown to the satisfaction of
     2  the court not to be unfairly prejudicial to the other party.
     3     (d)  Limitation of actions against insurer.--The time between
     4  the filing of a petition for liquidation against an insurer and
     5  the denial of the petition shall not be considered to be a part
     6  of the time within which any action may be commenced against the
     7  insurer. Any action against the insurer that might have been
     8  commenced when the petition was filed may be commenced for at
     9  least 60 days after the petition is denied.
    10                            SUBCHAPTER F
    11                    ESTATE OF LIQUIDATED INSURER
    12  Sec.
    13  3951.  Collection and list of assets.
    14  3952.  Fraudulent transfers prior to petition.
    15  3953.  Fraudulent transfers after petition.
    16  3954.  Voidable preferences and liens.
    17  3955.  Claims of holders of void or voidable rights.
    18  3956.  Setoffs and counterclaims.
    19  3957.  Assessments.
    20  3958.  Liability of reinsurer.
    21  3959.  Recovery of premiums.
    22  3960.  Proposal for distribution.
    23  § 3951.  Collection and list of assets.
    24     (a)  Filing of list.--As soon as practicable after the
    25  liquidation order, the liquidator shall prepare in duplicate a
    26  list of the insurer's assets. The list shall be amended or
    27  supplemented from time to time as the court requires. One copy
    28  shall be filed in the office of the clerk of the Commonwealth
    29  Court and one copy shall be retained for the liquidator's files.
    30  All amendments and supplements shall be similarly filed.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 358 -

     1     (b)  Liquidation of assets.--The liquidator shall reduce the
     2  assets to a degree of liquidity that is consistent with the
     3  prompt, effective and economical execution of the liquidation.
     4  § 3952.  Fraudulent transfers prior to petition.
     5     (a)  Avoidance.--Every transfer made or suffered and every
     6  obligation incurred by an insurer within one year prior to the
     7  filing of a successful petition for rehabilitation or
     8  liquidation under this chapter is fraudulent as to then existing
     9  and future creditors if made or incurred without fair
    10  consideration or with actual intent to hinder, delay or defraud
    11  either existing or future creditors. A transfer made or an
    12  obligation incurred by an insurer ordered to be rehabilitated or
    13  liquidated under this chapter, which is fraudulent under this
    14  section, may be avoided by the receiver, except as to a person
    15  who in good faith is a purchaser, lienor or obligee for a
    16  present fair equivalent value, and except that any purchaser,
    17  lienor or obligee, who in good faith has given less than fair
    18  consideration for the transfer, lien or obligation, may retain
    19  it as security for repayment. The court may, on due notice,
    20  order any such transfer or obligation to be preserved for the
    21  benefit of the estate and, in that event, the receiver shall
    22  succeed to and may enforce the rights of the purchaser, lienor
    23  or obligee. Section 3954(d) (relating to voidable preferences
    24  and liens) applies to determine the time when transfers are
    25  deemed to be made or suffered under this section.
    26     (b)  Transaction with reinsurer.--Any transaction of the
    27  insurer with a reinsurer shall be deemed fraudulent and may be
    28  avoided by the receiver under subsection (a) if:
    29         (1)  the transaction consists of the termination,
    30     adjustment or settlement of a reinsurance contract in which
    19870H1628B2005                 - 359 -

     1     the reinsurer is released from any part of its duty to pay
     2     the originally specified share of losses that had occurred
     3     prior to the time of the transaction, unless the reinsurer
     4     gives a present fair equivalent value for the release; and
     5         (2)  any part of the transaction took place within one
     6     year prior to the date of filing of the petition through
     7     which the receivership was commenced.
     8  § 3953.  Fraudulent transfers after petition.
     9     (a)  General rule.--Except as otherwise provided in this
    10  section, a transfer by or in behalf of the insurer after the
    11  date of the petition for liquidation by any person other than
    12  the liquidator shall not be valid against the liquidator.
    13     (b)  Transfer of real property.--After a petition for
    14  rehabilitation or liquidation, a transfer of any of the real
    15  property of the insurer made to a person acting in good faith
    16  shall be valid against the receiver if made for a present fair
    17  equivalent value, or, if not made for a present fair equivalent
    18  value, then to the extent of the present consideration actually
    19  paid, for which amount the transferee shall have a lien on the
    20  property. The commencement of a proceeding for rehabilitation or
    21  liquidation shall be constructive notice upon the recording of a
    22  copy of the petition for or order of rehabilitation or
    23  liquidation with the recorder of deeds in the county where any
    24  real property in question is located. The exercise by any
    25  Federal or state court of the power to authorize or effect a
    26  judicial sale of real property of the insurer within any county
    27  in any state shall not be impaired by the pendency of such a
    28  proceeding unless the copy is recorded in the county prior to
    29  the consummation of the judicial sale.
    30     (c)  Pending rehabilitation.--After a petition for
    19870H1628B2005                 - 360 -

     1  rehabilitation or liquidation and before either the receiver
     2  takes possession of the property of the insurer or an order of
     3  rehabilitation or liquidation is granted:
     4         (1)  A transfer of any of the property of the insurer,
     5     other than real property, made to a person acting in good
     6     faith shall be valid against the receiver if made for a
     7     present fair equivalent value or, if not made for a present
     8     fair equivalent value, then to the extent of the present
     9     consideration actually paid, for which amount the transferee
    10     shall have a lien on the property so transferred.
    11         (2)  A person indebted to the insurer or holding property
    12     of the insurer may, if acting in good faith, pay the
    13     indebtedness or deliver the property, or any part thereof, to
    14     the insurer or upon his order, with the same effect as if the
    15     petition were not pending.
    16         (3)  A person having actual knowledge of the pending
    17     rehabilitation or liquidation shall be deemed not to act in
    18     good faith.
    19         (4)  A person asserting the validity of a transfer under
    20     this section shall have the burden of proof.
    21     (d)  Applicability.--This section does not impair the
    22  negotiability of currency or negotiable instruments.
    23  § 3954.  Voidable preferences and liens.
    24     (a)  Preferences.--A preference is a transfer of any of the
    25  property of an insurer to or for the benefit of a creditor, for
    26  or on account of an antecedent debt, made or suffered by the
    27  insurer within one year before the filing of a successful
    28  petition for liquidation under this chapter, the effect of which
    29  may be to enable the creditor to obtain a greater percentage of
    30  this debt than another creditor of the same class would receive.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 361 -

     1  If a liquidation order is entered while the insurer is already
     2  subject to a rehabilitation order, then transfers otherwise
     3  qualifying shall be deemed preferences if made or suffered
     4  within one year before the filing of the successful petition for
     5  rehabilitation or within two years before the filing of the
     6  successful petition for liquidation, whichever time is shorter.
     7     (b)  Voidable preferences.--Any preference may be avoided by
     8  the liquidator if:
     9         (1)  the insurer was insolvent at the time of the
    10     transfer;
    11         (2)  the transfer was made within four months before the
    12     filing of the petition;
    13         (3)  the creditor receiving it or to be benefited thereby
    14     or his agent acting with reference thereto had, at the time
    15     when the transfer was made, reasonable cause to believe that
    16     the insurer was insolvent or was about to become insolvent;
    17     or
    18         (4)  the creditor receiving it was an officer, an
    19     employee, attorney or other person who was in a position of
    20     comparable influence to an officer whether or not he held
    21     such position, or any shareholder holding directly or
    22     indirectly more than 5% of any class of any equity security
    23     issued by the insurer, or any other person with whom the
    24     insurer did not deal at arm's length.
    25     (c)  Effect of voidable preferences.--If the preference is
    26  voidable, the liquidator may recover the property or, if it has
    27  been converted, its value from any person who has received or
    28  converted the property. However, if a bona fide purchaser or
    29  lienor has given less than fair equivalent value, he shall have
    30  a lien upon the property to the extent of the consideration
    19870H1628B2005                 - 362 -

     1  actually given by him. Where a preference by way of lien or
     2  security title is voidable, the court may on due notice order
     3  the lien or title to be preserved for the benefit of the estate,
     4  in which event the lien or title shall pass to the liquidator.
     5     (d)  Time transfer completed.--A transfer of property other
     6  than real property shall be deemed to be made or suffered when
     7  it becomes so far perfected that no subsequent lien obtainable
     8  by legal or equitable proceedings on a simple contract could
     9  become superior to the rights of the transferee. A transfer of
    10  real property shall be deemed to be made or suffered when it
    11  becomes so far perfected that no subsequent bona fide purchaser
    12  from the insurer could obtain rights superior to the rights of
    13  the transferee. A transfer which creates an equitable lien shall
    14  not be deemed to be perfected if there are available means by
    15  which a legal lien could be created. A transfer not perfected
    16  prior to the filing of a petition for liquidation shall be
    17  deemed to be made immediately before the filing of the
    18  successful petition. The provisions of this subsection apply
    19  whether or not there are or were creditors who might have
    20  obtained liens or persons who might have become bona fide
    21  purchasers.
    22     (e)  Liens.--A lien obtainable by legal or equitable
    23  proceedings upon a simple contract is one arising in the
    24  ordinary course of those proceedings upon the entry or docketing
    25  of a judgment or decree, or upon attachment, garnishment,
    26  execution or similar process, whether before, upon or after
    27  judgment or decree and whether before or upon levy. It does not
    28  include liens which under applicable law are given a special
    29  priority over other liens which are prior in time.
    30     (f)  Priorities.--A lien obtainable by legal or equitable
    19870H1628B2005                 - 363 -

     1  proceedings could become superior to the rights of a transferee,
     2  or a purchaser could obtain rights superior to the rights of a
     3  transferee within the meaning of subsection (d), if these
     4  consequences would follow only from the lien or purchase itself,
     5  or from the lien or purchase followed by any step wholly within
     6  the control of the respective lienholder or purchaser, with or
     7  without the aid of ministerial action by public officials. The
     8  lien could not, however, become superior and the purchaser could
     9  not create superior rights for the purpose of subsection (d)
    10  through any acts subsequent to the obtaining of the lien or
    11  subsequent to the purchase which require the agreement or
    12  concurrence of any third party or which require any further
    13  judicial action or ruling.
    14     (g)  Transfers for new consideration.--A transfer of property
    15  for or on account of a new and contemporaneous consideration
    16  which is deemed under subsection (d) to be made or suffered
    17  after the transfer because of delay in perfecting it does not
    18  become a transfer for or on account of an antecedent debt if any
    19  acts required by the law to be performed in order to perfect the
    20  transfer as against liens or bona fide purchasers' rights are
    21  performed within 21 days or any period expressly allowed by the
    22  law, whichever is less. A transfer to secure a future loan, if
    23  the loan is actually made, or a transfer which becomes security
    24  for a future loan shall have the same effect as a transfer for
    25  or on account of a new and contemporaneous consideration.
    26     (h)  Indemnifying transfers.--If any lien deemed voidable
    27  under subsection (b) is dissolved by the furnishing of a bond or
    28  other obligation, the surety on which is indemnified directly or
    29  indirectly by the transfer of or the creation of a lien upon any
    30  property of an insurer before the filing of a petition under
    19870H1628B2005                 - 364 -

     1  this chapter which results in a liquidation order, the
     2  indemnifying transfer or lien shall also be deemed voidable.
     3     (i)  Discharge from lien.--The property affected by any lien
     4  deemed voidable under subsections (b) and (h) shall be
     5  discharged from the lien and that property and any of the
     6  indemnifying property transferred to or for the benefit of a
     7  surety shall pass to the liquidator. However, the court may on
     8  due notice order the lien to be preserved for the benefit of the
     9  estate and the court may direct that such conveyance be executed
    10  as is proper to evidence the title of the liquidator.
    11     (j)  Summary jurisdiction of Commonwealth Court.--The
    12  Commonwealth Court shall have summary jurisdiction of any
    13  proceeding by the liquidator to hear and determine the rights of
    14  any parties under this section. Reasonable notice of any hearing
    15  in the proceeding shall be given to all parties in interest,
    16  including the obligee of a releasing bond or other like
    17  obligation. Where an order is entered for the recovery of
    18  indemnifying property in kind or for the avoidance of an
    19  indemnifying lien, the court, upon application of any party in
    20  interest, shall ascertain in the same proceeding the value of
    21  the property or lien. If that value is less than the amount for
    22  which the property serves as indemnity or the amount of the
    23  lien, the transferee or lienholder may elect to retain the
    24  property or lien upon payment of its value, as ascertained by
    25  the court, to the liquidator, within a reasonable time as
    26  determined by the court.
    27     (k)  Liability of certain sureties.--The liability of a
    28  surety under a releasing bond or other like obligation shall be
    29  discharged to the extent of the value of the indemnifying
    30  property recovered or the indemnifying lien nullified and
    19870H1628B2005                 - 365 -

     1  avoided by the liquidator, or where the property is retained
     2  under subsection (j) to the extent of the amount paid to the
     3  liquidator.
     4     (l)  Setoffs.--If a creditor has been preferred, and
     5  afterward in good faith gives the insurer further credit without
     6  security of any kind, for property which becomes a part of the
     7  insurer's estate, the amount of the new credit remaining unpaid
     8  at the time of the petition may be set off against the
     9  preference which would otherwise be recoverable from him.
    10     (m)  Attorney fees.--If an insurer, within four months before
    11  the filing of a successful petition for liquidation under this
    12  chapter, or at any time in contemplation of a proceeding to
    13  liquidate it, directly or indirectly pays money or transfers
    14  property to an attorney at law for services rendered or to be
    15  rendered, the transaction may be examined by the court on its
    16  own motion or shall be examined by the court on petition of the
    17  liquidator and shall be held valid only to the extent of a
    18  reasonable amount to be determined by the court. The excess may
    19  be recovered by the liquidator for the benefit of the estate.
    20  However, if the attorney is in a position of influence in the
    21  insurer or its affiliate, payment of any money or the transfer
    22  of any property to the attorney for services rendered or to be
    23  rendered shall be governed by subsection (b)(4).
    24     (n)  Personal liability.--Any other person acting on behalf
    25  of the insurer who knowingly participates in giving any
    26  preference when he has reasonable cause to believe the insurer
    27  is or is about to become insolvent at the time of the preference
    28  shall be personally liable to the liquidator for the amount of
    29  the preference. It is permissible to infer that there is
    30  reasonable cause to so believe if the transfer was made within
    19870H1628B2005                 - 366 -

     1  four months before the date of filing of the successful petition
     2  for liquidation. Every person receiving any property from the
     3  insurer or the benefit thereof as a preference voidable under
     4  subsection (b) shall be personally liable therefor and shall be
     5  bound to account to the liquidator. This subsection does not
     6  prejudice any other claim by the liquidator against any person.
     7  § 3955.  Claims of holders of void or voidable rights.
     8     (a)  Creditor claims.--The claims of a creditor who has
     9  received or acquired a voidable preference shall not be allowed
    10  unless he surrenders the preference or encumbrance. If the
    11  avoidance is effected by a proceeding in which a final judgment
    12  has been entered, the claim shall not be allowed unless the
    13  money is paid or the property is delivered to the liquidator
    14  within 30 days from the date of the entering of the final
    15  judgment. However, the court having jurisdiction over the
    16  liquidation may allow further time if there is an appeal or
    17  other continuation of the proceeding.
    18     (b)  Excused late filing.--A claim allowable under subsection
    19  (a) by reason of the avoidance, whether voluntary or
    20  involuntary, of a preference or encumbrance may be filed as an
    21  excused late filing under section 3961 (relating to filing of
    22  claims) if filed within 30 days from the date of the avoidance
    23  or within the further time allowed by the court under subsection
    24  (a).
    25  § 3956.  Setoffs and counterclaims.
    26     (a)  General rule.--Mutual debts or mutual credits between
    27  the insurer and another person in connection with any action or
    28  proceeding under this chapter shall be set off, and the balance
    29  only shall be allowed or paid, except as provided in subsection
    30  (b).
    19870H1628B2005                 - 367 -

     1     (b)  Exceptions.--A setoff or counterclaim shall not be
     2  allowed in favor of any person if:
     3         (1)  the obligation of the insurer to the person would
     4     not at the date of the filing of a petition for liquidation
     5     entitle the person to share as a claimant in the assets of
     6     the insurer;
     7         (2)  the obligation of the insurer to the person was
     8     purchased by or transferred to the person with a view to its
     9     being used as a setoff;
    10         (3)  the obligation of the person is to pay an assessment
    11     levied against the members or subscribers of the insurer, or
    12     is to pay a balance upon a subscription to the capital stock
    13     of the insurer, or is in any other way in the nature of a
    14     capital contribution; or
    15         (4)  the obligation of the person is to pay premiums,
    16     whether earned or unearned, to the insurer.
    17  § 3957.  Assessments.
    18     (a)  Report to Commonwealth Court.--As soon as practicable
    19  but not more than two years from the date of an order of
    20  liquidation under this chapter of an insurer issuing assessable
    21  policies, the liquidator shall make a report to the Commonwealth
    22  Court setting forth:
    23         (1)  The reasonable value of the assets of the insurer.
    24         (2)  The insurer's probable total liabilities.
    25         (3)  The probable aggregate amount of the assessment
    26     necessary to pay all claims of creditors and expenses in
    27     full, including expenses of administration and costs of
    28     collecting the assessment.
    29         (4)  Whether or not an assessment should be made and for
    30     what amount.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 368 -

     1     (b)  Levy of assessment.--Upon the basis of the report
     2  provided in subsection (a), the Commonwealth Court may levy one
     3  or more assessments against all members of the insurer who are
     4  subject to assessment. A member shall not be assessed for any
     5  loss that occurred when his policy was not in effect. An
     6  assessment shall not be made or collection procedures begun
     7  after two years from the expiration date of a policy. The
     8  maximum assessment against any member for each year or part
     9  thereof in which a policy issued to the member was in effect
    10  shall not exceed the average annual premium during the life of
    11  the policy as written in the policy, including any increase or
    12  reduction in premium as the result of any endorsement. Subject
    13  to any applicable legal limits on assessability, the aggregate
    14  assessment shall be for the amount that the sum of the probable
    15  liabilities, the expenses of administration and the estimated
    16  cost of collection of the assessment exceeds the value of
    17  existing assets, with due regard being given to assessments that
    18  cannot be collected economically.
    19     (c)  Order to show cause.--After levy of assessment under
    20  subsection (b), the department shall issue an order directing
    21  each member who has not paid the assessment pursuant to the
    22  order to show cause why the liquidator should not pursue a
    23  judgment. The liquidator shall give notice of the order to show
    24  cause by publication and by first class mail to each member
    25  liable. The notice shall be mailed to the member's last known
    26  address as it appears on the records of the insurer at least 20
    27  days before the return day of the order to show cause.
    28     (d)  Disposition.--If a member does not appear and serve
    29  verified objections upon the liquidator on or before the return
    30  day of the order to show cause, the court shall make an order
    19870H1628B2005                 - 369 -

     1  adjudging the member liable for the amount of the assessment
     2  against him and other indebtedness under subsection (b),
     3  together with costs, and the liquidator shall have a judgment in
     4  that amount against the member. If, on or before the return day,
     5  the member appears and serves verified objections upon the
     6  liquidator, the department may hear and determine the matter or
     7  may appoint a referee to hear it and make an order as the facts
     8  warrant. If the department determines that the objections do not
     9  warrant relief from assessment, the member may request the court
    10  to review the matter and vacate the order to show cause.
    11     (e)  Enforcement.--The liquidator may enforce any order or
    12  collect any judgment under subsection (d) by any lawful means.
    13  § 3958.  Liability of reinsurer.
    14     The amount recoverable by the liquidator from reinsurers
    15  shall not be reduced as a result of delinquency proceedings,
    16  regardless of any provision in the reinsurance contract or other
    17  agreement. Payment made directly to an insured or other creditor
    18  shall not diminish the reinsurer's obligation to the insurer's
    19  estate, except when the reinsurance contract provided for direct
    20  coverage of an individual named insured and the payment was made
    21  in discharge of that obligation.
    22  § 3959.  Recovery of premiums.
    23     (a)  General rule.--An insured, agent, broker, premium
    24  finance company or other person responsible for the payment of a
    25  premium shall pay any unpaid premium for the full policy term
    26  due the insurer at the time of the declaration of insolvency,
    27  whether earned or unearned, as shown on the records of the
    28  insurer. The liquidator may recover from that person any part of
    29  an unearned premium that represents its commission. Credits or
    30  setoffs shall not be allowed to an agent, broker or premium
    19870H1628B2005                 - 370 -

     1  finance company on account of any credits volunteered by that
     2  person.
     3     (b)  Enforcement by department.--Upon satisfactory evidence
     4  of a violation of this section, the department may suspend,
     5  revoke or refuse to renew the licenses of the offending party or
     6  parties or impose a penalty of not more than $1,000 for each
     7  violation of this section by the party or parties.
     8     (c)  Notice and hearing.--Before the department takes any
     9  action under subsection (b), it shall give written notice to the
    10  person accused of violating the law, stating specifically the
    11  nature of the alleged violation, and fixing a time and place, at
    12  least ten days thereafter, when a hearing of the matter shall be
    13  held.
    14     (d)  Appeal.--Any party aggrieved by an action taken by the
    15  department under this section may appeal to the Commonwealth
    16  Court.
    17  § 3960.  Proposal for distribution.
    18     (a)  Application to Commonwealth Court.--Within 120 days of a
    19  final determination by the court that an insurer is insolvent or
    20  in such a condition that its further transaction of business
    21  will be hazardous to its policyholders, its creditors or the
    22  public, the liquidator shall apply to the Commonwealth Court for
    23  approval of a proposal to disburse assets out of the company's
    24  marshaled assets, from time to time, as the assets become
    25  available, to any guaranty association in this Commonwealth or
    26  in any other state having substantially the same provision of
    27  law. The liquidator need not apply if it is reasonable to
    28  conclude that the assets of the insolvent insurer will not
    29  exceed the amounts necessary to pay the costs of liquidation and
    30  the payment of claims of creditors either secured or with a
    19870H1628B2005                 - 371 -

     1  priority higher than the claims of policyholders. A guaranty
     2  association shall have the right to petition the Commonwealth
     3  Court to review an order of the liquidator concluding the assets
     4  will not exceed these costs.
     5     (b)  Contents of proposal.--The proposal shall at least
     6  include provisions for all of the following:
     7         (1)  Reserving amounts for the payment of expenses of
     8     administration and the payment of claims of secured creditors
     9     to the extent of the value of the security held and claims
    10     having a priority higher than that of the claims of
    11     policyholders.
    12         (2)  Disbursement of assets marshaled to date and
    13     subsequent disbursement of assets as they become available.
    14         (3)  Equitable allocation of disbursements to each of the
    15     associations entitled thereto.
    16         (4)  The securing by the liquidator, from each of the
    17     associations entitled to disbursements pursuant to this
    18     section, of an agreement to return to the liquidator such
    19     assets previously disbursed as are required to pay the claims
    20     of secured creditors, claims falling within the priorities
    21     referred to in paragraph (1) and the proportional share of
    22     the assets disbursed required by the liquidator to make
    23     equivalent distribution to creditors of the same class of
    24     priority as policyholders if the association has received a
    25     disbursement of assets in excess of that available to pay all
    26     creditors of the insolvent insurer in the same class of
    27     priority as policyholders. An association shall return these
    28     assets to the liquidator when needed upon its own initiative
    29     or upon demand of the liquidator together with any investment
    30     income earned on the assets reimbursed. A bond shall not be
    19870H1628B2005                 - 372 -

     1     required of the association.
     2     (c)  Reports.--The liquidator may require reports to be made
     3  by an association at the time and covering the matters he
     4  determines. A full report shall be made by the association to
     5  the liquidator when assets received have been disbursed or the
     6  obligation of an association to pay covered claims of the
     7  insolvent insurer has been fulfilled accounting for all assets
     8  so disbursed to the association, all disbursements made
     9  therefrom, any interest earned by the association on these
    10  assets and any other matter the court directs.
    11     (d)  Disbursements to associations.--The proposal of the
    12  liquidator shall provide for disbursements to the associations
    13  in amounts estimated to be at least equal to the claim payments
    14  made or to be made thereby for which the associations could
    15  assert a claim against the liquidator, and shall further provide
    16  that if the assets available for disbursement from time to time
    17  do not equal or exceed the amount of the claim payments made or
    18  to be made by the associations, then disbursements shall be in
    19  the amount of available assets.
    20     (e)  Notice.--Notice of the application under subsection (a)
    21  shall be given to the associations and to the departments of
    22  insurance of each of the states where the company is licensed.
    23  The notice shall be deemed to have been given when sent by
    24  registered mail, first class postage prepaid, at least 30 days
    25  prior to the submission of the application to the Commonwealth
    26  Court. Action on the application may be taken by the court
    27  provided the notice has been given and provided further that the
    28  liquidator's proposal complies with subsection (b).
    29                            SUBCHAPTER G
    30            DISTRIBUTION OF ESTATE OF LIQUIDATED INSURER
    19870H1628B2005                 - 373 -

     1  Sec.
     2  3961.  Filing of claims.
     3  3962.  Proofs of claim.
     4  3963.  Special claims.
     5  3964.  Third-party claims.
     6  3965.  Disputed claims.
     7  3966.  Claims of surety.
     8  3967.  Secured claims of creditors.
     9  3968.  Order of distribution.
    10  3969.  Liquidator's recommendations to the court.
    11  3970.  Distribution of assets.
    12  3971.  Unclaimed and withheld funds.
    13  3972.  Termination of proceedings.
    14  3973.  Reopening of liquidation.
    15  3974.  Disposition of records.
    16  3975.  External audit of receiver.
    17  3976.  Federal receivership.
    18  § 3961.  Filing of claims.
    19     (a)  Proof of claim.--Proof of all claims shall be filed with
    20  the liquidator in the form required by section 3962 (relating to
    21  proofs of claim) on or before the last day for filing specified
    22  in the notice required under section 3946 (relating to notice to
    23  creditors and others), except that proofs of claim for cash
    24  surrender values or other investment values in life insurance
    25  and annuities need not be filed unless the liquidator expressly
    26  so requires.
    27     (b)  Late filing.--For good cause shown, the liquidator may
    28  permit a claimant making a late filing to share in
    29  distributions, whether past or future, as if he had timely
    30  filed, to the extent that payment will not prejudice the orderly
    19870H1628B2005                 - 374 -

     1  administration of the liquidation. Good cause includes, but is
     2  not limited to, the following:
     3         (1)  That existence of the claim was not known to the
     4     claimant and that he filed his claim as promptly as
     5     reasonably possible after learning of it.
     6         (2)  That a transfer to a creditor was avoided under
     7     section 3952 (relating to fraudulent transfers prior to
     8     petition), 3953 (relating to fraudulent transfers after
     9     petition) or 3954 (relating to voidable preferences and
    10     liens), or was voluntarily surrendered under section 3955
    11     (relating to claims of holders of void or voidable rights),
    12     and that the filing satisfies the conditions of section 3955.
    13         (3)  That valuation under section 3967 (relating to
    14     secured claims of creditors) of security held by a secured
    15     creditor shows a deficiency, which is filed within 30 days
    16     after the valuation.
    17         (4)  That a claim was contingent and became absolute, and
    18     was filed as promptly as reasonably possible after it became
    19     absolute.
    20         (5)  That the claim was the claim of a guaranty
    21     association for reimbursement of covered claims paid or
    22     expenses incurred subsequent to the last day for filing, if
    23     the payments were made and expenses incurred as a result of
    24     requirements of law.
    25     (c)  Other late-filed claims.--The liquidator may consider
    26  any claim filed late which is not covered by subsection (b), and
    27  permit it to receive distributions which are subsequently
    28  declared on any claims of the same or lower priority if the
    29  payment does not prejudice the orderly administration of the
    30  liquidation. The late-filing claimant shall receive at each
    19870H1628B2005                 - 375 -

     1  distribution the same percentage of the amount allowed on his
     2  claim as is then being paid to other claimants of the same
     3  priority, plus the same percentage of the amount allowed on his
     4  claim as is then being paid to claimants of any lower priority.
     5  This shall continue until his claim is paid in full.
     6  § 3962.  Proofs of claim.
     7     (a)  Contents.--A proof of claim shall consist of a statement
     8  signed by the claimant that includes all of the following
     9  information that is applicable:
    10         (1)  The particulars of the claim including the
    11     consideration given for it.
    12         (2)  The identity and amount of the security on the
    13     claim.
    14         (3)  The payments made on the debt.
    15         (4)  That the sum claimed is justly owing and that there
    16     is no setoff, counterclaim or defense to the claim.
    17         (5)  Any right of priority of payment or other specific
    18     right asserted by the claimants.
    19         (6)  A copy of any written instrument which is the
    20     foundation of the claims.
    21         (7)  In the case of any third party claim based on a
    22     liability policy issued by the insurer, a conditional release
    23     of the insured pursuant to section 3964(a) (relating to
    24     third-party claims).
    25         (8)  The name and address of the claimant and any
    26     attorney who represents him.
    27  A claim shall not be considered or allowed if it does not
    28  contain all the required information which may be applicable.
    29  The liquidator may require that a prescribed form be and may
    30  require that other information and documents be included.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 376 -

     1     (b)  Supplementary information.--At any time the liquidator
     2  may request the claimant to present information or evidence
     3  supplementary to that required under subsection (a), take
     4  testimony under oath, require production of affidavits or
     5  depositions or otherwise obtain additional information or
     6  evidence.
     7     (c)  Use of judgments and orders.--A judgment or order
     8  against an insured or the insurer entered after the date of
     9  filing of a successful petition for liquidation, or a judgment
    10  or order against an insured or the insurer entered at any time
    11  by default or by collusion, need not be considered as evidence
    12  of liability or of quantum of damages.
    13     (d)  Claim of guaranty association.--A claim of a guaranty
    14  association for reimbursement of payments made for the payments
    15  of covered claims and for expenses shall be in the form and
    16  contain the substantiation agreed to by the guaranty association
    17  and the liquidator subject to review by the Commonwealth Court.
    18  § 3963.  Special claims.
    19     (a)  Certain contingent third-party claims.--The claim of a
    20  third party which is contingent only on his first obtaining a
    21  judgment against the insured shall be considered and allowed as
    22  if there were no such contingency.
    23     (b)  Claims affected by termination of coverage.--Any claim
    24  that would have become absolute if there had been no termination
    25  of coverage under section 3943 (relating to continuation of
    26  coverage), and which is not covered by insurance acquired to
    27  replace the terminated coverage, shall be allowed as if the
    28  coverage had remained in effect, unless at least ten days before
    29  the insured event occurred either the claimant had actual notice
    30  of the termination or notice was mailed to him under section
    19870H1628B2005                 - 377 -

     1  3946 (relating to notice to creditors and others) or 3947
     2  (relating to duties of agents). If allowed the claim shall share
     3  in distributions under section 3968(6) (relating to order of
     4  distribution).
     5     (c)  Allowance of contingent claims.--A claim may be allowed
     6  even if contingent, if it is filed in accordance with section
     7  3961(b) (relating to filing of claims). It may be allowed and
     8  may participate in all distributions declared after it is filed
     9  to the extent that it does not prejudice the orderly
    10  administration of the liquidation.
    11     (d)  Claims due except for passage of time.--Claims that are
    12  due except for the passage of time shall be treated as absolute
    13  claims are treated, except that such claims may be discounted at
    14  the legal rate of interest.
    15     (e)  Workmen's compensation security funds.--The State
    16  Treasurer in his capacity as custodian of the workmen's
    17  compensation security funds may file a claim with the liquidator
    18  for all sums paid or to be paid from those funds.
    19  § 3964.  Third-party claims.
    20     (a)  General rule.--Whenever any third party asserts a cause
    21  of action against an insured of an insurer in liquidation the
    22  third party may file a claim with the liquidator. The filing of
    23  the claim shall operate as a release of the insured's liability
    24  to the third party on that cause of action in the amount of the
    25  applicable policy limit, but the liquidator shall also insert in
    26  any form used for the filing of third party claims appropriate
    27  language to constitute this release. The release shall be void
    28  if the insurance coverage is avoided by the liquidator.
    29     (b)  Filing of claim by insured.--Whether or not the third
    30  party files a claim, the insured may file a claim on his own
    19870H1628B2005                 - 378 -

     1  behalf in the liquidation. If the insured fails to file a claim
     2  by the date for filing claims specified in the order of
     3  liquidation or within 60 days after mailing of the notice
     4  required by section 3946(a) (relating to notice to creditors and
     5  others), whichever is later, he shall be deemed to be an
     6  unexcused late filer.
     7     (c)  Allowance of claims of an insured.--The liquidator shall
     8  make his recommendations to the court under section 3969
     9  (relating to liquidator's recommendations to the court) for the
    10  allowance of an insured's claim under subsection (b) after
    11  consideration of the probable outcome of any pending action
    12  against the insured on which the claim is based, the probable
    13  damages recoverable in the action and the probable costs and
    14  expenses of defense. Those recommendations which are not
    15  modified by the court within a period of 60 days following
    16  submission by the liquidator shall be treated by the liquidator
    17  as allowed recommendations, subject to later modification or to
    18  rulings made by the court under section 3965 (relating to
    19  disputed claims). After allowance by the court, the liquidator
    20  shall withhold any distributions payable on the claim, pending
    21  the outcome of litigation and negotiation with the insured.
    22  Whenever appropriate, he shall reconsider the claim on the basis
    23  of additional information and amend his recommendations to the
    24  court, which may amend its allowance as appropriate. As claims
    25  against the insured are settled, the claimant shall be paid from
    26  the amount withheld the same percentage distribution as was paid
    27  on other claims of like priority, based on the lesser of either
    28  the amount allowed on the claims by the court or the amount
    29  actually recovered from the insured by action or paid by
    30  agreement plus the reasonable costs and expenses of defense.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 379 -

     1  After all claims are settled, any sum remaining from the amount
     2  withheld shall revert to the undistributed assets of the
     3  insurer. Delay in final payment under this subsection shall not
     4  be a reason for unreasonable delay of final distribution and
     5  discharge of the liquidator.
     6     (d)  Proration of claims.--Whenever several claims founded
     7  upon one policy are filed, whether by third parties or as claims
     8  by the insured under this section, and the aggregate allowed
     9  amount of the claims to which the same limit of liability in the
    10  policy is applicable exceeds that limit, then each claim as
    11  allowed shall be reduced a proportionate amount so that the
    12  total equals the policy limit. Claims by the insured shall be
    13  evaluated as in subsection (c). If any insured's claim is
    14  subsequently reduced under subsection (c), the amount thus freed
    15  shall be apportioned pro rata among the claims which have been
    16  reduced under this subsection.
    17  § 3965.  Disputed claims.
    18     (a)  Determination.--When a claim is denied in whole or in
    19  part by the liquidator, written notice of the determination
    20  shall be given to the claimant and his attorney by first class
    21  mail at the address shown in the proof of claim. Within 60 days
    22  from the mailing of the notice, the claimant may file his
    23  objections with the court. If no such filing is made, the
    24  claimant shall not further object to the determination.
    25     (b)  Hearing.--Whenever objections are filed with the
    26  liquidator, the liquidator shall ask the court for a hearing as
    27  soon as practicable and give notice of the hearing by first
    28  class mail to the claimant or his attorney and to any other
    29  persons directly affected, not less than 10 nor more than 30
    30  days before the date of the hearing. The matter may be heard by
    19870H1628B2005                 - 380 -

     1  the court or by a court-appointed referee who shall submit
     2  findings of fact along with his recommendation.
     3  § 3966.  Claims of surety.
     4     (a)  Filing of claim.--Whenever a creditor whose claim
     5  against an insurer is secured, in whole or in part, by the
     6  undertaking of another person, fails to prove and file that
     7  claim, the other person may do so in the creditor's name, and
     8  shall be subrogated to the rights of the creditor, whether the
     9  claim has been filed by the creditor or by the other person in
    10  the creditor's name, to the extent that he discharges the
    11  undertaking. In the absence of an agreement with the creditor to
    12  the contrary, the other person shall not be entitled to any
    13  distribution, however, until the amount paid to the creditor on
    14  the undertaking plus the distributions paid on the claim from
    15  the insurer's estate to the creditor equals the amount of the
    16  entire claim of the creditor. Any excess received by the
    17  creditor shall be held by him in trust for the other person.
    18     (b)  Definition.--As used in this section the term "other
    19  person" does not include a guaranty association.
    20  § 3967.  Secured claims of creditors.
    21     (a)  Valuation.--The value of any security held by a secured
    22  creditor shall be determined as the court directs, either by
    23  converting the security into money according to the terms of the
    24  agreement pursuant to which the security was delivered to the
    25  creditor, or by agreement, arbitration, compromise or litigation
    26  between the creditor and the liquidator. The determination shall
    27  be under the supervision and control of the court with due
    28  regard for the recommendation of the liquidator.
    29     (b)  Treatment of claim.--The amount so determined shall be
    30  credited upon the secured claim, and any deficiency shall be
    19870H1628B2005                 - 381 -

     1  treated as an unsecured claim. If the claimant surrenders his
     2  security to the liquidator, the entire claim shall be allowed as
     3  if unsecured.
     4  § 3968.  Order of distribution.
     5     The order of distribution of claims from the insurer's estate
     6  shall be in accordance with the order in which each class of
     7  claims is set forth in this section. Every claim in each class
     8  shall be paid in full or adequate funds retained for the payment
     9  before the members of the next class receive any payment.
    10  Subclasses shall not be established within any class. The order
    11  of classes is as follows:
    12         (1)  Debts due to employees for services performed to the
    13     extent that they do not exceed $1,000 and represent payment
    14     for services performed within one year before the filing of
    15     the petition for liquidation. Officers and directors shall
    16     not be entitled to the benefit of this priority. This
    17     priority shall be in lieu of any other similar priority which
    18     may be authorized by law as to wages or compensation of
    19     employees.
    20         (2)  The costs and expenses of administration, including,
    21     but not limited to, the following:
    22             (i)  The actual and necessary costs of preserving or
    23         recovering the assets of the insurer.
    24             (ii)  Compensation for all services rendered in the
    25         liquidation.
    26             (iii)  Any necessary filing fees.
    27             (iv)  Fees and mileage payable to witnesses.
    28             (v)  Reasonable attorney fees.
    29             (vi)  The expenses of a guaranty association in
    30         handling claims.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 382 -

     1         (3)  All claims under policies for losses wherever
     2     incurred, including third-party claims, and all claims
     3     against the insurer for liability for bodily injury or for
     4     injury to or destruction of tangible property which are not
     5     under policies. All claims under life insurance and annuity
     6     policies, whether for death proceeds, annuity proceeds or
     7     investment values shall be treated as loss claims. That
     8     portion of any loss for which indemnification is provided by
     9     other benefits or advantages recovered by the claimant shall
    10     not be included in this class, other than benefits or
    11     advantages recovered or recoverable in discharge of familial
    12     obligations of support or by way of succession at death or as
    13     proceeds of life insurance, or as gratuities. A payment made
    14     by an employer to his employee shall not be treated as a
    15     gratuity.
    16         (4)  Claims under nonassessable policies for unearned
    17     premium or other premium refunds and claims of general
    18     creditors.
    19         (5)  Claims of the Federal or any state or local
    20     government. Claims, including those of any governmental body,
    21     for a penalty or forfeiture shall be allowed in this class
    22     only to the extent of the pecuniary loss sustained from the
    23     act, transaction or proceeding out of which the penalty or
    24     forfeiture arose, with reasonable and actual costs occasioned
    25     thereby. The remainder of the claims shall be postponed to
    26     the class of claims under paragraph (7).
    27         (6)  The following claims:
    28             (i)  Claims under section 3963 (relating to special
    29         claims), to the extent that the claims were disallowed
    30         under that section.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 383 -

     1             (ii)  Claims filed late.
     2             (iii)  Claims or portions of claims, payment of which
     3         is provided by other benefits or advantages recovered by
     4         the claimant.
     5         (7)  Surplus or contribution notes, or similar
     6     obligations, and premium refunds on assessable policies.
     7     Payments to members of domestic mutual insurance companies
     8     shall be limited in accordance with law.
     9         (8)  The claims of shareholders or other owners.
    10  § 3969.  Liquidator's recommendations to the court.
    11     (a)  Report of claims.--The liquidator shall review all
    12  claims duly filed in the liquidation and shall make such further
    13  investigation as is necessary. He may compromise or negotiate
    14  the amount for which claims will be recommended to the court.
    15  Unresolved disputes shall be determined under section 3965
    16  (relating to disputed claims). As soon as practicable, he shall
    17  present to the court a report of the claims against the insurer
    18  with his recommendations. The report shall include the name and
    19  address of each claimant, the particulars of the claim and the
    20  amount of the claim finally recommended, if any.
    21     (b)  Court approval.--The court may approve, disapprove or
    22  modify the report on claims by the liquidator. However, the
    23  liquidator's agreements with other parties shall be final and
    24  binding on the court to the extent permitted by law. The
    25  recommendations which are not modified by the court within a
    26  period of 60 days following submission by the liquidator shall
    27  be treated by the liquidator as allowed recommendations, subject
    28  to later modification or to rulings made by the court under
    29  section 3965. A claim under a policy of insurance shall not be
    30  allowed for an amount in excess of the applicable policy limits.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 384 -

     1  § 3970.  Distribution of assets.
     2     Under the direction of the court, the liquidator shall pay
     3  distributions in a manner that will assure the proper
     4  recognition of priorities and a reasonable balance between the
     5  expeditious completion of the liquidation and the protection of
     6  unliquidated and undetermined claims, including third party
     7  claims. Distribution of assets in kind may be made at valuations
     8  set by agreement between the liquidator and the creditor and
     9  approved by the court.
    10  § 3971.  Unclaimed and withheld funds.
    11     (a)  Unclaimed funds.--All unclaimed funds subject to
    12  distribution remaining with the liquidator when he is ready to
    13  apply to the court for discharge, including the amount
    14  distributable to any creditor, shareholder, member or other
    15  person who is unknown or cannot be found, shall be deposited
    16  with the State Treasurer. Any amount on deposit not claimed
    17  within six years from the discharge of the liquidator shall be
    18  deemed to have been abandoned, shall be escheated without formal
    19  escheat proceedings and shall be paid into the State Treasury
    20  and deposited in the General Fund.
    21     (b)  Withheld funds.--All funds withheld under section 3964
    22  (relating to third-party claims) and not distributed shall upon
    23  discharge of the liquidator be deposited with the State
    24  Treasurer and paid by him in accordance with section 3964. Any
    25  sums remaining, which under section 3964 would revert to the
    26  undistributed assets of the insurer, shall be transferred to the
    27  State Treasurer and become the property of the Commonwealth
    28  under subsection (a), unless the department petitions the court
    29  to reopen the liquidation under section 3973 (relating to
    30  reopening of liquidation).
    19870H1628B2005                 - 385 -

     1  § 3972.  Termination of proceedings.
     2     (a)  Discharge of liquidator.--When all assets justifying the
     3  expense of collection and distribution have been collected and
     4  distributed under this chapter, the liquidator shall apply to
     5  the court for discharge. The court may grant the discharge and
     6  make any other orders including an order to transfer any
     7  remaining funds that are uneconomic to distribute.
     8     (b)  Application for order.--Any other person may apply to
     9  the court at any time for an order under subsection (a). If the
    10  application is denied, the applicant shall pay the costs and
    11  expenses of the liquidator in resisting the application,
    12  including a reasonable attorney fee.
    13  § 3973.  Reopening of liquidation.
    14     After the liquidation proceeding has been terminated and the
    15  liquidator discharged, the department or other interested party
    16  may at any time petition the Commonwealth Court to reopen the
    17  proceedings for good cause, including the discovery of
    18  additional assets. If the court is satisfied that there is
    19  justification for reopening, it shall so order.
    20  § 3974.  Disposition of records.
    21     Whenever it appears to the department that the records of any
    22  insurer in process of liquidation or completely liquidated are
    23  no longer useful, the department may recommend to the court
    24  which records should be retained for future reference and which
    25  should be destroyed.
    26  § 3975.  External audit of receiver.
    27     The Commonwealth Court may cause audits to be made of the
    28  books of the department relating to any receivership established
    29  under this chapter. A report of each audit shall be filed with
    30  the department and with the court. The books, records and other
    19870H1628B2005                 - 386 -

     1  documents of the receivership shall be made available to the
     2  auditor at any time without notice. The expense of each audit
     3  shall be considered a cost of administration of the
     4  receivership.
     5  § 3976.  Federal receivership.
     6     (a)  Appointment.--Whenever liquidation of a domestic insurer
     7  or an alien insurer domiciled in this Commonwealth would be
     8  facilitated by a Federal receivership, and when any ground
     9  exists upon which the department could petition the court for an
    10  order of rehabilitation or liquidation under section 3931
    11  (relating to grounds for rehabilitation) or 3941 (relating to
    12  grounds for liquidation), or if an order of rehabilitation or
    13  liquidation has already been entered, the department may request
    14  another department of another state to petition the Federal
    15  court for the appointment of a Federal receiver. The department
    16  may intervene in any action to appoint a Federal receiver to
    17  support or oppose the petition, and may accept appointment as
    18  the receiver if it is so designated. As much of this chapter
    19  shall apply to the receivership as can be made applicable and is
    20  appropriate. Upon motion of the department, the Commonwealth
    21  Court shall relinquish all jurisdiction over the insurer for
    22  purposes of rehabilitation or liquidation.
    23     (b)  Department as receiver.--If the department is appointed
    24  receiver under this section, it shall comply with any
    25  requirements necessary to give it title to and control over the
    26  assets and affairs of the insurer.
    27                            SUBCHAPTER H
    28                        INTERSTATE RELATIONS
    29  Sec.
    30  3981.  Conservation of property of foreign or alien insurers.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 387 -

     1  3982.  Liquidation of property of foreign or alien insurers.
     2  3983.  Foreign domiciliary receivers in other states.
     3  3984.  Ancillary formal proceedings.
     4  3985.  Ancillary summary proceedings.
     5  3986.  Claims of nonresidents against domiciliary insurers.
     6  3987.  Claims of residents against insurers of reciprocal
     7         states.
     8  3988.  Execution proceedings.
     9  3989.  Interstate priorities.
    10  3990.  Subordination of claims for lack of cooperation.
    11  § 3981.  Conservation of property of foreign or alien insurers.
    12     (a)  Petition to Commonwealth Court.--If a domiciliary
    13  liquidator has not been appointed, the department may apply to
    14  the Commonwealth Court by verified petition for an order
    15  directing the department to conserve the property of an alien
    16  insurer not domiciled in this Commonwealth or a foreign insurer
    17  on any one or more of the following grounds:
    18         (1)  Any of the grounds in section 3931 (relating to
    19     grounds for rehabilitation).
    20         (2)  That any of its property has been sequestered by
    21     official action in its domiciliary state or in any other
    22     state.
    23         (3)  That enough of its property has been sequestered in
    24     a foreign country to give reasonable cause to fear that the
    25     insurer is or may become insolvent.
    26         (4)  That its certificate of authority to do business in
    27     this Commonwealth has been revoked or that none was ever
    28     issued and there are residents of this Commonwealth with
    29     outstanding claims or outstanding policies.
    30     (b)  Order.--The court may issue the order in whatever terms
    19870H1628B2005                 - 388 -

     1  it deems appropriate. The filing or recording of the order with
     2  the recorder of deeds of Dauphin County shall impart the same
     3  notice as a deed, bill of sale or other evidence of title duly
     4  filed or recorded with that recorder of deeds would have
     5  imparted.
     6     (c)  Petitions by conservator.--The conservator may at any
     7  time petition for and the court may grant an order under section
     8  3982 (relating to liquidation of property of foreign or alien
     9  insurers) to liquidate the assets of a foreign or alien insurer
    10  under conservation or, if appropriate, for an order under
    11  section 3984 (relating to ancillary formal proceedings), to be
    12  appointed ancillary receiver.
    13     (d)  Petition to terminate.--The conservator may at any time
    14  petition the court for an order terminating conservation of an
    15  insurer. If the court finds that the conservation is no longer
    16  necessary, it shall order that the insurer be restored to
    17  possession of its property and the control of its business. The
    18  court may also make such a finding and issue such an order at
    19  any time upon motion of any interested party.
    20  § 3982.  Liquidation of property of foreign or alien insurers.
    21     (a)  Petition to Commonwealth Court.--If a domiciliary
    22  receiver has not been appointed, the department may apply to the
    23  Commonwealth Court by petition for an order directing the
    24  department to liquidate the assets found in this Commonwealth of
    25  a foreign insurer or an alien insurer not domiciled in this
    26  Commonwealth, on any of the grounds in section 3931 (relating to
    27  grounds for rehabilitation) or 3981 (relating to conservation of
    28  property of foreign or alien insurers).
    29     (b)  Order to liquidate.--If it appears to the court that the
    30  best interests of creditors, policyholders and the public so
    19870H1628B2005                 - 389 -

     1  require, the court may issue an order to liquidate in whatever
     2  terms it deems appropriate. The filing or recording of the order
     3  with the recorder of deeds of Dauphin County shall impart the
     4  same notice as a deed, bill of sale, or other evidence of title
     5  duly filed or recorded with that recorder of deeds would have
     6  imparted.
     7     (c)  Liquidation as ancillary receiver.--If a domiciliary
     8  liquidator is appointed in a reciprocal state while a
     9  liquidation is proceeding under this section, the liquidator
    10  under this section shall act as ancillary receiver under section
    11  3984 (relating to ancillary formal proceedings). If a
    12  domiciliary liquidator is appointed in a nonreciprocal state
    13  while a liquidation is proceeding under this section, the
    14  liquidator under this section may petition the court for
    15  permission to act as ancillary receiver under section 3984.
    16     (d)  Petition to Federal district court.--On the same grounds
    17  as are specified in subsection (a), the department may petition
    18  any appropriate Federal district court to be appointed receiver
    19  to liquidate that portion of the insurer's assets and business
    20  over which the court will exercise jurisdiction, or any lesser
    21  part thereof that the department deems desirable for the
    22  protection of the policyholders and creditors in this
    23  Commonwealth. The department may accept appointment as Federal
    24  receiver if another person files a petition.
    25  § 3983.  Foreign domiciliary receivers in other states.
    26     (a)  Insurer domiciled in reciprocal state.--The domiciliary
    27  liquidator of an insurer domiciled in a reciprocal state shall
    28  be vested by operation of law with the title to all of the
    29  property, contracts and rights of action, and all of the books,
    30  accounts and other records of the insurer located in this
    19870H1628B2005                 - 390 -

     1  Commonwealth. The date of vesting shall be the date of the
     2  filing of the petition, if that date is specified by the
     3  domiciliary law for the vesting of property in the domiciliary
     4  state. Otherwise, the date of vesting shall be the date of entry
     5  of the order directing possession to be taken. The domiciliary
     6  liquidator shall have the immediate right to recover balances
     7  due from agents and to obtain possession of the books, accounts
     8  and other records of the insurer located in this Commonwealth.
     9  He also shall have the right to recover the other assets of the
    10  insurer located in this Commonwealth, subject to section 3984
    11  (relating to ancillary formal proceedings).
    12     (b)  Insurer not domiciled in a reciprocal state.--If a
    13  domiciliary liquidator is appointed for an insurer not domiciled
    14  in a reciprocal state, the department shall be vested by
    15  operation of law with the title to all of the property,
    16  contracts and rights of action, and all of the books, accounts
    17  and other records of the insurer located in this Commonwealth,
    18  at the same time that the domiciliary liquidator is vested with
    19  title in the state of domicile. The department of this
    20  Commonwealth may petition for a conservation or liquidation
    21  order under section 3981 (relating to conservation of property
    22  of foreign or alien insurers) or 3982 (relating to liquidation
    23  of property of foreign or alien insurers), or for an ancillary
    24  receivership under section 3984, or after approval by the
    25  Commonwealth Court may transfer title to the domiciliary
    26  liquidator, as the interests of justice and the equitable
    27  distribution of the assets require.
    28     (c)  Claims of residents.--Claimants residing in this
    29  Commonwealth may file claims with the liquidator or ancillary
    30  receiver, if any, in this Commonwealth, or with the domiciliary
    19870H1628B2005                 - 391 -

     1  liquidator, if the law of the domiciliary state permits. The
     2  claims must be filed on or before the last date fixed for the
     3  filing of claims in the domiciliary liquidation proceedings.
     4     (d)  Powers and duties of ancillary receiver.--Subject to the
     5  provisions of this section, the ancillary receiver and his
     6  deputies shall have the same powers and be subject to the same
     7  duties with respect to the administration of assets as a
     8  liquidator of an insurer domiciled in this Commonwealth.
     9  § 3984.  Ancillary formal proceedings.
    10     (a)  Petition to Commonwealth Court.--If a domiciliary
    11  liquidator has been appointed for an insurer not domiciled in
    12  this Commonwealth, the department may petition the Commonwealth
    13  Court requesting appointment as ancillary receiver in this
    14  Commonwealth:
    15         (1)  if it finds that there are sufficient assets of the
    16     insurer located in this Commonwealth to justify the
    17     appointment of an ancillary receiver; or
    18         (2)  if the protection of creditors or policyholders in
    19     this Commonwealth so requires.
    20     (b)  Order appointing receiver.--The court may order the
    21  appointment of an ancillary receiver in whatever terms it deems
    22  appropriate. The filing or recording of the order with the
    23  recorder of deeds of Dauphin County shall impart the same notice
    24  as a deed, bill of sale or other evidence of title duly filed or
    25  recorded with that recorder of deeds would have imparted.
    26     (c)  Ancillary receivers appointed in this Commonwealth.--
    27  When a domiciliary liquidator has been appointed in a reciprocal
    28  state, the ancillary receiver appointed in this Commonwealth
    29  under subsection (a) shall have the sole right to recover all
    30  the assets of the insurer in this Commonwealth not already
    19870H1628B2005                 - 392 -

     1  recovered by the domiciliary liquidator. The ancillary receiver
     2  shall, as soon as practicable, liquidate from his respective
     3  securities those special deposit claims and secured claims which
     4  are proved and allowed in the ancillary proceedings in this
     5  Commonwealth and shall pay the necessary expenses of the
     6  proceedings. He shall promptly transfer all remaining assets,
     7  books, accounts and records to the domiciliary liquidator.
     8  Subject to this section, the ancillary receiver and his deputies
     9  shall have the same powers and be subject to the same duties
    10  with respect to the administration of assets as a liquidator of
    11  an insurer domiciled in this Commonwealth.
    12     (d)  Ancillary receivers appointed in reciprocal states.--
    13  When a domiciliary liquidator has been appointed in this
    14  Commonwealth, ancillary receivers appointed in reciprocal states
    15  shall have, as to assets and books, accounts and other records
    16  in their respective states, corresponding rights, duties and
    17  powers to those provided in subsection (c) for ancillary
    18  receivers appointed in this Commonwealth.
    19  § 3985.  Ancillary summary proceedings.
    20     The department in its sole discretion may institute
    21  proceedings under Subchapter C (relating to summary proceedings)
    22  at the request of the appropriate insurance official of the
    23  domiciliary state of any foreign or alien insurer having
    24  property located in this Commonwealth.
    25  § 3986.  Claims of nonresidents against domiciliary insurers.
    26     (a)  Filing of claims.--In a liquidation proceeding
    27  instituted in this Commonwealth against an insurer domiciled in
    28  this Commonwealth, claimants residing in foreign countries or in
    29  nonreciprocal states shall file claims in this Commonwealth, and
    30  claimants residing in reciprocal states may file claims either
    19870H1628B2005                 - 393 -

     1  with the ancillary receivers, if any, in their respective
     2  states, or with the domiciliary liquidator. In reciprocal
     3  states, if an ancillary receiver has been appointed, a guaranty
     4  association of that state shall file its claims with the
     5  ancillary receiver. Claims shall be filed on or before the last
     6  dates fixed for the filing of claims in the domiciliary
     7  liquidation proceeding.
     8     (b)  Proving claims.--Claims of persons residing in
     9  reciprocal states may be proved either in the liquidation
    10  proceeding in this Commonwealth under this chapter, or in
    11  ancillary proceedings, if any, in the reciprocal states. If
    12  notice of the claim and opportunity to appear and be heard is
    13  afforded the domiciliary liquidator of this Commonwealth under
    14  section 3987 (relating to claims of residents against insurers
    15  of reciprocal states), the final allowance of claims by the
    16  courts in ancillary proceedings in reciprocal states shall be
    17  conclusive as to amount and as to priority against special
    18  deposits or other security located in such ancillary states, but
    19  shall not be conclusive with respect to priorities against
    20  general assets under section 3968 (relating to order of
    21  distribution).
    22  § 3987.  Claims of residents against insurers of reciprocal
    23             states.
    24     (a)  Filing of claims.--In a liquidation proceeding in a
    25  reciprocal state against an insurer domiciled in that state,
    26  claimants against the insurer who reside in this Commonwealth
    27  may file claims either with the ancillary receiver, if any, in
    28  this Commonwealth or with the domiciliary liquidator. Claims
    29  must be filed on or before the last dates fixed for the filing
    30  of claims in the domiciliary liquidation proceeding.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 394 -

     1     (b)  Where claims may be proved.--Claims belonging to
     2  claimants residing in this Commonwealth may be proved either in
     3  the domiciliary state under the law of that state, or in
     4  ancillary proceedings, if any, in this Commonwealth. If a
     5  claimant elects to prove his claim in this Commonwealth, he
     6  shall file his claim with the liquidator in the manner provided
     7  in sections 3961 (relating to filing of claims) and 3962
     8  (relating to proofs of claim). The ancillary receiver shall make
     9  his recommendation to the court as under section 3969 (relating
    10  to liquidator's recommendations to the court). He shall also
    11  arrange a date for hearing if necessary under section 3965
    12  (relating to disputed claims) and shall give notice to the
    13  liquidator in the domiciliary state, either by registered mail
    14  or by personal service, at least 40 days prior to the date set
    15  for hearing. If the domiciliary liquidator, within 30 days after
    16  the giving of notice, gives notice in writing to the ancillary
    17  receiver and to the claimant, either by registered mail or by
    18  personal service, of his intention to contest the claim, he may
    19  appear in any proceeding in this Commonwealth involving the
    20  adjudication of the claims. The final allowance of the claim by
    21  the courts of this Commonwealth shall be conclusive as to amount
    22  and as to priority against special deposits or other security
    23  located in this Commonwealth.
    24  § 3988.  Execution proceedings.
    25     During the pendency in this Commonwealth or any other state
    26  of a liquidation proceeding, whether called by that name or not,
    27  no proceeding in the nature of an attachment, garnishment or
    28  levy of execution shall be commenced or maintained in this
    29  Commonwealth against the delinquent insurer or its assets.
    30  § 3989.  Interstate priorities.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 395 -

     1     (a)  Order of distribution.--In a liquidation proceeding in
     2  this Commonwealth involving one or more reciprocal states, the
     3  order of distribution of the domiciliary state shall control as
     4  to all claims of residents of this Commonwealth and reciprocal
     5  states. These claims shall have equal priority of payment from
     6  general assets regardless of where the assets are located.
     7     (b)  Special deposit claims.--The owners of special deposit
     8  claims against an insurer for which a liquidator is appointed in
     9  this Commonwealth or any other state shall be given priority
    10  against the special deposits in accordance with the statutes
    11  governing the creation and maintenance of the deposits. If there
    12  is a deficiency in any deposit, so that the claims secured by it
    13  are not fully discharged from it, the claimants may share in the
    14  general assets. However, this sharing shall be deferred until
    15  general creditors, and also claimants against other special
    16  deposits who have received smaller percentages from their
    17  respective special deposits, are paid percentages of their
    18  claims equal to the percentage paid from the special deposit.
    19     (c)  Secured claims.--The owner of a secured claim against an
    20  insurer for which a liquidator has been appointed in this
    21  Commonwealth or any other state may surrender his security and
    22  file his claim as a general creditor, or the claim may be
    23  discharged by resort to the security in accordance with section
    24  3967 (relating to secured claims of creditors), in which case
    25  any deficiency shall be treated as an unsecured claim against
    26  the general assets of the insurer.
    27  § 3990.  Subordination of claims for lack of cooperation.
    28     If an ancillary receiver in another state or foreign country,
    29  whether called by that name or not, fails to transfer to the
    30  domiciliary liquidator in this Commonwealth any assets within
    19870H1628B2005                 - 396 -

     1  his control other than special deposits, diminished only by the
     2  expenses of the ancillary receivership, the claims filed in the
     3  ancillary receivership, other than special deposit claims or
     4  secured claims, shall be placed in the class of claims under
     5  section 3968(6) (relating to order of distribution).
     6                             CHAPTER 41
     7                        BENEFICIAL SOCIETIES
     8  Sec.
     9  4101.  Short title of chapter.
    10  4102.  Applicability of chapter.
    11  4103.  Limitation of benefits.
    12  4104.  Selection of directors.
    13  4105.  Holding, management or agency corporations.
    14  4106.  Reserves.
    15  4107.  Investment of surplus.
    16  4108.  Annual statements.
    17  4109.  Examinations.
    18  4110.  Filing and approval of documents.
    19  4111.  Qualifications of solicitors and agents.
    20  4112.  Inclusion of certain documents in policy.
    21  4113.  Criminal penalties.
    22  4114.  Civil penalties.
    23  4115.  Transfer restrictions.
    24  § 4101.  Short title of chapter.
    25     This chapter shall be known and may be cited as the
    26  Beneficial Society Act.
    27  § 4102.  Applicability of chapter.
    28     (a)  General rule.--This chapter applies to the following
    29  beneficial societies:
    30         (1)  All beneficial societies incorporated under general
    19870H1628B2005                 - 397 -

     1     or special laws since October 13, 1857.
     2         (2)  All beneficial societies incorporated before
     3     September 1, 1937, which have accepted the provisions of the
     4     Constitution of Pennsylvania and the general insurance laws
     5     enacted since October 13, 1857.
     6         (3)  All beneficial societies incorporated under any
     7     general or special law prior to October 13, 1857, which by
     8     the terms of their charters or the statutes under which they
     9     were incorporated hold charters subject to alteration or
    10     revocation.
    11     (b)  Exclusions.--This chapter does not apply to:
    12         (1)  Beneficial associations which are formed by or for
    13     the exclusive benefit of those who, at the time of becoming
    14     members, are engaged in educational work in any department or
    15     district of the public school system of this Commonwealth or
    16     in any college or university in this Commonwealth, and which
    17     issued beneficiary certificates only to such members.
    18         (2)  Fraternal, charitable or secret societies issuing
    19     beneficial certificates and paying benefits to their
    20     membership through the lodge system.
    21         (3)  Insurance or relief associations formed by or for
    22     the exclusive benefit of employees of corporations or firms,
    23     or formed by or for the exclusive benefit of members of any
    24     religious corporation or association.
    25         (4)  Associations whose benefits are limited to post-
    26     mortem assessments of the members.
    27     (c)  Applicability of insurance law.--Except as otherwise
    28  provided in this chapter and in section 4505(f) (relating to
    29  applicability of chapter), the business and affairs of every
    30  beneficial society shall be run and regulated under the law
    19870H1628B2005                 - 398 -

     1  relating to insurance companies.
     2     (d)  Regulation of other beneficial societies and
     3  associations.--All beneficial societies or associations not
     4  subject to regulation under this chapter, transacting any class
     5  of insurance, shall file with the department copies of their
     6  charter, constitution and laws and shall annually make a report
     7  in such form as the department requires, showing their condition
     8  and standing at the end of the preceding calendar year, and
     9  their transactions for that year. The department may, at any
    10  time, make an examination of the books and accounts of any such
    11  society or association.
    12  § 4103.  Limitation of benefits.
    13     Any beneficial society may pay or enter into contracts to pay
    14  money or benefits, not exceeding $20 per week in the event of
    15  sickness, accident or disability, and not exceeding $250 in the
    16  event of death.
    17  § 4104.  Selection of directors.
    18     (a)  General rule.--The annual meeting of members for
    19  election of directors of a beneficial society shall be held at
    20  such time, prior to May 1 in every year, as the bylaws of the
    21  society may direct. Notice of the time and place of meeting
    22  shall be given to the members in accordance with the bylaws. At
    23  this annual meeting, the members shall elect by ballot the
    24  number of directors stated in the articles of association or the
    25  bylaws, which shall be not less than 5 nor more than 13. Each
    26  director shall hold office for the term for which he is elected
    27  and until his successor has been elected and qualified.
    28     (b)  Terms of service.--Except as otherwise provided in the
    29  bylaws, each director shall be elected for a term of one year.
    30  If the articles or bylaws of a beneficial society so provide,
    19870H1628B2005                 - 399 -

     1  the directors may be classified in respect to the time for which
     2  they shall hold office. In such case, each class shall be as
     3  nearly equal in number as possible, the term of office of at
     4  least one class shall expire in each year, and the members of a
     5  class shall not be elected for a shorter period than one year or
     6  for a longer period than three years. At each ensuing election
     7  of directors after classification, only the number of directors
     8  equal to the number of the class whose terms expire at the time
     9  of the election shall be elected, and these directors shall be
    10  elected for the longest term for which any class may have been
    11  elected, as provided in this section.
    12     (c)  Vacancies.--Except as otherwise provided in the bylaws,
    13  vacancies in the board of directors shall be filled by the
    14  remaining members of the board. Each person so elected shall be
    15  a director until his successor is elected by the shareholders or
    16  members, who may make such election at the next annual meeting
    17  of the shareholders or members or at any special meeting called
    18  for that purpose and held prior thereto.
    19  § 4105.  Holding, management or agency corporations.
    20     The business and affairs of each beneficial society shall be
    21  conducted and managed by its elected officers. Contracts or
    22  agreements shall not be entered into by any society with any
    23  holding, management or agency corporation or other person by
    24  which the control of the management of the society would pass to
    25  such a corporation or other person or through which percentages
    26  or portions of the members' dues and other payments would be
    27  paid over to them.
    28  § 4106.  Reserves.
    29     (a)  Determination of amount.--A beneficial society doing
    30  business in this Commonwealth shall, at all times, maintain
    19870H1628B2005                 - 400 -

     1  reserves as follows:
     2         (1)  On the life portion, contained in all policies or
     3     contracts, reserves shall be based upon a standard table of
     4     mortality, approved by the department, with interest at a
     5     rate also approved by the department, and such reserves shall
     6     be computed in accordance with the requirements of this title
     7     for the computation of the reserve liability for life
     8     insurance.
     9         (2)  On the disability portion, except in the case of
    10     noncancelable health and accident insurance issued on and
    11     after January 1, 1950, contained in all policies or
    12     contracts, reserves shall be computed in accordance with the
    13     requirements of this title for the computation of the
    14     unearned premium reserve liability for casualty insurance.
    15         (3)  For all definite and outstanding claims, reserves
    16     shall be calculated in accordance with the requirements of
    17     this title for the computation of reserves against unpaid
    18     losses in casualty insurance, other than losses under
    19     noncancelable health and accident insurance issued on and
    20     after January 1, 1950, compensation insurance or liability
    21     insurance.
    22         (4)  On the noncancelable health and accident insurance
    23     portion contained in all policies or contracts issued on and
    24     after January 1, 1950, reserves shall be computed in
    25     accordance with the requirements of this title for the
    26     computation of policy and loss reserves for noncancelable
    27     health and accident insurance.
    28     (b)  Investment of reserves.--A sum equal to the amount of
    29  the reserves required by this section shall be invested in those
    30  investments authorized by this title for the investment of the
    19870H1628B2005                 - 401 -

     1  reserve funds of life insurance companies.
     2     (c)  Approval by department.--The department shall each year
     3  approve the computation of the reserve liability, as of December
     4  31 of the preceding year, of every beneficial society authorized
     5  to make insurance on lives in this Commonwealth.
     6     (d)  Suspension of authority.--Whenever any beneficial
     7  society doing business in this Commonwealth does not have on
     8  hand the net value of all policies in force after all other
     9  debts and claims against it have been provided for, the
    10  department shall prohibit the beneficial society from issuing
    11  new policies until its funds become equal to its liabilities.
    12     (e)  Definitions--As used in this section the term
    13  "noncancelable health and accident insurance" means insurance
    14  against disability resulting from sickness, ailment or bodily
    15  injury under a policy or contract under which the insurer does
    16  not have the option to cancel or otherwise terminate the
    17  contract at or after the expiration of one year from its
    18  effective date.
    19  § 4107.  Investment of surplus.
    20     The surplus of a beneficial society or a reincorporated
    21  mutual beneficial society shall be invested in accordance with
    22  the requirements of this title for the investment of the surplus
    23  of life insurance companies.
    24  § 4108.  Annual statements.
    25     (a)  General rule.--Every beneficial society doing business
    26  in this Commonwealth shall annually, on or before March 1, file
    27  with the department a statement which shall exhibit its
    28  financial condition as of December 31 of the previous year and
    29  its business of that year. The statement shall be in the form
    30  prescribed, or on forms furnished, by the department, and shall
    19870H1628B2005                 - 402 -

     1  contain such information as the department deems best adapted
     2  for the purpose of eliciting from the beneficial society a true
     3  exhibit of its financial condition. Within 30 days after being
     4  requested by the department, the society shall render such
     5  additional statements concerning its affairs and financial
     6  condition as the department requires.
     7     (b)  Penalties.--Any beneficial society which neglects to
     8  make and file its annual statement in the form or within the
     9  time required by this section shall forfeit a sum of not more
    10  than $100 for each day during which its failure to file a
    11  statement continues, and, upon notice from the department, its
    12  authority to transact new business shall cease while its default
    13  continues. A beneficial society and the persons who make an oath
    14  or subscribe to a false annual statement in its behalf shall
    15  severally be punished for willfully making a false annual
    16  statement by a fine of not less than $500 or more than $5,000. A
    17  person who makes oath to a false statement filed under
    18  subsection (a) with the knowledge that it is false shall also be
    19  subject to any applicable penalties under 18 Pa.C.S. Ch. 49
    20  Subch. A (relating to perjury and falsification in official
    21  matters).
    22  § 4109.  Examinations.
    23     (a)  Powers of department.--The department shall have the
    24  power of visitation and examination into the affairs of every
    25  beneficial society. The department shall have free access to all
    26  the books, papers and documents that relate to the business of
    27  the society and may summon and qualify as a witness under oath
    28  and examine its officers and employees or other persons in
    29  relation to the affairs, transactions and conditions of the
    30  society. These examinations shall be made every three years or
    19870H1628B2005                 - 403 -

     1  more often as necessary, and the costs of the examinations, as
     2  determined by the department, shall be imposed upon each society
     3  examined.
     4     (b)  Proceedings by Attorney General.--Whenever after
     5  examination the department finds that any beneficial society is
     6  exceeding its powers, transacting business fraudulently,
     7  operating in such a condition that its further transaction of
     8  business will be hazardous to its members or to the public or
     9  discontinuing business, the department may present the facts
    10  relating thereto to the Attorney General who may proceed against
    11  the society under the provisions relating to the liquidation of
    12  insolvent or delinquent companies or associations transacting
    13  any class of insurance. Proceedings shall not be commenced by
    14  the Attorney General until after notice has been duly served on
    15  the chief executive officers of the society, and a reasonable
    16  opportunity given to it, on a date stated in the notice, to show
    17  cause why such proceedings should not be commenced. An
    18  application for injunction against or proceedings for the
    19  dissolution of, or appointment of a receiver for, any beneficial
    20  society or branch thereof, shall not be entertained by any court
    21  unless made by the Attorney General.
    22  § 4110.  Filing and approval of documents.
    23     A policy, contract or certificate of membership shall not be
    24  issued or delivered by any beneficial society in this
    25  Commonwealth, nor any application, rider or endorsement used in
    26  connection therewith, until the forms of the same have been
    27  submitted to and approved by the department under such rules and
    28  regulations as it shall make concerning their terms and
    29  provisions and their submission to and approval by it.
    30  § 4111.  Qualifications of solicitors and agents.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 404 -

     1     Solicitors or agents for beneficial societies shall meet the
     2  requirements of Subchapter A of Chapter 11 (relating to agents).
     3  § 4112.  Inclusion of certain documents in policy.
     4     All beneficial certificates issued by any beneficial society
     5  in which the application of the member, the constitution, bylaws
     6  or other rules of the society form part of the certificate or
     7  contract between the parties thereto, or have any bearing
     8  thereon, shall contain or have attached thereto correct copies
     9  of the application as signed by the applicant or the
    10  constitution, bylaws or other rules referred to. Unless so
    11  attached and accompanying the certificate or contract, the
    12  application, constitution, bylaws or other rules shall not be
    13  received in evidence in any controversy between the parties to
    14  or interested in the certificate or contract, nor shall they be
    15  considered a part of the certificate or contract between the
    16  parties.
    17  § 4113.  Criminal penalties.
    18     Any person or beneficial society violating any of the
    19  provisions of this chapter commits a summary offense.
    20  § 4114.  Civil penalties.
    21     (a)  General rule.--Upon satisfactory evidence of the
    22  violation of this chapter by any beneficial society, the
    23  department may pursue any one or more of the following courses
    24  of action:
    25         (1)  Suspend or revoke the certificate of authority of
    26     the offending beneficial society.
    27         (2)  Refuse for a period of not to exceed one year
    28     thereafter to issue a new certificate of authority to the
    29     beneficial society.
    30         (3)  Impose a penalty of not more than $1,000 for each
    19870H1628B2005                 - 405 -

     1     violation.
     2     (b)  Procedure.--Before the department takes any action under
     3  subsection (a) it shall give written notice to the beneficial
     4  society accused of violating the law, stating specifically the
     5  nature of the alleged violation, and fixing a time and place, at
     6  least ten days thereafter, when a hearing on the matter shall be
     7  held. After the hearing or upon failure of a duly authorized
     8  representative of the accused beneficial society to appear at
     9  the hearing, the department shall impose the penalty.
    10  § 4115.  Transfer restrictions.
    11     (a)  General rule.--An unincorporated association which
    12  provides mutual benefit insurance to persons engaged in a common
    13  calling, labor or enterprise of an agricultural or industrial
    14  nature may provide, by rule or bylaw, that membership in the
    15  association or interest in its funds or property shall be
    16  nontransferable without the consent of the association.
    17     (b)  Effect of transfer restriction.--Whenever such an
    18  association adopts a restriction under subsection (a), the
    19  restriction shall be valid and binding. An attempted assignment,
    20  pledge or other transfer of membership or interest made in
    21  violation of the restriction shall not pass any legal or
    22  equitable right or interest to any person to whom it is
    23  attempted to be made if the rule or bylaw is brought to the
    24  knowledge of such attempted transferee. If the interest of a
    25  member in the funds or property of such an association is
    26  evidenced by a certificate, an endorsement thereon that the
    27  certificate is nontransferable is conclusive evidence that the
    28  attempted transferee of the certificate has knowledge of the
    29  nontransferable character of the member's interest.
    30                             CHAPTER 43
    19870H1628B2005                 - 406 -

     1                             (RESERVED)
     2                             CHAPTER 45
     3                   FRATERNAL BENEFIT SOCIETY CODE
     4  Subchapter
     5     A.  General Provisions
     6     B.  Organization and Corporate Operations
     7     C.  Benefits and Beneficiaries
     8     D.  Certificates
     9     E.  Accident, Health and Disability Insurance Contracts
    10     F.  Licensure
    11     G.  Regulation of Operations
    12                            SUBCHAPTER A
    13                         GENERAL PROVISIONS
    14  Sec.
    15  4501.  Short title of chapter.
    16  4502.  Definitions.
    17  4503.  Exemption from general insurance law.
    18  4504.  Taxation.
    19  4505.  Applicability of chapter.
    20  § 4501.  Short title of chapter.
    21     This chapter shall be known and may be cited as the Fraternal
    22  Benefit Society Code.
    23  § 4502.  Definitions.
    24     The following words and phrases when used in this chapter
    25  shall have the meanings given to them in this section unless the
    26  context clearly indicates otherwise:
    27     "Fraternal benefit society" or "society."  Any incorporated
    28  society, order or lodge, without capital stock, including one
    29  exempted under section 4505(a)(2) (relating to applicability of
    30  chapter), whether incorporated or not, conducted solely for the
    19870H1628B2005                 - 407 -

     1  benefit of its members and their beneficiaries and not for
     2  profit, operated on a lodge system with or without ritualistic
     3  form of work, having a representative form of government and
     4  which makes provision for the payment of benefits in accordance
     5  with this chapter.
     6     "Lodge system."  With respect to a society having a supreme
     7  legislative or governing body and subordinate lodges or branches
     8  by whatever name known, into which members are elected,
     9  initiated or admitted in accordance with its constitution,
    10  bylaws, rituals or rules, which subordinate lodges or branches
    11  are required by the bylaws of the society to hold regular
    12  meetings at least once in each quarter.
    13     "Premium."  Any charges, fees, dues or other required
    14  contributions by whatever name known.
    15     "Representative form of government."  With respect to a
    16  society, a form of its governance which meets the following
    17  standards:
    18         (1)  The constitution or bylaws provide for a supreme
    19     legislative or governing body, composed of representatives
    20     elected either by the members or by delegates elected
    21     directly or indirectly by the members, together with such
    22     other members of the body as are prescribed by the society's
    23     constitution and bylaws.
    24         (2)  The representatives elected constitute a majority in
    25     number and have not less than two-thirds of the votes nor
    26     less than the votes required to amend its constitution and
    27     bylaws.
    28         (3)  The meetings of the supreme legislative or governing
    29     body and the election of officers, representatives or
    30     delegates are held at least once every four calendar years.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 408 -

     1         (4)  Each benefit member is eligible for election to
     2     serve as a delegate to these meetings.
     3         (5)  The society has a board of directors charged with
     4     the responsibility for managing its affairs in the interim
     5     between meetings of its supreme legislative or governing
     6     body, subject to control by that body and having powers and
     7     duties delegated to it in the constitution or bylaws of the
     8     society.
     9         (6)  The board of directors is elected by the supreme
    10     legislative or governing body, except in case of filling a
    11     vacancy in the interim between meetings of that body.
    12         (7)  The officers are elected either by the supreme
    13     legislative or governing body or by the board of directors.
    14         (8)  The members, officers, representatives or delegates
    15     are not permitted to vote by proxy.
    16  § 4503.  Exemption from general insurance law.
    17     Except as otherwise provided in this chapter, a fraternal
    18  benefit society holding a certificate of authority shall not be
    19  subject to the other provisions of this title. A statute
    20  relating to the business of insurance does not apply to a
    21  society unless the statute specifically refers and applies to a
    22  society subject to this chapter. To the extent that statutes and
    23  regulations are applicable to societies, the terms thereof shall
    24  be deemed of no effect to the extent they are inconsistent with
    25  the express terms of this chapter.
    26  § 4504.  Taxation.
    27     Every society organized or licensed under this chapter is
    28  deemed a charitable and benevolent institution, and all of its
    29  funds shall be exempt from all and every state, county,
    30  district, municipal and school tax other than taxes on real
    19870H1628B2005                 - 409 -

     1  estate and office equipment.
     2  § 4505.  Applicability of chapter.
     3     (a)  General rule.--This chapter does not apply to any of the
     4  following:
     5         (1)  Grand or subordinate lodges of societies, orders or
     6     associations now doing business in this Commonwealth which
     7     provide benefits exclusively through local or subordinate
     8     lodges.
     9         (2)  Orders, societies or associations which admit to
    10     membership only persons engaged in one or more crafts or
    11     hazardous occupations, in the same or similar lines of
    12     business, insuring only their own members and their families,
    13     and the auxiliaries to such orders, societies or
    14     associations.
    15         (3)  Domestic societies which limit their membership to
    16     employees of a particular municipal corporation, firm or
    17     corporation which provide for a death benefit of not more
    18     than $400 or disability benefits of not more than $350 to any
    19     person in any one year, or both.
    20         (4)  Domestic religious, charitable or benevolent
    21     societies or associations which provide for a death benefit
    22     of not more than $400 or for disability benefits of not more
    23     than $350 to any one person in any one year, or both.
    24     (b)  Coverage extended.--Any society or association described
    25  in subsection (a)(3) or (4) which provides for death or
    26  disability benefits for which benefit certificates are issued,
    27  and any such society or association described in subsection
    28  (a)(4) which has more than 1,000 members, is not exempt from
    29  this chapter.
    30     (c)  Prohibition.--A society which is exempt under this
    19870H1628B2005                 - 410 -

     1  section from the requirements of this chapter, except a society
     2  described in subsection (a)(2), shall not give or allow, or
     3  promise to give or allow, to any person any compensation for
     4  procuring new members.
     5     (d)  Accidental death or disability benefits.--Every society
     6  which provides for benefits in case of death or disability
     7  resulting solely from accident, and which does not obligate
     8  itself to pay death or sick benefits arising from natural
     9  causes, is subject to this chapter except that the provisions
    10  relating to medical examination, valuations of benefit
    11  certificates and incontestability do not apply.
    12     (e)  Verification of exemptions.--The department may require
    13  from any society or association, by examination or otherwise,
    14  such information as will enable it to determine whether the
    15  society or association is exempt from this chapter.
    16     (f)  Provisions in other chapters.--The provisions of this
    17  chapter prevail over any inconsistent provisions in Chapter 41
    18  (relating to beneficial societies).
    19                            SUBCHAPTER B
    20               ORGANIZATION AND CORPORATE OPERATIONS
    21  Sec.
    22  4511.  Initial organization.
    23  4512.  Filing of initial papers with department.
    24  4513.  Validity of preliminary certificate.
    25  4514.  Solicitation of members.
    26  4515.  Examination by department.
    27  4516.  Exemption.
    28  4517.  Approval of documents.
    29  4518.  General corporate powers of societies.
    30  4519.  Review of orders of department.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 411 -

     1  4520.  Classes of membership.
     2  4521.  Prohibition of activity.
     3  4522.  Location of offices and meetings.
     4  4523.  Consolidations and mergers.
     5  4524.  Amendments to articles of incorporation, constitution
     6         and bylaws.
     7  4525.  Institutions.
     8  4526.  Personal liability.
     9  4527.  Waiver.
    10  4528.  Conversion of society into mutual life insurance
    11         company.
    12  4529.  Reinsurance.
    13  § 4511.  Initial organization.
    14     The organization of a society shall be as provided in this
    15  subchapter. Seven or more citizens of the United States, a
    16  majority of whom are citizens of this Commonwealth, who desire
    17  to form a fraternal benefit society, may make, sign and
    18  acknowledge before an officer competent to take acknowledgment
    19  of deeds or articles of incorporation, in which the following
    20  shall be stated:
    21         (1)  The proposed corporate name of the society, which
    22     shall not so closely resemble the name of any society or
    23     insurance company as to be misleading or confusing.
    24         (2)  The purposes for which it is being formed and the
    25     mode in which its corporate powers are to be exercised. The
    26     purposes shall not include more liberal powers than are
    27     granted by this chapter. Any lawful, social, intellectual,
    28     educational, charitable, benevolent, moral, fraternal or
    29     religious advantages may be set forth among the purposes of
    30     the society.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 412 -

     1         (3)  The names and residences of the incorporators and
     2     the names, residences and official titles of all the
     3     officers, trustees, directors or other persons who are to
     4     have and exercise the general control of the management of
     5     the affairs and funds of the society for the first year or
     6     until the ensuing election at which all such officers shall
     7     be elected by the supreme legislative or governing body. This
     8     election shall be held not later than one year from the date
     9     of the issuance of the permanent certificate.
    10  § 4512.  Filing of initial papers with department.
    11     The articles of incorporation, certified copies of the
    12  constitution and rules, copies of all proposed forms of
    13  certificates, applications therefor, receipts and circulars to
    14  be issued by the society and a bond conditioned upon the return
    15  to applicants of the advanced payments if the organization is
    16  not completed within one year shall be filed with the
    17  department, which may require such further information as is
    18  necessary. The bond with sureties approved by the department
    19  shall be in an amount, not less than $5,000 nor more than
    20  $25,000, required by the department. All documents filed shall
    21  be in the English language. If the purposes of the society
    22  conform to the requirements of this chapter and all provisions
    23  of this chapter have been complied with, the department shall so
    24  certify, retain and file the articles of incorporation and
    25  furnish the incorporators with a preliminary certificate
    26  authorizing the society to solicit members.
    27  § 4513.  Validity of preliminary certificate.
    28     A preliminary certificate granted under this chapter shall
    29  not be valid after one year from its date or after such other
    30  period, not exceeding one year, as is authorized by the
    19870H1628B2005                 - 413 -

     1  department upon cause shown, unless the 500 applicants required
     2  under section 4514 (relating to solicitation of members) have
     3  been secured and the organization has been completed as herein
     4  provided. The articles of incorporation and all other
     5  proceedings thereunder shall become void one year from the date
     6  of the preliminary certificate, or at the expiration of the
     7  extended period, unless the society completes its organization
     8  and receives a certificate of authority to do business within
     9  that period.
    10  § 4514.  Solicitation of members.
    11     Upon receipt of a preliminary certificate from the
    12  department, the society may solicit members for the purpose of
    13  completing its organization, shall collect from each applicant
    14  the amount of not less than one regular monthly premium in
    15  accordance with its table of premiums as provided by its
    16  constitution and bylaws and shall issue to each applicant a
    17  receipt for the amount so collected. A society shall not incur
    18  any liability other than for the return of such advance premium,
    19  nor issue any certificate, nor pay or allow, or offer or promise
    20  to pay or allow, any death or disability benefit to any person
    21  until:
    22         (1)  Actual bona fide applications for death benefits
    23     have been secured aggregating at least $500,000 on not less
    24     than 500 lives.
    25         (2)  All applicants for death benefits furnish evidence
    26     of insurability satisfactory to the society.
    27         (3)  Certificates of examinations or acceptable
    28     declarations of insurability are duly filed and approved by
    29     the chief medical examiner of the society.
    30         (4)  Ten subordinate lodges or branches are established
    19870H1628B2005                 - 414 -

     1     into which the 500 applicants are admitted.
     2         (5)  There is submitted to the department, under oath of
     3     the president, secretary or corresponding officer of the
     4     society, a list of the applicants, giving their names,
     5     addresses, date each was admitted, name and number of the
     6     subordinate branch of which each applicant is a member,
     7     amount of benefits to be granted and premiums therefor.
     8         (6)  A sworn statement of the treasurer or corresponding
     9     officer of the society is filed with the department, stating
    10     that at least 500 applicants have each paid in cash at least
    11     one regular monthly premium, which premiums in the aggregate
    12     shall total at least $2,500, all of which shall be credited
    13     to the fund or funds from which benefits are to be paid and
    14     no part of which may be used for expenses. The advance
    15     premiums shall be held in trust during the period of
    16     organization, and if the society has not qualified for a
    17     certificate of authority within one year, the premiums shall
    18     be returned to the applicants.
    19  § 4515.  Examination by department.
    20     The department may make such examination and require such
    21  further information as is advisable. Upon presentation of
    22  satisfactory evidence that the society has complied with all the
    23  provisions of this chapter, it shall issue to the society a
    24  certificate to that effect, stating that the society is
    25  authorized to transact business under this chapter. The
    26  certificate shall be prima facie evidence of the existence of
    27  the society on the date of the certificate. The department shall
    28  cause a record of the certificate to be made; a certified copy
    29  of this record may be given in evidence with like effect as the
    30  original certificate.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 415 -

     1  § 4516.  Exemption.
     2     The provisions of sections 4514 (relating to solicitation of
     3  members) and 4515 (relating to examination by department) do not
     4  apply to:
     5         (1)  Any society organized prior to April 6, 1893, under
     6     any statute of this Commonwealth which was engaged in doing
     7     business in this Commonwealth on that date. Any such society
     8     may exercise all the rights conferred by this chapter and all
     9     the rights, powers, privileges and exemptions now exercised
    10     or possessed by it, under its charter or articles of
    11     incorporation or articles of association, and neither its
    12     existence as a corporation nor its right to exercise any
    13     corporate rights vested in it by virtue of its past
    14     incorporation are affected by this chapter. Any corporation
    15     described in this paragraph shall be deemed a holder of a
    16     certificate of authority issued under this chapter.
    17         (2)  Any society incorporated under the provisions of the
    18     act of April 6, 1893 (P.L.10, No.6), the act of May 20, 1921
    19     (P.L.916, No.324) or the act of July 17, 1935 (P.L.1092,
    20     No.357), relating to fraternal benefit societies.
    21  § 4517.  Approval of documents.
    22     A society authorized to transact business under this chapter
    23  shall not issue any insurance forms, endorsements or riders
    24  without first having obtained approval thereof by the
    25  department.
    26  § 4518.  General corporate powers of societies.
    27     Every society may adopt a constitution and bylaws for the
    28  government of the society, the admission of its members, the
    29  management of its affairs and the fixing of the premiums of its
    30  members. It may change, alter, add to or amend the constitution
    19870H1628B2005                 - 416 -

     1  and bylaws and do such other acts as are necessary and
     2  incidental to carrying into effect the objects and purposes of
     3  the society.
     4  § 4519.  Review of orders of department.
     5     Orders of the department upon an application for a
     6  certificate of authority under this subchapter shall be subject
     7  to judicial review as provided by law.
     8  § 4520.  Classes of membership.
     9     (a)  General rule.--Every society authorized to do business
    10  in this Commonwealth may admit to membership two classes of
    11  members: benefit members and social members by whatever name
    12  known. Social members shall not be entitled to any of the
    13  benefits prescribed by sections 4531 (relating to benefits) and
    14  4532 (relating to benefits on lives of children) and shall have
    15  no voice in the management of the insurance affairs of the
    16  society. Benefit members may be either adult members or juvenile
    17  members. Juvenile members shall have no voice in the management
    18  of the insurance affairs of the society.
    19     (b)  Adult benefit membership.--The society may admit to
    20  adult benefit membership any person not less than 15 years of
    21  age at the nearest birthday. Any person so admitted prior to
    22  attaining the full age of 18 years shall be deemed competent to
    23  contract for insurance benefits and to enjoy every right,
    24  privilege and benefit provided by any insurance certificate on
    25  the minor subject to the limitations contained in section 4532
    26  as to the designation of beneficiary.
    27     (c)  Evidence of insurability.--Every adult benefit member
    28  entitled to insurance benefits shall, as to each application for
    29  insurance, furnish evidence of insurability acceptable to the
    30  society.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 417 -

     1  § 4521.  Prohibition of activity.
     2     An unincorporated or voluntary association may not transact
     3  business in this Commonwealth as a fraternal benefit society
     4  unless the association incorporates under this chapter.
     5  § 4522.  Location of offices and meetings.
     6     The principal office of any domestic society shall be located
     7  in this Commonwealth. The meetings of its supreme legislative or
     8  governing body may be held in any state or country in North
     9  America and all business transacted at such meetings shall be as
    10  valid as if the meetings were held in this Commonwealth.
    11  § 4523.  Consolidations and mergers.
    12     (a)  Right to consolidate or merge.--A domestic society may
    13  consolidate or merge with any other society by complying with
    14  this section.
    15     (b)  Statements to be filed.--The societies shall file all of
    16  the following with the department:
    17         (1)  A certified copy of the written contract containing,
    18     in full, the terms and conditions of the consolidation or
    19     merger.
    20         (2)  A sworn statement by the president and secretary or
    21     corresponding officers of each society showing the financial
    22     condition thereof on a date fixed by the department but not
    23     earlier than the December 31 next preceding the date of the
    24     contract.
    25         (3)  A certificate of such officers, verified by all of
    26     them, that the consolidation or merger has been approved by a
    27     two-thirds vote of the supreme legislative or governing body
    28     of each society.
    29         (4)  Evidence that at least 60 days prior to the action
    30     of the supreme legislative or governing body of each society,
    19870H1628B2005                 - 418 -

     1     the text of the contract was furnished to all members of each
     2     society either by mail or by publication in full in the
     3     official organ of each society.
     4     (c)  Approval by department.--If the department finds that
     5  the contract is in conformity with this section, that the
     6  financial statements are correct and that the consolidation or
     7  merger is just and equitable to the members of each society, the
     8  department shall issue a certificate stating that it approves
     9  the contract. Upon approval, the contract shall be effective
    10  unless any society which is a party to the contract is
    11  incorporated under the law of any other state. In such event the
    12  consolidation or merger shall not become effective until it is
    13  approved as provided by the law of that state and a certificate
    14  of such approval is filed with the department. If the law of the
    15  state contains no such provision, then the consolidation or
    16  merger shall not become effective until it is approved by the
    17  department of insurance of the state and a certificate of
    18  approval filed with the department.
    19     (d)  Property merged.--Upon the consolidation or merger
    20  becoming effective, all the rights and interests of the
    21  consolidated or merged societies in every kind of property and
    22  things in action pertaining thereto shall be vested in the
    23  society remaining after the consolidation or merger without any
    24  other instrument. Conveyances of real property may be evidenced
    25  by proper deeds, and the title to any real estate or interest
    26  therein vested in any of the societies consolidated or merged
    27  shall not revert or be impaired by reason of the consolidation
    28  or merger, but shall vest in the society remaining after the
    29  consolidation or merger.
    30     (e)  Affidavit as evidence.--The affidavit of any officer of
    19870H1628B2005                 - 419 -

     1  the society or of anyone authorized by it to mail any notice or
     2  document, stating that the notice or document has been duly
     3  addressed and mailed, shall be prima facie evidence that the
     4  notice or document has been furnished the addressee.
     5  § 4524.  Amendments to articles of incorporation, constitution
     6             and bylaws.
     7     (a)  Power to amend.--A domestic society may amend its
     8  articles of incorporation, constitution or bylaws, in accordance
     9  with the provisions thereof, by action of its supreme
    10  legislative or governing body at any regular or special meeting
    11  or, if its articles of incorporation, constitution or bylaws so
    12  provide, by referendum. The referendum may be held in accordance
    13  with the provisions of its articles of incorporation,
    14  constitution or bylaws by the vote of the voting members of the
    15  society, by the vote of delegates or representatives of voting
    16  members or by the vote of local lodges or branches. An amendment
    17  submitted for adoption by referendum shall not be adopted
    18  unless, within six months from the date of submission thereof, a
    19  majority of all of the voting members of the society have
    20  signified their consent to the amendment by one of the methods
    21  provided in this subsection.
    22     (b)  Approval of department.--An amendment shall not take
    23  effect until approved by the department, which shall approve the
    24  amendment if it finds that it has been adopted and is not
    25  inconsistent with any requirement of law or with the character,
    26  objects and purposes of the society. Unless the department
    27  disapproves the amendment within 60 days after filing, the
    28  amendment shall be deemed approved. The approval or disapproval
    29  of the department shall be in writing and mailed to the
    30  secretary or corresponding officer of the society at its
    19870H1628B2005                 - 420 -

     1  principal office. If the department disapproves the amendment,
     2  the reasons shall be stated in the written notice.
     3     (c)  Copies of changes.--Within 90 days from approval by the
     4  department, the amendments or a summary thereof shall be
     5  furnished to all members of the society either by mail or by
     6  publication in full in the official organ of the society. The
     7  affidavit of any officer of the society or of anyone authorized
     8  by it to mail any amendments or summary thereof, stating facts
     9  which show that these have been addressed and mailed, shall be
    10  prima facie evidence that the amendments or summary have been
    11  furnished to the addressee.
    12     (d)  Power of department to review.--The department may
    13  review existing articles of incorporation, constitutions and
    14  bylaws of domestic fraternal benefit societies at any time in
    15  order to determine whether they comply with the minimum
    16  standards set forth in this chapter.
    17     (e)  Foreign or alien societies.--Every authorized foreign or
    18  alien society authorized to do business in this Commonwealth
    19  shall file with the department a duly certified copy of all
    20  amendments of, or additions to, its articles of incorporation,
    21  constitution or bylaws within 90 days after their enactment.
    22     (f)  Printed copies as evidence.--Printed copies of the
    23  constitution or bylaws as amended, certified by the secretary or
    24  corresponding officer of the society, shall be prima facie
    25  evidence of the legal adoption thereof.
    26  § 4525.  Institutions.
    27     (a)  Power to own or establish.--A society may create,
    28  maintain and operate charitable, benevolent or educational
    29  institutions for the benefit of its members and their families
    30  and dependents and for the benefit of children insured by the
    19870H1628B2005                 - 421 -

     1  society. For this purpose it may own, hold or lease personal
     2  property or real property located in or outside this
     3  Commonwealth, with necessary buildings thereon. This property
     4  shall be reported in every annual statement but shall not be
     5  allowed as an admitted asset of the society.
     6     (b)  Nonprofit operation.--Maintenance, treatment and proper
     7  attendance in any such institution may be furnished free or a
     8  reasonable charge may be made therefor, but no such institution
     9  shall be operated for profit. The society shall maintain a
    10  separate accounting of any income and disbursements under this
    11  section and report them in its annual statement. A society shall
    12  not own or operate any funeral home or undertaking
    13  establishment.
    14  § 4526.  Personal liability.
    15     The officers and members of the supreme, grand or any
    16  subordinate body of a society shall not be personally liable for
    17  payment of any benefits provided by a society.
    18  § 4527.  Waiver.
    19     The constitution and bylaws of the society shall provide that
    20  no subordinate body, subordinate officer or member may waive any
    21  of the provisions of the constitution or bylaws of the society.
    22  This provision shall be binding on the society and every member
    23  and beneficiary of a member.
    24  § 4528.  Conversion of society into mutual life insurance
    25             company.
    26     Any domestic fraternal benefit society may be converted and
    27  licensed as a mutual life insurance company by compliance with
    28  all the applicable financial requirements of this title if the
    29  plan of conversion is approved by the department. The plan shall
    30  be prepared in writing setting forth all the terms and
    19870H1628B2005                 - 422 -

     1  conditions thereof. The board of directors shall submit the plan
     2  to the supreme legislative or governing body of the society at
     3  any regular or special meeting thereof, by giving a complete
     4  copy of the plan with the notice of such meeting. The notice
     5  shall be given as provided in the bylaws of the society for a
     6  regular or special meeting of the body, as the case may be. The
     7  affirmative vote of two-thirds of all members of the body shall
     8  be necessary for the approval of the agreement. A conversion
     9  shall not take effect until approved by the department, which
    10  may give approval if it finds that the proposed change is in
    11  conformity with the requirements of law and not prejudicial to
    12  the certificate holders of the society.
    13  § 4529.  Reinsurance.
    14     A domestic society may, by a reinsurance agreement, cede any
    15  individual risk or risks in whole or in part to an insurer,
    16  other than another society, having the power to make such
    17  reinsurance and authorized to do business in this Commonwealth,
    18  or if not so authorized, one which is approved by the
    19  department. The society may not reinsure in excess of 50% all of
    20  its insurance in force without the written permission of the
    21  department. It may take credit for the reserves on the ceded
    22  risks to the extent reinsured, but no credit shall be allowed as
    23  an admitted asset or as a deduction from liability to a ceding
    24  society for reinsurance made, ceded, renewed or otherwise
    25  becoming effective unless the reinsurance is payable by the
    26  assuming insurer on the basis of the liability of the ceding
    27  society under the contract reinsured without diminution because
    28  of the insolvency of the ceding society.
    29                            SUBCHAPTER C
    30                     BENEFITS AND BENEFICIARIES
    19870H1628B2005                 - 423 -

     1  Sec.
     2  4531.  Benefits.
     3  4532.  Benefits on lives of children.
     4  4533.  Benefit options.
     5  4534.  Beneficiaries.
     6  4535.  Attachment of benefits.
     7  4536.  Contract for benefits.
     8  § 4531.  Benefits.
     9     (a)  Power to grant benefits.--Any society holding a
    10  certificate of authority under this chapter may enter into
    11  contracts in such forms and grant such benefits as its bylaws
    12  may authorize. In the case of life insurance benefits, the
    13  society shall provide for the accumulation and maintenance of
    14  assets required for the payment of these benefits, when valued
    15  upon an interest basis, not exceeding 4% a year, and mortality
    16  standards adopted by it within the limitations provided in this
    17  chapter or, at the option of the society, in Chapter 53
    18  (relating to life insurance). Any life certificates issued on a
    19  renewable term basis shall set forth clearly the successive
    20  future rates of contribution to be paid under the contract.
    21     (b)  Family eligibility.--Benefits may be provided on the
    22  lives of members or, upon application of a member, on the lives
    23  of the member's family, including the member, the member's
    24  spouse and minor children, in the same or separate certificates.
    25  § 4532.  Benefits on lives of children.
    26     (a)  General rule.--A society may provide for insurance
    27  benefits, annuity benefits or both on the lives of children
    28  under the minimum age for adult membership but not greater than
    29  18 years of age at the time of application therefor, upon the
    30  application of some adult person, as its bylaws or rules may
    19870H1628B2005                 - 424 -

     1  provide, which benefits shall be in accordance with section
     2  4531(a) (relating to benefits). A society may organize and
     3  operate branches for such children. Membership and initiation in
     4  local lodges shall not be required of such children, nor shall
     5  they have any voice in the management of the society.
     6     (b)  Powers.--A society may provide for the designation and
     7  changing of designation of beneficiaries in the certificates
     8  providing for the benefits and provide in all other respects for
     9  the regulation of the certificates and all rights, obligations
    10  and liabilities incident thereto.
    11  § 4533.  Benefit options.
    12     (a)  Authorization.--A society may grant paid-up
    13  nonforfeiture benefits, cash surrender values, certificate loans
    14  and such other options as its bylaws permit. The society shall
    15  grant by means of the certificate at least one paid-up
    16  nonforfeiture benefit, except in the case of pure endowment,
    17  annuity or reversionary annuity contracts, reducing term
    18  insurance contracts or contracts of term insurance of a uniform
    19  amount of 15 years or less expiring before 66 years of age.
    20     (b)  Reserves computed on certain tables.--In the case of
    21  certificates for which reserves are computed on the
    22  Commissioner's 1941 Standard Ordinary Mortality Table, the 1941
    23  Standard Industrial Table or the Commissioner's 1958 Standard
    24  Ordinary Mortality Table or any more recent table made
    25  applicable to life insurance companies, every paid-up
    26  nonforfeiture benefit and the amount of any cash surrender
    27  value, loan or other option granted shall not be less than the
    28  corresponding amount ascertained in accordance with the
    29  provisions of this title applicable to life insurance companies
    30  issuing policies containing similar insurance benefits based
    19870H1628B2005                 - 425 -

     1  upon those tables.
     2     (c)  Computation of certain benefits.--In the case of
     3  certificates other than those for which reserves are computed on
     4  the Commissioner's 1941 Standard Ordinary Mortality Table, the
     5  1941 Standard Industrial Table or the Commissioner's 1958
     6  Standard Ordinary Mortality Table, or any more recent table made
     7  applicable to life insurance companies the value of every paid-
     8  up nonforfeiture benefit and the amount of any cash surrender
     9  value, loan or other option granted shall not be less than the
    10  excess, if any, of paragraph (1) over paragraph (2) as follows:
    11         (1)  The reserve under the certificate determined on the
    12     basis specified in the certificate.
    13         (2)  The sum of any indebtedness to the society on the
    14     certificate, including interest due and accrued, and a
    15     surrender charge equal to 2.5% of the face amount of the
    16     certificate, which, in the case of insurance on the lives of
    17     children, shall be the ultimate face amount of the
    18     certificate, if death benefits provided therein are graded.
    19     (d)  Reserves computed on substandard basis.--In the case of
    20  certificates issued on a substandard basis or in the case of
    21  certificates, the reserves for which are computed upon the
    22  American Men Ultimate Table of Mortality the term of any
    23  extended insurance benefit granted including any accompanying
    24  pure endowment may be computed upon the rates of mortality not
    25  greater than 130% of those shown by the mortality table
    26  specified in the certificate for the computation of the reserve.
    27  § 4534.  Beneficiaries.
    28     (a)  Power to change beneficiaries.--Unless otherwise
    29  provided in the contract:
    30         (1)  The member shall have the right at all times to
    19870H1628B2005                 - 426 -

     1     change the beneficiary or beneficiaries and to assign the
     2     certificate.
     3         (2)  A beneficiary shall not have or obtain any interest
     4     in the proceeds of any certificate until a certificate
     5     becomes due and payable in conformity with its provisions.
     6     (b)  Limitation on scope of beneficiaries.--The society by
     7  its constitution, bylaws and rules may limit the scope of
     8  beneficiaries.
     9     (c)  Payment of funeral benefits.--A society may make
    10  provision for the payment of funeral benefits to the extent of
    11  such portion of any payment under a certificate as might
    12  reasonably appear to be due to any person equitably entitled
    13  thereto by reason of having incurred expense occasioned by the
    14  burial of the member, but the portion so paid shall not exceed
    15  $1,000.
    16     (d)  Payment to personal representative.--If at the death of
    17  any member there is no lawful beneficiary to whom the insurance
    18  benefits are payable, the amount of the benefits, except to the
    19  extent that funeral benefits may be paid under subsection (c),
    20  shall be payable to the personal representative of the deceased
    21  member.
    22  § 4535.  Attachment of benefits.
    23     Money or other benefit, charity, relief or aid to be provided
    24  by any society shall not be liable to attachment, garnishment or
    25  other process, or to be applied by any legal or equitable
    26  process or operation of law, to pay any debt or liability of a
    27  member or beneficiary or any other person who may have a right
    28  thereunder, either before or after payment by the society.
    29  § 4536.  Contract for benefits.
    30     (a)  Materials forming contract.--Every society authorized to
    19870H1628B2005                 - 427 -

     1  do business in this Commonwealth shall issue a certificate to
     2  the benefit member, or the spouse of a member, or to the
     3  applicant for a minor, specifying the amount of benefits
     4  provided thereby. The certificate, together with any riders or
     5  endorsements attached thereto, the charter or articles of
     6  incorporation, the constitution and bylaws of the society, any
     7  application for benefits and declaration of insurability signed
     8  by the applicant and all amendments to these shall constitute
     9  the agreement, as of the date of issuance, between the society
    10  and the member, and the certificate shall so state. A copy of
    11  any application for benefits and of any declaration of
    12  insurability shall be endorsed upon or attached to the
    13  certificate.
    14     (b)  Statements and waiver.--All statements purporting to be
    15  made by the member shall be representations and not warranties.
    16  Any waiver of this provision shall be void.
    17     (c)  Amendments.--Any amendment to the charter or articles of
    18  incorporation, constitution or bylaws, made or enacted
    19  subsequent to the issuance of the certificate, shall bind the
    20  member and the beneficiaries, and shall control the agreement as
    21  though in force at the time of the application for membership.
    22  However, no amendment shall diminish benefits which the society
    23  contracted to give the member as of the date of issuance.
    24     (d)  Responsibility of members for deficiency.--Every society
    25  shall contain a provision in its bylaws and in each certificate
    26  of life insurance it issues, to which every certificate of
    27  insurance issued by the society shall be subject, that if the
    28  financial position of the society becomes impaired, subject to
    29  the prior written approval of the department, the board of
    30  directors or the supreme governing body may determine on an
    19870H1628B2005                 - 428 -

     1  equitable basis the proportionate share of the deficiency of
     2  each member of the society. Each benefit member may then either
     3  pay his share of the deficiency, accept the imposition of a lien
     4  on the certificate of insurance or accept a proportionate
     5  reduction in benefits under his certificate. The society may
     6  specify the manner of the election and which alternative is to
     7  be presumed if no election is made, subject to the prior written
     8  approval of the department in the case of domestic societies.
     9  Any lien on a certificate of insurance shall bear interest at
    10  the rate charged on policy loans under the certificate, if
    11  applicable, or otherwise at a rate approved by the department,
    12  compounded annually until paid.
    13                            SUBCHAPTER D
    14                            CERTIFICATES
    15  Sec.
    16  4541.  Approval of certificates.
    17  4542.  Criteria for review.
    18  4543.  Statement of title and premiums.
    19  4544.  Membership provisions.
    20  4545.  Default.
    21  4546.  Tables.
    22  4547.  Redetermination of premiums.
    23  4548.  Surplus.
    24  4549.  Loan value.
    25  § 4541.  Approval of certificates.
    26     (a)  General rule.--A fraternal benefit society doing
    27  business in this Commonwealth shall not issue, sell or dispose
    28  of any certificate, covering life, health, accident or any other
    29  contract of insurance or any contracts pertaining to a pure
    30  endowment or annuity, or use applications, riders or
    19870H1628B2005                 - 429 -

     1  endorsements in connection therewith, until the forms of the
     2  same have been filed with and approved by the department.
     3  However, riders and endorsements relating to the manner of
     4  distribution of benefits and to the reservation of rights and
     5  benefits under any such certificate, and used at the request of
     6  the individual certificate holder, and any forms which, in the
     7  opinion of the department, do not require approval need not be
     8  filed under this section.
     9     (b)  Deemed approval.--Forms so filed shall be deemed
    10  approved at the expiration of 30 days after filing, unless
    11  earlier approved or disapproved by the department. The
    12  department, by written notice to the society within the 30-day
    13  period, may extend the period for approval or disapproval for an
    14  additional 30 days.
    15     (c)  Voiding of approval.--Such approval shall become void
    16  upon any subsequent notice of disapproval from the department,
    17  or upon any subsequent withdrawal of license or refusal of the
    18  department to relicense the society, or upon the subsequent
    19  passage of a statute which would no longer make such contracts
    20  or related forms a fit subject for approval, except that this
    21  provision shall not affect contracts issued prior thereto.
    22     (d)  Notification of disapproval.--Upon any disapproval, the
    23  department shall notify the society in writing, specifying the
    24  reason for disapproval. Within 30 days from the date of mailing
    25  of the notice to the society, the society may make written
    26  application to the department for a hearing thereon. The hearing
    27  shall be held within 30 days after receipt of the application.
    28  The procedure before the department shall be in accordance with
    29  the adjudication procedure set forth in 2 Pa.C.S. Ch. 5 Subch. A
    30  (relating to practice and procedure of Commonwealth agencies),
    19870H1628B2005                 - 430 -

     1  and the society shall be entitled to judicial review under 2
     2  Pa.C.S. Ch. 7 Subch. A (relating to judicial review of
     3  Commonwealth agency action).
     4     (e)  Penalty.--Any person that, either as principal or agent,
     5  issues or causes to be issued any certificate or contract of
     6  insurance in this Commonwealth, contrary to this section,
     7  commits a misdemeanor of the third degree.
     8     (f)  Civil penalties.--Upon satisfactory evidence of the
     9  violation of this section by any person, the department may
    10  pursue any one or more of the following courses of action:
    11         (1)  Suspend or revoke the license of the offending
    12     person.
    13         (2)  Refuse, for a period of not to exceed one year
    14     thereafter, to issue a new license to the person.
    15         (3)  Impose a fine of not more than $1,000 for each act
    16     in violation of this chapter.
    17  § 4542.  Criteria for review.
    18     (a)  Required provisions.--The certificate shall contain in
    19  substance the standard provisions set forth in sections 4543
    20  (relating to statement of title and premiums) through 4549
    21  (relating to loan value) or, in lieu thereof, provisions which
    22  are more favorable to the member. Any of the mandated provisions
    23  or portions thereof not applicable by reason of the plan of
    24  insurance or because the certificate is an annuity certificate
    25  may, to the extent inapplicable, be omitted from the
    26  certificate.
    27     (b)  Prohibited provisions.--A life benefit certificate shall
    28  not be delivered or issued for delivery in this Commonwealth
    29  containing in substance any of the following provisions:
    30         (1)  Any provision limiting the time within which any
    19870H1628B2005                 - 431 -

     1     action at law or in equity may be commenced to less than two
     2     years after the cause of action shall accrue.
     3         (2)  Any provision by which the certificate shall purport
     4     to be issued or to take effect more than six months before
     5     the original application for the certificate was made, except
     6     in case of transfer from one form of certificate to another
     7     in connection with which the member is to receive credit for
     8     any reserve accumulation under the form of certificate from
     9     which the transfer is made.
    10         (3)  Any provision for forfeiture of the certificate for
    11     failure to repay any loan thereon or to pay interest on such
    12     loan while the total indebtedness, including interest, is
    13     less than the loan value of the certificate.
    14  § 4543.  Statement of title and premiums.
    15     There shall appear on the face of the filing page of the
    16  certificate a statement of the title of the certificate and a
    17  brief description which clearly and correctly describes its form
    18  and identifies the insurer as a member of a fraternal benefit
    19  society. There shall also appear a provision stating the amount
    20  of premiums, dues or other required contributions, by whatever
    21  name known, which are payable by the insured under the
    22  certificate.
    23  § 4544.  Membership provisions.
    24     (a)  Right to maintain insurance.--There shall be a statement
    25  that any benefit member expelled or suspended, except for
    26  nonpayment of a premium or within the contestable period for
    27  material misrepresentations in the member's application for
    28  membership, may maintain his insurance in force by continuing
    29  payment of the required premium.
    30     (b)  Grace period.--There shall be a provision that the
    19870H1628B2005                 - 432 -

     1  member is entitled to a grace period of not less than a full
     2  month, or 30 days at the option of the society in which the
     3  payment of any premium after the initial premium may be made.
     4  During the grace period the certificate shall continue in full
     5  force, but if the certificate becomes a claim during the grace
     6  period before the overdue payment is made, the amount of the
     7  overdue payment or payments may be deducted in any settlement
     8  under the certificate.
     9     (c)  Reinstatement.--There shall be a provision that the
    10  member shall be entitled to have the certificate reinstated at
    11  any time within three years from the due date of the premium in
    12  default, unless the certificate has been completely terminated
    13  through the application of a nonforfeiture benefit, cash
    14  surrender value or certificate loan, upon the production of
    15  evidence of insurability satisfactory to the society and the
    16  payment of all overdue premiums and any other indebtedness to
    17  the society upon the certificate together with any interest on
    18  the premiums and the indebtedness, at a rate not exceeding 6% a
    19  year compounded annually.
    20     (d)  Contestability.--There shall be a provision that the
    21  certificate shall be incontestable after it has been in force
    22  during the lifetime of the member for a period of two years from
    23  its date of issue except for nonpayment of premiums. At the
    24  option of the society, supplemental provisions relating to
    25  waiver of premium and provisions which grant additional
    26  insurance specifically against death by accident may also be
    27  excepted. The certificate may provide, as to statements made to
    28  procure reinstatement, that the society may contest a reinstated
    29  certificate within a period of two years from the date of
    30  reinstatement based on the information in the reinstatement
    19870H1628B2005                 - 433 -

     1  application.
     2  § 4545.  Default.
     3     (a)  Paid-up nonforfeiture benefits.--There shall be a
     4  provision that, in the event of default in payment of any
     5  premium after three full years premiums have been paid or after
     6  premiums for a lesser period have been paid if the contract so
     7  provides, the society will grant, upon proper request not later
     8  than 60 days after the due date of the premium in default, a
     9  paid-up nonforfeiture benefit on the plan stipulated in the
    10  certificate, effective as of the due date, of such value as
    11  specified in this chapter.
    12     (b)  Optional payment provisions.--The certificate may
    13  provide, if the society's bylaws so specify and if the member so
    14  elects prior to the expiration of the grace period of any
    15  overdue premium, that default does not occur so long as premiums
    16  can be paid under an arrangement for automatic premium loan as
    17  set forth in the certificate.
    18     (c)  Election of other paid-up nonforfeiture benefits.--There
    19  shall be a statement that one paid-up nonforfeiture benefit as
    20  specified in the certificate shall become effective
    21  automatically unless the member elects another available paid-up
    22  nonforfeiture benefit, not later than 60 days after the due date
    23  of the premium in default.
    24     (d)  Applicability of section.--This section does not apply
    25  in the case of pure endowment, annuity or reversionary annuity
    26  contracts, reducing term insurance contracts, or contracts of
    27  term insurance of uniform amount of 15 years or less expiring
    28  before 66 years of age.
    29  § 4546.  Tables.
    30     (a)  Mortality table and interest rate.--There shall be a
    19870H1628B2005                 - 434 -

     1  statement of the mortality table and rate of interest used in
     2  determining all paid-up nonforfeiture benefits and cash
     3  surrender options available under the certificate and a brief
     4  general description of the method used in calculating such
     5  benefits.
     6     (b)  Table of certain values.--There shall be a table showing
     7  in numbers the value of every paid-up nonforfeiture benefit and
     8  cash surrender option available under the certificate for each
     9  certificate anniversary either during the first 20 certificate
    10  years or during the term of the certificate, whichever is
    11  shorter.
    12  § 4547.  Redetermination of premiums.
    13     There shall be a provision that in case the age or sex of the
    14  member or of any other person is considered in determining the
    15  premium and it is found at any time before final settlement
    16  under the certificate that the age or sex has been misstated,
    17  and the discrepancy and premium involved have not been adjusted,
    18  the amount payable under the certificate shall be such as the
    19  premium would have purchased at the correct age and sex. If the
    20  correct age was not an insurable age under the society's charter
    21  or laws, only the premiums paid to the society, less any
    22  payments previously made to the member, shall be returned or, at
    23  the option of the society, the amount payable under the
    24  certificate shall be such as the premium would have purchased at
    25  the correct age according to the society's promulgated rates and
    26  any extension thereof based on actuarial principles.
    27  § 4548.  Surplus.
    28     (a)  Right to surplus.--There shall be a provision that the
    29  certificate shall participate in the surplus of the society, and
    30  that, beginning not later than the end of the third certificate
    19870H1628B2005                 - 435 -

     1  year, the society will annually determine the portion of the
     2  divisible surplus accruing on the certificate, and that the
     3  member entitled to elect the option may have the dividend
     4  arising from such participation paid in cash or applied in
     5  accordance with any one of the other dividend options as
     6  provided by the certificate. If any such other dividend options
     7  are provided, the certificate shall further state which option
     8  shall be automatically effective, if the member has not elected
     9  a different option.
    10     (b)  Optional surplus provision.--The certificate may contain
    11  a provision that the certificate shall participate in the
    12  surplus of the society, and that, beginning not later than the
    13  end of the fifth certificate year, the society will determine
    14  the portion of the divisible surplus accruing on the
    15  certificate, and that the member entitled thereto may have the
    16  current dividend arising from such participation paid in cash,
    17  and that, at periods of not more than five years thereafter,
    18  such apportionment and payment shall be done at the option of
    19  the member.
    20     (c)  Surplus on term certificates.--Renewable term
    21  certificates of ten years or less may provide that the surplus
    22  accruing to such certificates shall be determined and
    23  apportioned each year after the second certificate year, and
    24  accumulated during each renewal period, and that at the end of
    25  any renewal period, or renewal of the certificate by the member,
    26  the society shall apply the accumulated surplus as an annuity
    27  for the next succeeding renewal term to the reduction of
    28  premiums.
    29  § 4549.  Loan value.
    30     There shall be a provision for a loan value at any time after
    19870H1628B2005                 - 436 -

     1  three full years' premiums have been paid and while no premium
     2  is in default beyond the grace period of payment. The loan
     3  provision shall further provide that the society will advance,
     4  on proper assignment or pledge of the certificate, and on the
     5  sole security thereof, at a specified rate of interest, a sum
     6  equal to or, at the option of the member entitled thereto, less
     7  than, the cash surrender value at the end of the current
     8  certificate year as required by section 4532 (relating to
     9  benefits on lives of children) and that the society may deduct
    10  from such loan value, in addition to any indebtedness deducted
    11  in determining such value, any unpaid balance of the premium for
    12  the current certificate year, and may collect interest in
    13  advance on the loan to the end of the current certificate year.
    14  The society shall reserve the right to defer such loan, except
    15  any made to pay premiums to the society, for six months after
    16  application therefor is made. This section does not apply to
    17  term insurance.
    18                            SUBCHAPTER E
    19        ACCIDENT, HEALTH AND DISABILITY INSURANCE CONTRACTS
    20  Sec.
    21  4551.  Approval of contracts by department.
    22  4552.  Conditions for certificates.
    23  4553.  Standard contract provisions.
    24  4554.  Entire contract and changes.
    25  4555.  Time limits on certain defenses.
    26  4556.  Grace periods.
    27  4557.  Reinstatement.
    28  4558.  Claim procedure.
    29  4559.  Payment of claims.
    30  4560.  Legal actions.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 437 -

     1  4561.  Change of beneficiary.
     2  4562.  Change of occupation.
     3  4563.  Conduct of insured.
     4  4564.  Other insurance.
     5  4565.  Relation of earnings to insurance.
     6  4566.  Cancellation.
     7  4567.  Conformity of provisions with state statutes.
     8  4568.  Inapplicable provisions.
     9  4569.  Composition and construction of certificates.
    10  § 4551.  Approval of contracts by department.
    11     A certificate of insurance against loss from sickness or loss
    12  or damage from bodily injury or death of the insured by accident
    13  shall not be issued or delivered by any society, association or
    14  exchange issuing the certificate to any person in this
    15  Commonwealth until a copy of the form thereof, and of the
    16  classification of risks and the dues, premiums or other required
    17  contribution pertaining thereto, have been filed with and
    18  approved by the department. If the department notifies the
    19  society which has filed the form in writing that it does not
    20  comply with the requirements of law, specifying the reason for
    21  its conclusion, the society shall not issue any certificate in
    22  that form. The action of the department in this regard shall be
    23  subject to review by the Commonwealth Court.
    24  § 4552.  Conditions for certificates.
    25     (a)  General conditions.--A certificate shall not be
    26  delivered or issued for delivery to any person in this
    27  Commonwealth unless all of the following conditions are met:
    28         (1)  The entire money and other considerations therefor
    29     shall be stated in the certificate.
    30         (2)  The time at which the insurance takes effect and
    19870H1628B2005                 - 438 -

     1     terminates shall be stated in the certificate.
     2         (3)  It shall purport to insure only one person, except
     3     that upon the application of an adult head of a family, who
     4     shall be deemed the certificate holder, a policy may insure,
     5     originally or by amendment, any two or more eligible members
     6     of that family, including husband, wife, dependent children
     7     or any children under a specified age, which shall not exceed
     8     19 years of age, and any other person dependent upon the
     9     certificate holder.
    10         (4)  The style, arrangement and overall appearance of the
    11     certificate shall give no undue prominence to any portion of
    12     the text, and every printed portion of the text of the
    13     certificate and of any endorsements or attached papers shall
    14     be plainly printed in light face type of a style in general
    15     use, the size of which type shall be uniform and not less
    16     than ten point with a lower case unspaced alphabet length not
    17     less than 120 point. As used in this paragraph the term
    18     "text" includes all printed matter except the name and
    19     address of the society, name or title of the certificate, the
    20     brief description, if any, and captions and subcaptions.
    21         (5)  The exceptions and reductions of indemnity shall be
    22     set forth in the certificate. Except for those set forth in
    23     this chapter, these exceptions and reductions shall, at the
    24     society's option, either be included with the benefit
    25     provision to which they apply or under an appropriate caption
    26     such as "exceptions" or "exceptions and reductions." If an
    27     exception or reduction specifically applies only to a
    28     particular benefit of the certificate, a statement of the
    29     exception or reduction shall be included with the benefit
    30     provision to which it applies.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 439 -

     1         (6)  Each such form, including riders and endorsements,
     2     shall be identified by a form number in the lower left-hand
     3     corner of the first page thereof.
     4         (7)  It contains no provision purporting to make any
     5     portion of the charter, rules, constitution or bylaws of the
     6     society a part of the policy unless such portion is set forth
     7     in full in the policy, except in the case of the
     8     incorporation of, or reference to, a statement of rates or
     9     classification of risks or short-rate table filed with the
    10     department.
    11         (8)  If the certificate is entitled or referred to as
    12     "noncancelable," the noncancelable certificate is
    13     automatically renewable until 60 years of age upon payment of
    14     the required premiums by the insured.
    15         (9)  With respect to an unmarried child covered by the
    16     certificate prior to the attainment of 19 years of age who is
    17     incapable of self-sustaining employment by reason of mental
    18     retardation or physical handicap, who became so incapable
    19     prior to attainment of 19 years of age and who is chiefly
    20     dependent upon the certificate holder for support and
    21     maintenance, a certificate under which coverage of a
    22     dependent of a certificate holder terminates at a specified
    23     age shall not terminate while the certificate remains in
    24     force and the dependent remains in such condition, if the
    25     certificate holder has within 31 days of the dependent's
    26     attainment of the limiting age submitted proof of his
    27     incapacity. This paragraph does not require a society to
    28     insure a mentally retarded or physically handicapped
    29     dependent child where the certificate is underwritten on
    30     evidence of insurability based on health factors set forth in
    19870H1628B2005                 - 440 -

     1     the application or where the dependent does not satisfy the
     2     conditions of the certificate as to evidence of insurability
     3     or other provisions of the certificate, satisfaction of which
     4     is required for the coverage to take effect; in any such
     5     case, the terms of the certificate shall apply with regard to
     6     the coverage or exclusion from coverage of the dependent.
     7     (b)  Nonresident members.--If any certificate is issued by a
     8  society domiciled in this Commonwealth for delivery to a person
     9  residing in another state, and if the official having
    10  responsibility for the administration of the insurance laws of
    11  the other state has advised the department that such a
    12  certificate is not subject to approval or disapproval by the
    13  official, the department may by ruling require that the
    14  certificate meet the standards set forth in section 4541
    15  (relating to approval of certificates) and this chapter.
    16  § 4553.  Standard contract provisions.
    17     Except as provided in this chapter, each certificate
    18  delivered or issued for delivery to any person in this
    19  Commonwealth with respect to accident and health coverage and
    20  coverage for permanent and total disability shall contain the
    21  contract provisions specified in sections 4554 (relating to
    22  entire contract and changes) through 4567 (relating to
    23  conformity of provisions with state statutes) in the words in
    24  which the same appear in this chapter. However, the society may,
    25  at its option, substitute for one or more of such provisions
    26  corresponding provisions of different wording approved by the
    27  department which are in each instance not less favorable in any
    28  respect to the benefit member or the beneficiary. Such
    29  provisions shall be preceded individually by the caption
    30  appearing in this section or, at the option of the society, by
    19870H1628B2005                 - 441 -

     1  such appropriate individual or group captions or subcaptions as
     2  the department may approve.
     3  § 4554.  Entire contract and changes.
     4     There shall be a provision as follows:
     5         Entire Contract; Changes: This certificate, including the
     6         society's bylaws, the endorsements and the attached
     7         papers, if any, constitutes the entire contract of
     8         insurance. No change in this certificate shall be valid
     9         until approved by an executive officer of the society and
    10         unless such approval be endorsed hereon or attached
    11         hereto. No agent has authority to change this certificate
    12         or to waive any of its provisions.
    13  § 4555.  Time limits on certain defenses.
    14     (a)  Mandatory provision.--There shall be a provision as
    15  follows:
    16         Time Limit on Certain Defenses: After three years from
    17         the date of issue of this certificate no misstatements,
    18         except fraudulent misstatements, made by the applicant in
    19         the application for such certificate shall be used to
    20         void the certificate or to deny a claim for loss incurred
    21         or disability (as defined in the certificate) commencing
    22         after the expiration of such three-year period.
    23     (b)  Nonapplicability.--The certificate provision does not
    24  affect any legal requirement for avoidance of a certificate or
    25  denial of a claim during such initial three-year period, nor
    26  limit the application of sections 4554 (relating to entire
    27  contract and changes) through 4557 (relating to reinstatement)
    28  and section 4558(a), (b) and (c) (relating to claim procedure)
    29  in the event of misstatement with respect to age or occupation
    30  or other insurance.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 442 -

     1     (c)  Optional language for weekly payment situations.--
     2         (1)  In a certificate where the dues, premiums or other
     3     required contributions are payable weekly, the words "if such
     4     application is made a part of the certificate" may be
     5     inserted in the certificate provision between the word
     6     "certificate" and the word "shall" immediately following.
     7         (2)  In certificates whereon the dues, premiums or the
     8     required contributions are payable weekly, the words "or from
     9     the date of any reinstatement thereof" may be inserted in the
    10     certificate provision between the word "certificate" and the
    11     word "shall" immediately following.
    12     (d)  Optional language where certificate member has power to
    13  continue certificate.--A certificate which the benefit member
    14  has the right to continue in force subject to its terms by the
    15  timely payment of the dues, premium or other required
    16  contribution until at least 50 years of age, or in the case of a
    17  certificate issued after 44 years of age, for at least five
    18  years from its date of issue, may contain in lieu of the
    19  language in section 4558(a) (relating to claim procedure), the
    20  following provision:
    21         Incontestability Period: After this certificate has been
    22         in force for a period of three years during the lifetime
    23         of the benefit member (excluding any period during which
    24         the benefit member is disabled), it shall become
    25         incontestable as to the statements contained in the
    26         application.
    27     (e)  Nondenial or reduction of certain claims.--There shall
    28  be a provision as follows:
    29         Nondenial or Reduction of Certain Claims: No claim for
    30         loss incurred or disability (as defined in the
    19870H1628B2005                 - 443 -

     1         certificate) commencing after three years from the date
     2         of issue of this certificate shall be reduced or denied
     3         on the ground that a disease or physical condition not
     4         excluded from coverage by name or specific description
     5         effective on the date of loss had existed prior to the
     6     effective date of coverage of this certificate.
     7  § 4556.  Grace periods.
     8     (a)  Period established.--There shall be a provision as
     9  follows:
    10         Grace Period: There shall be a grace period of (insert a
    11         number not less than "7" for weekly dues, premium or
    12         other required contribution certificates, "10" for
    13         monthly dues, premium or other required contribution
    14         certificates and "31" for all other certificates) days
    15         will be granted for the payment of each dues, premium or
    16         other required contribution falling due after the first
    17         dues, premium or other required contribution during which
    18         grace period the certificate shall continue in force.
    19     (b)  Cancellation.--A certificate which contains a
    20  cancellation provision may add, at the end of the provision,
    21  "subject to the right of the benefit member to cancel in
    22  accordance with the cancellation provision hereof."
    23     (c)  Reservation of right to refuse renewal.--A certificate
    24  in which the society reserves the right to refuse any renewal
    25  shall have, at the beginning of the contract provision set forth
    26  in subsection (a), "unless not less than 30 days prior to the
    27  dues, premium or other required contribution due date the
    28  society has delivered to the benefit member or has mailed to his
    29  last address as shown by the records of the society written
    30  notice of its intention not to renew this certificate beyond the
    19870H1628B2005                 - 444 -

     1  period for which the dues, premium or other required
     2  contribution has been accepted."
     3  § 4557.  Reinstatement.
     4     (a)  Mandatory provision.--There shall be a provision as
     5  follows:
     6         Reinstatement: If any renewal dues, premium or other
     7         required contribution is not paid within the time granted
     8         the society for payment, a subsequent acceptance of dues,
     9         premium or other required contribution by the society or
    10         by any agent duly authorized by the society to accept
    11         such dues, premium or other required contribution without
    12         requiring in connection therewith an application for
    13         reinstatement, shall reinstate the certificate: Provided,
    14         however, That if the society or such agent requires an
    15         application for reinstatement and issues a conditional
    16         receipt for the dues, premium or other required
    17         contribution tendered, the certificate will be reinstated
    18         upon approval of such application by the society or,
    19         lacking such approval, upon the 45th day following the
    20         date of such conditional receipt unless the society has
    21         previously notified the benefit member in writing of its
    22         disapproval of such application. The reinstated
    23         certificate shall cover only loss resulting from such
    24         accidental injury as may be sustained after the date of
    25         reinstatement and loss due to such sickness as may begin
    26         more than ten days after such date. In all other respects
    27         the benefit member and society shall have the same rights
    28         thereunder as they had under the certificate immediately
    29         before the due date of the defaulted dues, premium or
    30         other required contribution subject to any provisions
    19870H1628B2005                 - 445 -

     1         endorsed hereon or attached hereto in connection with the
     2         reinstatement. Any dues, premium or other required
     3         contribution accepted in connection with a reinstatement
     4         shall be applied to a period for which the dues, premium
     5         or other required contribution has not been previously
     6         paid, but not to any period more than 60 days prior to
     7         the date of reinstatement.
     8     (b)  Payments accepted.--The last sentence of the contract
     9  provision set forth in subsection (a) may be omitted:
    10         (1)  from any certificate which the benefit member has
    11     the right to continue in force subject to its terms by the
    12     timely payment of the dues, premiums or other required
    13     contributions until at least 50 years of age or, in the case
    14     of a certificate issued after 44 years of age, for at least
    15     five years from the date of its issue; or
    16         (2)  from any certificate on which the dues, premiums or
    17     other required contributions are payable weekly.
    18  § 4558.  Claim procedure.
    19     (a)  Notice of claim.--There shall be a provision as follows:
    20         Notice of Claim: Written notice of claim must be given to
    21         the society within 20 days after the occurrence or
    22         commencement of any loss covered by the certificate, or
    23         as soon thereafter as is reasonably possible. Notice
    24         given by or on behalf of the benefit member or the
    25         beneficiary to the society at (insert the location of
    26         such office as the society may designate for the purpose)
    27         or to any authorized agent of the society, with
    28         information sufficient to identify the benefit member,
    29         shall be deemed notice to the society.
    30     (b)  Optional language for weekly payment insurance.--In a
    19870H1628B2005                 - 446 -

     1  certificate whereon the dues, premiums or other required
     2  contributions are payable weekly, the first sentence of the
     3  contract provisions set forth in subsection (a) may read:
     4         Written notice of claim must be given to the society
     5         within 10 days of the commencement of any nonhospital
     6         confining sickness covered by the certificate and within
     7         20 days after the occurrence or commencement of any other
     8         loss covered by the certificate, or as soon thereafter as
     9         is reasonably possible.
    10     (c)  Language in loss of time benefit insurance.--In a
    11  certificate providing a loss of time benefit which may be
    12  payable for at least two years, a society may insert the
    13  following between the first and second sentences of the
    14  provision set forth in subsection (a):
    15         Subject to the qualifications set forth below, if the
    16         benefit member suffers loss of time on account of
    17         disability for which indemnity may be payable for at
    18         least two years, he shall, at least once in every six
    19         months after having given notice of claim, give to the
    20         society notice of continuance of said disability, except
    21         in the event of legal incapacity. The period of six
    22         months following any filing of proof by the benefit
    23         member or any payment by the society on account of such
    24         claim or any denial of liability in whole or in part by
    25         the society shall be excluded in applying this provision.
    26         Delay in the giving of such notice shall not impair the
    27         benefit member's right to any indemnity which would
    28         otherwise have accrued during the period of six months
    29         preceding the date on which such notice is actually
    30         given.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 447 -

     1     (d)  Forms for claims.--There shall be a provision as
     2  follows:
     3         Claim Forms: The society, upon receipt of a notice claim,
     4         will furnish to the claimant such forms as are usually
     5         furnished by it for filing proofs of loss. If such forms
     6         are not furnished within 15 days after the giving of such
     7         notice, the claimant shall be deemed to have complied
     8         with the requirements of this certificate as to proof of
     9         loss upon submitting, within the time fixed in the
    10         certificate for filing proofs of loss, written proof
    11         covering the occurrence, the character and the extent of
    12         the loss for which claim is made.
    13     (e)  Proofs of loss.--There shall be a provision as follows:
    14         Proofs of Loss: Written proof of loss must be furnished
    15         to the society at its office in case of claim for loss
    16         for which this certificate provides any periodic payment
    17         contingent upon continuing loss within 90 days after the
    18         termination of the period for which the society is liable
    19         and in case of claim for any other loss within 90 days
    20         after the date of such loss. Failure to furnish such
    21         proof within the time required shall not invalidate or
    22         reduce any claim if it was not reasonably possible to
    23         give proof within such time, provided such proof is
    24         furnished as soon as reasonably possible and in no event,
    25         except in the absence of legal capacity, later than one
    26         year from the time proof is otherwise required.
    27     (f)  Physical examinations and autopsy.--There shall be a
    28  provision as follows:
    29         Physical Examinations and Autopsy: The society at its own
    30         expense shall have the right and opportunity to examine
    19870H1628B2005                 - 448 -

     1         the person of the benefit member when and as often as it
     2         may reasonably require during the pendency of a claim
     3         hereunder and to make an autopsy in case of death where
     4         it is not forbidden by law.
     5  § 4559.  Payment of claims.
     6     (a)  Mandatory provision.--There shall be a provision as
     7  follows:
     8         Payment of Claims: Indemnity for loss of life will be
     9         payable in accordance with the beneficiary designation
    10         and the provisions respecting such payment which may be
    11         prescribed herein and effective at the time of payment.
    12         If no such designation or provision is then effective,
    13         such indemnity shall be payable to the estate of the
    14         insured. Any other accrued indemnities unpaid at the
    15         benefit member's death may, at the option of the society,
    16         be paid either to such beneficiary or to such estate. All
    17         other indemnities will be payable to the benefit member.
    18     (b)  Optional language.--The following provisions, or either
    19  of them, may be included with the contract provision set forth
    20  in subsection (a):
    21         (1)  If any indemnity of this certificate shall be
    22     payable to the estate of the benefit member or to a benefit
    23     member or beneficiary who is a minor or otherwise not
    24     competent to give a valid release, the society may pay such
    25     indemnity, up to an amount not exceeding $ (insert an amount
    26     which shall not exceed $1,000), to any relative by blood or
    27     connection by marriage of the benefit member or beneficiary
    28     who is deemed by the society to be equitably entitled
    29     thereto. Any payment made by the society in good faith
    30     pursuant to this provision shall fully discharge the society
    19870H1628B2005                 - 449 -

     1     to the extent of such payment.
     2         (2)  Subject to any written direction of the benefit
     3     member in the application or otherwise, all or a portion of
     4     any indemnities provided by this certificate on account of
     5     hospital, nursing, medical or surgical services may, at the
     6     society's option and, unless the benefit member requests
     7     otherwise in writing, not later than the time of filing
     8     proofs of such loss, be paid directly to the hospital or
     9     person rendering such services; but it is not required that
    10     the service be rendered by a particular hospital or person.
    11     (c)  Time of payment of claims.--There shall be a provision
    12  as follows:
    13         Time of Payment of Claims: Indemnities payable under this
    14         certificate for any loss other than loss for which this
    15         certificate provides any periodic payment will be paid
    16         immediately upon receipt of due written proof of such
    17         loss. Subject to due written proof of loss, all accrued
    18         indemnities for loss for which this certificate provides
    19         periodic payment will be paid (insert period for payment
    20         which must not be less frequently than monthly) and any
    21         balance remaining unpaid upon the termination of
    22         liability will be paid immediately upon receipt of due
    23         written proof.
    24  § 4560.  Legal actions.
    25     There shall be a provision as follows:
    26         Legal Actions: No action at law or in equity shall be
    27         brought to recover on this certificate prior to the
    28         expiration of 60 days after written proof of loss has
    29         been furnished in accordance with the requirements of
    30         this certificate. No such action shall be brought after
    19870H1628B2005                 - 450 -

     1         the expiration of three years after the time written
     2         proof of loss is required to be furnished.
     3  § 4561.  Change of beneficiary.
     4     There shall be a provision as follows:
     5         Change of Beneficiary: Unless the benefit member makes an
     6         irrevocable designation of beneficiary, the right to
     7         change of beneficiary is reserved to the benefit member
     8         and the consent of the beneficiary or beneficiaries shall
     9         not be requisite to surrender or assignment of this
    10         certificate or to any change of beneficiary or
    11         beneficiaries, or to any other changes in this
    12         certificate. The first clause of this provision, relating
    13         to the irrevocable designation of beneficiary, may be
    14         omitted at the society's option.
    15  § 4562.  Change of occupation.
    16     There shall be a provision as follows:
    17         Change of Occupation: If the benefit member is injured or
    18         contracts sickness after having changed his occupation to
    19         one classified by the society as more hazardous than that
    20         stated in this certificate or while doing for
    21         compensation anything pertaining to an occupation so
    22         classified, the society will pay only such portion of the
    23         indemnities provided in this certificate as the dues,
    24         premiums or other required contributions paid would have
    25         purchased at the rates and within the limits fixed by the
    26         society for such more hazardous occupation. If the
    27         benefit member changes his occupation to one classified
    28         by the society as less hazardous than that stated in this
    29         certificate, the society, upon receipt of proof of such
    30         change of occupation, will reduce the dues, premiums or
    19870H1628B2005                 - 451 -

     1         other required contributions accordingly, and will return
     2         the excess pro rata unearned dues, premiums or other
     3         required contributions from the date of change of
     4         occupation or from the certificate anniversary date
     5         immediately preceding receipt of such proof, whichever is
     6         the more recent. In applying this provision, the
     7         classification of occupational risk and the dues,
     8         premiums or other required contributions shall be such as
     9         have been last filed by the society prior to the
    10         occurrence of the loss for which the society is liable or
    11         prior to date of proof of change in occupation with the
    12         state official having supervision of insurance in the
    13         state where the benefit member resided at the time this
    14         certificate was issued; but if such filing was not
    15         required, then the classification of occupational risk
    16         and the dues, premiums or other required contributions
    17         shall be those last made effective by the society in such
    18         state prior to the occurrence of the loss or prior to the
    19         date of proof of change in occupation.
    20  § 4563.  Conduct of insured.
    21     (a)  Misstatement of age.--There shall be a provision as
    22  follows:
    23         Misstatement of Age: If the age of the benefit member has
    24         been misstated, all amounts payable under this
    25         certificate shall be such as the dues, premiums or other
    26         required contributions paid would have purchased at the
    27         correct age.
    28     (b)  Nonpayment of premiums.--There shall be a provision as
    29  follows:
    30         Unpaid Dues, Premiums or Other Required Contributions:
    19870H1628B2005                 - 452 -

     1         Upon the payment of a claim under this certificate, any
     2         dues, premiums or other required contributions then due
     3         and unpaid or covered by any note or written order may be
     4         deducted therefrom.
     5     (c)  Illegal occupation.--There shall be a provision as
     6  follows:
     7         Illegal Occupation: The society shall not be liable for
     8         any loss to which a contributing cause was the benefit
     9         member's commission of or attempt to commit a felony, or
    10         to which a contributing cause was the benefit member's
    11         being engaged in an illegal occupation.
    12     (d)  Intoxicants and narcotics.--There shall be a provision
    13  as follows:
    14         Intoxicants and Narcotics: The society shall not be
    15         liable for any loss sustained or contracted in
    16         consequence of the benefit member's being intoxicated, or
    17         under the influence of any narcotic unless administered
    18         on the advice of a physician.
    19  § 4564.  Other insurance.
    20     (a)  Other insurance in same society.--There shall be a
    21  provision as follows:
    22         Other Insurance in This Society: If an accident or
    23         sickness or accident and sickness certificate or
    24         certificates previously issued by the society to the
    25         benefit member be in force concurrently herewith, making
    26         the aggregate indemnity for (insert type of coverage or
    27         coverages) in excess of $ (insert maximum limit of
    28         indemnity or indemnities), the excess insurance shall be
    29         void and all dues, premiums or other required
    30         contributions paid for such excess shall be returned to
    19870H1628B2005                 - 453 -

     1         the benefit member or to his estate or, in lieu thereof,
     2         insurance effective at any one time on the benefit member
     3         under a like certificate or certificates in this society
     4         is limited to the one such certificate elected by the
     5         benefit member, his beneficiary or his estate, as the
     6         case may be, and the society will return all dues,
     7         premiums or other required contributions paid for all
     8         other such certificates.
     9     (b)  Insurance with other benefit members.--There shall be a
    10  provision as follows:
    11         Insurance with Other Benefit Members: If there is other
    12         valid coverage, not with this society, providing benefits
    13         for the same loss on a provision of service basis or on
    14         an expense incurred basis and of which this society has
    15         not been given written notice prior to the occurrence or
    16         commencement of loss, the only liability under any
    17         expense incurred coverage of this certificate shall be
    18         for such proportion of the loss of the amount which would
    19         otherwise have been payable hereunder plus the total of
    20         the like amounts under all such other valid coverages for
    21         the same loss of which this society had notice bears to
    22         the total like amounts under all valid coverages for such
    23         loss, and for the return of such portion of the dues,
    24         premiums or other required contributions paid as shall
    25         exceed the pro rata portion for the amount so determined.
    26         For the purpose of applying this provision when other
    27         coverage is on a provision of service basis, the "like
    28         amount" of such other coverage shall be taken as the
    29         amount which the services rendered would have cost in the
    30         absence of such coverage.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 454 -

     1     (c)  Caption change for insurance with other benefit
     2  members.--If the contract provision set forth in subsection (a)
     3  is included in a certificate which also contains the contract
     4  provision set forth in subsection (e), there shall be added to
     5  the caption of the contract provision set forth in subsection
     6  (b) the phrase "... Expense Incurred Benefits."
     7     (d)  Definition of "other valid coverage" for insurance with
     8  other benefit members.--The society may include in the contract
     9  provision set forth in subsection (b) a definition of "other
    10  valid coverage," approved as to form by the department, which
    11  shall be limited in subject matter to coverage provided by
    12  organizations subject to regulation by insurance law or by
    13  insurance authorities of this Commonwealth or any other state or
    14  any province of Canada, and by hospital or medical service
    15  organizations, and to any other coverage the inclusion of which
    16  is approved by the department. In the absence of such
    17  definition, the term does not include group insurance or
    18  coverage provided by hospital or medical service organizations
    19  or by union welfare plans or employer or employee benefit
    20  organizations. For the purpose of applying the provision set
    21  forth in subsection (b) with respect to any benefit member, any
    22  amount of benefit provided for the member pursuant to any
    23  compulsory benefit statute, including any workmen's compensation
    24  or employers' liability statute, whether provided by a
    25  governmental agency or otherwise, shall be deemed "other valid
    26  coverage" of which the society has had notice; in applying this
    27  contract provision, in no event shall third party liability
    28  coverage be included as "other valid coverage."
    29     (e)  Insurance with other societies.--There shall be a
    30  provision as follows:
    19870H1628B2005                 - 455 -

     1         Insurance with Other Societies: If there is other valid
     2         coverage, not with this society, providing benefits for
     3         the same loss on other than an expense incurred basis and
     4         of which this society has not been given written notice
     5         prior to the occurrence or commencement of loss, the only
     6         liability for such benefits under this certificate shall
     7         be for such proportion of the indemnities otherwise
     8         provided hereunder for such loss as the like indemnities
     9         of which the society had notice (including the
    10         indemnities under this certificate) bear to the total
    11         amount of all like indemnities for such loss, and for the
    12         return of such portion of the dues, premiums or other
    13         required contributions paid as shall exceed the pro rata
    14         portion for the indemnities thus determined.
    15     (f)  Caption changes for insurance with other societies.--If
    16  the contract provision set forth in subsection (e) is included
    17  in a certificate which also contains the provision set forth in
    18  subsection (b) there shall be added to the caption of the
    19  foregoing provision the phrase "... other benefits."
    20     (g)  Definition of "other valid coverage" for insurance with
    21  other societies.--The society may include in the contract
    22  provision set forth in subsection (e) a definition of "other
    23  valid coverage," approved as to form by the department, which
    24  shall be limited in subject matter to coverage provided by
    25  organizations subject to regulation by insurance law or by
    26  insurance authorities of this Commonwealth or any other state or
    27  any province of Canada, and to any other coverage the inclusion
    28  of which may be approved by the department. In the absence of
    29  such definition, the term does not include group insurance or
    30  benefits provided by union welfare plans or by employer or
    19870H1628B2005                 - 456 -

     1  employee benefit organizations. For the purpose of applying the
     2  contract provision set forth in subsection (e) with respect to
     3  any benefit member, any amount of benefit provided for the
     4  insured pursuant to any compulsory benefit statute including any
     5  workmen's compensation or employers' liability statute, whether
     6  provided by a governmental agency or otherwise, shall be deemed
     7  "other valid coverage" of which the society has had notice; in
     8  applying this contract provision, in no event shall third party
     9  liability coverage be included as "other valid coverage."
    10  § 4565.  Relation of earnings to insurance.
    11     (a)  Reduction of payments to rates with earnings.--If
    12  permitted by subsection (b), there shall be a provision as
    13  follows:
    14         Relation of Earnings to Insurance: If the total monthly
    15         amount of loss of time benefits promised for the same
    16         loss under all valid loss of time coverage upon the
    17         benefit member, whether payable on a weekly or monthly
    18         basis, shall exceed the monthly earnings for the period
    19         of two years immediately preceding a disability for which
    20         claim is made, whichever is the greater, the society will
    21         be liable only for such proportionate amount of such
    22         benefits under this certificate as the amount of such
    23         monthly earnings or such average monthly earnings of the
    24         benefit member bears to the total amount of monthly
    25         benefits for the same loss under all such coverage upon
    26         the benefit member at the time such disability commences
    27         and for the return of such part of the dues, premiums or
    28         other required contributions paid during such two years
    29         as shall exceed the pro rata amount of the dues, premiums
    30         or other required contributions for the benefits actually
    19870H1628B2005                 - 457 -

     1         paid hereunder; but this shall not operate to reduce the
     2         total monthly amount of benefits payable under all such
     3         coverage upon the benefit member below the sum of $200 or
     4         the sum of the monthly benefits specified in such
     5         coverages, whichever is the lesser, nor shall it operate
     6         to reduce benefits other than those payable for loss of
     7         time.
     8     (b)  Limited use of provision.--The contract provision set
     9  forth in subsection (a) shall be inserted only in a certificate
    10  which the benefit member has the right to continue in force
    11  subject to its terms by the timely payment of dues, premiums or
    12  other required contributions until at least 50 years of age or,
    13  in the case of a certificate issued after 44 years of age, for
    14  at least five years from its date of issue.
    15     (c)  Definition of "valid loss of time coverage".--The
    16  society may include in the contract provision set forth in
    17  subsection (a), a definition of "valid loss of time coverage,"
    18  approved as to form by the department, which shall be limited in
    19  subject matter to coverage provided by governmental agencies or
    20  by organizations subject to regulation by insurance law or by
    21  insurance authorities of this Commonwealth or any other state or
    22  any province of Canada, or to any other coverage, the inclusion
    23  of which may be approved by the department, or any combination
    24  of such coverages. In the absence of such definition, the term
    25  does not include any coverage provided for the member pursuant
    26  to any compulsory benefit statute, including any workmen's
    27  compensation or employers' liability statute, or benefits
    28  provided by union welfare plans or by employer or employee
    29  benefit organizations.
    30  § 4566.  Cancellation.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 458 -

     1     There shall be a provision as follows:
     2         Cancellation: The society may cancel this certificate at
     3         any time by written notice delivered to the benefit
     4         member or mailed to his last address as shown by the
     5         records of the society, stating when, not less than 30
     6         days thereafter, such cancellation shall be effective;
     7         and after the certificate has been continued beyond its
     8         original term, the benefit member may cancel this
     9         certificate at any time by written notice delivered or
    10         mailed to the society, effective upon receipt or on such
    11         later date as may be specified in such notice. In the
    12         event of cancellation, the society will return promptly
    13         the unearned portion of any dues, premiums or other
    14         required contributions paid. If the benefit member
    15         cancels, the unearned dues, premiums or other required
    16         contributions shall be computed by the use of the short
    17         rate table last filed with the state official having
    18         supervision of insurance in the state where the benefit
    19         member resided when the certificate was issued. If the
    20         society cancels, the earned dues, premiums or other
    21         required contributions shall be computed pro rata.
    22         Cancellation shall be without prejudice to any claim
    23         originating prior to the effective date of cancellation.
    24  § 4567.  Conformity of provisions with state statutes.
    25     There shall be a provision as follows:
    26         Conformity with State Statutes: Any provision of this
    27         certificate which, on its effective date, is in conflict
    28         with the statutes of the state in which the benefit
    29         member resides on such date, is hereby amended to conform
    30         to the minimum requirements of such statutes.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 459 -

     1  § 4568.  Inapplicable provisions.
     2     (a)  Modification for type of coverage.--If any contract
     3  provision of this chapter is in whole or in part inapplicable to
     4  or inconsistent with the coverage provided by a particular form
     5  of certificate, the society, with the approval of the
     6  department, shall omit from the certificate any inapplicable
     7  provision and shall modify any inconsistent provision in such
     8  manner as to make the provision as contained in the certificate
     9  consistent with the coverage provided by the certificate.
    10     (b)  Power of department.--Where the department deems
    11  inapplicable, either in part or in their entirety, the contract
    12  provisions of this chapter, it may prescribe the portions or
    13  summary thereof of the contract to be printed on the certificate
    14  issued to the member.
    15  § 4569.  Composition and construction of certificates.
    16     (a)  Order of provisions.--The contract provisions prescribed
    17  by this chapter or any corresponding provisions which are used
    18  in lieu thereof in accordance therewith shall be printed in the
    19  consecutive order of the provisions therein or, at the option of
    20  the society, any such provision may appear as a unit in any part
    21  of the certificate, with other provisions to which it may be
    22  logically related, provided the resulting certificate shall not
    23  be in whole or in part unintelligible, ambiguous or misleading.
    24     (b)  Third-party ownership.--The term "benefit member," as
    25  used in this chapter, shall not be construed as preventing a
    26  person other than the benefit member with a proper insurable
    27  interest from making application for and owning a certificate
    28  covering the benefit member or from being entitled under such a
    29  certificate to any indemnities, benefits and rights provided
    30  therein.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 460 -

     1                            SUBCHAPTER F
     2                             LICENSURE
     3  Sec.
     4  4571.  Annual license for societies.
     5  4572.  Fees.
     6  4573.  Foreign or alien societies.
     7  4574.  Injunction, liquidation or receivership of domestic
     8         societies.
     9  4575.  Suspension, revocation or refusal of license to foreign
    10         or alien societies.
    11  4576.  Application for injunction.
    12  4577.  Licensure of fraternal insurance agents.
    13  § 4571.  Annual license for societies.
    14     The authority of the societies shall be renewed annually, on
    15  or before April 1.
    16  § 4572.  Fees.
    17     The department shall charge and collect fees under section
    18  613-A(3) of the act of April 9, 1929 (P.L.177, No.175), known as
    19  The Administrative Code of 1929. All agent's license fees for
    20  each domestic or foreign society, for life or accident and
    21  health lines, shall be paid in full at the time of issuance of
    22  the license and shall not be apportioned pro rata over the
    23  initial license period. All fees collected shall be paid daily
    24  into the State Treasury.
    25  § 4573.  Foreign or alien societies.
    26     (a)  License required.--A foreign or alien society shall not
    27  transact business in this Commonwealth without a license issued
    28  by the department. Any such society may be licensed to transact
    29  business in this Commonwealth upon filing with the department:
    30         (1)  A certified copy of its charter or articles of
    19870H1628B2005                 - 461 -

     1     incorporation.
     2         (2)  A copy of its constitution and bylaws, certified by
     3     its secretary or corresponding officer.
     4         (3)  A statement of its business under oath of its
     5     president and secretary or corresponding officers in a form
     6     prescribed by the department, duly verified by an examination
     7     satisfactory to the department, made by the supervising
     8     insurance official of its home state or other state, province
     9     or country.
    10         (4)  A certificate from the proper official of its home
    11     state, province or country that the society is legally
    12     incorporated and licensed to transact business therein.
    13         (5)  Copies of its certificate forms.
    14         (6)  Such other information as the department believes
    15     necessary.
    16         (7)  Proof that its assets are invested in accordance
    17     with this chapter.
    18     (b)  Qualifications.--Any foreign or alien society desiring
    19  authority to transact business in this Commonwealth shall have
    20  the qualifications required of domestic societies organized
    21  under this chapter.
    22  § 4574.  Injunction, liquidation or receivership of domestic
    23             societies.
    24     (a)  Findings and notification.--When the department upon
    25  investigation finds that a domestic society:
    26         (1)  has exceeded its powers;
    27         (2)  has failed to comply with any provision of this
    28     chapter;
    29         (3)  is not fulfilling its contracts in good faith;
    30         (4)  has a membership of less than 400 after an existence
    19870H1628B2005                 - 462 -

     1     of one year or more; or
     2         (5)  is conducting business fraudulently or in a manner
     3     hazardous to its members, creditors, the public or the
     4     business;
     5  it shall notify the society of the deficiencies. The department
     6  shall immediately issue a written notice to the society
     7  requiring that any such deficiencies be corrected. After this
     8  notice the society shall have a 30-day period in which to comply
     9  with the department's request. If the society fails to comply,
    10  the department shall notify the society of its findings of
    11  noncompliance and require the society to show cause, at a
    12  hearing on a date named, why it should not be enjoined from
    13  carrying on any business until the violation complained of has
    14  been corrected, or why an action in quo warranto should not be
    15  commenced against the society.
    16     (b)  Presentation to Attorney General.--If on the hearing
    17  date the society does not present sufficient reasons why it
    18  should not be so enjoined or why such action should not be
    19  commenced, the department may present the facts relating thereto
    20  to the Attorney General who shall, if he deems the circumstances
    21  warrant, commence an action to enjoin the society from
    22  transacting business or in quo warranto. An action under this
    23  section shall not be recognized in any court unless commenced by
    24  the Attorney General upon request of the department.
    25     (c)  Hearing.--If after a full hearing, after adequate notice
    26  to the society, it appears that the society should be so
    27  enjoined or liquidated or a receiver appointed, the court shall
    28  enter the necessary order.
    29     (d)  Prerequisites for lifting injunction.--A society so
    30  enjoined shall not have the authority to do business until all
    19870H1628B2005                 - 463 -

     1  of the following have occurred:
     2         (1)  The department finds that the violation complained
     3     of has been corrected.
     4         (2)  The costs of such action are paid by the society, if
     5     the court finds that the society was in default as charged.
     6         (3)  The court dissolves its injunction.
     7         (4)  The department reinstates the certificate of
     8     authority.
     9     (e)  Court order for liquidation.--If the court orders the
    10  society liquidated, it shall be enjoined from carrying on any
    11  further business. The receiver of the society shall proceed
    12  immediately to take possession of the books, papers, money and
    13  other assets of the society and, under the direction of the
    14  court, proceed immediately to close the affairs of the society
    15  and to distribute its funds to those entitled thereto. Whenever
    16  a receiver is to be appointed for a domestic society, the court
    17  shall appoint the department as receiver.
    18     (f)  Applicability to voluntary discontinuance.--The
    19  provisions of this section relating to hearing by the
    20  department, action by the Attorney General at the request of the
    21  department, hearing by the court, injunction and receivership
    22  shall apply to a society which voluntarily determines to
    23  discontinue business.
    24  § 4575.  Suspension, revocation or refusal of license to foreign
    25             or alien societies.
    26     (a)  Findings and notification.--When the department upon
    27  investigation finds that a foreign or alien society transacting
    28  or applying to transact business in this Commonwealth:
    29         (1)  has exceeded its powers;
    30         (2)  has failed to comply with any of the provisions of
    19870H1628B2005                 - 464 -

     1     this chapter;
     2         (3)  is not fulfilling its contracts in good faith; or
     3         (4)  is conducting its business fraudulently or in a
     4     manner hazardous to its members or creditors or the public;
     5  it shall notify the society of the deficiencies. The department
     6  shall immediately issue a written notice to the society
     7  requiring that any such deficiencies be corrected. After the
     8  notice the society shall have a 30-day period in which to comply
     9  with the department's request. If the society fails to comply,
    10  the department shall notify the society of its findings of
    11  noncompliance and require the society to show cause, at a
    12  hearing on a date named, why its license should not be
    13  suspended, revoked or refused. If on the hearing date the
    14  society does not present good and sufficient reason why the
    15  action proposed by the department should not be taken, the
    16  department may suspend or refuse the license of the society to
    17  do business in this Commonwealth until satisfactory evidence is
    18  furnished to the department that the suspension or refusal
    19  should be withdrawn or the department may revoke the authority
    20  of the society to do business in this Commonwealth.
    21     (b)  Continuation of contracts.--This section does not
    22  prevent any such society from continuing in good faith all
    23  contracts made in this Commonwealth during the time the society
    24  was legally authorized to transact business.
    25  § 4576.  Application for injunction.
    26     An application or petition for injunction with respect to any
    27  regulatory law administered by the department against any
    28  domestic, foreign or alien society, or branch thereof, shall not
    29  be recognized in any court unless made by the Attorney General
    30  upon request of the department.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 465 -

     1  § 4577.  Licensure of fraternal insurance agents.
     2     (a)  Licensure requirement.--Agents of societies shall be
     3  licensed in accordance with this section.
     4     (b)  Payment of commissions.--A society doing business in
     5  this Commonwealth shall not pay any commission or other
     6  compensation to any person for any services in obtaining in this
     7  Commonwealth any new contract of life, accident or health
     8  insurance, or any new annuity contract, except to a licensed
     9  fraternal insurance agent of the society.
    10     (c)  Issuance of license.--The department may issue a license
    11  to any person who has paid the annual license fee and who has
    12  complied with the requirements of this section, authorizing the
    13  licensee to act as a fraternal insurance agent on behalf of any
    14  society named in the license which is authorized to do business
    15  in this Commonwealth.
    16     (d)  Supporting documents.--A fraternal insurance agent's
    17  license shall not be issued until there is on file in the office
    18  of the department the following documents:
    19         (1)  A written application by the prospective licensee,
    20     in such form or forms and containing such information as the
    21     department may prescribe.
    22         (2)  A certificate by the society to be named in the
    23     license, stating that the society has satisfied itself that
    24     the named applicant is trustworthy and competent to act as
    25     its fraternal insurance agent and that the society will
    26     appoint the applicant to act as its agent if the license is
    27     issued by the department. This certificate shall be executed
    28     and acknowledged by an officer or managing agent of the
    29     society.
    30     (e)  Types of licenses.--Except as otherwise provided in this
    19870H1628B2005                 - 466 -

     1  section, fraternal insurance agents shall be licensed as life or
     2  accident and health agents, or both, except that the examination
     3  requirements of such provisions shall not apply to:
     4         (1)  Any fraternal insurance agent who was in the service
     5     of a society on January 29, 1978.
     6         (2)  A fraternal insurance agent who, in the preceding
     7     calendar year, has solicited and procured life insurance
     8     contracts on behalf of any society in an amount of insurance
     9     not in excess of $100,000 or, in the case of any other kinds
    10     of insurance which the society might write, on the persons of
    11     not more than 25 individuals and who has received or will
    12     receive a commission or compensation therefor.
    13     (f)  Denial of license.--The department may refuse to issue
    14  or renew any fraternal insurance agent's license if in its
    15  judgment the proposed licensee is not trustworthy and competent
    16  to act as such an agent, or has given cause for revocation or
    17  suspension of the license, or has failed to comply with any
    18  prerequisite for the issuance or renewal of the license.
    19     (g)  License terms.--The term, expiration, renewal
    20  procedures, termination notice requirements and the causes for
    21  revocation or suspension of the license shall be as contained in
    22  Chapter 11 (relating to agents and brokers) with respect to
    23  licenses of life, accident and health insurance agents, except
    24  as inconsistent with this section.
    25     (h)  Definition.--As used in this section, the term
    26  "fraternal insurance agent" means any authorized or acknowledged
    27  agent or representative of a society who acts as such in the
    28  solicitation, negotiation or procurement or making of a life
    29  insurance, accident and health insurance or annuity contract.
    30  The term does not include:
    19870H1628B2005                 - 467 -

     1         (1)  Any regular salaried officer or employee of a
     2     licensed society whose services are devoted substantially to
     3     activities other than the solicitation of insurance
     4     contracts, and who receives for the solicitation of such
     5     contracts no commission or other compensation directly
     6     dependent upon the amount of business obtained.
     7         (2)  Any member of a society whose solicitation or
     8     negotiation of insurance contracts is incidental to securing
     9     new members for his society and whose only remuneration
    10     consists of prizes in the form of merchandise or payments of
    11     nominal amounts.
    12                            SUBCHAPTER G
    13                      REGULATION OF OPERATIONS
    14  Sec.
    15  4581.  Funds.
    16  4582.  Investments.
    17  4583.  Report of financial condition.
    18  4584.  Determination of reserves.
    19  4585.  Deferred payments as liability.
    20  4586.  Certification of valuation.
    21  4587.  Valuation standards.
    22  4588.  Excess reserves.
    23  4589.  Examination of societies.
    24  4590.  Misrepresentations.
    25  4591.  Discrimination and rebates.
    26  4592.  Penalties.
    27  § 4581.  Funds.
    28     (a)  Assets of society.--All assets shall be held, invested
    29  and disbursed for the use and benefit of the society, and a
    30  member or beneficiary shall not have or acquire individual
    19870H1628B2005                 - 468 -

     1  rights therein or become entitled to any apportionment or the
     2  surrender of any part thereof, except as provided in the
     3  contract.
     4     (b)  Use of funds.--A society may create, maintain, invest,
     5  disburse and apply any special funds necessary to carry out any
     6  purpose permitted by the bylaws of the society.
     7     (c)  Statement of purposes and proportions of payments.--
     8  Every society, the admitted assets of which are less than the
     9  sum of its accrued liabilities and reserves under all of its
    10  certificates when valued according to standards required for
    11  life insurance companies for certificates issued after January
    12  29, 1979, shall, in every provision of the bylaws of the society
    13  for payments by members of the society, distinctly state the
    14  purpose of the same and the proportion thereof which may be used
    15  for expenses. The money collected for mortuary or disability
    16  purposes or the net accretions thereto shall not be used for
    17  expenses.
    18  § 4582.  Investments.
    19     (a)  General rule.--A society shall invest its funds only in
    20  the investments authorized by this title for the investment of
    21  assets of life insurance companies. Any foreign or alien society
    22  permitted or seeking to do business in this Commonwealth which
    23  invests its funds in accordance with the law of the state,
    24  province or country in which it is incorporated is deemed to
    25  meet the requirements of this section for the investment of
    26  funds.
    27     (b)  Certain real estate.--In addition to the investment of
    28  assets as prescribed under subsection (a), a fraternal benefit
    29  society may purchase, receive, hold and convey real estate or
    30  any interest therein for the purpose of maintenance or
    19870H1628B2005                 - 469 -

     1  construction of camps or recreational areas with necessary
     2  facilities for all its members. Such assets shall be shown on
     3  the annual statement at cost in the year acquired and may not
     4  exceed 5% of other admitted assets of the society.
     5  § 4583.  Report of financial condition.
     6     (a)  Requirement.--Every society transacting business in this
     7  Commonwealth shall annually, on or before March 1, unless for
     8  cause shown the time is extended by the department, file with
     9  the department a true statement of its financial condition,
    10  transactions and affairs for the preceding calendar year and pay
    11  the applicable fee. The statement shall be in general form and
    12  content as approved by the National Association of Insurance
    13  Commissioners for fraternal benefit societies and as
    14  supplemented by additional information as required by the
    15  department.
    16     (b)  Synopsis of report to members.--A synopsis of its annual
    17  statement providing an explanation of the facts concerning the
    18  condition of the society disclosed in the statement shall be
    19  printed and mailed to each benefit member of the society not
    20  later than June 1 of each year, or the synopsis may instead be
    21  published in the society's official publication.
    22     (c)  Report of valuation of certificates.--As a part of the
    23  annual statement each society shall, on or before March 1, file
    24  with the department a valuation of its certificates in force at
    25  the end of the preceding calendar year. The department may for
    26  cause shown extend the time for filing the valuation to not
    27  later than May 1. The report of valuation shall show as reserve
    28  liabilities the difference between the present midyear value of
    29  the promised benefits provided in the certificates of the
    30  society in force and the present midyear value of the future net
    19870H1628B2005                 - 470 -

     1  premiums as are actually collected, not including therein any
     2  value for the right to make extra assessments or any amount by
     3  which the present midyear value of future net premiums exceeds
     4  the present midyear value of promised benefits on individual
     5  certificates. At the option of the society the valuation may
     6  instead show the net tabular value. The net tabular value as to
     7  certificates issued prior to January 29, 1979, shall be
     8  determined in accordance with the law applicable prior to
     9  January 29, 1978, and as to certificates issued on or after
    10  January 29, 1979, shall not be less than the reserves determined
    11  according to the departments' reserve valuation method under
    12  section 4584 (relating to determination of reserves). If the
    13  premium charged is less than the tabular net premium according
    14  to the basis of valuation used, an additional reserve equal to
    15  the present value of the deficiency in such premiums shall be
    16  maintained as a liability. The reserve liabilities shall be
    17  properly adjusted if the midyear or tabular values are not
    18  appropriate.
    19     (d)  Penalty.--A society which neglects to file the annual
    20  statement in the form and within the time provided by this
    21  section shall forfeit $100 for each day during which such
    22  neglect continues and, upon notice by the department to that
    23  effect, its authority to do business in this Commonwealth shall
    24  cease while such default continues.
    25  § 4584.  Determination of reserves.
    26     (a)  Uniform life insurance and endowment benefits.--Reserves
    27  according to the department's reserve valuation method for the
    28  life insurance and endowment benefits of certificates providing
    29  for a uniform amount of insurance and requiring the payment of
    30  uniform premiums, shall be the excess, if any, of the present
    19870H1628B2005                 - 471 -

     1  value, at the date of valuation, of the future guaranteed
     2  benefits provided for by such certificates, over the then
     3  present value of any future modified net premiums therefor. The
     4  modified net premiums for any such certificate shall be such a
     5  uniform percentage of the respective contract premiums for such
     6  benefits that the present value, at the date of issue of the
     7  certificate, of all such modified net premiums shall be equal to
     8  the sum of the then present value of such benefits provided for
     9  by the certificate and the excess of paragraph (1) over
    10  paragraph (2) as follows:
    11         (1)  A net level premium equal to the present value, at
    12     the date of issue, of such benefits provided for after the
    13     first certificate year, divided by the present value, at the
    14     date of issue, of an annuity of one a year payable on the
    15     first and each subsequent anniversary of such certificate on
    16     which a premium falls due; provided however, that this net
    17     level annual premium shall not exceed the net level annual
    18     premium on the 19-year premium whole life plan for insurance
    19     of the same amount at an age one year higher than the age at
    20     issue of the certificate.
    21         (2)  A net one year term premium for such benefits
    22     provided for in the first certificate year.
    23     (b)  Other benefits.--Reserves according to the
    24  commissioners' reserve valuation method for:
    25         (1)  life insurance benefits for varying amounts of
    26     benefits or requiring the payment of varying premiums;
    27         (2)  annuity and pure endowment benefits;
    28         (3)  disability and accidental death benefits in all
    29     certificates and contracts; and
    30         (4)  all other benefits except life insurance and
    19870H1628B2005                 - 472 -

     1     endowment benefits;
     2  shall be calculated by a method consistent with the principles
     3  of this section.
     4  § 4585.  Deferred payments as liability.
     5     The present value of deferred payments due under incurred
     6  claims or matured certificates shall be deemed a liability of
     7  the society and shall be computed upon mortality and interest
     8  standards prescribed in sections 4586 (relating to certification
     9  of valuation) and 4587 (relating to valuation standards).
    10  § 4586.  Certification of valuation.
    11     The valuation and underlying data shall be certified by a
    12  competent actuary or, at the expense of the society, verified by
    13  the actuary of the department of insurance of the state of
    14  domicile of the society.
    15  § 4587.  Valuation standards.
    16     (a)  Valuation for earlier certificates.--The minimum
    17  standards of valuation for certificates issued prior to January
    18  29, 1979, shall be those provided by the law applicable
    19  immediately prior to January 29, 1978, but not lower than the
    20  standards used in the calculating of rates for such
    21  certificates.
    22     (b)  Valuation for certificates after January 29, 1979.--The
    23  minimum standard of valuation for certificates issued after
    24  January 29, 1979, shall be 3.5% interest and the following
    25  tables:
    26         (1)  For certificates of life insurance, the American Men
    27     Ultimate Table of Mortality, with Bowerman's or Davis'
    28     Extension thereof, or with the consent of the department, the
    29     Commissioners 1941 Standard Ordinary Mortality Table, the
    30     Commissioners 1941 Standard Industrial Mortality Table or the
    19870H1628B2005                 - 473 -

     1     Commissioners 1958 Standard Ordinary Mortality Table, using
     2     actual age of the insured for male risks and an age not more
     3     than three years younger than the actual age of the insured
     4     for female risks.
     5         (2)  For annuity and pure endowment certificates,
     6     excluding any disability and accidental death benefits in
     7     such certificates, the 1937 Standard Annuity Mortality Table
     8     or the Annuity Mortality Table for 1949, Ultimate, or any
     9     modification of either of these tables approved by the
    10     department.
    11         (3)  For total and permanent disability benefits in or
    12     supplementary to life insurance certificates, Hunter's
    13     Disability Table, or the Class III Disability Table (1926)
    14     modified to conform to the contractual waiting period, or the
    15     tables of Period 2 disablement rates and the 1930 to 1950
    16     termination rates of the 1952 Disability Study of the Society
    17     of Actuaries with due regard to the type of benefit. Any such
    18     table shall, for active lives, be combined with a mortality
    19     table permitted for calculating the reserves for life
    20     insurance certificates.
    21         (4)  For accidental death benefits in or supplementary to
    22     life insurance certificates, the Inter-Company Double
    23     Indemnity Mortality Table or the 1959 Accidental Death
    24     Benefits Table. Either table shall be combined with a
    25     mortality table permitted for calculating the reserves for
    26     life insurance certificates.
    27         (5)  For noncancelable accident and health benefits, the
    28     Class III Disability Table (1926) with conference
    29     modifications or, with the consent of the department, tables
    30     based upon the society's own experience.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 474 -

     1     (c)  Applicability of life insurance standards.--Any society
     2  may value its certificates in accordance with valuation
     3  standards authorized under this table for the valuation of
     4  policies issued by life insurance companies.
     5     (d)  Standards prescribed by department.--The department may
     6  accept other standards for valuation if it finds that the
     7  reserves produced thereby will not be less in the aggregate than
     8  reserves computed in accordance with the minimum valuation
     9  standard prescribed under subsection (a), (b) or (c). The
    10  department may vary the standards of mortality applicable to all
    11  certificates of insurance on substandard lives or other
    12  especially hazardous lives by any society authorized to do
    13  business in this Commonwealth. Whenever the mortality experience
    14  under all certificates valued on the same mortality table is in
    15  excess of the expected mortality according to such table for a
    16  period of three consecutive years, the department may require
    17  additional reserves when deemed necessary on account of such
    18  certificates.
    19  § 4588.  Excess reserves.
    20     Any society, with the consent of the department of insurance
    21  of the state of domicile of the society and under any conditions
    22  it imposes, may establish and maintain reserves on its
    23  certificates in excess of the reserves required thereunder, but
    24  the contractual rights of any insured member shall not be
    25  affected thereby.
    26  § 4589.  Examination of societies.
    27     (a)  Domestic societies.--The department may visit and
    28  examine into the affairs of any domestic society, and it shall
    29  make such examination at least once in every four years. It
    30  shall have free access to all books, papers and documents that
    19870H1628B2005                 - 475 -

     1  relate to the business of the society. The minutes of the
     2  proceedings of the supreme legislative or governing body and of
     3  the board of directors or corresponding body of a society shall
     4  be in the English language. In making the examination, the
     5  department may examine the officers, agents and employees or
     6  other persons under oath in relation to the affairs,
     7  transactions and condition of the society. A summary of the
     8  report of the department, and such recommendations or statements
     9  of the department as may accompany the report, shall be read at
    10  the first meeting of the board of directors or corresponding
    11  body of the society following the receipt thereof and, if
    12  directed so to do by the department, shall also be read at the
    13  first meeting of the supreme legislative or governing body of
    14  the society following receipt. A copy of the report,
    15  recommendations and statements of the department shall be
    16  furnished by the society to each member of the board of
    17  directors or other governing body. The expense of each
    18  examination and of each valuation, including compensation and
    19  actual expense of examiners, shall be paid by the society
    20  examined or whose certificates are valued, upon statements
    21  furnished by the department.
    22     (b)  Foreign and alien societies.--The department may examine
    23  any foreign or alien society transacting or applying for
    24  admission to transact business in this Commonwealth. It shall
    25  have free access to all books, papers and documents that relate
    26  to the business of the society. The department may accept, in
    27  lieu of such examination, the examination of the insurance
    28  department of the state, province or country where the society
    29  is organized. The compensation and actual expenses of the
    30  examiners making any examination or general or special valuation
    19870H1628B2005                 - 476 -

     1  shall be paid by the society examined or by the society whose
     2  certificate obligations have been valued, upon statements
     3  furnished by the department.
     4     (c)  Restrictions on publications.--The department shall not
     5  make public or permit to become public any financial statement,
     6  report or finding affecting the status, standing or rights of
     7  any society, until a copy thereof is served upon the society at
     8  its principal office and the society is afforded a reasonable
     9  opportunity to comment on the material and to make such showing
    10  in connection therewith as it may desire.
    11     (d)  Objections.--Societies which have been examined by the
    12  department have the privilege of objecting to the report of
    13  examination within 30 days after reception of the report. If any
    14  objection is made, the department will grant a hearing to the
    15  society before making the report available for public
    16  inspection.
    17  § 4590.  Misrepresentations.
    18     (a)  Offense.--A person shall not cause or permit to be made,
    19  issued or circulated in any form:
    20         (1)  Any misrepresentation or false or misleading
    21     statement concerning the terms, benefits or advantages of any
    22     fraternal insurance contract now issued or to be issued in
    23     this Commonwealth, or the financial condition of any society.
    24         (2)  Any false or misleading estimate or statement
    25     concerning the dividends or shares of surplus paid or to be
    26     paid by any society on any insurance contract.
    27         (3)  Any incomplete comparison of an insurance contract
    28     of one society with an insurance contract of another society
    29     or insurer for the purpose of inducing the lapse, forfeiture
    30     or surrender of any insurance contract. A comparison of
    19870H1628B2005                 - 477 -

     1     insurance contracts is incomplete if:
     2             (i)  it does not compare in detail:
     3                 (A)  the gross rates, and the gross rates less
     4             any dividend or other reduction allowed at the date
     5             of the comparison; or
     6                 (B)  any increase in cash values, and all the
     7             benefits provided by each contract for the possible
     8             duration thereof as determined by the life expectancy
     9             of the insured; or
    10             (ii)  it omits from consideration:
    11                 (A)  any benefit or value provided in the
    12             contract;
    13                 (B)  any differences as to amount or period of
    14             rates; or
    15                 (C)  any differences in limitations or conditions
    16             or provisions which directly or indirectly affect the
    17             benefits.
    18     In any determination of the incompleteness or misleading
    19     character of any comparison or statement, it shall be
    20     presumed that the insured had no knowledge of any of the
    21     contents of the contract involved.
    22     (b)  Penalty.--Any person who violates any provision of this
    23  section or knowingly receives any compensation or commission by
    24  or in consequence of such violation, commits a misdemeanor of
    25  the third degree. The violator shall in addition be liable for a
    26  civil penalty in the amount of three times the sum received by
    27  the violator as compensation or commission, which penalty may be
    28  sued for and recovered by any person or society aggrieved for
    29  his or its own use and benefit.
    30  § 4591.  Discrimination and rebates.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 478 -

     1     (a)  Discrimination.--A society doing business in this
     2  Commonwealth shall not make or permit any unfair discrimination
     3  between benefit members, spouses or dependents of the same class
     4  and equal expectation of life in the premiums charged for
     5  certificates of insurance, in the dividends or other benefits
     6  payable thereon or in any other of the terms and conditions of
     7  the contracts it makes.
     8     (b)  Rebates.--A society, agent or solicitor shall not
     9  directly or indirectly offer, promise, allow, give, set off or
    10  pay any valuable consideration or inducement to or for insurance
    11  on any risk authorized to be taken by the society, which is not
    12  specified in the certificate. A member shall not receive or
    13  accept, directly or indirectly, any rebate, favor or advantage,
    14  share in the dividends or other benefits or any valuable
    15  consideration or inducement not specified in the contract of
    16  insurance.
    17  § 4592.  Penalties.
    18     (a)  False statements.--A person shall not willfully make a
    19  false or fraudulent statement in or relating to an application
    20  for membership or for the purpose of obtaining money from or a
    21  benefit in any society.
    22     (b)  Solicitation by unlicensed society.--Any person who
    23  solicits membership for or in any manner assists in procuring
    24  membership in any society not licensed to do business in this
    25  Commonwealth commits a misdemeanor of the third degree.
    26     (c)  Other criminal penalties.--Any person guilty of a
    27  willful violation of, or neglect or refusal to comply with, this
    28  chapter for which a penalty is not otherwise prescribed commits
    29  a summary offense.
    30     (d)  Civil penalties.--Upon satisfactory evidence of a
    19870H1628B2005                 - 479 -

     1  violation of this chapter, the department may, in lieu of
     2  seeking criminal prosecution, suspend, revoke or refuse to renew
     3  the license of the offending party or impose a civil penalty of
     4  not more than $1,000 for each violation.
     5                             CHAPTER 47
     6                          MUTUAL COMPANIES
     7  Sec.
     8  4701.  Definition.
     9  4702.  Licensing of foreign or alien companies.
    10  4703.  Investment of assets.
    11  4704.  Investments in real estate.
    12  4705.  Policy provisions.
    13  4706.  Countersigning and delivery of policies.
    14  4707.  Premiums.
    15  4708.  Reserves.
    16  4709.  Assessments.
    17  4710.  Loans to companies.
    18  4711.  Surplus.
    19  § 4701.  Definition.
    20     As used in this chapter, the term "mutual company" means a
    21  mutual insurance company, other than a mutual life insurance
    22  company.
    23  § 4702.  Licensing of foreign or alien companies.
    24     Any foreign mutual company authorized to transact the
    25  business of insurance on the mutual plan may, on application,
    26  obtain authority to transact the kinds of insurance authorized
    27  by its charter or articles of association, subject to its
    28  compliance with the provisions and requirements of this title
    29  applicable to mutual companies transacting such insurance. Any
    30  alien mutual insurance company desiring such authority shall
    19870H1628B2005                 - 480 -

     1  make and maintain the deposit required of alien stock insurance
     2  companies transacting the same kind of insurance. Such authority
     3  shall be subject to all the provisions of law relating to
     4  information to and examinations by the department, annual
     5  reports, taxes and the renewal of certificates of authority
     6  applicable to stock insurance companies transacting the same
     7  kinds of insurance, except as otherwise provided in this
     8  chapter.
     9  § 4703.  Investment of assets.
    10     A domestic mutual company shall not invest any of its assets
    11  except in accordance with this title as it relates to the
    12  investment of the capital and surplus of domestic stock
    13  insurance companies authorized to transact the same class or
    14  classes of insurance, and in accordance with the following
    15  provisions:
    16         (1)  A mutual company that writes assessable policies
    17     shall invest its assets only in accordance with the
    18     provisions of this title relating to the investment of the
    19     capital of domestic stock insurance companies authorized to
    20     transact the same class or classes of insurance.
    21         (2)  A mutual company that writes nonassessable policies
    22     shall invest its assets in accordance with the provisions of
    23     this title relating to the investment of the capital of
    24     domestic stock insurance companies authorized to transact the
    25     same class or classes of insurance, and may invest any of its
    26     excess over and above an amount equal to the minimum capital
    27     requirements of such stock companies in accordance with the
    28     provisions of this title relating to the investment of the
    29     surplus of domestic stock insurance companies authorized to
    30     transact such class or classes of insurance.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 481 -

     1  § 4704.  Investments in real estate.
     2     A domestic mutual company may purchase, receive, hold and
     3  convey only the following kinds of real estate:
     4         (1)  Real estate necessary for its accommodation in the
     5     transaction of its business.
     6         (2)  Real estate conveyed to it in satisfaction of debts
     7     previously contracted in the course of its dealings.
     8         (3)  Real estate purchased at sales upon judgments,
     9     decrees or mortgages obtained or made for debts due the
    10     company or for debts due other persons if the company has
    11     liens or encumbrances on the same, and the purchase is
    12     believed necessary to save the company from loss.
    13  All real estate other than that purchased and held under
    14  paragraph (1) shall be sold and disposed of within five years
    15  after the company has acquired title thereto.
    16  § 4705.  Policy provisions.
    17     Mutual companies may insert in any form of policy prescribed
    18  by this title any provision or condition required by its plan of
    19  insurance which is not inconsistent or in conflict with this
    20  title. The policy, in lieu of conforming to the language and
    21  form prescribed by this title, may conform thereto in substance,
    22  if the policy includes a provision or endorsement reciting that
    23  the policy shall be construed as if in the language and form
    24  prescribed by this title, and a copy of the policy and
    25  endorsements is first filed with and is not disapproved by the
    26  department.
    27  § 4706.  Countersigning and delivery of policies.
    28     A mutual company shall comply with the provisions of this
    29  title applicable to stock insurance companies transacting the
    30  same kind of insurance, requiring that policies be countersigned
    19870H1628B2005                 - 482 -

     1  and delivered through a resident agent, unless no commission is
     2  paid to any local agent on the policy.
     3  § 4707.  Premiums.
     4     (a)  Maximum premium.--The maximum premium payable by any
     5  member of a mutual company shall be expressed in the policy or
     6  in the application for the insurance if attached to the policy.
     7  The maximum premium shall be a cash premium and an additional
     8  contingent premium not less than the cash premium or may be
     9  solely a cash premium.
    10     (b)  Surplus.--A policy shall not be issued for a cash
    11  premium without an additional contingent premium, unless the
    12  company has and maintains a surplus which is not less in amount
    13  than the minimum capital required of domestic stock insurance
    14  companies authorized to transact the same class or classes of
    15  insurance.
    16     (c)  Nonassessable policies.--Before a mutual company may
    17  issue a nonassessable policy, the president and secretary shall
    18  furnish the department a certified copy of the resolution of the
    19  board of directors providing for the issuance of a nonassessable
    20  policy, and shall certify that the company possesses a surplus
    21  as required under subsection (b) and that the company is
    22  otherwise qualified under its charter and bylaws. When the
    23  department is satisfied that the company meets the requirements
    24  as certified, it shall issue to the company a certificate of
    25  authority for the issuance of nonassessable policies. Any
    26  nonassessable policy issued while the certificate is in force
    27  shall remain nonassessable under all conditions, including any
    28  surplus deficiency and including liquidation of the company.
    29  This certificate shall continue in effect until revoked under
    30  this section. The president and secretary of the company shall
    19870H1628B2005                 - 483 -

     1  file with the department, on or before April 1 of each year, a
     2  certification that the resolution of the board of directors
     3  providing for the issuance of nonassessable policies has not
     4  been modified or revoked and that the company has the surplus as
     5  required under subsection (b). The department may, after
     6  hearing, revoke the certificate of authority to issue a
     7  nonassessable policy if it finds that the company does not have
     8  the surplus as required under subsection (b), and shall revoke
     9  the certificate upon receipt of certification by the president
    10  and secretary that the company no longer qualifies to issue
    11  nonassessable policies.
    12     (d)  Violations and penalties.--Any officer or director who
    13  willfully makes a false certification that the company possesses
    14  the surplus as required under subsection (b) commits a
    15  misdemeanor of the third degree.
    16  § 4708.  Reserves.
    17     A mutual company shall maintain unearned premium and other
    18  reserves separately, for each kind of insurance, upon the same
    19  basis as that required of domestic stock insurance companies
    20  transacting the same kind of insurance, except that the
    21  department may, by written order, fix a different basis of
    22  reserve for losses and claim in workmen's compensation
    23  insurance. Any reserve for losses or claims based upon the
    24  premium income shall be computed upon the net premium income,
    25  after deducting any so-called dividend or premium returned or
    26  credited to the member. The provisions relating to unearned
    27  premium reserve do not apply to a policy issued by a domestic
    28  mutual fire insurance company under the authority of section
    29  3302(b)(1) (relating to authorized classes of insurance) if the
    30  policy includes or if a promissory note attached thereto
    19870H1628B2005                 - 484 -

     1  includes a limited or unlimited liability to assessment.
     2  § 4709.  Assessments.
     3     (a)  General rule.--A mutual company lacking assets at least
     4  equal to the unearned premium reserve and other liabilities
     5  shall make an assessment upon its members liable to assessment
     6  to provide for the deficiency. The assessment shall be against
     7  each member in proportion to the liability as expressed in his
     8  policy.
     9     (b)  Limitations.--An assessment shall not be made without
    10  the prior written approval of the department. A member shall not
    11  be assessed for any loss that occurred when his policy was not
    12  in effect, and an assessment shall not be made after two years
    13  from the expiration or cancellation date of a policy. For each
    14  year the policy is in force, the assessment shall be an amount
    15  not greater than the annual or the average yearly cost or
    16  premium of the policy for the period it has been in effect. The
    17  assessment shall not exceed two times the average yearly cost or
    18  premium of the policy for the period it has been in effect.
    19     (c)  Powers of department.--The department may, by written
    20  order, relieve the company from an assessment or other
    21  proceedings to restore its assets during the time fixed in such
    22  order. Any domestic company which is deficient in providing the
    23  unearned premium reserve may, notwithstanding the deficiency, be
    24  authorized under this chapter on the condition that it shall
    25  each year thereafter reduce the deficiency by at least 15% of
    26  the original amount thereof, and in such case it may increase
    27  its assessments accordingly.
    28     (d)  Applicability.--This section is not applicable to
    29  assessments made upon the members of a company by the department
    30  pursuant to its authority under Chapter 59 (relating to fire and
    19870H1628B2005                 - 485 -

     1  marine insurance).
     2  § 4710.  Loans to companies.
     3     Any director, officer or member of any mutual company, or any
     4  other person, may loan the company any sum of money necessary
     5  for the purpose of its business or to enable it to comply with
     6  any of the requirements of law. These loans and the interest
     7  thereon as agreed upon, not exceeding 10% a year, shall not be a
     8  liability or claim against the company or any of its assets, and
     9  shall be repaid only out of the surplus earnings of the company.
    10  Commission or promotion expenses shall not be paid in connection
    11  with the loan and the amount thereof shall be reported in each
    12  annual statement. The company shall prior to obtaining such a
    13  loan provide the department with such evidence as it may by
    14  regulation prescribe concerning the making of any loan or the
    15  making of any payments, whether of principal or interest, on
    16  account thereof.
    17  § 4711.  Surplus.
    18     A mutual company shall not transact the class of insurance
    19  mentioned in section 3302(c)(1) (relating to authorized classes
    20  of insurance) until it has and maintains at all times a surplus
    21  over all liabilities including unearned premiums, computed in
    22  accordance with this title, of not less than $250,000. This
    23  section does not reduce the surplus required under section
    24  4707(b) (relating to premiums).
    25                              PART IV
    26                   SPECIAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO
    27                     PARTICULAR CLASSES OF RISK
    28  Chapter
    29    51.  General Provisions (Reserved)
    30    53.  Life Insurance
    19870H1628B2005                 - 486 -

     1    55.  Property and Casualty Insurance
     2    57.  Pennsylvania Fair Plan
     3    59.  Fire and Marine Insurance
     4    61.  Eligibility for Motor Vehicle Insurance
     5    63.  Motor Vehicle Financial Responsibility
     6    65.  Credit Insurance
     7    67.  Title Insurance
     8    69.  Health and Accident Insurance
     9    71.  Health Care Services Malpractice
    10    73.  Health Maintenance Organizations
    11    74.  Continuing Care Providers
    12    75.  Hospital Plan Corporations
    13    77.  Professional Health Services Plan Corporations
    14    79.  Surety Companies
    15    81.  Property and Casualty Insurance Guaranty Association
    16    83.  Life and health Insurance Guaranty Association
    17    85.  Insurance Premium Finance Companies
    18                             CHAPTER 51
    19                         GENERAL PROVISIONS
    20                             (Reserved)
    21                             CHAPTER 53
    22                           LIFE INSURANCE
    23  Subchapter
    24     A.  Investments and Corporate Operations
    25     B.  Conduct of Business
    26     C.  Conversion of Stock Companies into Mutual Companies
    27     D.  Mutual Life Insurance Companies
    28     E.  Group Insurance
    29     F.  Industrial Insurance
    30     G.  Limited Life Insurance Companies
    19870H1628B2005                 - 487 -

     1                            SUBCHAPTER A
     2                INVESTMENTS AND CORPORATE OPERATIONS
     3  Sec.
     4  5301.  General investment provisions.
     5  5302.  Permitted investments.
     6  5303.  Valuation.
     7  5304.  Additional investment authority for subsidiaries.
     8  5305.  Authorized holdings of real estate.
     9  5306.  Capital of foreign and alien stock companies.
    10  5307.  Separate accounts.
    11  5308.  Impairment of reserve liability.
    12  5309.  Penalty.
    13  5310.  Corporations operating under prior statutes.
    14  5311.  Dividends.
    15  5312.  (Reserved).
    16  5313.  Vouchers for payment.
    17  § 5301.  General investment provisions.
    18     Investment pursuant to section 5302 (relating to permitted
    19  investments) and holdings of real estate pursuant to section
    20  5305 (relating to authorized holdings of real estate) by any
    21  domestic life insurance company shall be subject to the
    22  following provisions:
    23         (1)  The department may permit the company to invest
    24     sufficient assets exclusive of the amounts permitted under
    25     section 5302(3) in the securities of a foreign government in
    26     order to comply with the law of the foreign government and
    27     transact business in the foreign country.
    28         (2)  An investment under section 5302 or 5305 shall not
    29     be made in the equity interest, as defined in section
    30     5302(10), of any unincorporated business or enterprise other
    19870H1628B2005                 - 488 -

     1     than a business trust, joint-stock company or limited
     2     partnership in which a life insurance company acts as a
     3     limited partner. A subsidiary of a life insurance company may
     4     act as a general partner.
     5         (3)  An investment shall not be made in any loan solely
     6     upon personal security of an individual or individuals, but
     7     this paragraph does not forbid the taking of a bona fide
     8     obligation with legal interest in payment of any premium or a
     9     loan for defraying expenses of the transfer of an employee to
    10     a new place of employment with the company.
    11         (4)  An investment shall not be made by any life
    12     insurance company in any loan upon the stock, shares or
    13     obligations of the company or any other insurance company
    14     transacting like classes of business, but any stock life
    15     insurance company may, with the approval of its board of
    16     directors, acquire, retain, cancel or dispose of shares of
    17     its own capital stock. The company shall not acquire such
    18     stock without the prior approval of the department, or
    19     directly or indirectly vote shares of its own stock held by
    20     it.
    21         (5)  With the approval of the department, the company may
    22     enter into agreements with one or more authorized insurance
    23     companies whereby the companies shall participate in
    24     ownership, management and control of real estate held or to
    25     be acquired by the company or companies under section 5305(6)
    26     or held by a corporation whose stock is held or to be
    27     acquired by such company or companies.
    28         (6)  Sections 5302 and 5305 and this section do not
    29     prevent the company from investing any of its assets or from
    30     holding any of such funds in cash or deposits in banks or
    19870H1628B2005                 - 489 -

     1     trust companies or from acquiring or holding property taken
     2     in reorganization or foreclosure proceedings or which may be
     3     obtained on account of any debt previously contracted.
     4         (7)  Any such company may continue its investment of any
     5     of its assets in any corporate bonds, notes or obligations
     6     held by it on May 9, 1947, under authority of section 404 of
     7     the former act of May 17, 1921 (P.L.682, No.284), known as
     8     The Insurance Company Law of 1921, as amended by the act of
     9     May 12, 1939 (P.L.131, No.63), in corporations which have
    10     earned, in each of its three fiscal years next preceding the
    11     investment, an amount equal to one and one-half times the
    12     total interest on its debt.
    13         (8)  If any investment is made in a manner not authorized
    14     by this chapter, the officers, directors and trustees making
    15     or authorizing the investment shall be personally liable for
    16     any loss resulting therefrom.
    17         (9)  Notwithstanding the provisions of this chapter, the
    18     department may, after notice and hearing, order a company to
    19     limit or withdraw from certain investments, or discontinue
    20     certain investment practices, to the extent that the
    21     department finds that such investments or investment
    22     practices endanger the solvency of the company.
    23         (10)  No investment or loan, except loans on life
    24     policies, or investment practice shall be made or engaged in
    25     by any domestic life insurance company unless it has been
    26     authorized or ratified by the board of directors or by a
    27     committee thereof charged with the duty of supervising
    28     investments and loans. No such company shall subscribe to or
    29     participate in any underwriting of the purchase or sale of
    30     securities or property or enter into any agreement to
    19870H1628B2005                 - 490 -

     1     withhold from sale any of its property, but the disposition
     2     of its property shall be at all times within the control of
     3     the board of directors. Any agreement or contract providing
     4     for the lawful disposition of property in which the
     5     disposition may be determined at the option of a third person
     6     at some specified future price or condition or specified time
     7     or upon demand shall be construed to be within the control of
     8     the board of directors. This section does not prevent the
     9     board of directors of any such company from depositing any of
    10     its securities with a committee appointed for the purpose of
    11     protecting the interest of security holders or with
    12     authorities of any state or country where it is necessary to
    13     do so in order to secure permission to transact its
    14     appropriate business therein; nor does this section prevent
    15     the board of directors of the company from depositing
    16     securities as collateral for the securing of any bond
    17     required for the business of the company.
    18         (11)  As used in this section, the term "date of
    19     investment" means the date of commitment in the case of a
    20     commitment to invest.
    21  § 5302.  Permitted investments.
    22     Subject to sections 5301 (relating to general investment
    23  provisions) and 5304 (relating to additional investment
    24  authority for subsidiaries), the assets of any domestic life
    25  insurance company shall be invested in the following classes of
    26  investment, provided the value of which, as determined for
    27  annual statement purposes, but in no event in excess of cost,
    28  shall not exceed the specified percentage of the company's
    29  assets as of December 31 next preceding the date of investment:
    30         (1)  Bonds, notes or obligations issued, assumed or
    19870H1628B2005                 - 491 -

     1     guaranteed by the United States or by any state, or by any
     2     county, city, town, village, municipality or district therein
     3     or by any political subdivision thereof or by a public
     4     instrumentality of one or more of the foregoing, if, by
     5     statutory or other legal requirements applicable thereto, the
     6     obligations are payable, as to both principal and interest,
     7     from taxes levied or required to be levied upon all taxable
     8     property or all taxable income within the jurisdiction of the
     9     governmental unit, or from adequate special revenues pledged
    10     or otherwise appropriated or by law required to be provided
    11     for the purpose of such payment, but not including any
    12     obligation payable solely out of special assessments on
    13     properties benefited by local improvements, unless adequate
    14     security is evidenced by the ratio of assessment to the value
    15     of the property or the obligation additionally secured by an
    16     adequate guaranty fund required by law.
    17         (2)  Bonds, notes, obligations and stock where stated,
    18     issued, assumed or guaranteed by the following Federal
    19     agencies, or in which the Federal Government is a
    20     participant, whether or not the obligations are guaranteed by
    21     the Federal Government:
    22             (i)  Farm Loan Bank.
    23             (ii)  Commodity Credit Corporation.
    24             (iii)  Federal intermediate credit banks.
    25             (iv)  Federal land banks.
    26             (v)  Central Bank for Cooperatives.
    27             (vi)  Federal home loan banks and stock thereof.
    28             (vii)  Federal National Mortgage Association and
    29         stock thereof.
    30             (viii)  International Bank for Reconstruction and
    19870H1628B2005                 - 492 -

     1         Development.
     2             (ix)  Inter-American Development Bank.
     3             (x)  Asian Development Bank.
     4             (xi)  African Development Bank.
     5             (xii)  Any other similar agency of, or participated
     6         in by, the Federal Government and of similar financial
     7         quality, if the department has determined that investment
     8         therein is of similar financial quality.
     9         (3)  Bonds, notes, obligations or other investments of or
    10     in any business or governmental unit in or of any foreign
    11     country which are of the same kinds, classes and investment
    12     grades as those eligible for investment under this section.
    13     Investments under this paragraph in the Dominion of Canada
    14     shall not exceed 10% of the company's admitted assets.
    15     Investments under this paragraph in all other foreign
    16     countries shall not exceed 10% of the admitted assets of the
    17     company except as provided in section 5301(1).
    18         (4)  Business obligations:
    19             (i)  Bonds, notes or obligations issued, assumed,
    20         guaranteed or accepted by any corporation, joint-stock
    21         association, business trusts, business partnerships and
    22         business joint ventures, incorporated or existing under
    23         the law of the United States or of any state.
    24             (ii)  Preferred stock of any person described in
    25         subparagraph (i). Investments permitted under this
    26         subparagraph shall be limited to an aggregate of 5% of
    27         the admitted assets of the company.
    28             (iii)  Interest-bearing deposits or certificates of
    29         deposit in banks, bank and trust companies, savings
    30         banks, savings associations, savings and loan
    19870H1628B2005                 - 493 -

     1         associations or national banking associations,
     2         incorporated or existing under the law of the United
     3         States or any state and branches of foreign banking
     4         institutions located in the United States or any state.
     5             (iv)  Obligations which are not issued, assumed,
     6         guaranteed or accepted by any person described in
     7         subparagraph (i) but are secured by an assignment of a
     8         right to receive rent, purchase or other payment or
     9         revenues for the use or purchase of real or personal
    10         property sufficient to repay the investment and payable
    11         or guaranteed by any one or more persons or entities
    12         whose bonds, notes or obligations would qualify for
    13         investment under this section or a mortgage, interest in
    14         mortgage pool or mortgage participation, or lien or
    15         security interest in real or personal property or any
    16         interest therein.
    17         (5)  Trustees', receivers' or equipment trust
    18     obligations:
    19             (i)  Certificates, notes or obligations issued by
    20         trustees or receivers of any corporation or business
    21         trust created or existing under the law of the United
    22         States or of any state, which, or the assets of which,
    23         are being administered under the direction of any court
    24         having jurisdiction, if the obligation is adequately
    25         secured as to principal and interest.
    26             (ii)  Equipment trust obligations or certificates,
    27         which are adequately secured, or other adequately secured
    28         instruments, evidencing an interest in transportation
    29         equipment, wholly or in part within the United States,
    30         and a right to receive determined portions of rental,
    19870H1628B2005                 - 494 -

     1         purchase or other fixed obligatory payments for the use
     2         or purchase of such transportation equipment.
     3         (6)  Obligations secured by real property or any
     4     interests therein, obligations or participations therein,
     5     secured by liens on real property, or interests therein,
     6     located within the United States or any state. The value of
     7     such real property or interest, together with such other
     8     security as shall secure the obligation, shall be adequate to
     9     secure the investment as well as any lien senior to the lien
    10     created by the investment in the real property made pursuant
    11     to this paragraph. No investment in a single transaction
    12     shall exceed 5% of the admitted assets of the company.
    13         (7)  Loans upon the security of its own policies not
    14     exceeding the net value of the policy at the time of making
    15     the loan.
    16         (8)  Such real estate or interests therein located within
    17     the United States or any state as such company is authorized
    18     to hold under this part.
    19         (9)  Subsidiaries as permitted under this part.
    20         (10)  Equity interests:
    21             (i)  Investments, other than investments under
    22         paragraphs (11) and (13) and sections 5304(b) (relating
    23         to additional investment authority for subsidiaries) and
    24         5305 (relating to authorized holdings of real estate), in
    25         common stocks, limited partnership interests, trust
    26         certificates, except equipment trust certificates
    27         described in paragraph (5), or other equity interests,
    28         other than preferred stock, of corporations, joint-stock
    29         associations, business trusts, business partnerships and
    30         business joint ventures incorporated, organized or
    19870H1628B2005                 - 495 -

     1         existing under the law of the United States or of any
     2         state.
     3             (ii)  Stocks or shares of any regulated investment
     4         company which is registered as an investment company
     5         under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (54 Stat. 789,
     6         15 U.S.C. §§ 80a-1 through 80a-52) and which has no
     7         preferred stock, bonds, loans or any other outstanding
     8         securities having preference or priority as to the assets
     9         or earnings over its common stock at the date of
    10         purchase.
    11             (iii)  Investments under this paragraph shall not
    12         exceed 25% of the admitted assets of the company, and no
    13         investment in any single corporation or entity under this
    14         paragraph shall exceed 5% of such admitted assets.
    15         (11)  Investments in or investments in interests in
    16     machinery, equipment, facilities, furnishings, fixtures or
    17     other tangible personal property used for, in or as part of
    18     or connected with any commercial, industrial, manufacturing,
    19     processing or financial, business activity or operation and
    20     which may be subject to contractual or other similar
    21     arrangements for the purchase, sale or use thereof.
    22     Investments under this paragraph shall not exceed 15% of the
    23     admitted assets of the company.
    24         (12)  The investment practice of put options and call
    25     options issued under terms and conditions regulated by, or
    26     substantially similar to those terms and conditions required
    27     by, a national securities exchange registered under the
    28     Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (48 Stat. 881, 15 U.S.C. §
    29     78a et seq.), or any board of trade designated as a contract
    30     market by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC)
    19870H1628B2005                 - 496 -

     1     under the Commodity Exchange Act (49 Stat. 1491, 7 U.S.C. § 1
     2     et seq.), is authorized on the following conditions:
     3             (i)  A company shall not sell a call option on
     4         securities it does not own, or in an amount greater than
     5         securities which it presently owns. However, in the case
     6         of financial futures contracts and stock or bond index
     7         contracts where it is not feasible to own the underlying
     8         security, a company may sell a call option only in
     9         connection with a hedging transaction.
    10             (ii)  A company shall not sell a put option unless
    11         its obligations under the put option are fully secured by
    12         a deposit by the company with a bank or other custodian
    13         of cash or cash equivalents.
    14             (iii)  A company shall not purchase as opening
    15         transactions under this paragraph more than 10% of the
    16         excess of its capital and surplus over the minimum
    17         requirements of a new stock or mutual company to qualify
    18         for a certificate of authority to write the kind of
    19         insurance which the company is authorized to write.
    20     The department may promulgate reasonable regulations for
    21     transactions under this paragraph, including, but not limited
    22     to, regulations which impose financial solvency standards,
    23     valuation standards and reporting requirements.
    24         (13)  The investment practice of financial futures
    25     contracts issued under terms and conditions regulated by a
    26     Federal regulatory agency is authorized on the following
    27     conditions:
    28             (i)  The company shall not enter into financial
    29         future contracts except as a hedging transaction as that
    30         term is defined by regulation of the department.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 497 -

     1             (ii)  The company shall not have initial or
     2         maintenance margin outstanding under this section of more
     3         than 10% of the excess of its capital and surplus over
     4         the minimum requirements of a new stock or mutual company
     5         to qualify for a certificate of authority to write the
     6         kind of insurance which the company is authorized to
     7         write.
     8     The department may promulgate reasonable regulations for
     9     transactions under this paragraph, including, but not limited
    10     to, regulations imposing financial solvency standards,
    11     valuation standards and reporting requirements.
    12         (14)  Investment in properties and facilities for the
    13     exploration, development, production and distribution of
    14     energy-producing substances. These investments may include
    15     ownership and control of such properties and facilities or
    16     interest therein, including royalty interests and production
    17     payments from such activities or investments in limited
    18     partnerships engaged in such activities. Investments under
    19     this paragraph shall not exceed 5% of the admitted assets of
    20     the company. The investments in activities producing royalty
    21     interests and production payments shall not exceed an
    22     additional 10% of those admitted assets. An additional 1% of
    23     those admitted assets may be invested in properties,
    24     facilities, royalty interests or production payments under
    25     this paragraph if the properties and facilities are located
    26     in or operated principally in this Commonwealth.
    27         (15)  Lending of securities, repurchase agreements and
    28     reverse repurchase agreements:
    29             (i)  Lending of securities, repurchase agreements and
    30         reverse repurchase agreements transactions are authorized
    19870H1628B2005                 - 498 -

     1         on the following conditions:
     2                 (A)  The agreement for each transaction or the
     3             master agreement for a series of transactions shall
     4             be reduced to writing.
     5                 (B)  Securities acquired by a company and owned
     6             subject to reacquisition pursuant to an outstanding
     7             repurchase agreement shall not be sold pursuant to a
     8             reverse repurchase agreement nor lent pursuant to a
     9             lending of securities agreement. Consideration or
    10             collateral received from a reverse repurchase
    11             agreement or lending of securities agreement may be
    12             used to acquire securities which are equivalent or
    13             similar to the securities transferred pursuant to the
    14             repurchase agreement or lending of securities
    15             agreement. However, such acquired securities shall
    16             not be sold pursuant to a reverse repurchase
    17             agreement or lent pursuant to a lending of securities
    18             agreement.
    19                 (C)  No more than 2% of the admitted assets of a
    20             company shall be subject to lending of securities,
    21             repurchase or reverse repurchase agreements
    22             transactions outstanding with any one business entity
    23             under this paragraph.
    24                 (D)  A company may engage in lending its
    25             securities or repurchase or reverse repurchase
    26             agreements up to 40% of its admitted assets if the
    27             transactions are fully collateralized.
    28             (ii)  The department may promulgate reasonable
    29         regulations for investments and transactions under this
    30         paragraph, including, but not limited to, regulations
    19870H1628B2005                 - 499 -

     1         which impose financial solvency standards, valuation
     2         standards and reporting requirements.
     3             (iii)  As used in this paragraph, the following words
     4         and phrases shall have the meanings given to them in this
     5         subparagraph:
     6             "Lending of securities."  An investment other than a
     7         repurchase agreement, whereby an agreement is entered
     8         into which transfers ownership rights and possession of
     9         securities to the borrower of the securities with the
    10         agreement providing for a return of ownership rights and
    11         possession of the securities to the lender at a specified
    12         date or upon demand.
    13             "Repurchase agreement."  A bilateral agreement
    14         whereby a company purchases securities with a related
    15         agreement that the seller will purchase or repurchase at
    16         a specified price the equivalent or similar securities
    17         within a specified period of time or on demand.
    18             "Reverse repurchase agreement."  A bilateral
    19         agreement whereby a company:
    20                 (A)  sells securities with a related agreement to
    21             purchase or repurchase at a specified price the
    22             equivalent or similar securities within a specified
    23             period of time or upon demand; or
    24                 (B)  borrows funds and transfers securities to
    25             the lender with a related agreement that equivalent
    26             or similar securities will be returned to the company
    27             upon repayment of the loan within a specified period
    28             of time or on demand.
    29         (16)  Other loans and investments:
    30             (i)  Loans or investments not otherwise authorized
    19870H1628B2005                 - 500 -

     1         under this section, to an amount not exceeding the
     2         aggregate of 20% of the admitted assets of the company.
     3         However, this limitation shall be increased in the same
     4         amount that investments approved by the department are
     5         made in the following categories of investments in
     6         persons described as follows whose operations or places
     7         of business are located in this Commonwealth, up to a
     8         maximum of 25% of the admitted assets:
     9                 (A)  Investments in venture capital limited
    10             partnerships or in new and young small businesses
    11             which are making an initial public offering of
    12             securities or utilizing a limited private placement.
    13                 (B)  Investments in minority-owned and operated
    14             businesses domiciled in Pennsylvania as provided in
    15             the act of July 22, 1974 (P.L.598, No.206), known as
    16             the Pennsylvania Minority Business Development
    17             Authority Act.
    18                 (C)  Investments in businesses located in
    19             enterprise zones designated by the Department of
    20             Community Affairs.
    21                 (D)  Investments in housing for families and
    22             persons of low income or in housing in enterprise
    23             zones designated by the Department of Community
    24             Affairs.
    25                 (E)  Investments in seed capital funds
    26             established under the act of July 2, 1984 (P.L.555,
    27             No.111), known as the Small Business Incubators Act.
    28                 (F)  Investments in business development credit
    29             corporations established under the act of December 1,
    30             1959 (P.L.1647, No.606), known as the Business
    19870H1628B2005                 - 501 -

     1             Development Credit Corporation Law.
     2                 (G)  Investments in small business investment
     3             corporations and minority enterprise small business
     4             investment companies certified pursuant to applicable
     5             Federal law.
     6                 (H)  Investments in and direct management of or
     7             participation in private placement accounts,
     8             including investments by private and public employee
     9             pension funds, and investments in and direct
    10             management of or participation in long and
    11             intermediate loans to corporations for purposes such
    12             as plant construction, equipment purchases and
    13             working capital.
    14                 (I)  Investments in and financial assistance to
    15             employee-owned enterprises, as defined and described
    16             by the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 (68A Stat. 3, 26
    17             U.S.C. § 1 et seq.), including worker cooperatives,
    18             employee stock ownership plans and businesses in
    19             which a majority of the voting rights are held or
    20             controlled by employees or held in trust for and
    21             passed through to employees.
    22                 (J)  Investments in, and financial assistance to,
    23             employee-ownership groups, including corporations,
    24             labor unions or other entities formed by or on behalf
    25             of the current or former employees of an industrial
    26             or commercial firm or facility for the purpose of
    27             assuming ownership or control of the firm or facility
    28             and operating it as an employee-owned enterprise.
    29                 (K)  Investments in construction loans to
    30             builders and developers of low-income to moderate-
    19870H1628B2005                 - 502 -

     1             income housing in Pennsylvania involved in the new
     2             construction or rehabilitation of single-family or
     3             multifamily housing in census tracts or
     4             neighborhoods, in urban and rural communities,
     5             designated by State or Federal law as economically
     6             deprived or financially underserved, and mortgage
     7             loans and other credit to individuals seeking to
     8             purchase such housing.
     9             (ii)  For each 0.5% of the admitted assets of the
    10         company invested pursuant to subparagraph (i)(A) through
    11         (G), investments under other paragraphs of this section
    12         may exceed the limitations set forth in the other
    13         paragraphs by an aggregate of 2.5% of the admitted assets
    14         of the company, but such excess investments shall not
    15         exceed 5% of the admitted assets. However, such excess
    16         investments shall be charged against the limitation under
    17         subparagraph (i).
    18  § 5303.  Valuation.
    19     (a)  General rule.--Investments under section 5302 (relating
    20  to permitted investments) shall be valued in accordance with the
    21  published valuation standards of the National Association of
    22  Insurance Commissioners. Securities investments as to which the
    23  National Association of Insurance Commissioners has not
    24  published valuation standards in its valuation of securities
    25  manual or its successor publication shall be valued as follows:
    26         (1)  Any investment by any insurer that is not valued by
    27     standards published by the National Association of Insurance
    28     Commissioners shall, at the time of acquisition, be submitted
    29     to the National Association of Insurance Commissioners for
    30     valuation.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 503 -

     1         (2)  Other securities investments shall be valued in
     2     accordance with regulations promulgated by the department
     3     under subsection (d).
     4     (b)  Other investments.--Other investments, including real
     5  property, shall be valued in accordance with regulations
     6  promulgated by the department under subsection (d), but such
     7  other investments shall not be valued at more than their
     8  purchase price. For the purposes of this section, the purchase
     9  price for real property includes capitalized permanent
    10  improvements, less depreciation spread evenly over the life of
    11  the property or, at the option of the company, less depreciation
    12  computed on any basis permitted under the Internal Revenue Code
    13  of 1954 (68A Stat. 3, 26 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.). Such investments
    14  that have been affected by permanent declines in value shall be
    15  valued at not more than their market value.
    16     (c)  Property not acquired by purchase.--Any investment,
    17  including real property, not purchased by a company but acquired
    18  in satisfaction of a debt or otherwise shall be valued in
    19  accordance with the applicable procedures for that type of
    20  investment contained in this section. For the purposes of
    21  applying the valuation procedures, the purchase price shall be
    22  deemed to be the market value at the time the investment is
    23  acquired or, in the case of any investment acquired in
    24  satisfaction of debt, the amount of the debt, including
    25  interest, taxes and expenses, whichever amount is less.
    26     (d)  Regulations.--The department may promulgate regulations
    27  for determining and calculating values to be used in financial
    28  statements submitted to the department for investments not
    29  subject to published valuation standards of the National
    30  Association of Insurance Commissioners.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 504 -

     1  § 5304.  Additional investment authority for subsidiaries.
     2     (a)  General rule.--Any domestic life insurance company,
     3  either by itself or in cooperation with one or more persons,
     4  may, in addition to any authority to acquire or hold securities
     5  in corporations provided for elsewhere in this title, organize
     6  or acquire one or more subsidiaries. Such subsidiaries may
     7  conduct any kind of business or businesses and their authority
     8  to do so shall not be limited by reason of the fact that they
     9  are subsidiaries of a domestic life insurance company. No
    10  domestic life insurance company may participate in or form a
    11  general partnership with any other person.
    12     (b)  Limitations and exemptions.--
    13         (1)  A domestic life insurance company shall not make an
    14     investment in any subsidiary which will bring the aggregate
    15     value of its investments, as determined for annual statement
    16     purposes but not in excess of cost, in all subsidiaries under
    17     this subsection to an amount in excess of 10% of the total
    18     admitted assets of the company as of the immediately
    19     preceding December 31.  In determining the amount of
    20     investments of any domestic life insurance company in
    21     subsidiaries for the purposes of this subsection, there shall
    22     be included investments made directly by the insurance
    23     company and if such investment is made by another subsidiary,
    24     then to the extent that funds for such investments are
    25     provided by the insurance company for that purpose.
    26         (2)  The limitations set forth in paragraph (1) do not
    27     apply to investments in any subsidiary which is:
    28             (i)  An insurance company.
    29             (ii)  A holding company to the extent its business
    30         consists of the holding of the stock of, or otherwise
    19870H1628B2005                 - 505 -

     1         controlling, its own subsidiaries.
     2             (iii)  A corporation whose business primarily
     3         consists of direct or indirect ownership, operation or
     4         management of assets authorized as investments pursuant
     5         to sections 5302 (relating to permitted investments) and
     6         5305 (relating to authorized holdings of real estate).
     7             (iv)  A company engaged in any combination of the
     8         activities described in subparagraphs (i) through (iii).
     9         (3)  Investments made pursuant to paragraph (2)(i) shall
    10     not be restricted in amount if, after such investment, as
    11     calculated for NAIC annual statement purposes, the surplus of
    12     the insurer will be reasonable in relation to the insurer's
    13     outstanding liabilities and adequate to its financial needs.
    14     Investments made pursuant to paragraph (2)(ii) or, to the
    15     extent applicable, (2)(iv) shall, in addition, not be subject
    16     to any limitations otherwise applicable under this title on
    17     the amount of a domestic life insurance company's assets.
    18     However, the life insurance company's investments, to the
    19     extent that the life insurance company provided the funds
    20     therefor, in each of the subsidiaries of such holding company
    21     shall be subject to any limitations applicable to the
    22     investment as if the holding company's interest in each such
    23     subsidiary were instead owned directly by the life insurance
    24     company. Investments made pursuant to paragraph (2)(iii) or,
    25     to the extent applicable, (2)(iv) shall be counted in
    26     determining the limitations contained in applicable
    27     subsections of sections 5302 and 5305. However, the value as
    28     calculated for annual statement purposes but not in excess of
    29     the cost thereof, of such investment, shall include only
    30     funds provided by the insurance company therefor. Investments
    19870H1628B2005                 - 506 -

     1     made in other subsidiaries of such life insurance company by
     2     any subsidiary described in paragraph (2) or by a person
     3     whose business primarily consists of direct or indirect
     4     ownership, operation or management of real property and
     5     interest therein under section 5305, shall be deemed
     6     investments made by the insurance company only to the extent
     7     the funds for the investment were provided by the insurance
     8     company.
     9         (4)  No restrictions, prohibitions or limitations
    10     contained in this title otherwise applicable to investments
    11     of domestic life insurers shall be applicable to investments
    12     in common stock, preferred stock, debt obligations or other
    13     securities of subsidiaries made pursuant to this subsection,
    14     nor shall the additional investment authority granted by this
    15     subsection have the effect of restricting, prohibiting or
    16     limiting the rights of a domestic life insurer to make
    17     investments permitted under any other section of this title.
    18     (c)  Determination of compliance.--Whether any investment
    19  made pursuant to subsection (b) meets at any time thereafter the
    20  applicable requirements thereof is to be determined when the
    21  investment is made, taking into account the then outstanding
    22  principal balance on all previous investments in debt
    23  obligations, and the value, but not in excess of the cost
    24  thereof, of all previous investments in equity securities as
    25  calculated for annual statement purposes. In calculating the
    26  amount of such investments, there shall be included the
    27  following, as determined for NAIC annual statement purposes:
    28         (1)  Total net moneys or other consideration expended and
    29     obligations assumed in the acquisition or formation of a
    30     subsidiary, including all organizational expenses and
    19870H1628B2005                 - 507 -

     1     contributions to capital and surplus of the subsidiary
     2     whether or not represented by the purchase of capital stock
     3     or issuance of other securities.
     4         (2)  All amounts expended by the domestic life insurance
     5     company in acquiring additional common stock, preferred
     6     stock, debt obligations and other securities, and all
     7     contributions to the capital or surplus, or a subsidiary
     8     subsequent to its acquisition or formation.
     9     (d)  Disposal of certain investments.--If a domestic life
    10  insurer ceases to own, directly or indirectly through one or
    11  more intermediaries, a majority of the voting securities of a
    12  subsidiary held pursuant to subsection (b), it shall dispose of
    13  any investment therein made pursuant to such subsection within
    14  five years from the time of the cessation of control or within
    15  such further time as the department may prescribe, unless, at
    16  any time after the investment has been made, the investment
    17  meets the requirements for investment under any other section of
    18  this title.
    19     (e)  Definitions.--As used in this section, the following
    20  words and phrases shall have the meanings given to them in this
    21  subsection:
    22     "NAIC."  The National Association of Insurance Commissioners.
    23     "Owner" or "holder." With respect to securities of a
    24  specified person, one who owns any security of the person,
    25  including common stock, preferred stock, debt obligations and
    26  any other security convertible into or evidencing the right to
    27  acquire any of the foregoing.
    28     "Person."  Includes any joint-stock company, business trust,
    29  unincorporated organization, any similar entity or any
    30  combination of persons acting in concert.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 508 -

     1     "Subsidiary."  A corporation in which another person owns or
     2  holds with the power to vote directly, or through one or more
     3  intermediaries, a majority of the outstanding voting securities.
     4  A person whose business consists primarily of real property and
     5  interests therein or a corporation which is held in a separate
     6  account pursuant to section 5307 (relating to separate accounts)
     7  shall not be deemed a subsidiary for the purposes of determining
     8  the volume limitations set forth in subsection (b)(1). A person
     9  which is controlled by another person solely as a result of the
    10  temporary assumption of control by the owner of securities upon
    11  the happening of a prescribed event of default shall not be
    12  deemed a subsidiary or affiliate for the purposes of this
    13  section, if such securities are disposed of within five years
    14  from the date of acquisition, unless such period is extended by
    15  the department to enable the owner to dispose of such securities
    16  in a reasonable and orderly manner.
    17     "Voting security."  Stock of any class or any ownership
    18  interest having the power to elect the directors, trustees or
    19  management of a person, other than securities having such power
    20  only by reason of the happening of a contingency.
    21  § 5305.  Authorized holdings of real estate.
    22     Subject to section 5301 (relating to general investment
    23  provisions), any domestic life insurance company may, directly
    24  or indirectly, alone or together with one or more persons or
    25  entities of any nature, purchase, receive, hold and convey real
    26  estate or any interest therein if the real estate is:
    27         (1)  required for its convenient accommodation in the
    28     transaction of its business with reasonable regard to future
    29     needs;
    30         (2)  residential real estate purchased from employees
    19870H1628B2005                 - 509 -

     1     transferred or about to be transferred to new places of
     2     employment with the company;
     3         (3)  acquired in satisfaction or on account of loans,
     4     mortgages, liens, judgments or decrees previously owing to it
     5     in the course of its business;
     6         (4)  acquired in part payment of the consideration of the
     7     sale of real property owned by it if the transaction will
     8     result in a net reduction in the company's investment in real
     9     estate;
    10         (5)  reasonably necessary for the purpose of maintaining
    11     or enhancing the sale value or real property previously
    12     acquired or held by it under paragraph (1), (2), (3) or (4);
    13         (6)  purchased, leased or owned for residential,
    14     business, commercial or industrial use, or for development,
    15     improvement, maintenance or construction and maintenance.
    16     Investments under this paragraph, including investments in
    17     limited partnership interests or other entities of any nature
    18     where the entities are engaged primarily in holding real
    19     estate or interests therein under this paragraph and
    20     corporations which are engaged primarily in holding real
    21     estate or interests therein as described in this paragraph
    22     and the majority of whose voting securities are owned
    23     directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries,
    24     shall not exceed 25% of the admitted assets of the company.
    25  § 5306.  Capital of foreign and alien stock companies.
    26     Foreign and alien stock life insurance companies, in order to
    27  be licensed to do business in this Commonwealth, shall have a
    28  paid-up and safely invested capital, if a foreign company, or a
    29  deposit in the United States, if an alien company, of not less
    30  than the capital required under section 3306 (relating to
    19870H1628B2005                 - 510 -

     1  minimum capital stock and financial requirements) for domestic
     2  stock life insurance companies.
     3  § 5307.  Separate accounts.
     4     (a)  General requirements.--Any domestic life insurance
     5  company may establish one or more separate accounts and may
     6  allocate thereto any amounts, including proceeds applied under
     7  optional modes of settlement or under dividend options, to
     8  provide for life insurance or annuities and benefits incidental
     9  thereto, payable in fixed or variable amounts or both, and for
    10  any other investment purpose consistent with the investment
    11  powers of the company under sections 5301 (relating to general
    12  investment provisions) and 5302 (relating to permitted
    13  investments) or this section in connection with any product
    14  permissible to the company under this title and subject to the
    15  following:
    16         (1)  The income, gains and losses, realized or
    17     unrealized, from assets allocated to a separate account
    18     shall, in accordance with applicable contracts, be credited
    19     to or charged against the account, without regard to other
    20     income, gains or losses of the company. Companies may
    21     maintain one or more separate accounts subject to reasonable
    22     regulations promulgated by the department with respect to:
    23             (i)  Separate accounts with all or any portion of the
    24         benefits guaranteed as to dollar amounts and duration.
    25             (ii)  Separate accounts with all or any portion of
    26         the funds guaranteed as to the principal amount or stated
    27         rate of interest.
    28         (2)  Except as provided in this section, the amounts
    29     allocated to each separate account established by the insurer
    30     pursuant to this section, together with any accumulations
    19870H1628B2005                 - 511 -

     1     thereon, may be invested and reinvested in any class of
     2     investments which may be authorized in the written contract
     3     or agreement without regard to any investment limitations
     4     otherwise applicable to the investment of life insurance
     5     companies. The investments in such separate account or
     6     accounts shall not be taken into account in the investment
     7     limitations applicable to the insurance company under this
     8     chapter.
     9         (3)  Assets allocated to a separate account shall be
    10     valued at their market value on the date of valuation, or at
    11     amortized cost if it approximates market value. If there is
    12     no readily available market, then as provided under the terms
    13     of the contract or the rules or other written agreement
    14     applicable to the separate account or by regulation
    15     promulgated by the department.
    16         (4)  Amounts allocated to a separate account shall be
    17     owned by the company, and the company shall not be, nor hold
    18     itself out to be, a trustee with respect to these amounts. To
    19     the extent so provided under the applicable contracts, that
    20     portion of the assets of any such separate account equal to
    21     the reserves and other contract liabilities with respect to
    22     the account shall not be chargeable with liabilities arising
    23     out of any other business conducted by the company. Sales,
    24     exchanges or other transfers of assets may be made by a
    25     company at any time between any of its separate accounts or
    26     between any other investment account and one or more of its
    27     separate accounts if the transfer into or from a separate
    28     account is made by:
    29             (i)  a transfer of cash;
    30             (ii)  a transfer of assets having a valuation which
    19870H1628B2005                 - 512 -

     1         could be readily determined in the marketplace; or
     2             (iii)  such other method of transfer as the
     3         department may approve.
     4         (5)  If pursuant to the terms of the applicable contracts
     5     amounts allocated to a separate account are to be invested in
     6     shares of a specified investment company registered under the
     7     Investment Company Act of 1940 (54 Stat. 789, 15 U.S.C. §
     8     80a-1 et seq.), which shares are to be held for the exclusive
     9     benefit of the applicable contracts, such shares shall, to
    10     the extent provided in the applicable contracts, be deemed to
    11     be a separate account under this section.
    12         (6)  To the extent the company deems it necessary to
    13     comply with Federal or State law, the company, with respect
    14     to any separate account, including any separate account which
    15     is a management investment company or a unit investment
    16     trust, may provide for persons having an interest therein
    17     appropriate voting and other rights and special procedures
    18     for the conduct of the business of the account, including
    19     special rights and procedures relating to investment policy,
    20     investment advisory services, selection of independent public
    21     accountants and the selection of a committee, whose members
    22     need not be otherwise affiliated with the company, to manage
    23     the business of the account.
    24     (b)  Disclosure.--Any contract providing benefits for life
    25  insurance or annuities payable in variable amounts delivered or
    26  issued for delivery in this Commonwealth shall contain a
    27  statement of the essential features of the procedures to be
    28  followed by the insurance company in determining the amount of
    29  such variable benefits. Any such contract under which the
    30  benefits vary to reflect investment experience, including a
    19870H1628B2005                 - 513 -

     1  group contract and any certificate in evidence of variable
     2  benefits issued under the contract, shall state that the amount
     3  will so vary and shall contain on its first page a statement to
     4  the effect that the benefits are on a variable basis.
     5     (c)  Authorization.--A company shall not deliver or issue for
     6  delivery in this Commonwealth variable contracts unless it is
     7  licensed or organized to do a life insurance business in this
     8  Commonwealth, and the department is satisfied that the company's
     9  condition or method of operation, including investment policy,
    10  in connection with the issuance of such contracts will not
    11  render its operation hazardous to the public or its
    12  policyholders in this Commonwealth. In this connection, the
    13  department shall consider all relevant circumstances, including
    14  the following:
    15         (1)  The history and financial condition of the company.
    16         (2)  The character, responsibility and general fitness of
    17     the officers and directors or trustees of the company, and
    18     whether these individuals command the public confidence and
    19     warrant the belief that the business of the company will be
    20     lawfully, honestly and efficiently conducted.
    21         (3)  The law and regulation under which the company is
    22     authorized in the state of domicile to issue variable
    23     contracts. The state of entry of an alien company shall be
    24     deemed its place of domicile for this purpose.
    25  If the company is a subsidiary of an admitted life insurance
    26  company, or affiliated with such a company through common
    27  management or ownership, it may be deemed by the department to
    28  have met the requirements of this subsection if either it, the
    29  parent or the affiliated company meets such requirements.
    30     (d)  Regulation by department.--The department shall have
    19870H1628B2005                 - 514 -

     1  sole authority to regulate the issuance and sale of variable
     2  contracts, including the approval or disapproval of provisions
     3  of the contracts under section 3515 (relating to approval of
     4  contracts by department) and the annual statements furnished to
     5  contract holders. The department shall promulgate such
     6  reasonable regulations as are appropriate to implement this
     7  section including regulations to insure that the premiums
     8  charged are not excessive, inadequate or unfairly discriminatory
     9  and to prevent excessive management, administrative and sales
    10  charges. The reserve liability for variable contracts shall be
    11  established in accordance with actuarial procedures acceptable
    12  to the department that recognize the variable nature of the
    13  benefits provided and any mortality guarantees.
    14     (e)  Applicability of other provisions.--Except for sections
    15  5321(a)(2), (3), (8), (9), (10) and (11) (relating to uniform
    16  policy provisions), 5322 (relating to standard nonforfeiture law
    17  for life insurance), 5325 (relating to notice of right to
    18  examine policies) and 5367(c)(1) (relating to standard policy
    19  provisions), in the case of a variable life insurance contract,
    20  and sections 5323(a)(1), (6) and (7) and (b)(3) (relating to
    21  annuity and endowment contracts) and 5325, in the case of a
    22  variable annuity contract, and except as otherwise provided in
    23  this section, this title shall apply to separate accounts and
    24  contracts relating thereto. Any individual variable life
    25  insurance or variable annuity contract delivered or issued for
    26  delivery in this Commonwealth shall contain grace,
    27  reinstatement, incontestability, nonforfeiture and right-to-
    28  review provisions as shall be provided in regulations
    29  promulgated by the department appropriate to such contract. Any
    30  group variable life insurance contract delivered or issued for
    19870H1628B2005                 - 515 -

     1  delivery in this Commonwealth shall contain a grace provision as
     2  shall be provided in regulations promulgated by the department
     3  appropriate for such contract. Variable contracts, and agents or
     4  other persons who sell variable contracts, shall not be subject
     5  to the act of December 5, 1972 (P.L.1280, No.284), known as the
     6  Pennsylvania Securities Act of 1972, or to regulation by the
     7  Pennsylvania Securities Commission.
     8  § 5308.  Impairment of reserve liability.
     9     A stock or mutual life insurance company, after receiving
    10  notice from the department that its reserve liability has been
    11  impaired and after all other debts and claims against the
    12  reserve liability, including 50% of its capital, have been
    13  deducted, shall not issue new policies under its authority to do
    14  business in this Commonwealth until the department finds that
    15  its funds have become equal to its liabilities and it obtains
    16  from the department a certificate of authority to resume
    17  business. When a domestic life insurance company has been
    18  notified to cease doing new business, the department may, if no
    19  fraud, gross incompetence or recklessness is shown to exist in
    20  the management, permit the officers of the company to continue
    21  in charge of its business for one year. The department may renew
    22  this permission, if the company is likely to retrieve its
    23  affairs, or it may institute proceedings to determine what
    24  further shall be done.
    25  § 5309.  Penalty.
    26     Subject to sections 5301(3) (relating to general investment
    27  provisions) and 5305(1) and (2) (relating to authorized holdings
    28  of real estate), a director, trustee or officer of any domestic
    29  stock or mutual life insurance company shall not receive any
    30  money or valuable thing for negotiating, procuring, recommending
    19870H1628B2005                 - 516 -

     1  or aiding in any purchase by or sale to the company of any
     2  property or any loan from the company, nor be directly or
     3  indirectly pecuniarily interested, either as principal, agent or
     4  beneficiary, in any such purchase, sale or transaction. Any
     5  person violating this section commits a summary offense.
     6  § 5310.  Corporations operating under prior statutes.
     7     (a)  Applicability.--For the purposes of this section the
     8  term "the prior statutes" means the following:
     9         (1)  The act of April 28, 1903 (P.L.329, No.259),
    10     relating to incorporation and regulation of corporations for
    11     the purpose of transacting certain types of insurance.
    12         (2)  The act of April 20, 1927 (P.L.317, No.190),
    13     relating to reincorporation of beneficial or protective
    14     societies for the purpose of transacting certain types of
    15     insurance.
    16         (3)  The act of June 24, 1939 (P.L.686, No.320), relating
    17     to reincorporation of beneficial or protective societies as
    18     limited life insurance companies for the purpose of
    19     transacting certain types of insurance.
    20         (4)  The act of July 15, 1957 (P.L.929, No.400), relating
    21     to incorporation of limited life insurance companies for the
    22     purpose of transacting certain types of insurance.
    23     (b)  Authorization.--In the case of any company incorporated
    24  or reincorporated under the prior statutes:
    25         (1)  if it is a stock company having capital of not less
    26     than $300,000 and a surplus at least equal to 50% of the
    27     capital; or
    28         (2)  if it is a mutual company having insurance in force
    29     in an aggregate amount of not less than $1,000,000, or not
    30     less than 400 persons and a surplus of not less than
    19870H1628B2005                 - 517 -

     1     $200,000;
     2  the company may, notwithstanding any limitation to the contrary
     3  under any statute or under its charter, transact any insurance
     4  described in section 3302(a)(1) (relating to authorized classes
     5  of insurance).
     6     (c)  Issuance of stock.--The capital stock of every stock
     7  company incorporated or reincorporated under the prior statutes
     8  or of every company incorporated or reincorporated under any
     9  statute enacted after July 15, 1957, authorizing existing
    10  incorporated beneficial or protective societies to reincorporate
    11  or new companies to incorporate under the provisions thereof as
    12  limited life insurance companies having in the case of a stock
    13  company capital stock divided into shares with a par value not
    14  less than the amounts stated in those statutes, respectively,
    15  shall be divided into shares with a par value of not less than
    16  $1 per share, any provision in any of those statutes to the
    17  contrary notwithstanding. The charter or articles of agreement
    18  of the corporation shall be amended to authorize stock having
    19  such par value in the manner provided by section 3552 (relating
    20  to amendment of charter).
    21  § 5311.  Dividends.
    22     A stock life insurance company shall not make any dividend on
    23  its capital except from the profits arising from its business.
    24  In estimating such profits, there shall be first charged as a
    25  liability all of the following:
    26         (1)  The capital stock of the company.
    27         (2)  The amount of paid-in surplus required under the
    28     provisions of section 3306(a) (relating to minimum capital
    29     stock and financial requirements).
    30         (3)  All unpaid losses or other claims.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 518 -

     1         (4)  All liabilities for reserves as required by law.
     2         (5)  All sums due the company on bonds and mortgages,
     3     stocks and book accounts, of which none of the principal or
     4     interest thereon has been paid during the last calendar year,
     5     and for which the foreclosure or other collection proceedings
     6     have not been commenced, or which, after judgment obtained
     7     thereon, have remained more than two years unsatisfied, and
     8     on which interest has not been paid.
     9         (6)  All interest due or accrued and remaining unpaid.
    10         (7)  All other debts or obligations of the company.
    11  § 5312.  (Reserved).
    12  § 5313.  Vouchers for payment.
    13     A domestic stock or mutual life insurance company shall not
    14  make any disbursement of $500 or more unless evidenced by a
    15  voucher signed by or on behalf of the person receiving the money
    16  and describing the consideration for the payment. If the
    17  expenditure is for both services and disbursements, the voucher
    18  shall set forth the services rendered and an itemized statement
    19  of the disbursements made. If the expenditure is in connection
    20  with any matter pending before any government unit of this
    21  Commonwealth or any state, the voucher shall also describe the
    22  nature of the matter and of the interest of the company therein.
    23  When a voucher cannot be obtained, the expenditure shall be
    24  evidenced by an affidavit describing the character and object of
    25  the expenditure and stating the reason for not obtaining the
    26  voucher.
    27                            SUBCHAPTER B
    28                        CONDUCT OF BUSINESS
    29  Sec.
    30  5321.  Uniform policy provisions.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 519 -

     1  5322.  Standard nonforfeiture law for life insurance.
     2  5323.  Annuity and endowment contracts.
     3  5324.  Standard nonforfeiture law for individual deferred
     4         annuities.
     5  5325.  Notice of right to examine policies.
     6  5326.  Policy loan interest rates.
     7  5327.  Prohibited policy provisions.
     8  5328.  Medical examinations.
     9  5329.  Insurance on the life of another person.
    10  5330.  Statements by prospective insured.
    11  5331.  Insurance proceeds.
    12  5332.  (Reserved).
    13  5333.  Certain life, health and accident companies.
    14  5334.  Exchange, alteration and conversion of policies.
    15  5335.  Penalty for misrepresentation.
    16  § 5321.  Uniform policy provisions.
    17     (a)  Specific provisions.--A policy of life or endowment
    18  insurance, except policies of industrial insurance where the
    19  premiums are payable monthly or more often, shall not be
    20  delivered in this Commonwealth unless it contains, in substance,
    21  the following provisions or provisions which, in the opinion of
    22  the department, are more favorable to the policyholder:
    23         (1)  A provision that all premiums shall be payable in
    24     advance.
    25         (2)  A provision that the insured is entitled to a grace
    26     period, either of 30 days or one month, within which the
    27     payment of any premium after the first year may be made,
    28     subject, at the option of the company, to an interest charge
    29     not in excess of 8% per year for the grace period elapsing
    30     before the payment of the premium. During this grace period
    19870H1628B2005                 - 520 -

     1     the policy shall continue in full force; but if the policy
     2     becomes a claim during the grace period, before the overdue
     3     premium or the deferred premiums of the current policy year
     4     are paid, the amount of the premiums, with interest on any
     5     overdue premiums, may be deducted in any settlement under the
     6     policy.
     7         (3)  A provision that the policy shall be incontestable
     8     after it has been in force, during the lifetime of the
     9     insured, two years from its date of issue, except for
    10     nonpayment of premiums, and that, at the option of the
    11     company, provisions relating to disability benefits and those
    12     granting additional insurance specifically against death by
    13     accident or accidental means, may also be excepted. A clause
    14     in any policy of life insurance providing that the policy
    15     shall be incontestable after a specified period shall
    16     preclude only a contest of the validity of the policy and
    17     shall not preclude the assertion, at any time, of defenses
    18     based upon provisions in the policy which exclude or restrict
    19     coverage, whether or not such restrictions or exclusions are
    20     excepted in that clause.
    21         (4)  A provision that the policy constitutes the entire
    22     contract between the parties. If the company desires to make
    23     the application a part of the contract, it may do so, if a
    24     copy of the application is endorsed upon or attached to the
    25     policy when issued; in this case the policy shall contain a
    26     provision that the policy and the application constitute the
    27     entire contract between the parties.
    28         (5)  A provision that, if the age of the insured or of
    29     any other person whose age is considered in determining the
    30     premium has been misstated, the amount payable or benefit
    19870H1628B2005                 - 521 -

     1     accruing under the policy shall be that which the premium
     2     would have purchased at the correct age.
     3         (6)  (i)  A provision that the policy shall participate
     4         in the surplus of the company; that, beginning not later
     5         than the end of the third policy year, the company shall
     6         annually determine the portion of the divisible surplus
     7         accruing on the policy; and that the party entitled to
     8         elect this option may have the dividend arising from such
     9         participation paid in cash or applied in accordance with
    10         any one of such other dividend options as may be provided
    11         by the policy. If any such other dividend options are
    12         provided, the policy shall further state which option
    13         shall be automatically effective, if the party has not
    14         elected some other option.
    15             (ii)  In lieu of the provision set forth in
    16         subparagraph (i), the policy may contain a provision that
    17         the policy shall participate in the surplus of the
    18         company; that, beginning not later than the end of the
    19         fifth policy year, the company shall determine the
    20         portion of the divisible surplus accruing on the policy;
    21         that the party entitled thereto may have the current
    22         dividend arising from such participation paid in cash;
    23         and that, at periods of not more than five years
    24         thereafter, such apportionment and payment, at the option
    25         of that party, shall be made.
    26             (iii)  A renewable term policy of ten years or less
    27         may provide that the surplus accruing to the policy shall
    28         be determined and apportioned each year after the second
    29         policy year, and accumulated during each renewal period;
    30         and that at the end of any renewal period, or upon
    19870H1628B2005                 - 522 -

     1         renewal of the policy by the insured, the company shall
     2         apply the accumulated surplus as an annuity for the next
     3         succeeding renewal term in the reduction of premiums.
     4         (7)  A provision specifying the options, if any, to which
     5     the policyholder is entitled in the event of default in a
     6     premium payment.
     7         (8)  Except for term insurance, a provision for a loan
     8     value at any time after the premiums have been paid for three
     9     full years and while no premium is in default beyond the
    10     grace period of payment.
    11             (i)  In the case of any policy issued prior to the
    12         operative date of section 5322 (relating to the standard
    13         nonforfeiture law for life insurance), it shall be
    14         provided that the company will advance, on proper
    15         assignment or pledge of the policy, and on the sole
    16         security thereof, at a specified rate of interest, a sum
    17         equal to, or at the option of the owner of the policy,
    18         less than, the reserve at the end of the current policy
    19         year on the policy, and on any dividend additions
    20         thereto. A deduction shall be made from the loan value of
    21         an amount in accordance with one of the following
    22         alternative policy provisions:
    23                 (A)  Not more than 2.5% of the amount insured by
    24             the policy and any dividend additions thereto.
    25                 (B)  One-fifth of the entire reserve on the
    26             policy.
    27                 (C)  2.5% of the amount insured by the policy and
    28             any dividend additions thereto, or one-fifth of the
    29             entire reserve of the policy, at the option of the
    30             company.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 523 -

     1         It shall further be provided that the company will deduct
     2         from the loan value any existing indebtedness on the
     3         policy, and any unpaid balance of the premium for the
     4         current policy year, and may collect interest in advance
     5         on the loan to the end of the current policy year. The
     6         policy may further provide that the loan may be deferred
     7         for not more than six months after the application
     8         therefor is made.
     9             (ii)  In the case of any policy issued on or after
    10         the operative date of section 5322, the loan provision
    11         shall provide that the company will advance, on proper
    12         assignment or pledge of the policy, and on the sole
    13         security thereof, at a specified rate of interest not
    14         exceeding 8% per year for policies issued prior to April
    15         8, 1982, a sum equal to, or, at the option of the party
    16         entitled thereto, less than, the cash surrender value at
    17         the end of the current policy year as required by section
    18         5322, and that the company may deduct from such loan
    19         value, in addition to any indebtedness deducted in
    20         determining such value, any unpaid balance of the premium
    21         for the current policy year, and may collect interest in
    22         advance on the loan to the end of the current policy
    23         year. The company shall reserve the right to defer the
    24         loan, except any made to pay premiums to the company, for
    25         six months after application for the loan is made.
    26         (9)  A provision for a nonforfeiture and cash surrender
    27     value.
    28             (i)  In the case of any policy issued prior to the
    29         operative date of section 5322, a nonforfeiture benefit
    30         shall be provided in event of default in premium payments
    19870H1628B2005                 - 524 -

     1         after premiums have been paid for three years, which
     2         shall secure to the owner of the policy a stipulated form
     3         of insurance. The net value of this benefit shall be at
     4         least equal to the reserve at the date of default on the
     5         policy and on any dividend additions thereto, specifying
     6         the mortality table and rate of interest adopted for
     7         computing the reserves, less a sum not more than 2.5% of
     8         the amount insured by the policy and of any existing
     9         dividend additions thereto, and less any existing
    10         indebtedness to the company on the policy. This provision
    11         shall stipulate that the policy may be surrendered to the
    12         company at its home office within one month from date of
    13         default for a specified cash value at least equal to the
    14         sum which would otherwise be available for the purchase
    15         of insurance. The provision may stipulate that the
    16         company may defer payment for not more than six months
    17         after the application therefor is made. This provision
    18         shall not be required in term insurance of 20 years or
    19         less.
    20             (ii)  In the case of any policy issued on or after
    21         the operative date of section 5322, a nonforfeiture
    22         benefit and cash surrender value shall be provided in
    23         accordance with section 5322.
    24         (10)  A table showing in figures the loan value and the
    25     options, if any, available under the policy each year, upon
    26     default in premium payments, during at least the first 20
    27     years of the policy. If the proceeds of the policy are
    28     payable in installments which are determinable prior to
    29     maturity of the policy, the policy shall include a table
    30     showing the amount of the guaranteed installments.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 525 -

     1         (11)  A provision that the holder of a policy may have
     2     the policy reinstated, upon written application, at any time
     3     within three years from the date of default in premium
     4     payments, unless the policy has been duly surrendered or the
     5     extension period expired, upon the production of evidence of
     6     insurability satisfactory to the company, and the payment of
     7     all overdue premiums with interest at a rate to be specified
     8     in the policy but not exceeding 8% per year, and the payment
     9     of any other indebtedness to the company upon the policy with
    10     interest determined under section 5326 (relating to policy
    11     loan interest rates), compounded annually.
    12         (12)  A provision that when a policy becomes a claim by
    13     the death of the insured settlement shall be made upon
    14     receipt of due proof of death.
    15     (b)  Exceptions.--Any of the provisions set forth in
    16  subsection (a), or parts thereof, which are inapplicable to
    17  single premium or nonparticipating policies, shall to that
    18  extent not be incorporated therein. The policies of an alien or
    19  foreign insurance company may contain, when delivered in this
    20  Commonwealth, any provision prescribed by the law of the state
    21  or government under which the company is organized. The policies
    22  of a domestic life insurance company may, when delivered in any
    23  other state or a foreign country, contain any provision required
    24  by the laws of that state or foreign country to be contained in
    25  policies delivered therein.
    26  § 5322.  Standard nonforfeiture law for life insurance.
    27     (a)  Short title of section.--This section shall be known and
    28  may be cited as the Standard Nonforfeiture Law for Life
    29  Insurance.
    30     (b)  General rule.--In the case of policies issued on or
    19870H1628B2005                 - 526 -

     1  after the operative date of this section, as defined in
     2  subsection (m), and except as stated in subsection (l) or where
     3  this section is not applicable because of the plan of insurance,
     4  a life insurance policy shall not be delivered or issued for
     5  delivery in this Commonwealth unless it contains in substance
     6  the following provisions, or corresponding provisions which the
     7  department determines are at least as favorable to the
     8  defaulting or surrendering policyholder as the requirements
     9  specified in this subsection and are essentially in compliance
    10  with subsection (i):
    11         (1)  That, in the event of default in any premium
    12     payment, the company will grant, upon proper request not
    13     later than 60 days after the due date of the premium in
    14     default, a paid-up nonforfeiture benefit on a plan stipulated
    15     in the policy, effective as of the due date, of an amount as
    16     provided in this section. In lieu of such a benefit, the
    17     company may substitute, upon proper request not later than 60
    18     days after the due date of the premium in default, an
    19     actuarially equivalent alternative paid-up nonforfeiture
    20     benefit which provides a greater amount or longer period of
    21     death benefits or, if applicable, a greater amount or earlier
    22     payment of endowment benefits.
    23         (2)  That, upon surrender of the policy within 60 days
    24     after the due date of any premium payment in default after
    25     premiums have been paid for at least three full years in the
    26     case of ordinary insurance or five full years in the case of
    27     industrial insurance, the company will pay, in lieu of any
    28     paid-up nonforfeiture benefit, a cash surrender value of an
    29     amount as provided in this section.
    30         (3)  That a specified paid-up nonforfeiture benefit shall
    19870H1628B2005                 - 527 -

     1     become effective as specified in the policy unless the person
     2     entitled to make such election elects another available
     3     option not later than 60 days after the due date of the
     4     premium in default.
     5         (4)  That, if the policy becomes paid-up by completion of
     6     all premium payments or if it is continued under any paid-up
     7     nonforfeiture benefit which became effective on or after the
     8     third policy anniversary in the case of ordinary insurance or
     9     the fifth policy anniversary in the case of industrial
    10     insurance, the company will pay, upon surrender of the policy
    11     within 30 days after any policy anniversary, a cash surrender
    12     value of such amount as provided in this section.
    13         (5)  In the case of policies which cause on a basis
    14     guaranteed in the policy unscheduled changes in benefits or
    15     premiums, or which provide an option for changes in benefits
    16     or premiums other than a change to a new policy, a statement
    17     of the mortality table, interest rate and method used in
    18     calculating cash surrender values and the paid-up
    19     nonforfeiture benefits available under the policy. In the
    20     case of all other policies, a statement of the mortality
    21     table and interest rate used in calculating the cash
    22     surrender values and the paid-up nonforfeiture benefits
    23     available under the policy, together with a table showing any
    24     cash surrender value and paid-up nonforfeiture benefit
    25     available under the policy on each policy anniversary either
    26     during the first 20 policy years or during the term of the
    27     policy, whichever is shorter. These values and benefits shall
    28     be calculated upon the assumption that there are no dividends
    29     or paid-up additions credited to the policy and that there is
    30     no indebtedness to the company on the policy.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 528 -

     1         (6)  That the cash surrender values and the paid-up
     2     nonforfeiture benefits available under the policy are not
     3     less than the minimum values and benefits required under any
     4     statute of the state in which the policy is delivered; an
     5     explanation of the manner in which the cash surrender values
     6     and the paid-up nonforfeiture benefits are altered by the
     7     existence of any paid-up additions credited to the policy or
     8     any indebtedness to the company on the policy; if a detailed
     9     statement of the method of computation of the values and
    10     benefits shown in the policy is not stated therein, a
    11     statement that the method of computation has been filed with
    12     the insurance supervisory official of the state in which the
    13     policy is delivered; and a statement of the method to be used
    14     in calculating the cash surrender value and paid-up
    15     nonforfeiture benefit available under the policy on any
    16     policy anniversary beyond the last anniversary for which such
    17     values and benefits are consecutively shown in the policy.
    18         (7)  That the company shall reserve the right to defer
    19     the payment of any cash surrender value for a period of six
    20     months after demand therefor with surrender of the policy.
    21     (c)  Calculation of cash surrender values.--
    22         (1)  Any cash surrender value available under the policy
    23     in the event of default in a premium payment due on any
    24     policy anniversary, whether or not required by subsection
    25     (b), shall be an amount not less than the excess of the
    26     present value, on that anniversary, of the future guaranteed
    27     benefits which would have been provided for by the policy,
    28     including any existing paid-up additions, if there had been
    29     no default, over the sum of:
    30             (i)  the then present value of the adjusted premiums,
    19870H1628B2005                 - 529 -

     1         as defined in subsections (e) and (f), corresponding to
     2         premiums which would have fallen due on and after the
     3         anniversary; and
     4             (ii)  the amount of any indebtedness to the company
     5         on the policy.
     6         (2)  For any policy issued on or after the operative date
     7     of subsection (f) which provides supplemental life insurance
     8     or annuity benefits at the option of the insured and for an
     9     identifiable additional premium by rider or supplemental
    10     policy provision, the cash surrender value shall be an amount
    11     not less than the sum of:
    12             (i)  the cash surrender value under paragraph (1) for
    13         an otherwise similar policy issued at the same age
    14         without the rider or supplemental policy provision; and
    15             (ii)  the cash surrender value under paragraph (1)
    16         for a policy which provides only the benefits otherwise
    17         provided by the rider or supplemental policy provision.
    18         (3)  For any family policy issued on or after the
    19     operative date of subsection (f) which defines a primary
    20     insured and provides term insurance on the life of the spouse
    21     of the primary insured expiring before the spouse reaches 71
    22     years of age, the cash surrender value shall be an amount not
    23     less than the sum of:
    24             (i)  the cash surrender value under paragraph (1) for
    25         an otherwise similar policy issued at the same age
    26         without term insurance on the life of the spouse; and
    27             (ii)  the cash surrender value under paragraph (1)
    28         for a policy which provides only the benefits otherwise
    29         provided by the term insurance on the life of the spouse.
    30         (4)  Any cash surrender value available within 30 days
    19870H1628B2005                 - 530 -

     1     after any policy anniversary under any policy paid-up by
     2     completion of all premium payments or any policy continued
     3     under any paid-up nonforfeiture benefit, whether or not
     4     required by subsection (b), shall be an amount not less than
     5     the present value on the anniversary of the future guaranteed
     6     benefits provided for by the policy, including any existing
     7     paid-up additions, decreased by any indebtedness to the
     8     company on the policy.
     9     (d)  Paid-up nonforfeiture benefits.--Any paid-up
    10  nonforfeiture benefit available under the policy in the event of
    11  default in a premium payment due on any policy anniversary shall
    12  be such that its present value as of the anniversary shall be at
    13  least equal to the cash surrender value then provided for by the
    14  policy or, if none is provided for, the cash surrender value
    15  which would have been required by this section in the absence of
    16  the condition that premiums shall have been paid for at least a
    17  specified period.
    18     (e)  Adjusted premiums for prior policies.--
    19         (1)  (i)  This paragraph does not apply to policies
    20         issued on or after the operative date of subsection (f).
    21         Except as provided in subparagraph (iii), the adjusted
    22         premiums for any policy shall be calculated on an annual
    23         basis and shall be such uniform percentage of the
    24         respective premiums specified in the policy for each
    25         policy year, excluding any extra premiums charged because
    26         of impairments or special hazards, that the present
    27         value, at the date of issue of the policy, of all
    28         adjusted premiums shall be equal to the sum of:
    29                 (A)  the then present value of the future
    30             guaranteed benefits provided for by the policy;
    19870H1628B2005                 - 531 -

     1                 (B)  two percent of the amount of insurance, if
     2             the insurance is uniform in amount, or of the
     3             equivalent uniform amount, as defined in subparagraph
     4             (ii), if the amount of insurance varies with duration
     5             of the policy;
     6                 (C)  forty percent of the adjusted premium for
     7             the first policy year; and
     8                 (D)  twenty-five percent of either the adjusted
     9             premium for the first policy year or the adjusted
    10             premium for a whole life policy of the same uniform
    11             or equivalent uniform amount with uniform premiums
    12             for the whole of life issued at the same age for the
    13             same amount of insurance, whichever is less.
    14         In applying the percentages specified in clauses (C) and
    15         (D), no adjusted premium shall be deemed to exceed 4% of
    16         the amount of insurance or uniform amount equivalent
    17         thereto. The date of issue of a policy for the purpose of
    18         this subsection shall be the date as of which the rated
    19         age of the insured is determined.
    20             (ii)  In the case of a policy providing an amount of
    21         insurance varying with the duration of the policy, the
    22         equivalent uniform amount for the purpose of this
    23         subsection shall be the uniform amount of insurance
    24         provided by an otherwise similar policy, containing the
    25         same endowment benefits issued at the same age and for
    26         the same term, the amount of which does not vary with
    27         duration and the benefits under which have the same
    28         present value at the date of issue as the benefits under
    29         the policy. In the case of a policy providing a varying
    30         amount of insurance issued on the life of a child under
    19870H1628B2005                 - 532 -

     1         ten years of age, the equivalent uniform amount may be
     2         computed as if the amount of insurance provided by the
     3         policy prior to the attainment of ten years of age was
     4         the amount provided by the policy at ten years of age.
     5             (iii)  The adjusted premiums for any policy providing
     6         term insurance benefits by rider or supplemental policy
     7         provision shall be equal to:
     8                 (A)  the adjusted premiums for an otherwise
     9             similar policy issued at the same age without such
    10             term insurance benefits, increased, during the period
    11             for which premiums for such term insurance benefits
    12             are payable, by;
    13                 (B)  the adjusted premiums for such term
    14             insurance.
    15         The amounts stated in clauses (A) and (B) shall be
    16         calculated separately and as specified in subparagraphs
    17         (i) and (ii), except that for the purposes of
    18         subparagraph (i)(B), (C) and (D), the amount of insurance
    19         or equivalent uniform amount of insurance used in the
    20         calculation of the adjusted premiums referred to in
    21         clause (B) of this subparagraph shall be equal to the
    22         excess of the corresponding amount determined for the
    23         entire policy over the amount used in the calculation of
    24         the adjusted premiums in clause (A) of this subparagraph.
    25             (iv)  Except as otherwise provided in paragraphs (2)
    26         and (3), all adjusted premiums and present values
    27         referred to in this section shall, for all policies of
    28         ordinary insurance, be calculated on the basis of the
    29         Commissioners 1941 Standard Ordinary Mortality Table. For
    30         any category of ordinary insurance issued on female
    19870H1628B2005                 - 533 -

     1         risks, adjusted premiums and present values may be
     2         calculated according to an age not more than three years
     3         younger than the actual age of the insured. Such
     4         calculations for all policies of industrial insurance
     5         shall be made on the basis of the 1941 Standard
     6         Industrial Mortality Table. All calculations shall be
     7         made using the rate of interest not exceeding 3.5% a
     8         year, specified in the policy for calculating cash
     9         surrender values and paid-up nonforfeiture benefits. In
    10         calculating the present value of any paid-up term
    11         insurance with any accompanying pure endowment offered as
    12         a nonforfeiture benefit, the rates of mortality assumed
    13         may be not more than 130% of the rates of mortality
    14         according to the applicable table. For insurance issued
    15         on a substandard basis, the calculation of any adjusted
    16         premiums and present values may be based on such other
    17         table of mortality as may be specified by the company and
    18         approved by the department.
    19         (2)  This paragraph does not apply to ordinary policies
    20     issued on or after the operative date of subsection (f). In
    21     the case of ordinary policies issued on or after the
    22     operative date of this paragraph, all adjusted premiums and
    23     present values referred to in this section shall be
    24     calculated on the basis of the Commissioners 1958 Standard
    25     Ordinary Mortality Table and the rate of interest specified
    26     in the policy for calculating cash surrender values and paid-
    27     up nonforfeiture benefits. This rate of interest shall not
    28     exceed 3.5% a year except that a rate of interest not
    29     exceeding 4% a year may be used for policies issued on or
    30     after June 23, 1976, and prior to July 3, 1980. A rate of
    19870H1628B2005                 - 534 -

     1     interest not exceeding 5.5% a year or such higher rate of
     2     interest as may be approved by the department may be used for
     3     policies issued on or after July 3, 1980. For any category of
     4     ordinary insurance issued on female risks, adjusted premiums
     5     and present values may be calculated according to an age not
     6     more than six years younger than the actual age of the
     7     insured. In calculating the present value of any paid-up term
     8     insurance with any accompanying pure endowment offered as a
     9     nonforfeiture benefit, the rates of mortality assumed may be
    10     not more than those shown in the Commissioners 1958 Extended
    11     Term Insurance Table. For insurance issued on a substandard
    12     basis, the calculation of any such adjusted premiums and
    13     present values may be based on such other table of mortality
    14     as specified by the company and approved by the department.
    15     The operative date of this paragraph is the operative date of
    16     former section 410A(d)(2) of the act of May 17, 1921
    17     (P.L.682, No.284), known as The Insurance Company Law of
    18     1921, and is not later than January 1, 1966.
    19         (3)  This paragraph does not apply to industrial policies
    20     issued on or after the operative date of subsection (f). In
    21     the case of industrial policies issued on or after the
    22     operative date of this paragraph, all adjusted premiums and
    23     present values referred to in this section shall be
    24     calculated on the basis of the Commissioners 1961 Standard
    25     Industrial Mortality Table and the rate of interest specified
    26     in the policy for calculating cash surrender values and paid-
    27     up nonforfeiture benefits. This rate of interest shall not
    28     exceed 3.5% a year except that a rate of interest not
    29     exceeding 4% a year may be used for policies issued on or
    30     after June 23, 1976, and prior to July 3, 1980. A rate of
    19870H1628B2005                 - 535 -

     1     interest not exceeding 5.5% a year or such higher rate of
     2     interest as may be approved by the department may be used for
     3     policies issued on or after July 3, 1980. In calculating the
     4     present value of any paid-up term insurance with accompanying
     5     pure endowment, if any, offered as a nonforfeiture benefit,
     6     the rates of mortality assumed may be not more than those
     7     shown in the Commissioners 1961 Industrial Extended Term
     8     Insurance Table. For insurance issued on a substandard basis,
     9     the calculation of any such adjusted premiums and present
    10     values may be based on such other table of mortality as
    11     specified by the company and approved by the department. The
    12     operative date of this paragraph is the operative date of
    13     former section 410A(d)(3) of The Insurance Company Law of
    14     1921 and is not later than January 1, 1970.
    15     (f)  Adjusted premiums for recent policies.--
    16         (1)  This subsection applies to all policies issued on or
    17     after the operative date of this subsection as defined in
    18     paragraph (11). Except as provided in subsection (c)(2) and
    19     in paragraph (7) of this subsection, the adjusted premiums
    20     for any policy shall be calculated on an annual basis and
    21     shall be a uniform percentage of the respective premiums
    22     specified in the policy for each policy year, excluding any
    23     extra premiums charged because of impairments or special
    24     hazards and also excluding any uniform annual contract charge
    25     or policy fee specified in the policy in a statement of the
    26     method to be used in calculating the cash surrender values
    27     and paid-up nonforfeiture benefits. The present value, at the
    28     date of issue of the policy, of all adjusted premiums shall
    29     be equal to the sum of:
    30             (i)  the then present value of the future guaranteed
    19870H1628B2005                 - 536 -

     1         benefits provided for by the policy;
     2             (ii)  one percent of either the amount of insurance,
     3         if the insurance be uniform in amount, or the average
     4         amount of insurance at the beginning of each of the first
     5         ten policy years; and
     6             (iii)  one hundred twenty-five percent of the
     7         nonforfeiture net level premium as defined in paragraph
     8         (2).
     9     However, in applying the percentage specified in subparagraph
    10     (iii) no nonforfeiture net level premium shall be deemed to
    11     exceed 4% of either the amount of insurance, if the insurance
    12     is uniform in amount, or the average amount of insurance at
    13     the beginning of each of the first ten policy years. The date
    14     of issue of a policy for the purpose of this subsection shall
    15     be the date as of which the rated age of the insured is
    16     determined.
    17         (2)  The nonforfeiture net level premium shall be equal
    18     to the present value, at the date of issue of the policy, of
    19     the guaranteed benefits provided for by the policy divided by
    20     the present value, at the date of issue of the policy, of an
    21     annuity of one per year payable on the date of issue of the
    22     policy and on each anniversary of the policy on which a
    23     premium falls due.
    24         (3)  In the case of policies which cause on a basis
    25     guaranteed in the policy unscheduled changes in benefits or
    26     premiums, or which provide an option for changes in benefits
    27     or premiums other than a change to a new policy, the adjusted
    28     premiums and present values shall initially be calculated on
    29     the assumption that future benefits and premiums do not
    30     change from those stipulated at the date of issue of the
    19870H1628B2005                 - 537 -

     1     policy. At the time of any such change in the benefits or
     2     premiums the future adjusted premiums, nonforfeiture net
     3     level premiums and present values shall be recalculated on
     4     the assumption that future benefits and premiums do not
     5     change from those stipulated by the policy immediately after
     6     the change.
     7         (4)  Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (7), the
     8     recalculated future adjusted premiums for the policy shall be
     9     such uniform percentage of the respective future premiums
    10     specified in the policy for each policy year, excluding
    11     amounts payable as extra premiums to cover impairments and
    12     special hazards and also excluding any uniform annual
    13     contract charge or policy fee specified in the policy in a
    14     statement of the method to be used in calculating the cash
    15     surrender values and paid-up nonforfeiture benefits, that the
    16     present value, at the time of change to the newly defined
    17     benefits or premiums, of all such future adjusted premiums
    18     shall be equal to the excess of:
    19             (i)  the sum of the then present value of the then
    20         future guaranteed benefits provided for by the policy and
    21         any additional expense allowance; over
    22             (ii)  the then cash surrender value, if any, or
    23         present value of any paid-up nonforfeiture benefit under
    24         the policy.
    25         (5)  The additional expense allowance, at the time of the
    26     change to the newly defined benefits or premiums, shall be
    27     the sum of:
    28             (i)  one percent of the excess, if positive, of the
    29         average amount of insurance at the beginning of each of
    30         the first ten policy years subsequent to the change over
    19870H1628B2005                 - 538 -

     1         the average amount of insurance prior to the change at
     2         the beginning of each of the first ten policy years
     3         subsequent to the time of the most recent previous change
     4         or, if there has been no previous change, the date of
     5         issue of the policy; and
     6             (ii)  one hundred twenty-five percent of the
     7         increase, if positive, in the nonforfeiture net level
     8         premium.
     9         (6)  The recalculated nonforfeiture net level premium
    10     shall be equal to the sum of:
    11             (i)  the nonforfeiture net level premium applicable
    12         prior to the change times the present value of an annuity
    13         of one per year payable on each anniversary of the policy
    14         on or subsequent to the date of the change on which a
    15         premium would have fallen due had the change not
    16         occurred; and
    17             (ii)  the present value of the increase in future
    18         guaranteed benefits provided for by the policy;
    19     divided by the present value of an annuity of one a year
    20     payable on each anniversary of the policy on or subsequent to
    21     the date of change on which a premium falls due.
    22         (7)  Notwithstanding any other provisions of this
    23     subsection, in the case of a policy issued on a substandard
    24     basis which provides reduced graded amounts of insurance so
    25     that, in each policy year, the policy has the same tabular
    26     mortality cost as an otherwise similar policy issued on the
    27     standard basis which provides higher uniform amounts of
    28     insurance, adjusted premiums and present values for the
    29     policy may be calculated as if it were issued to provide such
    30     higher uniform amounts of insurance on the standard basis.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 539 -

     1         (8)  The adjusted premiums and present values referred to
     2     in this subsection for policies of ordinary insurance shall
     3     be calculated on the basis of the Commissioners 1980 Standard
     4     Ordinary Mortality Table or, at the election of the company
     5     for any one or more specified plans of life insurance, the
     6     Commissioners 1980 Standard Ordinary Mortality Table with
     7     Ten-Year Select Mortality Factors. The adjusted premiums and
     8     present values for policies of industrial insurance shall be
     9     calculated on the basis of the Commissioners 1961 Standard
    10     Industrial Mortality Table, and for policies issued in a
    11     particular calendar year shall be calculated on the basis of
    12     a rate of interest not exceeding the nonforfeiture interest
    13     rate under paragraph (9) for policies issued in that calendar
    14     year. These provisions are subject to the following:
    15             (i)  At the option of the company, calculations for
    16         all policies issued in a particular calendar year may be
    17         made on the basis of a rate of interest not exceeding the
    18         nonforfeiture interest rate under paragraph (9) for
    19         policies issued in the immediately preceding calendar
    20         year.
    21             (ii)  Under any paid-up nonforfeiture benefit,
    22         including any paid-up dividend additions, any cash
    23         surrender value available, whether or not required by
    24         subsection (b), shall be calculated on the basis of the
    25         mortality table and rate of interest used in determining
    26         the amount of the paid-up nonforfeiture benefit and any
    27         paid-up dividend additions.
    28             (iii)  A company may calculate the amount of any
    29         guaranteed paid-up nonforfeiture benefit including any
    30         paid-up additions under the policy on the basis of an
    19870H1628B2005                 - 540 -

     1         interest rate no lower than that specified in the policy
     2         for calculating cash surrender values.
     3             (iv)  In calculating the present value of any paid-up
     4         term insurance with any accompanying pure endowment
     5         offered as a nonforfeiture benefit, the rates of
     6         mortality assumed may be not more than those in the
     7         Commissioners 1980 Extended Term Insurance Table for
     8         policies of ordinary insurance or in the Commissioners
     9         1961 Industrial Extended Term Insurance Table for
    10         policies of industrial insurance.
    11             (v)  For insurance issued on a substandard basis, the
    12         calculation of adjusted premiums and present values may
    13         be based on appropriate modifications of the tables
    14         mentioned in this paragraph.
    15             (vi)  Any ordinary mortality tables adopted after
    16         1980 by the National Association of Insurance
    17         Commissioners and approved by regulation promulgated by
    18         the department for use in determining the minimum
    19         nonforfeiture standard, may be substituted for the
    20         Commissioners 1980 Standard Ordinary Mortality Table with
    21         or without Ten-Year Select Mortality Factors or for the
    22         Commissioners 1980 Extended Term Insurance Table.
    23             (vii)  Any industrial mortality tables adopted after
    24         1980 by the National Association of Insurance
    25         Commissioners and approved by regulation promulgated by
    26         the department for use in determining the minimum
    27         nonforfeiture standard, may be substituted for the
    28         Commissioners 1961 Standard Industrial Mortality Table or
    29         the Commissioners 1961 Industrial Extended Term Insurance
    30         Table.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 541 -

     1         (9)  The nonforfeiture interest rate per year for any
     2     policy issued in a particular calendar year shall be equal to
     3     125% of the calendar year statutory valuation interest rate
     4     for the policy under section 703(c) (relating to computation
     5     of reserves on recent policies), rounded to the nearest
     6     0.25%.
     7         (10)  Notwithstanding any other provision in this title
     8     to the contrary, any refiling of nonforfeiture values or
     9     their methods of computation for any previously approved
    10     policy form which involves only a change in the interest rate
    11     or mortality table used to compute nonforfeiture values shall
    12     not require refiling of any other provisions of that policy
    13     form.
    14         (11)  Any company may file with the department a written
    15     notice of its election to comply with the provisions of this
    16     subsection after a specified date before January 1, 1989,
    17     which shall be the operative date of this subsection for the
    18     company. If a company makes no such election, the operative
    19     date of this subsection for the company shall be January 1,
    20     1989.
    21     (g)  Special approved methods of determination.--In the case
    22  of any plan of life insurance which provides for future premium
    23  determination, the amounts of which are to be determined by the
    24  insurance company based on then estimates of future experience,
    25  or in the case of any plan of life insurance which is of such a
    26  nature that minimum values cannot be determined by the methods
    27  described in subsections (b), (c), (d), (e) and (f), then:
    28         (1)  The company shall satisfy the department that the
    29     benefits provided under the plan are substantially as
    30     favorable to policyholders and insureds as the minimum
    19870H1628B2005                 - 542 -

     1     benefits otherwise required by subsections (b), (c), (d), (e)
     2     and (f).
     3         (2)  The company shall satisfy the department that the
     4     benefits and the pattern of premiums of that plan are not
     5     such as to mislead prospective policyholders or insureds.
     6         (3)  The cash surrender values and paid-up nonforfeiture
     7     benefits provided by the plan shall not be less than the
     8     minimum values and benefits required for the plan computed by
     9     a method consistent with the principles of this section, as
    10     determined by regulations promulgated by the department.
    11     (h)  Default on premiums not due on anniversary date.--Any
    12  cash surrender value and any paid-up nonforfeiture benefit,
    13  available under the policy in the event of default in a premium
    14  payment due at any time other than on the policy anniversary,
    15  shall be calculated with allowance for the lapse of time and the
    16  payment of fractional premiums beyond the beginning of the
    17  policy year in which the default occurs. All values referred to
    18  in subsections (c), (d), (e) and (f) may be calculated upon the
    19  assumption that any death benefit is payable at the end of the
    20  policy year of death.
    21     (i)  Progression of cash surrender values.--
    22         (1)  This subsection applies to all policies issued on or
    23     after January 1, 1985. Any cash surrender value available
    24     under the policy in the event of default in a premium payment
    25     due on any policy anniversary shall be in an amount which
    26     does not differ by more than 0.2% of either the amount of
    27     insurance, if the insurance be uniform in amount, or the
    28     average amount of insurance at the beginning of each of the
    29     first ten policy years, from the sum of:
    30             (i)  the greater of zero and the basic cash value
    19870H1628B2005                 - 543 -

     1         under paragraph (2); and
     2             (ii)  the present value of any existing paid-up
     3         additions less the amount of any indebtedness to the
     4         company under the policy.
     5         (2)  The basic cash value shall be equal to the present
     6     value, on the policy anniversary, of the future guaranteed
     7     benefits which would have been provided for by the policy,
     8     excluding any existing paid-up additions and before deduction
     9     of any indebtedness to the company, if there had been no
    10     default, less the then present value of the nonforfeiture
    11     factors corresponding to premiums which would have fallen due
    12     on and after the anniversary. The effect on the basic cash
    13     value of supplemental life insurance or annuity benefits or
    14     of family coverage, as described in subsection (c) or (e),
    15     whichever is applicable, shall be the same as the effect
    16     under subsection (c) or (e), whichever is applicable, on the
    17     cash surrender value under that subsection.
    18         (3)  The nonforfeiture factor for each policy year shall
    19     be an amount equal to a percentage of the adjusted premium
    20     for the policy year, under subsection (e) or (f), whichever
    21     is applicable. Except as is required by paragraph (4), this
    22     percentage:
    23             (i)  shall be the same percentage for each policy
    24         year between the second policy anniversary and the later
    25         of:
    26                 (A)  the fifth policy anniversary; or
    27                 (B)  the first policy anniversary at which there
    28             is available under the policy a cash surrender value
    29             in an amount, before including any paid-up additions
    30             and before deducting any indebtedness, of at least
    19870H1628B2005                 - 544 -

     1             0.2% of either the amount of insurance, if the
     2             insurance is uniform in amount, or the average amount
     3             of insurance at the beginning of each of the first
     4             ten policy years; and
     5             (ii)  shall be such that no percentage after the
     6         later of the policy anniversaries specified in
     7         subparagraph (i) may apply to fewer than five consecutive
     8         policy years.
     9         (4)  The basic cash value shall not be less than the
    10     value which would be obtained if the adjusted premiums for
    11     the policy under subsection (e) or (f), whichever is
    12     applicable, were substituted for the nonforfeiture factors in
    13     the calculation of the basic cash value.
    14         (5)  All adjusted premiums and present values referred to
    15     in this subsection shall for a particular policy be
    16     calculated on the same mortality and interest bases as are
    17     used in demonstrating the policy's compliance with this
    18     section. The cash surrender values referred to in this
    19     subsection shall include any endowment benefits provided for
    20     by the policy.
    21         (6)  Any cash surrender value available other than in the
    22     event of default in a premium payment due on a policy
    23     anniversary, and the amount of any paid-up nonforfeiture
    24     benefit available under the policy in the event of default in
    25     a premium payment, shall be determined consistently with the
    26     provisions for determining the analogous minimum amounts in
    27     subsections (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (g), (h) and (j). The
    28     amounts of any cash surrender values and of any paid-up
    29     nonforfeiture benefits granted in connection with additional
    30     benefits such as those listed in subsection (k) shall conform
    19870H1628B2005                 - 545 -

     1     with the principles of this subsection.
     2     (j)  Paid-up additions.--The net value of any paid-up
     3  additions, other than paid-up term additions, shall not be less
     4  than the amounts used to provide such additions.
     5     (k)  Additional benefits.--Notwithstanding subsection (c),
     6  additional benefits payable:
     7         (1)  in the event of death or dismemberment by accident
     8     or accidental means;
     9         (2)  in the event of total and permanent disability;
    10         (3)  as reversionary annuity or deferred reversionary
    11     annuity benefits;
    12         (4)  as term insurance benefits provided by a rider or
    13     supplemental policy provision to which, if issued as a
    14     separate policy, this section would not apply;
    15         (5)  as term insurance on the life of a child or on the
    16     lives of children, provided in a policy on the life of a
    17     parent of the child, if such term insurance expires before
    18     the child reaches 26 years of age, is uniform in amount after
    19     the child reaches one year of age and has not become paid-up
    20     by reason of the death of a parent of the child; and
    21         (6)  as other policy benefits additional to life
    22     insurance and endowment benefits;
    23  and premiums for all such additional benefits, shall be
    24  disregarded in ascertaining cash surrender values and
    25  nonforfeiture benefits required by this section. These
    26  additional benefits shall not be required to be included in any
    27  paid-up nonforfeiture benefits.
    28     (l)  Exclusions.--This section does not apply to any of the
    29  following:
    30         (1)  Reinsurance.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 546 -

     1         (2)  Group insurance.
     2         (3)  Pure endowment.
     3         (4)  Annuity or reversionary annuity contracts.
     4         (5)  Term policies of uniform amount, which provide no
     5     guaranteed nonforfeiture or endowment benefits, or renewal
     6     thereof, of 20 years or less expiring before the insured
     7     reaches 71 years of age, for which uniform premiums are
     8     payable during the entire term of the policy.
     9         (6)  Term policies of decreasing amount, which provide no
    10     guaranteed nonforfeiture or endowment benefits, on which each
    11     adjusted premium, calculated as specified in subsections (e)
    12     and (f), is less than the adjusted premium so calculated on a
    13     term policy of uniform amount, or renewal thereof, which
    14     provides no guaranteed nonforfeiture or endowment benefits,
    15     issued at the same age and for the same initial amount of
    16     insurance and for a term of 20 years or less expiring before
    17     the insured reaches 71 years of age, for which uniform
    18     premiums are payable during the entire term of the policy.
    19         (7)  Policies providing no guaranteed nonforfeiture or
    20     endowment benefits, for which no cash surrender value or
    21     present value of any paid-up nonforfeiture benefit, at the
    22     beginning of any policy year, calculated as specified in
    23     subsections (c), (d), (e) and (f), exceeds 2.5% of the amount
    24     of insurance at the beginning of the same policy year.
    25         (8)  Policies delivered outside this Commonwealth through
    26     an agent or other representative of the company issuing the
    27     policy.
    28  For the purposes of this subsection, the age at expiry for a
    29  joint term life insurance policy shall be the age at expiry of
    30  the oldest life.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 547 -

     1     (m)  Operative date.--The operative date of this section is
     2  the operative date of former section 410A of The Insurance
     3  Company Law of 1921, and is not later than January 1, 1948, for
     4  any life insurance company, except a limited life insurance
     5  company.
     6  § 5323.  Annuity and endowment contracts.
     7     (a)  Uniform provisions for annuities and pure endowments.--
     8  An annuity or pure endowment contract shall not be delivered in
     9  this Commonwealth, except policies of industrial insurance where
    10  the premiums are payable monthly or more often, and except in
    11  the case of a reversionary annuity, otherwise called a
    12  survivorship annuity, or an annuity contracted by an employer on
    13  behalf of his employees, unless it contains in substance the
    14  following provisions:
    15         (1)  A provision that there shall be a grace period,
    16     either of 30 days or of one month, within which any
    17     stipulated payment to the company falling due after the first
    18     year may be made, subject, at the option of the company, to
    19     an interest charge thereon at a rate to be specified in the
    20     contract, but not exceeding 8% a year, for the grace period
    21     elapsing before payment, during which grace period the
    22     contract shall continue in full force; that if a claim arises
    23     under the contract on account of death during the grace
    24     period before any overdue payment or deferred payments of the
    25     current year are made, the amount of the payments, with
    26     interest on any overdue payments, may be deducted from any
    27     amount payable under the contract in settlement. If the
    28     contract contains a loan provision, the rate of interest for
    29     contracts issued prior to April 8, 1982, may not exceed 8% a
    30     year.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 548 -

     1         (2)  If statements, other than those relating to age and
     2     identity, are required as a condition of issuing the
     3     contract, a provision that the contract shall be
     4     incontestable after it has been in force during the lifetime
     5     of the person or each of the persons as to whom such
     6     statements are required for a period of two years from its
     7     date of issue, except where stipulated payments to the
     8     company have not been made, and except for violation of the
     9     conditions of the contract relating to military or naval
    10     service in time of war. At the option of the company,
    11     provisions relative to benefits in the event of total and
    12     permanent disability and relative to insurance specifically
    13     against death by accident may also be excepted.
    14         (3)  A provision that the contract constitutes the entire
    15     contract between the parties. If the company desires to make
    16     the application a part of the contract, it may do so, if a
    17     copy of the application is endorsed upon or attached to the
    18     contract when issued; in this case, the contract shall
    19     contain a provision that the insurance contract and the
    20     application constitute the entire contract between the
    21     parties.
    22         (4)  A provision that, if the age of any of the persons
    23     upon whose lives the contract is based has been misstated,
    24     the amount payable under the contract shall be that which the
    25     stipulated payments to the company would have purchased at
    26     the correct age. Any overpayment by the company on account of
    27     misstatement of age shall, with interest thereon at a rate to
    28     be specified in the contract but not exceeding 6% a year, be
    29     charged against the current or next succeeding payment to be
    30     made by the company under the contract.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 549 -

     1         (5)  If the contract is participating, a provision that
     2     the divisible surplus shall be apportioned annually, and
     3     dividends shall be payable in cash or shall be applicable to
     4     any stipulated payment to the company under the contract.
     5         (6)  A provision specifying the options available upon
     6     cessation of payment of consideration under the contract.
     7             (i)  In the case of contracts issued prior to July 3,
     8         1980, the provision shall specify that, if the contract,
     9         after having been in force for three full years, shall by
    10         its terms lapse or become forfeited because any
    11         stipulated payment to the company has not been made, the
    12         reserve on the contract, computed according to the
    13         standard adopted by the company under Chapter 7 (relating
    14         to reserve liability) shall, after deducting 20% of the
    15         entire reserve and any indebtedness to the company under
    16         the contract, be applied as a net single payment
    17         according to that standard for the purchase of a paid-up
    18         annuity or pure endowment contract, which may be
    19         nonparticipating and which shall be payable by the
    20         company under the same terms and conditions, except as to
    21         the amount of the original contract. A company may
    22         provide, in lieu of the paid-up values, for a paid-up
    23         annuity or pure endowment contract in an amount bearing
    24         the same proportion to the original annuity or pure
    25         endowment contract as the number of stipulated payments
    26         made to the company bears to the total number of
    27         stipulated payments required to be made to the company
    28         under the contract. If there is any indebtedness to the
    29         company under the contract, the amount of the paid-up
    30         annuity or pure endowment shall be reduced by an amount
    19870H1628B2005                 - 550 -

     1         bearing the same proportion to the paid-up annuity or
     2         pure endowment as the indebtedness bears to the reserve
     3         on the paid-up annuity or pure endowment, computed
     4         according to the standard adopted by the company under
     5         Subchapter A of Chapter 7.
     6             (ii)  In the case of contracts issued on or after
     7         July 3, 1980, the provisions shall be in accordance with
     8         section 5324 (relating to standard nonforfeiture law for
     9         individual deferred annuities).
    10         (7)  A provision that the contract may be reinstated at
    11     any time within one year from the date of default in making
    12     stipulated payments to the company, if all overdue stipulated
    13     payments are made with interest thereon at a rate to be
    14     specified in the contract, but not exceeding 8% a year, and
    15     any indebtedness to the company on the contract is paid with
    16     interest determined in accordance with section 5326 (relating
    17     to policy loan interest rates), compounded annually. If
    18     necessary, a company may also include a requirement of
    19     evidence of insurability satisfactory to the company.
    20     (b)  Standard provisions for reversionary annuities.--A
    21  contract for a reversionary annuity shall not be so issued or
    22  delivered in this Commonwealth unless it contains in substance
    23  the following provisions:
    24         (1)  Provisions described in subsection (a)(1), (2), (3)
    25     and (5), except that under the provision described in
    26     subsection (a)(1) the company may provide for an equitable
    27     reduction of the amount of the annuity payments in
    28     settlement, or an overdue or deferred payments in lieu of
    29     providing for a deduction of the payments from any amount
    30     payable upon a settlement under the contract.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 551 -

     1         (2)  A provision that, if the age of any of the persons
     2     upon whose lives the contract is based has been misstated,
     3     the amount payable under the contract shall be that which the
     4     stipulated payments to the company would have purchased at
     5     the correct ages.
     6         (3)  A provision that the contract may be reinstated at
     7     any time within three years from the date of default in
     8     making stipulated payments to the company upon production of
     9     evidence of insurability satisfactory to the company, if all
    10     overdue payments are made with interest thereon at a rate to
    11     be specified in the contract, but not exceeding 8% a year,
    12     and any indebtedness to the company is paid with interest
    13     thereon at a rate or rates determined in accordance with
    14     section 5326, compounded annually.
    15     (c)  Alternative provisions.--Provisions of this section
    16  which do not apply to nonparticipating contracts or to contracts
    17  for which a single stipulated payment to the company is made
    18  shall to that extent not be incorporated in the contract. Any
    19  such contract may be delivered in this Commonwealth if, in the
    20  opinion of the department, it contains provisions, on any one or
    21  more of the requirements of this section, more favorable to the
    22  holder of the contract than required by this section.
    23     (d)  Permitted policies.--This section does not prohibit a
    24  life insurance corporation, which issues life insurance on a
    25  participating basis, from issuing annuities, reversionary
    26  annuities or pure endowments on a nonparticipating basis.
    27     (e)  Construction of contracts.--Any contract, or any
    28  application, endorsement or rider form used in connection
    29  therewith, issued in violation of this section shall
    30  nevertheless be held valid, but shall be construed as provided
    19870H1628B2005                 - 552 -

     1  in this section. When any provision in the contract,
     2  application, endorsement or rider is in conflict with this
     3  section or with any other provision of this title or the rights,
     4  duties and obligations of the company, the holder of the
     5  contract and the beneficiary or annuitant thereunder shall be
     6  governed by the provisions thereof. This section does not apply
     7  to contracts of reinsurance or to contracts for deferred
     8  annuities or reversionary annuities included in life insurance
     9  policies.
    10  § 5324.  Standard nonforfeiture law for individual deferred
    11             annuities.
    12     (a)  Short title of section.--This section shall be known and
    13  may be cited as the Standard Nonforfeiture Law for Individual
    14  Deferred Annuities.
    15     (b)  Applicability.--This section does not apply to any of
    16  the following:
    17         (1)  Reinsurance.
    18         (2)  Group annuity purchased under a retirement plan or
    19     plan of deferred compensation established or maintained by an
    20     employer or an employee organization, or by both, other than
    21     a plan providing individual retirement accounts or individual
    22     retirement annuities under section 408 of the Internal
    23     Revenue Code (Public Law 93-406, 26 U.S.C. § 408).
    24         (3)  Premium deposit fund.
    25         (4)  Variable annuity.
    26         (5)  Investment annuity.
    27         (6)  Immediate annuity.
    28         (7)  Deferred annuity contract after annuity payments
    29     have commenced.
    30         (8)  Reversionary annuity.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 553 -

     1         (9)  Contracts delivered outside this Commonwealth
     2     through an agent or other representative of the company
     3     issuing the contract.
     4     (c)  Required contract provisions.--Except as stated in
     5  subsection (b), no annuity contract shall be delivered or issued
     6  for delivery in this Commonwealth unless it contains in
     7  substance the following provisions, or corresponding provisions
     8  which in the opinion of the department are at least as favorable
     9  to the contract holder, upon cessation of payment of
    10  consideration under the contract:
    11         (1)  That upon cessation of payment of consideration
    12     under a contract, the company will grant a paid-up annuity
    13     benefit on a plan stipulated in the contract of the value
    14     determined under subsections (e), (f), (g), (h), (i) and (k).
    15         (2)  If a contract provides for a lump-sum settlement at
    16     maturity or at any other time, that upon surrender of the
    17     contract at or prior to the commencement of any annuity
    18     payments, the company will pay, in lieu of any paid-up
    19     annuity benefit, a cash surrender benefit of the amount
    20     determined under subsections (e), (f), (i) and (k). The
    21     company shall reserve the right to defer the payment of the
    22     cash surrender benefit for a period of six months after
    23     demand therefor with surrender of the contract.
    24         (3)  A statement of the mortality table, if any, and
    25     interest rates used in calculating any minimum paid-up
    26     annuity, cash surrender or death benefits guaranteed under
    27     the contract, together with sufficient information to
    28     determine the amounts of those benefits.
    29         (4)  A statement that any paid-up annuity, cash surrender
    30     or death benefits available under the contract are not less
    19870H1628B2005                 - 554 -

     1     than the minimum benefits required by any statute of the
     2     state in which the contract is delivered and an explanation
     3     of the manner in which the benefits are altered by the
     4     existence of any additional amounts credited by the company
     5     to the contract, any indebtedness to the company on the
     6     contract or any prior withdrawals from or partial surrenders
     7     of the contract. Notwithstanding this subsection, any
     8     deferred annuity contract may provide that if no
     9     consideration has been received under a contract for a period
    10     of two full years and the portion of the paid-up annuity
    11     benefit at maturity on the plan stipulated in the contract
    12     arising from consideration paid prior to the period would be
    13     less than $20 per month, the company may at its option
    14     terminate the contract by payment in cash of the then present
    15     value of that portion of the paid-up annuity benefit,
    16     calculated on the basis of the mortality table, if any, and
    17     interest rate specified in the contract for determining the
    18     paid-up annuity benefit; by this payment the company shall be
    19     relieved of any further obligation under the contract.
    20     (d)  Minimum nonforfeiture amount.--The minimum values as
    21  specified in subsections (e), (f), (g), (h), (i) and (k) of any
    22  paid-up annuity, cash surrender or death benefits available
    23  under an annuity contract shall be based upon minimum
    24  nonforfeiture amounts determined under this subsection.
    25         (1)  With respect to contracts providing for flexible
    26     consideration, the minimum nonforfeiture amount at any time
    27     at or prior to the commencement of any annuity payments shall
    28     be equal to an accumulation up to that time at a rate of
    29     interest of 3% a year of percentages of the net consideration
    30     (as set forth in paragraph (2)), paid prior to that time,
    19870H1628B2005                 - 555 -

     1     plus any existing additional amounts credited to the
     2     contract, decreased by the sum of:
     3             (i)  any prior withdrawals from or partial surrenders
     4         of the contract accumulated at a rate of interest of 3% a
     5         year; and
     6             (ii)  any indebtedness to the company on the
     7         contract, including interest due and accrued.
     8         (2)  The net consideration for a given contract year used
     9     to define the minimum nonforfeiture amount shall be an amount
    10     not less than zero and shall be equal to the corresponding
    11     gross consideration credited to the contract during that
    12     contract year less an annual contract charge of $30 and less
    13     a collection charge of $1.25 a payment credited to the
    14     contract during that contract year. The percentages of net
    15     considerations shall be 65% of the net consideration for the
    16     first contract year and 87.5% of the net consideration for
    17     the second and later contract years; however, the percentage
    18     shall be 65% of the portion of the total net consideration
    19     for any renewal contract year which exceeds by not more than
    20     two times the sum of those portions of the net consideration
    21     in all prior contract years for which the percentage was 65%.
    22         (3)  With respect to contracts providing for fixed
    23     scheduled payments of consideration, minimum nonforfeiture
    24     amounts shall be calculated on the assumption that the
    25     payments are made annually in advance and shall be defined as
    26     for contracts with flexible consideration which is paid
    27     annually with the following exceptions:
    28             (i)  The portion of the net consideration for the
    29         first contract year to be accumulated shall be the sum of
    30         65% of the net consideration for the first contract year
    19870H1628B2005                 - 556 -

     1         plus 22.5% of the excess of the net consideration for the
     2         first contract year over the lesser of the net
     3         consideration for the second or third contract years.
     4             (ii)  The annual contract charge shall be $30 or 10%
     5         of the gross annual consideration, whichever is less.
     6         (4)  With respect to contracts providing for a single
     7     payment of consideration, minimum amount shall be defined as
     8     for contracts with flexible consideration except that the
     9     percentage of net consideration used to determine the minimum
    10     nonforfeiture amount shall be equal to 90% and the net
    11     consideration shall be the gross consideration less a
    12     contract charge of $75.
    13     (e)  Paid-up annuity benefits.--Any paid-up annuity benefit
    14  available under a contract shall be such that its present value
    15  on the date the annuity payments are to commence is at least
    16  equal to the minimum nonforfeiture amount on that date. The
    17  present value shall be computed using the mortality table, if
    18  any, and the interest rate specified in the contract for
    19  determining the minimum paid-up benefits guaranteed in the
    20  contract.
    21     (f)  Cash surrender benefits.--For contracts which provide
    22  cash surrender benefits, cash surrender benefits available prior
    23  to maturity shall not be less than the present value as of the
    24  date of surrender of that portion of the maturity value of the
    25  paid-up annuity benefit which would be provided under the
    26  contract at maturity arising from consideration paid prior to
    27  the time of cash surrender reduced by the amount appropriate to
    28  reflect any prior withdrawals from or partial surrenders of the
    29  contract. The present value shall be calculated on the basis of
    30  an interest rate not more than 1% higher than the interest rate
    19870H1628B2005                 - 557 -

     1  specified in the contract for accumulating the net consideration
     2  to determine maturity value, decreased by the amount of any
     3  indebtedness to the company on the contract, including interest
     4  due and accrued, and increased by any existing additional
     5  amounts credited by the company to the contract. The cash
     6  surrender benefit shall not be less than the minimum
     7  nonforfeiture amount at that time. The death benefit under such
     8  contracts shall be at least equal to the cash surrender benefit.
     9     (g)  Contracts without cash surrender benefits.--For
    10  contracts which do not provide cash surrender benefits, the
    11  present value of any paid-up annuity benefit available as a
    12  nonforfeiture option at any time prior to maturity shall not be
    13  less than the present value of that portion of the maturity
    14  value of the paid-up annuity benefit provided under the contract
    15  arising from consideration paid prior to the time the contract
    16  is surrendered in exchange for, or changed to, a deferred paid-
    17  up annuity. Subject to subsection (e), the present value shall
    18  be calculated for the period prior to that maturity date on the
    19  basis of the interest rate specified in the contract for
    20  accumulating the net consideration to determine the maturity
    21  value, and increased by any existing additional amount credited
    22  by the company to the contract.
    23     (h)  Contracts limiting death benefits.--For contracts which
    24  do not provide any death benefits prior to the commencement of
    25  any annuity payments, the present values shall be calculated
    26  subject to subsection (e), on the basis of the interest rate and
    27  the mortality table specified in the contract for determining
    28  the maturity value of the paid-up annuity benefit.
    29     (i)  Maturity date.--For the purpose of determining the
    30  benefits calculated under subsections (f), (g) and (h), in the
    19870H1628B2005                 - 558 -

     1  case of annuity contracts under which an election may be made to
     2  have annuity payments commence at optional maturity dates, the
     3  maturity date shall be deemed to be the latest date for which
     4  election shall be permitted by the contract, but shall not be
     5  deemed to be later than the anniversary of the contract next
     6  following the 70th birthday of the annuitant or the 10th
     7  anniversary of the contract, whichever is later.
     8     (j)  Disclosure of omitted benefits.--Any contract which does
     9  not provide cash surrender benefits or does not provide death
    10  benefits at least equal to the minimum nonforfeiture amount
    11  prior to the commencement of any annuity payments shall include
    12  a statement in a prominent place in the contract that such
    13  benefits are not provided.
    14     (k)  Calculation factors.--Any paid-up annuity, cash
    15  surrender or death benefit available at any time, other than on
    16  the contract anniversary under any contract with fixed scheduled
    17  payments of consideration, shall be calculated with allowance
    18  for the lapse of time and the payment of any scheduled
    19  consideration beyond the beginning of the contract year in which
    20  cessation of payment of consideration under the contract occurs.
    21     (l)  Contract including life insurance benefits.--For any
    22  contract which provides, within the same contract by rider or
    23  supplemental contract provision, both annuity benefits and life
    24  insurance benefits that are in excess of the greater of cash
    25  surrender benefits or a return of the gross considerations with
    26  interest, the minimum nonforfeiture benefits shall be equal to
    27  the sum of the minimum nonforfeiture benefits for the annuity
    28  portion and the minimum nonforfeiture benefits for the life
    29  insurance portion computed as if each portion were a separate
    30  contract.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 559 -

     1     (m)  Additional benefits.--Notwithstanding subsections (e),
     2  (f), (g), (h), (i) and (k), additional benefits payable in the
     3  event of total and permanent disability, as reversionary annuity
     4  or deferred reversionary annuity benefits or as other policy
     5  benefits additional to life insurance, endowment and annuity
     6  benefits, and consideration for all such additional benefits,
     7  shall be disregarded in ascertaining the minimum nonforfeiture
     8  amounts, paid-up annuity, cash surrender and death benefits that
     9  may be required by this section. The inclusion of these
    10  additional benefits shall not be required in any paid-up
    11  benefits, unless such additional benefits separately would
    12  require minimum nonforfeiture amounts, paid-up annuity, cash
    13  surrender and death benefits.
    14  § 5325.  Notice of right to examine policies.
    15     (a)  Life and endowment policies.--A policy of individual
    16  life insurance or endowment insurance shall not be delivered in
    17  this Commonwealth unless it has prominently printed on the first
    18  page or attached a notice stating in substance that the
    19  policyholder shall be permitted to return the policy within at
    20  least ten days of its delivery and to have the premium paid
    21  refunded, if after examination of the policy, the policyholder
    22  is not satisfied with it for any reason.
    23     (b)  Annuity or pure endowment contracts.--An individual
    24  fixed dollar annuity or pure endowment contract shall not be
    25  delivered in this Commonwealth unless it has prominently printed
    26  on the first page or attached a notice stating in substance that
    27  the policyholder shall be permitted to return the policy within
    28  at least ten days of its delivery and to have the stipulated
    29  payment or premium paid refunded if, after examination of the
    30  contract, the contractholder is not satisfied with it for any
    19870H1628B2005                 - 560 -

     1  reason.
     2     (c)  Individual variable annuities.--An individual variable
     3  annuity contract shall not be entered into in this Commonwealth
     4  unless it has prominently printed on the first page or attached
     5  a notice stating in substance that the contractholder shall be
     6  permitted to return the contract within at least ten days of its
     7  delivery if, after examination of the contract, the
     8  contractholder is not satisfied with it for any reason and that,
     9  if the contract is returned, the insurer will pay to the
    10  contractholder an amount equal to the sum of:
    11         (1)  the difference between the premiums paid including
    12     any contract fees or other charges and the amounts, if any,
    13     allocated to any separate accounts under the contract; and
    14         (2)  the cash value of the contract or, if the contract
    15     does not have a cash value, the reserve for the contract, on
    16     the date of surrender attributable to the amounts so
    17     allocated.
    18     (d)  Returned policies or contracts.--If a policyholder or
    19  contractholder returns the contract, pursuant to the notice
    20  required under this section, to the insurer at its home or
    21  branch office or to the agent through whom it was purchased, it
    22  shall be void from the beginning, and the parties shall be in
    23  the same position as if no policy or contract had been entered
    24  into.
    25  § 5326.  Policy loan interest rates.
    26     (a)  Statement of purpose.--The purpose of this section is to
    27  permit and set guidelines for companies to include in life
    28  insurance policies and annuity contracts containing a loan
    29  provision, a provision for periodic adjustment of policy loan
    30  interest rates.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 561 -

     1     (b)  Definitions.--For the purposes of this section:
     2         (1)  The rate of interest on policy loans includes the
     3     interest rate charged on reinstatement of policy loans for
     4     the period during and after any lapse of a policy.
     5         (2)  The term "policy loan" includes any premium loan
     6     made under a policy to pay one or more premiums that were not
     7     paid to the company as they fell due.
     8         (3)  The term "policyholder" includes the owner of the
     9     policy or the person designated to pay premiums as shown on
    10     the records of the company.
    11         (4)  The term "policy" includes certificates issued by a
    12     fraternal benefit society and annuity contracts which provide
    13     for policy loans.
    14         (5)  The term "published monthly average" means Moody's
    15     Corporate Bond Yield Average - Monthly Average Corporates as
    16     published by Moody's Investors Service, Inc. or any successor
    17     thereto, or if Moody's Corporate Bond Yield Average - Monthly
    18     Average Corporates is no longer published, a substantially
    19     similar average established by regulation promulgated by the
    20     department.
    21     (c)  Provisions and disclosures.--
    22         (1)  Policies providing for policy loan interest rates
    23     shall have:
    24             (i)  a provision permitting a maximum interest rate
    25         of not more than 8% a year; or
    26             (ii)  a provision permitting an adjustable maximum
    27         interest rate established from time to time by the
    28         company as permitted by law.
    29         (2)  The rate of interest charged on a policy loan made
    30     under paragraph (1)(ii) shall not exceed the higher of the
    19870H1628B2005                 - 562 -

     1     following:
     2             (i)  the published monthly average for the calendar
     3         month ending two months before the date on which the rate
     4         is determined; or
     5             (ii)  the rate used to compute the cash surrender
     6         values under the policy during the applicable period plus
     7         1% a year.
     8         (3)  If the maximum rate of interest is determined under
     9     paragraph (1)(ii), the policy shall contain a provision
    10     setting forth the frequency at which the rate is to be
    11     determined for that policy.
    12         (4)  The maximum rate for each policy shall be determined
    13     at regular intervals at least once every 12 months, but not
    14     more frequently than once in any three-month period. At the
    15     intervals specified in the policy:
    16             (i)  The rate being charged may be increased whenever
    17         such increase as determined under paragraph (2) would
    18         increase that rate by 0.5% a year or more.
    19             (ii)  The rate being charged shall be reduced
    20         whenever such reduction as determined under paragraph (2)
    21         would decrease that rate by 0.5% a year or more.
    22         (5)  The company shall:
    23             (i)  Notify the policyholder at the time a cash loan
    24         is made of the initial rate of interest on the loan.
    25             (ii)  Notify the policyholder with respect to premium
    26         loans of the initial rate of interest on the loan as soon
    27         as it is reasonably practical to do so after making the
    28         initial loan. Notice need not be given to the
    29         policyholder when a further premium loan is added, except
    30         as provided in subparagraph (iii).
    19870H1628B2005                 - 563 -

     1             (iii)  Send to policyholders with loans reasonable
     2         advance notice of any increase in the rate.
     3             (iv)  Include in the notices required above the
     4         substance of the pertinent provisions of paragraphs (1)
     5         and (3).
     6         (6)  The loan value of the policy shall be determined as
     7     provided in section 5321(8) (relating to uniform policy
     8     provisions).
     9         (7)  A policy shall not terminate in a policy year as the
    10     sole result of change in the interest rate during that policy
    11     year, and the company shall maintain coverage during that
    12     policy year until the time at which it would otherwise have
    13     terminated if there had been no change during that policy
    14     year.
    15         (8)  The substance of the pertinent provisions of
    16     paragraphs (1) and (3) shall be set forth in the policies to
    17     which they apply.
    18         (9)  No other statute applies to policy loan interest
    19     rates unless made specifically applicable to such rates.
    20     (d)  Applicability.--This section does not apply to any
    21  insurance contract issued before April 8, 1982, unless the
    22  policyholder agrees in writing to its applicability.
    23  § 5327.  Prohibited policy provisions.
    24     A policy of life insurance shall not be delivered in this
    25  Commonwealth, except policies of industrial insurance where the
    26  premiums are payable monthly or more often, if it contains any
    27  of the following provisions:
    28         (1)  Any provision for forfeiture of the policy for
    29     failure to repay any loan on the policy or to pay interest on
    30     the loan, while the total indebtedness on the policy is less
    19870H1628B2005                 - 564 -

     1     than the cash value thereof. In ascertaining the indebtedness
     2     due upon the policy loan, the interest, if not paid when due,
     3     shall be added to the principal of the loan, and shall bear
     4     interest at the rate specified in the note or loan agreement.
     5         (2)  Any provision limiting the time within which any
     6     action at law or equity may be commenced to less than two
     7     years after the cause of action accrues.
     8         (3)  Any provision by which the policy purports to be
     9     issued or to take effect more than six months before the
    10     original application for the insurance was made.
    11         (4)  Any provision for a mode of settlement at maturity
    12     of less value than the amount insured on the face of the
    13     policy, plus any dividend additions, less the indebtedness to
    14     the company on the policy, and less any premiums that may be
    15     deducted by the terms of the policy.
    16  § 5328.  Medical examinations.
    17     In any case where the medical examiner or physician acting as
    18  such, or the agent of the insurer recording the answers of the
    19  applicant where a medical examination is waived, of any
    20  insurance company doing business in this Commonwealth issues a
    21  certificate of health, declares the applicant a fit subject for
    22  insurance or so reports to the company under its rules and
    23  regulations, the company shall thereby be estopped from setting
    24  up in defense of an action on the policy or certificate issued
    25  to the insured, that the insured was not in the condition of
    26  health required by the policy or certificate or by the company
    27  issuing the same at the time of the medical examination, or the
    28  recording of the answers of the applicant where a medical
    29  examination is waived, unless the policy or certificate is
    30  procured by means of fraud, deceit or misrepresentation of or on
    19870H1628B2005                 - 565 -

     1  behalf of the insured.
     2  § 5329.  Insurance on the life of another person.
     3     (a)  General rule.--Except as provided in this section, a
     4  policy of life insurance shall not be delivered in this
     5  Commonwealth except upon the application of the person insured.
     6  A person liable for the support of a child may take out a policy
     7  of insurance on the child. Individuals, partnerships,
     8  associations and corporations may insure the lives and health of
     9  officers, directors, principals, partners and employees without
    10  signing a personal application.
    11     (b)  Insurable interest.--Any individual may insure his own
    12  life for the benefit of any person, but no person shall cause to
    13  be insured the life of another, unless the beneficiary named in
    14  the life insurance policy or contract, whether himself or a
    15  third person, has an insurable interest in the life of the
    16  insured. If a policy of life insurance has been issued in
    17  conformity with this section, a transfer of the policy or any
    18  interest thereunder shall not be invalid by reason of a lack of
    19  insurable interest of the transferee in the life of the insured
    20  or the payment of premiums thereafter by the transferee. As used
    21  in this section the term "insurable interest" means:
    22         (1)  In the case of persons related by blood or law, an
    23     interest engendered by love and affection.
    24         (2)  In the case of other persons, a lawful economic
    25     interest in having the life of the insured continue, as
    26     distinguished from an interest which would arise only by the
    27     death of the insured.
    28  § 5330.  Statements by prospective insured.
    29     All statements made by the applicant for an annuity or pure
    30  endowment contract, or statements made by the insured or on his
    19870H1628B2005                 - 566 -

     1  behalf in the negotiation for a policy or certificate of life,
     2  endowment, accident or health insurance, or any reinstatement
     3  thereof issued by any insurance entity, fraternal benefit
     4  society, beneficial society doing business in this Commonwealth,
     5  shall be deemed, in the absence of fraud, to be representations
     6  and not warranties.
     7  § 5331.  Insurance proceeds.
     8     (a)  Retention by insurer.--Whenever, under the terms of any
     9  annuity or policy of life insurance issued by any domestic or
    10  foreign stock or mutual life insurance company doing business in
    11  this Commonwealth, the proceeds are retained by the company at
    12  maturity or otherwise, the company shall not be required to
    13  segregate these funds, but may hold the funds as part of its
    14  general corporate funds.
    15     (b)  Limitations on use by insureds.--A person entitled to
    16  any part of the proceeds, or any installment of interest due or
    17  to become due thereon, shall not be permitted to commute,
    18  anticipate, encumber, alienate or assign them in whole or in
    19  part, if permission is expressly withheld by the terms of the
    20  policy.
    21  § 5332.  (Reserved).
    22  § 5333.  Certain life, health and accident companies.
    23     Companies incorporated under the provisions of the former act
    24  of April 29, 1874 (P.L.73, No.32), relating to life, health and
    25  accident insurance, may write life, health and accident
    26  insurance of every kind permitted under this title, in or
    27  outside this Commonwealth.
    28  § 5334.  Exchange, alteration and conversion of policies.
    29     (a)  General rule.--Any life insurance company may, at the
    30  request of a policyholder, exchange, alter or convert any policy
    19870H1628B2005                 - 567 -

     1  of life or endowment insurance, annuity policy contract, or any
     2  other policy benefits issued by it, for or into any policy which
     3  conforms with the law in force on the date of the original
     4  policy, if the rewritten policy is by its terms made effective
     5  as of that date, or which conforms with the law in force on a
     6  subsequent date, if the rewritten policy is by its terms made
     7  effective on the subsequent date.
     8     (b)  Retroactive change.--If the rewritten policy is made
     9  effective as of a date earlier than the date on which the
    10  exchange, alteration or conversion occurs:
    11         (1)  the rewritten policy, if evidence of insurability is
    12     required in conjunction with an exchange, alteration or
    13     conversion to a policy on a plan requiring a lower premium
    14     rate or to a policy to which benefits or features are added
    15     differing from those in the original policy, may provide that
    16     the date on which the transaction pursuant to this section
    17     occurs shall be used in determining the applicability of an
    18     incontestability clause in the rewritten policy to the right
    19     of the company to contest the transaction, or in determining
    20     the applicability of a clause in the rewritten policy
    21     limiting liability in the event of suicide of the insured;
    22     and
    23         (2)  the amount of insurance under the rewritten policy
    24     shall not exceed the amount of insurance under the original
    25     policy, or the amount of insurance which the premium paid for
    26     the original policy would have purchased if the rewritten
    27     policy had been originally applied for, whichever amount is
    28     the greater.
    29     (c)  Applicability of other sections.--Sections 3582
    30  (relating to rebates and inducements) and 5327(3) (relating to
    19870H1628B2005                 - 568 -

     1  prohibited policy provisions) do not prohibit transactions
     2  pursuant to this section.
     3  § 5335.  Penalty for misrepresentation.
     4     (a)  Criminal penalty.--Any agent of a stock or mutual life
     5  insurance company, physician or other person who knowingly
     6  makes, directly or indirectly, any misrepresentation or false
     7  statement for the purpose of securing, from any stock or mutual
     8  life insurance company, a policy of insurance upon his own life
     9  or the life of any other person, commits a misdemeanor of the
    10  third degree.
    11     (b)  Civil penalties.--Upon satisfactory evidence of
    12  violation of subsection (a) by any agent of any insurance entity
    13  or any insurance broker, the department may do any or all of the
    14  following:
    15         (1)  Suspend or revoke the license of the offending agent
    16     or broker.
    17         (2)  Refuse, for a period of not to exceed one year, to
    18     issue a new license to the offending agent or broker.
    19         (3)  Impose a penalty of not more than $1,000 for each
    20     violation.
    21                            SUBCHAPTER C
    22        CONVERSION OF STOCK COMPANIES INTO MUTUAL COMPANIES
    23  Sec.
    24  5341.  Power to effect conversion.
    25  5342.  Approval of plan of conversion.
    26  5343.  Filing of plan.
    27  5344.  Rights of dissenters.
    28  5345.  Completion of conversion.
    29  § 5341.  Power to effect conversion.
    30     Any domestic corporation with capital stock transacting the
    19870H1628B2005                 - 569 -

     1  business of life insurance on the mutual plan of any domestic
     2  life insurance corporation having capital stock may acquire its
     3  own shares of the capital stock for the benefit of its
     4  policyholders and convert the corporation into a mutual life
     5  insurance corporation as provided in this subchapter.
     6  § 5342.  Approval of plan of conversion.
     7     (a)  General rule.--The corporation may carry out a plan for
     8  the acquisition of the shares of its capital stock for the
     9  purposes of conversion into a mutual life insurance corporation.
    10  The plan shall become effective if it is adopted under the
    11  procedure set forth in this section.
    12     (b)  Approval by directors.--The plan shall be adopted by a
    13  majority of the entire number of the directors of the
    14  corporation.
    15     (c)  Approval by department.--The plan shall be submitted for
    16  approval to the department.
    17     (d)  Approval by shareholders.--The plan shall be approved by
    18  vote of the stockholders of the corporation, representing a
    19  majority in amount of the entire capital stock of the
    20  corporation, at a special meeting of stockholders called for the
    21  purpose. Notice of the time, place and object of the meeting
    22  shall be given to the stockholders by publication, once a week
    23  for three successive weeks before the meeting, in at least two
    24  daily or weekly newspapers and in the legal periodical
    25  designated by the rules of the court for the publication of
    26  legal notices, published in the municipality where the
    27  corporation has its principal office. At the meeting a vote of
    28  the stockholders shall be taken on the plan. The vote shall be
    29  conducted by three judges, who shall be stockholders of the
    30  corporation, appointed by the board of directors to hold the
    19870H1628B2005                 - 570 -

     1  vote. If any judge is absent, the judges present shall appoint a
     2  replacement. The judges shall swear that they will conduct the
     3  vote according to law and to the best of their ability. The
     4  corporation shall furnish the judges at the meeting with a
     5  statement of the amount of its capital stock with the names of
     6  the persons holding the stock and the number of shares held by
     7  each, which shall be signed and sworn to by one of the chief
     8  officers of the corporation. The stockholders may vote in person
     9  or by proxy, and all votes shall be cast by ballot. Each share
    10  of stock shall entitle its holder to one vote. The judges shall
    11  decide upon the qualifications of voters, count the number of
    12  shares voted for and against the plan and declare whether the
    13  persons holding a majority in amount of capital stock of the
    14  corporation have approved or disapproved the plan. The judges
    15  shall prepare triplicate returns of the vote, stating the number
    16  of shares of stock that voted for and against the plan, and
    17  subscribe and deliver the returns to one of the chief officers
    18  of the corporation. Each ballot shall have endorsed on it the
    19  number of shares represented thereby, but no share or shares
    20  transferred within 21 days shall entitle its holder to vote at
    21  the meeting.
    22     (e)  Approval by policyholders.--The plan shall be approved
    23  by a majority vote of the policyholders of the corporation whose
    24  insurance is in force, voting at a meeting called for the
    25  purpose. Notice of the time, place and object of the meeting
    26  shall be given to the policyholders by publication, once a week
    27  for three successive weeks before the meeting, in at least two
    28  daily or weekly newspapers and in the legal periodical
    29  designated by the rules of the court for the publication of
    30  legal notices, published in the municipality where the
    19870H1628B2005                 - 571 -

     1  corporation has its principal office, and in at least one daily
     2  or weekly newspaper published in the capital city of each state
     3  in which the corporation does business. At this meeting, a vote
     4  of the policyholders shall be taken on the plan. The vote shall
     5  be conducted by three judges, who shall be the policyholders of
     6  the corporation, appointed by the department to hold the
     7  election. If any judge is absent, the judges present shall
     8  appoint a replacement. The judges shall swear that they will
     9  conduct the vote according to law and to the best of their
    10  ability. The corporation shall supply the judges with such
    11  books, records and papers of the corporation as they may request
    12  in order to assist them in the proper conduct of the meeting.
    13  All votes cast shall be cast by ballot. Each policyholder may
    14  cast one vote in person or by proxy, but no proxy shall be
    15  received or entitle the holder to vote unless it bears the date
    16  or has been executed within two months next preceding the vote.
    17  The judges shall decide upon the qualifications of voters, count
    18  the number of votes cast for and against the plan, and declare
    19  whether a majority of policyholders voting at the meeting have
    20  approved or disapproved the plan. The judges shall prepare
    21  triplicate returns of the vote, stating the number of
    22  policyholders who voted for and against the plan, and subscribe
    23  and deliver the returns to one of the chief officers of the
    24  corporation.
    25  § 5343.  Filing of plan.
    26     The corporation shall, within 30 days after the plan is
    27  adopted and approved under section 5342 (relating to approval of
    28  plan of conversion), file with the Secretary of the Commonwealth
    29  and with the department:
    30         (1)  A copy of the plan.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 572 -

     1         (2)  A copy of the resolution of the directors adopting
     2     the plan.
     3         (3)  One of the copies of the return of the meeting of
     4     the stockholders.
     5         (4)  One of the copies of the return of the meeting of
     6     the policyholders.
     7  This filing shall constitute notice to all interested parties of
     8  the adoption and approval of the plan.
     9  § 5344.  Rights of dissenters.
    10     (a)  Petition for appraisal.--Any stockholder of the
    11  corporation who does not consent to the plan may, within 30 days
    12  from the filing of the papers under section 5343 (relating to
    13  filing of plan), petition the court in the county where the
    14  principal office of the corporation is located to appoint an
    15  assessor to appraise the shares of stock of the stockholder in
    16  the corporation. If the stockholder fails to petition for the
    17  appointment of an assessor within the 30-day period, the
    18  corporation may do so. Upon the filing of the petition, the
    19  court shall direct such notice to be given as the court deems
    20  proper to the corporation or the stockholder as respondent. Upon
    21  proof of proper notice, and upon hearing all parties in interest
    22  appearing in response to the petition, the court shall appoint
    23  the assessor.
    24     (b)  Method of appraisal.--The assessor shall appraise the
    25  shares of the stockholder without regard to any appreciation or
    26  depreciation in consequence of the plan.
    27     (c)  Effect of confirmed appraisal.--The appraisal, when
    28  confirmed by the court, shall be final and conclusive. The
    29  corporation shall at its election either:
    30         (1)  pay to the stockholder the value of the shares so
    19870H1628B2005                 - 573 -

     1     ascertained, at which time the stockholder shall transfer the
     2     shares to the corporation; or
     3         (2)  deposit the value so ascertained of the shares of
     4     the stockholder with the court, at which time the stockholder
     5     shall cease to have any interest in the corporation and the
     6     shares shall become the property of the corporation.
     7     (d)  Default.--If the value of the shares is not paid or
     8  deposited within 30 days after the appraisal is made and
     9  confirmed by the court, the appraisal shall be filed as a
    10  judgment against the corporation and may be collected as a
    11  judgment.
    12     (e)  Costs.--The cost of the court proceedings, including a
    13  reasonable allowance to the assessor, shall be paid by the
    14  corporation pursuant to order of court.
    15  § 5345.  Completion of conversion.
    16     When the corporation has acquired all its shares of the
    17  capital stock, the stock shall be canceled by the corporation,
    18  and the cancellation shall be certified in duplicate by the
    19  secretary of the corporation under the corporate seal. One of
    20  the certificates shall be filed with the Secretary of the
    21  Commonwealth, and the other shall be filed with the department.
    22  When these certificates are filed, all rights of the
    23  stockholders of the corporation to vote at any meeting of the
    24  corporation or to retain any interest in the corporation or in
    25  its property or assets shall cease. The corporation shall then
    26  become a mutual life insurance corporation under the new
    27  corporate name adopted under the plan. The Secretary of the
    28  Commonwealth shall issue the corporation a signed and sealed
    29  certificate, granting the corporation the use of the new
    30  corporate name. The corporation shall be subject to any
    19870H1628B2005                 - 574 -

     1  provisions of this title applicable to the incorporation and
     2  operation of mutual life insurance companies.
     3                            SUBCHAPTER D
     4                  MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANIES
     5  Sec.
     6  5351.  Foreign and alien companies.
     7  5352.  Guarantee capital subscriptions.
     8  5353.  Surplus or safety fund.
     9  § 5351.  Foreign and alien companies.
    10     Foreign mutual life insurance companies may be admitted to do
    11  business in this Commonwealth if they have the requisite funds
    12  of a mutual life insurance company and, in the opinion of the
    13  department, are in sound financial condition and have policies
    14  in force upon not less than 500 lives for an aggregate amount of
    15  not less than $1,000,000. Any foreign or alien stock or mutual
    16  life insurance company licensed to transact business in this
    17  Commonwealth on May 17, 1921, having less capital or assets than
    18  that required under this title for domestic life insurance
    19  companies, may be relicensed so long as, in the opinion of the
    20  department, it is in a sound financial condition and otherwise
    21  complies with all requirements of law.
    22  § 5352.  Guarantee capital subscriptions.
    23     (a)  Assessments.--Every person subscribing to the guarantee
    24  capital of any mutual life insurance company organized under
    25  this title shall give to the company his note or obligation, in
    26  such form as the bylaws of the company may prescribe, for the
    27  unpaid portion of the guarantee capital so subscribed. This note
    28  or obligation shall be liable to assessment as necessary by the
    29  directors or trustees of the company for the successful conduct
    30  of its business. These assessments may be made to meet the
    19870H1628B2005                 - 575 -

     1  losses, expenses, insurance reserve and other obligations of the
     2  company until the whole amount of the note or obligation is
     3  paid. All assessments shall be made pro rata upon the entire
     4  amount of unpaid subscriptions, and, if the assessments are not
     5  paid, they shall be collected by legal proceedings.
     6     (b)  Interest.--The subscribers to the guarantee capital of
     7  any mutual life insurance company shall receive interest from
     8  the company, payable semiannually at the rate, not exceeding 6%,
     9  agreed upon at the time of subscribing, if the net surplus over
    10  a requisite reservation for liabilities and contingencies is
    11  sufficient to pay the interest. If the interest paid is less
    12  than the sum originally agreed on, the interest paid shall be
    13  made equal to the sum agreed on when the profits of the company
    14  are sufficient.
    15     (c)  Retirement.--Whenever the lawful invested assets of any
    16  mutual life insurance company exceed the reserve and other
    17  liabilities to an amount equal to the amount of the guarantee
    18  capital subscribed, the directors or trustees may retire or
    19  return all or any portion of the guarantee capital to the
    20  subscribers. The amount returned shall not exceed that actually
    21  paid in, with the interest due and unpaid.
    22  § 5353.  Surplus or safety fund.
    23     Any domestic mutual life insurance company transacting
    24  business in this Commonwealth may establish or maintain a
    25  surplus or safety fund to an amount not in excess of 10% of its
    26  reserve, or $100,000, whichever is greater, and the excess of
    27  the market value of its securities over their book value. For
    28  cause shown, the department may permit any corporation to
    29  accumulate and maintain a surplus or safety fund in excess of
    30  this limit for a prescribed period by making a ruling stating
    19870H1628B2005                 - 576 -

     1  its reasons and publishing the ruling in its next annual report.
     2  The ruling shall be effective for one year only, but may be
     3  renewed for additional periods of one year by the department.
     4                            SUBCHAPTER E
     5                          GROUP INSURANCE
     6  Sec.
     7  5361.  Authorized types of group insurance.
     8  5362.  Coverage of spouse and children.
     9  5363.  Policies issued to employers or trustees.
    10  5364.  Policies issued to trustees of joint funds.
    11  5365.  Policies issued to creditors.
    12  5366.  Policies issued to employee organizations.
    13  5367.  Standard policy provisions.
    14  5368.  Notice of conversion privileges.
    15  5369.  Assignment of incidents of ownership.
    16  5370.  Existing policies.
    17  5371.  Basis of premiums.
    18  5372.  Voting power of employers.
    19  5373.  Insurance for public employees.
    20  5374.  Payment of public employee group premiums.
    21  § 5361.  Authorized types of group insurance.
    22     (a)  General rule.--A policy of group life insurance shall
    23  not be delivered in this Commonwealth unless it conforms to one
    24  of the following descriptions and to the requirements as to each
    25  set forth in sections 5363 (relating to policies issued to
    26  employers or trustees) through 5366 (relating to policies issued
    27  to employee organizations):
    28         (1)  A policy issued to an employer or to the trustees of
    29     a fund established by an employer, which employer or trustees
    30     shall be deemed the policyholder, to insure the employees of
    19870H1628B2005                 - 577 -

     1     the employer for the benefit of persons other than the
     2     employer.
     3         (2)  A policy issued to the trustees of a fund
     4     established by two or more employers in the same industry or
     5     by one or more labor unions, or by one or more employers and
     6     one or more labor unions, which trustees shall be deemed the
     7     policyholder, to insure employees of the employers or members
     8     of the unions for the benefit of persons other than the
     9     employers or the unions.
    10         (3)  A policy issued to a creditor, who shall be deemed
    11     the policyholder, to insure debtors of the creditor.
    12         (4)  A policy issued to a labor union, credit union,
    13     police fraternity, firemen's fraternity or teachers'
    14     association or federation, which shall be deemed the
    15     policyholder, to insure members thereof for the benefit of
    16     persons other than the union, fraternity, association or
    17     federation or any of their officials, representatives or
    18     agents.
    19         (5)  Life insurance covering the members of any units of
    20     the National Guard or Naval Militia of any state, written
    21     under a policy issued to the commanding general of the
    22     National Guard or commanding officer of the Naval Militia,
    23     who shall be deemed to be the employer for the purposes of
    24     this subchapter, the premium on which is to be paid by the
    25     members of the units for the benefit of persons other than
    26     the employer. When the benefits of the policy are offered to
    27     all eligible members of the unit, not less than 75% of the
    28     members of the unit shall be so insured.
    29     (b)  Exclusions.--This subchapter shall not be construed to
    30  define as a group the lives covered by:
    19870H1628B2005                 - 578 -

     1         (1)  A policy insuring only individuals related by
     2     marriage, blood or legal adoption.
     3         (2)  A joint life policy insuring only individuals having
     4     an insurable interest in the lives of each other.
     5  § 5362.  Coverage of spouse and children.
     6     A policy issued pursuant to section 5361(a)(1), (2), (4) or
     7  (5) (relating to authorized types of group insurance) may
     8  include provisions for the payment by the insurer of life
     9  insurance benefits upon the death of the spouse of the insured
    10  employee or member, and upon the death of one or more of the
    11  children of the insured dependent upon the insured for support
    12  and maintenance. The insurance upon the life of the spouse shall
    13  not exceed $10,000 or one-half of the amount of insurance on the
    14  life of the insured employee or member under the policy,
    15  whichever is less. The insurance upon the life of each dependent
    16  child shall not exceed $5,000 or one-third of the amount of
    17  insurance on the life of the insured employee or member under
    18  the policy, whichever is less.
    19  § 5363.  Policies issued to employers or trustees.
    20     A policy issued pursuant to section 5361(a)(1) (relating to
    21  authorized types of group insurance) is subject to the following
    22  requirements:
    23         (1)  The employees eligible for insurance under the
    24     policy shall be all of the employees of the employer, or all
    25     of any class or classes thereof determined by conditions
    26     pertaining to their employment. The policy may provide that
    27     the term "employees" shall include any or all of the
    28     following:
    29             (i)  The employees of one or more subsidiary
    30         corporations, and the employees, individual proprietors
    19870H1628B2005                 - 579 -

     1         and partners of any affiliated corporations, proprietors
     2         or partnerships if the business of the employer and of
     3         the affiliated corporations, proprietors or partnerships
     4         is under common control through stock ownership or
     5         contract.
     6             (ii)  The individual proprietor or partners, if the
     7         employer is an individual proprietor or a partnership.
     8             (iii)  Retired employees.
     9             (iv)  In the case of a policy issued to insure
    10         employees of a public body, elected or appointed
    11         officials.
    12         (2)  The premium for the policy shall be paid by the
    13     policyholder, either wholly from funds contributed by the
    14     employer or partly from such funds and partly from funds
    15     contributed by the insured employees. A policy may not be
    16     issued on which the entire premium is to be derived from
    17     funds contributed by the insured employees. A policy on which
    18     part of the premium is to be derived from funds contributed
    19     by the insured employees may be placed in force only if at
    20     least 75% of the then eligible employees, excluding any as to
    21     whom evidence of individual insurability is not satisfactory
    22     to the insurer, elect to make the required contributions. A
    23     policy on which none of the premium is to be derived from
    24     funds contributed by the insured employees shall insure all
    25     eligible employees, or all except any as to whom evidence of
    26     individual insurability is not satisfactory to the insurer.
    27         (3)  The policy shall cover at least ten employees at the
    28     date of issue.
    29         (4)  The amounts of insurance under the policy shall be
    30     based upon a plan precluding individual selection either by
    19870H1628B2005                 - 580 -

     1     the employees or by the employer or trustees.
     2  § 5364.  Policies issued to trustees of joint funds.
     3     A policy issued pursuant to section 5361(a)(2) (relating to
     4  authorized types of group insurance) is subject to the following
     5  requirements:
     6         (1)  The persons eligible for insurance shall be all of
     7     the employees of the employers or all of the members of the
     8     unions, or all of any class or classes thereof determined by
     9     conditions pertaining to their employment to membership in
    10     the unions, or to both. The policy may provide that the term
    11     "employees" shall include any or all of the following:
    12             (i)  Retired employees.
    13             (ii)  The individual proprietor or partners if an
    14         employer is an individual proprietor or a partnership.
    15             (iii)  The trustees or their employees, or both, if
    16         their duties are principally connected with the
    17         trusteeship.
    18         (2)  The premium for the policy shall be paid by the
    19     trustees wholly from funds contributed by the employer or
    20     employers of the insured persons, by the union or unions, or
    21     by both, or partly from such funds and partly from funds
    22     contributed by the insured persons. A policy on which part of
    23     the premium is to be derived from funds contributed by the
    24     insured persons specifically for their insurance may be
    25     placed in force only if at least 75% of the then eligible
    26     persons, excluding any as to whom evidence of insurability is
    27     not satisfactory to the insurer, elect to make the required
    28     contributions. A policy on which none of the premium is to be
    29     derived from funds contributed by the insured persons
    30     specifically for their insurance shall insure all eligible
    19870H1628B2005                 - 581 -

     1     persons, or all except any as to whom evidence of individual
     2     insurability is not satisfactory to the insurer.
     3         (3)  The policy shall cover at date of issue at least 100
     4     persons and not less than an average of five persons per
     5     employer unit. If the fund is established by the members of
     6     an association of employers:
     7             (i)  either the participating employers shall
     8         constitute at date of issue at least 60% of those
     9         employer members whose employees are not already covered
    10         for group life insurance, or the total number of persons
    11         covered at date of issue shall exceed 600; and
    12             (ii)  the policy shall not require that, if a
    13         participating employer discontinues membership in the
    14         association, the insurance of his employees shall cease
    15         solely by reason of the discontinuance.
    16         (4)  The amounts of insurance under the policy shall be
    17     based upon a plan precluding individual selection either by
    18     the insured persons or by the policyholder, employers or
    19     unions.
    20  § 5365.  Policies issued to creditors.
    21     A policy issued pursuant to section 5361(a)(3) (relating to
    22  authorized types of group insurance) is subject to the following
    23  requirements:
    24         (1)  The debtors eligible for insurance under the policy
    25     shall be all of the debtors of the creditor whose
    26     indebtedness is repayable in installments, or all of any
    27     class or classes thereof determined by conditions pertaining
    28     to the indebtedness or to the purchase giving rise to the
    29     indebtedness. The policy may provide that the term "debtors"
    30     shall include the debtors of any subsidiary corporations, and
    19870H1628B2005                 - 582 -

     1     the debtors of one or more affiliated corporations,
     2     proprietors or partnerships if the business of the
     3     policyholder and of the affiliated corporations, proprietors
     4     or partnerships is under common control through stock
     5     ownership, contract or otherwise.
     6         (2)  The premium for the policy shall be paid by the
     7     policyholder, either from the funds of the creditor, or from
     8     charges collected from the insured debtors, or from both. A
     9     policy on which part or all of the premium is to be derived
    10     from the collection from the insured debtors of identifiable
    11     charges not required of uninsured debtors shall not include
    12     in any class of debtors eligible for insurance debtors under
    13     obligations outstanding at its date of issue without evidence
    14     of individual insurability unless at least 75% of the then
    15     eligible debtors elect to pay the required charges. A policy
    16     on which none of the premium is to be derived from the
    17     collection of identifiable charges shall insure all eligible
    18     debtors, or all except any as to whom evidence of individual
    19     insurability is not satisfactory to the insurer.
    20         (3)  The policy may be issued only if the group of
    21     eligible debtors is then receiving new entrants at the rate
    22     of at least 100 persons yearly, or may reasonably be expected
    23     to receive at least 100 new entrants during the first policy
    24     year, and only if the policy reserves to the insurer the
    25     right to require evidence of individual insurability if less
    26     than 75% of the new entrants become insured.
    27         (4)  The amount of insurance on the life of any debtor
    28     shall not exceed the amount owed by him which is repayable in
    29     installments to the creditor, or $60,000, whichever is less.
    30         (5)  The insurance shall be payable to the policyholder.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 583 -

     1     The payment shall reduce or extinguish the unpaid
     2     indebtedness of the debtor to the extent of the payment.
     3  § 5366.  Policies issued to employee organizations.
     4     A policy issued pursuant to section 5361(a)(4) (relating to
     5  authorized types of group insurance) is subject to the following
     6  requirements:
     7         (1)  The members eligible for insurance under the policy
     8     shall be all of the members of the union, fraternity,
     9     association or federation, or all of any class or classes
    10     thereof determined by conditions pertaining to their
    11     employment, or to membership in the union, fraternity,
    12     association or federation, or both.
    13         (2)  The premium for the policy shall be paid by the
    14     policyholder, either wholly from the funds of the union,
    15     fraternity, association or federation, or partly from such
    16     funds and partly from funds contributed by the insured
    17     members specifically for their insurance. A policy may not be
    18     issued on which the entire premium is to be derived from
    19     funds contributed by the insured members specifically for
    20     their insurance. A policy on which part of the premium is to
    21     be derived from funds contributed by the insured members
    22     specifically for their insurance may be placed in force only
    23     if at least 75% of the then eligible members, excluding any
    24     as to whom evidence of individual insurability is not
    25     satisfactory to the insurer, elect to make the required
    26     contributions. A policy on which none of the premium is to be
    27     derived from funds contributed by the insured members
    28     specifically for their insurance shall insure all eligible
    29     members, or all except any as to whom evidence of individual
    30     insurability is not satisfactory to the insurer.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 584 -

     1         (3)  The policy shall cover at least 25 members at the
     2     date of issue.
     3         (4)  The amounts of insurance under the policy shall be
     4     based upon a plan precluding individual selection either by
     5     the members or by the union, fraternity, association or
     6     federation.
     7  § 5367.  Standard policy provisions.
     8     (a)  General rule.--A policy of group life insurance shall
     9  not be delivered in this Commonwealth unless it contains in
    10  substance the provisions described in subsection (c), or
    11  provisions which in the opinion of the department are more
    12  favorable to the persons insured, or at least as favorable to
    13  the persons insured and more favorable to the policyholder.
    14     (b)  Exceptions.--The provisions described in subsection
    15  (c)(6), (7), (8), (9) and (10) do not apply to policies issued
    16  pursuant to section 5361(a)(3) (relating to authorized types of
    17  group insurance). The standard provisions required for
    18  individual life insurance policies do not apply to group life
    19  insurance policies. If the group life insurance policy is on a
    20  plan other than the term plan, it shall contain nonforfeiture
    21  provisions which in the opinion of the department are equitable
    22  to the insured persons and to the policyholder. This section
    23  does not require that group life insurance policies contain the
    24  same nonforfeiture provisions as are required for individual
    25  life insurance policies.
    26     (c)  Mandatory provisions.--The provisions required under
    27  this section are as follows:
    28         (1)  A provision that the policyholder is entitled to a
    29     grace period of 31 days for the payment of any premium due
    30     except the first; and that during the grace period the death
    19870H1628B2005                 - 585 -

     1     benefit coverage shall continue in force, unless the
     2     policyholder has given the insurer written notice of
     3     discontinuance in advance of the date of discontinuance and
     4     in accordance with the terms of the policy. The policy may
     5     provide that the policyholder is liable to the insurer for
     6     the payment of a pro rata premium for the time the policy was
     7     in force during the grace period.
     8         (2)  A provision that the validity of the policy shall
     9     not be contested, except for nonpayment of premiums, after it
    10     has been in force for two years from its date of issue; and
    11     that no statement made by any person insured under the policy
    12     relating to his insurability shall be used in contesting the
    13     validity of the insurance with respect to which the statement
    14     was made after the insurance has been in force prior to the
    15     contest for a period of two years during the lifetime of the
    16     person or it is not contained in a written instrument signed
    17     by him.
    18         (3)  A provision that a copy of any application of the
    19     policyholder shall be attached to the policy when issued;
    20     that all statements made by the policyholder or by the
    21     persons insured shall be deemed representations and not
    22     warranties; and that no statement made by any person insured
    23     shall be used in any contest unless a copy of the instrument
    24     containing the statement was furnished to the person or his
    25     beneficiary.
    26         (4)  A provision setting forth all conditions under which
    27     the insurer reserves the right to require a person eligible
    28     for insurance to furnish evidence of individual insurability
    29     satisfactory to the insurer as a condition to part or all of
    30     his coverage.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 586 -

     1         (5)  A provision specifying an equitable adjustment of
     2     premiums or benefits, or both, to be made if the age of a
     3     person insured has been misstated, including a clear
     4     statement of the method of adjustment to be used.
     5         (6)  A provision that any sum becoming due by reason of
     6     the death of the person insured shall be payable to the
     7     beneficiary designated by the person insured, subject to:
     8             (i)  the provisions of the policy if there is no
     9         designated beneficiary, as to all or any part of that
    10         sum, living at the death of the person insured; and
    11             (ii)  any right reserved by the insurer in the policy
    12         and set forth in the certificate to pay at its option a
    13         part of that sum not exceeding $250 to any person
    14         appearing to the insurer to be equitably entitled thereto
    15         by reason of having incurred funeral or other expenses
    16         incident to the last illness or death of the insured.
    17         (7)  A provision that the insurer will issue to the
    18     policyholder for delivery to each person insured an
    19     individual certificate setting forth a statement as to the
    20     insurance protection to which he is entitled, to whom the
    21     insurance benefits are payable and the rights and conditions
    22     under paragraphs (8), (9) and (10).
    23         (8)  A provision that if the insurance, or any portion of
    24     it, on a person covered under the policy ceases because of
    25     termination of employment or of membership in any class
    26     eligible for coverage under the policy, the person may have
    27     issued to him by the insurer, without evidence of
    28     insurability, an individual policy of life insurance without
    29     disability or other supplementary benefits, if an application
    30     for the individual policy is made, and the first premium paid
    19870H1628B2005                 - 587 -

     1     to the insurer within 31 days after termination. The
     2     individual policy shall, at the option of the person, be on
     3     any one of the forms, except term insurance, customarily
     4     issued by the insurer at the age and for the amount applied
     5     for. The individual policy shall be in an amount not in
     6     excess of the amount of life insurance which ceases because
     7     of the termination, less, in the case of a person whose
     8     membership in the class or classes eligible for coverage
     9     terminates but who continues in employment in another class,
    10     the amount of any life insurance for which the person is or
    11     becomes eligible under any other group policy within 31 days
    12     after termination; however, any amount of insurance which has
    13     matured on or before the date of termination as an endowment
    14     payable to the person insured, whether in one sum or in
    15     installments or in the form of an annuity, shall not, for the
    16     purposes of this sentence, be deemed included in the amount
    17     which ceases because of the termination. The premium on the
    18     individual policy shall be at the insurer's customary rate
    19     applicable to the form and amount of the individual policy,
    20     to the class of risk to which the person then belongs, and to
    21     the person's age attained on the effective date of the
    22     individual policy.
    23         (9)  A provision that if the group policy terminates or
    24     is amended so as to terminate the insurance of any class of
    25     insured persons, every person insured at the date of the
    26     termination whose insurance terminates and who has been so
    27     insured for at least five years prior to the termination date
    28     may have issued to him by the insurer an individual policy of
    29     life insurance, subject to the conditions and limitations
    30     provided under paragraph (8). However, the group policy may
    19870H1628B2005                 - 588 -

     1     provide that the amount of the individual policy shall not
     2     exceed the lesser of:
     3             (i)  the amount of the person's life insurance
     4         protection ceasing because of such termination or
     5         amendment, less the amount of any life insurance for
     6         which he is eligible under any group policy issued or
     7         reinstated by the same or another insurer within 31 days
     8         after such termination; or
     9             (ii)  $2,000.
    10         (10)  A provision that if a person insured under the
    11     group policy dies during the period within which he would
    12     have been entitled to have an individual policy issued to him
    13     in accordance with paragraph (8) or (9) and before the
    14     individual policy becomes effective, the amount of life
    15     insurance which he would have been entitled to have issued to
    16     him under the individual policy shall be payable as a claim
    17     under the group policy, whether or not application for the
    18     individual policy or the payment of the first premium has
    19     been made.
    20  § 5368.  Notice of conversion privileges.
    21     If any individual insured under a group life insurance policy
    22  delivered in this Commonwealth becomes entitled under the terms
    23  of the policy to have an individual policy of life insurance
    24  issued to him without evidence of insurability, subject to
    25  making of application and payment of the first premium within
    26  the period specified in the policy, and if the individual is not
    27  given notice of the existence of this right at least 15 days
    28  prior to the expiration date of the period, then the individual
    29  shall have an additional period within which to exercise the
    30  right. This section does not continue any insurance beyond the
    19870H1628B2005                 - 589 -

     1  period provided in the policy. This additional period shall
     2  expire 15 days after the individual is given the notice but in
     3  no event shall the additional period extend beyond 60 days after
     4  the expiration date of the period provided in the policy.
     5  Written notice presented to the individual or mailed by the
     6  policyholder to the last known address of the individual or
     7  mailed by the insurer to the last known address of the
     8  individual as furnished by the policyholder shall constitute
     9  notice for the purpose of this section.
    10  § 5369.  Assignment of incidents of ownership.
    11     Notwithstanding any provision of law, a person whose life is
    12  insured under any policy of group life insurance, whether or not
    13  the policy is otherwise subject to this subchapter, may make an
    14  assignment of all or any part of his incidents of ownership in
    15  the insurance, including any right to designate a beneficiary
    16  thereunder and any right to have an individual policy issued
    17  upon termination either of employment or of the policy of group
    18  life insurance. However, the insurer and the group policyholder
    19  may prohibit or restrict such assignment by appropriate policy
    20  provisions.
    21  § 5370.  Existing policies.
    22     The provisions of this subchapter do not invalidate or
    23  otherwise affect any policy or contract of group life insurance
    24  in effect on September 1, 1949.
    25  § 5371.  Basis of premiums.
    26     (a)  Regulations.--The department shall promulgate
    27  regulations, except with respect to group life insurance set
    28  forth in sections 5361(a)(3) (relating to authorized types of
    29  group insurance) and 5365 (relating to policies issued to
    30  creditors) prescribing the minimum group life insurance premiums
    19870H1628B2005                 - 590 -

     1  to be charged for the first year of insurance, based on an
     2  examination of the experience of the insurers and on reasonable
     3  assumptions as to interest, mortality and expense. No such
     4  regulation shall be promulgated except after hearing, of which
     5  notice shall be given to all affected insurers.
     6     (b)  Policy provisions.--A domestic, foreign or alien life
     7  insurance company shall not deliver in this Commonwealth any
     8  policy of group life insurance the premium for which shall be
     9  less than the premium prescribed in the regulations promulgated
    10  by the department. However, any such policy may provide for a
    11  readjustment of the rate based on experience at the end of the
    12  first or any subsequent year of insurance, which readjustment
    13  may be made retroactive for that policy year only.
    14  § 5372.  Voting power of employers.
    15     In every group policy issued by a domestic life insurance
    16  company where the employer is the policyholder under section
    17  5361 (relating to authorized types of group insurance), the
    18  employer, if entitled to vote at a meeting of the company, shall
    19  be entitled to one vote.
    20  § 5373.  Insurance for public employees.
    21     Any Commonwealth agency or political subdivision may make
    22  contracts of insurance with any insurance company, nonprofit
    23  hospitalization corporation or nonprofit medical service
    24  corporation authorized to transact business in this Commonwealth
    25  insuring its elected or appointed officers and employees or any
    26  class thereof, or their dependents, under a policy or policies
    27  of group insurance covering life, health, hospitalization,
    28  medical service or accident insurance, and may contract with any
    29  such company granting annuities or pensions for the pensioning
    30  of the employees. For these purposes, the Commonwealth agency or
    19870H1628B2005                 - 591 -

     1  political subdivision may agree to pay part or all of the
     2  premiums or charges for carrying those contracts and may
     3  appropriate out of its treasury any money necessary to pay those
     4  premiums or charges. The proper officer, agency, board or
     5  commission of any political subdivision may deduct from the
     6  compensation of the officer or employee such part of the premium
     7  as is payable by the officer or employee and as authorized by
     8  the officer or employee in writing. All contracts procured under
     9  this section shall conform and be subject to all the provisions
    10  of law concerning group insurance and group annuity contracts.
    11  This section does not apply to cities of the third class,
    12  boroughs, townships or school districts.
    13  § 5374.  Payment of public employee group premiums.
    14     (a)  Withholding.--Any officer or officers of any
    15  Commonwealth agency or political subdivision, whose duty it is
    16  to pay compensation to any elected or appointed officer or
    17  employee, shall, upon receipt of written authorization from the
    18  officer or employee so to do, withhold from the compensation any
    19  premium or other charge due from the officer or employee for
    20  group insurance covering life, health, hospitalization, medical,
    21  osteopathic or dental service or accident insurance, pursuant to
    22  any contract with any corporation or association authorized to
    23  transact such business with the Commonwealth. The duty imposed
    24  of making such salary deductions shall extend to any premiums or
    25  other charges due under such contracts, whether made by the
    26  officers or employees directly as members of a group, or made on
    27  behalf of such officers or employees by the Commonwealth agency
    28  or any political subdivision.
    29     (b)  Payment to insurer.--The deductions required to be made
    30  shall be paid directly by the officer making the deductions to
    19870H1628B2005                 - 592 -

     1  the corporation or association entitled thereto under the
     2  contract.
     3     (c)  Status of deductions.--A corporation or association
     4  shall not have any right to any deductions under this section
     5  until they are actually paid over to it by the officer making
     6  the deductions. The Commonwealth agency or political subdivision
     7  shall not be subject to any liability with respect to the
     8  deductions, except as to the amount actually deducted.
     9     (d)  Revocation of authority to withhold.--Any officer or
    10  employee who has authorized the making of deductions from
    11  compensation under this section may revoke the authority to make
    12  the deductions by delivering a written revocation to the officer
    13  making the deduction at least 15 days before the revocation is
    14  to take effect. Upon receipt of the revocation the officer shall
    15  cease to make the deduction.
    16                            SUBCHAPTER F
    17                        INDUSTRIAL INSURANCE
    18  Sec.
    19  5381.  Definition.
    20  5382.  Uniform policy provisions.
    21  5383.  Prohibited policy provisions.
    22  5384.  Notice of right to examine policies.
    23  § 5381.  Definition.
    24     As used in this subchapter, the term "industrial insurance"
    25  means life or endowment insurance:
    26         (1)  under which premiums are payable weekly; or
    27         (2)  under which premiums are payable monthly or more
    28     often, other than weekly, if the face amount of insurance
    29     provided in the policy is less than $1,000.
    30  § 5382.  Uniform policy provisions.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 593 -

     1     (a)  Required provisions.--A policy of industrial insurance
     2  shall not be delivered in this Commonwealth unless the words
     3  "industrial insurance" are printed upon the policy as part of
     4  the descriptive matter and unless it contains in substance the
     5  following provisions:
     6         (1)  A provision that the insured is entitled to a grace
     7     period of four weeks within which the payment of any premium
     8     after the first may be made, except that if premiums are
     9     payable monthly the insured shall be entitled to a grace
    10     period of one month or 30 days. During the grace period the
    11     policy shall continue in full force, but if the policy
    12     becomes a claim during the grace period before the overdue
    13     premiums are paid, the amount of overdue premiums may be
    14     deducted in any settlement under the policy.
    15         (2)  A provision that the policy constitutes the entire
    16     contract between the parties. If the company desires to make
    17     the application a part of the contract, it may do so if a
    18     copy of the application is endorsed upon or attached to the
    19     policy when issued; in this case the policy shall contain a
    20     provision that the policy and the application constitute the
    21     entire contract between the parties.
    22         (3)  A provision that the policy shall be incontestable
    23     after it has been in force, during the lifetime of the
    24     insured, two years from its date of issue, except for
    25     nonpayment of premium; and that, at the option of the
    26     company, provisions relating to disability benefits and those
    27     granting additional insurance specifically against death by
    28     accident or accidental means may also be excepted. A clause
    29     in any policy of industrial life insurance providing that the
    30     policy shall be incontestable after a specified period shall
    19870H1628B2005                 - 594 -

     1     preclude only a contest of the validity of the policy and
     2     shall not preclude the assertion, at any time, of defenses
     3     based upon provisions in the policy which exclude or restrict
     4     coverage, whether or not such restrictions or exclusions are
     5     excepted in that clause.
     6         (4)  A provision that, if the age of the insured or of
     7     any other person whose age is considered in determining the
     8     premium has been misstated, the amount payable or benefit
     9     accruing under the policy shall be that which the premium
    10     would have purchased at the correct age.
    11         (5)  A provision that the policy shall participate in the
    12     surplus of the company; that the company shall annually
    13     determine the portion of any divisible surplus accruing on
    14     the policy; and stating the conditions under which the
    15     company shall apportion the surplus to the policyholder or
    16     the party entitled thereto.
    17         (6)  A provision for a nonforfeiture benefit and cash
    18     surrender value.
    19             (i)  In the case of any policy issued prior to the
    20         operative date of section 5322 (relating to standard
    21         nonforfeiture law for life insurance), a nonforfeiture
    22         benefit shall be provided in event of default in premium
    23         payments after premiums have been paid for three years.
    24         The nonforfeiture benefit shall be a stipulated form of
    25         insurance, effective from the due date of the defaulted
    26         premium, the net value of which shall not be less than
    27         the reserve on the policy, exclusive of any reserves for
    28         provisions:
    29                 (A)  relating to benefits in the event of
    30             specific types of disability;
    19870H1628B2005                 - 595 -

     1                 (B)  granting additional insurance specifically
     2             against death by accident; and
     3                 (C)  granting other benefits in addition to life
     4             insurance;
     5         at the end of the last completed quarter of the policy
     6         year for which premiums have been paid, and on any
     7         dividend additions to such reserve. The policy shall
     8         specify the mortality table, the rate of interest and the
     9         method of valuation, if other than net level premium,
    10         adopted for computing the reserve, less a specified
    11         maximum percentage, not greater than 2.5% of the maximum
    12         face amount insured by the policy and of any dividend
    13         additions thereto and less any existing indebtedness to
    14         the company on or secured by the policy. The percentage
    15         or other rule of calculation, stated as to permit
    16         determination of the value, shall be specified for each
    17         year for which required values are not included in the
    18         policy. A company may, in lieu of the provision permitted
    19         under this section for the deduction from the reserve of
    20         the specified maximum percentage, provide that a
    21         deduction of 20% of the reserve may be made, or a
    22         deduction of the 2.5% of the maximum face amount insured
    23         or 20% of the reserve at the option of the company. After
    24         premiums have been paid for five years, the policy may be
    25         surrendered to the company at its home office within four
    26         weeks of the due date of the defaulted premium for a
    27         specific cash value at least equal to the sum which would
    28         otherwise be available for the purchase of insurance. The
    29         company may defer payment of the cash value for not more
    30         than six months after the application is made. If the
    19870H1628B2005                 - 596 -

     1         cash or other nonforfeiture value is not requested within
     2         the required period, it shall be provided that a
     3         stipulated form of insurance shall automatically become
     4         effective.
     5             (ii)  In the case of any policy issued on or after
     6         the operative date of section 5322, a nonforfeiture
     7         benefit and cash surrender value shall be provided in
     8         accordance with section 5322.
     9         (7)  A table showing in figures the nonforfeiture options
    10     available under the policy at the end of each year upon
    11     default in premium payments during the premium payment
    12     period, but not to exceed the first 20 years of the policy;
    13     and a provision that the company will furnish upon request an
    14     extension of the table beyond the years shown in the policy.
    15         (8)  A provision that, if the policy is not surrendered
    16     for its cash value or if the period of extended insurance has
    17     not expired, the policy may be reinstated, upon written
    18     application, within one year from the date of default in
    19     payment of premiums, upon:
    20             (i)  the payment of all overdue premiums and, at the
    21         option of the company, interest at a rate not to exceed
    22         8% a year;
    23             (ii)  the payment or reinstatement of any other
    24         indebtedness to the company upon the policy, and, at the
    25         option of the company, interest thereon at a rate
    26         determined under section 5326 (relating to policy loan
    27         interest rates) compounded annually; and
    28             (iii)  the presentation of evidence satisfactory to
    29         the company of the insurability of the insured.
    30         (9)  A provision that when a policy becomes a claim by
    19870H1628B2005                 - 597 -

     1     the death of the insured, settlement shall be made upon
     2     receipt of proof of death.
     3         (10)  A form number and title on the face of the policy
     4     clearly describing its form.
     5     (b)  Optional provisions.--Any industrial insurance policy
     6  may be delivered in this Commonwealth which, in the opinion of
     7  the department, contains provisions more favorable to the
     8  policyholder than required under subsection (a). The policies of
     9  a foreign or alien insurance company may contain, when delivered
    10  in this Commonwealth, any provision prescribed by the law of the
    11  state or foreign country under which the company is organized
    12  not contrary to the provisions of subsection (a). The policies
    13  of a domestic life insurance company, when delivered in any
    14  other state or any foreign country, may contain any provision
    15  required by the law of the state or foreign country to be
    16  contained in the policies delivered therein.
    17     (c)  Applicability.--Any of the provisions set forth in
    18  subsection (a), or parts thereof, not applicable to
    19  nonparticipating policies shall to that extent not be
    20  incorporated therein. The provisions of this section do not
    21  apply to policies issued or granted pursuant to the
    22  nonforfeiture provisions prescribed in subsection (a)(6).
    23  § 5383.  Prohibited policy provisions.
    24     A policy of industrial insurance shall not be delivered in
    25  this Commonwealth if it contains any of the following
    26  provisions:
    27         (1)  A provision limiting the time within which any
    28     action at law or in equity may be commenced to less than two
    29     years after the cause of action accrues.
    30         (2)  A provision by which the settlement on the maturity
    19870H1628B2005                 - 598 -

     1     of any policy shall be of less value than the amount promised
     2     on the face of the policy plus any dividend additions less
     3     any indebtedness to the company on or secured by the policy,
     4     and less any premium that may be deducted by the terms of the
     5     policy.
     6         (3)  A provision deeming the agent soliciting the
     7     insurance to be the agent of the person insured under the
     8     policy, or making the acts or representations of that agent
     9     binding upon the person so insured.
    10         (4)  A provision by which the company may pay the
    11     proceeds of the policy at the death of the insured to any
    12     person other than the beneficiary designated in the policy.
    13     However, the policy may provide that, if the beneficiary does
    14     not within the period stated in the policy, which shall not
    15     be less than 30 days after the death of the insured, submit
    16     proof of claim in the manner and form required by the policy,
    17     or if there is no beneficiary designated in the policy other
    18     than the estate of the insured, or if the beneficiary is a
    19     minor or is not legally qualified to give a valid release or
    20     dies before the insured, then the company may pay the
    21     proceeds of the policy to the executor or administrator of
    22     the insured, or to any relative by blood or marriage of the
    23     insured appearing to the company to be equitably entitled to
    24     those proceeds.
    25         (5)  A provision by which the company may deny liability
    26     under the policy for the reason that the insured has
    27     previously obtained other insurance from the same company.
    28  § 5384.  Notice of right to examine policies.
    29     A policy of industrial insurance shall not be delivered in
    30  this Commonwealth unless it has prominently printed on the first
    19870H1628B2005                 - 599 -

     1  page or attached a notice stating in substance that the
     2  policyholder may return the policy within at least ten days of
     3  its delivery and to have the premium paid refunded if, after
     4  examination of the policy, the policyholder is not satisfied
     5  with it for any reason. If a policyholder pursuant to this
     6  notice returns the policy to the insurer at its home or branch
     7  office or to the agent through whom it was purchased, it shall
     8  be void from the beginning and the parties shall be in the same
     9  position as if no policy had been issued.
    10                            SUBCHAPTER G
    11                  LIMITED LIFE INSURANCE COMPANIES
    12  Sec.
    13  5391.  Definition.
    14  5392.  Powers of limited life insurance companies.
    15  5393.  Reincorporation as limited life insurance company.
    16  5394.  Procedure for reincorporation.
    17  5395.  Authorization to do business.
    18  5396.  Reserves and capital stock requirements.
    19  5397.  Election of directors.
    20  § 5391.  Definition.
    21     As used in this subchapter, the term "limited life insurance
    22  company" means any corporation which writes life, personal
    23  injury, disability or health insurance and which is incorporated
    24  or reincorporated under this subchapter or under:
    25         (1)  the act of April 28, 1903 (P.L.329, No.259),
    26     relating to incorporation and regulation of corporations for
    27     the purpose of transacting certain types of insurance; or
    28         (2)  the act of April 20, 1927 (P.L.317, No.190),
    29     relating to reincorporation of beneficial or protective
    30     societies for the purpose of transacting certain types of
    19870H1628B2005                 - 600 -

     1     insurance.
     2  § 5392.  Powers of limited life insurance companies.
     3     (a)  General powers.--A limited life insurance company may
     4  issue policies agreeing to pay not more than:
     5         (1)  $50 per week in case of disability from sickness or
     6     accident;
     7         (2)  $1,000 in case of death from natural causes; or
     8         (3)  $2,000 in case of death from accidental causes;
     9  and issue policies of endowment insurance subject to the
    10  provisions of this subchapter notwithstanding any limitation to
    11  the contrary in any statute or in its charter.
    12     (b)  Additional life insurance.--The company may issue
    13  policies agreeing to pay not more than $1,500 in the event of
    14  death from natural causes, nor more than double that amount in
    15  the event of death from accidental causes, if it has:
    16         (1)  In the case of stock companies, capital of $100,000,
    17     and a surplus of at least $25,000.
    18         (2)  In the case of mutual companies, a surplus of at
    19     least $100,000.
    20     (c)  Additional disability insurance.--The company may issue
    21  policies agreeing to pay in excess of the weekly limitations
    22  prescribed in subsection (a), but not exceeding $105 per week,
    23  and agreeing to pay an additional benefit for hospital and
    24  medical expenses for any one sickness or accident not exceeding
    25  $300 in the event of disability from sickness or accident, if
    26  the policies limit payment of benefits to periods during which
    27  insured is admitted as a full-time patient in a licensed and
    28  incorporated hospital if it has:
    29         (1)  In the case of stock companies, additional capital
    30     of $25,000 and a surplus of at least $25,000.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 601 -

     1         (2)  In the case of mutual companies, an additional
     2     surplus in the sum of at least $25,000.
     3  The additional capital and additional surplus required by
     4  paragraphs (1) and (2) are in addition to that required under
     5  this section or otherwise under this title.
     6     (d)  Alternative limitations.--The company may issue policies
     7  agreeing to pay a total of not more than $5,000 in case of death
     8  from natural causes or $10,000 in case of death from accidental
     9  causes. The company may issue policies of endowment insurance
    10  agreeing to pay not more than $5,000 upon maturity if the total
    11  amount of insurance issued by the company on any one life does
    12  not exceed the limits prescribed in this subsection. The company
    13  may issue policies pursuant to this subsection if it has:
    14         (1)  In the case of stock companies, capital of $150,000
    15     and a surplus paid in at least equal to half the amount of
    16     its capital stock. Any limited life insurance company may
    17     revise its capital stock structure so that it shall have a
    18     capital stock of $150,000 divided into shares of not less
    19     than $10 par value, payment for which shall be made in cash
    20     at the time of subscribing.
    21         (2)  In the case of mutual companies, a surplus of not
    22     less than $150,000.
    23  § 5393.  Reincorporation as limited life insurance company.
    24     Any corporation or any two corporations now formed or
    25  organized under the first paragraph IX of section 2 of the act
    26  of April 29, 1874 (P.L.73, No.32), relating to the incorporation
    27  and regulation of certain corporations, except fraternal,
    28  benevolent, charitable or secret societies issuing beneficial
    29  certificates and paying benefits to their membership through the
    30  lodge system, and insurance or relief associations formed by or
    19870H1628B2005                 - 602 -

     1  for the exclusive benefit of employees of corporations or firms
     2  or formed by or for the exclusive benefit of members of any
     3  religious corporation or association, may be reincorporated, or
     4  merged and reincorporated, as a limited life insurance company.
     5  However, no corporation may proceed under this section unless
     6  operating in compliance with Chapter 41 (relating to beneficial
     7  societies).
     8  § 5394.  Procedure for reincorporation.
     9     Any corporation desiring to proceed under section 5393
    10  (relating to reincorporation as limited life insurance company)
    11  shall proceed as prescribed in this section. A meeting of the
    12  members of the corporation shall be held. If a majority of the
    13  members of each corporation vote or authorize a vote in favor of
    14  the reincorporation or merger and reincorporation, a resolution
    15  to that effect shall be adopted, and each such resolution shall
    16  be recorded in the office of the recorder of deeds in the county
    17  where each corporation has its principal office. The directors
    18  of the corporation or the respective directors of the two
    19  corporations acting jointly, as the case may be, shall proceed
    20  under Chapter 33 (relating to incorporation of insurance
    21  companies). Upon the approval of the articles of agreement, the
    22  corporation or corporations shall be deemed organized under
    23  section 5393, and all the property rights, liabilities and
    24  obligations of the former corporation or corporations shall be
    25  deemed transferred to the successor corporation without further
    26  act or deed.
    27  § 5395.  Authorization to do business.
    28     (a)  Stock companies.--When the entire amount of the
    29  authorized capital of a stock insurance company incorporated
    30  under section 5393 (relating to reincorporation as limited life
    19870H1628B2005                 - 603 -

     1  insurance company) has been paid in, certificates shall be
     2  issued therefor to the persons entitled to receive them, which
     3  shall be transferable upon the books of the company. The
     4  president or secretary of the company shall then notify the
     5  department that the entire capital of the company has been paid
     6  in and that it is ready to commence business. Upon receipt of
     7  the notice, the department shall examine the company and, if it
     8  finds that the company has complied with the provisions of
     9  section 5394 (relating to procedure for reincorporation) and has
    10  funds equal to the amount of its capital, it shall issue to the
    11  company a certificate showing that it is lawfully organized and
    12  is authorized to transact the business of insurance in this
    13  Commonwealth as a limited life insurance company under this
    14  title.
    15     (b)  Mutual companies.--In the case of a mutual life
    16  insurance company incorporated under section 5393, upon the
    17  receipt of a notice from the president or secretary of the
    18  company, the department shall make an examination and, if it
    19  finds that the company has the necessary amount of insurance in
    20  force and that the guaranteed capital has been paid in, it shall
    21  issue a certificate authorizing the company to commence business
    22  as a limited life insurance company under this title.
    23     (c)  Examination of companies.--The department may also
    24  conduct such examination of any proposed company as is
    25  necessary, to determine whether the responsibility, character
    26  and general fitness for the business of the incorporators and
    27  directors named in the articles are such as to command the
    28  confidence of the public and to warrant the belief that the
    29  business of the proposed company will be lawfully, honestly and
    30  efficiently conducted. Until the department issues a certificate
    19870H1628B2005                 - 604 -

     1  authorizing companies to commence business under this section,
     2  the companies shall have the same powers to transact the
     3  business of insurance as were possessed by the companies prior
     4  to the reincorporation.
     5  § 5396.  Reserves and capital stock requirements.
     6     (a)  Reserves.--Any corporation formed under the section 5393
     7  (relating to reincorporation as limited life insurance company)
     8  shall place reserves on the life portion contained in all
     9  policies issued based upon a standard table of mortality, with
    10  interest at a rate of not more than 3.5%, as approved by the
    11  department. Reserves shall be carried on the disability feature
    12  of 50% of the actual weekly, monthly or annual premiums in force
    13  and shall be charged on all definite and outstanding incurred
    14  claims.
    15     (b)  Capital stock.--Capital stock of a stock company formed
    16  under section 5393 shall not be less than $25,000 and shall be
    17  divided into shares of not less than $10 each. Payment for the
    18  shares shall be made in cash, and 10% on each share shall be
    19  paid at the time of subscribing, with the balance paid at such
    20  times as the company may direct, not more than one year from the
    21  time of subscription. The company may provide such rules with
    22  regard to forfeiture of partial payments on subscriptions as
    23  advisable; these rules shall be binding upon the subscribers, if
    24  disclosed at the time of subscription. The company shall have a
    25  surplus paid in at least equal to the amount of the capital
    26  stock.
    27     (c)  Mutual companies.--Any mutual company formed under
    28  section 5393 shall be authorized to do the business of insurance
    29  when it has life insurance in force in an amount of not less
    30  than $250,000 upon at least 2,000 persons. The company shall not
    19870H1628B2005                 - 605 -

     1  be authorized to do the business of insurance until it has a
     2  guaranteed capital of at least $25,000 and a surplus of at least
     3  $25,000 and until it has deposited with the department $25,000
     4  in cash or approved securities. The department shall hold the
     5  amount deposited for the benefit of the members of the
     6  corporation and its creditors, preference being given in the
     7  following order:
     8         (1)  Claims under policies.
     9         (2)  Salaries of employees.
    10         (3)  General creditors.
    11  § 5397.  Election of directors.
    12     The annual meeting for election of directors of any company
    13  formed under section 5393 (relating to reincorporation as
    14  limited life insurance company) shall be held at such time, on
    15  or before the May 1, as the bylaws of the company may direct.
    16  The notice of the time and place of the meeting shall be given
    17  to the stockholders or members as is provided in the bylaws. At
    18  the annual meeting, the stockholders or members shall elect by
    19  ballot not less than 5 nor more than 13 directors, to serve for
    20  one year and until their successors are duly chosen. At any
    21  annual meeting of the stockholders or members, the directors who
    22  are to be chosen may be divided into not more than four classes
    23  to be elected for staggered terms. If a vacancy occurs the
    24  remaining directors shall elect a replacement to fill the
    25  vacancy during the remainder of the term of the director
    26  replaced.
    27                             CHAPTER 55
    28                  PROPERTY AND CASUALTY INSURANCE
    29  Subchapter
    30     A.  General Regulation
    19870H1628B2005                 - 606 -

     1     B.  Workmen's Compensation Insurance
     2     C.  Employers' Mutual Liability Insurance Associations
     3     D.  Arson Reporting Immunity
     4     E.  Anti-Arson Applications
     5     F.  Notice of Premium Increases, Cancellations and
     6         Nonrenewals
     7     G.  Miscellaneous Provisions
     8                            SUBCHAPTER A
     9                         GENERAL REGULATION
    10  Sec.
    11  5501.  Applicability of chapter.
    12  5502.  Financial requirements of foreign or alien companies.
    13  5503.  Investment of capital.
    14  5504.  Investments in financial institutions.
    15  5505.  Investment of surplus.
    16  5506.  Authorized holdings of real estate.
    17  5507.  Dividends.
    18  5508.  Reduction and withdrawal of capital stock.
    19  5509.  Procedure when capital impaired.
    20  5510.  Resident agents for foreign or alien insurance entities.
    21  5511.  Insurability of downhill ski operators against punitive
    22         damages.
    23  § 5501.  Applicability of chapter.
    24     (a)  General rule.--All stock casualty insurance companies
    25  incorporated or formed by authority of any general or special
    26  law shall be subject to the provisions of this chapter, except
    27  where the provision clearly indicates otherwise.
    28     (b)  Specific authorizations.--Stock companies organized
    29  under the act of April 28, 1903 (P.L.329, No.259), relating to
    30  the incorporation and regulation of insurance corporations,
    19870H1628B2005                 - 607 -

     1  having a paid-up capital of not less than $100,000, may issue
     2  policies providing personal accident and sickness indemnity as
     3  specified in section 3302(c)(2) (relating to authorized classes
     4  of insurance) and also an indemnity for death arising from
     5  natural causes for an amount not exceeding $100,000. Stock
     6  companies organized under the act of April 29, 1874 (P.L.73,
     7  No.32), relating to the incorporation and regulation of certain
     8  corporations for the purpose of guaranteeing the fidelity of
     9  persons in positions of trust and to act as surety on official
    10  bonds, may transact business under this title by filing with the
    11  Secretary of the Commonwealth and with the department a
    12  resolution of the board of directors, approved by the
    13  stockholders at a meeting specially called for that purpose,
    14  accepting the provisions of this title and agreeing to be
    15  governed thereby. This acceptance, when filed, shall exempt the
    16  company from any otherwise applicable provisions of the act of
    17  April 29, 1874 (P.L.73, No.32).
    18  § 5502.  Financial requirements of foreign or alien companies.
    19     (a)  Stock companies.--Foreign and alien stock casualty
    20  insurance companies, organized to transact any of the classes of
    21  insurance mentioned in section 3302(c) (relating to authorized
    22  classes of insurance), in order to be licensed to do business in
    23  this Commonwealth, shall be required to have a paid up and
    24  safely invested capital, if a company of another state, or a
    25  deposit in the United States, if an alien company, of at least
    26  the amount required in this title for domestic companies. This
    27  title does not prevent any foreign stock life insurance company
    28  now engaged in the business of accident and sickness or
    29  liability insurance, or both, from continuing in these
    30  businesses, if the amount of its paid-up capital is at least the
    19870H1628B2005                 - 608 -

     1  amount required of a domestic company to transact the business
     2  of life insurance and at least $50,000 for each of the other
     3  classes of insurance undertaken.
     4     (b)  Mutual companies.--A foreign or alien mutual casualty
     5  insurance company, having by its charter the power to transact
     6  the insurance business specified in section 3302(c), in order to
     7  be authorized to transact the classes of business mentioned in
     8  section 3302(c) shall have a surplus over all liabilities,
     9  including unearned premium and loss reserves, of not less than
    10  the capital required of a domestic stock company to transact the
    11  same classes of insurance.
    12  § 5503.  Investment of capital.
    13     Every domestic stock casualty insurance company shall invest
    14  and keep invested all its capital in sound investments as
    15  enumerated in this section, except such cash as may be required
    16  in the transaction of its business. The investments shall
    17  include the following:
    18         (1)  Such real estate as is authorized by section 5506
    19     (relating to authorized holdings of real estate).
    20         (2)  Bonds of the United States, of any state or of any
    21     province or territory of the Dominion of Canada, and bonds or
    22     debentures issued by Federal land banks, Federal intermediate
    23     credit banks or banks for cooperatives under the Farm Credit
    24     Act of 1971 (Public Law 92-181, 12 U.S.C. § 2001 et seq.) or
    25     by Federal home loan banks under the Home Loan Bank Act (47
    26     Stat. 725, 12 U.S.C. § 1421 et seq.).
    27         (3)  The legally authorized bonds or notes of any
    28     municipality, school or water district of this Commonwealth
    29     or of any other state of the United States or province of the
    30     Dominion of Canada.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 609 -

     1         (4)  The bonds or notes of any solvent railroad or street
     2     railway corporation upon which no default in interest has
     3     been made.
     4         (5)  Ground rents and loans upon improved and
     5     unencumbered real estate. Except for bonds secured by
     6     mortgages which are insured by, or for which a commitment to
     7     insure has been made by, the Federal Housing Administrator,
     8     under the provisions for mutual mortgage insurance in Title
     9     II of the National Housing Act (48 Stat. 1247, 12 U.S.C. §
    10     1707 et seq.) for the purpose of financing the construction
    11     or purchase of dwellings and similar residential property and
    12     the refinancing of mortgages, no such loan shall exceed 66
    13     2/3% of the fair market value of the real estate.
    14         (6)  Debentures issued by the Federal Housing
    15     Administrators in settlement of claims for insurance under
    16     Title II of the National Housing Act.
    17         (7)  Securities of national mortgage associations or
    18     similar national mortgage credit institutions organized under
    19     Title III of the National Housing Act (48 Stat. 1252, 12
    20     U.S.C. § 1716 et seq.).
    21         (8)  Bonds, notes or obligations issued, assumed or
    22     guaranteed by the International Bank for Reconstruction and
    23     Development.
    24         (9)  If the company which has $1,000,000 of capital and
    25     $1,000,000 of surplus, the capital of any domestic or foreign
    26     stock casualty insurance company, solely to transact the same
    27     class of business in countries other than the United States.
    28     These investments shall be limited to 30% of the par value of
    29     the capital stock of the investing company.
    30         (10)  The securities of a foreign government in a
    19870H1628B2005                 - 610 -

     1     sufficient amount from its reserves in order to enable it to
     2     comply with the laws of the foreign government and transact
     3     business therein, if the department permits the company to
     4     make such an investment.
     5         (11)  Shares of state and regional business development
     6     credit corporations formed under the law of this
     7     Commonwealth.
     8         (12)  Bonds and notes of the Pennsylvania Housing Finance
     9     Agency.
    10         (13)  Bonds, notes and obligations issued, assumed or
    11     guaranteed by the Inter-American Development Bank.
    12         (14)  Bonds, notes and obligations issued by the
    13     Pennsylvania Civil Disorder Authority.
    14         (15)  Bonds, notes and obligations issued, assumed or
    15     guaranteed by the Asian Development Bank.
    16         (16)  Subject to the provisions of section 5504 (relating
    17     to investments in financial institutions), the investments
    18     described in section 5504(a).
    19  § 5504.  Investments in financial institutions.
    20     (a)  Applicability.--This section shall apply to:
    21         (1)  Any interest-bearing deposit, savings account or
    22     certificate of deposit in any bank, bank and trust company,
    23     savings bank or national banking association located in this
    24     Commonwealth.
    25         (2)  A savings account or certificate of deposit of any
    26     savings association incorporated under the law of this
    27     Commonwealth or of any savings and loan association
    28     incorporated under Federal law.
    29     (b)  Limitation on use.--Any investment described in
    30  subsection (a) shall be an authorized investment if the
    19870H1628B2005                 - 611 -

     1  interest-bearing deposit, savings account or certificate of
     2  deposit is not made, opened or deposited in any financial
     3  institution wherever located which is directly or indirectly,
     4  through a holding company or in any other manner, affiliated
     5  with any insurance entity making or depositing the interest-
     6  bearing deposits or certificates of deposit, in the case of
     7  investments described in subsection (a)(1), or making,
     8  depositing or opening the savings accounts, in the case of
     9  investments described in subsection (a)(2). Funds invested in
    10  certificates of deposit shall not be encumbered directly or
    11  indirectly as security, collateral or as counterbalance funds
    12  for any subsidiary, affiliate, associated concern or other
    13  person except as specifically approved by written order of the
    14  department.
    15     (c)  Limitation on amount.--Neither the total investments
    16  described in subsection (a)(1), nor the total investments
    17  described in subsection (a)(2), in any single depository or
    18  branches thereof shall at any time exceed 10% of the larger of:
    19         (1)  the company's total admitted invested assets at the
    20     time of such investment or at any subsequent annual statement
    21     reporting date; or
    22         (2)  the maximum amount insured by Federal insurance
    23     coverage on such investments.
    24  Neither the investments described in subsection (a)(1), nor the
    25  investments described in subsection (a)(2), considered
    26  separately, made in all depositories or branches thereof shall
    27  at any time exceed 25% of the company's total admitted invested
    28  assets at the time of the investment or at any subsequent annual
    29  statement reporting date, unless the investments made in any
    30  single depository or branches thereof is not greater than the
    19870H1628B2005                 - 612 -

     1  Federal insurance limitations.
     2     (d)  Time allowed for compliance.--Whenever the investments
     3  authorized by this section exceed the maximum amounts provided
     4  in subsection (c), the investments shall be reduced to comply
     5  therewith within 90 days of the occurrence of the excess or at
     6  the earliest maturity date or the next optional renewal date,
     7  exercisable by either holder or issuer, of any investment
     8  mentioned in this section.
     9     (e)  Penalty.--Any company which fails to cure a violation of
    10  subsection (c) within the time allowed under subsection (d)
    11  shall pay a penalty not to exceed $100 for each day during which
    12  the failure continues. The penalty shall be imposed by the
    13  department after appropriate hearing. No value as an admitted
    14  asset shall be allowed the excess of the investment over the
    15  maximum amounts provided in subsection (c).
    16  § 5505.  Investment of surplus.
    17     (a)  Authorized investments.--Any money over and above the
    18  capital of any such stock casualty insurance company may be
    19  loaned upon the security of investments authorized by section
    20  5503 (relating to investment of capital) or invested in such
    21  securities or invested in:
    22         (1)  Bonds or notes of any public instrumentality of any
    23     state or of any foreign country or political subdivision
    24     thereof.
    25         (2)  Stock or other evidence of indebtedness of any
    26     solvent corporation created under Federal law or the law of
    27     any jurisdiction mentioned in paragraph (1) or loaned upon
    28     the pledge of the same, except its own stock.
    29         (3)  Stock or shares of any regulated investment company
    30     formed under Federal law or the law of any state or of the
    19870H1628B2005                 - 613 -

     1     Dominion of Canada or any province thereof.
     2     (b)  Restrictions.--The total investments made by such
     3  company in stocks of other insurance companies which have
     4  invested in or loaned its funds on the stock of the first
     5  investing company shall not exceed 5% of the gross assets of the
     6  first investing company. The total investments made or held by
     7  the company in the stocks or other evidence of indebtedness of
     8  solvent alien corporations shall not exceed 10% of the funds of
     9  the company over and above its capital and the reserves which it
    10  is required to maintain under this title. The current market
    11  value of those securities at the time of any loan thereon shall
    12  be at least 15% more than the sum loaned. A stock casualty
    13  insurance company shall not invest or hold any of its funds in
    14  any unincorporated business or enterprise, or in the stock or
    15  evidence of indebtedness of any corporation, if the owners or
    16  holders of its securities are or may become liable on account
    17  thereof to any assessment, except for taxes. Funds of a stock
    18  casualty insurance company shall not be loaned on personal
    19  security except for defraying the expenses of an employee
    20  transferred or about to be transferred to a new place of
    21  employment with the company. Not more than 20% of its capital
    22  shall be invested or held in a single mortgage. The company
    23  shall not enter into any agreement to withhold from sale any of
    24  its property, but the disposition of its property shall be at
    25  all times within the control of its board of directors or
    26  trustees. If any investment or loan is made or held in a manner
    27  not authorized by this section, the officers and directors
    28  making or authorizing the investment or loan shall be personally
    29  liable for any loss occasioned thereby, and no value as an asset
    30  shall be allowed for such an investment or loan.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 614 -

     1     (c)  Investments regarding company's building.--Any stock
     2  casualty insurance company may invest in the capital stock and
     3  obligations of a corporation formed for the purpose of taking
     4  and holding title to real estate and erecting or maintaining
     5  thereon any building to be used in whole or in part for the
     6  accommodation and transaction of the business of the company
     7  without being subject to the limitation prescribed in this
     8  section as to investment in the stock of a solvent corporation.
     9  The insurance company shall not at any time have invested more
    10  than 50% of its capital and surplus in investments described in
    11  this subsection without the written approval of the department.
    12  § 5506.  Authorized holdings of real estate.
    13     A domestic stock casualty insurance company shall not
    14  purchase, hold or convey real estate, except as follows:
    15         (1)  Real estate which is for the transaction of its
    16     business including residential real estate purchased from an
    17     employee transferred or about to be transferred to a new
    18     place of employment with the company.
    19         (2)  Real estate which has been conveyed to it in
    20     satisfaction of debts previously contracted in the course of
    21     its dealings.
    22         (3)  Real estate which has been purchased at sales upon
    23     judgments, decrees or mortgages, obtained or made for debts
    24     due the company or for debts due other persons, if the
    25     company may have liens or encumbrances on the real estate and
    26     the purchase is deemed necessary to save the company from
    27     loss.
    28  Any real estate acquired under paragraph (2) or (3), which has
    29  been held for a period of more than five years from the date of
    30  its acquisition, shall be disposed of within a period of six
    19870H1628B2005                 - 615 -

     1  months after notice to the company from the department to do so.
     2  The department may extend the time for disposition if the
     3  interest of the company will suffer materially by a forced sale.
     4  § 5507.  Dividends.
     5     A stock casualty insurance company shall not make any
     6  dividend on its capital except from the profits arising from its
     7  business. In estimating the profits, all of the following shall
     8  first be charged as a liability:
     9         (1)  The capital of the company.
    10         (2)  All unpaid losses or other loss claims.
    11         (3)  All liabilities for reserve or unearned premiums on
    12     undetermined risks as required by law.
    13         (4)  All sums due the company on bonds, book accounts and
    14     judgments on which the interest has not been paid during the
    15     last calendar year, or on the principal of which no payment
    16     has been made during that period.
    17         (5)  All other debts or obligations of the company.
    18         (6)  All shares of stock on which no dividend has been
    19     paid during the last calendar year.
    20  § 5508.  Reduction and withdrawal of capital stock.
    21     Any existing stock casualty insurance company and any stock
    22  casualty insurance company formed under this title, having a
    23  paid-up capital in excess of the minimum required, may reduce
    24  the excess, in whole or in part, in the manner provided in
    25  section 3558 (relating to reduction of capital stock). Any such
    26  company which has undertaken two or more kinds of insurance and
    27  wishes to discontinue a particular kind may withdraw the entire
    28  additional capital paid in on account thereof.
    29  § 5509.  Procedure when capital impaired.
    30     Any stock casualty insurance company receiving notice from
    19870H1628B2005                 - 616 -

     1  the department that its capital is impaired shall immediately
     2  call upon its stockholders for such amounts as will restore its
     3  capital to the amount fixed by its charter. If any stockholder
     4  fails to pay the amount called for, after notice personally
     5  given or by advertisement at the time and in the manner the
     6  department approves, the company shall require the return of the
     7  original certificates of stock held by the stockholder, or issue
     8  new certificates in the proportion as determined by the
     9  department, that the ascertained value of the assets of the
    10  company bears to the original capital, the company paying for
    11  any fractional parts of shares. The directors may create new
    12  stock, issue certificates therefor and dispose of this stock at
    13  not less than par for an amount sufficient to make up the
    14  original capital, or the department may permit the company to
    15  reduce its capital and the par value of its shares in proportion
    16  to the extent of the impairment, but the capital shall at no
    17  time be reduced to an amount less than that required by this
    18  title for the organization of the company. In fixing the reduced
    19  capital, not more than 50% of the original capital shall be
    20  deducted from the assets on hand to be retained as surplus funds
    21  nor shall any part of the assets be distributed to stockholders.
    22  § 5510.  Resident agents for foreign or alien insurance
    23             entities.
    24     Other than companies subject to section 5901 (relating to
    25  resident agents for foreign or alien insurance entities), an
    26  authorized foreign or alien insurance entity shall not make,
    27  write, place or cause to be made, written or placed, any policy
    28  or contract of insurance in this Commonwealth except through an
    29  agent. The agent shall be an individual, partnership or
    30  corporation who or which is a resident of this Commonwealth or
    19870H1628B2005                 - 617 -

     1  maintains his or its principal place of business in this
     2  Commonwealth. The agent shall receive a commission thereon when
     3  the premium is paid so that the Commonwealth may receive the
     4  taxes required to be paid on the premiums collected for
     5  insurance written or placed in this Commonwealth. The department
     6  may, under such regulations and restrictions as necessary, issue
     7  licenses to nonresident agents who are licensed in the state in
     8  which they reside, but these agents shall not countersign any
     9  policy or contract of insurance. The policies and contracts
    10  shall be signed only by resident agents, who shall receive a
    11  commission thereon when the premium is paid. Countersignature
    12  shall not be required in the case of policies and contracts set
    13  forth in section 3302(a)(1) (relating to authorized classes of
    14  insurance) issued by life insurance companies or in the case of
    15  bid bonds issued in connection with public or private contracts.
    16  § 5511.  Insurability of downhill ski operators against punitive
    17             damages.
    18     (a)  Legislative findings.--The General Assembly finds that
    19  the sport of downhill skiing is practiced by a large number of
    20  citizens of this Commonwealth and also attracts to this
    21  Commonwealth large numbers of nonresidents, significantly
    22  contributing to the economy of this Commonwealth. It is
    23  recognized that, as in some other sports, there are inherent
    24  risks in the sport of downhill skiing. Because the law of this
    25  Commonwealth is unclear with regard to insurability against
    26  punitive damages, the operators of downhill skiing areas face
    27  uncertainty in securing insurance to indemnify against downhill
    28  skiing accidents.
    29     (b)  Insurability.--It is not against the public policy of
    30  this Commonwealth for an insurance entity authorized under
    19870H1628B2005                 - 618 -

     1  section 3302(a)(2) or (c) (relating to authorized classes of
     2  insurance) to insure the operator of a downhill skiing area
     3  against punitive damages, other than punitive damages arising
     4  from an intentional tort committed by the operator.
     5     (c)  Applicability.--This section does not change or amend
     6  the public policy of this Commonwealth with respect to
     7  insurability against punitive damages in cases which do not
     8  arise from downhill skiing. This section applies to all
     9  contracts of insurance entered into, reissued or reaffirmed
    10  after December 19, 1985.
    11                            SUBCHAPTER B
    12                  WORKMEN'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE
    13  Sec.
    14  5521.  Policy provisions.
    15  5522.  Actions for premiums.
    16  5523.  Rating plans.
    17  5524.  Annual report of premiums and loss experience.
    18  5525.  Powers of department.
    19  § 5521.  Policy provisions.
    20     (a)  Mandatory policy provisions.--Every policy of insurance
    21  against liability under the act of June 2, 1915 (P.L.736,
    22  No.338), known as The Pennsylvania Workmen's Compensation Act,
    23  or under the act of June 21, 1939 (P.L.566, No.284), known as
    24  The Pennsylvania Occupational Disease Act, shall contain the
    25  agreement of the insurer:
    26         (1)  that the insurer shall pay all compensation and
    27     provide all medical, surgical and hospital attendance for
    28     which the insured employer may become liable under those acts
    29     during the term of the insurance; and
    30         (2)  that, as between the insurer and any claimant under
    19870H1628B2005                 - 619 -

     1     those statutes, notice to the employer or the employer's
     2     knowledge of an accident or injury or disability caused by
     3     occupational disease constituting the basis of a claim under
     4     those acts shall be deemed notice to the insurer.
     5  These agreements shall be deemed a direct promise to the injured
     6  employee or to the dependents of a deceased employee having a
     7  claim under those statutes, and shall be enforceable by action
     8  brought in the name of the injured employee or in the name of
     9  such dependents. The obligation under this section shall not be
    10  affected by any default of the insured, after an accident or
    11  after disability caused by occupational disease, in the payment
    12  of premiums or in the giving of any notices required by the
    13  policy or otherwise.
    14     (b)  Prohibited policy provisions.--The policy of insurance
    15  shall not contain any limitation of the liability of the insurer
    16  to an amount less than that for which the insured employer may
    17  become liable under the statutes mentioned in subsection (a)
    18  during the term of the insurance. A policy or contract of
    19  insurance, or an agreement to deliver such insurance, shall not
    20  be issued except upon a form approved by the department as
    21  complying with this title. However, a policy may be issued to a
    22  self-insurer, qualified under section 305 (relating to insurance
    23  of payment of compensation by employer) of The Pennsylvania
    24  Workmen's Compensation Act or under section 305 (relating to
    25  self-insurance) of The Pennsylvania Occupational Disease Act,
    26  providing for the payment of any stated loss in excess of
    27  $10,000 falling upon the self-insurer, under the terms of those
    28  statutes, by reason of any single accident or by reason of any
    29  single occurrence resulting in disability from occupational
    30  disease. Except for nonpayment of premiums, a policy of
    19870H1628B2005                 - 620 -

     1  insurance issued or renewed against liability under the statutes
     2  mentioned in subsection (a) or the Federal Coal Mine Health and
     3  Safety Act of 1969 (Public Law 91-173, 30 U.S.C. § 801 et seq.),
     4  or insuring an employer against liability of an employer to his
     5  employee because of bodily injury by accident or disease,
     6  including death resulting therefrom, sustained by the employee
     7  arising out of and in the course of his employment, may not be
     8  canceled or terminated by an insurer during the term of the
     9  policy.
    10  § 5522.  Actions for premiums.
    11     An action shall not be maintained for the collection of
    12  premiums upon any policy of insurance under the act of June 2,
    13  1915 (P.L.736, No.338), known as The Pennsylvania Workmen's
    14  Compensation Act, or under the act of June 21, 1939 (P.L.566,
    15  No.284), known as The Pennsylvania Occupational Disease Act,
    16  which violates this title. All premiums and interest charges on
    17  account of policies insuring employees against liability under
    18  this chapter, which are due to the State Workmen's Insurance
    19  Fund, or any stock corporation or mutual association authorized
    20  to transact the business of insurance in this Commonwealth, and
    21  all judgments recovered by the State Workmen's Insurance Fund,
    22  or any such insurance corporation or association, against any
    23  employer on actions brought under any such policy, shall be
    24  deemed preferred claims in all insolvency or bankruptcy
    25  proceedings, trustee proceedings for administration of estates,
    26  or receiverships, involving the employers liable therefor, or
    27  the property of such employer, but claims for wages shall
    28  receive prior preference in all such proceedings.
    29  § 5523.  Rating plans.
    30     (a)  Preparation of rating plan.--A rating plan shall be
    19870H1628B2005                 - 621 -

     1  proposed annually by one or more rating bureaus, which shall be
     2  located in this Commonwealth, subject to supervision and
     3  examination by the department and approved by it as adequately
     4  equipped to compile rates on an equitable and impartial basis. A
     5  schedule or merit rating plan shall be applied only by the
     6  approved rating bureau. In the preparation of schedules, an
     7  employer shall not be discriminated against or penalized because
     8  of physical impairment of any employee or because of the number
     9  of dependents of any employee.
    10     (b)  Approval by department.--The rating plan shall be filed
    11  with and shall be subject to review by the department, which
    12  shall by order modify, amend or approve it. A rating plan shall
    13  not take effect without the consent of the department, and it
    14  may withdraw its approval whenever the plan is inadequate or
    15  discriminates unfairly between risks of essentially the same
    16  hazard. Any person aggrieved by the order may obtain a review
    17  thereof before the department.
    18     (c)  Review of assignment of risk.--The assignment by an
    19  approved rating bureau of any individual risk to a particular
    20  classification in accordance with a system of classification of
    21  risks and underwriting rules approved by the department under
    22  this section may be appealed by any person aggrieved by such
    23  assignment before the rating bureau in accordance with
    24  procedures of the bureau approved by the department. If still
    25  aggrieved by the assignment, the person may obtain a further
    26  review thereof by filing an appeal with the department within 30
    27  days of the mailing date of the final decision of the bureau.
    28  The department shall hold a hearing upon not less than ten days'
    29  written notice to the applicant and to the rating bureau which
    30  made the classification and shall issue an order modifying,
    19870H1628B2005                 - 622 -

     1  amending or approving the placement of the individual risk
     2  within the particular classification as the result of that
     3  hearing. Any order made by the department under this subsection
     4  may be appealed to the Commonwealth Court in accordance with
     5  Title 42 (relating to judiciary and judicial procedure).
     6     (d)  Mandatory use of rating plans.--Neither the State
     7  Workmen's Insurance Fund, nor any insurance corporation, mutual
     8  association or company, shall issue, renew or carry any policy
     9  or contract of insurance against liability under the statutes
    10  mentioned in subsection (g), except in accordance with the
    11  rating plans proposed by a rating bureau for the risk insured
    12  and as modified, amended or approved by the department for such
    13  insurer.
    14     (e)  Special approval.--Notwithstanding any other provisions
    15  of this section, upon the written consent of the insured stating
    16  his reasons therefor, filed with and approved by the department,
    17  a rate in excess of that determined in accordance with the other
    18  provisions of this section may be used on any specific risk.
    19     (f)  Filing of plan.--A complete copy of every policy or a
    20  true copy of the substantive provisions of any policy or
    21  contract of insurance against liability under the statutes
    22  mentioned in subsection (g), and a true copy of every
    23  endorsement upon any such policy and of every agreement
    24  pertaining thereto, shall be filed with each rating bureau whose
    25  rating plan the insurer uses within a reasonable time after the
    26  effective date of the policy, endorsement, contract or
    27  agreement.
    28     (g)  Definition.--As used in this section the term "rating
    29  plan" means a classification of risks, set of premium rates or
    30  underwriting rules of schedule or merit rating plan for
    19870H1628B2005                 - 623 -

     1  insurance of employers and employees under the act of June 2,
     2  1915 (P.L.736, No.338), known as The Pennsylvania Workmen's
     3  Compensation Act, or under the act of June 21, 1939 (P.L.566,
     4  No.284), known as The Pennsylvania Occupational Disease Act, and
     5  for insurance with respect to this Commonwealth as to liability
     6  under the Longshoremen's and Harbor Workers' Compensation Act
     7  (44 Stat. 1424, 33 U.S.C. § 901 et seq.), written as a part of a
     8  workmen's compensation and employers' liability policy.
     9  § 5524.  Annual report of premiums and loss experience.
    10     The State Workmen's Insurance Fund, and every insurance
    11  company and every employer's mutual liability association which
    12  insures employers and employees under the act of June 2, 1915
    13  (P.L.736, No.338), known as The Pennsylvania Workmen's
    14  Compensation Act, or under the act of June 21, 1939 (P.L.566,
    15  No.284), known as The Pennsylvania Occupational Disease Act, or
    16  with respect to this Commonwealth under the Longshoremen's and
    17  Harbor Workers' Compensation Act (44 Stat. 1424, 33 U.S.C. § 901
    18  et seq.), when such liability is insured as a part of a
    19  workmen's compensation and employers' liability policy, shall
    20  annually, on or before June 30, file with the department a sworn
    21  report of its premium and loss experience, in such detail and
    22  form as may be prescribed by the department. Any insurance
    23  carrier which neglects to timely file the required statement
    24  shall pay $100 for each day during which such neglect continues
    25  and, upon notice by the department, its authority to do business
    26  shall cease while the default continues.
    27  § 5525.  Powers of department.
    28     The department may suspend or revoke the license of any
    29  insurance company which violates this subchapter.
    30                            SUBCHAPTER C
    19870H1628B2005                 - 624 -

     1                    EMPLOYERS' MUTUAL LIABILITY
     2                       INSURANCE ASSOCIATIONS
     3  Sec.
     4  5531.  Definitions.
     5  5532.  Examination of premises and books.
     6  5533.  Rules and regulations.
     7  5534.  Premiums.
     8  5535.  Division of subscribers into groups.
     9  5536.  Powers of department.
    10  5537.  Dividends.
    11  5538.  Surplus.
    12  5539.  Contingent mutual liability of subscribers.
    13  5540.  Assessments.
    14  5541.  Withdrawal of subscribers.
    15  § 5531.  Definitions.
    16     The following words and phrases when used in this subchapter
    17  shall have the meanings given to them in this section unless the
    18  context clearly indicates otherwise:
    19     "Association."  An incorporated association or company formed
    20  by employers for the purpose of insuring themselves, and such
    21  other employers as may become subscribers to the association,
    22  against liability under Articles II and III of the act of June
    23  2, 1915 (P.L.736, No.338), known as The Pennsylvania Workmen's
    24  Compensation Act.
    25     "Board of directors."  The board of directors of an
    26  association.
    27     "Subscriber."  A subscriber to an association.
    28  § 5532.  Examination of premises and books.
    29     The board of directors may inspect the premises of any
    30  subscriber, and may appoint inspectors for that purpose, who
    19870H1628B2005                 - 625 -

     1  shall have free access to the premises during the regular
     2  working hours. The board of directors may, from time to time,
     3  examine, by their auditor or other agent, the books and records
     4  of any subscriber for the purpose of determining the amount of
     5  premium chargeable to the subscriber.
     6  § 5533.  Rules and regulations.
     7     The board of directors shall make reasonable rules and
     8  regulations for the prevention of injuries upon the premises of
     9  subscribers and may refuse to insure or may terminate the
    10  insurance of any subscriber who refuses to permit examination or
    11  violates the rules and regulations and may forfeit one-half of
    12  the unearned premiums previously paid by him. The termination of
    13  the insurance of any subscriber shall not release him from
    14  liability for the payment of assessments made by the board of
    15  directors to make up deficiencies existing at the termination of
    16  his insurance.
    17  § 5534.  Premiums.
    18     (a)  Criteria for determining amount.--The board of directors
    19  shall determine the amount of the premiums which the subscribers
    20  shall pay for their insurance, in accordance with the nature of
    21  the business in which the subscribers are engaged and the
    22  probably risk of injury to their employees under existing
    23  conditions. In fixing the premium payable by any subscriber, the
    24  board of directors may take into account the condition of the
    25  property of the subscriber, in respect to the safety of those
    26  employed therein as shown by the report of any inspector
    27  appointed by the board. Subject to the approval of the
    28  department, they shall fix each premium at an amount sufficient
    29  to enable the association to create and maintain the surplus
    30  required under section 5538 (relating to surplus), to pay to its
    19870H1628B2005                 - 626 -

     1  subscribers all sums which may become due and payable to their
     2  employees under Article III of the act of June 2, 1915 (P.L.736,
     3  No.338), known as The Pennsylvania Workmen's Compensation Act,
     4  and to defray the expenses of conducting the business of the
     5  association.
     6     (b)  Change in premium.--The board of directors may change
     7  the amount of premiums payable by any of the subscribers as
     8  circumstances may permit or require. The board may increase the
     9  premiums of any subscriber who neglects to provide safety
    10  devices required by law or violates the rules or regulations
    11  made by the board of directors in accordance with section 5533
    12  (relating to rules and regulations).
    13     (c)  Effectiveness of policy.--A policy of insurance issued
    14  to any subscriber shall not be effective until he has paid the
    15  initial premium.
    16  § 5535.  Division of subscribers into groups.
    17     The board of directors may divide the subscribers into
    18  groups, in accordance with the nature of their business and the
    19  probably risks of injury therein. The board shall fix all
    20  premiums for each business in the group and for the various
    21  classes of employment therein, in accordance with the probable
    22  risks of injury to the employees in such business and in each
    23  class of employment therein. The board shall make all
    24  assessments and determine and pay all dividends by and for each
    25  group in accordance with its experience. All funds of the
    26  association and the contingent liability of the subscribers
    27  shall be available for the payment of any claim against the
    28  association, but as between the association and its subscribers
    29  until the whole of the contingent liability of the members of
    30  any group is exhausted, the general funds of the association and
    19870H1628B2005                 - 627 -

     1  the contingent liability of the members of other groups shall
     2  not be available for the payment of losses and expenses incurred
     3  by that group in excess of the earned premiums paid by its
     4  members.
     5  § 5536.  Powers of department.
     6     Every association shall file a statement with the department
     7  of any proposed premium, assessment, dividend or distribution of
     8  subscribers into groups. A proposed change shall not take effect
     9  until approved by the department.
    10  § 5537.  Dividends.
    11     The board of directors may, from time to time, fix and
    12  determine the amount to be paid as dividends upon policies
    13  expiring each year, after retaining the unearned premiums upon
    14  undetermined risks, sufficient sums to pay all the compensation
    15  then payable or which may become payable on account of injuries
    16  received by employees of the subscribers and to pay the expenses
    17  incurred in the operation of the business of the association,
    18  and such percentage of the premiums as has been paid or is
    19  payable to create and maintain the surplus provided in section
    20  5538 (relating to surplus).
    21  § 5538.  Surplus.
    22     The board of directors may set aside such part of all
    23  premiums collected as it deems necessary for the creation of an
    24  adequate surplus to cover catastrophic losses to the subscribers
    25  to the fund and to guarantee the solvency of the fund.
    26  § 5539.  Contingent mutual liability of subscribers.
    27     Every subscriber shall be under a contingent mutual liability
    28  for the payment of losses and expenses in excess of the cash
    29  funds of the association to an amount at least equal to the
    30  premium paid by him during the current year.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 628 -

     1  § 5540.  Assessments.
     2     If any association does not possess cash funds over and above
     3  its unearned premiums on undetermined risks, sufficient for the
     4  payment of incurred losses and expenses, it shall make an
     5  assessment for the amount needed to pay such losses and expenses
     6  upon the subscribers liable to assessment therefor, in
     7  proportion to their several liabilities.
     8  § 5541.  Withdrawal of subscribers.
     9     Any subscriber who has complied with all of its rules and
    10  regulations may withdraw therefrom by written notice to that
    11  effect, sent by the subscriber by registered mail to the
    12  association. The withdrawal shall become effective on the first
    13  day of the month immediately following the tenth day after the
    14  receipt of the notice. Such withdrawal shall not release the
    15  subscriber from liability for the payment of assessments
    16  thereafter made by the board of directors to make up
    17  deficiencies existing at the date of his withdrawal, if the
    18  assessment is made within one calendar year from the date of
    19  withdrawal. The subscriber may receive his share of any dividend
    20  earned at the date of his withdrawal.
    21                            SUBCHAPTER D
    22                      ARSON REPORTING IMMUNITY
    23  Sec.
    24  5551.  Short title of subchapter.
    25  5552.  Definitions.
    26  5553.  Disclosure of information.
    27  5554.  Immunity.
    28  5555.  Evidence.
    29  5556.  Penalty.
    30  5557.  Construction of subchapter.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 629 -

     1  5558.  Regulations.
     2  § 5551.  Short title of subchapter.
     3     This subchapter shall be known and may be cited as the Arson
     4  Reporting Immunity Act.
     5  § 5552.  Definitions.
     6     The following words and phrases when used in this subchapter
     7  shall have the meanings given to them in this section unless the
     8  context clearly indicates otherwise:
     9     "Action."  Includes nonaction or the failure to take action.
    10     "Authorized agencies."
    11         (1)  Includes:
    12             (i)  The Pennsylvania State Police Commissioner and
    13         other police officers charged with the investigation of
    14         fires at the place where the fire actually took place.
    15             (ii)  The fire commissioner or fire chief of all
    16         cities.
    17             (iii)  The Attorney General.
    18             (iv)  The prosecuting attorney responsible for
    19         prosecutions in the county where the fire occurred.
    20             (v)  The Federal Bureau of Investigation.
    21             (vi)  The Federal Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and
    22         Firearms.
    23             (vii)  The United States Attorney when authorized or
    24         charged with investigation or prosecution of the fire in
    25         question.
    26             (viii)  The Bureau of Forestry of the Department of
    27         Environmental Resources.
    28         (2)  Solely for the purposes of section 5553(b) (relating
    29     to disclosure of information), an appropriate authorized
    30     agency is:
    19870H1628B2005                 - 630 -

     1             (i)  the Pennsylvania State Police Commissioner or
     2         his authorized representative; or
     3             (ii)  the fire commissioner or fire chief of all
     4         cities and the fire chief of any other municipality with
     5         a paid fire department when that municipality is not
     6         serviced by the Pennsylvania State Police Commissioner or
     7         his authorized representative for the purpose of
     8         investigating fires.
     9     "Fire loss."  Includes loss by explosion.
    10     "Insurance company."  Any insurance company authorized to
    11  transact the business of insurance in this Commonwealth and
    12  empowered to issue policies of insurance against loss by the
    13  perils of fire or explosion, including the fair plan created
    14  under Chapter 57 (relating to Pennsylvania Fair Plan).
    15     "Relevant."  Any information having a tendency to make the
    16  existence of any fact that is of consequence to the
    17  investigation or determination of the issue more or less
    18  probable than it would be without the information.
    19  § 5553.  Disclosure of information.
    20     (a)  Fire loss information.--Any authorized agency may, in
    21  writing, require any insurance company at interest to release to
    22  the agency any or all relevant information or evidence deemed
    23  important to the agency which the insurance company may have in
    24  its possession relating to a fire loss under investigation by
    25  the agency. Relevant information may include, but shall not be
    26  limited to, any of the following:
    27         (1)  Pertinent policy information relevant to a fire loss
    28     under investigation, including any application for such a
    29     policy.
    30         (2)  Underwriting information or risk inspection reports.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 631 -

     1         (3)  Policy premium payment records.
     2         (4)  History of previous claims made by the insured.
     3         (5)  Material relating to the investigation of the loss,
     4     including statements of any person, and proof of loss.
     5     (b)  Notification for investigation.--Whenever the
     6  investigation of a fire loss by an insurance company insuring
     7  the loss indicates that the probable cause of the fire loss was
     8  arson, the company shall notify, in writing, the appropriate
     9  authorized agency. Upon the request of any authorized agency,
    10  the insurance company shall provide the agency with such fire
    11  loss information developed from the company's inquiry into the
    12  fire loss as may be requested by the agency. The insurance
    13  company may provide to any authorized agency any information it
    14  has relating to a fire loss. This subsection does not abrogate
    15  or impair any rights or duties created under subsection (a).
    16     (c)  Notification to policyholder.--When information is given
    17  by any insurance company to an authorized agency under
    18  subsection (a) or (b):
    19         (1)  The insurance company shall send written notice to
    20     the policyholders about whom the information pertains, unless
    21     the insurance company receives notice that the authorized
    22     agency finds, based on specific facts, that there is reason
    23     to believe that such information will result in any of the
    24     following:
    25             (i)  Endangerment of the life or physical safety of
    26         any person.
    27             (ii)  Flight from prosecution.
    28             (iii)  Destruction of or tampering with evidence.
    29             (iv)  Intimidation of any potential witness.
    30             (v)  Obstruction of or seriously jeopardizing an
    19870H1628B2005                 - 632 -

     1         investigation.
     2         (2)  The insurance company shall send written notice not
     3     less than 45 nor more than 60 days from the time the
     4     information is furnished to an authorized agency, except when
     5     the agency specifies that a notice should not be sent in
     6     accordance with the exceptions under paragraph (1), in which
     7     event the insurance company shall send written notice to the
     8     policyholder not less than 180 days nor more than 190 days
     9     after the information is furnished to an authorized agency.
    10         (3)  Every insurance company or authorized agency and any
    11     person acting on behalf of either, complying with or
    12     attempting in good faith to comply with paragraphs (1) and
    13     (2), shall be absolutely immune from any civil liability
    14     arising out of any acts or omissions in so doing. This
    15     subsection does not create any additional rights to privacy
    16     or causes of action on behalf of policyholders.
    17     (d)  Release of information.--An authorized agency that is
    18  provided with information under subsection (a) or (b) may in
    19  good faith release or provide orally or in writing such
    20  information as it possesses in whole or in part to any other
    21  authorized agency or insurance company in furtherance of the
    22  agency's own investigative purposes.
    23  § 5554.  Immunity.
    24     Any insurance company or person designated to act in its
    25  behalf, or any authorized agency or person authorized to act on
    26  its behalf, who without actual malice releases oral or written
    27  information under section 5553(a), (b) or (d) (relating to
    28  disclosure of information) shall be immune from liability
    29  arising out of a civil action and from criminal prosecution with
    30  respect to the release of the information.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 633 -

     1  § 5555.  Evidence.
     2     Except as provided in section 5553(d) (relating to disclosure
     3  of information), any authorized agency or insurance company who
     4  receives any information furnished pursuant to this subchapter
     5  shall hold the information in strict confidence until such time
     6  as its release is required pursuant to a criminal or civil
     7  proceeding.
     8  § 5556.  Penalty.
     9     (a)  Disclosure of information.--Any person who fails or
    10  refuses to release any information required to be released under
    11  this subchapter or who discloses information required to be held
    12  in confidence, or who otherwise violates any provision of this
    13  subchapter, except section 5553(c)(1) and (2) (relating to
    14  disclosure of information), commits a misdemeanor or the third
    15  degree.
    16     (b)  Immunity from liability.--Any person who releases or
    17  discloses information required to be held in confidence pursuant
    18  to section 5555 (relating to evidence), other than as provided
    19  under section 5553(a), (b) or (d), shall not be afforded
    20  immunity under section 5554 (relating to immunity).
    21  § 5557.  Construction of subchapter.
    22     (a)  Municipal ordinances.--This subchapter does not affect
    23  or repeal any ordinances of any municipality relating to fire
    24  prevention or the control of arson.
    25     (b)  Impairment of rights not intended.--With the exception
    26  of section 5554 (relating to immunity), this subchapter does not
    27  impair any existing statutory or common law rights, powers or
    28  duties.
    29  § 5558.  Regulations.
    30     The Pennsylvania State Police Commissioner may promulgate
    19870H1628B2005                 - 634 -

     1  such regulations concerning the implementation of section
     2  5553(d) (relating to disclosure of information) as he deems
     3  necessary. The department may promulgate regulations concerning
     4  the implementation of this subchapter except for section
     5  5553(d).
     6                            SUBCHAPTER E
     7                      ANTI-ARSON APPLICATIONS
     8  Sec.
     9  5561.  Short title of subchapter.
    10  5562.  Purpose of subchapter.
    11  5563.  Definitions.
    12  5564.  Applicability of subchapter.
    13  5565.  Form of anti-arson applications.
    14  5566.  Insurability.
    15  5567.  Requirement and effect of anti-arson applications.
    16  5568.  Alternative anti-arson applications.
    17  5569.  Termination of insurance policies or contracts.
    18  5570.  Penalties.
    19  5571.  Advisory board.
    20  § 5561.  Short title of subchapter.
    21     This subchapter shall be known and may be cited as the Anti-
    22  Arson Application Law.
    23  § 5562.  Purpose of subchapter.
    24     The purpose of this subchapter is to promote the public
    25  welfare by reducing the loss of life and fire damage to property
    26  caused by the crime of arson by requiring insurance companies to
    27  secure anti-arson applications from applicants for new policies
    28  of property insurance containing information to control the
    29  incidence of arson fraud.
    30  § 5563.  Definitions.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 635 -

     1     The following words and phrases when used in this subchapter
     2  shall have the meanings given to them in this section unless the
     3  context clearly indicates otherwise:
     4     "Anti-arson application."  Any application for insurance
     5  covering the peril of fire that includes certain questions to be
     6  answered by the applicant in addition to the basic information
     7  normally supplied to an insurer by an applicant.
     8     "Commercial monoline fire policy."  An insurance policy on a
     9  commercial or industrial premise in which coverage is limited to
    10  the perils of:
    11         (1)  fire, lightning or removal as contained in the
    12     standard fire policy in section 5906 (relating to provisions
    13     of fire insurance policies); or
    14         (2)  the coverage described in paragraph (1) and extended
    15     coverage, including windstorm or hail, smoke, explosion, riot
    16     or civil commotion, aircraft and vehicle, vandalism or
    17     malicious mischief.
    18  The term does not include any package policy or multiperil
    19  policy which provides coverage of other perils such as, but not
    20  limited to, coverage of bodily injury or property damage
    21  liability.
    22     "Insurance policy" or "contract of insurance."  Any written
    23  evidence of new insurance providing coverage from the peril of
    24  fire written or entered into on or after March 7, 1983, or any
    25  assignment of an existing insurance policy or contract which
    26  occurs because of the transfer of a major financial interest in
    27  the insured real property. Except for those assignments, the
    28  term does not include any property insurance policy in force
    29  before March 7, 1983, or the renewal of a contract of insurance
    30  in force before March 7, 1983.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 636 -

     1     "Renewal."  The issuance and delivery by an insurer of a
     2  policy superseding at the end of the policy period a policy
     3  previously issued and delivered by the same insurer, providing
     4  types and limits of coverage at least equal to those contained
     5  in the policy being superseded, or the issuance and delivery of
     6  a certificate or notice extending the term of a policy beyond
     7  its policy period or term with types and limits of coverage at
     8  least equal to those contained in the policy being extended. Any
     9  policy with a policy period or term of less than 12 months or
    10  any period with no fixed expiration date shall be considered as
    11  if written for successive policy periods or terms of 12 months.
    12  § 5564.  Applicability of subchapter.
    13     Anti-arson applications shall be used for commercial monoline
    14  fire policies, designated occupancies and designated areas of
    15  this Commonwealth, upon a finding by the department, after a
    16  public hearing in a location or municipality to be included in a
    17  designated area, that commercial monoline fire policies, the
    18  designated occupancies and the areas of this Commonwealth have
    19  an abnormally high incidence of arson. Hearings pursuant to this
    20  section shall be held under the act of July 3, 1986 (P.L.388,
    21  No.84), known as the Sunshine Act.
    22  § 5565.  Form of anti-arson applications.
    23     (a)  Two-tier applications.--The department, in promulgating
    24  the anti-arson application form, shall consider generally
    25  recognized two-tier application forms. If the initial first-tier
    26  application elicits certain predesignated answers, then the
    27  second-tier supplementary application shall be administered.
    28     (b)  Contents.--The two-tiered application shall secure the
    29  disclosure of all of the following information:
    30         (1)  The name and address of the applicant, any
    19870H1628B2005                 - 637 -

     1     mortgagees and any other parties who have an ownership
     2     interest in the property.
     3         (2)  The amount of insurance requested and the method of
     4     valuation used to establish the amount of insurance.
     5         (3)  The dates and selling prices of the property in all
     6     real estate transactions involving the property during the
     7     last three years.
     8         (4)  The applicant's loss history over the last five
     9     years with regard to any property in which he held an equity
    10     interest or a mortgage and where any such loss exceeded
    11     $1,000 in damages.
    12         (5)  All taxes unpaid or overdue for one or more years
    13     and any mortgage payments overdue by three months or more.
    14         (6)  All known current violations of fire, safety,
    15     health, building or construction codes on the property to be
    16     insured.
    17         (7)  The present occupancy of the structure.
    18         (8)  Such other information as the department deems
    19     necessary.
    20     (c)  Form of validation.--An anti-arson application shall
    21  contain the following language:
    22         I (We) certify that all information contained herein is
    23         true and correct to the best of my (our) knowledge and
    24         belief. Signed under penalty of perjury.
    25     (d)  Excluded property.--If a commercial, designated
    26  occupancy or designated area property subject to this subchapter
    27  is insured in a contract of insurance which includes other
    28  properties which are not subject to section 5564 (relating to
    29  applicability of subchapter), the information required in this
    30  section shall only be the information applicable to the property
    19870H1628B2005                 - 638 -

     1  subject to this subchapter.
     2  § 5566.  Insurability.
     3     Designation of any area of this Commonwealth under section
     4  5564 (relating to applicability of subchapter) shall not be
     5  deemed a valid reason for refusal to write, termination or
     6  nonrenewal of any policy or contract of insurance.
     7  § 5567.  Requirement and effect of anti-arson applications.
     8     (a)  Use of anti-arson application.--An insurer may not enter
     9  into a permanent contract to insure any building, except one to
    10  four family owner-occupied dwellings, against the peril of fire
    11  to be issued after March 7, 1983, unless the insurer first
    12  receives an anti-arson application signed and affirmed by the
    13  insured, if required by the department under this subchapter.
    14  This subsection does not prohibit the issuance of a binder or
    15  other temporary contract of insurance for a period of 90 days or
    16  less, provided that the anti-arson application is provided to
    17  the insured for completion in accordance with this section.
    18     (b)  Effect.--Any anti-arson application required by this
    19  subchapter shall be deemed a material part of the insurance
    20  policy to which the application pertains. A material
    21  misrepresentation shall be deemed grounds to void the insurance
    22  policy.
    23     (c)  Notice of changes.--Policyholders shall notify their
    24  insurer in writing of any change in the information contained in
    25  the anti-arson application, within a period of time to be
    26  specified by the department. A material failure to notify or a
    27  material misrepresentation in such notification shall be deemed
    28  grounds to void the insurance policy.
    29  § 5568.  Alternative anti-arson applications.
    30     (a)  Power of department.--The department may mandate
    19870H1628B2005                 - 639 -

     1  alternative anti-arson applications pursuant to findings, after
     2  a public hearing, that:
     3         (1)  there exist certain types of policies, certain
     4     classes of property and certain geographic areas of this
     5     Commonwealth which have an abnormally high incidence of
     6     arson;
     7         (2)  the anti-arson application was implemented as
     8     respects those types of insurance policies, classes of
     9     property and areas of this Commonwealth under this
    10     subchapter; and
    11         (3)  the use of the anti-arson application under this
    12     subchapter failed to substantially decrease the arson problem
    13     for those types of insurance policies, classes of property
    14     and geographic areas.
    15     (b)  Limitations.--The department shall not mandate the use
    16  of any applications other than the anti-arson application.
    17  Alternative anti-arson applications may only be mandated for the
    18  types of insurance policies, types of occupancies and the areas
    19  of this Commonwealth which would be permissible subjects for the
    20  anti-arson application under this subchapter.
    21  § 5569.  Termination of insurance policies or contracts.
    22     Notwithstanding any other provision of law which limits the
    23  time for termination of insurance policies, an insurer may
    24  terminate for any lawful reason any policy or contract of
    25  insurance where the anti-arson application or any alternative
    26  anti-arson application is required within 90 days from the
    27  insurer's acceptance of the application. The notice of
    28  cancellation to the insured shall contain the specific reasons
    29  for the termination of the policy.
    30  § 5570.  Penalties.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 640 -

     1     (a)  Civil penalty.--Any insurer willfully violating this
     2  subchapter shall be subject to a civil penalty imposed by the
     3  department of not more than $10,000.
     4     (b)  Criminal penalty.--Any insurer violating section 5567
     5  (relating to requirement and effect of anti-arson applications)
     6  commits a misdemeanor of the first degree.
     7  § 5571.  Advisory board.
     8     (a)  Establishment.--The department may establish an advisory
     9  board of public and private representatives, which shall consist
    10  of the commissioner as chairman and two lay people, two members
    11  of the insurance industry, two municipal officials and two
    12  members of the General Assembly, one of which shall be appointed
    13  by the Speaker of the House of Representatives and one of which
    14  shall be appointed by the President pro tempore of the Senate,
    15  to assist the department in administering this subchapter and in
    16  studying and implementing any other measures to prevent arson.
    17     (b)  Expenses.--Each member of the advisory board shall
    18  receive $40 per diem for each day actually engaged in attendance
    19  at meetings of the board. The members shall also receive the
    20  amount of actual traveling, hotel and other necessary expenses
    21  incurred in the performance of their duties.
    22     (c)  Expiration.--The advisory board established by
    23  subsection (a) shall expire and its authority shall cease on
    24  March 7, 1987, unless extended by statute.
    25                            SUBCHAPTER F
    26             NOTICE OF PREMIUM INCREASES, CANCELLATIONS
    27                          AND NONRENEWALS
    28  Sec.
    29  5575.1.  Notice of premium increases.
    30  5575.2.  Grounds for cancellation.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 641 -

     1  5575.3.  Notice of midterm cancellations and nonrenewals.
     2  5575.4.  Return of unearned premium amounts.
     3  5575.5.  Extended reporting endorsement.
     4  5575.6.  Policy form filings.
     5  5575.7.  Applicability.
     6  5575.8.  Penalties.
     7  5575.9.  Rulemaking.
     8  § 5575.1.  Notice of premium increases.
     9     Notwithstanding any other provision of law, a policy of
    10  insurance covering commercial property or casualty risks in this
    11  Commonwealth shall provide for not less than 60 days' notice of
    12  intent to increase the insured's renewal premium with 30 days'
    13  notice of an estimate of the renewal premium. This section does
    14  not apply to policies written on a retrospective rating plan.
    15  § 5575.2.  Grounds for cancellation.
    16     No insurer may cancel in midterm a policy of insurance
    17  covering commercial property and casualty risks for any reason
    18  other than the following:
    19         (1)  A condition, factor or loss experience material to
    20     insurability has changed substantially or a substantial
    21     condition, factor or loss experience material to insurability
    22     has become known during the policy term.
    23         (2)  Loss of reinsurance or a substantial decrease in
    24     reinsurance has occurred, which loss or decrease shall, at
    25     the time of cancellation, be certified to the department as
    26     directly affecting in-force policies.
    27         (3)  The insured has made a material misrepresentation
    28     which affects the insurability of the risk.
    29         (4)  The policy was obtained through fraudulent
    30     statements, omissions or concealment of fact material to the
    19870H1628B2005                 - 642 -

     1     acceptance of the risk or to the hazard assumed by the
     2     company.
     3         (5)  The insured has failed to pay a premium when due,
     4     whether the premium is payable directly to the company or its
     5     agents or indirectly under a premium finance plan or
     6     extension of credit.
     7         (6)  The insured has requested cancellation.
     8         (7)  Material failure to comply with policy terms,
     9     conditions or contractual duties.
    10         (8)  Other reasons that the department may approve.
    11  § 5575.3.  Notice of midterm cancellations and nonrenewals.
    12     (a)  General rule.--Notices of midterm cancellation and
    13  nonrenewal shall meet the following requirements:
    14         (1)  The midterm cancellation or nonrenewal notice shall
    15     be forwarded by registered or first class mail or delivered
    16     by the insurance company directly to the named insured.
    17         (2)  Written notice of nonrenewal in the manner
    18     prescribed in this section shall be forwarded directly to the
    19     named insured at least 60 days in advance of the effective
    20     date of termination.
    21         (3)  Written notice of cancellation in the manner
    22     prescribed in this section shall be forwarded directly to the
    23     named insured at least 60 days in advance of the effective
    24     date of termination unless one or more of the following
    25     circumstances obtain:
    26             (i)  The insured has made a material
    27         misrepresentation which affects the insurability of the
    28         risk, in which case the prescribed written notice of
    29         cancellation shall be forwarded directly to the named
    30         insured at least 15 days in advance of the effective date
    19870H1628B2005                 - 643 -

     1         of termination.
     2             (ii)  The insured has failed to pay a premium when
     3         due, whether the premium is payable directly to the
     4         company or its agents or indirectly under a premium
     5         finance plan or extension of credit, in which case the
     6         prescribed written notice of cancellation shall be
     7         forwarded directly to the named insured at least 15 days
     8         in advance of the effective date of termination.
     9             (iii)  The policy was canceled by the named insured,
    10         in which case written notice of cancellation shall not be
    11         required and coverage shall be terminated on the date
    12         requested.
    13     This paragraph does not restrict the insurer's right to
    14     rescind an insurance policy ab initio upon discovery that the
    15     policy has been obtained through fraudulent statements,
    16     omissions or concealment of fact material to the acceptance
    17     of the risk or to the hazard assumed by the company.
    18         (4)  The notice shall be clearly labeled "notice of
    19     cancellation" or "notice of nonrenewal."
    20         (5)  The midterm cancellation or nonrenewal notice shall
    21     state the specific reasons for the cancellation or
    22     nonrenewal. The reasons shall identify the condition, factor
    23     or loss experience which caused the midterm cancellation or
    24     nonrenewal. The notice shall provide sufficient information
    25     or data for the insured to correct the deficiency.
    26         (6)  The midterm cancellation or nonrenewal notice shall
    27     state that, at the insured's request, the insurer shall
    28     provide loss information to the insured for at least three
    29     years or the period of time during which the insurer has
    30     provided coverage, whichever is less. Loss information on the
    19870H1628B2005                 - 644 -

     1     insured shall consist of the following:
     2             (i)  Information on closed claims, including date and
     3         description of occurrence, and amount of payments, if
     4         any.
     5             (ii)  Information on open claims, including date and
     6         description of occurrence, amount of payment, if any, and
     7         amount of reserves, if any.
     8             (iii)  Information on notices of occurrence,
     9         including date and description of occurrence and amount
    10         of reserves, if any.
    11         (7)  The insured's written request for loss information
    12     shall be made within ten days of the insured's receipt of the
    13     midterm cancellation or nonrenewal notice. The insurer shall
    14     provide the requested information within 30 days from the
    15     date of receipt of the written request.
    16     (b)  Effective notice.--Until an insurer issues a nonrenewal
    17  or cancellation notice that complies with this subchapter,
    18  insurance coverage will remain in effect. However, if the
    19  insured obtains replacement coverage, the noncomplying insurer's
    20  obligation to continue coverage ceases.
    21  § 5575.4.  Return of unearned premium amounts.
    22     (a)  Cancellation initiated by insurer.--Unearned premium
    23  amounts must be returned to the insured not later than ten
    24  business days after the effective date of termination if
    25  commercial property or casualty risks are canceled in midterm by
    26  the insurer.
    27     (b)  Cancellation initiated by insured.--Unearned premium
    28  amounts must be returned to the insured not later than 30 days
    29  after the effective date of termination if commercial property
    30  or casualty risks are canceled in midterm by the insured.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 645 -

     1     (c)  Estimated basis.--If the amount of premium to be
     2  returned cannot be calculated precisely within the time period
     3  required under subsection (a) or (b) because the policy was
     4  written on the basis of an estimated premium, or was issued
     5  subject to a premium audit, unearned premium amounts shall be
     6  returned to the insured on an estimated basis. Upon the
     7  insurer's completion of computation of the exact premium amount
     8  to be returned, an additional return of premium or a charge
     9  shall be made to the named insured within 15 days of the final
    10  computation.
    11     (d)  Applicability.--This section does not apply to policies
    12  written on a retrospective rating plan.
    13  § 5575.5.  Extended reporting endorsement.
    14     Insurers shall provide a 60-day period, after cancellation or
    15  nonrenewal of a claims made policy is effective, during which
    16  the insured may purchase an extended reporting coverage
    17  endorsement, also referred to as tail coverage. If the insured
    18  purchases the extended reporting coverage endorsement at any
    19  time within this 60-day period, the extended reporting coverage
    20  shall become effective as of the date the claims made policy
    21  terminated.
    22  § 5575.6.  Policy form filings.
    23     Policy form filings received by the department on or after
    24  July 3, 1986, shall conform to the requirements of this chapter.
    25  § 5575.7.  Applicability.
    26     (a)  General rule.--This subchapter applies to insurance
    27  policies, exclusive of reinsurance policies, covering commercial
    28  property and casualty risks located in this Commonwealth.
    29     (b)  Partial exemption.--Workmen's compensation policies, and
    30  medical malpractice policies subject to Chapter 71 (relating to
    19870H1628B2005                 - 646 -

     1  health care services malpractice), are not subject to the
     2  cancellation provisions of this subchapter.
     3     (c)  Short term policies.--This chapter does not apply to
     4  commercial property and casualty insurance policies that are in
     5  effect less than 60 days, unless they are renewals. An insurer
     6  may cancel the policy provided it gives at least 30 days' notice
     7  of the termination and provided it gives notice not later than
     8  the 60th day unless the policy provides for a longer period of
     9  notification.
    10  § 5575.8.  Penalties.
    11     Upon satisfactory evidence of a violation of this subchapter,
    12  the department may pursue one or both of the following courses
    13  of action:
    14         (1)  Order that the insurer cease and desist from the
    15     violation.
    16         (2)  Impose a fine of not more than $5,000 for each
    17     violation.
    18  § 5575.9.  Rulemaking.
    19     The department shall promulgate regulations necessary for the
    20  administration of this subchapter.
    21                            SUBCHAPTER G
    22                      MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
    23  Sec.
    24  5581.  Companies providing boiler insurance.
    25  5582.  Boiler insurance in cities of the first class.
    26  5583.  Insurance consultation services exemption.
    27  § 5581.  Companies providing boiler insurance.
    28     Domestic companies or companies doing business in this
    29  Commonwealth with power to insure against loss by the explosion
    30  of steam boilers may insure all loss or damage which the owner
    19870H1628B2005                 - 647 -

     1  or owners of the boiler, or their employees or other persons,
     2  may suffer or be liable for in case of an explosion of the
     3  boilers mentioned in any policy of insurance issued by the
     4  company for the amount specified therein.
     5  § 5582.  Boiler insurance in cities of the first class.
     6     (a)  General rule.--Any steam boiler insurance company which
     7  has complied with the law of this Commonwealth relative to
     8  insurance companies shall be authorized to inspect and insure
     9  boilers in all cities of the first class under this section.
    10     (b)  Interest in manufacture of steam boilers.--Neither the
    11  insurance company nor its executive officers shall, directly or
    12  indirectly, be interested in the manufacture or sale of steam
    13  boilers or of any of the appliances connected with steam engines
    14  and boilers.
    15     (c)  Oath of boiler inspectors.--The insurance company shall
    16  employ skillful and competent persons for the inspection of
    17  steam boilers who, before entering upon their duties, shall
    18  swear that they will not accept for the performance of their
    19  duties any money, gift, gratuity or consideration from any
    20  person or persons, other than the insurance company which
    21  employs them, and that they will not, directly or indirectly, be
    22  interested in the manufacture or sale of steam boilers or of any
    23  of the appliances connected with steam engines and boilers.
    24     (d)  Requirement of inspection.--A policy of insurance
    25  described in subsection (a) shall not be for a longer period
    26  than three years and shall not be effected until the boiler has
    27  been inspected and tested, and its inspection, test, condition,
    28  attachments and indicators have been found to conform to the
    29  provisions of the city ordinances regarding the inspection of
    30  steam engines and boilers. The details of this inspection, test,
    19870H1628B2005                 - 648 -

     1  attachments and indicators shall be furnished the city inspector
     2  in the required form.
     3     (e)  Minimum premium.--A policy of insurance described in
     4  subsection (a) shall not be valid unless the premium upon the
     5  policy, including a fee paid to the city inspector under this
     6  section, shall be at least one and one-half times the charges
     7  prescribed by the city ordinance for the inspection of steam
     8  boilers. The policy shall not be canceled or modified so that
     9  the premium is less than the amount provided under this
    10  subsection without notifying the city inspector immediately in
    11  writing with the reasons therefor.
    12     (f)  Issuance of certificate of inspection.--Whenever the
    13  insurance company inspects a boiler and issues a policy of
    14  insurance covering it, the company shall issue a certificate of
    15  inspection, which shall set forth that the inspection, tests,
    16  attachments and indicators have been found to be in accordance
    17  with the requirements of the city ordinances. The certificate
    18  shall also state the pressure, in pounds, to which each boiler
    19  has been subjected in testing, together with the amount of
    20  pressure the user is authorized to carry within the boiler, in
    21  accordance with the city ordinances. It shall further state that
    22  the boiler inspected has been insured by the company, and that
    23  the holder of the certificate is required to maintain it in a
    24  conspicuous place near the boiler to which it refers.
    25     (g)  Cancellation of modification of policy.--If the
    26  insurance company cancels a policy of insurance issued in
    27  accordance with this section, or modifies the policy so that the
    28  premium is less than the amount provided under subsection (e),
    29  the cancellation or modification shall render the certificate of
    30  inspection upon each boiler affected invalid, and notice of the
    19870H1628B2005                 - 649 -

     1  cancellation shall be communicated to the city inspector
     2  immediately.
     3     (h)  Form and effect of certificate.--The inspector of steam
     4  engines and boilers in cities of the first class shall furnish
     5  all steam boiler insurance companies or their agents with
     6  printed forms for recording the details of inspection, similar
     7  to those furnished to his own assistants. The inspector shall
     8  also furnish the companies with a form of certificate setting
     9  forth that the premium upon the policy of insurance to be issued
    10  in connection with the certificate of inspection equals or
    11  exceeds the amount provided under subsection (e). He shall
    12  record the forms and certificates as provided for in the city
    13  ordinance and shall affix his signature and official seal to the
    14  certificate of inspection of the insurance companies if the
    15  inspection shows that the requirements of the city ordinances
    16  relative to boiler inspections have been complied with, and that
    17  the company has complied with this section. The inspector of
    18  steam engines and boilers in any city of the first class shall
    19  receive for such approval $1 for each boiler, which shall be
    20  paid into the city treasury, but the approval shall not be
    21  effective for a longer period than one year from the date
    22  thereof.
    23     (i)  Notice of withdrawal of certificate.--When the inspector
    24  withholds or withdraws a certificate of inspection, by reason of
    25  the incompetence or unreliability of the engineer, under this
    26  section and the city ordinance for the inspection of steam
    27  boilers, or whenever he considers the boiler unsafe, he shall
    28  give the user of the boiler and the insurance company issuing
    29  the policy thereon written notice thereof. The notice shall
    30  contain a statement of the reasons for the action. The notice
    19870H1628B2005                 - 650 -

     1  shall be equivalent to the removal of the certificate. The
     2  withdrawal of the certificate shall render void the policy of
     3  insurance upon the boilers to which the certificate had
     4  reference.
     5     (j)  Penalty.--Any inspector of an insurance company who aids
     6  in procuring insurance of any stationary steam engine or boiler
     7  which does not comply with the conditions, or stand the test
     8  provided for in the ordinance of a city of the first class
     9  relative to boiler inspection, or which is not provided with the
    10  attachments and indicators required by the ordinance, or
    11  knowingly permits insurance to continue upon any stationary
    12  steam engine or boiler in a city of the first class not provided
    13  with such attachments and indicators, commits a misdemeanor of
    14  the second degree.
    15  § 5583.  Insurance consultation services exemption.
    16     (a)  Short title.--This section shall be known and may be
    17  cited as the Insurance Consultation Services Exemption Act.
    18     (b)  Exemption from civil liability.--The furnishing, or
    19  failure to furnish, insurance consultation services shall not
    20  subject the insurer, its agents, employees or service
    21  contractors to liability for damages from injury, death or loss
    22  occurring as a result of any act or omission by any person in
    23  the course of such services.
    24     (c)  Applicability.--This section does not apply:
    25         (1)  If the injury, loss or death occurred during the
    26     actual performance of consultation services and was caused by
    27     the negligence of the insurer, its agent, employees or
    28     service contractors which was a proximate cause of the
    29     injury, death or loss.
    30         (2)  To any consultation services required to be
    19870H1628B2005                 - 651 -

     1     performed under the provisions of a written service contract
     2     not incidental to a policy of insurance.
     3         (3)  In any action against any insurer, its agents,
     4     employees or service contractors for damages caused by the
     5     act or omission of such persons in which it is judicially
     6     determined that the act or omission constituted a crime or
     7     was accompanied by actual malice or gross negligence.
     8         (4)  If the insurer fails to furnish the insured with
     9     written notice of the provisions of this section. The notice
    10     shall be provided the insured by the insurer at the time the
    11     policy is issued or written and at each renewal thereof. The
    12     manner in which the notice shall be given and its specific
    13     contents shall be approved by the department.
    14         (5)  To the immunities and protections provided by
    15     section 305 (relating to insurance of payment of compensation
    16     by employer) of the act of June 2, 1915 (P.L.736, No.338),
    17     known as The Pennsylvania Workmen's Compensation Act.
    18     (d)  Definitions.--As used in this section the following
    19  words and phrases shall have the meanings given to them in this
    20  subsection:
    21     "Insurance consultation service."  Any survey, consultation,
    22  inspection, advisory or related services performed by an
    23  insurer, its agents, employees or service contractors incident
    24  to an application for property or casualty insurance or a policy
    25  of such insurance for the purpose of reducing the likelihood of
    26  injury, death or loss.
    27     "Insurer."  Any authorized property or casualty insurance
    28  company.
    29                             CHAPTER 57
    30                       PENNSYLVANIA FAIR PLAN
    19870H1628B2005                 - 652 -

     1  Subchapter
     2     A.  General Provisions
     3     B.  Structure of Fair Plan
     4     C.  Pennsylvania Civil Disorder Authority
     5     D.  Basic Property Insurance Assessment
     6                            SUBCHAPTER A
     7                         GENERAL PROVISIONS
     8  Sec.
     9  5701.  Short title of chapter.
    10  5702.  Purposes of chapter.
    11  5703.  Definitions.
    12  § 5701.  Short title of chapter.
    13     This chapter shall be known and may be cited as the
    14  Pennsylvania Fair Plan Act.
    15  § 5702.  Purposes of chapter.
    16     The purposes of this chapter are to:
    17         (1)  Encourage stability in the property insurance market
    18     for property located in urban areas of this Commonwealth.
    19         (2)  Encourage maximum use in obtaining basic property
    20     insurance of the normal insurance market provided by the
    21     private property insurance industry.
    22         (3)  Encourage the improvement of the condition of
    23     properties located in urban areas of this Commonwealth and to
    24     further orderly community development generally.
    25         (4)  Provide for the formulation and administration by an
    26     industry placement facility of a fair plan in order that no
    27     property shall be denied basic property insurance through the
    28     normal insurance market provided by the private property
    29     insurance industry except after a physical inspection of the
    30     property and a fair evaluation of its individual underwriting
    19870H1628B2005                 - 653 -

     1     characteristics.
     2         (5)  Publicize the purposes and procedures of the fair
     3     plan so that no one may fail to seek its assistance through
     4     ignorance thereof.
     5         (6)  Provide for the formulation and administration by
     6     the industry placement facility of a reinsurance arrangement
     7     whereby property insurers shall share equitably the
     8     responsibility for insuring insurable property for which
     9     basic property insurance cannot be obtained through the
    10     normal insurance market.
    11         (7)  Provide a framework for participation by the
    12     Commonwealth in a sharing of insured losses resulting from
    13     riots and other civil disorders occurring in this
    14     Commonwealth through the formation of a Pennsylvania Civil
    15     Disorder Authority, in order that insurance companies doing
    16     business in this Commonwealth may qualify for Federal
    17     reinsurance of such losses if Federal legislation providing
    18     for reinsurance is enacted.
    19  § 5703.  Definitions.
    20     The following words and phrases when used in this chapter
    21  shall have the meanings given to them in this section unless the
    22  context clearly indicates otherwise:
    23     "Basic property insurance."  Insurance against direct loss to
    24  real or tangible personal property at a fixed location caused by
    25  perils defined and limited in the standard fire policy
    26  prescribed in section 5906 (relating to provisions of fire
    27  insurance policies) and in the extended coverage endorsement
    28  approved by the department under section 3515 (relating to
    29  approval of contracts by department) and vandalism, malicious
    30  mischief, burglary, theft or other classes of insurance as are
    19870H1628B2005                 - 654 -

     1  determined by the industry placement facility with the approval
     2  of the department. The term does not include insurance on a
     3  motor vehicle or farm or such manufacturing risks as are
     4  excluded by the department.
     5     "Fair plan."  A plan formulated by the industry placement
     6  facility under the authority of this chapter for the purposes
     7  set forth in 5711(b) (relating to industry placement facility).
     8     "Federal reinsurance facility."  Any agency, or
     9  instrumentality thereof, or any body corporate created by the
    10  Federal Government for the purpose of providing reinsurance for
    11  losses resulting from riots and other civil disorders.
    12     "Government."  The Federal Government and the government of
    13  the Commonwealth, or any agency or instrumentality, corporate or
    14  otherwise, of either of them.
    15     "Inspection bureau."  The organization or organizations
    16  designated by the industry placement facility with the approval
    17  of the department to inspect and to determine the condition of
    18  the properties for which basic property insurance is sought.
    19     "Insurer."  Any insurance company or group of companies under
    20  common ownership which is authorized to engage in the insurance
    21  business under the law of any state, including any pool or
    22  association of insurance companies formed, associated or
    23  otherwise created for the purpose of sharing risks written in
    24  accordance with this chapter.
    25     "Premiums written."  Gross direct premiums charged on all
    26  policies of basic property insurance and the basic property
    27  insurance components of all multiple peril policies covering
    28  property in this Commonwealth, less all premiums and dividends
    29  returned to policyholders and the unused or unabsorbed portions
    30  of premium deposits.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 655 -

     1     "Urban area."  Any municipal corporation having a blighted,
     2  deteriorated or deteriorating area which the Secretary of the
     3  Federal Department of Housing and Urban Development has approved
     4  as eligible for an urban renewal project or which has been
     5  designated as an urban area by the industry placement facility
     6  with the approval of the department.
     7                            SUBCHAPTER B
     8                       STRUCTURE OF FAIR PLAN
     9  Sec.
    10  5711.  Industry placement facility.
    11  5712.  Fair plan.
    12  5713.  Distribution of risks.
    13  5714.  Uninsurable risks.
    14  5715.  Regulation by department.
    15  5716.  Annual and other statements.
    16  5717.  Privileged communications.
    17  5718.  Review.
    18  § 5711.  Industry placement facility.
    19     (a)  Membership.--Each insurer which is authorized to write
    20  and is engaged in writing in this Commonwealth, on a direct
    21  basis, basic property insurance or any component thereof
    22  contained in a multiple peril policy, including homeowners and
    23  commercial multiple peril policies, shall participate in the
    24  industry placement facility as a condition of its authority to
    25  write those kinds of insurance in this Commonwealth. Other
    26  insurers may become members if they are eligible surplus lines
    27  insurers under section 1307 (relating to eligible surplus lines
    28  insurers).
    29     (b)  Purposes.--The purposes of the facility shall be to:
    30         (1)  Formulate and administer, subject to the approval of
    19870H1628B2005                 - 656 -

     1     the department, a plan to be known as the fair plan assuring
     2     fair access to insurance requirements in order that no
     3     property in urban areas shall be denied basic property
     4     insurance through the normal insurance market provided by the
     5     private property insurance industry, except after a physical
     6     inspection of the property and a fair evaluation of its
     7     individual underwriting characteristics.
     8         (2)  Formulate and administer, subject to the approval of
     9     the department, a reinsurance arrangement whereby the members
    10     of the facility shall share equitably the responsibility for
    11     insuring property in urban areas which is insurable, but for
    12     which basic property insurance cannot be obtained through the
    13     normal insurance market.
    14     (c)  Plan of operation.--The industry placement facility
    15  shall operate under a plan of operation of the facility,
    16  consistent with the provisions of this chapter and the purposes
    17  of the facility, which shall provide for the fair plan, the
    18  reinsurance arrangement and the economical and efficient
    19  administration of the facility, including, but not limited to,
    20  management of the facility, preliminary assessment of all
    21  members for initial expenses necessary to commence operations,
    22  establishment of necessary facilities in this Commonwealth,
    23  assessment of members to defray losses and expenses, commission
    24  arrangements, reasonable underwriting standards and limits of
    25  liability, acceptance and cession of reinsurance and procedures
    26  for determining amounts of insurance to be provided. The plan of
    27  operation shall be the plan approved by the department under the
    28  former section 201(c) (relating to industry placement facility)
    29  of the act of July 31, 1968 (P.L.738, No. 233), known as the
    30  Pennsylvania Fair Plan Act or under subsection (d).
    19870H1628B2005                 - 657 -

     1     (d)  Amendment of plan of operation.--At the direction of the
     2  department, the facility shall amend the plan of operation, and
     3  the facility may amend the plan of operation on its own
     4  initiative subject to the prior approval of the department.
     5     (e)  Organization of facility.--The facility shall be
     6  governed by a board of seven directors elected annually by the
     7  members of the facility. Each member of the facility shall be
     8  allotted votes bearing the same ratio to the total number of
     9  votes to be cast as its degree of participation in the facility
    10  bears to the total participation. Pending the determination of
    11  the degree of participation of the members in the facility, each
    12  member of the facility shall be allotted votes bearing the same
    13  ratio to the total number of votes to be cast as each member's
    14  written premium on basic property insurance during calendar year
    15  1967 bears to the statewide total written premium for basic
    16  property insurance during that year. The first board shall be
    17  elected at a meeting of the members or their authorized
    18  representatives. Any vacancy on the board shall be filled by a
    19  vote of the other directors. If at any time the members fail to
    20  elect the required number of directors or a vacancy remains
    21  unfilled for more than 15 days, the commissioner may appoint the
    22  directors necessary to constitute a full board.
    23     (f)  Participation.--All members of the facility shall
    24  participate in its expenses and in its profits and losses, or in
    25  such categories thereof as may be separately established by the
    26  facility, in the proportion that the premiums written by each
    27  such member during the second preceding calendar year bear to
    28  the aggregate premiums written in this Commonwealth by all
    29  members of the facility. For the purposes of computing the
    30  proportion of participation, the "premiums written" shall not
    19870H1628B2005                 - 658 -

     1  include the premiums attributable to the reinsurance arrangement
     2  maintained by the facility. Participation by each member in the
     3  facility shall be determined annually by the facility on the
     4  basis of the premiums written during the second preceding
     5  calendar year as disclosed in the annual statements and other
     6  reports filed by the member with the department.
     7     (g)  Termination of Federal reinsurance facility.--Policies
     8  issued pursuant to the direction of and other obligations
     9  incurred by the industry placement facility shall not be
    10  impaired by the termination of the Federal reinsurance facility,
    11  and the industry placement facility shall continue for the
    12  purpose of servicing these policies and performing these
    13  obligations.
    14  § 5712.  Fair plan.
    15     The fair plan shall provide as follows:
    16         (1)  Any person having an insurable interest in real or
    17     tangible personal property at a fixed location in an urban
    18     area, his representative, an insurance agent or broker or an
    19     insurer may request the facility for an inspection of the
    20     property by representatives of the inspection bureau, such
    21     inspection to be without cost to the applicant for insurance.
    22     The request for such inspection need not be made in writing.
    23     The risk shall not be written at surcharged rates or be
    24     denied insurance coverage for basic property insurance by an
    25     insurer unless such an inspection has first been made.
    26         (2)  The plan of operation of the inspection bureau, the
    27     manner and scope of the inspection and the form of the
    28     inspection report, which shall include, but need not be
    29     limited to, pertinent structural and occupancy features as
    30     well as the general condition of the building and surrounding
    19870H1628B2005                 - 659 -

     1     structures, shall be prescribed by the industry placement
     2     facility subject to the approval of the department.
     3         (3)  Promptly after the request for inspection is
     4     received by the facility, if no policy has been issued, the
     5     inspection shall be made and a written inspection report
     6     prepared and filed with any insurer designated by the
     7     applicant and filed with the facility. A copy of the
     8     inspection report shall be made available to the applicant or
     9     his representative upon request. If no insurer has been
    10     designated by the applicant, the facility shall proceed as
    11     provided in paragraph (9).
    12         (4)  After the inspection report is received by an
    13     insurer, it shall promptly determine if the risk meets
    14     reasonable underwriting standards at the applicable premium
    15     rate, including approved surcharges for physical
    16     characteristics, and shall promptly return to the industry
    17     placement facility the inspection report and provide an
    18     action report, both of which shall be kept on file with the
    19     facility. The action report shall set forth:
    20             (i)  the amount of coverage it agrees to write and,
    21         if the insurer agrees to write the coverage with an
    22         approved surcharge, the improvements necessary before it
    23         will provide coverage at an unsurcharged premium rate;
    24             (ii)  the amount of coverage it agrees to write if
    25         certain improvements to the property specified in the
    26         action report are made; or
    27             (iii)  the specific reasons for which it declines to
    28         write coverage.
    29         (5)  If the insurer declines the risk or agrees to write
    30     it on condition that the property be improved as specified,
    19870H1628B2005                 - 660 -

     1     the insurer shall, at the time of returning the inspection
     2     and action reports to the facility, send a copy of both
     3     reports to the applicant for insurance. The insurer shall
     4     advise the applicant at the time of sending the reports to
     5     him of his right to appeal the determination to the
     6     department and shall advise the applicant of the means by
     7     which to initiate an appeal.
     8         (6)  The inspection bureau shall submit to the department
     9     periodic reports setting forth information by individual
    10     insurers, including the number of risks inspected under the
    11     plan, the number of risks accepted, the number of risks
    12     conditionally accepted and reinspections made, the number of
    13     risks declined and such other information as the department
    14     may request.
    15         (7)  All policies written pursuant to the fair plan shall
    16     be promptly written after inspection or reinspection and
    17     shall be separately coded so that appropriate records may be
    18     compiled for purposes of ratemaking and performing loss
    19     prevention and other studies of the operation of the fair
    20     plan.
    21         (8)  If any single insurer will underwrite only a portion
    22     of the full insurable value of the property, the industry
    23     placement facility shall assist the owner and his agent or
    24     broker in obtaining the remaining coverage from other members
    25     of the facility, except to the extent that deductibles,
    26     percentage participation clauses and other accepted
    27     underwriting devices are needed to meet special problems of
    28     insurability.
    29         (9)  If no insurer to which an inspection report has been
    30     forwarded pursuant to paragraph (3) agrees promptly to
    19870H1628B2005                 - 661 -

     1     provide basic property insurance for the property in
     2     question, or if no insurer has been designated by the
     3     applicant, the facility shall take appropriate action to
     4     ascertain whether any member of the facility will provide
     5     basic property insurance for the subject property at the
     6     applicable premium rate, including approved surcharges for
     7     physical characteristics.
     8         (10)  An insurer shall not direct any agent or broker or
     9     other producer to avoid soliciting business through the fair
    10     plan, and an agent, broker or other producer shall not be
    11     penalized by an insurer for submitting applications for
    12     insurance to it under the fair plan.
    13         (11)  Records of insurance procured under the fair plan
    14     shall be maintained separately from other records of an
    15     agent's or broker's business conducted with an insurer.
    16         (12)  Written notice will be given to any policyholder at
    17     least 20 days prior to the cancellation or nonrenewal of any
    18     risk eligible under the fair plan, except in the case of
    19     nonpayment of premium or evidence of incendiarism, and the
    20     insurer shall, in the notice of cancellation or nonrenewal,
    21     explain to the policyholder the procedures for obtaining an
    22     inspection under the plan.
    23         (13)  An agent or broker shall not be permitted to refuse
    24     an application for basic property insurance within an urban
    25     area if he is licensed to write and is actively engaged in
    26     writing such insurance.
    27         (14)  A cooperative and continuing public education
    28     program shall be undertaken by the department, the industry
    29     placement facility and the members of the facility to assure
    30     that the fair plan is given adequate publicity.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 662 -

     1  § 5713.  Distribution of risks.
     2     (a)  Powers of facility.--The facility shall have the
     3  following powers, on behalf of its members:
     4         (1)  To direct one or more of its members to issue
     5     policies of basic property insurance to applicants.
     6         (2)  To assume reinsurance from its members.
     7         (3)  To cede reinsurance.
     8     (b)  Ceding of coverage.--Any member of the facility may cede
     9  to the facility basic property insurance covering property in
    10  urban areas to the extent and on the terms and conditions set
    11  forth in the plan of operation of the facility.
    12     (c)  Determination by facility.--If the facility has been
    13  unable to obtain basic property insurance for any property
    14  through the voluntary action of its members pursuant to section
    15  5712 (relating to fair plan), it shall promptly determine
    16  whether the property is insurable and whether there is any
    17  unpaid premium due from the applicant for prior insurance on the
    18  property. Any hazardous environmental condition that might give
    19  rise to loss under an insurance contract but which is beyond the
    20  control of the property owners shall not be considered by the
    21  facility in determining insurability. If the facility determines
    22  that the property is insurable and that no unpaid premium is
    23  due, it shall promptly cause one or more of its members to issue
    24  a policy or policies of basic property insurance at the
    25  applicable premium rate, including approved surcharges for
    26  physical characteristics, in the full insurable value of the
    27  property, for a term of one year, subject to total reinsurance
    28  of the risk by the facility.
    29  § 5714.  Uninsurable risks.
    30     If the facility finds that the property is not insurable, it
    19870H1628B2005                 - 663 -

     1  shall promptly supply to the applicant a written statement
     2  setting forth the features or conditions of the property which
     3  prevent it from constituting an insurable risk and the actions,
     4  if any, which would make the property an insurable risk.
     5  § 5715.  Regulation by department.
     6     The operation of the inspection bureau and the industry
     7  placement facility shall at all times be subject to the
     8  supervision and regulation of the department. The department, or
     9  any person designated by it, shall have the power of visitation
    10  of and examination into such operations at any time in the
    11  discretion of the department. In connection therewith, the
    12  department shall have the powers granted it by section 512
    13  (relating to powers with regard to examinations) and the
    14  expenses of the examination shall be borne and paid as provided
    15  in section 512.
    16  § 5716.  Annual and other statements.
    17     The inspection bureau and the industry placement facility
    18  shall each file with the department annually on or before March
    19  1 a statement which shall contain information with respect to
    20  its transactions, condition, operations and affairs during the
    21  preceding year. This statement shall contain the information
    22  prescribed by the department and shall be in the form approved
    23  by it. The department may at any time require the bureau or
    24  facility to furnish it with additional information with respect
    25  to its transactions, condition, operations and affairs or any
    26  matter connected therewith which it considers to be material and
    27  which will assist it in evaluating their scope, operation and
    28  experience.
    29  § 5717.  Privileged communications.
    30     There shall be no liability on the part of, and no cause of
    19870H1628B2005                 - 664 -

     1  action shall arise against, insurers, the inspection bureau, the
     2  industry placement facility, their agents or employees, or the
     3  department or its authorized representatives, for any statements
     4  made in good faith by them in any reports or communications
     5  concerning the property to be insured, or in the course of any
     6  hearings conducted in connection therewith, or in the findings
     7  required by the provisions of this subchapter. The inspection
     8  reports and communications of the inspection bureau and the
     9  industry placement facility shall not be considered public
    10  documents.
    11  § 5718.  Review.
    12     Any applicant for insurance and any affected insurer may
    13  appeal to the department within 30 days after any ruling, action
    14  or decision by or on behalf of the inspection bureau or industry
    15  placement facility. After a hearing upon not less than ten days'
    16  written notice to the aggrieved person and the bureau or
    17  facility, the department shall issue an order approving the
    18  action or decision appealed from, disapproving such action or
    19  decision or directing the bureau or facility to give further
    20  consideration to the matter. All hearings, orders and decisions
    21  of the department pursuant to this subchapter shall be subject
    22  to Title 2 (relating to administrative law and procedure).
    23                            SUBCHAPTER C
    24               PENNSYLVANIA CIVIL DISORDER AUTHORITY
    25  Sec.
    26  5721.  Formation of authority.
    27  5722.  Board of directors.
    28  5723.  Powers of authority.
    29  5724.  Civil Disorder Authority Fund.
    30  5725.  Reimbursement payments to Federal reinsurance facility.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 665 -

     1  5726.  Bonds of authority.
     2  5727.  Remedies of bondholder.
     3  § 5721.  Formation of authority.
     4     In order to make available to insurers which participate in
     5  the industry placement facility, the reinsurance afforded by the
     6  Federal reinsurance facility against losses resulting from riots
     7  and civil disorders, there shall be a separate and distinct body
     8  corporate and politic which shall be known as the Pennsylvania
     9  Civil Disorder Authority. The authority shall be an
    10  instrumentality of the Commonwealth, and the exercise by the
    11  authority of the powers conferred by this subchapter shall be
    12  deemed an essential governmental function of the Commonwealth.
    13  Bonds issued and other obligations incurred by the Pennsylvania
    14  Civil Disorder Authority shall not be impaired by the
    15  termination of the Federal reinsurance facility, and the
    16  authority shall continue for the purpose of servicing these
    17  bonds and performing these obligations.
    18  § 5722.  Board of directors.
    19     (a)  Composition.--The powers of the authority shall be
    20  exercised by a board of directors composed of the Attorney
    21  General, the Secretary of Revenue, the General Counsel and the
    22  commissioner, who shall select from among themselves a chairman
    23  and a vice chairman. The State Treasurer shall be the treasurer
    24  of the authority.
    25     (b)  Bonds and obligations.--The members of the board shall
    26  not be liable personally on the bonds or other obligations of
    27  the authority, and the rights of creditors shall be solely
    28  against the authority.
    29     (c)  Compensation and expenses.--The members of the board
    30  shall receive no compensation for their services as members but
    19870H1628B2005                 - 666 -

     1  shall be entitled to reimbursement for all necessary expenses
     2  incurred in connection with the performance of their duties as
     3  members.
     4     (d)  Agents and employees.--The authority may employ a
     5  secretary, an executive director, its own counsel and legal
     6  staff and such technical experts and other agents and employees,
     7  permanent or temporary, as it may require, and may determine the
     8  qualifications and fix the compensation of such persons. The
     9  authority may delegate to one or more of its agents or employees
    10  such of its powers as it deems necessary to carry out the
    11  purposes of this chapter, subject to its supervision and
    12  control.
    13  § 5723.  Powers of authority.
    14     The authority shall exercise public powers of the
    15  Commonwealth as an agency thereof, including the following
    16  powers in addition to those otherwise granted in this chapter:
    17         (1)  To cooperate with any government or municipality.
    18         (2)  To act as agent of any government agency for the
    19     public purposes set out in this chapter.
    20         (3)  To borrow funds from private lenders or from the
    21     Commonwealth or the Federal Government, as may be necessary
    22     for the operation and work of the authority, and to carry out
    23     the purposes and provisions of this chapter.
    24         (4)  To invest any funds held in reserves or sinking
    25     funds or any funds not required for immediate disbursement,
    26     in such investments as may be lawful for executors,
    27     administrators, guardians, trustees and other fiduciaries
    28     under the law of this Commonwealth.
    29         (5)  To sue and be sued.
    30         (6)  To adopt a seal and to alter the same at pleasure.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 667 -

     1         (7)  To make and execute contracts and other instruments
     2     necessary or convenient to the exercise of the powers of the
     3     authority. Any contract or instrument when signed by the
     4     chairman or vice chairman of the authority and by the
     5     secretary or assistant secretary or treasurer or assistant
     6     treasurer of the authority, or by an authorized use of their
     7     facsimile signatures, shall be deemed properly executed for
     8     and on its behalf.
     9         (8)  To make, amend and repeal bylaws, rules, regulations
    10     and resolutions.
    11         (9)  To do all acts and things necessary or convenient to
    12     carry out the powers granted to it by law, except that the
    13     authority shall have no power to pledge the credit or taxing
    14     power of the Commonwealth, nor shall any of its obligations
    15     be deemed to be obligations of the Commonwealth.
    16  § 5724.  Civil Disorder Authority Fund.
    17     (a)  Purpose of fund.--The authority shall establish a Civil
    18  Disorder Authority Fund which shall be available without fiscal
    19  year limitation for the following purposes:
    20         (1)  To make such payments as may, from time to time, be
    21     required by the Federal reinsurance facility.
    22         (2)  To pay proper administrative expenses of the
    23     authority.
    24         (3)  To repay the obligations of the authority, including
    25     interest thereon, incurred by the authority pursuant to the
    26     provisions of this subchapter.
    27     (b)  Sources of revenue.--The fund shall be credited with:
    28         (1)  Such amounts as may be advanced to the fund from
    29     whatever source in order to maintain the fund in a solvent
    30     condition and able to satisfy its obligations.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 668 -

     1         (2)  Interest which may be earned on investments of the
     2     fund.
     3         (3)  Moneys borrowed by the authority and deposited in
     4     the fund.
     5         (4)  Receipts from any other source which may, from time
     6     to time, be credited to the fund.
     7     (c)  Deposits.--All moneys of the fund, from whatever source
     8  derived, shall be paid to the treasurer of the authority and
     9  deposited by him in one or more banks or trust companies, in one
    10  or more special accounts. Each of the special accounts shall be
    11  continuously secured by a pledge of direct obligations of the
    12  United States or of the Commonwealth, having an aggregate market
    13  value, exclusive of accrued interest, at all times at least
    14  equal to the balance on deposit in the account. The securities
    15  shall either be deposited with the treasurer or be held by a
    16  trustee or agent satisfactory to the authority. All banks and
    17  trust companies are authorized to give security for these
    18  deposits. The moneys in these accounts shall be paid out on the
    19  warrant or other order of the treasurer of the authority or of
    20  such other person or persons as it may authorize to execute such
    21  warrants or orders.
    22     (d)  Examination of records.--The Department of Revenue and
    23  the Auditor General and their legally authorized representatives
    24  may from time to time examine the accounts and books of the
    25  authority and any other matters relating to its finances,
    26  operations and affairs.
    27  § 5725.  Reimbursement payments to Federal reinsurance facility.
    28     (a)  Authority to pay.--Payments under section 5724(a)(1)
    29  (relating to Civil Disorder Authority Fund) shall be made only
    30  upon direction of the State Treasurer and after receipt by him
    19870H1628B2005                 - 669 -

     1  of a claim from the Federal reinsurance facility. Prior to
     2  making the payment, the authority shall make such investigation
     3  as it deems appropriate in order to verify the correctness of
     4  the claim made by the Federal reinsurance facility.
     5     (b)  Limitation on amount.--The total amount of any such
     6  payments made during any calendar year shall not exceed 5% of
     7  the aggregate property insurance premiums earned in this
     8  Commonwealth during the preceding calendar year on those lines
     9  of insurance reinsured by the Federal reinsurance facility in
    10  this Commonwealth during the current year.
    11  § 5726.  Bonds of authority.
    12     (a)  Determination of amount.--Within 30 days following
    13  receipt of a direction from the State Treasurer to make payment
    14  of a claim to the Federal reinsurance facility, the authority
    15  shall make an offer to sell bonds. The aggregate principal
    16  amount of these bonds shall be adequate to pay the total amount
    17  of the claim received from the Federal reinsurance facility,
    18  subject to the limitation contained in section 5725(b) (relating
    19  to reimbursement payments to Federal reinsurance facility), plus
    20  the reasonable expenses of the sale, due consideration having
    21  been first given to the moneys in the fund and available for
    22  payment of the claim of the Federal reinsurance facility.
    23     (b)  Disposition of proceeds.--The proceeds of the sale of
    24  such bonds shall be paid into the fund and shall be used to
    25  satisfy the claim of the Federal reinsurance facility which
    26  occasioned the sale of the bonds. Any amount remaining after
    27  satisfaction of the claim shall be held in the fund and may be
    28  used for any of the purposes set forth in section 5724 (relating
    29  to Civil Disorder Authority Fund).
    30     (c)  Form and delivery.--The bonds of the authority shall be
    19870H1628B2005                 - 670 -

     1  authorized by resolution of the board or by and pursuant to an
     2  indenture of trust and shall be of the series, bear the date or
     3  dates, be stated to mature at the time or times, not exceeding
     4  30 years from their respective dates, be issued as serial or
     5  term bonds, or as part serial and part term bonds, or any
     6  combination thereof, or as a single bond payable in
     7  installments, bear interest payable annually, semiannually or
     8  quarterly, be in the denominations, be in the form, either as
     9  negotiable commercial paper, or as investment securities in
    10  bearer or registered form, carry the registration,
    11  exchangeability and interchangeability privileges, be payable in
    12  the medium of payment and at the place or places, be subject to
    13  the terms of redemption at the prices not exceeding 106% of the
    14  principal amount thereof, and be entitled to the priorities in
    15  the revenues or receipts of authority as the resolution or
    16  indenture may provide. The bonds shall be signed manually or by
    17  facsimile by such officers as the authority shall determine, and
    18  coupon bonds shall have attached thereto interest coupons
    19  bearing the facsimile signature of the treasurer of the
    20  authority, as may be prescribed in the resolution or indenture.
    21  A bond shall not be issued or delivered without at least one
    22  manual signature, which may be that of an officer of the fiscal
    23  agent or of the trustee under the resolution or indenture. The
    24  bonds may be issued and delivered notwithstanding that one or
    25  more of the officers signing the bonds, or the treasurer whose
    26  facsimile signature is upon the coupons or any thereof, has
    27  ceased to hold the office when the bonds are delivered.
    28     (d)  Additional terms.--Any resolution or indenture
    29  authorizing any bonds may contain provisions which shall be part
    30  of the contract with the bondholders as to:
    19870H1628B2005                 - 671 -

     1         (1)  Pledge of the full faith and credit of the
     2     authority, but not of the Commonwealth or any political
     3     subdivision thereof, for the bonds or restricting the same to
     4     all or any of the revenues or receipts of the authority.
     5         (2)  The terms of the bonds.
     6         (3)  The setting aside of reserves or sinking funds and
     7     the regulation and disposition thereof.
     8         (4)  Any terms for the security of the bonds or under
     9     which the bonds may be issued.
    10         (5)  Any other or additional agreements with the holder
    11     of the bonds.
    12     (e)  Sale.--The bonds shall be sold to the highest
    13  responsible bidders proposing the lowest net interest cost to
    14  the authority, determined by computing the interest on the bonds
    15  to their stated maturity dates and adding the discount or
    16  subtracting the premium specified in the bid. There shall be
    17  public notice of the sale by two advertisements in not less than
    18  three nor more than five newspapers of large general circulation
    19  in different parts of this Commonwealth, the first advertisement
    20  to be published not less than 20 days and the second not less
    21  than five days before the day fixed for the opening of bids. The
    22  advertisement of sale shall contain a general description of the
    23  bonds, the manner, place and time of the sale, or the time limit
    24  for the receipt of proposals, the name of the officer to whom,
    25  or to whose designee, bids or proposals shall be delivered and a
    26  statement of the terms and conditions of sale. The bonds may be
    27  sold to the State Employees' Retirement Board, or to any other
    28  custodial board or fund, or to the State Employees' Retirement
    29  Fund, or by private placement with a group of not more than 25
    30  ultimate investors who purchase for investment and not with a
    19870H1628B2005                 - 672 -

     1  view to distribution, without advertisement or competitive
     2  bidding. Bonds shall not be sold if the net interest cost,
     3  computed to stated maturity dates of the bonds, of the money
     4  received for any issue of the bonds exceeds 6% a year. Pending
     5  the preparation of the definitive bonds, interim receipts or
     6  temporary bonds may be issued to the purchasers of the bonds and
     7  may contain such terms and conditions as the authority may
     8  determine.
     9     (f)  Agreements.--The authority may enter into any indentures
    10  of trust or other agreements with any bank or trust company or
    11  other person in the United States having power to enter into
    12  such agreements, or may designate any such person as fiscal
    13  agent under a bond resolution, in order to provide for the
    14  security for such bonds, and may assign and pledge all or any of
    15  its revenues or receipts thereunder. The indenture, resolution
    16  or other agreement may contain such provisions as may be
    17  customary in such instruments or as the authority may authorize,
    18  including provisions as to:
    19         (1)  The application of funds and the safeguarding of
    20     funds on hand, invested or on deposit.
    21         (2)  The rights and remedies of the trustees or fiscal
    22     agent and the bondholders (which may include restrictions
    23     upon the individual right of action of the bondholders).
    24         (3)  The terms and provisions of the bonds or the
    25     resolutions or indentures authorizing their issuance.
    26  § 5727.  Remedies of bondholder.
    27     (a)  Remedies cumulative.--The rights and the remedies
    28  conferred by this section upon or granted to the bondholders
    29  shall be in addition to and not in limitation of any rights and
    30  remedies lawfully granted to the bondholders by the resolution
    19870H1628B2005                 - 673 -

     1  or indenture providing for the issuance of bond.
     2     (b)  Appointment of trustee.--If the authority:
     3         (1)  defaults in the payment of the interest on any of
     4     the bonds after it becomes due and the default continues for
     5     30 days;
     6         (2)  defaults in the payment of principal after it
     7     becomes due whether at maturity or upon any unrevoked call
     8     for redemption;
     9         (3)  fails or refuses to comply with the provisions of
    10     this chapter; or
    11         (4)  defaults in any agreement made with the holders of
    12     the bonds;
    13  the holders of 25% in aggregate principal amount of bonds then
    14  outstanding under the indenture or bond resolution involved, by
    15  instrument or instruments filed in the office of the Recorder of
    16  Deeds of the County of Dauphin and proved or acknowledged in the
    17  same manner as a deed to be recorded may, except as this right
    18  is limited under any such indenture or other agreement, appoint
    19  a trustee to represent the bondholders for the purposes provided
    20  in this section.
    21     (c)  Powers of trustee.--The trustee or any trustee under an
    22  indenture or the fiscal agent under resolution or other
    23  agreement may, and upon written request of the holders of 25% in
    24  principal amount of the bonds outstanding under the authorizing
    25  indenture or resolution, or other percentage specified in any
    26  resolution, indenture or other agreement, shall, in his or its
    27  own name:
    28         (1)  by mandamus or other action or proceeding at law or
    29     in equity, enforce all rights of the bondholders, including
    30     the right to require the authority to carry out any agreement
    19870H1628B2005                 - 674 -

     1     as to, or pledge of, the revenues or receipts of the
     2     authority and to require the authority to carry out any other
     3     agreements with, or for the benefit of, the bondholders, and
     4     to perform its duties under this chapter;
     5         (2)  bring suit upon the bonds;
     6         (3)  by action or suit in equity, require the authority
     7     to account as if it were the trustees of an express trust for
     8     the bondholders; or enjoin any acts or things which may be
     9     unlawful or in violation of the rights of the bondholders; or
    10         (4)  by notice in writing to the authority, declare all
    11     bonds due and payable and, if all defaults shall be made
    12     good, then with the consent of the holders of 25% of the
    13     principal amount of the bonds then outstanding, or other
    14     percentage specified in any indenture, resolution or other
    15     agreement aforesaid, annul the declaration and its
    16     consequences.
    17                            SUBCHAPTER D
    18                BASIC PROPERTY INSURANCE ASSESSMENT
    19  Sec.
    20  5731.  Levy and amount of assessment.
    21  5732.  Payments to Pennsylvania Civil Disorder Authority.
    22  5733.  Reports and statements.
    23  5734.  Duration of assessment.
    24  § 5731.  Levy and amount of assessment.
    25     In order to provide for the payment of the principal of and
    26  interest on bonds of the authority, issued pursuant to section
    27  5726 (relating to bonds of authority), an assessment shall be
    28  levied on each insurer which is a member of the industry
    29  placement facility. The amount of the assessment shall be 2% of
    30  the aggregate gross premiums received by the insurer for
    19870H1628B2005                 - 675 -

     1  policies of basic property insurance or any component thereof,
     2  including homeowners and commercial multiple peril policies,
     3  written in this Commonwealth.
     4  § 5732.  Payments to Pennsylvania Civil Disorder Authority.
     5     Every insurer shall, on or before April 15 of each year,
     6  compute and pay to the treasurer of the Pennsylvania Civil
     7  Disorder Authority the aggregate assessments due upon the gross
     8  premiums received by it for basic property insurance written in
     9  this Commonwealth during the calendar year immediately preceding
    10  the payment date. The aggregate assessments shall bear interest
    11  at the rate of 6% a year from the date due and payable to the
    12  authority until payment is made.
    13  § 5733.  Reports and statements.
    14     The department may at any time require any insurer to furnish
    15  it with such information as it, in its discretion, deems
    16  necessary in order to determine whether or not the insurer is
    17  complying with this subchapter.
    18  § 5734.  Duration of assessment.
    19     The assessment provided for under this subchapter shall be
    20  collectible on all policies of basic property insurance or any
    21  component thereof, including homeowners and commercial multiple
    22  peril policies, written on and after the 30th day following
    23  issuance by the authority of its bonds under section 5726
    24  (relating to bonds of authority). The assessment shall remain in
    25  full force and effect until all bonds issued by the Pennsylvania
    26  Civil Disorder Authority have been retired, and shall thereafter
    27  terminate at such time and upon such terms and conditions as
    28  shall be specified by the board of the authority.
    29                             CHAPTER 59
    30                     FIRE AND MARINE INSURANCE
    19870H1628B2005                 - 676 -

     1  Subchapter
     2     A.  Insurers Generally
     3     B.  Stock Companies
     4     C.  Mutual Companies
     5                            SUBCHAPTER A
     6                         INSURERS GENERALLY
     7  Sec.
     8  5901.  Resident agents for foreign or alien insurance entities.
     9  5902.  Examination of foreign or alien entities by department.
    10  5903.  Annual returns.
    11  5904.  Penalties and revocation of license.
    12  5905.  Reports of fires to Bureau of Fire Protection.
    13  5906.  Provisions of fire insurance policies.
    14  5907.  Penalties for issuing other than standard fire policies.
    15  § 5901.  Resident agents for foreign or alien insurance
    16             entities.
    17     (a)  General rule.--An authorized foreign or alien stock or
    18  mutual fire insurance entity authorized to transact business in
    19  this Commonwealth shall not make, write or place, or cause to be
    20  made, written or placed, any policy, duplicate policy, contract
    21  of insurance or general or floating policy upon property located
    22  in this Commonwealth except after the risk has been approved in
    23  writing by an agent, who is a resident of or whose principal
    24  place of business is in this Commonwealth and who is licensed to
    25  transact insurance business in this Commonwealth. The agent
    26  shall countersign all policies so issued and receive the
    27  commission thereon when the premium is paid, so that the
    28  Commonwealth may receive the taxes required to be paid on the
    29  premiums collected for insurance on all property located in this
    30  Commonwealth.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 677 -

     1     (b)  Policies written at principal office.--The entity may
     2  issue policies at its principal or department offices covering
     3  property in this Commonwealth, if these policies are issued upon
     4  applications procured and submitted to the entity by agents who
     5  are residents of this Commonwealth and licensed to transact the
     6  business of insurance in this Commonwealth, and who shall
     7  receive the commission thereon when paid.
     8     (c)  Exclusions.--This section does not apply to direct
     9  insurance covering the rolling stock of railroad corporations,
    10  or property in transit while in the possession and custody of
    11  railroad corporations or other common carriers nor to the
    12  property of such common carriers used or employed by them in
    13  their business as common carriers of freight, merchandise or
    14  passengers, nor in the case of bid bonds issued in connection
    15  with public or private contracts. Except as to payment of taxes,
    16  this section does not apply to authorized foreign or alien
    17  insurance exchanges maintaining no office in this Commonwealth
    18  and paying no commissions to agents or representatives in this
    19  Commonwealth.
    20  § 5902.  Examination of foreign or alien entities by department.
    21     Whenever the department has information that any foreign or
    22  alien insurance entity has violated section 5901 (relating to
    23  resident agents for foreign or alien insurance entities), it
    24  may, at the expense of the entity, examine all books, records
    25  and papers of the entity and examine the officers, managers and
    26  agents of the entity under oath as to any violation. The
    27  examination may take place at the principal office or offices of
    28  the entity located in the United States or in any foreign
    29  country and at its other offices or agencies. The refusal of any
    30  entity to submit to examination shall be presumptive evidence
    19870H1628B2005                 - 678 -

     1  that it has violated section 5901 and shall subject it to the
     2  penalties prescribed and imposed by section 5904 (relating to
     3  penalties and revocation of license).
     4  § 5903.  Annual returns.
     5     Every foreign or alien stock and mutual fire insurance entity
     6  shall, annually and at such other times as the department
     7  requires, make a return to the department, in such form and
     8  detail as shall be prescribed by it, of all insurance,
     9  reinsurance or cessions of risks or liability contracted for or
    10  effected by it, whether by issue of policy, entry on bordereau,
    11  general participation agreement, excess loss reinsurance or any
    12  other manner upon property located in this Commonwealth, or
    13  covering any risk or liability upon property so located. The
    14  return shall be certified:
    15         (1)  if a foreign entity, by the oath of its president
    16     and secretary or attorney; or
    17         (2)  if an alien company or association, by the oath of
    18     its managers in the United States, as to the reinsurance or
    19     cessions effected through its branch office in the United
    20     States, and by the oath of its president and secretary or by
    21     officers corresponding thereto at its home office, as to
    22     reinsurance or cessions as aforesaid contracted for or
    23     effected through any office in a foreign county.
    24  The refusal of any such entity to make the returns required
    25  under this section shall be presumptive evidence that it is
    26  guilty of violating section 5901 (relating to resident agents
    27  for foreign or alien insurance entities) and shall subject it to
    28  the penalties under section 5904 (relating to penalties and
    29  revocation of license).
    30  § 5904.  Penalties and revocation of license.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 679 -

     1     (a)  Penalty.--Any foreign or alien stock or mutual fire
     2  insurance entity violating section 5901 (relating to resident
     3  agents for foreign or alien insurance entities), 5902 (relating
     4  to examination of foreign or alien entities by department) or
     5  5903 (relating to annual returns) shall be subject to a penalty
     6  of $500 for each violation. This penalty may be imposed by the
     7  department upon satisfactory evidence of the violation by any
     8  such entity.
     9     (b)  Revocation of authority.--Any foreign or alien fire
    10  insurance entity which neglects or refuses to pay the penalty
    11  for 30 days after the imposition thereof shall have its
    12  authority to transact business in this Commonwealth revoked by
    13  the department for at least one year from the date of the
    14  violation. A fire insurance entity whose authority to transact
    15  business in this Commonwealth has been so revoked shall not be
    16  again authorized to transact business until it has paid the
    17  penalty, and has filed with the department a certificate, signed
    18  by its president or other chief officer, stating that the
    19  provisions of this chapter are accepted by it as a part of the
    20  conditions of its authority to transact business.
    21     (c)  Administrative procedure.--Before the department takes
    22  any action under this section, it shall give written notice to
    23  the person accused of violating the law, stating specifically
    24  the nature of the alleged violation and fixing a time and place,
    25  at least ten days thereafter, when a hearing of the matter shall
    26  be held. Proceedings under this section are subject to Title 2
    27  (relating to administrative law and procedure).
    28  § 5905.  Reports of fires to Bureau of Fire Protection.
    29     Every stock or mutual fire insurance entity transacting
    30  business in this Commonwealth shall file with the Bureau of Fire
    19870H1628B2005                 - 680 -

     1  Protection in the Pennsylvania State Police annual and monthly
     2  reports in writing, containing such information as is required
     3  to be reported by the entities under the act of April 27, 1927
     4  (P.L.450, No.291), relating to fire and fire prevention. Any
     5  entity which fails to make that report shall forfeit its
     6  authority to do business in this Commonwealth.
     7  § 5906.  Provisions of fire insurance policies.
     8     (a)  Standard provisions.--Except as provided in this
     9  section, an insurance entity shall not issue a policy affording
    10  fire insurance on property in this Commonwealth unless the
    11  policy contains the following provisions as to such insurance:
    12         (1)  Introductory provisions.--In Consideration of the
    13     Provisions and Stipulations herein or added hereto and of
    14     .................... Dollars Premium this company, for the
    15     term of ............. from the .... day of ......... 19.., at
    16     noon to the .... day of ......... 19.., at noon, at (location
    17     of property involved) to an amount not exceeding
    18     .................... Dollars, does insure
    19     .................... and legal representatives, to the extent
    20     of the actual cash value of the property at the time of loss,
    21     but not exceeding the amount which it would cost to repair or
    22     replace the property with material of like kind and quality
    23     within a reasonable time after such loss, without allowance
    24     for any increased cost of repair or reconstruction by reason
    25     of any ordinance or law regulating construction or repair,
    26     and without compensation for loss resulting from interruption
    27     of business or manufacture, nor in any event for more than
    28     the interest of the insured, against all DIRECT LOSS BY FIRE,
    29     LIGHTNING AND BY REMOVAL FROM PREMISES ENDANGERED BY THE
    30     PERILS INSURED AGAINST IN THIS POLICY, EXCEPT AS HEREINAFTER
    19870H1628B2005                 - 681 -

     1     PROVIDED, to the property described hereinafter while located
     2     or contained as described in this policy, or pro rata for
     3     five days at each proper place to which any of the property
     4     shall necessarily be removed for preservation from the perils
     5     insured against in this policy, but not elsewhere.
     6         Assignment of this policy shall not be valid except with
     7     the written consent of this Company.
     8         This policy is made and accepted subject to the foregoing
     9     provisions and stipulations and those hereinafter stated,
    10     which are hereby made a part of this policy, together with
    11     such other provisions, stipulations and agreements as may be
    12     added hereto, as provided in this policy.
    13         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Company has executed and
    14     attested these presents: but this policy shall not be valid
    15     unless countersigned by the duly authorized agent of this
    16     Company at ....................  Secretary.  President.
    17         Countersigned this .... day of ......... 19 ...  Agent.
    18         (2)  Concealment and fraud.--This entire policy shall be
    19     void if, whether before or after a loss, the insured has
    20     willfully concealed or misrepresented any material fact or
    21     circumstance concerning this insurance or the subject
    22     thereof, or the interest of the insured therein, or in case
    23     of any fraud or false swearing by the insured relating
    24     thereto.
    25         (3)  Uninsurable and excepted property.--This policy
    26     shall not cover accounts, bills, currency, deeds, evidences
    27     of debt, money or securities; nor, unless specifically named
    28     hereon in writing, bullion or manuscripts.
    29         (4)  Perils not included.--This Company shall not be
    30     liable for loss by fire or other perils insured against in
    19870H1628B2005                 - 682 -

     1     this policy caused, directly or indirectly, by:
     2             (i)  enemy attack by armed forces, including action
     3         taken by military, naval or air forces in resisting an
     4         actual or an immediately impending enemy attack;
     5             (ii)  invasion;
     6             (iii)  insurrection;
     7             (iv)  rebellion;
     8             (v)  revolution;
     9             (vi)  civil war;
    10             (vii)  usurped power;
    11             (viii)  order of any civil authority except acts of
    12         destruction at the time of and for the purpose of
    13         preventing the spread of fire, if the fire did not
    14         originate from any of the perils excluded by this policy;
    15             (ix)  neglect of the insured to use all reasonable
    16         means to save and preserve the property at and after a
    17         loss, or when the property is endangered by fire in
    18         neighboring premises; or
    19             (x)  theft.
    20         (5)  Other insurance.--Other insurance may be prohibited
    21     or the amount of insurance may be limited by endorsement
    22     attached hereto.
    23         (6)  Conditions suspending or restricting insurance.--
    24     Unless otherwise provided in writing added hereto this
    25     Company shall not be liable for loss occurring:
    26             (i)  While the hazard is increased by any means
    27         within the control or knowledge of the insured.
    28             (ii)  While a described building, whether intended
    29         for occupancy by owner or tenant, is vacant or unoccupied
    30         beyond a period of 60 consecutive days.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 683 -

     1             (iii)  As a result of explosion or riot, unless fire
     2         ensues, and in that event for loss by fire only.
     3         (7)  Other perils or subjects.--Any other peril to be
     4     insured against or subject of insurance to be covered in this
     5     policy shall be by endorsement in writing hereon or added
     6     hereto.
     7         (8)  Added provisions.--The extent of the application of
     8     insurance under this policy and of the contribution to be
     9     made by this Company in case of loss, and any other provision
    10     or agreement not inconsistent with the provisions of this
    11     policy, may be provided for in writing added hereto, but no
    12     provision may be waived except such as by the terms of this
    13     policy is subject to change.
    14         (9)  Waiver provisions.--No permission affecting this
    15     insurance shall exist, or waiver of any provision be valid,
    16     unless granted herein or expressed in writing added hereto.
    17     No provision, stipulation or forfeiture shall be held to be
    18     waived by any requirement or proceeding on the part of this
    19     Company relating to appraisal or to any examination provided
    20     for herein.
    21         (10)  Cancellation of policy.--This policy shall be
    22     canceled at any time at the request of the insured, in which
    23     case this Company shall, upon demand and surrender of this
    24     policy, refund the excess of paid premium above the customary
    25     short rates for the expired time. This policy may be canceled
    26     at any time by this Company by giving to the insured a five
    27     days' written notice of cancellation with or without tender
    28     of the excess of paid premium above the pro rata premium for
    29     the expired time, which excess, if not tendered, shall be
    30     refunded on demand. Notice of cancellation shall state that
    19870H1628B2005                 - 684 -

     1     the excess premium (if not tendered) will be refunded on
     2     demand.
     3         (11)  Mortgagee interests and obligations.--If loss
     4     hereunder is made payable, in whole or in part, to a
     5     designated mortgagee not named herein as the insured, such
     6     interest in this policy may be canceled by giving to the
     7     mortgagee a ten days' written notice of cancellation. If the
     8     insured fails to render proof of loss, the mortgagee, upon
     9     notice, shall render proof of loss in the form herein
    10     specified within 60 days thereafter and shall be subject to
    11     the provisions hereof relating to appraisal and time of
    12     payment and of bringing suit. If this Company shall claim
    13     that no liability existed as to the mortgagor or owner, it
    14     shall, to the extent of payment of loss to the mortgagee, be
    15     subrogated to all the mortgagee's rights of recovery, but
    16     without impairing mortgagee's right to sue; or it may pay off
    17     the mortgage debt and require an assignment thereof and of
    18     the mortgage. Other provisions relating to the interests and
    19     obligations of such mortgagee may be added hereto by
    20     agreement in writing.
    21         (12)  Pro rata liability.--This Company shall not be
    22     liable for a greater proportion of any loss than the amount
    23     hereby insured shall bear to the whole insurance covering the
    24     property against the peril involved, whether collectible or
    25     not.
    26         (13)  Requirements in case loss occurs.--The insured
    27     shall give immediate written notice to this Company of any
    28     loss, protect the property from further damage, forthwith
    29     separate the damaged and undamaged personal property, put it
    30     in the best possible order, furnish a complete inventory of
    19870H1628B2005                 - 685 -

     1     the destroyed, damaged and undamaged property, showing in
     2     detail quantities, costs, actual cash value and amount of
     3     loss claimed; and within 60 days after the loss, unless such
     4     time is extended in writing by this Company, the insured
     5     shall render to this Company a proof of loss, signed and
     6     sworn to by the insured, stating the knowledge and belief of
     7     the insured as to the following: the time and origin of the
     8     loss, the interest of the insured and of all others in the
     9     property, the actual cash value of each item thereof and the
    10     amount of loss thereto, all encumbrances thereon, all other
    11     contracts of insurance, whether valid or not, covering any of
    12     the property, any changes in the title, use, occupation,
    13     location, possession or exposures of the property since the
    14     issuing of this policy, by whom and for what purpose any
    15     building herein described and the several parts thereof were
    16     occupied at the time of loss and whether or not it then stood
    17     on leased ground, and shall furnish a copy of all the
    18     descriptions and schedules in all policies and, if required,
    19     verified plans and specifications of any building, fixtures
    20     or machinery destroyed or damaged. The insured, as often as
    21     may be reasonably required, shall exhibit to any person
    22     designated by this Company all that remains of any property
    23     herein described, and submit to examinations under oath by
    24     any person named by this Company, and subscribe the same;
    25     and, as often as may be reasonably required, shall produce
    26     for examination all books of account, bills, invoices and
    27     other vouchers, or certified copies thereof if originals be
    28     lost, at such reasonable time and place as may be designated
    29     by this Company or its representative, and shall permit
    30     extracts and copies thereof to be made.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 686 -

     1         (14)  Appraisal.--In case the insured and this Company
     2     shall fail to agree as to the actual cash value or the amount
     3     of loss, then, on the written demand of either, each shall
     4     select a competent and disinterested appraiser and notify the
     5     other of the appraiser selected within 20 days of such
     6     demand. The appraisers shall first select a competent and
     7     disinterested umpire; and failing for 15 days to agree upon
     8     such umpire, then, on request of the insured or this Company,
     9     such umpire shall be selected by a judge of a court of record
    10     in the state in which the property covered is located. The
    11     appraisers shall then appraise the loss, stating separately
    12     actual cash value and loss to each item; and, failing to
    13     agree, shall submit their differences, only, to the umpire.
    14     An award in writing, so itemized, of any two when filed with
    15     this Company shall determine the amount of actual cash value
    16     and loss. Each appraiser shall be paid by the party selecting
    17     him and the expenses of appraisal and umpire shall be paid by
    18     the parties equally.
    19         (15)  Company's options.--It shall be optional with this
    20     Company to take all, or any part, of the property at the
    21     agreed or appraised value, and also to repair, rebuild or
    22     replace the property destroyed or damaged with other of like
    23     kind and quality within a reasonable time, on giving notice
    24     of its intention so to do within 30 days after the receipt of
    25     the proof of loss herein required.
    26         (16)  Abandonment.--There can be no abandonment to this
    27     Company of any property.
    28         (17)  When loss payable.--The amount of loss for which
    29     this Company may be liable shall be payable 60 days after
    30     proof of loss, as herein provided, is received by this
    19870H1628B2005                 - 687 -

     1     Company and ascertainment of the loss is made either by
     2     agreement between the insured and this Company expressed in
     3     writing or by the filing with this Company of an award as
     4     herein provided.
     5         (18)  Suit.--No suit or action on this policy for the
     6     recovery of any claim shall be sustainable in any court of
     7     law or equity unless all the requirements of this policy
     8     shall have been complied with, and unless commenced within
     9     twelve months next after inception of the loss.
    10         (19)  Subrogation.--This Company may require from the
    11     insured an assignment of all right of recovery against any
    12     party for loss to the extent that payment therefor is made by
    13     this Company.
    14     (b)  Designation.--There may be printed upon the face of a
    15  policy which contains the provisions set forth in subsection (a)
    16  the words "Standard Fire Insurance Policy of the State of
    17  Pennsylvania" and including the name of any other states which
    18  adopt this form of policy.
    19     (c)  Applicability.--Subsections (a) and (b) do not apply to
    20  policies of perpetual insurance, policies of reinsurance,
    21  policies of an all-risk type, policies insuring aircraft,
    22  automobile or other motor vehicles against loss by fire, or
    23  policies insuring against loss by fire resulting directly or
    24  indirectly from bombardment, invasion, insurrection, riot, civil
    25  war, commotion or military or usurped power or by order of civil
    26  authority.
    27     (d)  Approved modifications.--A policy affording fire
    28  insurance may, subject to the approval of the department as
    29  provided in section 3515 (relating to approval of contracts by
    30  department), include any other insurances which the insurer is
    19870H1628B2005                 - 688 -

     1  authorized to make, and the wording set out in subsection (a)
     2  may be modified in conformity with the provisions thereof or to
     3  accommodate additional property coverages and perils.
     4     (e)  Exceptions.--Notwithstanding any other provisions of
     5  this section:
     6         (1)  An insurer may print on its policy its name, such
     7     device or devices as the insurer issuing the policy may
     8     desire, the location of its principal office, the date of its
     9     formation, plan of operation, the amount of its paid-up
    10     capital, if any, the name of its officers and agents, the
    11     number and date of the policy, and, if it is issued through
    12     an agent, the words: "This policy shall not be valid unless
    13     countersigned by the duly authorized agent of the company at
    14     ........."
    15         (2)  An insurer may print in its policies any provisions
    16     which it is authorized or required by law to insert therein,
    17     and a foreign or alien insurer may, with the approval of the
    18     department, so print any provisions required by its charter
    19     or deed of settlement or by the laws of its own State or
    20     country not contrary to the law of this Commonwealth.
    21         (3)  An insurer may add, either upon the face of the
    22     policy or on the riders or endorsements to be attached
    23     thereto, printed or written forms of description and
    24     specification or schedules of the property covered by any
    25     particular policy and any other matter necessary to express
    26     clearly all the facts and conditions of insurance on any
    27     particular risk. Insurers issuing the standard policy defined
    28     in subsection (a) may affix thereto or include therein a
    29     written statement that the policy does not cover loss or
    30     damage caused by nuclear reaction or nuclear radiation or
    19870H1628B2005                 - 689 -

     1     radioactive contamination, whether directly or indirectly
     2     resulting from an insured peril under the policy. This
     3     subsection does not prohibit the attachment to any such
     4     policy of an endorsement or endorsements specifically
     5     assuming coverage for such loss or damage. Any endorsements
     6     or riders so attached must be signed by officers or agents of
     7     the company so issuing them.
     8         (4)  Binders or other contracts for temporary insurance
     9     including fire insurance may be made orally or in writing,
    10     for a period which shall not exceed 30 days, and shall be
    11     deemed to include all the provisions of subsection (a) and
    12     all applicable endorsements approved by the department as may
    13     be designated in the contract of temporary insurance, except
    14     that the cancellation clause and the clause specifying the
    15     hour of the day at which the insurance shall commence may be
    16     provided by the express terms of the contract of temporary
    17     insurance.
    18         (5)  Appropriate forms of supplemental contracts or
    19     extended coverage endorsements whereby the interest in the
    20     property described in a policy affording fire insurance shall
    21     be insured against one or more of the other perils which the
    22     insurer is empowered to assume may be approved by the
    23     department, and their use in connection with the fire
    24     insurance policy may be authorized by it. A form of policy
    25     affording fire insurance may be arranged to provide space for
    26     the listing of amounts of insurance, with insurance rates and
    27     premiums for the basic coverage insured thereunder, and for
    28     additional coverages or perils insured under endorsements
    29     attached, and such other data as may be conveniently included
    30     for duplication on daily reports for office records.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 690 -

     1     (f)  Printing on form.--The form of policy, including fire
     2  insurance, upon property in this Commonwealth shall be plainly
     3  printed, and no portion thereof shall be in type smaller than
     4  seven point.
     5     (g)  Statement of location.--A foreign fire insurance company
     6  shall not issue a policy affording fire insurance on property in
     7  this Commonwealth unless the policy contains the exact name of
     8  the municipal corporation in which the insured property is
     9  located and the mailing address for each insured property.
    10     (h)  Definition.--As used in this section the term "fire
    11  insurance" means insurance against loss by fire, lightning or
    12  removal, as specified in section 3302(b)(1) (relating to
    13  authorized classes of insurance) and does not include insurance
    14  of the kind specified in any other portion of section 3302
    15  whether or not the risks of fire, lightning or removal are
    16  included.
    17  § 5907.  Penalties for issuing other than standard fire
    18             policies.
    19     (a)  Civil penalties.--Upon satisfactory evidence that any
    20  person, corporation or insurance entity has issued, or caused to
    21  be issued, any policy or contract of fire insurance on property
    22  situated in this Commonwealth contrary to the provisions of
    23  section 5906 (relating to provisions of fire insurance
    24  policies), the department may take against the offending party
    25  any one or more of the following courses of actions:
    26         (1)  Suspend or revoke his or its license.
    27         (2)  Refuse, for a period not exceeding one year
    28     thereafter, to issue him or it a new license.
    29         (3)  Impose a penalty of not more than $1,000 for each
    30     violation.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 691 -

     1     (b)  Criminal penalties.--Any person, corporation or
     2  insurance entity that, either as principal or agent, willfully
     3  issues, or causes to be issued, any policy or contract of fire
     4  insurance on property in this Commonwealth in violation of
     5  section 5906 commits a summary offense.
     6     (c)  Construction of contract.--Any policy issued in
     7  violation of section 5906 shall nevertheless be construed in
     8  accordance with its provisions.
     9                            SUBCHAPTER B
    10                          STOCK COMPANIES
    11  Sec.
    12  5921.  Capital of foreign or alien companies.
    13  5922.  Authorized investment of capital.
    14  5923.  Investment of surplus.
    15  5924.  Treasury stock.
    16  5925.  Estimation of surplus for dividends.
    17  5926.  Authorized holdings of real estate.
    18  5927.  Procedure when capital impaired.
    19  § 5921.  Capital of foreign or alien companies.
    20     A foreign or alien stock fire, stock marine and stock fire
    21  and marine insurance company shall not be authorized in this
    22  Commonwealth to transact any of the classes of business referred
    23  to in section 3302(b) (relating to authorized classes of
    24  insurance) unless it has a paid-up and safely invested capital,
    25  if a foreign company, or a deposit in the United States, if an
    26  alien company, of not less than $200,000. The company shall not
    27  be authorized to do all of the classes of business referred to
    28  in section 3302(b) unless it has a paid-up capital or deposit of
    29  not less than $400,000.
    30  § 5922.  Authorized investment of capital.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 692 -

     1     Every domestic stock fire, stock marine or stock fire and
     2  marine insurance company shall invest and keep invested all its
     3  capital in sound investments within the classes described in
     4  section 5503 (relating to investment of capital), except such
     5  cash as is required in the transaction of its business.
     6  § 5923.  Investment of surplus.
     7     Any money over and above the capital of any stock fire, stock
     8  marine and stock fire and marine insurance company, may be
     9  invested in:
    10         (1)  The securities authorized for investment of capital.
    11         (2)  Any investment described in section 5505(a)(1) or
    12     (3) (relating to investment of surplus).
    13         (3)  The stock or other evidence of indebtedness of any
    14     solvent corporation created under the law of the United
    15     States or any state, foreign country or political subdivision
    16     thereof, or loaned upon the pledge of such a corporation.
    17  The total investments made by such company in stocks of other
    18  insurance companies which have invested in or loaned its funds
    19  on the stock of the first investing company shall not exceed 5%
    20  of the gross assets of the first investing company. The total
    21  investments hereafter made by such company in the stocks or
    22  other evidence of indebtedness of solvent alien corporations
    23  shall not exceed 10% of the moneys of such company over and
    24  above its capital and the reserves which it is required to
    25  maintain under the law of this Commonwealth. The current market
    26  value of securities shall at the time of any loan thereon be at
    27  least 20% more than the sum loaned. The insurance company shall
    28  not invest any of its funds in any unincorporated business or
    29  enterprise or the stocks or evidence of indebtedness of any
    30  corporation, if the owners or holders of its securities are or
    19870H1628B2005                 - 693 -

     1  may become liable on account thereof to any assessment, except
     2  for taxes. The funds of such a company shall not be loaned on
     3  personal security except for defraying the expenses of an
     4  employee transferred or about to be transferred to a new place
     5  of employment with the company. Not more than 20% of its capital
     6  shall be invested in a single mortgage. If any investment or
     7  loan is made or held which is not authorized by this section,
     8  the officers and directors making or authorizing the investment
     9  or loan shall be personally liable for any loss occasioned
    10  thereby, and no value as an asset shall be allowed for the
    11  investment or loan.
    12  § 5924.  Treasury stock.
    13     Any stock fire, stock marine or stock fire and marine
    14  insurance company may, with the approval of its board of
    15  directors, acquire, retain, cancel or dispose of shares of its
    16  own capital stock, but no such company shall acquire such stock
    17  without the prior approval of the department, reduce its capital
    18  stock without complying with law or directly or indirectly vote
    19  shares of its own stock held by it.
    20  § 5925.  Estimation of surplus for dividends.
    21     (a)  General rule.--In estimating the surplus of a stock
    22  fire, stock marine and stock fire and marine insurance company,
    23  for the purpose of making any dividend upon its capital stock,
    24  there shall be reserved from its admitted assets a sum equal to
    25  the unearned premiums on unexpired risks and policies and all
    26  outstanding liabilities. A company may not declare dividends to
    27  the stockholders exceeding 10% on its capital stock in any one
    28  year unless, in addition to the amount of its capital stock, the
    29  dividend, all outstanding liabilities and the amount of all
    30  unearned premiums on unexpired risks and policies, it has a
    19870H1628B2005                 - 694 -

     1  surplus to an amount equalling 30% of its unearned premiums or
     2  50% of its capital stock, whichever is greater.
     3     (b)  Penalties.--Any dividend declared and paid contrary to
     4  this section shall make the directors of the company voting in
     5  favor of the dividend jointly and severally liable to the
     6  creditors of the company to the extent of the dividend. Each
     7  stockholder receiving the dividend shall be liable to the
     8  creditors of the company to the extent of the dividend received,
     9  in addition to any other penalties prescribed by law.
    10  § 5926.  Authorized holdings of real estate.
    11     A domestic stock fire, stock marine or stock fire and marine
    12  insurance company shall not purchase, hold or convey real
    13  estate, except as authorized for domestic stock casualty
    14  insurance companies under section 5506 (relating to authorized
    15  holdings of real estate).
    16  § 5927.  Procedure when capital impaired.
    17     Any stock fire, stock marine and stock fire and marine
    18  insurance company, receiving notice from the department that its
    19  capital is impaired, shall proceed as prescribed for stock
    20  casualty insurance companies by section 5509 (relating to
    21  procedure when capital impaired).
    22                            SUBCHAPTER C
    23                          MUTUAL COMPANIES
    24  Sec.
    25  5931.  Licensing of foreign mutual companies.
    26  5932.  Rechartering of companies.
    27  5933.  Cash premium policies.
    28  5934.  Cash premiums.
    29  5935.  Surplus.
    30  § 5931.  Licensing of foreign mutual companies.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 695 -

     1     (a)  Old companies.--A foreign mutual fire, mutual marine or
     2  mutual fire and marine insurance company which was originally
     3  licensed to transact business in this Commonwealth prior to and
     4  was transacting business in this Commonwealth on June 23, 1931,
     5  may be relicensed to transact the class of business referred to
     6  in section 3302(b)(1) (relating to authorized classes of
     7  insurance) if it has a surplus over all liabilities, including
     8  unearned premiums, computed in accordance with the law of this
     9  Commonwealth of not less than $100,000, or has continuously
    10  transacted business for not less than five years and has such a
    11  surplus not less than $50,000. To be relicensed to transact the
    12  classes of business referred to in section 3302(b)(2) and (3),
    13  the surplus shall be not less than $250,000.
    14     (b)  More recent companies.--Any other foreign mutual fire,
    15  mutual marine or mutual fire and marine insurance company may be
    16  licensed and relicensed to transact the class of business
    17  referred to in section 3302(b)(1) if it has a surplus over all
    18  liabilities, including unearned premiums, computed in accordance
    19  with the law of this Commonwealth of not less than $150,000. To
    20  be licensed or relicensed to transact the classes of business
    21  referred to:
    22         (1)  in either section 3302(b)(2) or (3), the surplus
    23     shall be of not less than $200,000;
    24         (2)  in section 3302(b)(1) and in either section
    25     3302(b)(2) or (3), the surplus shall be not less than
    26     $350,000;
    27         (3)  in both section 3302(b)(2) and (3), the surplus
    28     shall be not less than $400,000; or
    29         (4)  in section 3302(b)(1), (2) and (3), the surplus
    30     shall be not less than $550,000.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 696 -

     1  § 5932.  Rechartering of companies.
     2     Any domestic mutual fire or mutual fire and marine insurance
     3  company, whose charter is about to expire, may call a special
     4  meeting of the members. Notice of the object of this meeting
     5  shall be given by advertisement for four weeks preceding, in at
     6  least two daily or weekly newspapers published in the city or
     7  county where the principal office of the company is located, or
     8  by circular mailed to the address of each member. If at the
     9  meeting two-thirds of the votes cast in person or by proxy favor
    10  a resolution agreeing that the corporation shall hold its
    11  charter subject to the provisions of the Constitution of
    12  Pennsylvania, setting forth at length the sections of its
    13  existing charter which it desires to retain and agreeing to be
    14  subject to the provisions of this title so far as not
    15  inconsistent with the charter, the resolution and the number of
    16  votes cast for and against it at the special meeting shall be
    17  stated in the records of the company. A certified copy of the
    18  record shall be forwarded to the department, which shall submit
    19  the same to the Attorney General. If the Attorney General
    20  approves the resolution, he shall certify his approval to the
    21  Governor, who shall cause letters patent to issue certifying the
    22  company as a corporation under this title.
    23  § 5933.  Cash premium policies.
    24     Any domestic mutual fire insurance company organized prior to
    25  May 1, 1876, having a surplus not less than the minimum capital
    26  required for the organization of a domestic stock fire insurance
    27  company and an unearned premium reserve computed upon the same
    28  basis as that required of domestic stock fire insurance
    29  companies, may issue policies for a cash premium without any
    30  contingent liability for assessment.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 697 -

     1  § 5934.  Cash premiums.
     2     Any domestic mutual fire insurance company, incorporated by a
     3  special act of the General Assembly prior to May 1, 1876, and
     4  having a surplus and unearned premium reserve as required in
     5  section 5933 (relating to cash premium policies) may, instead of
     6  collecting the deposit money as provided under its charter,
     7  charge a cash premium in advance, on which no dividend or return
     8  shall be due or accrue, other than return premiums on canceled
     9  policies, if its charter provides:
    10         (1)  for a premium deposit, which shall remain as a
    11     pledge for the performance of the depositor's covenants,
    12     which deposit, under the provision of the charter, shall be
    13     returned to the depositor at the expiration of the policy,
    14     together with a proportional dividend of the profits after
    15     deducting losses and incidental charges; and
    16         (2)  that the net profit, arising by interest or
    17     otherwise, shall be ascertained yearly to every member in
    18     proportion to his deposit for which the member shall have
    19     credit on the company's books, payable at the cancellation of
    20     the policy.
    21  § 5935.  Surplus.
    22     The surplus of any domestic mutual fire insurance companies
    23  issuing policies in accordance with section 5933 (relating to
    24  cash premium policies) or 5934 (relating to cash premiums) shall
    25  be held as a reserve for the payment of losses and expenses. In
    26  the event of dissolution of the company, this surplus shall be
    27  divided pro rata among the policyholders whose policies are in
    28  force at the time of dissolution, but no policyholder, other
    29  than a loss claimant, shall receive more than the amount of the
    30  unearned cash premium last paid to the company for the current
    19870H1628B2005                 - 698 -

     1  term of such policy. Any balance remaining shall escheat to the
     2  Commonwealth.
     3                             CHAPTER 61
     4              ELIGIBILITY FOR MOTOR VEHICLE INSURANCE
     5  Sec.
     6  6101.  Definitions.
     7  6102.  General provisions.
     8  6103.  Insufficient grounds for failure to insure.
     9  6104.  Grounds for cancellation.
    10  6105.  Premium increase or surcharge.
    11  6106.  Notice of refusal.
    12  6107.  Exclusions.
    13  6108.  Information regarding refusal to insure.
    14  6109.  Request for review.
    15  6110.  Review procedure.
    16  6111.  Powers of department.
    17  6112.  Penalty.
    18  § 6101.  Definitions.
    19     The following words and phrases when used in this chapter
    20  shall have the meanings given to them in this section unless the
    21  context clearly indicates otherwise:
    22     "Insurer."  Any insurance entity authorized to transact the
    23  business of automobile insurance in this Commonwealth.
    24     "Nonpayment of premium."  Failure of the named insured to
    25  discharge when due any of his obligations in connection with the
    26  payment of premiums on a policy, or any installment of the
    27  premium, whether the premium is payable directly to the insurer
    28  or its agent or indirectly under any premium finance plan or
    29  extension of credit.
    30     "Policy."  A policy of motor vehicle insurance delivered or
    19870H1628B2005                 - 699 -

     1  issued for delivery in this Commonwealth insuring a natural
     2  person as named insured or one or more related individuals
     3  resident of the same household, and under which the insured
     4  vehicles therein designated are of the following types only:
     5         (1)  A motor vehicle of the private passenger or station
     6     wagon type that is not used as a public or livery conveyance
     7     for passengers and is not rented to others.
     8         (2)  Any other four-wheel motor vehicle with a gross
     9     weight not exceeding 9,000 pounds which is not principally
    10     used in the occupation, profession or business of the insured
    11     other than farming.
    12     "Renewal" or "to renew."  The issuance and delivery by an
    13  insurer of a policy superseding at the end of the policy period
    14  a policy previously issued and delivered by the same insurer, if
    15  the renewal policy provides types and limits of coverage at
    16  least equal to those contained in the policy being superseded,
    17  or the issuance and delivery of a certificate or notice
    18  extending the term of a policy beyond its policy period or term
    19  with types and limits of coverage at least equal to those
    20  contained in the policy being extended.
    21  § 6102.  General provisions.
    22     (a)  Term of certain policies.--Any policy with a policy
    23  period or term of less than 12 months or any period with no
    24  fixed expiration date shall for purposes of this chapter be
    25  considered as if written for successive policy periods or terms
    26  of 12 months.
    27     (b)  Applicability to policies.--This chapter applies only to
    28  that portion of a policy providing bodily injury and property
    29  damage liability, comprehensive and collision coverages and to
    30  the provisions in the policy relating to medical payments and
    19870H1628B2005                 - 700 -

     1  uninsured motorists coverage.
     2  § 6103.  Insufficient grounds for failure to insure.
     3     (a)  Prohibited grounds.--An insurer shall not cancel or
     4  refuse to write or renew a policy for one or more of the
     5  following reasons:
     6         (1)  Age.
     7         (2)  Residence or operation of a motor vehicle in a
     8     specific geographic area.
     9         (3)  Race.
    10         (4)  Color.
    11         (5)  Creed.
    12         (6)  National origin.
    13         (7)  Ancestry.
    14         (8)  Marital status.
    15         (9)  Sex.
    16         (10)  Lawful occupation (including military service).
    17         (11)  The refusal of another insurer to write a policy,
    18     or the cancellation or refusal to renew an existing policy by
    19     another insurer.
    20         (12)  Illness or permanent or temporary disability, where
    21     the insured can medically document that the illness or
    22     disability will not impair his ability to operate a motor
    23     vehicle. Failure to provide this documentation shall be
    24     proper reason for the insurer to amend the policy of the
    25     named insured to exclude the disabled insured from coverage
    26     under the policy while operating a motor vehicle after the
    27     effective date of the policy amendment, but shall not be
    28     proper reason to cancel or refuse to write or renew the
    29     policy. This paragraph does not affect the excluded
    30     individual's eligibility for coverage under the named
    19870H1628B2005                 - 701 -

     1     insured's policy for any injury sustained while not operating
     2     a motor vehicle. Illness or permanent or temporary disability
     3     on the part of any insured shall not be proper reason for
     4     canceling the policy of the named insured.
     5         (13)  Any accident which occurred under any of the
     6     following circumstances:
     7             (i)  The motor vehicle was lawfully parked, except
     8         that if the vehicle rolled from the parked position, any
     9         accident shall be charged to the person who parked the
    10         auto.
    11             (ii)  The applicant, owner or other resident operator
    12         was reimbursed by, or on behalf of, a person who was
    13         responsible for the accident or had a judgment against
    14         such a person.
    15             (iii)  The vehicle was struck in the rear by another
    16         vehicle and the applicant or other resident operator was
    17         not convicted of a moving traffic violation in connection
    18         with the accident.
    19             (iv)  The operator of the other vehicle involved in
    20         the accident was convicted of a moving traffic violation,
    21         and the applicant or resident operator was not convicted
    22         of a moving traffic violation in connection with the
    23         accident.
    24             (v)  The vehicle operated by the applicant or any
    25         resident operator was struck by a "hit-and-run" vehicle,
    26         if the accident was reported to the proper authority
    27         within 24 hours by the applicant or resident operator.
    28             (vi)  The accident involved damage by contact with
    29         animals or fowl.
    30             (vii)  The accident involved physical damage caused
    19870H1628B2005                 - 702 -

     1         by flying gravel, missiles or falling objects.
     2             (viii)  The accident occurred when using the vehicle
     3         in response to any emergency if the operator of the
     4         vehicle at the time of the accident was a paid or
     5         volunteer member of any police or fire department, first
     6         aid squad or any law enforcement agency, but not after
     7         the auto ceased to be used in response to the emergency.
     8             (ix)  The accident occurred more than 36 months prior
     9         to the later of the inception of the insurance policy or
    10         the upcoming anniversary date of the policy.
    11         (14)  Any claim under the comprehensive portion of the
    12     policy unless the loss was intentionally caused by the
    13     insured.
    14         (15)  Any one accident occurring within the 36-month
    15     period prior to the upcoming anniversary date of the policy.
    16     (b)  Terminated agent within one year.--For a period 12
    17  months after notice of termination given to an agent, an insurer
    18  shall not cancel or refuse to renew existing policies written
    19  through the terminated agent because of the termination, unless
    20  the action could have been taken had the agency relationship
    21  continued. An insurer shall pay commissions for the policies
    22  that are continued or renewed through the terminated agent,
    23  except where:
    24         (1)  the insurer retained ownership of the expirations of
    25     such policies; or
    26         (2)  the agent has misappropriated funds or property of
    27     the insurer, has failed to remit to the insurer funds due it
    28     promptly upon demand, has been terminated for insolvency,
    29     abandonment or gross and willful misconduct or has had his
    30     license suspended or revoked.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 703 -

     1     (c)  Terminated agent after one year.--Subsequent to the 12-
     2  month period after notice of termination given to an agent, an
     3  insurer shall not cancel or refuse to renew existing policies
     4  written through the terminated agent without offering to cover
     5  the insured on a direct basis or refer the insured to one or
     6  more new agents if the terminated agent could not find a
     7  suitable insurer acceptable to the policyholder. The offer need
     8  not be made if the insurer could have canceled or failed to
     9  renew the policy had the agency relationship continued. If the
    10  insurer retains ownership of the expirations of the policies,
    11  the insurer is not required to offer a new agent.
    12     (d)  Accumulation of points.--An insurer shall not cancel or
    13  refuse to renew a policy for two or fewer moving violations in
    14  any jurisdiction or jurisdictions during a 24-month period when
    15  the operator's record indicates that the named insured presently
    16  bears five points or fewer under Title 75 (relating to
    17  vehicles). However, this subsection does not apply under the
    18  following conditions:
    19         (1)  All five points are incurred from one violation.
    20         (2)  The driver's license or motor vehicle registration
    21     of the named insured has been suspended or revoked at any
    22     time during the 24-month period.
    23     (e)  Other insureds.--The applicability of subsection (d) to
    24  an individual, other than the named insured, who either is a
    25  resident in the same household or who customarily operates a
    26  vehicle insured under the policy shall be proper reason for the
    27  insurer excluding the individual from coverage under the policy,
    28  but not for canceling the policy.
    29  § 6104.  Grounds for cancellation.
    30     An insurer shall not cancel a policy except for one or more
    19870H1628B2005                 - 704 -

     1  of the following reasons:
     2         (1)  Nonpayment of premium.
     3         (2)  The driver's license or motor vehicle registration
     4     of the named insured has been under suspension or revocation
     5     at any time during the policy period. The applicability of
     6     this reason to one who either is a resident in the same
     7     household or who customarily operates a vehicle insured under
     8     the policy shall be proper reason for the insurer excluding
     9     the individual from coverage under the policy, but not for
    10     canceling the policy.
    11         (3)  A determination that the insured has concealed a
    12     fact, has made an allegation contrary to fact or has made a
    13     misrepresentation of a fact if the fact concealed, alleged or
    14     misrepresented was material to the acceptance of the risk by
    15     the insurer.
    16  § 6105.  Premium increase or surcharge.
    17     An insurer shall not increase an individual insured's premium
    18  or assess a premium surcharge on the basis of any moving traffic
    19  violation records, any revocation or suspension records or any
    20  accident records, if the insured establishes that the records
    21  are erroneous or inaccurate.
    22  § 6106.  Notice of refusal.
    23     A cancellation or refusal to renew by an insurer of a policy
    24  shall not be effective unless the insurer delivers or mails to
    25  the named insured at the address shown in the policy a written
    26  notice of the cancellation or refusal to renew. The notice
    27  shall:
    28         (1)  Be approved as to form by the department prior to
    29     use.
    30         (2)  State the date, not less than 30 days after the date
    19870H1628B2005                 - 705 -

     1     of such mailing or delivering, on which the cancellation or
     2     refusal to renew shall become effective, except that the
     3     effective date may be 15 days from the date of mailing or
     4     delivery when it is being canceled or not renewed for the
     5     reasons set forth in section 6104(1) or (2) (relating to
     6     grounds for cancellation).
     7         (3)  State the specific reasons of the insurer for
     8     cancellation or refusal to renew.
     9         (4)  Advise the insured of his right to request in
    10     writing, within 20 days of the receipt of the notice of
    11     cancellation or intention not to renew, that the department
    12     review the action of the insurer.
    13         (5)  Either in the notice or in an accompanying
    14     statement, advise the insured of his possible eligibility for
    15     insurance through the automobile assigned risk plan.
    16         (6)  Advise the insured that he must obtain automobile
    17     insurance coverage or otherwise comply with Chapter 63
    18     (relating to motor vehicle financial responsibility) if he
    19     operates or registers a motor vehicle in this Commonwealth
    20     and that the insured shall notify the Department of
    21     Transportation that he has replaced such coverage.
    22  § 6107.  Exclusions.
    23     This chapter does not apply:
    24         (1)  If the insurer has manifested its willingness to
    25     renew by issuing or offering to issue a renewal policy,
    26     certificate or other evidence of renewal, or has manifested
    27     such intention by any other means.
    28         (2)  If the named insured has demonstrated by some overt
    29     action to the insurer or its agent that he wishes the policy
    30     to be canceled or that he does not wish the policy to be
    19870H1628B2005                 - 706 -

     1     renewed.
     2         (3)  To any policy which has been in effect less than 60
     3     days, unless it is a renewal policy, except that no insurer
     4     shall decline to continue in force such a policy on the basis
     5     of the grounds set forth in section 6103(a)(1) through (14)
     6     (relating to insufficient grounds for failure to insure) and
     7     except that, if an insurer cancels a policy in the first 60
     8     days, the insurer shall supply the insured with a written
     9     statement of the reason for cancellation.
    10         (4)  To any policy issued under an automobile assigned
    11     risk plan.
    12         (5)  To any policy insuring more than four automobiles.
    13         (6)  To any policy covering the hazards of operation of a
    14     garage, automobile sales agency repair shop, service station
    15     or public parking place.
    16  § 6108.  Information regarding refusal to insure.
    17     (a)  Immunity.--A cause of action shall not arise against the
    18  department, any insurer, the authorized representatives, agents
    19  and employees of either or any firm, person or corporation
    20  furnishing to the insurer information as to reasons for
    21  cancellation or refusal to write or renew for making any
    22  statement in complying with this chapter or for providing
    23  information pertaining thereto.
    24     (b)  Notification to insured.--The insurer shall furnish the
    25  insured the notification required by the Fair Credit Reporting
    26  Act (Public Law 91-508, 15 U.S.C. § 1681 et seq.) at the time of
    27  the cancellation or refusal to write or renew.
    28     (c)  Records of insurer.--Each insurer shall maintain records
    29  of the numbers of cancellations and refusals to write or renew
    30  policies and the reasons therefor and shall supply to the
    19870H1628B2005                 - 707 -

     1  department such information therefrom as it may request.
     2  § 6109.  Request for review.
     3     (a)  Cancellation or failure to renew.--Any insured may
     4  within 20 days of the receipt by the insured of notice of
     5  cancellation or notice of intention not to renew request the
     6  department in writing to review the action of the insurer.
     7     (b)  Refusal to write policy.--Any applicant for a policy who
     8  is refused the policy by an insurer shall be given a written
     9  notice of refusal to write by the insurer, which shall state the
    10  specific reasons for the refusal. Within 20 days of the receipt
    11  of the notice, the applicant may request the department in
    12  writing to review the action of the insurer.
    13  § 6110.  Review procedure.
    14     (a)  Notice of hearing.--If, upon receipt of a request for
    15  review or if as a result of investigation, the department has
    16  good cause to believe that an insurer is violating this chapter,
    17  the department shall notify the insurer thereof and shall review
    18  the matter to determine whether the cancellation or refusal to
    19  renew or to write was in violation of this chapter. The
    20  department shall within 40 days of the receipt of the request
    21  either order the policy written or reinstated or uphold the
    22  cancellation or refusal to renew. If either of the parties
    23  disputes the department's findings, the party shall have the
    24  right to a hearing. If a hearing is requested, the department
    25  shall immediately issue notice of the hearing, stating the time
    26  and place, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of
    27  the notice.
    28     (b)  Hearing procedure.--The hearing shall be held at the
    29  time and place fixed for the hearing in the notice. The insurer
    30  may show cause why an order should not be made by the department
    19870H1628B2005                 - 708 -

     1  to cease and desist from acts constituting a violation of this
     2  chapter. Upon good cause shown, the department shall permit any
     3  person to intervene, appear and be heard at the hearing, in
     4  person or by counsel. The department may administer oaths,
     5  examine and cross-examine witnesses, receive oral and
     6  documentary evidence and subpoena witnesses, compel their
     7  attendance and require the production of books, papers, records
     8  or other documents which it deems relevant to the hearing. The
     9  department shall cause a record to be kept of all evidence and
    10  all proceedings at the hearing.
    11     (c)  Order.--Following the hearing, the department shall
    12  issue a written order resolving the factual issues presented at
    13  the hearing and stating what remedial action, if any, is
    14  required. The department shall send a copy of the order to the
    15  persons participating in the hearing. In the case of a
    16  cancellation of or refusal to renew a policy, the policy shall
    17  remain in effect until the conclusion of the review or the date
    18  referred to in section 6106(2) (relating to notice of refusal),
    19  whichever is later, except for review of cancellations by reason
    20  of nonpayment of premium, in which case the policy shall
    21  terminate as of the date provided in the notice under of section
    22  6106(2), unless the cancellation or refusal to renew is upheld
    23  or the policy reinstated.
    24     (d)  Applicability of Title 2.--The review by the department
    25  under this chapter shall not be subject to 2 Pa.C.S. Ch. 5
    26  Subch. A (relating to practice and procedure of Commonwealth
    27  agencies). The decision of the department shall be subject to
    28  appeal in accordance with 2 Pa.C.S. Ch. 7 Subch. A (relating to
    29  judicial review of Commonwealth agency action).
    30  § 6111.  Powers of department.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 709 -

     1     (a)  Regulations.--The department shall promulgate
     2  regulations necessary for the administration of this chapter.
     3     (b)  Filing fee.--The department may provide in these
     4  regulations for the establishment of a filing fee not exceeding
     5  $15, to accompany the request for review. If the department
     6  decides the appeal in favor of the insured, the filing fee shall
     7  be returned immediately and the fee shall be paid by the
     8  insurer.
     9     (c)  Cease and desist order.--Upon a determination that this
    10  chapter has been violated, the department may issue an order
    11  requiring the insurer to cease and desist from engaging in the
    12  violation, and may enforce the order by an action for
    13  injunction, regardless of whether the insurer is licensed by the
    14  department.
    15  § 6112.  Penalty.
    16     Any individual or insurer who violates this chapter commits a
    17  misdemeanor of the second degree.
    18                             CHAPTER 63
    19               MOTOR VEHICLE FINANCIAL RESPONSIBILITY
    20  Subchapter
    21     A.  General Provisions
    22     B.  Motor Vehicle Liability Insurance First Party Benefits
    23     C.  Uninsured and Underinsured Motorist Coverage
    24     D.  Assigned Risk Plan
    25     E.  Assigned Claims Plan
    26     F.  Catastrophic Loss Trust Fund
    27     G.  Nonpayment of Judgments
    28     H.  Proof of Financial Responsibility
    29     I.  Miscellaneous Provisions
    30                            SUBCHAPTER A
    19870H1628B2005                 - 710 -

     1                         GENERAL PROVISIONS
     2  Sec.
     3  6301.  Short title of chapter.
     4  6302.  Definitions.
     5  6303.  Applicability of chapter.
     6  6304.  Administration of chapter.
     7  § 6301.  Short title of chapter.
     8     This chapter shall be known and may be cited as the Motor
     9  Vehicle Financial Responsibility Law.
    10  § 6302.  Definitions.
    11     The following words and phrases when used in this chapter
    12  shall have the meanings given to them in this section unless the
    13  context clearly indicates otherwise:
    14     "Benefits" or "first party benefits."  Medical benefits,
    15  income loss benefits, accidental death benefits and funeral
    16  benefits.
    17     "Financial responsibility."  The ability to respond in
    18  damages for liability on account of accidents arising out of the
    19  maintenance or use of a motor vehicle in the amount of $15,000
    20  because of injury to one person in any one accident, in the
    21  amount of $30,000 because of injury to two or more persons in
    22  any one accident and in the amount of $5,000 because of damage
    23  to property of others in any one accident. The financial
    24  responsibility shall be in a form acceptable to the Department
    25  of Transportation.
    26     "Injury."  Accidentally sustained bodily harm to an
    27  individual and that individual's illness, disease or death
    28  resulting therefrom.
    29     "Insured."  Any of the following:
    30         (1)  An individual identified by name as an insured in a
    19870H1628B2005                 - 711 -

     1     policy of motor vehicle liability insurance.
     2         (2)  If residing in the household of the named insured:
     3             (i)  a spouse or other relative of the named insured;
     4         or
     5             (ii)  a minor in the custody of either the named
     6         insured or relative of the named insured.
     7     "Insurer" or "insurance company."  A motor vehicle liability
     8  insurer subject to the requirements of this chapter.
     9     "Self-insurer."  An entity providing benefits and qualified
    10  in the manner set forth in section 6387 (relating to self-
    11  insurance).
    12     "Underinsured motor vehicle."  A motor vehicle for which the
    13  limits of available liability insurance and self-insurance are
    14  insufficient to pay losses and damages.
    15     "Uninsured motor vehicle."  Any of the following:
    16         (1)  A motor vehicle for which there is no liability
    17     insurance or self-insurance applicable at the time of the
    18     accident.
    19         (2)  A motor vehicle for which the insurance company
    20     denies coverage or the insurance company is or becomes
    21     involved in insolvency proceedings in any jurisdiction.
    22         (3)  An unidentified motor vehicle that causes an
    23     accident resulting in injury provided the accident is
    24     reported to the police or proper governmental authority and
    25     claimant notifies his insurer within 30 days, or as soon as
    26     practicable thereafter, that the claimant or his legal
    27     representative has a legal action arising out of the
    28     accident.
    29  § 6303.  Applicability of chapter.
    30     This chapter does not apply with respect to any motor vehicle
    19870H1628B2005                 - 712 -

     1  owned by the Federal Government.
     2  § 6304.  Administration of chapter.
     3     (a)  General rule.--Except as provided in subsection (b), the
     4  Department of Transportation shall administer and enforce this
     5  chapter and may make rules and regulations necessary for that
     6  purpose.
     7     (b)  Insurance matters.--The department shall administer and
     8  enforce those provisions of this chapter as to matters under its
     9  jurisdiction as determined by this chapter or other statute and
    10  may make rules and regulations necessary for that purpose.
    11                            SUBCHAPTER B
    12                 MOTOR VEHICLE LIABILITY INSURANCE
    13                        FIRST PARTY BENEFITS
    14  Sec.
    15  6311.  Required benefits.
    16  6312.  Availability of benefits.
    17  6313.  Source of benefits.
    18  6314.  Ineligible claimants.
    19  6315.  Availability of adequate limits.
    20  6316.  Payment of benefits.
    21  6317.  Stacking of benefits.
    22  6318.  Exclusion from benefits.
    23  6318.1.Certain nonexcludable conditions.
    24  6319.  Coordination of benefits.
    25  6320.  Subrogation.
    26  6321.  Statute of limitations.
    27  6322.  Preclusion of recovering required benefits.
    28  6323.  Reporting requirements.
    29  § 6311.  Required benefits.
    30     An insurer issuing or delivering liability insurance policies
    19870H1628B2005                 - 713 -

     1  covering any motor vehicle of the type required to be registered
     2  under Title 75 (relating to vehicles), except recreational
     3  vehicles not intended for highway use, motorcycles, motor-driven
     4  cycles or motorized pedalcycles or like type vehicles,
     5  registered and operated in this Commonwealth, shall include
     6  coverage providing a medical benefit in the amount of $10,000,
     7  an income loss benefit up to a monthly maximum of $1,000 up to a
     8  maximum benefit of $5,000 and a funeral benefit in the amount of
     9  $1,500, as defined in section 6312 (relating to availability of
    10  benefits), with respect to injury arising out of the maintenance
    11  or use of a motor vehicle. The income loss benefit provided
    12  under this section may be expressly waived by the named insured
    13  provided the named insured has no expectation of actual income
    14  loss due to age, disability or lack of employment history.
    15  § 6312.  Availability of benefits.
    16     An insurer issuing or delivering liability insurance policies
    17  covering any motor vehicle required to be covered under section
    18  6311 (relating to required benefits) shall make available for
    19  purchase first party benefits with respect to injury arising out
    20  of the maintenance or use of a motor vehicle as follows:
    21         (1)  Medical benefit.--Coverage to provide for reasonable
    22     and necessary medical treatment and rehabilitative services,
    23     including, but not limited to, hospital, dental, surgical,
    24     psychiatric, psychological, osteopathic, ambulance,
    25     chiropractic, licensed physical therapy, nursing services,
    26     vocational rehabilitation and occupational therapy, speech
    27     pathology and audiology, optometric services, medications,
    28     medical supplies and prosthetic devices, all without
    29     limitation as to time in cases where within 18 months from
    30     the date of the accident causing injury, it is ascertainable
    19870H1628B2005                 - 714 -

     1     with reasonable medical probability that further expenses may
     2     be incurred as a result of the injury. Benefits under this
     3     paragraph may include any nonmedical remedial care and
     4     treatment rendered in accordance with a recognized religious
     5     method of healing.
     6         (2)  Income loss benefit.--Includes the following:
     7             (i)  Eighty percent of actual loss of gross income.
     8             (ii)  Reasonable expenses actually incurred for
     9         hiring a substitute to perform self-employment services
    10         thereby mitigating loss of gross income or for hiring
    11         special help thereby enabling a person to work and
    12         mitigate loss of gross income.
    13     Income loss does not include loss of expected income for any
    14     period following the death of an individual or expenses
    15     incurred for services performed following the death of an
    16     individual. Income loss shall not commence until five working
    17     days have been lost after the date of the accident.
    18         (3)  Accidental death benefit.--A death benefit paid to
    19     the personal representative of the insured, if injury
    20     resulting from a motor vehicle accident causes death within
    21     24 months from the date of the accident.
    22         (4)  Funeral benefit.--Expenses directly related to the
    23     funeral, burial, cremation or other form of disposition of
    24     the remains of a deceased individual, incurred as a result of
    25     the death of the individual as a result of the accident and
    26     within 24 months from the date of the accident.
    27         (5)  Combination benefit.--A combination of benefits
    28     described in paragraphs (1) through (4) as an alternative to
    29     the separate purchase of those benefits.
    30  § 6313.  Source of benefits.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 715 -

     1     (a)  General rule.--Except as provided in section 6314
     2  (relating to ineligible claimants), a person who suffers injury
     3  arising out of the maintenance or use of a motor vehicle shall
     4  recover first party benefits against applicable insurance
     5  coverage in the following order of priority:
     6         (1)  For a named insured, the policy on which he is the
     7     named insured.
     8         (2)  For an insured, the policy covering the insured.
     9         (3)  For the occupants of an insured motor vehicle, the
    10     policy on that motor vehicle.
    11         (4)  For a person who is not the occupant of a motor
    12     vehicle, the policy on any motor vehicle involved in the
    13     accident. For the purpose of this paragraph, a parked and
    14     unoccupied motor vehicle is not deemed to be involved in an
    15     accident unless it was parked so as to cause unreasonable
    16     risk of injury.
    17     (b)  Multiple sources of equal priority.--The insurer against
    18  whom a claim is asserted first under the priorities set forth in
    19  subsection (a) shall process and pay the claim as if wholly
    20  responsible. The insurer may thereafter recover contribution pro
    21  rata from any other insurer for the benefits paid and the costs
    22  of processing the claim. If contribution is sought among
    23  insurers responsible under subsection (a)(4), proration shall be
    24  based on the number of involved motor vehicles.
    25  § 6314.  Ineligible claimants.
    26     An owner of a currently registered motor vehicle who does not
    27  have financial responsibility or an operator or occupant of a
    28  recreational vehicle not intended for highway use, motorcycle,
    29  motor-driven cycle, motorized pedalcycle or like type vehicle
    30  required to be registered under Title 75 (relating to vehicles)
    19870H1628B2005                 - 716 -

     1  cannot recover first party benefits.
     2  § 6315.  Availability of adequate limits.
     3     (a)  General rule.--An insurer shall make available for
     4  purchase first party benefits as follows:
     5         (1)  For medical benefits, up to at least $100,000.
     6         (2)  For income loss benefits, up to at least $2,500 per
     7     month up to a maximum benefit of at least $50,000.
     8         (3)  For accidental death benefits, up to at least
     9     $25,000.
    10         (4)  For funeral benefits, $2,500.
    11         (5)  For combination of benefits enumerated in paragraphs
    12     (1) through (4) and subject to a limit on the accidental
    13     death benefit of up to $25,000 and a limit on the funeral
    14     benefit of $2,500, up to at least $277,500 of benefits in the
    15     aggregate or benefits payable up to three years from the date
    16     of the accident, whichever occurs first.
    17     (b)  Higher or lower limits and additional benefits.--
    18  Insurers may make available higher or lower limits or benefits
    19  in addition to those enumerated in subsection (a).
    20     (c)  Restriction on providing first party benefits.--An
    21  insurer shall not issue or deliver a policy providing first
    22  party benefits in accordance with this subchapter unless the
    23  policy also contains coverage for liability in amounts at least
    24  equal to the limits required for financial responsibility.
    25  § 6316.  Payment of benefits.
    26     Benefits are overdue if not paid within 30 days after the
    27  insurer receives reasonable proof of the amount of the benefits.
    28  If reasonable proof is not supplied as to all benefits, the
    29  portion supported by reasonable proof is overdue if not paid
    30  within 30 days after the proof is received by the insurer.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 717 -

     1  Overdue benefits shall bear interest at the rate of 12% a year
     2  from the date the benefits become due. If the insurer is found
     3  to have acted in an unreasonable manner in refusing to pay the
     4  benefits when due, the insurer shall pay, in addition to the
     5  benefits owed and the interest thereon, a reasonable attorney
     6  fee based upon actual time expended.
     7  § 6317.  Stacking of benefits.
     8     First party benefits shall not be increased by stacking the
     9  limits of coverage of:
    10         (1)  multiple motor vehicles covered under the same
    11     policy of insurance; or
    12         (2)  multiple motor vehicle policies covering the
    13     individual for the same loss.
    14  § 6318.  Exclusion from benefits.
    15     (a)  General rule.--An insurer shall exclude from benefits
    16  any insured, or his personal representative, under a policy
    17  described in section 6311 (relating to required benefits) or
    18  6312 (relating to availability of benefits), when the conduct of
    19  the insured contributed to the injury sustained by the insured
    20  in any of the following ways:
    21         (1)  While intentionally injuring himself or another or
    22     attempting to intentionally injure himself or another.
    23         (2)  While committing a felony.
    24         (3)  While seeking to elude lawful apprehension or arrest
    25     by a law enforcement official.
    26     (b)  Conversion of vehicle.--A person who knowingly converts
    27  a motor vehicle is ineligible to receive first party benefits
    28  from any source other than a policy of insurance under which he
    29  is an insured for any injury arising out of the maintenance or
    30  use of the converted vehicle.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 718 -

     1     (c)  Named driver exclusion.--An insurer may exclude any
     2  insured or his personal representative from benefits under a
     3  policy described in section 6311 or 6312 when the insured is
     4  excluded from coverage while operating a motor vehicle in
     5  accordance with Chapter 61 (relating to eligibility for motor
     6  vehicle insurance).
     7  § 6318.1.  Certain nonexcludable conditions.
     8     (a)  General rule.--Insurance benefits may not be denied
     9  solely because the driver of the insured motor vehicle is
    10  determined to be under the influence of drugs or intoxicating
    11  beverages at the time of the accident for which benefits are
    12  sought.
    13     (b)  Contract exclusions.--Provisions of an insurance policy
    14  which exclude insurance benefits if the insured causes a
    15  vehicular accident while under the influence of drugs or
    16  intoxicating beverages at the time of the accident are void.
    17  § 6319.  Coordination of benefits.
    18     (a)  General rule.--Except for workmen's compensation, a
    19  policy of insurance issued or delivered pursuant to this
    20  subchapter shall be primary. Any program, group contract or
    21  other arrangement for payment of benefits such as described in
    22  section 6311 (relating to required benefits), 6312(1) and (2)
    23  (relating to availability of benefits) or 6315 (relating to
    24  availability of adequate limits) shall be construed to contain a
    25  provision that all benefits provided therein shall be in excess
    26  of and not in duplication of any valid and collectible first
    27  party benefits provided under section 6311, 6312 or 6315 or
    28  workmen's compensation.
    29     (b)  Definition.--As used in this section the term "program,
    30  group contract or other arrangement" includes, but is not
    19870H1628B2005                 - 719 -

     1  limited to, benefits payable by a hospital plan corporation or a
     2  professional health service corporation subject to Chapter 75
     3  (relating to hospital plan corporations) or 77 (relating to
     4  professional health services plan corporations).
     5  § 6320.  Subrogation.
     6     In actions arising out of the maintenance or use of a motor
     7  vehicle, there shall be no right of subrogation or reimbursement
     8  from a claimant's tort recovery with respect to workmen's
     9  compensation benefits, benefits available under section 6311
    10  (relating to required benefits), 6312 (relating to availability
    11  of benefits) or 6315 (relating to availability of adequate
    12  limits) or benefits in lieu thereof paid or payable under
    13  section 6319 (relating to coordination of benefits).
    14  § 6321.  Statute of limitations.
    15     (a)  General rule.--If benefits have not been paid, an action
    16  for first party benefits shall be commenced within four years
    17  from the date of the accident giving rise to the claim. If first
    18  party benefits have been paid, an action for further benefits
    19  shall be commenced within four years from the date of the last
    20  payment. The benefits claimed in the action may not include
    21  expenses incurred more than four years before the date the
    22  action is commenced.
    23     (b)  Minors.--For minors entitled to benefits described in
    24  section 6311 (relating to required benefits) or 6312 (relating
    25  to availability of benefits), an action for benefits shall be
    26  commenced within four years from the date on which the injured
    27  minor attains 18 years of age.
    28  § 6322.  Preclusion of recovering required benefits.
    29     In any action for damages against a tortfeasor arising out of
    30  the maintenance or use of a motor vehicle, a person who is
    19870H1628B2005                 - 720 -

     1  eligible to receive benefits under the coverages set forth in
     2  section 6311 (relating to required benefits) may not plead,
     3  introduce into evidence or recover the amount of benefits paid
     4  or payable under section 6311.
     5  § 6323.  Reporting requirements.
     6     Beginning December 31, 1986, and each year thereafter, each
     7  insurance company writing automobile insurance in this
     8  Commonwealth shall file with the department the number of its
     9  insureds, the number of its insureds who have purchased first
    10  party medical benefits in excess of the minimum required by
    11  section 6311 (relating to required benefits) and the number of
    12  insureds who have purchased first party medical benefits in the
    13  amount of $100,000. The department shall furnish this
    14  information to the General Assembly annually.
    15                            SUBCHAPTER C
    16            UNINSURED AND UNDERINSURED MOTORIST COVERAGE
    17  Sec.
    18  6331.  Scope and amount of coverage.
    19  6332.  Limits of coverage.
    20  6333.  Priority of recovery.
    21  6334.  Request for lower or higher limits of coverage.
    22  6335.  Workmen's compensation benefits.
    23  6336.  Coverage in excess of required amounts.
    24  § 6331.  Scope and amount of coverage.
    25     (a)  General rule.--A motor vehicle liability insurance
    26  policy shall not be delivered or issued for delivery in this
    27  Commonwealth, with respect to any motor vehicle registered or
    28  principally garaged in this Commonwealth, unless uninsured
    29  motorist and underinsured motorist coverages are provided
    30  therein or supplemental thereto in amounts equal to the bodily
    19870H1628B2005                 - 721 -

     1  injury liability coverage except as provided in section 6334
     2  (relating to request for lower or higher limits of coverage).
     3     (b)  Uninsured motorist coverage.--Uninsured motorist
     4  coverage shall provide protection for persons who suffer injury
     5  arising out of the maintenance or use of a motor vehicle and are
     6  legally entitled to recover damages therefor from owners or
     7  operators of uninsured motor vehicles.
     8     (c)  Underinsured motorist coverage.--Underinsured motorist
     9  coverage shall provide protection for persons who suffer injury
    10  arising out of the maintenance or use of a motor vehicle and are
    11  legally entitled to recover damages therefor from owners or
    12  operators of underinsured motor vehicles.
    13     (d)  Limitation on recovery.--A person who recovers damages
    14  under uninsured motorist coverage or coverages cannot recover
    15  damages under underinsured motorist coverage or coverages for
    16  the same accident.
    17  § 6332.  Limits of coverage.
    18     Coverages offered under section 6331 (relating to scope and
    19  amount of coverage) shall be written for the same limits. A
    20  change shall not be made in the limits of one of these coverages
    21  without an equal change in the limits of the other coverage.
    22  § 6333.  Priority of recovery.
    23     Where multiple policies apply, payment shall be made in the
    24  following order of priority:
    25         (1)  A policy covering a motor vehicle occupied by the
    26     injured person at the time of the accident.
    27         (2)  A policy covering a motor vehicle not involved in
    28     the accident with respect to which the injured person is an
    29     insured.
    30  § 6334.  Request for lower or higher limits of coverage.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 722 -

     1     A named insured may request in writing the issuance of
     2  coverages under section 6331 (relating to scope and amount of
     3  coverage) in amounts less than the limits of liability for
     4  bodily injury, but not less than the amounts required by this
     5  chapter for bodily injury. If the named insured has selected
     6  uninsured and underinsured motorist coverage in connection with
     7  a policy previously issued to him by the same insurer under
     8  section 6331, the coverages offered need not be provided in
     9  excess of the limits of liability previously issued for
    10  uninsured and underinsured motorist coverage unless the named
    11  insured requests in writing higher limits of liability for those
    12  coverages.
    13  § 6335.  Workmen's compensation benefits.
    14     The coverages required by this subchapter shall not be made
    15  subject to an exclusion or reduction in amount because of any
    16  workmen's compensation benefits payable as a result of the same
    17  injury.
    18  § 6336.  Coverage in excess of required amounts.
    19     The coverages provided under this subchapter may be offered
    20  by insurers in amounts higher than those required by this
    21  chapter but may not be greater than the limits of liability
    22  specified in the bodily injury liability provisions of the
    23  insured's policy.
    24                            SUBCHAPTER D
    25                         ASSIGNED RISK PLAN
    26  Sec.
    27  6341.  Establishment of assigned risk plan.
    28  6342.  Scope of assigned risk plan.
    29  6343.  Rates.
    30  6344.  Termination of policies.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 723 -

     1  § 6341.  Establishment of assigned risk plan.
     2     The department shall, after consultation with the insurers
     3  licensed to write motor vehicle liability insurance in this
     4  Commonwealth, adopt a reasonable assigned risk plan for the
     5  equitable apportionment among those insurers of applicants for
     6  motor vehicle liability insurance who are entitled to procure
     7  insurance through ordinary methods, but are unable to do so.
     8  When the plan has been adopted, all motor vehicle liability
     9  insurers shall subscribe thereto and shall participate in the
    10  plan. The plan may provide reasonable means for the transfer of
    11  individuals insured thereunder into the ordinary market, at the
    12  same or lower rates, pursuant to regulations established by the
    13  department.
    14  § 6342.  Scope of assigned risk plan.
    15     The assigned risk plan shall include rules for the
    16  classification of risks and rates therefor and shall provide for
    17  the installment payment of premiums subject to customary terms
    18  and conditions.
    19  § 6343.  Rates.
    20     All rates for the assigned risk plan shall be subject to the
    21  provisions of Chapter 19 (relating to insurance rates) which are
    22  applicable to the classes of insurance described in section
    23  1902(a) (relating to scope of chapter) and shall not be
    24  inadequate, excessive or unfairly discriminatory.
    25  § 6344.  Termination of policies.
    26     Cancellation, refusal to renew and other termination of
    27  policies issued under the assigned risk plan shall be in
    28  accordance with the rules of the plan.
    29                            SUBCHAPTER E
    30                        ASSIGNED CLAIMS PLAN
    19870H1628B2005                 - 724 -

     1  Sec.
     2  6351.  Organization of assigned claims plan.
     3  6352.  Eligible claimants.
     4  6353.  Benefits available.
     5  6354.  Additional coverage.
     6  6355.  Coordination of benefits.
     7  6356.  Subrogation.
     8  6357.  Statute of limitations.
     9  § 6351.  Organization of assigned claims plan.
    10     Insurers providing financial responsibility as required by
    11  law shall organize and maintain an assigned claims plan, subject
    12  to approval and regulation by the department, and adopt rules
    13  for the operation and for the assessment of costs on a fair and
    14  equitable basis.
    15  § 6352.  Eligible claimants.
    16     (a)  General rule.--A person may recover benefits from the
    17  assigned claims plan if the person:
    18         (1)  is a resident of this Commonwealth;
    19         (2)  is injured as the result of a motor vehicle accident
    20     occurring in this Commonwealth;
    21         (3)  is not an owner of a motor vehicle required to be
    22     registered under 75 Pa.C.S. Ch. 13 (relating to registration
    23     of vehicles);
    24         (4)  is not the operator or occupant of a motor vehicle
    25     owned by the Federal Government;
    26         (5)  is not the operator or occupant of a motor vehicle
    27     owned by a self-insurer or by an individual or entity who or
    28     which is immune from liability or is not required to provide
    29     benefits or uninsured and underinsured motorist coverage;
    30         (6)  is otherwise not entitled to receive any first party
    19870H1628B2005                 - 725 -

     1     benefits under section 6311 (relating to required benefits)
     2     or 6312 (relating to availability of benefits) applicable to
     3     the injury arising from the accident; and
     4         (7)  is not the operator or occupant of a recreational
     5     vehicle not intended for highway use, motorcycle, motor-
     6     driven cycle or motorized pedalcycle or other like type
     7     vehicle required to be registered under Title 75 (relating to
     8     vehicles) and involved in the accident.
     9     (b)  Grounds for ineligibility.--A person otherwise
    10  qualifying as an eligible claimant under subsection (a) may
    11  nevertheless not recover benefits from the assigned claims plan
    12  if that person contributed to his own injury in any of the
    13  following ways:
    14         (1)  While intentionally injuring himself or another or
    15     attempting to intentionally injure himself or another.
    16         (2)  While committing a felony.
    17         (3)  While seeking to elude lawful apprehension or arrest
    18     by a law enforcement official.
    19         (4)  While knowingly converting a motor vehicle.
    20  § 6353.  Benefits available.
    21     An eligible claimant may recover medical benefits, as
    22  described in section 6312(1) (relating to availability of
    23  benefits), up to a maximum of $5,000. An income loss benefit or
    24  accidental death benefit shall not be payable under this
    25  subchapter. Funeral expenses, as described in section 6312(4),
    26  in the amount of $1,500 shall be recoverable as an offset to the
    27  maximum amount of medical benefits available under this section.
    28  § 6354.  Additional coverage.
    29     An eligible claimant who has no other source of applicable
    30  uninsured motorist coverage and is otherwise entitled to recover
    19870H1628B2005                 - 726 -

     1  in an action in tort against a party who has failed to comply
     2  with this chapter may recover for losses or damages suffered as
     3  a result of the injury up to $15,000 subject to an aggregate
     4  limit for all claims arising out of any one motor vehicle
     5  accident of $30,000. If a claimant recovers medical benefits
     6  under section 6353 (relating to benefits available), the amount
     7  of medical benefits recovered or recoverable up to $5,000 shall
     8  be set off against any amount recoverable under this section.
     9  § 6355.  Coordination of benefits.
    10     (a)  Workmen's compensation.--All benefits, less reasonably
    11  incurred collection costs, that an eligible claimant receives or
    12  is entitled to receive from workmen's compensation and from any
    13  other like source under local, state or Federal law shall be
    14  subtracted from any benefits available in section 6353 (relating
    15  to benefits available) unless the law authorizing or providing
    16  for those benefits makes them excess or secondary to the
    17  benefits payable under this subchapter.
    18     (b)  Accident and health benefits.--All benefits an eligible
    19  claimant receives or is entitled to receive as a result of
    20  injury from any available source of accident and health benefits
    21  shall be subtracted from those benefits available in section
    22  6353.
    23  § 6356.  Subrogation.
    24     The assigned claims plan or its assignee may, in accordance
    25  with the tort liability law of this Commonwealth, recover
    26  reimbursement for benefits or coverages paid, loss adjustment
    27  costs and any other sums paid to an eligible claimant under this
    28  subchapter.
    29  § 6357.  Statute of limitations.
    30     (a)  General rule.--An action by an eligible claimant to
    19870H1628B2005                 - 727 -

     1  recover benefits or coverages from the assigned claims plan
     2  shall be commenced within four years from the date of the
     3  accident.
     4     (b)  Minors.--For minors entitled to benefits under section
     5  6353 (relating to benefits available) or 6354 (relating to
     6  additional coverage), an action to recover these benefits or
     7  coverages shall be commenced within four years from the date on
     8  which the injured minor attains 18 years of age.
     9                            SUBCHAPTER F
    10                    CATASTROPHIC LOSS TRUST FUND
    11  Sec.
    12  6361.  Definitions.
    13  6362.  Funding.
    14  6363.  Enforcement.
    15  6364.  Catastrophic Loss Trust Fund.
    16  6365.  Catastrophic Loss Trust Fund Board.
    17  6366.  Benefits.
    18  6367.  Annual reports.
    19  6368.  Appeals.
    20  6369.  Miscellaneous provisions.
    21  § 6361.  Definitions.
    22     The following words and phrases when used in this subchapter
    23  shall have the meanings given to them in this section unless the
    24  context clearly indicates otherwise:
    25     "Administrator."  The administrator designated by the
    26  Catastrophic Loss Trust Fund Board.
    27     "Board."  The Catastrophic Loss Trust Fund Board.
    28     "Catastrophic loss."  An injury, arising out of the
    29  maintenance or use of a motor vehicle, for which the reasonable
    30  and necessary expenses for medical treatment and rehabilitative
    19870H1628B2005                 - 728 -

     1  services, as described in section 6312(1) (relating to
     2  availability of benefits), exceed $100,000.
     3     "Catastrophic loss benefit."  Payments by the Catastrophic
     4  Loss Trust Fund for those reasonable and necessary expenses only
     5  for medical treatment and rehabilitative services which, as
     6  described in section 6312(1), exceed $100,000, subject to the
     7  limitations provided in section 6366 (relating to benefits).
     8  Catastrophic loss benefits shall not duplicate any other
     9  payments for medical treatment and rehabilitative services.
    10     "Eligible claimant."  Except as provided in the definition of
    11  ineligible claimant, includes a resident of this Commonwealth
    12  who suffers injury arising out of the maintenance or use of a
    13  motor vehicle in the United States, its territories or
    14  possessions and Canada. The estate of an eligible claimant shall
    15  be entitled to receive catastrophic loss benefits pursuant to
    16  section 6366 to the extent that financial obligations for
    17  reasonable and necessary medical treatment and rehabilitative
    18  services were incurred by the eligible claimant prior to the
    19  death of that person.
    20     "Executive director."  The executive director of the
    21  Catastrophic Loss Trust Fund Board.
    22     "Fund."  The Catastrophic Loss Trust Fund.
    23     "Fund charge."  The fund charge established under this
    24  subchapter.
    25     "Ineligible claimant."  Any of the following:
    26         (1)  A person who is the owner of a motor vehicle who has
    27     not complied with the registration requirements of 75 Pa.C.S.
    28     Ch. 13 (relating to registration of vehicles).
    29         (2)  A person who is the driver or occupant of a
    30     recreational vehicle not intended for highway use, a
    19870H1628B2005                 - 729 -

     1     motorcycle, a motorized pedalcycle, a motor-driven cycle or
     2     like type vehicle required to be registered under Title 75
     3     (relating to vehicles), but not subject to the charge levied
     4     in section 6362 (relating to funding).
     5     "Manager."  The manager designated by the Catastrophic Loss
     6  Trust Fund Board.
     7  § 6362.  Funding.
     8     The Catastrophic Loss Trust Fund shall be funded by levying
     9  an initial charge of $5 upon all motor vehicles required to be
    10  registered under 75 Pa.C.S. Ch. 13 (relating to registration of
    11  vehicles) except trailers, recreational vehicles not intended
    12  for highway use, motorcycles, motor-driven cycles, motorized
    13  pedalcycles or like type vehicles. This charge shall be remitted
    14  to an insurance company or other party as designated by the
    15  department. Upon receipt of the charge, the insurance company or
    16  other designated party shall remit it to the department for
    17  deposit in the trust fund. The Catastrophic Loss Trust Fund
    18  Board shall, by regulation, determine by January 1 of each
    19  calendar year the amount of the fund charge for each
    20  registration year subsequent to the initial registration year
    21  and shall notify the department which shall notify the insurance
    22  companies or other designated parties of the amount of the
    23  charge.
    24  § 6363.  Enforcement.
    25     The Department of Transportation shall refuse registration or
    26  renewal or transfer of registration to the owner of any motor
    27  vehicle to be charged under section 6362 (relating to funding)
    28  until there is proof that the charge was paid.
    29  § 6364.  Catastrophic Loss Trust Fund.
    30     (a)  Establishment.--A Catastrophic Loss Trust Fund shall be
    19870H1628B2005                 - 730 -

     1  established to provide funds necessary to pay catastrophic loss
     2  benefits.
     3     (b)  Composition.--The fund shall be composed of moneys
     4  contributed under section 6362 (relating to funding) and funds
     5  earned by the investment and reinvestment of such moneys. The
     6  fund shall be held in trust, be deposited in a separate account
     7  and be the exclusive source of funding for the payment of
     8  catastrophic loss benefits and the administration of the fund.
     9     (c)  Separation from General Fund and Motor License Fund.--
    10  The fund and all income earned by it shall not become part of
    11  the General Fund or Motor License Fund, and no obligations or
    12  expense of or claim against the fund shall constitute a debt of
    13  the Commonwealth or a charge against the General Fund or Motor
    14  License Fund.
    15     (d)  Expenses in collecting fund charge.--Any expense
    16  incurred by the Commonwealth in the collection of the fund
    17  charge shall be paid by the fund. The department may determine a
    18  formula to provide for the reimbursement by the fund for
    19  expenses incurred by insurance companies or others in collecting
    20  the fund charge.
    21  § 6365.  Catastrophic Loss Trust Fund Board.
    22     (a)  Composition.--The fund shall be under the general
    23  supervision of a board of directors. The board shall be a
    24  departmental administrative board in the department and shall be
    25  composed of nine persons as follows:
    26         (1)  Four members of the General Assembly appointed for
    27     two years as follows:
    28             (i)  One appointed by the Majority Leader of the
    29         Senate.
    30             (ii)  One appointed by the Minority Leader of the
    19870H1628B2005                 - 731 -

     1         Senate.
     2             (iii)  One appointed by the Majority Leader of the
     3         House of Representatives.
     4             (iv)  One appointed by the Minority Leader of the
     5         House of Representatives.
     6         (2)  Four public members appointed by the Governor for
     7     two years.
     8         (3)  The commissioner, who shall serve as chairman.
     9     (b)  Compensation.--Public members of the board shall receive
    10  no compensation for their services but shall be reimbursed from
    11  the fund for reasonable expenses incurred in carrying out their
    12  duties.
    13     (c)  Powers and duties.--
    14         (1)  The board shall employ and fix the compensation of
    15     an executive director which shall carry out the decisions of
    16     the board. The executive director in consultation with the
    17     commissioner and subject to the approval of the board shall
    18     promulgate rules and regulations necessary to carry out the
    19     purposes of the fund.
    20         (2)  The board shall contract with an administrator
    21     approved as qualified by the department to provide eligible
    22     claimants with catastrophic loss benefits. The contract shall
    23     not be for a term in excess of two years. Contracts shall be
    24     let pursuant to the bidding procedures of the Commonwealth.
    25         (3)  The board shall contract with a manager approved as
    26     qualified by the commissioner and the State Treasurer to
    27     manage the moneys of the fund, including their investment and
    28     reinvestment, subject to the regulations of the fund.
    29         (4)  The board shall contract for providers of other
    30     professional services, including, but not limited to,
    19870H1628B2005                 - 732 -

     1     accountants, quality control auditors and actuaries,
     2     necessary to ensure contract compliance by the administrator
     3     and manager, and determine future fund charges.
     4         (5)  The board may purchase on behalf of the fund
     5     insurance and reinsurance as necessary to preserve the
     6     financial solvency of the fund.
     7         (6)  Annually, the board shall consult with the
     8     administrator, the manager and an actuary to determine the
     9     fund charge. The charge shall be sufficient to ensure that
    10     the fund is able to pay all claims and expenses for the
    11     succeeding year and to develop actuarily sound reserves for
    12     incurred claims.
    13     (d)  Duties of executive director.--The executive director
    14  shall perform the following duties:
    15         (1)  Receive all claims for catastrophic loss benefits,
    16     forward them to the administrator for handling and monitor
    17     their progress.
    18         (2)  Assist any party with whom the board has contracted
    19     under this section in the performance of its duties.
    20         (3)  Establish a program to assure continuing publicity
    21     to the residents of this Commonwealth with respect to the
    22     existence of the fund, the coverages afforded thereby and the
    23     manner of the presentation of claims thereto.
    24         (4)  Employ, subject to the approval of the board,
    25     clerical staff as necessary to perform his duties.
    26     (e)  Duties of administrator.--The administrator shall
    27  perform the following duties:
    28         (1)  Determine the eligibility of the claimant, upon
    29     receipt of a claim for catastrophic loss benefits.
    30         (2)  Establish a mechanism whereby payments to the
    19870H1628B2005                 - 733 -

     1     provider for reasonable and necessary medical treatment and
     2     rehabilitative services shall be promptly made in amounts not
     3     in excess of the limitations set forth in this subchapter.
     4         (3)  Evaluate, not less than annually, the medical
     5     treatment and rehabilitative services being provided eligible
     6     claimants to assure that these represent the most prudent
     7     expenditure of funds.
     8     (f)  Duties of manager.--The manager shall accept all moneys
     9  collected for the fund and may invest and reinvest the moneys of
    10  the fund in the type of investments and in a manner as
    11  determined by the commissioner based upon investments by law and
    12  investment policies for similar fiduciaries.
    13  § 6366.  Benefits.
    14     (a)  General rule.--Subject to the limitations set forth in
    15  subsection (b), the Catastrophic Loss Trust Fund shall provide
    16  catastrophic loss benefits to eligible claimants only for the
    17  payment of expenses for medical treatment and rehabilitative
    18  services in excess of $100,000.
    19     (b)  Maximum benefit.--The maximum catastrophic loss benefit
    20  which shall be paid by the fund on behalf of any one eligible
    21  claimant shall be $50,000 a year and $1,000,000 lifetime
    22  aggregate. During the first 18 months of eligibility, the
    23  administrator may approve payments on behalf of a claimant
    24  without regard to the $50,000 a year limit but subject to the
    25  $1,000,000 lifetime aggregate.
    26     (c)  Effect of other benefits.--Except for workmen's
    27  compensation, catastrophic loss benefits paid or payable by the
    28  fund shall be primary to any other available source of accident
    29  or health benefits including any program, group contract or
    30  other private or public source of benefits unless the law
    19870H1628B2005                 - 734 -

     1  authorizing or providing those benefits makes the benefits
     2  primary to the benefits provided under this subchapter.
     3     (d)  Structured settlements.--The administrator may enter
     4  into structured settlements to pay benefits under this
     5  subchapter. Where it appears the settlement will be both cost
     6  effective to the fund and in the best interest of the claimant,
     7  the restrictions in subsection (b) shall not apply to this
     8  subsection, but the cost of the structured settlement shall not
     9  exceed the present value of the future annual payments up to the
    10  maximum lifetime aggregate benefit remaining calculated at 6%
    11  simple interest.
    12     (e)  Preclusion of recovering benefits.--In any action for
    13  damages against a tortfeasor arising out of the maintenance or
    14  use of a motor vehicle, a person who is eligible to receive
    15  catastrophic loss benefits shall not plead, introduce into
    16  evidence or recover the amount of medical and rehabilitative
    17  expenses for which catastrophic loss benefits were paid or are
    18  payable.
    19     (f)  Subrogation.--There shall be no subrogation or
    20  reimbursement from a claimant's tort recovery with respect to
    21  catastrophic loss benefits.
    22  § 6367.  Annual reports.
    23     By March 1 of each year, the department shall prepare and
    24  provide to the Governor and to the General Assembly a written
    25  report of the status and activities of the Catastrophic Loss
    26  Trust Fund. In its second annual report and in every second
    27  annual report thereafter, the department shall include in this
    28  report findings and recommendations with respect to the
    29  operation of the fund and the actuarial soundness of the fund.
    30  Each annual report shall also include an audit by the Auditor
    19870H1628B2005                 - 735 -

     1  General of the amounts paid to each eligible person so as to
     2  avoid duplication, error or fraud.
     3  § 6368.  Appeals.
     4     When any person making a claim for benefits from the
     5  Catastrophic Loss Trust Fund disputes a determination of the
     6  administrator concerning eligibility for benefits, allowance of
     7  benefits or otherwise, the person may request that the
     8  department review the determination of the administrator. The
     9  department shall provide the person so claiming and the
    10  administrator the opportunity to present statements or other
    11  documents and, at the election of either of these individuals,
    12  the opportunity for a hearing pursuant to Title 2 (relating to
    13  administrative law and procedure).
    14  § 6369.  Miscellaneous provisions.
    15     (a)  Sunset review.--This subchapter shall be subject to
    16  periodic evaluation, review and termination or continuation
    17  under the act of December 22, 1981 (P.L.508, No.142), known as
    18  the Sunset Act, every six years commencing with an initial
    19  termination date of December 31, 1990.
    20     (b)  Nonseverability.--The provisions of this subchapter are
    21  nonseverable. If any provision of this subchapter or its
    22  application to any person or circumstance is held invalid, the
    23  remaining provisions or applications of this subchapter are
    24  void.
    25                            SUBCHAPTER G
    26                      NONPAYMENT OF JUDGMENTS
    27  Sec.
    28  6371.  Court reports on nonpayment of judgments.
    29  6372.  Suspension for nonpayment of judgments.
    30  6373.  Duration of suspension.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 736 -

     1  6374.  Satisfaction of judgments.
     2  6375.  Installment payment of judgments.
     3  § 6371.  Court reports on nonpayment of judgments.
     4     (a)  General rule.--Whenever any person fails within 60 days
     5  to satisfy any judgment arising from a motor vehicle accident,
     6  the judgment creditor may forward to the Department of
     7  Transportation a certified copy of the judgment.
     8     (b)  Notice to state of nonresident defendant.--If the
     9  defendant named in any certified copy of a judgment reported to
    10  the Department of Transportation is a nonresident, the
    11  Department of Transportation shall transmit a certified copy of
    12  the judgment to the official in charge of the issuance of
    13  licenses and registration certificates of the state of which the
    14  defendant is a resident.
    15  § 6372.  Suspension for nonpayment of judgments.
    16     (a)  General rule.--The Department of Transportation, upon
    17  receipt of a certified copy of a judgment, shall suspend the
    18  operating privilege of each person against whom the judgment was
    19  rendered except as otherwise provided in this section and in
    20  section 6375 (relating to installment payment of judgments).
    21     (b)  Nonsuspension with consent of judgment creditor.--If the
    22  judgment creditor consents in writing, in such form as the
    23  Department of Transportation may prescribe, that the judgment
    24  debtor's operating privilege be retained or restored, the
    25  Department of Transportation shall not suspend or shall restore
    26  the operating privilege until the consent is revoked in writing,
    27  notwithstanding default in the payment of the judgment or of any
    28  installment thereof prescribed in section 6375, provided the
    29  judgment debtor furnishes proof of financial responsibility.
    30     (c)  Financial responsibility in effect at time of
    19870H1628B2005                 - 737 -

     1  accident.--Any person whose operating privilege has been
     2  suspended, or is about to be suspended or become subject to
     3  suspension, under this chapter shall be relieved from the effect
     4  of the judgment as prescribed in this chapter if the person
     5  files evidence satisfactory to the Department of Transportation
     6  that financial responsibility was in force at the time of the
     7  accident resulting in the judgment and is or should be available
     8  for the satisfaction of the judgment. If insurance already
     9  obtained is not available because the insurance company has gone
    10  into receivership or bankruptcy, the person shall only be
    11  required to present to or file with the Department of
    12  Transportation proper evidence that an insurance policy was in
    13  force at the time of the accident.
    14  § 6373.  Duration of suspension.
    15     A person's operating privilege shall remain suspended and
    16  shall not be renewed in the name of that person until every
    17  judgment is stayed or satisfied in full or to the extent
    18  provided in this subchapter, and until the person furnishes
    19  proof of financial responsibility as required.
    20  § 6374.  Satisfaction of judgments.
    21     (a)  General rule.--For the purpose of this chapter only,
    22  judgments shall be deemed satisfied upon the occurrence of one
    23  of the following:
    24         (1)  When $15,000 has been credited upon any judgment or
    25     judgments rendered in excess of that amount because of injury
    26     to one person as the result of any one accident.
    27         (2)  When $30,000 has been credited upon any judgment or
    28     judgments rendered in excess of that amount because of injury
    29     to two or more persons as the result of any one accident.
    30         (3)  When $5,000 has been credited upon any judgment or
    19870H1628B2005                 - 738 -

     1     judgments rendered in excess of that amount because of damage
     2     to property of others as the result of any one accident.
     3     (b)  Credit for payment under settlement.--Payments made in
     4  settlement of any claims because of bodily injury or property
     5  damage arising from a motor vehicle accident shall be credited
     6  in reduction of the amounts provided for in this section.
     7     (c)  Escrow deposit by judgment debtor.--When the judgment
     8  creditor cannot be found, the judgment debtor may deposit in
     9  escrow with the prothonotary of the court where the judgment was
    10  entered an amount equal to the amount of the judgment, subject
    11  to the limits set forth in subsection (a), interest to date and
    12  record costs, whereupon the prothonotary shall notify the
    13  Department of Transportation and the judgment shall be deemed
    14  satisfied. The amount deposited shall be retained by the
    15  prothonotary for a period of five years from the date of the
    16  deposit, after which, if it has not been claimed by the judgment
    17  creditor, it shall be returned to the judgment debtor. When the
    18  deposit is made, the prothonotary shall notify the judgment
    19  creditor and his counsel, if any, by certified or registered
    20  mail at his last known address. Interest shall not run on any
    21  judgment with respect to the amount deposited with the
    22  prothonotary under this subsection.
    23  § 6375.  Installment payment of judgments.
    24     (a)  Order authorizing installment payment.--A judgment
    25  debtor, upon notice to the judgment creditor, may apply to the
    26  court in which the judgment was rendered for the privilege of
    27  paying the judgment in installments and the court, in its
    28  discretion and without prejudice to any other remedies which the
    29  judgment creditor may have, may so order and fix the amounts and
    30  times of payment of the installments.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 739 -

     1     (b)  Suspension prohibited during compliance with order.--The
     2  Department of Transportation shall not suspend a driver's
     3  operating privilege and shall restore any operating privilege
     4  suspended following nonpayment of a judgment when the judgment
     5  debtor obtains an order permitting payment of the judgment in
     6  installments and while the payment of any installment is not in
     7  default, if the judgment debtor furnishes proof of financial
     8  responsibility.
     9     (c)  Suspension for default in payment.--If the judgment
    10  debtor fails to pay any installment as specified by the order,
    11  then, upon notice of the default, the Department of
    12  Transportation shall suspend the operating privilege of the
    13  judgment debtor until the judgment is satisfied as provided in
    14  this chapter.
    15                            SUBCHAPTER H
    16                 PROOF OF FINANCIAL RESPONSIBILITY
    17  Sec.
    18  6381.  Notice of sanction for not evidencing financial
    19         responsibility.
    20  6382.  Manner of providing proof of financial responsibility.
    21  6383.  Proof of financial responsibility before restoring
    22         operating privilege or registration.
    23  6384.  Proof of financial responsibility following violation.
    24  6385.  Proof of financial responsibility following accident.
    25  6386.  Self-certification of financial responsibility.
    26  6387.  Self-insurance.
    27  § 6381.  Notice of sanction for not evidencing financial
    28             responsibility.
    29     An applicant for registration of a vehicle shall acknowledge
    30  on a form developed by the Department of Transportation that the
    19870H1628B2005                 - 740 -

     1  applicant knows he may lose his operating privilege or vehicle
     2  registrations if he fails to evidence financial responsibility
     3  for the purposes described in section 6372 (relating to
     4  suspension for nonpayment of judgments), 6383 (relating to proof
     5  of financial responsibility before restoring operating privilege
     6  or registration), 6384 (relating to proof of financial
     7  responsibility following violation) or 6385 (relating to proof
     8  of financial responsibility following accident).
     9  § 6382.  Manner of providing proof of financial responsibility.
    10     (a)  General rule.--Proof of financial responsibility may be
    11  furnished by filing evidence satisfactory to the Department of
    12  Transportation that all motor vehicles registered in the
    13  person's name are covered by motor vehicle liability insurance
    14  or by a program of self-insurance as provided by section 6387
    15  (relating to self-insurance) or other reliable financial
    16  arrangements, deposits, resources or commitments acceptable to
    17  the Department of Transportation.
    18     (b)  Nonresident.--The nonresident owner of a motor vehicle
    19  not registered in this Commonwealth may give proof of financial
    20  responsibility by filing with the Department of Transportation a
    21  written certificate or certificates of an insurance company
    22  authorized to transact business in the state in which the motor
    23  vehicle or motor vehicles described in the certificate are
    24  registered or, if the nonresident does not own a motor vehicle,
    25  then evidence satisfactory to the Department of Transportation
    26  that the person does not own a motor vehicle. The Department of
    27  Transportation shall accept the certificate if the insurance
    28  company complies with the following provisions with respect to
    29  the policies so certified:
    30         (1)  The insurance company executes a power of attorney
    19870H1628B2005                 - 741 -

     1     authorizing the Department of Transportation to accept
     2     service on its behalf or process in any action arising out of
     3     a motor vehicle accident in this Commonwealth.
     4         (2)  The insurance company agrees in writing that the
     5     policies shall be deemed to conform with the law of this
     6     Commonwealth relating to the terms of motor vehicle liability
     7     policies issued in this Commonwealth.
     8     (c)  Default by foreign insurance company.--If any insurance
     9  company not authorized to transact business in this
    10  Commonwealth, which has qualified to furnish proof of financial
    11  responsibility, defaults in any undertakings or agreements, the
    12  Department of Transportation shall not thereafter accept as
    13  proof any certificate of the company whether theretofore filed
    14  or thereafter tendered as proof as long as the default
    15  continues.
    16  § 6383.  Proof of financial responsibility before restoring
    17             operating privilege or registration.
    18     Whenever the Department of Transportation suspends or revokes
    19  the operating privilege of any person or the registration of any
    20  vehicle under section 6372 (relating to suspension for
    21  nonpayment of judgments), 6384 (relating to proof of financial
    22  responsibility following violation) or 6385 (relating to proof
    23  of financial responsibility following accident) or 75 Pa.C.S. §
    24  1532 (relating to revocation or suspension of operating
    25  privilege) or 1542 (relating to revocation of habitual
    26  offender's license) or upon receiving the record of a conviction
    27  or forfeiture of bail, the Department of Transportation shall
    28  not restore the operating privilege or the applicable
    29  registration until the person furnishes proof of financial
    30  responsibility.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 742 -

     1  § 6384.  Proof of financial responsibility following violation.
     2     A defendant who is convicted of a traffic offense that
     3  requires a court appearance, other than a parking offense, shall
     4  be required to show proof of financial responsibility covering
     5  the operation of the vehicle at the time of the offense. If the
     6  defendant fails to show proof of financial responsibility, the
     7  court shall notify the Department of Transportation of that
     8  fact. Upon receipt of the notice, the Department of
     9  Transportation shall revoke the registration of the vehicle. If
    10  the defendant is the owner of the vehicle, the Department of
    11  Transportation shall also suspend the operating privilege of the
    12  defendant.
    13  § 6385.  Proof of financial responsibility following accident.
    14     If the Department of Transportation determines that the owner
    15  of a motor vehicle involved in an accident requiring notice to a
    16  police department under 75 Pa.C.S. § 3746 (relating to immediate
    17  notice of accident to police department) did not maintain
    18  financial responsibility on the motor vehicle at the time of the
    19  accident, the Department of Transportation shall suspend the
    20  operating privilege of the owner, where applicable, and shall
    21  revoke the registration of the vehicle.
    22  § 6386.  Self-certification of financial responsibility.
    23     The Department of Transportation shall require that each
    24  motor vehicle registrant certify that the registrant is
    25  financially responsible at the time of registration or renewal
    26  thereof. The Department of Transportation shall refuse to
    27  register or renew the registration of a vehicle for failure to
    28  comply with this requirement or falsification of self-
    29  certification.
    30  § 6387.  Self-insurance.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 743 -

     1     (a)  General rule.--Self-insurance is effected by filing with
     2  the Department of Transportation, in satisfactory form, evidence
     3  that reliable financial arrangements, deposits, resources or
     4  commitments exist such as will satisfy the Department of
     5  Transportation that the self-insurer will:
     6         (1)  Provide the benefits required by section 6311
     7     (relating to required benefits), subject to Subchapter B
     8     (relating to motor vehicle liability insurance first party
     9     benefits), except the additional benefits and limits provided
    10     in sections 6312 (relating to availability of benefits) and
    11     6315 (relating to availability of adequate limits).
    12         (2)  Make payments sufficient to satisfy judgments as
    13     required by section 6374 (relating to satisfaction of
    14     judgments).
    15         (3)  Provide uninsured motorist coverage up to the limits
    16     set forth in section 6374.
    17     (b)  Stacking limits prohibited.--Any recovery of uninsured
    18  motorist benefits under this section only shall not be increased
    19  by stacking the limits provided in section 6374, in
    20  consideration of the ownership or operation of multiple vehicles
    21  or otherwise.
    22     (c)  Assigned Risk and Assigned Claims Plans.--Self-insurers
    23  shall not be required to accept assigned risks under Subchapter
    24  D (relating to Assigned Risk Plan) or contribute to the Assigned
    25  Claims Plan under Subchapter E (relating to Assigned Claims
    26  Plan).
    27     (d)  Catastrophic Loss Trust Fund.--Self-insurers shall
    28  contribute to the Catastrophic Loss Trust Fund in the manner
    29  provided in Subchapter F (relating to Catastrophic Loss Trust
    30  Fund).
    19870H1628B2005                 - 744 -

     1     (e)  Promulgation of regulations.--The Department of
     2  Transportation may, jointly with the department, promulgate
     3  regulations for reviewing and establishing the financial
     4  eligibility of self-insurers.
     5                            SUBCHAPTER I
     6                      MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
     7  Sec.
     8  6391.  Notice of available benefits and limits.
     9  6392.  Availability of certain coverage.
    10  6393.  Premiums.
    11  6394.  Jurisdictional limit on judicial arbitration.
    12  6395.  Insurance fraud reporting immunity.
    13  6396.  Mental or physical examinations.
    14  6397.  Customary charges for treatment.
    15  6398.  Attorney fees and costs.
    16  § 6391.  Notice of available benefits and limits.
    17     It shall be presumed that the insured has been advised of the
    18  benefits and limits available under this chapter if the
    19  following notice in bold print of at least ten-point type is
    20  given to the applicant at the time of application for original
    21  coverage or at the time of the first renewal after October 1,
    22  1984:
    23                          IMPORTANT NOTICE
    24         Insurance companies operating in the Commonwealth of
    25         Pennsylvania are required by law to make available for
    26         purchase the following benefits for you, your spouse or
    27         other relatives or minors in your custody or in the
    28         custody of your relatives, residing in your household,
    29         occupants of your motor vehicle or persons struck by your
    30         motor vehicle:
    19870H1628B2005                 - 745 -

     1             (1)  Medical benefits, up to at least $100,000.
     2             (2)  Income loss benefits, up to at least $2,500 a
     3         month up to a maximum benefit of at least $50,000.
     4             (3)  Accidental death benefits, up to at least
     5         $25,000.
     6             (4)  Funeral benefits, $2,500.
     7             (5)  As an alternative to paragraphs (1) through (4),
     8         a combination benefit, up to at least $177,500 of
     9         benefits in the aggregate or benefits payable up to three
    10         years from the date of the accident, whichever occurs
    11         first, subject to a limit on accidental death benefit of
    12         up to $25,000 and a limit on funeral benefit of $2,500.
    13             (6)  Uninsured, underinsured and bodily injury
    14         liability coverage up to at least $100,000 because of
    15         injury to one person in any one accident and up to at
    16         least $300,000 because of injury to two or more persons
    17         in any one accident or, at the option of the insurer, up
    18         to at least $300,000 in a single limit for these
    19         coverages, except for policies issued under the Assigned
    20         Risk Plan. Also, at least $5,000 for damage to property
    21         of others in any one accident.
    22         Additionally, insurers may offer higher benefit levels
    23         than those enumerated above as well as additional
    24         benefits. However, an insured may elect to purchase lower
    25         benefit levels than those enumerated above. Your
    26         signature on this notice or your payment of any renewal
    27         premium evidences your actual knowledge and understanding
    28         of the availability of these benefits and limits as well
    29         as the benefits and limits you have selected.
    30  § 6392.  Availability of certain coverage.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 746 -

     1     Except for policies issued under Subchapter D (relating to
     2  Assigned Risk Plan), an insurer issuing a policy of bodily
     3  injury liability coverage pursuant to this chapter shall make
     4  available for purchase higher limits of uninsured, underinsured
     5  and bodily injury liability coverages up to at least $100,000
     6  because of injury to one person in any one accident and up to at
     7  least $300,000 because of injury to two or more persons in any
     8  one accident or, at the option of the insurer, up to at least
     9  $300,000 in a single limit for these coverages. Additionally, an
    10  insurer shall make available for purchase at least $5,000
    11  because of damage to property of others in any one accident.
    12  However, the exclusion of availability relating to the Assigned
    13  Risk Plan shall not apply to damage to property of others in any
    14  one accident.
    15  § 6393.  Premiums.
    16     (a)  Limitation on premium increases.--
    17         (1)  An insurer shall not increase the premium rate of an
    18     owner of a policy of insurance subject to this chapter solely
    19     because one or more of the insureds under the policy made a
    20     claim under the policy and was paid thereon unless it is
    21     determined that the insured was at fault in contributing to
    22     the accident giving rise to the claim.
    23         (2)  An insurer shall not charge an insured who has been
    24     convicted of a violation of an offense enumerated in 75
    25     Pa.C.S. § 1535 (relating to schedule of convictions and
    26     points) a higher rate for a policy of insurance solely on
    27     account of the conviction. An insurer may charge an insured a
    28     higher rate for a policy of insurance if a claim is made
    29     under paragraph (1).
    30     (b)  Surcharge disclosure plan.--All insurers shall provide
    19870H1628B2005                 - 747 -

     1  to the insured a surcharge disclosure plan. The insurer
     2  providing the surcharge disclosure plan shall detail the
     3  provisions of the plan, including, but not limited to:
     4         (1)  A description of conditions that would assess a
     5     premium surcharge to an insured along with the estimated
     6     increase of the surcharge per policy period per policyholder.
     7         (2)  The number of years any surcharge will be in effect.
     8  The surcharge disclosure plan shall be delivered to each insured
     9  by the insurer at least once annually. Additionally, the
    10  surcharge information plan shall be given to each prospective
    11  insured at the time application is made for motor vehicle
    12  insurance coverage.
    13     (c)  Return of premiums of canceled policies.--When an
    14  insurer cancels a motor vehicle insurance policy which is
    15  subject to section 6107(3) (relating to exclusions), the insurer
    16  shall within 30 days of canceling the policy return to the
    17  insured all premiums paid under the policy less any proration
    18  for the period the policy was in effect. Premiums are overdue if
    19  not paid to the insured within 30 days after canceling the
    20  policy. Overdue return premiums shall bear interest at the rate
    21  of 12% a year from the date the return premium became due.
    22     (d)  Rules and regulations.--The department shall promulgate
    23  rules and regulations establishing guidelines and procedures for
    24  determining fault of an insured for the purpose of subsection
    25  (a) and guidelines for the content and format of the surcharge
    26  disclosure plan.
    27  § 6394.  Jurisdictional limit on judicial arbitration.
    28     Beginning January 1, 1987, the monetary limit under 42
    29  Pa.C.S. § 7361(b)(2)(i) (relating to compulsory arbitration) for
    30  the submission of matters to judicial arbitration in judicial
    19870H1628B2005                 - 748 -

     1  districts embracing first and second class counties shall be
     2  $25,000 for actions arising from the maintenance or use of a
     3  motor vehicle.
     4  § 6395.  Insurance fraud reporting immunity.
     5     (a)  General rule.--An insurance company, and any agent,
     6  servant or employee acting in the course and scope of his
     7  employment, shall be immune from civil or criminal liability
     8  arising from the supply or release of written or oral
     9  information to any duly authorized Federal or state law
    10  enforcement agency, including the department, if the following
    11  conditions obtain:
    12         (1)  The information is supplied to the agency in
    13     connection with an allegation of fraudulent conduct on the
    14     part of any person relating to the filing or maintenance of a
    15     motor vehicle insurance claim for bodily injury or property
    16     damage.
    17         (2)  The insurance company, agent, servant or employee
    18     has probable cause to believe that the information supplied
    19     is reasonably related to the allegation of fraud.
    20     (b)  Notice to policyholder.--The insurance company shall
    21  send written notice to the policyholder or policyholders about
    22  whom the information pertains unless the insurance company
    23  receives notice that the authorized agency finds, based on
    24  specific facts, that there is reason to believe that the
    25  information will result in any of the following:
    26         (1)  Endangerment to the life or physical safety of any
    27     person.
    28         (2)  Flight from prosecution.
    29         (3)  Destruction of or tampering with evidence.
    30         (4)  Intimidation of any potential witness or witnesses.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 749 -

     1         (5)  Obstruction of or serious jeopardy to an
     2     investigation.
     3  The insurance company shall send written notice not sooner than
     4  45 days nor more than 60 days from the time the information is
     5  furnished to an authorized agency, except when the agency
     6  specifies that a notice should not be sent in accordance with
     7  the exceptions enumerated in this subsection, in which event the
     8  insurance company shall send written notice to the policyholder
     9  not sooner than 180 days nor more than 190 days following the
    10  date the information is furnished.
    11     (c)  Immunity for sending notice.--An insurance company or
    12  authorized agency and any person acting on behalf of an
    13  insurance company or authorized agency complying with or
    14  attempting in good faith to comply with subsection (b) shall be
    15  immune from civil liability arising out of any acts or omissions
    16  in so doing.
    17     (d)  Effect.--This section does not create any rights to
    18  privacy or causes of action on behalf of policyholders that were
    19  not in existence as of October 1, 1984.
    20  § 6396.  Mental or physical examinations.
    21     (a)  General rule.--Whenever the mental or physical condition
    22  of a person is material to any claim for medical, income loss or
    23  catastrophic loss benefits, a court of competent jurisdiction or
    24  the administrator of the Catastrophic Loss Trust Fund for
    25  catastrophic loss claims may order the person to submit to a
    26  mental or physical examination by a physician. The order may
    27  only be made upon motion for good cause shown. The order shall
    28  give the person to be examined adequate notice of the time and
    29  date of the examination and shall state the manner, conditions
    30  and scope of the examination and the physician by whom it is to
    19870H1628B2005                 - 750 -

     1  be performed. If a person fails to comply with an order to be
     2  examined, the court or the administrator may order that the
     3  person be denied benefits until compliance.
     4     (b)  Report of examination.--If requested by the person
     5  examined, a party causing an examination to be made shall
     6  promptly deliver to the person examined a copy of every written
     7  report concerning the examination at least one of which shall
     8  set forth the physician's findings and conclusions in detail.
     9  Upon failure to promptly provide copies of these reports, the
    10  court or the administrator shall prohibit the testimony of the
    11  examining physician in any proceeding to recover benefits.
    12  § 6397.  Customary charges for treatment.
    13     A person or institution providing treatment, accommodations,
    14  products or services to an injured person for an injury covered
    15  by medical or catastrophic loss benefits shall not make a charge
    16  for the treatment, accommodations, products or services in
    17  excess of the amount the person or institution customarily
    18  charges for like treatment, accommodations, products and
    19  services in cases involving no insurance.
    20  § 6398.  Attorney fees and costs.
    21     (a)  Basis for reasonable fee.--No attorney fee for
    22  representing a claimant in connection with a claim for first
    23  party benefits provided under Subchapter B (relating to motor
    24  vehicle liability insurance first party benefits) or a claim for
    25  catastrophic loss benefits under Subchapter F (relating to
    26  Catastrophic Loss Trust Fund) shall be calculated, determined or
    27  paid on a contingent fee basis, nor shall any attorney fees be
    28  deducted from the benefits enumerated in this subsection which
    29  are otherwise due such claimant. An attorney may charge a
    30  claimant a reasonable fee based upon actual time expended.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 751 -

     1     (b)  Unreasonable refusal to pay benefits.--If an insurer is
     2  found to have acted unreasonably in refusing to pay the benefits
     3  enumerated in subsection (a) when due, the insurer shall pay, in
     4  addition to the benefits owed and the interest thereon, a
     5  reasonable attorney fee based upon actual time expended.
     6     (c)  Payment by fund.--The Catastrophic Loss Trust Fund may
     7  award the claimant's attorney a reasonable fee based upon actual
     8  time expended if a claimant is unable to otherwise pay the fees
     9  and costs.
    10     (d)  Fraudulent or excessive claims.--If, in any action by a
    11  claimant to recover benefits under this chapter, the court
    12  determines that the claim, or a significant part thereof, is
    13  fraudulent or unreasonably excessive, the court may award the
    14  insurer's attorney a reasonable fee based upon actual time
    15  expended. The court may direct that the fee shall be paid by the
    16  claimant or that the fee may be treated in whole or in part as
    17  an offset against any benefits due or to become due the
    18  claimant.
    19                             CHAPTER 65
    20                          CREDIT INSURANCE
    21  Sec.
    22  6501.  General provisions.
    23  6502.  Definitions.
    24  6503.  Forms.
    25  6504.  Amount of insurance.
    26  6505.  Term of insurance.
    27  6506.  Disclosure to debtors.
    28  6507.  Review of forms and premium rates.
    29  6508.  Premiums and refunds.
    30  6509.  Issuance of policies.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 752 -

     1  6510.  Claims.
     2  6511.  Choice of insurer.
     3  6512.  Enforcement.
     4  6513.  Judicial review.
     5  6514.  Penalties.
     6  § 6501.  General provisions.
     7     (a)  Short title of chapter.--This chapter shall be known and
     8  may be cited as the Model Act for the Regulation of Credit Life
     9  Insurance and Credit Accident and Health Insurance.
    10     (b)  Purpose.--The purpose of this chapter is to promote the
    11  public welfare by regulating credit life insurance and credit
    12  accident and health insurance. This chapter is not intended to
    13  prohibit or discourage reasonable competition.
    14     (c)  Construction.--The provisions of this chapter shall be
    15  liberally construed.
    16     (d)  Scope of chapter.--All life insurance and all accident
    17  and health insurance in connection with loans or other credit
    18  transactions shall be subject to this chapter, except the
    19  following types of health and accident insurance:
    20         (1)  Insurance in connection with a loan or other credit
    21     transaction or more than 20 years' duration.
    22         (2)  Insurance in connection with a first real estate
    23     mortgage, but if the mortgage is secured by a new or used
    24     mobile home or dwelling trailer the insurance shall be
    25     subject to the provisions of this chapter, regardless of the
    26     duration of the underlying loan or other credit transaction.
    27         (3)  Insurance issued as an isolated transaction on the
    28     part of the insurer not related to an agreement or a plan for
    29     insuring debtors of the creditor.
    30  § 6502.  Definitions.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 753 -

     1     The following words and phrases when used in this chapter
     2  shall have the meanings given to them in this section unless the
     3  context clearly indicates otherwise:
     4     "Credit accident and health insurance."  Insurance on a
     5  debtor to provide indemnity for payments becoming due on a
     6  specific loan or other credit transaction while the debtor is
     7  disabled as defined in the policy.
     8     "Credit insurance."  Credit life insurance and credit
     9  accident and health insurance.
    10     "Credit life insurance."  Insurance on the life of a debtor
    11  pursuant to or in connection with a specific loan or other
    12  credit transaction.
    13     "Creditor."  The lender of money or vendor or lessor of
    14  goods, services, property rights or privileges for which payment
    15  is arranged through a credit transaction or any successor to the
    16  right, title or interest of any such lender, vendor or lessor
    17  and an affiliate, associate or subsidiary of any of them.
    18     "Debtor."  A borrower of money or a purchaser or lessee of
    19  goods, services, property rights or privileges for which payment
    20  is arranged through a credit transaction.
    21     "Dwelling trailer."  Any portable dwelling structure or
    22  movable dwelling unit designed, constructed and equipped for
    23  human use with a chassis or undercarriage as an integral part
    24  thereof, with or without independent motive power, capable of
    25  being drawn or driven upon highways.
    26     "Indebtedness."  The total amount payable by a debtor to a
    27  creditor in connection with a loan or other credit transaction.
    28     "Mobile home."  Any portable structure or movable unit
    29  equipped to be drawn or travel on the highways that is used
    30  either temporarily or permanently as a residence home, dwelling
    19870H1628B2005                 - 754 -

     1  unit, apartment or other housing accommodation or as an office.
     2  § 6503.  Forms.
     3     Credit insurance shall be issued only in the following forms:
     4         (1)  Individual policies of life insurance to insure the
     5     lives of debtors on the term plan.
     6         (2)  Individual policies of accident and health insurance
     7     to insure debtors on a term plan or disability benefit
     8     provisions in individual policies of credit life insurance.
     9         (3)  Group policies of life insurance issued for delivery
    10     to creditors providing insurance upon the lives of debtors on
    11     the term plan.
    12         (4)  Group policies of accident and health insurance
    13     issued for delivery to creditors on a term plan insuring
    14     debtors or disability benefit provisions in group credit life
    15     insurance policies to provide such coverage.
    16  § 6504.  Amount of insurance.
    17     (a)  General rule.--The initial amount of credit life
    18  insurance shall not exceed the total amount repayable under the
    19  contract of indebtedness. Where an indebtedness repayable in
    20  substantially equal installments is secured by an individual
    21  policy of credit life insurance, the amount of insurance shall
    22  not exceed the scheduled amount of indebtedness or the amount of
    23  unpaid indebtedness, whichever is the greater, and where secured
    24  by a group policy of credit life insurance shall not exceed the
    25  amount of unpaid indebtedness.
    26     (b)  Exceptions.--Notwithstanding any other provisions of
    27  this chapter, insurance on agricultural credit transaction
    28  commitments not exceeding one year in duration may be written up
    29  to the amount of the loan commitment on a nondecreasing or level
    30  term plan. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this title,
    19870H1628B2005                 - 755 -

     1  insurance on educational credit transaction commitments may be
     2  written for the amount of the portion of the commitment that has
     3  not been advanced by the creditor.
     4     (c)  Periodic indemnity.--The total amount of periodic
     5  indemnity payable by credit accident and health insurance in the
     6  event of disability as defined in the policy shall not exceed
     7  the aggregate of the periodic scheduled unpaid installments of
     8  the indebtedness, and the amount of each periodic indemnity
     9  payment shall not exceed the original indebtedness divided by
    10  the number of periodic installments.
    11  § 6505.  Term of insurance.
    12     The term of any credit insurance shall, subject to acceptance
    13  by the insurer, commence on the date when the debtor becomes
    14  obligated to the creditor or the date from which interest or
    15  finance charges accrue if later, except that when a group policy
    16  provides coverage with respect to existing obligations, the
    17  insurance on a debtor with respect to the indebtedness shall
    18  commence on the effective date of the policy. When evidence of
    19  insurability is required and is furnished more than 30 days
    20  after the date when the debtor becomes obligated to the
    21  creditor, the term of the insurance may commence on the date on
    22  which the insurance company determines the evidence to be
    23  satisfactory and shall make an appropriate refund or adjustment
    24  of any charge to the debtor for insurance. The term of credit
    25  insurance shall not extend more than 15 days beyond the
    26  scheduled maturity date of the indebtedness, except when
    27  extended without additional cost to the debtor. If the
    28  indebtedness is discharged due to renewal or refinancing prior
    29  to the scheduled maturity date, the insurance in force shall be
    30  terminated before any new insurance may be issued in connection
    19870H1628B2005                 - 756 -

     1  with the renewed or refinanced indebtedness. In all cases of
     2  termination prior to scheduled maturity, a refund shall be paid
     3  or credited as provided in section 6508 (relating to premiums
     4  and refunds).
     5  § 6506.  Disclosure to debtors.
     6     (a)  Policies and certificates.--All credit insurance shall
     7  be evidenced by an individual policy or in the case of group
     8  insurance by a certificate of insurance, which policy or
     9  certificate shall be delivered to the debtor within 30 days
    10  after the date the indebtedness is incurred. Each individual
    11  policy or group certificate of credit insurance shall, in
    12  addition to other requirements of law, include:
    13         (1)  The name and home office address of the insurer.
    14         (2)  The name or names of the debtor or in the case of a
    15     certificate under a group policy the identity by name or
    16     otherwise of the debtor.
    17         (3)  The rate or amount of payment, if any, by the debtor
    18     separately for credit life insurance and credit accident and
    19     health insurance.
    20         (4)  A description of the amount, term and coverage,
    21     including any exceptions, limitations or restrictions.
    22         (5)  A statement that the benefits shall be paid to the
    23     creditor to reduce or extinguish the unpaid indebtedness and
    24     that, if the amount of insurance exceeds the unpaid
    25     indebtedness, the excess shall be payable to a beneficiary
    26     other than the creditor named by the debtor or to his estate.
    27     (b)  Preliminary disclosures.--If a separate identifiable
    28  charge is made to the debtor for the insurance and an individual
    29  policy or group certificate of insurance is not delivered to the
    30  debtor at the time the indebtedness is incurred, a copy of the
    19870H1628B2005                 - 757 -

     1  application for the policy or a notice of proposed insurance
     2  shall be delivered to the debtor at that time, which shall
     3  include the following:
     4         (1)  The identity by name or otherwise of the person or
     5     persons insured.
     6         (2)  The rate or amount of payment by the debtor
     7     separately for credit life insurance and credit accident and
     8     health insurance.
     9         (3)  A statement that, subject to acceptance by the
    10     insurer and within 30 days, there will be delivered to the
    11     debtor a policy or certificate of insurance naming the
    12     insurer and fully describing the insurance.
    13  The copy of the application for or notice of proposed insurance
    14  shall also refer exclusively to insurance coverage and shall be
    15  separate and apart from the loan, sale or other credit statement
    16  of account, instrument or agreement, unless the information
    17  required by this subsection is prominently set forth therein.
    18  The application or notice of proposed insurance shall state
    19  that, upon acceptance by the insurer, the insurance shall become
    20  effective as provided in section 6505 (relating to term of
    21  insurance). Upon acceptance of the insurance by the insurer and
    22  within 30 days of the date upon which the indebtedness is
    23  incurred, the insurer shall deliver an individual policy or
    24  group certificate of insurance under subsection (a).
    25     (c)  Refusal of risk.--If the named insurer does not accept
    26  the risk, the debtor shall promptly receive a policy or
    27  certificate of insurance setting forth the name and home office
    28  address of the substituted insurer and the amount of the premium
    29  to be charged and, if the amount of premium is less than that
    30  set forth in the notice of proposed insurance, an appropriate
    19870H1628B2005                 - 758 -

     1  refund shall be made.
     2  § 6507.  Review of forms and premium rates.
     3     (a)  Review by department.--All policies, certificates of
     4  insurance, notices of proposed insurance, applications for
     5  insurance, endorsements and riders delivered or issued for
     6  delivery in this Commonwealth, together with the premium rates
     7  therefor, shall be filed with the department for approval. Forms
     8  and rates so filed shall be deemed approved at the expiration of
     9  30 days after filing unless earlier approved or disapproved by
    10  the department. The department by written notice to the insurer
    11  may, with the 30-day period, extend the period for approval or
    12  disapproval for an additional 30 days. A form subject to this
    13  section or premium rate shall not be issued or used until the
    14  expiration of the time for the consideration by the department,
    15  unless the department has given its written approval thereto.
    16     (b)  Disapproval.--The department shall disapprove any form
    17  or premium rate if the table of premium rates appears by
    18  reasonable assumptions to be excessive in relation to benefits,
    19  or if the form contains provisions which are unfair, unjust,
    20  misleading, deceptive or are contrary to law. In determining
    21  whether to disapprove any such form or premium rates, the
    22  department shall give due consideration to past and prospective
    23  loss experience in and outside this Commonwealth, to
    24  underwriting practice and judgment, to a reasonable margin for
    25  underwriting profit and contingencies, to past and prospective
    26  expenses in and outside this Commonwealth and to all other
    27  relevant factors. If the form or premium rate is disapproved,
    28  the insurer shall not issue or use the form or rates.
    29     (c)  Notice of disapproval.--The department shall promptly
    30  give notice to the insurer of its disapproval of a form or
    19870H1628B2005                 - 759 -

     1  premium rate under subsection (b). In the notice, the department
     2  shall specify the reason for its disapproval and state that a
     3  hearing will be granted within 20 days after request in writing
     4  by the insurer.
     5     (d)  Withdrawal of approval.--The department may, at any time
     6  after a hearing held not less than 20 days after written notice
     7  to the insurer, withdraw its approval of any such form or
     8  premium rate on any ground set forth in subsection (b). The
     9  written notice of the hearing shall state the reason for the
    10  proposed withdrawal. The insurer shall not issue or use such
    11  forms or rates after the effective date of the withdrawal.
    12     (e)  Judicial review.--Any order or final determination of
    13  the department after a hearing under this section shall be
    14  subject to judicial review.
    15     (f)  Group policies.--With regard to group policies of credit
    16  insurance delivered in this Commonwealth before November 1,
    17  1961, or delivered in another state at any time, the insurer
    18  shall be required to file only the group certificate and notice
    19  of proposed insurance, delivered or issued for delivery in this
    20  Commonwealth as specified in section 6506 (relating to
    21  disclosure to debtors). These forms shall be approved by the
    22  department if they contain the information specified therein and
    23  if the schedules of premium rates applicable to the insurance
    24  evidenced by the certificate or notice are not in excess of the
    25  insurer's schedules of premium rates on file with the
    26  department.
    27  § 6508.  Premiums and refunds.
    28     (a)  Revision of rates.--Any insurer may revise its schedules
    29  of premium rates from time to time and shall file such revised
    30  schedules with the department. An insurer shall not issue any
    19870H1628B2005                 - 760 -

     1  credit insurance policy for which the premium rate exceeds that
     2  determined by the schedules of the insurer as then on file with
     3  the department.
     4     (b)  Refunds.--Each individual policy or group certificate
     5  shall provide that, in the event of termination of the insurance
     6  prior to the scheduled maturity date of the indebtedness, any
     7  refund of an amount paid by the debtor for insurance shall be
     8  paid or credited promptly to the person entitled thereto, except
     9  that the department shall prescribe a minimum refund, and no
    10  refund which would be less than such minimum need be made. The
    11  formula to be used in computing the refund shall be filed with
    12  and approved by the department.
    13     (c)  Payments required by creditor.--If a creditor requires a
    14  debtor to make any payment for credit insurance and an
    15  individual policy or group certificate of insurance is not
    16  issued, the creditor shall immediately give written notice to
    17  the debtor and shall promptly make an appropriate credit to the
    18  account.
    19     (d)  Limitation on charges.--The amount charged to a debtor
    20  for any credit insurance shall not exceed the aggregate of the
    21  premiums to be charged by the insurer as computed at the time
    22  the charge to the debtor is determined.
    23     (e)  Payments under other law.--This chapter does not
    24  authorize any payments for credit insurance now prohibited under
    25  any statute or regulation thereunder governing credit
    26  transactions, except that when payment for credit insurance is
    27  not prohibited under any statute or rule thereunder governing
    28  credit transactions, the commissions, dividends or other returns
    29  to the creditor therefrom shall not be deemed a violation of
    30  law.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 761 -

     1  § 6509.  Issuance of policies.
     2     All policies of credit life insurance and credit accident and
     3  health insurance shall be delivered or issued for delivery in
     4  this Commonwealth only by an insurer authorized to do an
     5  insurance business in this Commonwealth and shall be issued only
     6  through holders of licenses or authorizations issued by the
     7  department.
     8  § 6510.  Claims.
     9     (a)  Method of payment.--All claims shall be paid either by
    10  draft drawn upon the insurer or by check of the insurer to the
    11  order of the claimant to whom payment of the claim is due
    12  pursuant to the policy provisions or upon direction of the
    13  claimant to one specified.
    14     (b)  Authority to settle claims.--A plan or arrangement shall
    15  not be used whereby any person, firm or corporation other than
    16  the insurer or its designated claim representative are
    17  authorized to settle or adjust claims. The creditor shall not be
    18  designated as claim representative for the insurer in adjusting
    19  claims, except that a group policyholder may, by arrangement
    20  with the group insurer, draw drafts or checks in payment of
    21  claims due to the group policyholder subject to audit and review
    22  by the insurer.
    23  § 6511.  Choice of insurer.
    24     When credit insurance is required as additional security for
    25  any indebtedness, the debtor may, upon request to the creditor,
    26  furnish the required amount of insurance through existing
    27  policies of insurance owned or controlled by him or of procuring
    28  and furnishing the required coverage through any insurer
    29  authorized to transact an insurance business in this
    30  Commonwealth.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 762 -

     1  § 6512.  Enforcement.
     2     Whenever the department finds that there has been a violation
     3  of this chapter or any rules and regulations promulgated
     4  thereunder, after written notice thereof and hearing given to
     5  the insurer or other person authorized or licensed by the
     6  department, it shall set forth the details of its findings,
     7  together with an order for compliance by a specified date. The
     8  order shall be binding on the person so ordered on the date
     9  specified unless the order is withdrawn by the department or a
    10  stay is ordered by a court.
    11  § 6513.  Judicial review.
    12     Any party to a proceeding affected by an order of the
    13  department shall be entitled to judicial review.
    14  § 6514.  Penalties.
    15     (a)  Monetary penalties.--Any insurer or any person who
    16  violates an order of the department after it has become final
    17  and while the order is in effect shall, upon proof thereof to
    18  the satisfaction of the court, pay to the Commonwealth a sum not
    19  to exceed $250 which may be recovered in a civil action. If the
    20  violation is found to be willful, the penalty shall be a sum not
    21  to exceed $1,000.
    22     (b)  Licensure penalties.--The department may revoke or
    23  suspend the license or certificate of authority of the insurer
    24  or the person guilty of such a violation.
    25                             CHAPTER 67
    26                          TITLE INSURANCE
    27  Subchapter
    28     A.  General Provisions
    29     B.  Business Operations
    30     C.  Investment and Reserves
    19870H1628B2005                 - 763 -

     1     D.  Rate Regulation
     2     E.  Penalties and Procedures
     3                            SUBCHAPTER A
     4                         GENERAL PROVISIONS
     5  Sec.
     6  6701.  Definitions.
     7  6702.  Applicability of chapter.
     8  6703.  Applicability of other provisions of title.
     9  § 6701.  Definitions.
    10     The following words and phrases when used in this chapter
    11  shall the meanings given to them in this section unless the
    12  context clearly indicates otherwise:
    13     "Applicant for insurance."  Includes approved attorneys, real
    14  estate brokers, real estate salesmen, attorneys at law and all
    15  others who from time to time apply to a title insurance company
    16  or to an agent of a title insurance company, for title
    17  insurance, and who at the time of the application are not agents
    18  for a title insurance company.
    19     "Approved attorney."  An attorney at law in good standing
    20  upon whose examination of title and report of title thereon a
    21  title insurance company may issue a policy of title insurance.
    22     "Business of title insurance."
    23         (1)  The making as insurer, guarantor or surety, or
    24     proposing to make as insurer, guarantor or surety, of any
    25     contract or policy of title insurance.
    26         (2)  The transacting, or proposing to transact, any phase
    27     of title insurance, including solicitation, negotiation
    28     preliminary to execution, execution of a contract of title
    29     insurance, insuring and transacting matters subsequent to the
    30     execution of the contract and arising out of it, including
    19870H1628B2005                 - 764 -

     1     reinsurance.
     2         (3)  The doing, or proposing to do, any business in
     3     substance equivalent to any of the foregoing in a manner
     4     designed to evade the provisions of this chapter.
     5     "Fee."  The premium, the examination and settlement or
     6  closing fees, and every other charge, whether denominated
     7  premium or otherwise, made by a title insurance company, agent
     8  of a title insurance company or an approved attorney of a title
     9  insurance company to an insured or to an applicant for
    10  insurance, for any policy or contract for the issuance of, or an
    11  application for title insurance. The term does not include any
    12  charges paid by an insured or by an applicant for insurance for
    13  any policy or contract, to an attorney at law acting as an
    14  independent contractor and retained by such attorney at law,
    15  whether or not he is acting as an agent of or an approved
    16  attorney of a title insurance company, or any charges made for
    17  special services not constituting title insurance, even though
    18  performed in connection with a title insurance policy or
    19  contract.
    20     "Title insurance."
    21         (1)  Insuring, guaranteeing or indemnifying against loss
    22     or damage suffered by owners of real property or by
    23     mortgagees or others interested therein by reason of liens,
    24     encumbrances upon, defects in or the unmarketability of the
    25     title to the real property.
    26         (2)  Guaranteeing, warranting or otherwise insuring the
    27     correctness of searches relating to the title to real
    28     property, and doing any business in substance equivalent to
    29     any of the foregoing in a manner designed to evade this
    30     chapter.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 765 -

     1     "Title insurance company."
     2         (1)  A domestic company organized under the provisions of
     3     this chapter for the purpose of insuring titles to real
     4     estate.
     5         (2)  A title insurance company organized under the laws
     6     of another state or a foreign government and licensed to
     7     insure titles to real estate in this Commonwealth pursuant to
     8     section 6719 (relating to licensure of foreign insurers).
     9         (3)  A domestic or foreign company, including any
    10     domestic bank or trust company, which has the power and is
    11     authorized to insure titles to real estate in this
    12     Commonwealth as of September 1, 1963, and which is not
    13     disqualified under section 6715 (relating to loss of power to
    14     transact title insurance).
    15  § 6702.  Applicability of chapter.
    16     This chapter applies to all title insurance companies, title
    17  rating organizations, title insurance agents, applicants for
    18  title insurance and policyholders and to all persons and
    19  business entities engaged in the business of title insurance.
    20  § 6703.  Applicability of other provisions of title.
    21     In addition to the provisions of this chapter, only the
    22  following provisions of this title, except as they are
    23  inconsistent with this chapter, shall apply to the business of
    24  title insurance and to title insurance companies, which shall be
    25  considered as within the class of insurance companies regulated
    26  by those provisions solely for the purpose of being subject to
    27  such provisions:
    28         Chapter 1 (relating to general provisions).
    29         Chapter 3 (relating to general provisions).
    30         Chapter 5 (relating to Insurance Department).
    19870H1628B2005                 - 766 -

     1         Subchapter E of Chapter 7 (relating to title insurance).
     2         Section 901 (relating to deposit of securities with
     3     department).
     4         Section 904 (relating to actions in equity regarding
     5     deposits).
     6         Sections 1102 (relating to certification of agents)
     7     through 1107 (relating to penalty for soliciting for
     8     nonexistent company).
     9         Section 1142 (relating to theft offense).
    10         Sections 1145 (relating to offering rebates and
    11     inducements) through 1149 (relating to penalties imposed by
    12     department).
    13         Subchapter E of Chapter 11 (relating to managers and
    14     exclusive general agents).
    15         Chapter 15 (relating to unfair insurance practices).
    16         Sections 1705 (relating to reports of financial
    17     condition) and 1706 (relating to additional reports from
    18     foreign or alien entities).
    19         Sections 3101 (relating to scope of part) through 3104
    20     (relating to power of General Assembly regarding charters).
    21         Section 3106 (relating to judicial proceedings).
    22         Sections 3303 (relating to articles of agreement) through
    23     3305 (relating to capital stock).
    24         Sections 3307 (relating to officers and directors) and
    25     3308 (relating to subscriptions).
    26         Subchapter B of Chapter 33 (relating to promotion).
    27         Subchapter C of Chapter 33 (relating to authorization).
    28         Section 3351 (relating to valuation of securities).
    29         Sections 3501 (relating to use of company name) through
    30     3508 (relating to execution of insurance policies).
    19870H1628B2005                 - 767 -

     1         Sections 3510 (relating to incorporation of documents in
     2     policy) through 3516 (relating to mortgage insurance).
     3         Sections 3531 (relating to annual meetings) through 3533
     4     (relating to election of directors and trustees).
     5         Sections 3535 (relating to voting by stockholders and
     6     members) through 3539 (relating to directors and trustees).
     7         Subchapter C of Chapter 35 (relating to fundamental
     8     changes).
     9         Sections 3565 (relating to protection of competition)
    10     through 3571 (relating to dissolution for failure to do
    11     business).
    12         Subchapter E of Chapter 35 (relating to foreign or alien
    13     companies).
    14         Section 3581 (relating to embezzlement by officers or
    15     agents) through 3587 (relating to buying proxies).
    16         Section 3589 (relating to fraud in obtaining licenses or
    17     certificates).
    18         Chapter 39 (relating to suspension of business and
    19     dissolution).
    20         Sections 5507 (relating to dividends), 5508 (relating to
    21     reduction and withdrawal of capital stock) and 5510 (relating
    22     to resident agents for foreign or alien insurance entities).
    23                            SUBCHAPTER B
    24                        BUSINESS OPERATIONS
    25  Sec.
    26  6711.  Powers of title insurance companies.
    27  6712.  Corporate form.
    28  6713.  Title examination and records.
    29  6714.  Prohibition of guaranteeing mortgages.
    30  6715.  Loss of power to transact title insurance.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 768 -

     1  6716.  Primary retained liability.
     2  6717.  Power to reinsure.
     3  6718.  Special reinsurance.
     4  6719.  Licensure of foreign or alien insurers.
     5  6720.  Resident agents for foreign or alien insurers.
     6  6721.  Regulation of agents.
     7  6722.  Commissions.
     8  6723.  Mergers and consolidations.
     9  6724.  Other corporate acquisitions.
    10  6725.  Change in corporate control.
    11  § 6711.  Powers of title insurance companies.
    12     Only a title insurance company as defined in section 6701
    13  (relating to definitions) may underwrite or issue a policy of
    14  title insurance. A person shall not engage in the business of
    15  title insurance in this Commonwealth unless authorized to
    16  transact such a business by this chapter. A title insurance
    17  company shall not transact, underwrite or issue any kind of
    18  insurance other than title insurance.
    19  § 6712.  Corporate form.
    20     A title insurance company shall be organized as a stock
    21  corporation as provided in sections 3303 (relating to articles
    22  of agreement), 3304 (relating to name of company), 3305
    23  (relating to capital stock), 3307 (relating to officers and
    24  directors) and 3308 (relating to subscriptions) and authorized
    25  under Subchapter C of Chapter 33 (relating to authorization),
    26  except as prescribed in this chapter, to do the kind of
    27  insurance business, with incidental powers, specified in this
    28  chapter.
    29  § 6713.  Title examination and records.
    30     A policy of title insurance, excluding reinsurance, shall not
    19870H1628B2005                 - 769 -

     1  be written unless the title insurance company, through its own
     2  employees, agents or approved attorneys, has conducted a
     3  reasonable examination of the record title or has caused such an
     4  examination to be conducted. The abstract of title or the report
     5  of the examination thereof shall be in writing and shall be kept
     6  on file by the title insurance company, its agent or an approved
     7  attorney for a period of not less than 20 years after the policy
     8  of title insurance has been issued. In lieu of retaining the
     9  original copy, the title insurance company, its agent or the
    10  approved attorney may record, copy or reproduce all or some of
    11  these documents.
    12  § 6714.  Prohibition of guaranteeing mortgages.
    13     A title insurance company shall not guarantee the payment of
    14  the principal or the interest of bonds or other obligations
    15  secured by mortgages upon real property.
    16  § 6715.  Loss of power to transact title insurance.
    17     (a)  Break in use of power.--Every title insurance company
    18  which does not exercise for any period of 12 months the power to
    19  insure owners of real property, mortgagees and others interested
    20  in real property from loss by reason of defective titles, liens
    21  and encumbrances, shall be forever barred from the exercise of
    22  such power.
    23     (b)  Banking powers.--Any title insurance company which
    24  possesses the further powers to receive deposits or otherwise to
    25  engage in a banking business, and which does not exercise any of
    26  these powers for any consecutive period of one year, upon
    27  exercising either of these powers again, shall make no further
    28  contracts or policies of title insurance.
    29     (c)  Fiduciary powers.--Any title insurance company which
    30  possesses the further powers to act as trustee, guardian,
    19870H1628B2005                 - 770 -

     1  executor or administrator or in any similar fiduciary capacity,
     2  and which does not exercise these powers for any consecutive
     3  period of one year, upon exercising again any of such further
     4  powers shall make no further contracts or policies of title
     5  insurance.
     6  § 6716.  Primary retained liability.
     7     (a)  Limit of net primary retention.--A title insurance
     8  company shall not issue a policy of title insurance for a single
     9  transaction, the net primary retained liability under which
    10  shall exceed an amount which is equal to its assets, not
    11  including agency and escrow funds, less an amount equal to the
    12  sum of the minimum capital required by this chapter for a title
    13  insurance company, unearned premium reserve and the value of
    14  title plant. One or more title insurance companies may assume
    15  the liability on a single policy jointly with another title
    16  insurance company or companies in excess of this amount if the
    17  total amount of insurance does not exceed the aggregate maximum
    18  net primary retentions of all companies liable under the
    19  insurance, and if none of the companies exceeds the limit of its
    20  net primary retention for a single transaction.
    21     (b)  Primary liability.--A title insurance company shall not
    22  issue a policy of title insurance for a single transaction under
    23  which its primary liability as coinsurer exceeds the limit of
    24  net primary retention prescribed in subsection (a).
    25     (c)  Secondary liability.--A title insurance company shall
    26  not issue a policy of title insurance for a single transaction
    27  under which its secondary liability as reinsurer exceeds the
    28  limit of net primary retention prescribed in subsection (a),
    29  except that if the ceding company or companies retain primary
    30  liability at least equal to 10% of the total amount at risk, a
    19870H1628B2005                 - 771 -

     1  title insurance company may issue a policy of reinsurance for a
     2  single transaction under which its secondary liability exceeds
     3  the limit of net primary retention prescribed in subsection (a).
     4  The total amount of its secondary liability for a single
     5  transaction shall not exceed an amount which is equal to its
     6  assets, not including agency or escrow funds, less an amount
     7  equal to the sum of the unearned premium reserve and the value
     8  of title plant. One or more title insurance companies may assume
     9  the liability on a single policy jointly with another title
    10  insurance company or companies in excess of this amount, if the
    11  total amount of insurance does not exceed the aggregate maximum
    12  net retentions of all companies liable under the insurance and
    13  if none of the companies exceeds the limit of its net retention
    14  for a single transaction.
    15  § 6717.  Power to reinsure.
    16     Any authorized title insurance company may reinsure all or
    17  any part of its liability under one or more of its policy
    18  contracts with any authorized title insurance company or
    19  companies authorized to insure titles to real estate in any
    20  state, if the reinsuring company at all times remains of the
    21  same standard of solvency and complies with all other
    22  requirements fixed by the law of this Commonwealth for
    23  authorized title insurance companies. Any authorized title
    24  insurance company shall pay to this Commonwealth taxes required
    25  on all business taxable in this Commonwealth and reinsured under
    26  this section with any foreign company not authorized to do
    27  business in this Commonwealth.
    28  § 6718.  Special reinsurance.
    29     If the risk of a single transaction involving a parcel of
    30  real estate situated in this Commonwealth exceeds the total net
    19870H1628B2005                 - 772 -

     1  retention, both primary and secondary, permitted by this chapter
     2  for all authorized title insurance companies, and the total
     3  reinsurance available from companies authorized to reinsure
     4  risks by section 6717 (relating to power to reinsure),
     5  reinsurance may be obtained from companies not authorized to
     6  reinsure risks in this Commonwealth with the prior approval in
     7  writing of the department.
     8  § 6719.  Licensure of foreign or alien insurers.
     9     Any foreign or alien insurance company shall be licensed to
    10  transact the business of title insurance in this Commonwealth
    11  only if the company is and remains of the same standard of
    12  solvency and complies with other requirements under this title
    13  for title insurance companies organized and authorized to
    14  transact the business of title insurance pursuant to the laws of
    15  this Commonwealth. The company shall not be licensed to transact
    16  any business in this Commonwealth until it complies with the
    17  requisites for doing business under section 3577 (relating to
    18  conditions for authorization of foreign or alien companies).
    19  § 6720.  Resident agents for foreign or alien insurers.
    20     A foreign or alien company licensed to do a title insurance
    21  business in this Commonwealth shall transact such business only
    22  through resident agents in the manner prescribed in section 5510
    23  (relating to resident agents for foreign or alien insurance
    24  entities).
    25  § 6721.  Regulation of agents.
    26     (a)  Disqualifications.--A bank, trust company, bank and
    27  trust company or other lending institution, mortgage service,
    28  mortgage brokerage or mortgage guaranty company or any officer
    29  or employee of any of the foregoing, may not act as an agent of
    30  a title insurance company; nor shall any appointed attorney or
    19870H1628B2005                 - 773 -

     1  officer or salaried employee of any title insurance company act
     2  as such an agent.
     3     (b)  Certification.--Every title insurance company shall
     4  certify to the department as it shall direct the names of all
     5  agents appointed by the company in this Commonwealth.
     6     (c)  Licensure.--Agents of a title insurance company shall be
     7  licensed in the manner provided for agents of insurance
     8  companies in section 1103 (relating to licenses of agents). If
     9  an applicant for an agent's license is an agent of a title
    10  insurer or a licensed insurance broker or an attorney at law,
    11  the applicant shall not be required to take an examination to
    12  qualify for such license. Licenses of title insurance agents
    13  shall expire annually at midnight of June 30, unless sooner
    14  terminated as the result of severance of business relations
    15  between the company and the agent, or unless revoked by the
    16  department for cause.
    17     (d)  Records.--Every agent of a title insurance company shall
    18  keep his books, records, accounts and vouchers pertaining to the
    19  business of title insurance in such manner that the department
    20  may readily ascertain, from time to time, whether or not the
    21  agent has complied with this title. Failure to comply with this
    22  section shall be a ground for revocation of the agent's license.
    23     (e)  Replies to inquiries by department.--Every agent of a
    24  title insurance company shall promptly reply in writing to any
    25  inquiry of the department relative to the agent's conduct of the
    26  business of title insurance, and failure to reply shall be a
    27  ground for revocation of the agent's license.
    28     (f)  Prohibited names.--An agent of a title insurance company
    29  shall not adopt a firm name containing the words "title," "title
    30  company," "title insurance company," "guaranty," "guarantee,"
    19870H1628B2005                 - 774 -

     1  "guaranty company," "guarantee company" or similar combination
     2  thereof.
     3     (g)  Definition.--As used in this section the term "agent"
     4  means a person authorized in writing by a title insurance
     5  company directly or indirectly:
     6         (1)  to solicit risks and collect premiums, and to issue
     7     or countersign policies in its behalf; or
     8         (2)  to solicit risks and collect premiums in its behalf.
     9  § 6722.  Commissions.
    10     (a)  Attorneys and brokers.--A title insurance company or an
    11  agent of a title insurance company may pay a cash commission to
    12  an attorney at law in good standing, or a real estate broker
    13  licensed in this Commonwealth, for procuring a title insurance
    14  for a client in a real estate transaction. A commission may not
    15  be paid to an attorney at law in any transaction in which he
    16  acts as an approved attorney. An attorney at law or a licensed
    17  real estate broker may credit his commission to the account of
    18  the client for whom the policy of title insurance was obtained
    19  without violating the rebate provisions of this chapter. The
    20  cash commission paid by a title insurance company or an agent of
    21  a title insurance company shall not exceed the amount set forth
    22  in the schedule of commissions filed with the department by the
    23  title insurance company.
    24     (b)  Applicants for title insurance.--A title insurance
    25  company or agent or approved attorney of a title insurance
    26  company shall not pay, give or award to an applicant for title
    27  insurance any other compensation, consideration, benefit or
    28  remuneration, directly or indirectly.
    29  § 6723.  Mergers and consolidations.
    30     (a)  General rule.--Subject to the provisions of this
    19870H1628B2005                 - 775 -

     1  section, a domestic title insurance company may merge or
     2  consolidate with one or more domestic or foreign title insurance
     3  companies authorized to transact title insurance in this
     4  Commonwealth, by complying with Article IX of the act of May 5,
     5  1933 (P.L.364, No.106), known as the Business Corporation Law,
     6  relating to merger or consolidation.
     7     (b)  Approval by department.--A merger or consolidation shall
     8  not be effected unless in advance thereof the plan and agreement
     9  therefor have been filed with the department. The department
    10  shall examine the terms and conditions of the merger or
    11  consolidation, and of any exchange of shares or securities
    12  pursuant thereto, after holding a hearing at which all persons
    13  to whom it is proposed to issue shares or securities in the
    14  exchange may appear. After the hearing, the department shall
    15  either approve or disapprove the terms and conditions of
    16  exchange. The department shall approve within a reasonable time
    17  after the filing unless it finds that the plan or agreement:
    18         (1)  is contrary to law;
    19         (2)  is inequitable to the stockholders of any title
    20     insurance company; or
    21         (3)  would substantially reduce the security of and
    22     services to be rendered to policyholders of the domestic
    23     title insurance company in this Commonwealth or elsewhere.
    24     (c)  Disclosure of consideration.--A director, officer, agent
    25  or employee of a title insurance company party to a merger or
    26  consolidation shall not receive any fee, commission or other
    27  valuable consideration for aiding, promoting or assisting
    28  therein except as set forth in the plan or agreement.
    29     (d)  Notice of disapproval.--If the department does not
    30  approve a plan or agreement, it shall notify the title insurance
    19870H1628B2005                 - 776 -

     1  company in writing, specifying its objections in detail.
     2  § 6724.  Other corporate acquisitions.
     3     (a)  General rule.--A domestic title insurance company may
     4  issue stock in exchange for all or substantially all the assets
     5  or stock of a domestic or foreign title insurance or abstract
     6  company if a plan or agreement of acquisition has been filed
     7  with the department.
     8     (b)  Approval by department.--The department shall examine
     9  the terms and conditions of the plan or agreement and of any
    10  exchange of shares or securities pursuant thereto, after holding
    11  a hearing at which all persons to whom it is proposed to issue
    12  shares or securities in the exchange may appear. After the
    13  hearing, the department shall either approve or disapprove the
    14  terms and conditions of exchange. The department shall approve
    15  within a reasonable time after the filing unless it finds that
    16  the plan or agreement:
    17         (1)  is contrary to law;
    18         (2)  is inequitable to the stockholders of any title
    19     insurance or abstract company involved; or
    20         (3)  would substantially reduce the security of and
    21     service to be rendered to policyholders of the domestic title
    22     insurance company in this Commonwealth or elsewhere.
    23     (c)  Disclosure of consideration.--A director, officer, agent
    24  or employee of a title insurance company or abstract company
    25  party to an acquisition shall not receive any fee, commission or
    26  other valuable consideration for aiding, promoting or assisting
    27  therein except as set forth in the plan or agreement.
    28     (d)  Notice of disapproval.--If the department does not
    29  approve a plan or agreement, it shall notify the title insurance
    30  company in writing specifying its objections in detail.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 777 -

     1  § 6725.  Change in corporate control.
     2     (a)  Approval by department.--If any person proposes to
     3  acquire the controlling capital stock of any domestic title
     4  insurance company and thereby change the control of the company,
     5  he shall first apply to the department for approval of the
     6  change of control. The change in control shall not be effective
     7  unless so approved. The application shall contain the name and
     8  address of the proposed new owners of the controlling stock.
     9     (b)  Criteria for approval.--The department shall approve the
    10  proposed change of control only after it determines that the
    11  proposed new owners of the controlling stock are qualified by
    12  character, experience and financial responsibility to control
    13  and operate the company in a lawful and proper manner and that
    14  the interest of the company stockholders and policyholders and
    15  the interest of the public generally will not be jeopardized by
    16  the proposed change in ownership and management.
    17     (c)  Procedure.--If the department does not approve or
    18  disapprove the proposed change within 30 days after the date the
    19  application was filed with it, the proposed change shall be
    20  deemed to be approved as of the expiration of the 30-day period.
    21  If the department disapproves the proposed change in control, it
    22  shall give written notice thereof to the persons so applying for
    23  approval, setting forth its objections.
    24                            SUBCHAPTER C
    25                      INVESTMENT AND RESERVES
    26  Sec.
    27  6731.  Financial requirements.
    28  6732.  Procedure when capital impaired.
    29  6733.  Unearned premium reserve.
    30  6734.  Amount of unearned premium reserve.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 778 -

     1  6735.  Maintenance of unearned premium reserve.
     2  6736.  Use of unearned premium reserve.
     3  6737.  Reserves for unpaid losses and loss expenses.
     4  6738.  Investment of capital.
     5  6739.  Investment of surplus.
     6  6740.  Investment of unearned premium reserve.
     7  6741.  Other reserves.
     8  § 6731.  Financial requirements.
     9     Every title insurance company shall have a minimum capital,
    10  which shall be paid in and maintained, of not less than $250,000
    11  and, in addition, paid-in initial surplus at least equal to 50%
    12  of its capital.
    13  § 6732.  Procedure when capital impaired.
    14     If the capital of a title insurance company becomes impaired,
    15  the title insurance company shall immediately give written
    16  notice thereof to the department and shall make no further
    17  policies or contracts or reinsurance agreements of title
    18  insurance while the impairment exists. The title insurance
    19  company shall immediately call upon its stockholders for such
    20  amounts as will restore its capital to an amount prescribed by
    21  the department. If any stockholder fails to pay the amount
    22  called for, after notice personally given or by advertisement,
    23  at the time and in the manner the department approves, the title
    24  insurance company shall require the return of the original
    25  certificates of stock held by the stockholder or issue new
    26  certificates in the proportion, as determined by the department,
    27  that the ascertained value of the assets bears to the capital
    28  existing immediately prior to the impairment, the title
    29  insurance company paying for any fractional parts of shares. The
    30  directors of the title insurance company, with the prior consent
    19870H1628B2005                 - 779 -

     1  and approval of the department, may create new stock and issue
     2  certificates therefor, and dispose of this stock at not less
     3  than par for an amount sufficient to make up the original
     4  capital, or the department may permit the company to reduce its
     5  capital and the par value of its shares in proportion to the
     6  extent of the impairment, but the capital shall at no time be
     7  reduced to an amount less than that required by law for the
     8  organization of the company. In fixing the reduced capital, not
     9  more than 50% of the original capital shall be deducted from the
    10  assets on hand to be retained as surplus funds, nor shall any
    11  part of assets be distributed to stockholders. When the amount
    12  of capital prescribed by the department has been restored, the
    13  title insurance company shall notify the department which, upon
    14  being satisfied that the impairment no longer exists and is not
    15  likely to recur, shall authorize the title insurance company in
    16  writing to again issue policies or contracts or reinsurance
    17  agreements of title insurance.
    18  § 6733.  Unearned premium reserve.
    19     (a)  Establishment of reserve.--Every title insurance company
    20  shall, in addition to other reserves, establish and maintain a
    21  reserve to be known as the "unearned premium reserve" for title
    22  insurance, which shall constitute the unearned portions of
    23  premiums due or received and shall be charged as a reserve
    24  liability of the title insurance company in determining its
    25  financial condition.
    26     (b)  Purpose.--The unearned premium reserve shall be retained
    27  by the title insurance company for the protection of the
    28  policyholders' interest in policies which have not expired.
    29     (c)  Distribution.--Except as provided in section 6736
    30  (relating to use of unearned premium reserve), assets equal to
    19870H1628B2005                 - 780 -

     1  the amount of the reserve shall not be subject to distribution
     2  among depositors or other creditors or stockholders of the title
     3  insurance company until all claims of its policyholders or
     4  holders of its other title insurance contracts or agreements
     5  have been paid in full and all liability on the policies or
     6  other title insurance contracts or agreements, whether
     7  contingent or actual, has been discharged or lawfully reinsured.
     8  Income from the investment of the reserve shall be the
     9  unrestricted property of the title insurance company.
    10  § 6734.  Amount of unearned premium reserve.
    11     (a)  General rule.--The unearned premium reserve of every
    12  title insurance company shall consist of the amount of the
    13  unearned premium reserve held as of September 1, 1963, plus all
    14  additions required to be made to the reserve by this section,
    15  less the withdrawals therefrom as permitted by this section.
    16     (b)  Additions.--Except as otherwise provided in this
    17  subsection, a title insurance company shall add to its unearned
    18  premium reserve, in respect to each policy or contract or
    19  reinsurance agreement issued by it, a sum of money out of the
    20  fees due or received for the title insurance made by it, equal
    21  to $1 for each policy or contract or agreement, plus 10¢ for
    22  each $1,000 face amount of net retained liability. The company
    23  shall each year separately report the amounts so set aside in
    24  respect to policies, contracts or agreements written in that
    25  year. If substantially the entire outstanding liability of the
    26  company is reinsured, the unearned premium reserve of the
    27  reinsurer shall be equal in amount to the reserve of the ceding
    28  title insurance company in respect to the outstanding liability
    29  so reinsured.
    30     (c)  Relation to net profit.--The amounts set aside as
    19870H1628B2005                 - 781 -

     1  additions to the unearned premium reserve shall be deducted in
     2  determining the net profit of any title insurance company.
     3     (d)  Date assumed.--For the purposes of determining the
     4  amounts of the unearned premium reserve that may be withdrawn
     5  and the interest of the policyholders therein under section 6736
     6  (relating to use of unearned premium reserve), all policies,
     7  contracts or reinsurance agreements of title insurance shall be
     8  deemed as dated on July 1 in the year of issue.
     9     (e)  Withdrawals from reserve.--Additions to the unearned
    10  premium reserve which have been held for a period of 20 years
    11  shall be withdrawn from the unearned premium reserve and shall
    12  constitute a part of net profit for the year in which the
    13  withdrawal is made.
    14  § 6735.  Maintenance of unearned premium reserve.
    15     If by reason of depreciation in the market value of
    16  investments or other cause, the amount of the assets eligible
    17  for investment of the unearned premium reserve is on any date
    18  less than the amount required to be maintained by law in the
    19  reserve, and the deficiency is not promptly cured, the title
    20  insurance company shall immediately give written notice thereof
    21  to the department. The company shall make no further policies,
    22  contracts or reinsurance agreements of title insurance until the
    23  amounts of the eligible investments have been restored and until
    24  it has received written approval from the department authorizing
    25  it to again issue such policies, contracts or agreements.
    26  § 6736.  Use of unearned premium reserve.
    27     (a)  General rule.--If a title insurance company becomes
    28  insolvent, or is in the process of liquidation or dissolution,
    29  or in the possession of the department, such amount of the
    30  assets of the title insurance company, equal to the unearned
    19870H1628B2005                 - 782 -

     1  premium reserve as is necessary, shall be used with the written
     2  approval of the department to pay for reinsurance of the
     3  outstanding liability of the title insurance company upon all
     4  policies, contracts or reinsurance agreements of title insurance
     5  in force as to which claims for losses by the holders are not
     6  then pending. The balance of the unearned premium reserve fund
     7  shall be transferred to the general assets of the title
     8  insurance company. The assets other than the unearned premium
     9  reserve shall be available to pay claims for losses sustained by
    10  holders of policies then pending or arising up to the time
    11  reinsurance is affected. If claims for losses are in excess of
    12  these assets, claims shall be paid out of the assets
    13  attributable to the unearned premium reserve.
    14     (b)  Reinsurance.--The department may enter into a contract
    15  with one or more title insurance companies to reinsure all the
    16  obligations under outstanding policies of the title insurance
    17  company subject to this section in accordance with their terms,
    18  covenants and conditions, the cost of the reinsurance to be paid
    19  out of the assets of that company.
    20     (c)  Reinsurance unavailable.--If reinsurance is unavailable,
    21  the unearned premium reserve and assets constituting minimum
    22  capital remaining after outstanding claims have been paid shall
    23  constitute a trust fund, which shall be held by the department
    24  for 20 years, out of which claims of policyholders shall be paid
    25  as they arise. The balance of this fund shall, at the expiration
    26  of 20 years, revert to the general assets of the title insurance
    27  company, after reasonable charges for administration of the fund
    28  have been charged against the balance by the department.
    29  § 6737.  Reserves for unpaid losses and loss expenses.
    30     Each title insurance company shall establish and maintain, in
    19870H1628B2005                 - 783 -

     1  addition to other reserves, reserves against unpaid losses and
     2  against loss expense. The company shall calculate these reserves
     3  by making a careful estimate in each case of the loss and loss
     4  expense likely to be incurred, by reason of every claim
     5  presented or that may be presented, pursuant to notice from or
     6  on behalf of the insured, of a title defect in or lien or
     7  adverse claim against the title insured, that may result in a
     8  loss of cause expense to be incurred for the proper disposition
     9  of the claim. The amounts so estimated shall be revised as
    10  circumstances warrant. The amounts set aside in these reserves
    11  in any year shall be deducted in determining the net profit for
    12  such year of the company.
    13  § 6738.  Investment of capital.
    14     (a)  General rule.--The capital of a title insurance company
    15  shall be invested in the following classes of investment:
    16         (1)  Government obligations.--Bonds, notes or obligations
    17     issued, assumed or guaranteed by the United States or the
    18     Dominion of Canada or by any state.
    19         (2)  Governmental subdivision or public instrumentality
    20     obligations.--Valid and legally authorized bonds, notes or
    21     obligations issued, assumed or guaranteed by:
    22             (i)  Any municipality, school district, poor district
    23         or water, sewer, drainage, road or other governmental
    24         district or division located in the United States or any
    25         state.
    26             (ii)  Any public instrumentality other than a
    27         municipal authority of one or more of the foregoing if,
    28         by statutory or other legal requirements applicable
    29         thereto, the bonds or other evidences of indebtedness of
    30         such instrumentality are payable, as to principal and
    19870H1628B2005                 - 784 -

     1         interest, from taxes levied or by law required to be
     2         levied upon all taxable property or all taxable income
     3         within the jurisdiction of the governmental unit or units
     4         of which it is an instrumentality, or from revenues
     5         pledged or otherwise appropriated or by law required to
     6         be provided for the purpose of such payment.
     7             (iii)  Any municipal authority created pursuant to
     8         the laws of this Commonwealth if the obligations are not
     9         in default as to principal or interest and if:
    10                 (A)  the project for which the obligations were
    11             issued is under lease to a school district or school
    12             districts;
    13                 (B)  the project for which the obligations were
    14             issued is under lease to a municipality or
    15             municipalities or subject to a service contract with
    16             a municipality or municipalities, pursuant to which
    17             the municipal authority will receive lease rentals or
    18             service charges available for fixed charges on the
    19             obligations, which will average not less than one and
    20             one-fifth times the average annual fixed charges of
    21             the obligations over the life thereof; or
    22                 (C)  for the period of five fiscal years next
    23             preceding the date of acquisition, the income of the
    24             authority available for fixed charges has averaged
    25             not less than one and one-fifth times the average
    26             annual fixed charges of obligations over the life
    27             thereof.
    28         As used in this subparagraph the term "income available
    29         for fixed charges" means income after deducting operating
    30         and maintenance expenses, and, unless the obligations are
    19870H1628B2005                 - 785 -

     1         payable in serial, annual maturities, or are supported by
     2         annual sinking fund payments, depreciation, but excluding
     3         extraordinary nonrecurring items of income or expenses.
     4         The term "fixed charges" includes principal, both
     5         maturity and sinking fund, and interest on bonded debt.
     6         In computing the income available for fixed charges for
     7         the purpose of this subparagraph, the income so available
     8         of any corporation acquired by any municipal authority
     9         may be included, such income to be calculated as though
    10         the corporation had been operated by a municipal
    11         authority and an equivalent amount of bonded debt were
    12         outstanding. The eligibility for investment purposes of
    13         obligations of each project of a municipal authority
    14         shall be separately considered.
    15         (3)  Public utility obligations.--Bonds, notes or
    16     obligations issued, assumed or guaranteed by any solvent
    17     public utility corporation or public utility business trust,
    18     incorporated or existing under the laws of the United States
    19     or of any state.
    20         (4)  Other corporate obligations.--Bonds, notes or
    21     obligations issued, assumed or guaranteed by any other
    22     corporation, including railroads, or business trust,
    23     incorporated or existing under the Federal law or the law of
    24     any state, whose income available for fixed charges for the
    25     period of five fiscal years next preceding the date of
    26     investment has averaged not less than one and one-half times
    27     its average annual fixed charges applicable to that period.
    28     As used in this paragraph the term "income available for
    29     fixed charges" means income, after deducting operating and
    30     maintenance expenses, depreciation and depletion, and taxes
    19870H1628B2005                 - 786 -

     1     other than Federal or state income taxes, excluding
     2     extraordinary nonrecurring items of income or expense
     3     appearing in the regular financial statements of the
     4     corporation or business trust. The term "fixed charges"
     5     includes interest on funded and unfunded debt and
     6     amortization of debt discount and expense. If income is
     7     determined in reliance upon consolidated income statements of
     8     parent and subsidiary corporations or business trusts, the
     9     income shall be determined after provision for Federal and
    10     state income taxes of subsidiaries, and after proper
    11     allowance for minority stock interest. The required coverage
    12     of fixed charges shall be computed on a basis including fixed
    13     charges and preferred dividends of subsidiaries, other than
    14     those payable by subsidiaries to the parent corporation or
    15     business trust, or to other subsidiaries. In applying an
    16     income test to any issuing, assuming or guaranteeing
    17     corporation or business trust, whether or not in legal
    18     existence during the whole of the five-year period next
    19     preceding the date of investment, which has at any time after
    20     the beginning of the period acquired the assets or the
    21     outstanding shares of capital stock of any other corporation
    22     or business trust by purchase, merger, consolidation or
    23     otherwise, substantially as an entirety, or has been
    24     reorganized pursuant to the bankruptcy law, the income of the
    25     other predecessor or constituent corporation or business
    26     trust or of the corporation or business trust so reorganized,
    27     available for interest and dividends for such portion of the
    28     period as shall have preceded acquisition or reorganization,
    29     may be included in the income of the issuing, assuming or
    30     guaranteeing corporation or business trust for such portion
    19870H1628B2005                 - 787 -

     1     of the period as may be determined in accordance with
     2     adjusted or pro forma consolidated income statements covering
     3     that portion of the period, and giving effect to all stock or
     4     shares outstanding and all fixed charges existing immediately
     5     after acquisition or reorganization.
     6         (5)  Trustee, receiver or equipment trust obligations.--
     7             (i)  Certificates, notes or obligations issued by
     8         trustees or receivers of any corporation or business
     9         trust created or existing under Federal law or the law of
    10         any state, if the corporation or trust, or its assets,
    11         are being administered under the direction of any court,
    12         and the obligation is adequately secured as to principal
    13         and interest.
    14             (ii)  Equipment trust obligations or certificates,
    15         which are adequately secured, or other adequately secured
    16         instruments, evidencing an interest in transportation
    17         equipment, located within the United States and a right
    18         to receive determined portions of rental, purchase or
    19         other fixed obligatory payments for the use or purchase
    20         of such transportation equipment.
    21         (6)  Acceptances and bills of exchange.--Bank and
    22     bankers' acceptances and other bills of exchange of the kind
    23     and maturities made eligible pursuant to law for purchase in
    24     the open market by Federal Reserve Banks.
    25         (7)  Real estate loans.--Ground rents and bonds, notes or
    26     other evidences of indebtedness, secured by mortgages or
    27     trust deeds upon unencumbered real property located in any
    28     state, and in investments in the equity of the seller under
    29     contracts for deeds covering the entire balance due on bona
    30     fide sales of such real property. A loan guaranteed or
    19870H1628B2005                 - 788 -

     1     insured in full by the Administrator of Veterans' Affairs
     2     under the Servicemen's Readjustment Act (Public Law 85-857,
     3     38 U.S.C. § 1801 et seq.) may be subject to a prior
     4     encumbrance.
     5             (i)  Real property shall not be considered to be
     6         encumbered within the meaning of this paragraph by reason
     7         of the existence of:
     8                 (A)  instruments reserving mineral, oil, water or
     9             timber rights, rights-of-way, sewer rights, rights in
    10             walls or driveways;
    11                 (B)  liens inferior to the lien securing the loan
    12             of the title insurance company or liens for taxes or
    13             assessments not yet delinquent;
    14                 (C)  building restrictions or other restrictive
    15             covenants; or
    16                 (D)  leases under which rents or profits are
    17             reserved to the owner;
    18         if the security for the loan is a first lien upon the
    19         real property, and if there is no condition or right of
    20         reentry or forfeiture under which the lien can be cut
    21         off, subordinated or otherwise disturbed.
    22             (ii)  A mortgage or trust deed, loan or investment in
    23         a seller's equity under a contract for deed made or
    24         acquired by the title insurance company on any one
    25         property shall not at the date of investment exceed two-
    26         thirds of the value of the real property securing the
    27         loan, or subject to the contract, but this limitation
    28         does not apply to a loan which is:
    29                 (A)  Insured by, or for which a commitment to
    30             insure has been made by, the Federal Housing
    19870H1628B2005                 - 789 -

     1             Administrator or Commissioner, pursuant to the
     2             provisions of the National Housing Act (48 Stat.
     3             1247, 12 U.S.C. § 1707 et seq.).
     4                 (B)  Guaranteed by the Administrator of Veterans'
     5             Affairs under the Servicemen's Readjustment Act of
     6             1944 (58 Stat. 284) or Public Law 85-857 (72 Stat.
     7             1203, 38 U.S.C. § 1801 et seq) except that if only a
     8             portion of a loan is so guaranteed, the limitation
     9             shall apply to the portion not so guaranteed or
    10             insured by the administrator under these statutes.
    11                 (C)  Upon real estate under lease to a
    12             corporation or business trust, incorporated or
    13             existing under the law of the United States or any
    14             state, whose income available for fixed charges for
    15             the period of five fiscal years next preceding the
    16             date of investment has averaged not less than one and
    17             one-half times its average annual fixed charges
    18             applicable to that period, if there is pledged and
    19             assigned, as additional security for the loan and for
    20             application thereon, sufficient of the rentals
    21             payable under the lease to provide for repayment of
    22             the loan within the unexpired term of the lease.
    23                 (D)  Upon such terms that the principal thereof
    24             will be amortized by repayments of principal at least
    25             once in each year in amounts sufficient to repay the
    26             loan within a period of not more than 30 years, and
    27             the loan is upon improved real estate, and at the
    28             date investment does not exceed three-quarters of the
    29             value of the real estate securing the loan.
    30         (8)  Purchase money securities.--Purchase money mortgages
    19870H1628B2005                 - 790 -

     1     or similar securities received by it upon the sale or
     2     exchange of real property acquired pursuant to paragraph
     3     (20).
     4         (9)  Federal Housing Administrator's debentures.--
     5     Debentures issued by the Federal Housing Administrator or
     6     Commissioner in settlement of claims pursuant to the National
     7     Housing Act (48 Stat. 1247, 12 U.S.C. § 1707 et seq.).
     8         (10)  National mortgage association securities.--
     9     Securities of national mortgage associations or similar
    10     national mortgage credit institutions organized under the
    11     National Housing Act (48 Stat. 1247, 12 U.S.C. § 1707 et
    12     seq.).
    13         (11)  Federal land bank, Federal intermediate credit bank
    14     and bank for cooperative securities.--Bonds, debentures and
    15     other obligations of Federal land banks, Federal intermediate
    16     credit banks or banks for cooperatives issued under the
    17     Federal Farm Loan Act (39 Stat. 360, 12 U.S.C. § 641 et seq.)
    18     or under the Farm Credit Act of 1971 (Public Law 92-181, 12
    19     U.S.C. § 2001 et seq.).
    20         (12)  Loans upon leaseholds.--Loans upon leasehold
    21     estates or unencumbered real estate located in any state but
    22     no such loan shall exceed two-thirds of the value of the
    23     leasehold at the date of investment, unless:
    24             (i)  the loan is guaranteed or insured by, or
    25         commitment to guarantee or insure the loan has been made
    26         by, the Federal Housing Administrator or Commissioner
    27         under the National Housing Act (48 Stat. 1247, 12 U.S.C.
    28         § 1707 et seq.);
    29             (ii)  the leasehold is of improved real estate and
    30         the loan provides for amortization by repayments of
    19870H1628B2005                 - 791 -

     1         principal at least once in each year in amounts
     2         sufficient to repay the loan within a period of four-
     3         fifths of the unexpired term of the leasehold, but within
     4         a period of not more than 30 years, and does not exceed
     5         three-fourths of the value of the leasehold at the date
     6         of investment; or
     7             (iii)  the real estate is under lease to a
     8         corporation or business trust, incorporated or existing
     9         under the laws of the United States or any state, whose
    10         income available for fixed charges for the period of five
    11         fiscal years next preceding the date of investment has
    12         averaged not less than one and one-half times its average
    13         annual fixed charges applicable to the period, if there
    14         is pledged and assigned as additional security for the
    15         loan and for application thereon sufficient of the
    16         rentals payable under the lease to provide for repayment
    17         of the loan within the unexpired term of the lease.
    18     The terms of any loan under this paragraph shall require
    19     repayments of principal at least once in each year in amounts
    20     sufficient to repay the loan within the term of the
    21     leasehold, unexpired at the date of investment, unless a
    22     shorter period is required under subparagraph (ii).
    23         (13)  Savings and loan shares.--Shares of any Federal
    24     savings and loan association, or of any building and loan or
    25     savings and loan association, to the extent that the
    26     withdrawal or repurchasable value of the shares is insured by
    27     the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation under the
    28     National Housing Act (48 Stat. 1247, 12 U.S.C. § 1707 et
    29     seq.).
    30         (14)  Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation
    19870H1628B2005                 - 792 -

     1     Obligations.--Bonds, notes or obligations issued, assumed or
     2     guaranteed by the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance
     3     Corporation under the National Housing Act.
     4         (15)  Federal Home Loan Bank Obligations.--Bonds, notes
     5     or obligations issued, assumed or guaranteed by the Federal
     6     Home Loan Bank or the Federal Home Loan Bank Board under the
     7     Federal Home Loan Bank Act (47 Stat. 725, 12 U.S.C. § 1421 et
     8     seq.).
     9         (16)  International Bank obligations.--Bonds, notes or
    10     obligations issued, assumed or guaranteed by the
    11     International Bank for Reconstruction and Development.
    12         (17)  Business development credit corporation shares.--
    13     Shares of state and regional business development credit
    14     corporations formed under the law of this Commonwealth.
    15         (18)  Pennsylvania Housing Finance Agency bonds and
    16     notes.--Bonds and notes of the Pennsylvania Housing Finance
    17     Agency created by the act of December 3, 1959 (P.L.1688,
    18     No.621), known as the Housing Finance Agency Law.
    19         (19)  Inter-American Development Bank obligations.--
    20     Bonds, notes or obligations issued, assumed or guaranteed by
    21     the Inter-American Development Bank.
    22         (20)  Title plant.--A title plant if it keeps at least
    23     $250,000 invested in the classes of securities authorized for
    24     the investment of capital other than title plant and real
    25     estate. The title plant shall be considered an admitted asset
    26     at the fair value thereof. In determining the fair value of a
    27     title plant, no value shall be attributed to furniture and
    28     fixtures, and the real estate in which the title plant is
    29     housed shall be carried as real estate. The value of title
    30     abstracts, title briefs, copies of conveyances or other
    19870H1628B2005                 - 793 -

     1     documents, indices and other records comprising the title
     2     plant, shall be determined by considering the expenses
     3     incurred in obtaining them, the age thereof, the cost of
     4     replacements less depreciation and all other relevant
     5     factors. Once the value of a title plant has been determined,
     6     the value may be increased only by the acquisition of another
     7     title plant by purchase, consolidation or merger. The value
     8     of the title plant shall not be increased by additions made
     9     thereto as part of the normal course of abstracting and
    10     insuring titles to real estate. Subject to these limitations
    11     and with the approval of the department, a title insurance
    12     company may enter into agreements with one or more other
    13     authorized title insurance companies whereby the companies
    14     will participate in the ownership, management and control of
    15     a title plant to service the needs of all the companies or
    16     the companies may hold stock of a corporation owning and
    17     operating a title plant for such purposes if each of the
    18     companies participating in the ownership, management and
    19     control of the jointly owned title plant keeps the sum of
    20     $250,000 invested as set forth in this paragraph.
    21     (b)  Real estate.--Any domestic title insurance company may
    22  purchase, receive, hold and convey real estate or any interest
    23  therein:
    24         (1)  required for its convenient accommodation in the
    25     transaction of its business with reasonable regard to future
    26     needs;
    27         (2)  acquired in connection with a claim under a policy
    28     of title insurance;
    29         (3)  acquired in satisfaction or on account of loans,
    30     mortgages, liens, judgments or decrees, owed to it in the
    19870H1628B2005                 - 794 -

     1     course of its business;
     2         (4)  acquired in part payment of the consideration of the
     3     sale of real property owned by it if the transaction results
     4     in a net reduction in the company's investment in real
     5     estate; or
     6         (5)  reasonably necessary for the purpose of maintaining
     7     or enhancing the sale value of real property previously
     8     acquired or held by it under subparagraph (i), (ii), (iii) or
     9     (iv), but no title insurance company shall continue to hold
    10     any real estate acquired by it under subparagraph (ii), (iii)
    11     or (iv) for more than five years from the date of acquisition
    12     thereof unless it obtains the written approval of the
    13     department to hold the real estate for a longer period of
    14     time.
    15  § 6739.  Investment of surplus.
    16     Money over and above capital, other than the unearned premium
    17  reserve, may be invested in the following classes of
    18  investments:
    19         (1)  Investments authorized for capital.--Any of the
    20     classes of investment authorized in section 6738 (relating to
    21     investment of capital).
    22         (2)  Corporate stock or shares.--Stock or shares of any
    23     solvent corporation, incorporated under the law of the United
    24     States or any state or of the Dominion of Canada or any
    25     province thereof, including the stock of another title
    26     insurance company.
    27         (3)  Corporate obligations.--Bonds, notes or obligations
    28     issued, assumed or guaranteed by any solvent corporation or
    29     business trust, incorporated or existing under the law of the
    30     United States or any state or of the Dominion of Canada or
    19870H1628B2005                 - 795 -

     1     any province thereof.
     2         (4)  Canadian governmental subdivision obligations.--
     3     Valid and legally authorized bonds, notes or obligations
     4     issued, assumed or guaranteed by any province or political
     5     subdivision of the Dominion of Canada.
     6         (5)  Other Loans or investments.--Loans or investments
     7     not qualifying or permitted under paragraphs (1) through (4)
     8     to an amount not exceeding 5% of the company's admitted
     9     assets.
    10  § 6740.  Investment of unearned premium reserve.
    11     The unearned premium reserve of a title insurance company
    12  shall be invested in the same classes of investments, other than
    13  title plant and real estate, authorized in section 6738
    14  (relating to investment of capital), except that one-fourth of
    15  the reserve may be invested in preferred or guaranteed stocks or
    16  shares of any solvent corporation or business trust,
    17  incorporated or existing under the law of the United States or
    18  of any state, whose net earnings available for its fixed
    19  charges, during either of the two years preceding the date of
    20  such investment have been, and during each of the five years
    21  preceding such date have averaged, not less than one and one-
    22  half times the sum of its average annual fixed charges, as
    23  referred to in section 6738(4) and its average annual preferred
    24  dividend requirements. For the purposes of this section, the
    25  computation refers to the fiscal year immediately preceding the
    26  date of acquisition of an investment by the insurer, and the
    27  term "preferred dividend requirement" includes cumulative or
    28  noncumulative dividends, whether paid, earned or not.
    29  § 6741.  Other reserves.
    30     Reserves other than the unearned premium reserve may be
    19870H1628B2005                 - 796 -

     1  invested in any of the classes of investments authorized in
     2  section 6739 (relating to investment of surplus).
     3                            SUBCHAPTER D
     4                          RATE REGULATION
     5  Sec.
     6  6751.  Rate filing.
     7  6752.  Justification for rates.
     8  6753.  Making of rates.
     9  6754.  Disapproval of filings.
    10  6755.  Rating organizations.
    11  6756.  Deviations.
    12  6757.  Appeals by minority.
    13  6758.  Information to be furnished insureds.
    14  6759.  Hearings and appeals of insureds.
    15  6760.  Examination of rating organizations.
    16  6761.  Recording and reporting of loss and expense experience.
    17  6762.  False or misleading information.
    18  § 6751.  Rate filing.
    19     (a)  General rule.--Every title insurance company shall file
    20  with the department every manual of classifications, rules,
    21  plans, schedules of fees and commissions payable to applicants
    22  for title insurance and every modification of any of the
    23  foregoing relating to the rates which it proposes to use. Each
    24  filing shall state the proposed effective date thereof and shall
    25  indicate the character and extent of the coverage contemplated.
    26  A title insurance company or agent of a title insurance company
    27  shall not charge any fee for any policy or contract of title
    28  insurance except in accordance with filings or rates which are
    29  in effect for the company or agent of the company as provided in
    30  this chapter.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 797 -

     1     (b)  Rating organizations.--A title insurance company may
     2  satisfy its obligations to make its filings by becoming a member
     3  of, or a subscriber to, a licensed rating organization which
     4  makes such filings and by authorizing the department to accept
     5  such filings on its behalf.
     6     (c)  Review.--The department shall make such review of the
     7  filings as may be necessary to carry out the provisions of this
     8  chapter.
     9     (d)  Waiting period.--Subject to subsections (f) and (g),
    10  each filing shall be on file for a period of 30 days before it
    11  becomes effective. The department may, upon written notice given
    12  within such period to the person making the filing, extend the
    13  waiting period for an additional period, not to exceed 30 days,
    14  to enable it to complete the review of the filing. Further
    15  extensions of the waiting period may also be made with the
    16  consent of the title insurance company or rating organization
    17  making the filing. Upon written application by the company or
    18  organization making the filing, the department may authorize a
    19  filing or any part thereof which it has reviewed to become
    20  effective before the expiration of the waiting period or
    21  extension thereof.
    22     (e)  Effective filings.--Except in the case of rates filed
    23  under subsections (f) and (g), a filing which has become
    24  effective shall be deemed to meet the requirements of this
    25  chapter.
    26     (f)  Special permission by department.--When the department
    27  finds that any rate for a particular kind or class of risk
    28  cannot practicably be filed before it is used, or any contract
    29  or kind of title insurance, by reason of rarity or peculiar
    30  circumstances, does not lend itself to advance determination and
    19870H1628B2005                 - 798 -

     1  filing of rates, the department may, under such regulations as
     2  it may prescribe, permit the rates to be used without a previous
     3  filing and waiting period.
     4     (g)  Waiver by insured.--Upon the written consent of the
     5  insured stating his reasons therefor, filed with the department,
     6  a rate in excess of that provided by a filing which might
     7  otherwise be deemed applicable may be used on any specific risk.
     8  The rate shall become effective when the consent is filed.
     9  § 6752.  Justification for rates.
    10     (a)  Statement.--A rate filing shall be accompanied by a
    11  statement of the title insurance company or rating organization
    12  making the filing, setting forth the basis upon which the rate
    13  was fixed and the fees are to be computed. Any filing may be
    14  justified by:
    15         (1)  the experience or judgment of the company or
    16     organization making the filing;
    17         (2)  the experience of other title insurance companies or
    18     rating organizations; or
    19         (3)  any other factors which the company or organization
    20     deems relevant.
    21     (b)  Public inspection.--The statement and justification
    22  shall be open to public inspection after the rate to which it
    23  applies becomes effective.
    24  § 6753.  Making of rates.
    25     (a)  General rule.--Rates shall not be inadequate or unfairly
    26  discriminatory, nor shall rates be so excessive as to permit
    27  title insurance companies to earn a greater profit, after
    28  payment of all taxes upon all income, than is necessary to
    29  enable them to earn sufficient amounts to pay their actual
    30  expenses and losses arising in the conduct of their title
    19870H1628B2005                 - 799 -

     1  insurance business, plus a reasonable profit.
     2     (b)  Factors considered.--In making rates, due consideration
     3  shall be given to past and prospective loss experience; exposure
     4  to loss; underwriting practice and judgment; past and
     5  prospective expenses, including commissions paid to agents and
     6  applicants for title insurance; a reasonable margin for profit
     7  and contingencies; and all other relevant factors both in and
     8  outside this Commonwealth. The systems of expense provisions and
     9  the amount of expense charged against each class of contract or
    10  policy may vary between title insurance companies. Rates may, in
    11  the discretion of any title insurance company, be less than the
    12  cost of performing the work in the case of smaller risks, and
    13  the excess may be charged against the larger risks without
    14  rendering the rates unfairly discriminatory.
    15     (c)  Reasonable profit.--In ascertaining the estimated future
    16  earnings of title insurance companies, the department shall
    17  utilize a properly weighted cross section of title insurance
    18  companies operating in this Commonwealth representative of the
    19  average of efficiently operated title insurance companies,
    20  including on a weighted basis both title insurance companies
    21  having their own title plants and those not operating upon the
    22  title plant system. In ascertaining what is a reasonable profit
    23  after payment of all taxes on such income, the department shall
    24  give due consideration to the following matters:
    25         (1)  The average rates of profit after payment of taxes
    26     on all income earned by other industry generally.
    27         (2)  The desirability of stability of rate structure.
    28         (3)  The necessity of insuring through growth in assets
    29     in times of high business activity, the financial solvency of
    30     title insurance companies in times of economic depression.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 800 -

     1         (4)  The necessity for earning sufficient dividends on
     2     the stock of title insurance companies to induce capital to
     3     be invested therein.
     4  § 6754.  Disapproval of filings.
     5     (a)  Standard of review.--A filing or modification thereof
     6  shall not be disapproved if the rates in connection therewith
     7  meet the requirements of this chapter.
     8     (b)  Hearing for insurer.--Upon the review at any time by the
     9  department of a filing, it shall, before issuing an order of
    10  disapproval, hold a hearing upon not less than ten days written
    11  notice, specifying the matters to be considered at the hearing,
    12  to every title insurance company and rating organization which
    13  made the filing. A company or organization may at any time
    14  withdraw a filing or a part thereof, subject to the provisions
    15  of section 6756 (relating to deviations) in the case of a
    16  deviation filing.
    17     (c)  Hearing for aggrieved parties.--Any person or
    18  organization aggrieved with respect to any filing which is in
    19  effect, except the company or organization which made the
    20  filing, may make written application to the department for a
    21  hearing thereon. The application shall specify the grounds to be
    22  relied upon. If the department finds that the application may
    23  justify relief, it shall, within 30 days after receipt of the
    24  application, hold a hearing upon not less than ten days' written
    25  notice to the applicant and to every company and organization
    26  which made the filing.
    27     (d)  Decision of department.--If, after the hearing, the
    28  department finds that the filing or a part thereof does not meet
    29  the requirements of this chapter, it shall issue an order
    30  specifying its objections. If the filing has become effective
    19870H1628B2005                 - 801 -

     1  under section 6751 (relating to rate filing) or otherwise, the
     2  order shall state the time, within a reasonable period
     3  thereafter, at which the filing or part thereof shall be deemed
     4  no longer effective. Copies of the order shall be sent to the
     5  applicant and to every title insurance company and rating
     6  organization affected. The order shall not affect any contract
     7  or policy made or issued prior to the expiration of the period
     8  set forth in the order.
     9  § 6755.  Rating organizations.
    10     (a)  Licensure.--Any person located in or outside this
    11  Commonwealth may apply to the department for a license as a
    12  rating organization for title insurance companies. The
    13  application shall include all of the following:
    14         (1)  A copy of its constitution, its articles of
    15     agreement or association or its certificate of incorporation,
    16     and of its bylaws, rules and regulations governing the
    17     conduct of its business.
    18         (2)  A list of its members and subscribers.
    19         (3)  The name and address of a resident of this
    20     Commonwealth upon whom notices or orders of the department or
    21     process affecting the rating organization may be served.
    22         (4)  A statement of its qualifications as a rating
    23     organization.
    24  If the department finds that the applicant is competent,
    25  trustworthy and otherwise qualified to act as a rating
    26  organization, and that the documents submitted under paragraph
    27  (1) conform to the requirements of law, it shall issue a license
    28  authorizing the applicant to act as a rating organization for
    29  title insurance. The application shall be granted or denied in
    30  whole or in part by the department within 60 days of the date of
    19870H1628B2005                 - 802 -

     1  its filing with it. Licenses issued under this section shall
     2  remain in effect for three years unless sooner suspended or
     3  revoked by the department or withdrawn by the licensee. The fee
     4  for the license shall be $25. Licenses may be suspended or
     5  revoked by the department, after hearing upon notice, if the
     6  rating organization ceases to meet the requirements for
     7  licensure under this section. Every rating organization shall
     8  notify the department promptly of every change in the items
     9  listed in paragraph (1), (2) or (3).
    10     (b)  Subscribers.--Subject to regulations approved by the
    11  department, each rating organization shall permit any title
    12  insurance company, not a member, to be a subscriber to its
    13  rating services. Notices of proposed changes in its regulations
    14  shall be given to subscribers. Each rating organization shall
    15  furnish its rating services without discrimination to its
    16  members and subscribers. The reasonableness of any regulation in
    17  its application to subscribers or the refusal of any rating
    18  organization to admit a title insurance company as a subscriber
    19  shall, at the request of any subscriber or any such title
    20  insurance company, be reviewed by the department at a hearing
    21  held upon at least ten days' written notice to the rating
    22  organization and to the subscriber or title insurance company.
    23  If the department finds that the regulation is unreasonable in
    24  its application to subscribers, it shall order that the
    25  regulation shall not apply to subscribers. If the rating
    26  organization fails to grant or reject an application of a title
    27  insurance company for subscribership within 30 days after it is
    28  made, the title insurance company may request a review by the
    29  department as if the application had been rejected. If the
    30  department finds that the title insurance company has been
    19870H1628B2005                 - 803 -

     1  refused admittance to the rating organization as a subscriber,
     2  without justification, it shall order the rating organization to
     3  admit the title insurance company as a subscriber; if the
     4  department finds that the action of the rating organization was
     5  justified, it shall make an order affirming its action.
     6     (c)  Cooperative activities.--Cooperation among rating
     7  organizations, or among rating organizations and title insurance
     8  companies, and concert of action among title insurance companies
     9  under the same general management and control in rate making or
    10  in other matters within the scope of this chapter is permitted,
    11  but the filings resulting therefrom are subject to this chapter.
    12  The department may review these activities and practices, and if
    13  after a hearing it finds that any activity or practice is
    14  unfair, unreasonable or otherwise inconsistent with this
    15  chapter, it may issue a written order specifying its objections
    16  and requiring the discontinuance of the activity or practice.
    17  § 6756.  Deviations.
    18     (a)  Deviation filings.--Every member of or subscriber to a
    19  rating organization shall adhere to the filings made on its
    20  behalf by such organization, except that a title insurance
    21  company which is such a member or subscriber may file with the
    22  department a uniform percentage of decrease or increase to be
    23  applied to any or all elements of the fees produced by the
    24  rating system so filed for a class of title insurance which is
    25  found by the department to be a proper rating unit for the
    26  application of such a uniform decrease or increase, or to be
    27  applied to the rates for a particular area, or to be applied to
    28  the amount of commissions to be paid.
    29     (b)  Contents of filings.--The deviation filing shall specify
    30  the basis for the modification and shall be accompanied by the
    19870H1628B2005                 - 804 -

     1  data or historical pattern upon which the applicant relies. A
     2  copy of the filing and data shall be sent simultaneously to the
     3  rating organization.
     4     (c)  Waiting period.--Each deviation filing shall be on file
     5  for 30 days before it becomes effective. The waiting period may
     6  be extended in the same manner as under section 6751(d)
     7  (relating to rate filing). Upon written application of the
     8  person making the filing, the department may authorize a
     9  deviation filing or any part thereof to become effective before
    10  the expiration of the waiting period or any extension thereof.
    11     (d)  Effect.--Deviation filings shall be subject to section
    12  6754 (relating to disapproval of filings). Each deviation shall
    13  be effective for at least one year from the date the deviation
    14  is filed unless terminated sooner with the approval of the
    15  department or under section 6754.
    16  § 6757.  Appeals by minority.
    17     (a)  Right to appeal.--Any member of or subscriber to a
    18  rating organization may appeal to the department from any
    19  decision of the rating organization approving or rejecting any
    20  proposed change in or addition to the filings of the rating
    21  organization. The failure of a rating organization to make a
    22  decision within 30 days after submission to it of a proposal
    23  under this section shall be deemed a rejection of the proposal.
    24     (b)  Decision by department.--The department shall, after a
    25  hearing held upon not less than ten days' written notice to the
    26  appellant and to the rating organization, issue an order
    27  approving the decision of the rating organization or directing
    28  it to give further consideration to the proposal and to take
    29  action upon it within 30 days. If the appeal is from a decision
    30  of the rating organization rejecting a proposed addition to its
    19870H1628B2005                 - 805 -

     1  filings, the department may issue an order directing the rating
     2  organization to make an addition to its filings on behalf of its
     3  members and subscribers in a manner consistent with its
     4  findings, within a reasonable time. If the appeal is from a
     5  decision of the rating organization with regard to a rate or a
     6  proposed change in or addition to its filings relating to the
     7  character and extent of coverage, the department shall approve
     8  the rate applied by the rating organization or the rate
     9  suggested by the appellant, if either rate is in accordance with
    10  this chapter. If the appeal is based upon the failure of the
    11  rating organization to make a filing on behalf of the member or
    12  subscriber which is based on a system of expense provisions
    13  which differs, in accordance with section 6753(b) (relating to
    14  making of rates), from the system of expense provisions included
    15  in a filing made by the rating organization, the department
    16  shall, if it grants the appeal, order the rating organization to
    17  make the requested filing for use by the appellant. In deciding
    18  the appeal, the department shall apply the standards set forth
    19  in section 6753.
    20  § 6758.  Information to be furnished insureds.
    21     Every rating organization and every title insurance company
    22  which makes its own rates shall, within a reasonable time after
    23  receiving written request therefor and upon payment of such
    24  reasonable charge as it may make, furnish all pertinent
    25  information as to the rate to any insured affected by a rate
    26  made by it or to the authorized representative of such an
    27  insured.
    28  § 6759.  Hearings and appeals of insureds.
    29     Every rating organization and every title insurance company
    30  which makes its own rates shall provide reasonable means whereby
    19870H1628B2005                 - 806 -

     1  any person aggrieved by the application of its rating system may
     2  be heard, in person or by his authorized representative, on his
     3  written request to review the manner in which the rating system
     4  has been applied in connection with the insurance afforded him.
     5  If the organization or company fails to grant or reject the
     6  request within 30 days after it is made, the applicant may
     7  proceed as if his application had been rejected. Any party
     8  affected by the action of the organization or company on such a
     9  request may, within 30 days after written notice of the action,
    10  appeal to the department, which, after a hearing held upon not
    11  less than ten days' written notice to the appellant and to the
    12  organization or company, may affirm or reverse the action.
    13  § 6760.  Examination of rating organizations.
    14     The department shall, at least once in five years, make an
    15  examination of each rating organization licensed under this
    16  chapter. The reasonable costs of any such examination shall be
    17  paid by the organization examined upon presentation to it of a
    18  detailed account of these costs. The officer, manager, agents
    19  and employees of the organization may be examined at any time
    20  under oath and shall exhibit all books, records, accounts,
    21  documents or agreements governing its method of operation. The
    22  department shall furnish two copies of the examination report to
    23  the organization examined and shall notify it that it may,
    24  within 20 days thereafter, request a hearing on the report or on
    25  any facts or recommendations therein. Before filing a report for
    26  public inspection, the department shall grant a hearing to the
    27  organization examined. The report of any examination, when filed
    28  for public inspection, shall be admissible in evidence in any
    29  action or proceeding brought by the department against the
    30  organization examined or its officers or agents, and shall be
    19870H1628B2005                 - 807 -

     1  prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein. The department
     2  may withhold the report of any examination from public
     3  inspection for such time as it deems proper. In lieu of an
     4  examination, the department may accept the report of an
     5  examination made by the insurance supervisory official of
     6  another state pursuant to the law of that state.
     7  § 6761.  Recording and reporting of loss and expense experience.
     8     The department shall promulgate reasonable regulations and
     9  statistical plans, reasonably adapted to each of the rating
    10  systems on file with it, which may be modified from time to
    11  time, and which shall be used by each title insurance company in
    12  the recording and reporting of the composition of its business,
    13  its loss and countrywide expense experience and those of its
    14  title insurance underwriters in order that the experience of all
    15  companies may be made available at least annually in such form
    16  and detail as necessary to aid the department in determining
    17  whether rating systems comply with the standards set forth in
    18  this chapter. These regulations and plans may also provide for
    19  the recording and reporting of expense experience items which
    20  are specially applicable to this Commonwealth and are not
    21  susceptible of determination by a prorating of countrywide
    22  expense experience. In promulgating the regulations and plans,
    23  the department shall give due consideration to the rating
    24  systems on file with it and, in order that the regulations and
    25  plans may be as uniform as practicable among the several states,
    26  to the regulations and the form of the plans used for rating
    27  systems in other states. The regulations and plans shall be
    28  drafted so as not to place an unreasonable burden of expense on
    29  any company. A company shall not be required to record or report
    30  its expense and loss experience on a classification basis that
    19870H1628B2005                 - 808 -

     1  is inconsistent with the rating system filed by it, nor shall
     2  any company be required to report its experience to any agency
     3  of which it is not a member or subscriber. The department may
     4  designate one or more rating organizations or other agencies to
     5  assist it in making compilations of experience information.
     6  These compilations shall be made available, subject to
     7  reasonable regulations promulgated by the department, to title
     8  insurance companies and rating organizations.
     9  § 6762.  False or misleading information.
    10     A person or organization shall not willfully withhold
    11  information from, or knowingly give false or misleading
    12  information to, the department, any statistical agency
    13  designated by the department rating organization, or title
    14  insurance company, which will affect the rates or fees
    15  chargeable under this chapter.
    16                            SUBCHAPTER E
    17                      PENALTIES AND PROCEDURES
    18  Sec.
    19  6771.  Penalties.
    20  6772.  Hearing procedure.
    21  § 6771.  Penalties.
    22     (a)  Fines.--The department may, if it finds that any person
    23  or organization has violated this chapter, impose a penalty of
    24  not more than $50 for each violation, but if it finds the
    25  violation to be willful, it may impose a penalty of not more
    26  than $500 for each violation. These penalties may be in addition
    27  to any other penalty provided by law.
    28     (b)  Suspension of license.--The department may suspend the
    29  license of any rating organization or title insurance company
    30  which fails to comply with an order of the department within the
    19870H1628B2005                 - 809 -

     1  time limited by the order or any extension thereof granted by
     2  the department. The department shall not suspend the license of
     3  any organization or company for failure to comply with an order
     4  until the time prescribed for an appeal therefrom has expired,
     5  or if an appeal has been taken, until the order has been
     6  affirmed. The department may determine when a suspension of
     7  license shall become effective, and it shall remain in effect
     8  for the period fixed by the department, unless the department
     9  modifies or rescinds the suspension, or until the order upon
    10  which the suspension is based is modified, rescinded or reversed
    11  by a court.
    12     (c)  Procedure.--A penalty shall not be imposed or license
    13  suspended or revoked except upon a written order of the
    14  department, stating its findings, made after a hearing held upon
    15  not less than ten days' written notice to the person or
    16  organization, specifying the alleged violation.
    17  § 6772.  Hearing procedure.
    18     (a)  Right to hearing.--Any title insurance company, rating
    19  organization or other person aggrieved by any action of the
    20  department, except disapproval of a filing or a part thereof, or
    21  by any regulation promulgated by the department, may file a
    22  complaint with the department and have a hearing thereon before
    23  it. Pending the hearing and the decision thereon, the department
    24  may suspend or postpone the effective date of its previous
    25  action, rule or regulation.
    26     (b)  Procedure.--All hearings provided for under this chapter
    27  shall be conducted, and the decision of the department on the
    28  issue or filing involved shall be rendered, pursuant to Title 2
    29  (relating to administrative law and procedure).
    30                             CHAPTER 69
    19870H1628B2005                 - 810 -

     1                   HEALTH AND ACCIDENT INSURANCE
     2  Subchapter
     3     A.  Preliminary Provisions
     4     B.  General Requirements
     5     C.  Group, Blanket and Franchise Policies
     6     D.  Minimum Standards for Individual Policies
     7     E.  Medicare Supplement Insurance
     8                            SUBCHAPTER A
     9                       PRELIMINARY PROVISIONS
    10  Sec.
    11  6901.  Definitions.
    12  6902.  Organizations included.
    13  6903.  Applicability.
    14  6904.  Nonconforming policies.
    15  6905.  Penalties.
    16  § 6901.  Definitions.
    17     The following words and phrases when used in this chapter
    18  shall have the meanings given to them in this section unless the
    19  context clearly indicates otherwise.
    20     "Forms."  Policies, contracts, riders, endorsements and
    21  applications relating to health and accident insurance subject
    22  to approval by the department under section 3515 (relating to
    23  approval of contracts by department), 7524 (relating to rates
    24  and contracts), 7525 (relating to reports and examinations) or
    25  7729 (relating to rates and contracts).
    26     "Health and accident insurance."  Insurance written under
    27  section 3302(a)(1) or (2) or (c)(2) (relating to authorized
    28  classes of insurance). The term does not include life insurance,
    29  annuities or insurance subject to Chapter 65 (relating to credit
    30  insurance).
    19870H1628B2005                 - 811 -

     1     "Insured."  Includes a person other than the insured with a
     2  proper insurable interest who makes application for or owns a
     3  policy covering the insured, with respect to the person's rights
     4  under the policy to the indemnities, benefits and rights
     5  provided therein.
     6     "Policy."  A contract issued by any person providing health
     7  and accident insurance, including such a subscriber contract
     8  issued by a health plan corporation or nonprofit health service
     9  plan or such a certificate issued by a fraternal benefit
    10  society, and including any riders or endorsements and the
    11  application, if attached.
    12  § 6902.  Organizations included.
    13     For the purposes of this chapter, health plan corporations,
    14  nonprofit health service plans and fraternal benefit societies
    15  are deemed to be engaged in the business of insurance.
    16  § 6903.  Applicability.
    17     (a)  Workmen's compensation insurance.--Subchapters B
    18  (relating to general requirements) and C (relating to group,
    19  blanket and franchise policies) do not apply to any policy of
    20  workmen's compensation insurance.
    21     (b)  Group health and accident policies.--Policies of group
    22  health and accident insurance, as defined in section 6931
    23  (relating to definitions), shall not be subject to section
    24  6904(b) and (c) (relating to nonconforming policies), sections
    25  6911 (relating to approval of policies by department) through
    26  6915 (relating to relationship of policy provisions) or section
    27  6922(b) and (c) (relating to applications for insurance).
    28  However, no policy of group health and accident insurance shall
    29  be issued or delivered in this Commonwealth unless the form of
    30  the policy is filed with the department and approved by it in
    19870H1628B2005                 - 812 -

     1  accordance with section 6911.
     2     (c)  Life insurance.--Subchapters B and C do not apply to
     3  life insurance, endowment or annuity contracts, or contracts
     4  supplemental thereto, which contain only such provisions
     5  relating to health and accident insurance as:
     6         (1)  provide additional benefits in case of death by
     7     accidental means; and
     8         (2)  operate to safeguard such contracts against lapse,
     9     or to give a special surrender value or special benefit or an
    10     annuity if the insured or annuitant becomes totally and
    11     permanently disabled, as defined by the contract or
    12     supplemental contract.
    13     (d)  Liability insurance.--This subchapter and Subchapter B
    14  do not apply to any insurance of medical, hospital, surgical and
    15  funeral expenses and disability and death benefits issued with
    16  and supplemental to a liability insurance policy as referred to
    17  in section 3302(c)(4) (relating to authorized classes of
    18  insurance).
    19  § 6904.  Nonconforming policies.
    20     (a)  Requirements of other jurisdictions.--Any policy of a
    21  foreign or alien insurer, when delivered or issued for delivery
    22  to any person in this Commonwealth, may contain any provision
    23  which is not less favorable to the insured or the beneficiary
    24  than the provisions of Subchapter B (relating to general
    25  requirements) or C (relating to group, blanket and franchise
    26  policies) and which is required by the law of the state under
    27  which the insured is organized. Any policy of a domestic insurer
    28  may, when issued for delivery in any other state or country,
    29  contain any provision permitted or required by the law of the
    30  other state or country.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 813 -

     1     (b)  Certain policy provisions.--A policy provision which is
     2  not subject to section 6913 (relating to mandatory policy
     3  provisions) or 6914 (relating to optional policy provisions)
     4  shall not make a policy, or any portion thereof, less favorable
     5  in any respect to the insured or the beneficiary than the
     6  provisions thereof which are subject to Subchapter B or C.
     7     (c)  Policy conflicting with chapter.--A policy delivered or
     8  issued for delivery to any person in this Commonwealth in
     9  violation of Subchapter B or C shall be held valid but shall be
    10  construed as provided therein. When any provision in a policy is
    11  in conflict with Subchapter B or C, the rights and duties of the
    12  insurer, the insured and the beneficiary shall be governed by
    13  the provisions thereof.
    14  § 6905.  Penalties.
    15     (a)  Criminal.--Any insurer, or any officer or agent thereof,
    16  which issues or delivers a policy to any person in this
    17  Commonwealth or which alters any written application for
    18  insurance, in violation of Subchapter B (relating to general
    19  requirements) or C (relating to group, blanket and franchise
    20  policies), commits a summary offense.
    21     (b)  Civil.--The department may take any one or more of the
    22  following courses of action:
    23         (1)  Revoke the license of any foreign or alien insurer,
    24     or of any agent thereof, who violates Subchapter B or C.
    25         (2)  Impose a penalty of not more than $1,000 for each
    26     violation of Subchapter B or C.
    27  Before the department takes any action under this section, it
    28  shall give written notice to the person accused of the
    29  violation, stating specifically the nature thereof and fixing a
    30  time and place, at last ten days thereafter, when a hearing of
    19870H1628B2005                 - 814 -

     1  the matter shall be held. After the hearing or upon failure of
     2  the accused to appear at the hearing, the department shall
     3  impose the penalty.
     4                            SUBCHAPTER B
     5                        GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
     6  Sec.
     7  6911.  Approval of policies by department.
     8  6912.  Formal requirements.
     9  6913.  Mandatory policy provisions.
    10  6914.  Optional policy provisions.
    11  6915.  Relationship of policy provisions.
    12  6916.  Coverage of certain services.
    13  6917.  Coverage of newborn children.
    14  6918.  Licensed medical treatment.
    15  6919.  Services of nurse midwives.
    16  6919.1.Insurance payments to registered nurses.
    17  6920.  Age limits.
    18  6921.  Cost-of-living increases.
    19  6922.  Applications for insurance.
    20  6923.  Preservation of rights of insurer.
    21  6924.  Discrimination.
    22  6925.  Preferred provider organizations.
    23  § 6911.  Approval of policies by department.
    24     An insurer shall not issue or deliver any policy to any
    25  person in this Commonwealth unless a copy of the form thereof,
    26  and of the classification of risks and the premium rates
    27  pertaining thereto, has been filed with and formally approved by
    28  the department. If the department notifies the insurer filing
    29  the form that it does not comply with the requirements of law,
    30  specifying its objections in writing, the insurer shall not
    19870H1628B2005                 - 815 -

     1  issue any policy in that form.
     2  § 6912.  Formal requirements.
     3     (a)  General rule.--A policy shall not be issued or delivered
     4  to any person in this Commonwealth unless each of the following
     5  requirements is complied with:
     6         (1)  The entire money and other considerations therefor
     7     and the time when the insurance takes effect and terminates
     8     shall be stated in the policy.
     9         (2)  The policy shall purport to insure only one person,
    10     except that, upon the application of an adult head of a
    11     family who shall be deemed the policyholder, a policy may
    12     insure, originally or by amendment, any two or more eligible
    13     members of that family, including husband, wife, dependent
    14     children or any children under a specified age, which shall
    15     not exceed 19 years, and any other person dependent upon the
    16     policyholder.
    17         (3)  The style, arrangement and appearance of the policy
    18     shall give no undue prominence to any portion of the text.
    19     Unless every printed portion of the text of the policy and of
    20     any endorsements or attached papers is plainly printed in
    21     light-face type of a style in general use, the size of the
    22     type throughout the form shall be uniform and not less than
    23     ten-point with a lower-case unspaced alphabet length not less
    24     than 120-point. For the purposes of this paragraph the term
    25     "text" includes all printed matter except the name and
    26     address of the insurer, name or title of the policy, a brief
    27     description, if any, and captions and subcaptions.
    28         (4)  The exceptions and reductions of indemnity shall be
    29     set forth in the policy. Except for the exceptions and
    30     reductions set forth in sections 6913 (relating to mandatory
    19870H1628B2005                 - 816 -

     1     policy provisions) and 6914 (relating to optional policy
     2     provisions), these may be printed, at the insurer's option,
     3     either included with the benefit provision to which they
     4     apply or under an appropriate caption, such as "exceptions"
     5     or "exceptions and reductions". If an exception or reduction
     6     specifically applies only to a particular benefit of the
     7     policy, a statement of the exception or reduction shall be
     8     included with the benefit provision to which it applies.
     9         (5)  Each form, including riders and endorsements, shall
    10     be identified by a form number in the lower left-hand corner
    11     of the first page.
    12         (6)  The policy shall contain no provision purporting to
    13     make any portion of the charter, rules, constitution or
    14     bylaws of the insurer a part of the policy unless the portion
    15     is set forth in full in the policy, except for a statement of
    16     rates or classification of risks, or short-rate table filed
    17     with the department.
    18         (7)  If the policy is entitled or referred to as
    19     "noncancelable," the policy shall be automatically renewable
    20     until age 60 upon payment of the required premiums by the
    21     insured.
    22         (8)  A policy delivered or issued for delivery after
    23     January 1, 1968, under which coverage of a dependent of a
    24     policyholder terminates at a specified age, with respect to
    25     an unmarried child covered by the policy prior to the
    26     attainment of 19 years of age, who is incapable of self-
    27     sustaining employment by reason of mental retardation or
    28     physical handicap, becomes so incapable prior to attainment
    29     of 19 years of age and is chiefly dependent upon the
    30     policyholder for support and maintenance, shall not so
    19870H1628B2005                 - 817 -

     1     terminate while the policy remains in force and the dependent
     2     remains in such condition, if the policyholder has within 31
     3     days of the dependent's attainment of the limiting age
     4     submitted proof of the dependent's incapacity. This paragraph
     5     does not require an insurer to insure a dependent who is a
     6     mentally retarded or physically handicapped child if the
     7     policy is underwritten on evidence of insurability based on
     8     health factors set forth in the application or where the
     9     dependent does not satisfy the conditions of the policy as to
    10     any requirement for evidence of insurability or other
    11     provisions of the policy, satisfaction of which is required
    12     for coverage thereunder to take effect. In any such case the
    13     terms of the policy shall apply with regard to the coverage
    14     or exclusion from coverage of the dependent.
    15         (9)  Except for a single premium nonrenewable policy, the
    16     policy form shall have prominently printed thereon a notice
    17     that the policyholder shall be permitted to return the policy
    18     within ten days of its delivery and to have the premium paid
    19     refunded if after examination of the policy the policyholder
    20     is not satisfied with it for any reason. If a policyholder,
    21     pursuant to this notice, returns the policy to the insurer at
    22     its home or branch office or to the agent through whom it was
    23     purchased, it shall be deemed void from the beginning, and
    24     the parties shall be in the same position as if no policy had
    25     been issued.
    26     (b)  Policy on insured in other state.--If any policy is
    27  issued by a domestic insurer for delivery to a person residing
    28  in another state, and if the official having responsibility for
    29  the administration of the insurance statutes of the other state
    30  has advised the department that any such policy is not subject
    19870H1628B2005                 - 818 -

     1  to approval or disapproval by the official, the department may
     2  by ruling require that the policy comply with subsection (a) and
     3  sections 6913 (relating to mandatory policy provisions) through
     4  6915 (relating to relationship of policy provisions).
     5  § 6913.  Mandatory policy provisions.
     6     (a)  General rule.--Except as provided in section 6915(a)
     7  (relating to relationship of policy provisions), each such
     8  policy delivered or issued for delivery to any person in this
     9  Commonwealth shall contain the provisions specified in this
    10  subsection in the words in which the provision appears in this
    11  section, except that the insurer may, at its option, substitute
    12  for one or more of these provisions corresponding provisions of
    13  different wording approved by the department which are in each
    14  instance not less favorable in any respect to the insured or the
    15  beneficiary. These provisions shall be preceded individually by
    16  the caption appearing in this subsection or, at the option of
    17  the insurer, by such appropriate individual or group captions or
    18  subcaptions as the department approves.
    19     (b)  Complete integration.--There shall be a provision as
    20  follows:
    21         Entire contract; changes: This policy, including the
    22         endorsements and the attached papers, if any, constitutes
    23         the entire contract of insurance. No change in this
    24         policy shall be valid until approved by an executive
    25         officer of the insurer and unless such approval be
    26         endorsed hereon or attached hereto. No agent has
    27         authority to change this policy or to waive any of its
    28         provisions.
    29     (c)  Time limitation defenses.--
    30         (1)  There shall be a provision as follows:
    19870H1628B2005                 - 819 -

     1             Time Limit on Certain Defenses: After three years
     2             from the date of issue of this policy no
     3             misstatements, except fraudulent misstatements, made
     4             by the applicant in the application for such policy
     5             shall be used to void the policy or to deny a claim
     6             for loss incurred or disability (as defined in the
     7             policy) commencing after the expiration of such
     8             three-year period.
     9         (2)  The policy provision set forth in paragraph (1)
    10     shall not affect any legal requirement for avoidance of a
    11     policy or denial of a claim during the initial three-year
    12     period, nor shall it limit the application of section
    13     6914(b), (c), (d) and (e) (relating to optional policy
    14     provisions) in the event of misstatement with respect to age
    15     or occupation or other insurance.
    16         (3)  In a policy where the premiums are payable weekly,
    17     the words "if such application is made a part of the policy"
    18     may be inserted in the policy provision set forth in
    19     paragraph (1) between the word "policy" and the word "shall"
    20     immediately following.
    21         (4)  A policy which the insured has the right to continue
    22     in force subject to its terms by the timely payment of
    23     premium until at least 50 years of age, or in the case of a
    24     policy issued after 44 years of age, for at least five years
    25     from its date of issue, may contain in lieu of the policy
    26     provision set forth in paragraph (1) the following provision,
    27     from which the clause in parentheses may be omitted at the
    28     insurer's option:
    29             Incontestable: After this policy has been in force
    30             for a period of three years during the lifetime of
    19870H1628B2005                 - 820 -

     1             the insured (excluding any period during which the
     2             insured is disabled), it shall become incontestable
     3             as to the statements contained in the application.
     4     (d)  Prior condition.--
     5         (1)  There shall be a provision as follows:
     6             Prior condition: No claim for loss incurred or
     7             disability (as defined in the policy) commencing
     8             after three years from the date of issue of this
     9             policy shall be reduced or denied on the ground that
    10             a disease or physical condition not excluded from
    11             coverage by name or specific description effective on
    12             the date of loss had existed prior to the effective
    13             date of coverage of this policy.
    14         (2)  In policies whereon the premiums are payable weekly,
    15     the words "or from the date of any reinstatement thereof" may
    16     be inserted in the policy provision set forth in paragraph
    17     (1) between the word "policy" and the word "shall"
    18     immediately following.
    19     (e)  Grace period.--
    20         (1)  There shall be a provision as follows:
    21             Grace Period: A grace period of (insert a number not
    22             less than "7" for weekly premium policies, "10" for
    23             monthly premium policies and "31" for all other
    24             policies) days will be granted for the payment of
    25             each premium falling due after the first premium,
    26             during which grace period the policy shall continue
    27             in force.
    28         (2)  A policy which contains a cancellation provision may
    29     add at the end of the provision set forth in paragraph (1)
    30     "subject to the right of the insurer to cancel in accordance
    19870H1628B2005                 - 821 -

     1     with the cancellation provision hereof."
     2         (3)  A policy in which the insurer reserves the right to
     3     refuse any renewal shall have, at the beginning of the
     4     provision set forth in paragraph (1): "Unless not less than
     5     five days prior to the premium due date the insurer has
     6     delivered to the insured or has mailed to his last address as
     7     shown by the records of the insurer written notice of its
     8     intention not to renew this policy beyond the period for
     9     which the premium has been accepted, ..."
    10     (f)  Reinstatement.--
    11         (1)  There shall be a provision as follows:
    12             Reinstatement: If any renewal premium be not paid
    13             within the time granted the insured for payment, a
    14             subsequent acceptance of premium by the insurer or by
    15             any agent duly authorized by the insurer to accept
    16             such premium, without requiring in connection
    17             therewith an application for reinstatement, shall
    18             reinstate the policy: Provided, however, That if the
    19             insurer or such agent requires an application for
    20             reinstatement and issues a conditional receipt for
    21             the premium tendered, the policy will be reinstated
    22             upon approval of such application by the insurer or,
    23             lacking such approval, upon the 45th day following
    24             the date of such conditional receipt unless the
    25             insurer has previously notified the insured in
    26             writing of its disapproval of such application. The
    27             reinstated policy shall cover only loss resulting
    28             from such accidental injury as may be sustained after
    29             the date of reinstatement and loss due to such
    30             sickness as may begin more than ten days after such
    19870H1628B2005                 - 822 -

     1             date. In all other respects the insured and insurer
     2             shall have the same rights thereunder as they had
     3             under the policy immediately before the due date of
     4             the defaulted premium, subject to any provisions
     5             endorsed hereon or attached hereto in connection with
     6             the reinstatement. Any premium accepted in connection
     7             with a reinstatement shall be applied to a period for
     8             which premium has not been previously paid, but not
     9             to any period more than 60 days prior to the date of
    10             reinstatement.
    11         (2)  The last sentence of the provision set forth in
    12     paragraph (1) may be omitted:
    13             (i)  from any policy which the insured has the right
    14         to continue in force subject to its terms by the timely
    15         payment of premiums:
    16                 (A)  until at least 50 years of age; or
    17                 (B)  in the case of a policy issued after 44
    18             years of age, for at least five years from the date
    19             of its issue; or
    20             (ii)  from any policy on which the premiums are
    21         payable weekly.
    22     (g)  Notification of claim.--
    23         (1)  There shall be a provision as follows:
    24             Notice of Claim: Written notice of claim must be
    25             given to the insurer within 20 days after the
    26             occurrence or commencement of any loss covered by the
    27             policy, or as soon thereafter as is reasonably
    28             possible. Notice given by or on behalf of the insured
    29             or the beneficiary to the insurer at (insert the
    30             location of such office as the insurer may designate
    19870H1628B2005                 - 823 -

     1             for the purpose), or to any authorized agent of the
     2             insurer, with information sufficient to identify the
     3             insured, shall be deemed notice to the insurer.
     4         (2)  In a policy whereon the premiums are payable weekly,
     5     the first sentence of the policy provision set forth in
     6     paragraph (1) may read:
     7             Written notice of claim must be given to the insurer
     8             within ten days of the commencement of any
     9             nonhospital confining sickness covered by the policy
    10             and within 20 days after the occurrence or
    11             commencement of any other loss covered by the policy,
    12             or as soon thereafter as is reasonably possible.
    13         (3)  In a policy providing a loss-of-time benefit which
    14     may be payable for at least two years, an insurer may, at its
    15     option, insert the following between the first and second
    16     sentences of the policy provision set forth in paragraph (1):
    17             Subject to the qualifications set forth below, if the
    18             insured suffers loss of time on account of disability
    19             for which indemnity may be payable for at least two
    20             years, he shall, at least once in every six months
    21             after having given notice of claim, give to the
    22             insurer notice of continuance of said disability,
    23             except in the event of legal incapacity.
    24         (4)  The period of six months following any filing of
    25     proof by the insured or any payment by the insurer on account
    26     of such claim or any denial of liability in whole or in part
    27     by the insurer shall be excluded in applying the policy
    28     provision set forth in paragraph (3). Delay in the giving of
    29     such notice under that provision shall not impair the
    30     insured's right to any indemnity which would otherwise have
    19870H1628B2005                 - 824 -

     1     accrued during the period of six months preceding the date on
     2     which the notice is actually given.
     3     (h)  Claim forms.--There shall be a provision as follows:
     4         Claim Forms: The insurer, upon receipt of a notice of
     5         claim, will furnish to the claimant such forms as are
     6         usually furnished by it for filing proofs of loss. If
     7         such forms are not furnished within 15 days after the
     8         giving of such notice, the claimant shall be deemed to
     9         have complied with the requirements of this policy as to
    10         proof of loss upon submitting, within the time fixed in
    11         the policy for filing proofs of loss, written proof
    12         covering the occurrence, the character and the extent of
    13         the loss for which claim is made.
    14     (i)  Proofs of loss.--There shall be a provision as follows:
    15         Proofs of Loss: Written proof of loss must be furnished
    16         to the insurer at its said office in case of claim for
    17         loss for which this policy provides any periodic payment
    18         contingent upon continuing loss within 90 days after the
    19         termination of the period for which the insurer is liable
    20         and in case of claim for any other loss within 90 days
    21         after the date of such loss. Failure to furnish such
    22         proof within the time required shall not invalidate nor
    23         reduce any claim if it was not reasonably possible to
    24         give proof within such time, provided such proof is
    25         furnished as soon as reasonably possible and in no event,
    26         except in the absence of legal capacity, later than one
    27         year from the time proof is otherwise required.
    28     (j)  Time of payment of claims.--There shall be a provision
    29  as follows:
    30         Time of Payment of Claims: Indemnities payable under this
    19870H1628B2005                 - 825 -

     1         policy for any loss other than loss for which this policy
     2         provides any periodic payment will be paid immediately
     3         upon receipt of due written proof of such loss. Subject
     4         to due written proof of loss, all accrued indemnities for
     5         loss for which this policy provides periodic payment will
     6         be paid .............. (insert period for payment, which
     7         must not be less frequently than monthly) and any balance
     8         remaining unpaid upon the termination of liability will
     9         be paid immediately upon receipt of due written proof.
    10     (k)  Manner of payment of claims.--
    11         (1)  There shall be a provision as follows:
    12             Payment of Claims: Indemnity for loss of life will be
    13             payable in accordance with the beneficiary
    14             designation and the provisions respecting such
    15             payment which may be prescribed herein and effective
    16             at the time of payment. If no such designation or
    17             provision is then effective, such indemnity shall be
    18             payable to the estate of the insured. Any other
    19             accrued indemnities unpaid at the insured's death
    20             may, at the option of the insurer, be paid either to
    21             such beneficiary or to such estate. All other
    22             indemnities will be payable to the insured.
    23         (2)  The policy provisions set forth in subparagraphs (i)
    24     and (ii), or either of them, may be included with the policy
    25     provision set forth in paragraph (1) at the option of the
    26     insurer:
    27             (i)  If any indemnity of this policy shall be payable
    28         to the estate of the insured, or to an insured or
    29         beneficiary who is a minor or otherwise not competent to
    30         give a valid release, the insurer may pay such indemnity,
    19870H1628B2005                 - 826 -

     1         up to an amount not exceeding $ (insert an amount which
     2         shall not exceed $1,000), to any relative by blood or
     3         connection by marriage of the insured or beneficiary who
     4         is deemed by the insurer to be equitably entitled
     5         thereto. Any payment made by the insurer in good faith
     6         pursuant to this provision shall fully discharge the
     7         insurer to the extent of such payment.
     8             (ii)  Subject to any written direction of the insured
     9         in the application or otherwise, all or a portion of any
    10         indemnities provided by this policy on account of
    11         hospital, nursing, medical or surgical services may, at
    12         the insurer's option and, unless the insured requests
    13         otherwise in writing, not later than the time of filing
    14         proofs of such loss, be paid directly to the hospital or
    15         person rendering such services; but it is not required
    16         that the service be rendered by a particular hospital or
    17         person.
    18     (l)  Physical examinations.--There shall be a provision as
    19  follows:
    20         Physical Examinations and Autopsy: The insurer at its own
    21         expense shall have the right and opportunity to examine
    22         the person of the insured when and as often as it may
    23         reasonably require during the pendency of a claim
    24         hereunder and to make an autopsy in case of death where
    25         it is not forbidden by law.
    26     (m)  Legal actions.--There shall be a provision as follows:
    27         Legal Actions: No action at law or in equity shall be
    28         brought to recover on this policy prior to the expiration
    29         of 60 days after written proof of loss has been furnished
    30         in accordance with the requirements of this policy. No
    19870H1628B2005                 - 827 -

     1         such action shall be brought after the expiration of
     2         three years after the time written proof of loss is
     3         required to be furnished.
     4     (n)  Change of beneficiary.--
     5         (1)  There shall be a provision as follows:
     6             Change of Beneficiary: Unless the insured makes an
     7             irrevocable designation of beneficiary, the right to
     8             change of beneficiary is reserved to the insured and
     9             the consent of the beneficiary or beneficiaries shall
    10             not be requisite to surrender or assignment of this
    11             policy or to any change of beneficiary or
    12             beneficiaries, or to any other changes in this
    13             policy.
    14         (2)  The first clause of the policy provision set forth
    15     in paragraph (1), relating to the irrevocable designation of
    16     beneficiary, may be omitted at the insurer's option.
    17     (o)  Common carriers.--The provisions contained in
    18  subsections (b), (f), (j) and (l) may be omitted from ticket
    19  policies sold only to passengers by common carriers.
    20  § 6914.  Optional policy provisions.
    21     (a)  General rule.--Except as provided in section 6915(a)
    22  (relating to relationship of policy provisions), a policy issued
    23  or delivered to any person in this Commonwealth shall not
    24  contain provisions respecting the matters set forth in this
    25  section unless the provisions are in the words appearing in this
    26  section. However, the insurer may use in lieu of any such
    27  provision a corresponding provision of different wording
    28  approved by the department, which is not less favorable in any
    29  respect to the insured or the beneficiary. Any such provision
    30  contained in the policy shall be preceded individually by the
    19870H1628B2005                 - 828 -

     1  appropriate caption appearing in this subsection or, at the
     2  option of the insurer, by such appropriate individual or group
     3  captions or subcaptions as the department approves.
     4     (b)  Change of occupation.--The provision on change of
     5  occupation shall be as follows:
     6         Change of Occupation: If the insured be injured or
     7         contract sickness after having changed his occupation to
     8         one classified by the insurer as more hazardous than that
     9         stated in this policy or while doing for compensation
    10         anything pertaining to an occupation so classified, the
    11         insurer will pay only such portion of the indemnities
    12         provided in this policy as the premium paid would have
    13         purchased at the rates and within the limits fixed by the
    14         insurer for such more hazardous occupation. If the
    15         insured changes his occupation to one classified by the
    16         insurer as less hazardous than that stated in this
    17         policy, the insurer, upon receipt of proof of such change
    18         of occupation, will reduce the premium rate accordingly,
    19         and will return the excess pro rata unearned premium from
    20         the date of change of occupation or from the policy
    21         anniversary date immediately preceding receipt of such
    22         proof, whichever is the more recent. In applying this
    23         provision, the classification of occupational risk and
    24         the premium rates shall be such as have been last filed
    25         by the insurer prior to the occurrence of the loss for
    26         which the insurer is liable or prior to date of proof of
    27         change in occupation with the state official having
    28         supervision of insurance in the state where the insured
    29         resided at the time this policy was issued; but if such
    30         filing was not required, then the classification of
    19870H1628B2005                 - 829 -

     1         occupational risk and the premium rates shall be those
     2         last made effective by the insurer in such state prior to
     3         the occurrence of the loss or prior to the date of proof
     4         of change in occupation.
     5     (c)  Misstatement of age.--The provision on misstatement of
     6  age shall be as follows:
     7         Misstatement of Age: If the age of the insured has been
     8         misstated, all amounts payable under this policy shall be
     9         such as the premium paid would have purchased at the
    10         correct age.
    11     (d)  Other insurance in the same insurer.--The provision on
    12  other insurance by the insured in the same insurer shall be as
    13  follows:
    14         Other Insurance in This Insurer: If an accident or
    15         sickness or accident and sickness policy or policies
    16         previously issued by the insurer to the insured be in
    17         force concurrently herewith, making the aggregate
    18         indemnity for (insert type of coverage or coverages) in
    19         excess of $ (insert maximum limit of indemnity or
    20         indemnities), the excess insurance shall be void and all
    21         premiums paid for such excess shall be returned to the
    22         insured or to his estate or, in lieu thereof, insurance
    23         effective at any one time on the insured under a like
    24         policy or policies in this insurer is limited to the one
    25         such policy elected by the insured, his beneficiary or
    26         his estate, as the case may be, and the insurer will
    27         return all premiums paid for all other such policies.
    28     (e)  Insurance with other insurers.--
    29         (1)  The provision on insurance by the insured with other
    30     insurers shall be as follows, except as provided in paragraph
    19870H1628B2005                 - 830 -

     1     (3):
     2             Insurance with Other Insurers: If there be other
     3             valid coverage, not with this insurer, providing
     4             benefits for the same loss on a provision of service
     5             basis or on an expense incurred basis and of which
     6             this insurer has not been given written notice prior
     7             to the occurrence or commencement of loss, the only
     8             liability under any expense incurred coverage of this
     9             policy shall be for such proportion of the loss as
    10             the amount which would otherwise have been payable
    11             hereunder plus the total of the like amounts under
    12             all such other valid coverages for the same loss of
    13             which this insurer had notice bears to the total like
    14             amounts under all valid coverages for such loss, and
    15             for the return of such portion of the premiums paid
    16             as shall exceed the pro rata portion for the amount
    17             so determined. For the purpose of applying this
    18             provision when other coverage is on a provision of
    19             service basis, the "like amount" of such other
    20             coverage shall be taken as the amount which the
    21             services rendered would have cost in the absence of
    22             such coverage.
    23         (2)  If the policy provision set forth in paragraph (1)
    24     is included in a policy which also contains the policy
    25     provision set forth in paragraph (3), there shall be added to
    26     the caption of the policy provision set forth in paragraph
    27     (1) the phrase "--------- Expense Incurred Benefits".
    28         (3)  The following provision may appear in addition to or
    29     in lieu of the provision set forth in paragraph (1):
    30             Insurance with Other Insurers: If there be other
    19870H1628B2005                 - 831 -

     1             valid coverage, not with this insurer, providing
     2             benefits for the same loss on other than an expense
     3             incurred basis and of which this insurer has not been
     4             given written notice prior to the occurrence or
     5             commencement of loss, the only liability for such
     6             benefits under this policy shall be for such
     7             proportion of the indemnities otherwise provided
     8             hereunder for such loss as the like indemnities of
     9             which the insurer had notice (including the
    10             indemnities under this policy) bear to the total
    11             amount of all like indemnities for such loss, and for
    12             the return of such portion of the premium paid as
    13             shall exceed the pro rata portion for the indemnities
    14             thus determined.
    15         (4)  If the policy provision set forth in paragraph (3)
    16     is included in a policy which also contains the policy
    17     provision set forth in paragraph (1), there shall be added to
    18     the caption of the policy provision set forth in paragraph
    19     (3) the phrase "------------ Other Benefits".
    20         (5)  The insurer may include in the provisions set forth
    21     in this subsection a definition of "other valid coverage",
    22     approved as to form by the department, which definition shall
    23     be limited in subject matter to coverage provided by
    24     organizations subject to regulation by insurance law or by
    25     insurance authorities of this or any other state or any
    26     province of the Dominion of Canada, and to any other coverage
    27     the inclusion of which is approved by the department. In the
    28     absence of this definition, the term shall not include group
    29     insurance, or benefits provided by union welfare plans or by
    30     employer or employee benefit organizations. For the purpose
    19870H1628B2005                 - 832 -

     1     of applying the policy provisions set forth in this
     2     subsection with respect to any insured, any amount of benefit
     3     provided for the insured pursuant to any compulsory benefit
     4     statute, including any workmen's compensation or employers'
     5     liability statute, whether provided by a governmental agency
     6     or otherwise, shall be deemed to be "other valid coverage" of
     7     which the insurer has had notice. In applying these policy
     8     provisions, third-party liability coverage shall not be
     9     included as "other valid coverage".
    10     (f)  Relation of earnings to insurance.--
    11         (1)  The provision on relation of earnings to insurance
    12     shall be as follows:
    13             Relation of Earnings to Insurance: If the total
    14             monthly amount of loss of time benefits promised for
    15             the same loss under all valid loss of time coverage
    16             upon the insured, whether payable on a weekly or
    17             monthly basis, shall exceed the monthly earnings of
    18             the insured at the time disability commenced or his
    19             average monthly earnings for the period of two years
    20             immediately preceding a disability for which claim is
    21             made, whichever is the greater, the insurer will be
    22             liable only for such proportionate amount of such
    23             benefits under this policy as the amount of such
    24             monthly earnings or such average monthly earnings of
    25             the insured bears to the total amount of monthly
    26             benefits for the same loss under all such coverage
    27             upon the insured at the time such disability
    28             commences and for the return of such part of the
    29             premiums paid during such two years as shall exceed
    30             the pro rata amount of the premiums for the benefits
    19870H1628B2005                 - 833 -

     1             actually paid hereunder; but this shall not operate
     2             to reduce the total monthly amount of benefits
     3             payable under all such coverage upon the insured
     4             below the sum of $200 or the sum of the monthly
     5             benefits specified in such coverages, whichever is
     6             less, nor shall it operate to reduce benefits other
     7             than those payable for loss of time.
     8         (2)  The policy provision set forth in paragraph (1) may
     9     be inserted only in a policy which the insured has the right
    10     to continue in force subject to its terms by the timely
    11     payment of premiums until at least 50 years of age or, in the
    12     case of a policy issued after 44 years of age, for at least
    13     five years from its date of issue.
    14         (3)  The insurer may include in the policy provision set
    15     forth in paragraph (1) a definition of "valid loss of time
    16     coverage", approved as to form by the department, which
    17     definition shall be limited in subject matter to coverage
    18     provided by governmental agencies or by organizations subject
    19     to regulation by insurance law or by insurance authorities of
    20     this or any other state or any province of the Dominion of
    21     Canada, or to any other coverage the inclusion of which may
    22     be approved by the department, or any combination of such
    23     coverages. In the absence of this definition, the term shall
    24     not include any coverage provided for such insured pursuant
    25     to any compulsory benefit statute, including any workmen's
    26     compensation or employers; liability statute, or benefits
    27     provided by union welfare plans or by employer or employee
    28     benefit organizations.
    29     (g)  Unpaid premium.--The provision on setoff of unpaid
    30  premium shall be as follows:
    19870H1628B2005                 - 834 -

     1         Unpaid Premium: Upon the payment of a claim under this
     2         policy, any premium then due and unpaid or covered by any
     3         note or written order may be deducted therefrom.
     4     (h)  Cancellation.--The provision on cancellation of the
     5  policy shall be as follows:
     6         Cancellation: The insurer may cancel this policy at any
     7         time by written notice delivered to the insured, or
     8         mailed to his last address as shown by the records of the
     9         insurer, stating when, not less than five days
    10         thereafter, such cancellation shall be effective; and
    11         after the policy has been continued beyond its original
    12         term, the insured may cancel this policy at any time by
    13         written notice delivered or mailed to the insurer,
    14         effective upon receipt or on such later date as may be
    15         specified in such notice. In the event of cancellation,
    16         the insurer will return promptly the unearned portion of
    17         any premium paid. If the insured cancels, the earned
    18         premium shall be computed by the use of the short-rate
    19         table last filed with the state official having
    20         supervision of insurance in the state where the insured
    21         resided when the policy was issued. If the insurer
    22         cancels, the earned premium shall be computed pro rata.
    23         Cancellation shall be without prejudice to any claim
    24         originating prior to the effective date of cancellation.
    25     (i)  Conformity with state statutes.--The provision on
    26  conformity of the policy with state statutes shall be as
    27  follows:
    28         Conformity with State Statutes: Any provision of this
    29         policy which, on its effective date, is in conflict with
    30         the statutes of the state in which the insured resides on
    19870H1628B2005                 - 835 -

     1         such date, is hereby amended to conform to the minimum
     2         requirements of such statutes.
     3     (j)  Illegal activity.--The provision on denial of coverage
     4  for claims arising from illegal activity shall be as follows:
     5         Illegal Occupation: The insurer shall not be liable for
     6         any loss to which a contributing cause was the insured's
     7         commission of or attempt to commit a felony, or to which
     8         a contributing cause was the insured's being engaged in
     9         an illegal occupation.
    10     (k)  Intoxicants and narcotics.--
    11         (1)  The provision on denial of coverage for claims
    12     arising from the use of intoxicants and narcotics shall
    13     appear as follows:
    14             Intoxicants and Narcotics: The insurer shall not be
    15             liable for any loss sustained or contracted in
    16             consequence of the insured's being intoxicated, or
    17             under the influence of any narcotic unless
    18             administered on the advice of a physician.
    19         (2)  Paragraph (1) does not permit any policy provisions
    20     which would deny or purport to deny benefits for alcohol
    21     abuse and dependency where such benefits are required under
    22     Article VI-A of the act of May 17, 1921 (P.L.682, No.284),
    23     known as The Insurance Company Law of 1921.
    24  § 6915.  Relationship of policy provisions.
    25     (a)  Inapplicable or inconsistent provisions.--If any policy
    26  provision referred to in section 6913 (relating to mandatory
    27  policy provisions) or 6914 (relating to optional policy
    28  provisions) is in whole or in part inapplicable to or
    29  inconsistent with the coverage provided by a particular form of
    30  policy, the insurer, with the approval of the department, shall
    19870H1628B2005                 - 836 -

     1  omit from the policy any inapplicable provision or part of a
     2  provision, and shall modify any inconsistent provision or part
     3  of the provision.
     4     (b)  Order of certain policy provisions.--The provisions
     5  which are the subject of sections 6913 and 6914, or any
     6  corresponding provisions which are used in lieu thereof under
     7  those sections, may be printed in the consecutive order of the
     8  provisions in those sections or, at the option of the insurer,
     9  any such provision may appear as a unit in any part of the
    10  policy, with other provisions to which it is logically related,
    11  provided the resulting policy shall not be in whole or in part
    12  unintelligible, ambiguous or likely to mislead a person to whom
    13  the policy is offered, delivered or issued.
    14  § 6916.  Coverage of certain services.
    15     (a)  Psychological services.--This subsection applies to
    16  every group or individual policy delivered or issued for
    17  delivery in this Commonwealth. Whenever such a policy provides
    18  for reimbursement for any psychologically necessary service
    19  which is within those areas for which the psychologist is
    20  licensed pursuant to the act of March 23, 1972 (P.L.136, No.52),
    21  referred to as the Psychologists License Act, the insured or any
    22  other person covered by the policy, contract or certificate
    23  shall be entitled to reimbursement for such service whether the
    24  service is performed by a physician or a psychologist operating
    25  within those area for which he is licensed. Public hearings
    26  shall be held prior to the promulgation of any substantial
    27  regulation under this section, or substantial change thereof.
    28  The hearing shall be transcribed and cross-examination of all
    29  witnesses shall be permitted in accordance with law.
    30     (b)  Optometric services.--Whenever any insurer, under any
    19870H1628B2005                 - 837 -

     1  policy or plan of insurance, or any self-insured health or
     2  welfare plan, provides for a service or for the reimbursement of
     3  a service to or on behalf of any of its individual or group
     4  policyholders or subscribers or any other person or groups,
     5  which service is within the lawful scope of practice of a
     6  licensed optometrist, the person rendering such service or such
     7  policyholder, subscriber or other person shall be entitled to
     8  the same reimbursement for the service whether the service is
     9  performed by a licensed physician or by a licensed optometrist.
    10  Under any such contract, policy or plan which pays on the basis
    11  of usual, customary and reasonable charges or on some similar
    12  basis, only the method of determining the amount of
    13  reimbursement shall be the same. Unless the policy provides
    14  otherwise, there shall be no reimbursement for ophthalmic
    15  materials, lenses, eyeglasses or appurtenances thereto.
    16  § 6917.  Coverage of newborn children.
    17     (a)  General rule.--All health insurance policies providing
    18  coverage on an expense incurred basis and service or indemnity
    19  type contracts issued by a nonprofit corporation subject to
    20  Chapter 75 (relating to hospital plan corporations) or 77
    21  (relating to professional health services plan corporations) and
    22  all health services provided by plans operating under Chapter 73
    23  (relating to health maintenance organizations) shall also
    24  provide that the health insurance benefits or health services
    25  applicable shall be payable with respect to a newborn child of
    26  the insured or subscriber the moment of birth.
    27     (b)  Policy provisions.--The coverage for newborn children
    28  shall consist of coverage of injury or sickness, including the
    29  necessary care and treatment of medically diagnosed congenital
    30  defects, birth abnormalities, prematurity and routine nursery
    19870H1628B2005                 - 838 -

     1  care, but need not include routine well-baby care, immunizations
     2  and medical examinations or tests not necessary for the
     3  treatment of a covered injury, illness, defect, deformity or
     4  disease except to the extent that these coverages are provided
     5  the insured or for dependent children under the same class of
     6  coverage.
     7     (c)  Notice of birth.--If payment of a specific premium or
     8  subscription fee is required to provide coverage for a child,
     9  the policy or contract may require that notification of birth of
    10  a newborn child and payment of the required premium or fees
    11  shall be furnished to the insurer or nonprofit service or
    12  indemnity corporation within 31 days after the date of birth in
    13  order to have the coverage continue beyond that 31-day period.
    14  § 6918.  Licensed medical treatment.
    15     Notwithstanding any provision of any policy of insurance or
    16  self-insured health or welfare plan providing benefits whenever
    17  the policy or plan provides for reimbursement for any service
    18  which may be legally performed by a person licensed under the
    19  law of this Commonwealth for the practice of medicine,
    20  osteopathy, dentistry, chiropractic podiatry, physical therapy
    21  or midwifery reimbursement under the policy or plan shall not be
    22  denied when the service is rendered by a person so licensed.
    23  § 6919.  Services of nurse midwives.
    24     (a)  Applicability.--This section applies to all policies of
    25  health and accident insurance and all private and public
    26  programs for health services and facilities reimbursement,
    27  including, but not limited to, any such reimbursement programs
    28  operated by the Commonwealth.
    29     (b)  Reimbursement for services.--Whenever a policy or
    30  program within subsection (a) provides for reimbursement for any
    19870H1628B2005                 - 839 -

     1  health care service which is within those areas of practice for
     2  which a midwife may be licensed in this Commonwealth or in the
     3  state where the service is delivered, or for the cost of
     4  birthing facilities, the insured or any other person covered
     5  thereby shall be entitled to reimbursement for the service or
     6  use of the facilities whenever the service is performed by a
     7  licensed nurse midwife or other person licensed to perform such
     8  services. Whenever the service is performed by a licensed
     9  certified nurse midwife and reimbursed by a professional health
    10  services corporation, the licensed certified nurse midwife shall
    11  have such rights of participation, plan admission and
    12  registration as are granted by the professional health services
    13  plan corporation under Chapter 77 (relating to professional
    14  health services plan corporations) to a physician or osteopath
    15  performing such service. When payment is made for health care
    16  services performed by a licensed certified nurse midwife, no
    17  payment or reimbursement shall be payable to a physician or
    18  osteopath for the service performed by the licensed nurse
    19  midwife.
    20  § 6919.1.  Insurance payments to registered nurses.
    21     (a)  Scope of coverage.--When a service is performed by a
    22  certified registered nurse anesthetist, certified registered
    23  nurse practitioner, certified enterostomal therapy nurse,
    24  certified community health nurse, certified psychiatric mental
    25  health nurse or certified clinical nurse specialist who is
    26  certified by the State Board of Nursing or a national nursing
    27  organization recognized by the State Board of Nursing and is
    28  lawfully permitted to perform that service under the act of May
    29  22, 1951 (P.L.317, No.69), known as The Professional Nursing
    30  Law, and a policy, contract or certificate provides for
    19870H1628B2005                 - 840 -

     1  reimbursement for that service, the insured or any other person
     2  covered shall be entitled to reimbursement either to the insured
     3  or to the registered professional nurse providing that service.
     4  This section does not apply to registered professional nurses
     5  who are employees of health care facilities as the term "health
     6  care facilities" is defined in the act of July 19, 1979
     7  (P.L.130, No.48), known as the Health Care Facilities Act, or to
     8  anesthesiology groups. This subsection does not apply to the
     9  assignment of benefits and payment of claims process of a stock
    10  insurance company or a mutual insurance company described in
    11  subsection (c)(1).
    12     (b)  Nonduplication of payments.--Duplicate payments shall
    13  not be made to both a nurse provider as set forth in subsection
    14  (a) and another provider, or to the same provider, for the same
    15  services provided in a single encounter.
    16     (c)  Applicability.--This section applies to every group
    17  policy, contract or certificate issued thereunder of health and
    18  accident insurance delivered or issued for delivery within this
    19  Commonwealth, including, but not limited to, policies, contracts
    20  or certificates issued by:
    21         (1)  Any stock insurance company as described in section
    22     3302(c)(4) and (11) (relating to authorized classes of
    23     insurance) and any mutual insurance company as described in
    24     section 3302(d)(1).
    25         (2)  Any hospital plan corporation as defined in Chapter
    26     75 (relating to hospital plan corporations).
    27         (3)  Any professional health services plan corporation as
    28     defined in Chapter 77 (relating to professional health
    29     services plan corporations).
    30         (4)  Any person who sells or issues contracts or
    19870H1628B2005                 - 841 -

     1     certificates of insurance which meet the requirements of this
     2     section.
     3  This subsection shall apply to policies, contracts or
     4  certificates issued, renewed, modified, altered, amended or
     5  reissued on or after March 19, 1987.
     6     (d)  Regulations.--The department shall promulgate the
     7  regulations and forms necessary to carry out the provisions of
     8  this section. Following publication of the initial set of
     9  proposed regulations in the Pennsylvania Bulletin, but prior to
    10  their formal adoption, the department shall hold public hearings
    11  thereon.
    12     (e)  Construction.--This section does not affect or impair
    13  The Professional Nursing Law nor confer upon any public or
    14  private organization or agency the power to interpret or enforce
    15  this section, except as may be provided for in this section.
    16  § 6920.  Age limits.
    17     If any policy contains a provision establishing, as an age
    18  limit or otherwise, a date after which the coverage provided by
    19  the policy will not be effective, and if the date falls within a
    20  period for which a premium is accepted by the insurer or if the
    21  insurer accepts a premium after that date, the coverage provided
    22  by the policy will continue in force subject to any right of
    23  cancellation until the end of the period for which premium has
    24  been accepted. If the age of the insured has been misstated and
    25  if, according to the correct age of the insured, the coverage
    26  provided by the policy would not have become effective, or would
    27  have ceased prior to the acceptance of such premium or premiums,
    28  then the liability of the insurer shall be limited to the
    29  refund, upon request, of all premiums paid for the period not
    30  covered by the policy.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 842 -

     1  § 6921.  Cost-of-living increases.
     2     A claim for benefits for loss of time from the insured
     3  person's occupation, under a group or individual policy issued
     4  or renewed in this Commonwealth, shall not be reduced by reason
     5  of any cost-of-living increase, designated as such under the
     6  Social Security Act (49 Stat. 620, 42 U.S.C. § 301 et seq.), if
     7  the cost-of-living increase occurs while the policy's benefits
     8  are payable for that claim.
     9  § 6922.  Applications for insurance.
    10     (a)  False statements.--The falsity of any statement in the
    11  application for any policy shall not bar the right to recover
    12  thereunder, unless the false statement was made with intent to
    13  deceive or unless the statement materially affected either the
    14  acceptance of the risk or the hazard assumed by the insurer.
    15     (b)  Inclusion of representations in policy.--The insured
    16  shall not be bound by any statement made in an application for a
    17  policy unless a copy of the application is attached to or
    18  endorsed on the policy when issued as a part thereof. If any
    19  policy delivered or issued for delivery to any person in this
    20  Commonwealth is reinstated or renewed, and the insured or the
    21  beneficiary or assignee of the policy makes written request to
    22  the insurer for a copy of the application for reinstatement or
    23  renewal, the insurer shall, within 15 days after the receipt of
    24  the request at its home office or any branch office of the
    25  insurer, deliver or mail a copy of the application to the person
    26  making the request. If the copy is not delivered or mailed, the
    27  insurer shall not introduce the application as evidence in any
    28  action or proceeding regarding the policy.
    29     (c)  Alterations.--An alteration of any written application
    30  for any policy shall not be made by any person other than the
    19870H1628B2005                 - 843 -

     1  applicant without his written consent, except that insertions
     2  may be made by the insurer, for administrative purposes only, in
     3  such manner as to indicate clearly that the insertions are not
     4  to be ascribed to the applicant.
     5  § 6923.  Preservation of rights of insurer.
     6     The acknowledgment by any insurer of the receipt of notice
     7  given under any policy, the furnishing of forms for filing
     8  proofs of loss, the acceptance of such proofs or the
     9  investigation of any claim thereunder shall not operate as a
    10  waiver of any of the rights of the insurer in defense of any
    11  claim arising under the policy.
    12  § 6924.  Discrimination.
    13     Except as provided in section 6925 (relating to preferred
    14  provider organizations), insurers shall not discriminate between
    15  individuals of the same class in the amount of premiums or rates
    16  charged for any policy, in the benefits payable thereon, in the
    17  terms or conditions of the policy or in any other manner.
    18  § 6925.  Preferred provider organizations.
    19     (a)  General rule.--Upon compliance with the provisions of
    20  this title and notwithstanding any other provision of law to the
    21  contrary, any health care insurer or purchaser may do any of the
    22  following:
    23         (1)  Enter into agreements with providers or physicians
    24     relating to health care services which may be rendered to
    25     persons for whom the insurer or purchaser is providing health
    26     care coverage, including agreements relating to the amounts
    27     to be charged by the provider or physician for services
    28     rendered.
    29         (2)  Issue or administer policies or subscriber contracts
    30     in this Commonwealth which include incentives for the covered
    19870H1628B2005                 - 844 -

     1     person to use the services of a provider who has entered into
     2     an agreement with the insurer or purchaser.
     3         (3)  Issue or administer policies or subscriber contracts
     4     in this Commonwealth that provide for reimbursement for
     5     services only if the services have been rendered by a
     6     provider or physician who has entered into an agreement with
     7     the insurer or purchaser.
     8     (b)  Regulation by department.--The department shall
     9  determine that:
    10         (1)  A preferred provider organization which assumes
    11     financial risk is licensed as an insurer in this
    12     Commonwealth, has adequate working capital and reserves, or
    13     is governed and regulated under the provisions of the
    14     Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (Public Law
    15     93-406, 88 Stat. 829), referred to as ERISA, and has filed a
    16     certificate to that effect with the department.
    17         (2)  Enrollee literature adequately discloses provisions,
    18     limitations and conditions of benefits available or that the
    19     preferred provider organization is governed and regulated
    20     under the provisions of ERISA and has filed a certificate to
    21     that effect with the department.
    22     (c)  Regulation by department and Department of Health.--The
    23  department, in consultation with the Department of Health, shall
    24  determine that arrangements and provisions for preferred
    25  provider organizations which assume financial risk which may
    26  lead to undertreatment or poor quality care are adequately
    27  addressed by quality and utilization controls and by a formal
    28  grievance system, unless the department makes a prior
    29  determination that the preferred provider organization is
    30  governed by and regulated under the provisions of the Employee
    19870H1628B2005                 - 845 -

     1  Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and has filed a
     2  certificate to that effect with the department.
     3     (d)  Requirements for commencement of operations.--No
     4  preferred provider organization which assumes financial risk may
     5  commence operations until it has reported to the department and
     6  the Department of Health such information as the department and
     7  the Department of Health require in accordance with the duties
     8  required under this section. If, after 60 days, either the
     9  department or the Department of Health has not informed the
    10  preferred provider organization of deficiencies, the preferred
    11  provider organization may commence operations unless and until
    12  such time as the department or the Department of Health has
    13  identified significant deficiencies and the deficiencies have
    14  not subsequently been corrected within 60 days of notification.
    15     (e)  Appeal.--Any disapproval or order to cease operations
    16  issued in accordance with this section shall be subject to
    17  appeal in accordance with Title 2 (relating to administrative
    18  law and procedure).
    19                            SUBCHAPTER C
    20               GROUP, BLANKET AND FRANCHISE POLICIES
    21  Sec.
    22  6931.  Definitions.
    23  6932.  Required provisions for group health and accident
    24         policies.
    25  6933.  Provision for direct payment.
    26  6934.  Conversion privileges.
    27  6935.  Blanket health and accident insurance.
    28  6936.  Companies authorized to write policies.
    29  § 6931.  Definitions.
    30     The following words and phrases when used in this subchapter
    19870H1628B2005                 - 846 -

     1  shall have the meanings given to them in this section unless the
     2  context clearly indicates otherwise:
     3     "Blanket health and accident insurance."  That form of health
     4  and accident insurance covering groups of persons under a policy
     5  or contract issued:
     6         (1)  To any common carrier or to any operator, owner or
     7     lessee of a means of transportation, which shall be deemed
     8     the policyholder, covering all persons or all persons of a
     9     class who may become passengers on the common carrier or
    10     means of transportation.
    11         (2)  To an employer, which shall be deemed the
    12     policyholder, covering all employees, dependents or guests
    13     defined by reference to specified hazards incident to the
    14     activities or operations of the employer or that class of
    15     employees, dependents or guests.
    16         (3)  To a school or other institution of learning, camp
    17     or sponsor thereof, or to the head or principal thereof, who
    18     or which shall be deemed the policyholder, covering students
    19     or campers and which may cover supervisors and employees.
    20         (4)  In the name of any religious, charitable,
    21     recreational, educational or civic organization, which shall
    22     be deemed the policyholder, covering participants in
    23     activities sponsored by the organization.
    24         (5)  To a sports team or sponsors thereof, which shall be
    25     deemed the policyholder, covering members, officials and
    26     supervisors.
    27         (6)  To cover any other risk or class of risks, which in
    28     the discretion of the department may be properly eligible for
    29     blanket health and accident insurance. The discretion of the
    30     department may be exercised on the basis of an individual
    19870H1628B2005                 - 847 -

     1     risk or class of risks, or both.
     2     "Franchise health and accident insurance."  That form of
     3  health and accident insurance issued to:
     4         (1)  Five or more employees of any corporation,
     5     partnership or individual employer or any governmental
     6     corporation, agency or Department of Transportation thereof.
     7         (2)  Ten or more members, employees or employees of
     8     members of any trade or professional association, labor union
     9     or any other association having had an active existence for
    10     at least two years, if the association or union has a
    11     constitution or bylaws and is formed in good faith for
    12     purposes other than that of obtaining insurance, and if the
    13     persons, with or without their dependents, are issued the
    14     same form of an individual policy, varying only as to amounts
    15     and kinds of coverage applied for by such persons under an
    16     arrangement whereby the premiums on such policies may be paid
    17     to the insurer periodically by the employer, with or without
    18     payroll deductions, or by the association for its members or
    19     by some designated person acting on behalf of such employer
    20     or association.
    21  For the purposes of this definition the term "employees"
    22  includes the officers, managers and employees of the employer
    23  and the individual proprietor or partners, if the employer is an
    24  individual proprietor or partnership.
    25     "Group health and accident insurance."  That form of health
    26  and accident insurance covering groups of persons defined in
    27  this section with or without one or more members of their
    28  families or one or more of their dependents, or covering one or
    29  more members of the families or one or more dependents of such
    30  groups or persons and issued upon the following basis:
    19870H1628B2005                 - 848 -

     1         (1)  Under a policy issued to an employer or trustees of
     2     a fund established by an employer, who shall be deemed the
     3     policyholder insuring at least ten employees of such employer
     4     for the benefit of persons other than the employer. As used
     5     in this paragraph the term "employees" means the officers,
     6     managers and employees of the employer, the individual
     7     proprietor or partner, if the employer is an individual
     8     proprietor or partnership, the officers, managers and
     9     employees of subsidiary or affiliated corporations, the
    10     individual proprietors, partners and employees of individuals
    11     and firms, if the business of the employer and the individual
    12     or firm is under common control through stock ownership,
    13     contract or otherwise, and the term may include retired
    14     employees. A policy issued to insure employees of a public
    15     body may provide that the term "employees" shall include
    16     elected or appointed officials.
    17         (2)  Under a policy issued to an association, including a
    18     labor union, which has a constitution and bylaws and which
    19     has been organized and is maintained in good faith for
    20     purposes other than that of obtaining insurance insuring at
    21     least 25 members, employees or employees of members of the
    22     association for the benefit of persons other than the
    23     association or its officers or trustees. For the purposes of
    24     this paragraph, the term "employees" may include retired
    25     employees.
    26         (3)  Under a policy issued to the trustees of a fund
    27     established by two or more employers in the same industry or
    28     by one or more labor unions or by one or more employers and
    29     one or more labor unions or by an association as defined in
    30     paragraph (2), which trustees shall be deemed the
    19870H1628B2005                 - 849 -

     1     policyholder to insure employees of the employers or members
     2     of the unions or such association for the benefit of persons
     3     other than the employers or the unions or such association.
     4     As used in this paragraph the term "employees" includes the
     5     officers, managers and employees of the employer and the
     6     individual proprietor or partners, if the employer is an
     7     individual proprietor or partnership, and the term may
     8     include retired employees. The policy may provide that the
     9     term "employees" shall include the trustees or their
    10     employees, or both, if their duties are principally connected
    11     with such trusteeship.
    12         (4)  Under a policy issued to any person or organization
    13     to which a policy of group life insurance may be issued or
    14     delivered in this Commonwealth to insure any class or classes
    15     of individuals that could be insured under the group life
    16     policy.
    17         (5)  Under a policy issued to cover any other
    18     substantially similar group, which in the discretion of the
    19     department may be subject to the issuance of a policy of
    20     group health and accident insurance.
    21         (6)  A policy delivered or issued for delivery on or
    22     after January 1, 1968, under which coverage of a dependent of
    23     an employee or other member of the insured group terminates
    24     at a specified age, with respect to an unmarried child
    25     covered by the policy prior to the attainment of 19 years of
    26     age who is incapable of self-sustaining employment by reason
    27     of mental retardation or physical handicap, who becomes so
    28     incapable prior to the attainment of 19 years of age and who
    29     is chiefly dependent upon the employee or member for support
    30     and maintenance, shall not so terminate while the insurance
    19870H1628B2005                 - 850 -

     1     of the employee or member remains in force and the dependent
     2     remains in such condition, if the insured employee or member
     3     has within 31 days of the dependent's attainment of the
     4     termination age submitted proof of the dependent's
     5     incapacity. This paragraph does not require an insurer to
     6     insure such a dependent if the dependent does not satisfy the
     7     conditions of the group policy as to any requirements for
     8     evidence of insurability or other provisions as stated in the
     9     group policy required for coverage thereunder to take effect;
    10     in any such case the terms of the policy shall apply with
    11     regard to the coverage or exclusion from coverage of the
    12     dependent.
    13  § 6932.  Required provisions for group health and accident
    14             policies.
    15     Each group health and insurance policy shall contain in
    16  substance the following provisions:
    17         (1)  A provision that, in the absence of fraud, all
    18     statements made by any applicant, the policyholder or an
    19     insured person shall be deemed representations and not
    20     warranties and that no statement made for the purpose of
    21     effecting insurance shall avoid the insurance or reduce
    22     benefits, unless contained in a written instrument signed by
    23     the policyholder or the insured person, a copy of which has
    24     been furnished to the policyholder, to the insured person or
    25     his beneficiary.
    26         (2)  A provision that the insurer will furnish to the
    27     policyholder, for delivery to each employee or member of the
    28     insured group, an individual certificate setting forth, in
    29     summary form, a statement of the essential features of the
    30     insurance coverage of the employee or member and to whom
    19870H1628B2005                 - 851 -

     1     benefits thereunder are payable. If dependents are included
     2     in the coverage, only one certificate need be issued for each
     3     family unit.
     4         (3)  A provision that to the group originally insured may
     5     be added from time to time eligible new employees, members or
     6     dependents, as the case may be, in accordance with the terms
     7     of the policy.
     8  § 6933.  Provision for direct payment.
     9     Any group health and accident insurance policy may provide
    10  that all or any portion of any indemnities provided by the
    11  policy, on account of hospital, nursing, medical or surgical
    12  services, may at the insurer's option be paid directly to the
    13  hospital or person rendering the services. Except as provided in
    14  section 6925 (relating to preferred provider organizations), the
    15  policy may not require that the service be rendered by a
    16  particular hospital or person. Payment so made shall discharge
    17  the insurer's obligation with respect to the amount of insurance
    18  so paid.
    19  § 6934.  Conversion privileges.
    20     (a)  Right to conversion.--A group health and accident
    21  insurance policy delivered or issued for delivery in this
    22  Commonwealth which provides hospital, surgical or major medical
    23  expense insurance, or any combination of these coverages, on an
    24  expense incurred basis, unless it is a policy which provides
    25  indemnity benefits or benefits for specific diseases or for
    26  accidental injuries only, shall provide that an employee or
    27  member whose insurance under the group policy has been
    28  terminated for any reason, including discontinuance of the group
    29  policy in its entirety or with respect to an insured class, and
    30  who has been continuously insured under the group policy, and
    19870H1628B2005                 - 852 -

     1  under any group policy providing similar benefits which it
     2  replaces, for at least three months immediately prior to
     3  termination, shall be entitled to have issued to him by the
     4  insurer a policy of health insurance, referred to in this
     5  subchapter as the "converted policy." An employee or member
     6  shall not be entitled to have a converted policy issued to him
     7  if termination of his insurance under the group policy occurred
     8  because he failed to pay any required contribution, or if any
     9  discontinued group coverage was replaced by similar group
    10  coverage within 31 days.
    11     (b)  Terms of converted policies.--The issuance of a
    12  converted policy shall be subject to the following conditions:
    13         (1)  Written application for the converted policy shall
    14     be made and the first premium paid to the insurer not later
    15     than 31 days after the termination.
    16         (2)  The converted policy shall be issued without
    17     evidence of insurability.
    18         (3)  The premium on the individual policy shall be at the
    19     insurer's then customary rate applicable to the form and
    20     amount of the individual policy, to the class of risk to
    21     which the person then belongs and to the age he has attained
    22     on the effective date of the individual policy.
    23         (4)  The effective date of the converted policy shall be
    24     the day following the termination of insurance under the
    25     group policy.
    26         (5)  The converted policy shall cover the employee or
    27     member and his dependents who were covered by the group
    28     policy on the date of termination of insurance. At the option
    29     of the insurer, a separate converted policy may be issued to
    30     cover any dependent.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 853 -

     1         (6)  The insurer shall not be required to issue a
     2     converted policy covering any person if the person is or
     3     could be covered by Medicare under the Health Insurance for
     4     the Aged Act, Title XVIII of the Social Security Act (Public
     5     Law 89-97, 42 U.S.C. § 1395 et seq.). The insurer shall not
     6     be required to issue a converted policy covering any person
     7     if:
     8             (i)  (A)  the person is covered for similar benefits
     9             by another hospital, surgical, medical or major
    10             medical expense insurance policy or hospital or
    11             medical service subscriber contract or medical
    12             practice or other prepayment plan or by any other
    13             plan or program;
    14                 (B)  the person is eligible for similar benefits,
    15             whether or not covered therefor, under any
    16             arrangement of coverage for individuals in a group,
    17             whether on an insured or uninsured basis; or
    18                 (C)  similar benefits are provided for or
    19             available to the person under any state or Federal
    20             law; and
    21             (ii)  the benefits provided under any of the sources
    22         referred to in subparagraph (i) for the person, together
    23         with the benefits provided by the converted policy, would
    24         result in overinsurance according to the insurer's
    25         standards.
    26     The insurer's standards must bear some reasonable
    27     relationship to actual health care costs in the area in which
    28     the insured lives at the time of conversion and must be filed
    29     with the department prior to their use in denying coverage.
    30         (7)  A converted policy may include a provision whereby
    19870H1628B2005                 - 854 -

     1     the insurer may request information in advance of any premium
     2     due date of the policy of any person covered thereunder as to
     3     whether similar benefits are available to the person through
     4     a source referred to in paragraph (6)(i).
     5         (8)  The converted policy may provide that the insurer
     6     may refuse to renew the policy or the coverage of any person
     7     insured thereunder for the following reasons only:
     8             (i)  Overinsurance as described in paragraph (6)(ii)
     9         would result or the converted policyholder fails to
    10         provide the requested information with respect to
    11         possible overinsurance.
    12             (ii)  Fraud or material misrepresentation in applying
    13         for any benefits under the converted policy.
    14             (iii)  Eligibility of the insured person for Medicare
    15         coverage under the Health Insurance for the Aged Act,
    16         Title XVIII of the Social Security Act (Public Law 89-97,
    17         42 U.S.C. § 1395 et seq.) or under any other Federal or
    18         state law providing for benefits similar to those
    19         provided by the converted policy.
    20             (iv)  Other reasons approved by the department.
    21         (9)  An insurer shall not be required to issue a
    22     converted policy which provides benefits in excess of those
    23     provided under the group policy from which conversion is
    24     made.
    25         (10)  The converted policy shall not exclude a
    26     preexisting condition not excluded by the group policy.
    27     However, the converted policy may provide that any hospital,
    28     surgical or medical benefits payable thereunder may be
    29     reduced by the amount of any such benefits payable under the
    30     group policy after the termination of the individual's
    19870H1628B2005                 - 855 -

     1     insurance thereunder. The converted policy may also provide
     2     that during the first policy year the benefits payable under
     3     the converted policy, together with the benefits payable
     4     under the group policy, shall not exceed those that would
     5     have been payable had the individual insurance under the
     6     group policy remained in force.
     7         (11)  Subject to the provisions and conditions of this
     8     title, if the group insurance policy from which conversion is
     9     made insures the employee or member for basic hospital or
    10     surgical expense insurance, the employee or member shall be
    11     entitled to obtain a converted policy providing, at his
    12     option, coverage on an expense incurred basis under Plan A, B
    13     or C meeting the following requirements:
    14             (i)  Plan A:
    15                 (A)  Hospital room and board daily expense
    16             benefits in a maximum dollar amount approximating the
    17             average semiprivate rate charged in metropolitan
    18             areas of this Commonwealth, for a maximum duration of
    19             70 days.
    20                 (B)  Miscellaneous hospital expense benefits of a
    21             maximum amount of ten times the hospital room and
    22             board daily expense benefits.
    23                 (C)  Surgical operation expense benefits
    24             according to a surgical schedule consistent with
    25             those customarily offered by the insurer under group
    26             or individual health insurance policies and providing
    27             a maximum benefit of $800.
    28             (ii)  Plan B:
    29                 (A)  Hospital room and board daily expense
    30             benefits in a maximum dollar amount equal to 75% of
    19870H1628B2005                 - 856 -

     1             the maximum dollar amount determined for Plan A, for
     2             a maximum duration of 70 days.
     3                 (B)  Miscellaneous hospital expense benefits of a
     4             maximum amount of ten times the hospital room and
     5             board daily expense benefits.
     6                 (C)  Surgical operation expense benefits
     7             according to a surgical schedule consistent with
     8             those customarily offered by the insurer under group
     9             or individual health insurance policies and providing
    10             a maximum benefit of $600.
    11             (iii)  Plan C:
    12                 (A)  Hospital room and board daily expense
    13             benefits in a maximum dollar amount equal to 50% of
    14             the maximum dollar amount determined for Plan A, for
    15             a maximum duration of 70 days.
    16                 (B)  Miscellaneous hospital benefits of a maximum
    17             amount of ten times the hospital room and board daily
    18             expense benefits.
    19                 (C)  Surgical operation expense benefits
    20             according to a surgical schedule consistent with
    21             those customarily offered by the insurer under group
    22             or individual health insurance policies and providing
    23             a maximum benefit of $400.
    24             (iv)  The maximum dollar amounts in Plan A shall be
    25         determined by the department and may be redetermined by
    26         it, from time to time, as to converted policies issued
    27         subsequent to the redetermination. A redetermination
    28         shall not be made more often than once in three years.
    29         The maximum dollar amounts in Plans A, B and C shall be
    30         rounded to the nearest multiple of $10.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 857 -

     1             (v)  If the benefit levels otherwise required under
     2         this paragraph exceed the benefit levels provided under
     3         the group policy, the conversion policy may offer
     4         benefits which are substantially similar to those
     5         provided under the group policy in lieu of those
     6         otherwise required under this paragraph.
     7         (12)  Subject to the provisions and conditions of this
     8     title, if the group insurance policy from which conversion is
     9     made insures the employee or member for major medical expense
    10     insurance, the employee or member shall be entitled to obtain
    11     a converted policy providing catastrophic or major medical
    12     coverage under a plan meeting the following requirements:
    13             (i)  A maximum benefit at least equal to either, at
    14         the option of the insurer the benefit described in clause
    15         (A) or (B):
    16                 (A)  The smaller of the following amounts: the
    17             maximum benefit provided under the group policy or a
    18             maximum payment of $250,000 per covered person for
    19             all covered medical expenses incurred during the
    20             covered person's lifetime.
    21                 (B)  The smaller of the following amounts: the
    22             maximum benefit provided under the group policy or a
    23             maximum payment of $250,000 for each unrelated injury
    24             or sickness.
    25             (ii)  Payment of benefits at the rate of 80% of
    26         covered medical expenses which are in excess of the
    27         deductible, until 20% of such expenses in a benefit
    28         period reaches $1,000, after which benefits will be paid
    29         at the rate of 100% during the remainder of the benefit
    30         period. Payment of benefits for outpatient treatment of
    19870H1628B2005                 - 858 -

     1         mental illness, if provided in the converted policy, may
     2         be at a lesser rate but not less than 50%.
     3             (iii)  A deductible for each benefit period which, at
     4         the option of the insurer, shall be:
     5                 (A)  the sum of the benefits deductible and $100;
     6                 (B)  a cash deductible, not to exceed $1,000;
     7                 (C)  the greater of the benefits deductible or
     8             $500; or
     9                 (D)  the corresponding deductible in the group
    10             policy.
    11         As used in this subparagraph the term "benefits
    12         deductible" means the value of any benefits provided on
    13         an expense incurred basis which are provided with respect
    14         to covered medical expenses by any other hospital,
    15         surgical or medical insurance policy or hospital or
    16         medical service subscriber contract or medical practice
    17         or other prepayment plan, or any other plan or program
    18         whether on an insured or uninsured basis, or in
    19         accordance with the requirements of any Federal or state
    20         law and, if pursuant to paragraph (13), the converted
    21         policy provides both basic hospital or surgical coverage
    22         and major medical coverage, the value of such basic
    23         benefits. If the maximum benefit is determined by
    24         subparagraph (i)(B), the insurer may require that the
    25         deductible be satisfied during a period of not less than
    26         three months if the deductible is $100 or less, and not
    27         less than six months if the deductible exceeds $100.
    28             (iv)  The benefit period shall be each calendar year
    29         when the maximum benefit is determined by subparagraph
    30         (i)(A) or 24 months when the maximum benefit is
    19870H1628B2005                 - 859 -

     1         determined by subparagraph (i)(B).
     2             (v)  For the purposes of this paragraph, the term
     3         "covered medical expenses" includes at least, in the case
     4         of hospital room and board charges, the lesser of the
     5         dollar amount in Plan A and the average semiprivate room
     6         and board rate for the hospital in which the individual
     7         is confined and twice that amount for charges in an
     8         intensive care unit. Any surgical schedule shall be
     9         consistent with those customarily offered by the insurer
    10         under group or individual health insurance policies and
    11         shall provide at least a $1,200 maximum benefit.
    12         (13)  The conversion privilege required by this section
    13     shall, if the group insurance policy insures the employee or
    14     member for both basic hospital or surgical expense insurance
    15     and medical expense insurance, make available the plans of
    16     benefits set forth in paragraphs (11) and (12). At the option
    17     of the insurer, these plans of benefits may be provided under
    18     one policy.
    19         (14)  The insurer may also, in lieu of the plans of
    20     benefits set forth in paragraphs (11) and (12), provide a
    21     policy of comprehensive medical expense benefits without
    22     first dollar coverage. This policy shall conform to the
    23     requirements of paragraph (12), except that an insurer
    24     electing to provide such a policy shall make available a low
    25     deductible option not to exceed $100, a high deductible
    26     option between $500 and $1,000 and a third deductible option
    27     midway between the high and low deductible options.
    28         (15)  The insurer may offer alternative plans for group
    29     health conversion in addition to those required by this
    30     section. The insurer may provide group insurance coverage in
    19870H1628B2005                 - 860 -

     1     lieu of the issuance of a converted individual policy.
     2         (16)  If coverage would be continued under the group
     3     policy on an employee following his retirement prior to the
     4     time he is or could be covered by Medicare, he may elect, in
     5     lieu of continuation of group insurance, to have the same
     6     conversion rights as would apply had his insurance terminated
     7     at retirement by reason of termination of employment or
     8     membership.
     9         (17)  The converted policy may provide for reduction of
    10     coverage on any person upon his eligibility for Medicare
    11     coverage under the Health Insurance for the Aged Act, Title
    12     XVII of the Social Security Act or under any other Federal or
    13     state law providing for benefits similar to those provided by
    14     the converted policy.
    15         (18)  The conversion privilege shall also be available:
    16             (i)  to the surviving spouse, if any, at the death of
    17         the employee or member, with respect to the spouse and
    18         the children whose coverage under the group policy
    19         terminates by reason of the death, otherwise to each
    20         surviving child whose coverage under the group policy
    21         terminates by reason of the death, or, if the group
    22         policy provides for continuation of dependents coverage
    23         following the employee's or member's death, at the end of
    24         such continuation;
    25             (ii)  to the spouse of the employee or member upon
    26         termination of coverage of the spouse, while the employee
    27         or member remains insured under the group policy, by
    28         reason of ceasing to be a qualified family member under
    29         the group policy, with respect to the spouse and those
    30         children whose coverage under the group policy terminates
    19870H1628B2005                 - 861 -

     1         at the same time; or
     2             (iii)  to a child solely with respect to himself upon
     3         termination of his coverage by reason of his ceasing to
     4         be a qualified family member under the group policy, if a
     5         conversion privilege is not otherwise provided in this
     6         paragraph with respect to the termination.
     7         (19)  Each certificate holder in the insured group shall
     8     be given written notice of the conversion privilege and its
     9     duration within 15 days before or after the date of
    10     termination of group coverage which notice shall be included
    11     in his certificate of coverage. If the notice is given more
    12     than 15 days but less than 90 days after the date of
    13     termination of group coverage, the time allowed for the
    14     exercise of the privilege of conversion shall be extended for
    15     15 days after the giving of the notice. If the notice is not
    16     given within 90 days after the date of termination of group
    17     coverage, the time allowed for the exercise of the conversion
    18     privilege shall expire at the end of the 90 days. Written
    19     notice by the contract holder given to the certificate holder
    20     or mailed to the certificate holder at his last known
    21     address, or written notice by the insurer mailed to the
    22     certificate holder at the last address furnished to the
    23     insurer by the contract holder, shall be deemed full
    24     compliance with the notification provisions of this
    25     paragraph. A group contract issued by an insurer may provide
    26     that notice of the conversion privilege and its duration
    27     shall be given by the contract holder to each certificate
    28     holder upon termination of his group coverage.
    29         (20)  If the contract holder is the employer of the
    30     certificate holder, the insurer shall also give written
    19870H1628B2005                 - 862 -

     1     notice of termination of the group contract to any
     2     organization representing the certificate holder for the
     3     purpose of collective bargaining. The employer shall provide
     4     to the insurer a written list of such organizations within
     5     ten days after the date the policy is issued and thereafter
     6     within ten days of the beginning or termination of
     7     representation by the organization of any certificate holder
     8     or holders by the organization, including the collective
     9     bargaining unit and the group insurance contract to which the
    10     request relates. There shall be no liability on the part of
    11     any labor organization representing the employees of a
    12     contract holder for the purposes of collective bargaining due
    13     to any action it takes or fails to take as to the written
    14     notice required to be given by the insurer under this
    15     paragraph unless done in bad faith by the organization.
    16     Compliance or noncompliance with this paragraph shall not
    17     affect the rights or duties of the contract holder, insurer
    18     or certificate holder as otherwise set forth in this title.
    19         (21)  A converted policy which is delivered outside this
    20     Commonwealth may be on a form which could be delivered in the
    21     other jurisdiction as a converted policy had the group policy
    22     been issued in that jurisdiction.
    23  § 6935.  Blanket health and accident insurance.
    24     (a)  Required provisions.--Every blanket health and accident
    25  insurance policy shall contain provisions which, in the opinion
    26  of the department, are at least as favorable to the policyholder
    27  and the individual insured as the following:
    28         (1)  A provision that the policy and the application
    29     shall constitute the entire contract between the parties;
    30     that all statements made by the policyholder shall, in the
    19870H1628B2005                 - 863 -

     1     absence of fraud, be deemed representations and not
     2     warranties; and that no such statements shall be used in
     3     defense to a claim under the policy, unless it is contained
     4     in a written application.
     5         (2)  A provision that written notice of sickness or of
     6     injury must be given to the insurer within 20 days after the
     7     date when the sickness or injury occurred. Failure to give
     8     notice within such time shall not invalidate nor reduce any
     9     claim, if it is be shown not to have been reasonably possible
    10     to give the notice, and that notice was given as soon as was
    11     reasonably possible.
    12         (3)  A provision that the insurer will furnish to the
    13     policyholder such forms as are usually furnished by it for
    14     filing proof of loss. If such forms are not furnished before
    15     the expiration of 15 days after the giving of such notice,
    16     the claimant shall be deemed to have complied with the
    17     requirements of the policy as to proof of loss upon
    18     submitting, within the time fixed in the policy for filing
    19     proof of loss, written proof covering the occurrence,
    20     character and extent of the loss for which claim is made.
    21         (4)  A provision that in the case of claim for loss of
    22     time for disability, written proof of the loss shall be
    23     furnished to the insurer within 30 days after the
    24     commencement of the period for which the insurer is liable;
    25     that subsequent written proofs of the continuance of the
    26     disability shall be furnished to the insurer at such
    27     intervals as the insurer may reasonably require; and that in
    28     the case of claim for any other loss written proof of loss
    29     shall be furnished to the insurer within 90 days after the
    30     date of the loss. Failure to furnish proof within the time
    19870H1628B2005                 - 864 -

     1     required shall not invalidate nor reduce any claim if it is
     2     shown not to have been reasonably possible to furnish the
     3     proof and that the proof was furnished as soon as was
     4     reasonably possible.
     5         (5)  A provision that all benefits payable under the
     6     policy, other than benefits for loss of time, will be payable
     7     immediately upon receipt of due written proof of loss; that
     8     subject to due proof of loss all accrued benefits payable
     9     under the policy for loss of time will be paid not later than
    10     at the expiration of each period of 30 days during the
    11     continuance of the period for which the insurer is liable;
    12     and that any balance remaining unpaid at the termination of
    13     the period shall be paid immediately upon receipt of such
    14     proof.
    15         (6)  A provision that the insurer, at its own expense,
    16     may examine the person of the insured when and so often as it
    17     may reasonably require during the pendency of claim under the
    18     policy and may make an autopsy if not prohibited by law.
    19         (7)  A provision that no action at law or in equity shall
    20     be commenced to recover under the policy prior to the
    21     expiration of 60 days after written proof of loss has been
    22     furnished in accordance with the requirements of the policy
    23     and that no such action shall be brought after the expiration
    24     of three years after the time written proof of loss is
    25     required to be furnished.
    26     (b)  Application and certificates.--An individual application
    27  shall not be required from a person covered under a blanket
    28  accident or health policy or contract, nor shall it be necessary
    29  for the insurer to furnish each person a certificate.
    30     (c)  Payment of benefits.--Except as otherwise provided in
    19870H1628B2005                 - 865 -

     1  this section, all benefits under any blanket health and accident
     2  policy shall be payable to the person insured or his designated
     3  beneficiaries or his estate. If the person insured is a minor or
     4  mental incompetent, the benefits may be made payable to his
     5  parent, guardian or other person actually supporting him. If the
     6  entire cost of the insurance has been borne by the employer, the
     7  benefits may be made payable to the employer. The policy may
     8  provide that all or any portion of the indemnities provided by
     9  the policy on account of hospital, nursing, medical or surgical
    10  services may, at the insurer's option, be paid directly to the
    11  hospital or person rendering the services; payment so made shall
    12  discharge the insurer's obligation with respect to the amount of
    13  insurance so paid. The policy may not require that the service
    14  be rendered by a particular hospital or person.
    15  § 6936.  Companies authorized to write policies.
    16     Any insurance company authorized to write health and accident
    17  insurance in this Commonwealth may issue group, blanket or
    18  franchise health and accident insurance but no such policy may
    19  be issued or delivered in this Commonwealth unless a copy of the
    20  form thereof has been filed in accordance with section 3515
    21  (relating to approval of contracts by department).
    22                            SUBCHAPTER D
    23             MINIMUM STANDARDS FOR INDIVIDUAL POLICIES
    24  Sec.
    25  6941.  Short title of subchapter.
    26  6942.  Standards for policy provisions.
    27  6943.  Minimum standards for benefits.
    28  6944.  Outline of coverage.
    29  6945.  Preexisting conditions.
    30  6946.  Procedure regarding regulations.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 866 -

     1  § 6941.  Short title of subchapter.
     2     This subchapter shall be known and may be cited as the
     3  Individual Accident and Health Insurance Minimum Standards Act.
     4  § 6942.  Standards for policy provisions.
     5     (a)  Scope of regulation.--The department shall issue
     6  regulations to establish specific standards, including standards
     7  of full and fair disclosure, that set forth the manner, content
     8  and required disclosures for their sale for individual policies
     9  of health and accident insurance and required disclosures for
    10  their sale. These regulations shall be in addition to other
    11  applicable laws and may cover, but need not be limited to:
    12         (1)  Terms of renewability.
    13         (2)  Initial and subsequent conditions of eligibility.
    14         (3)  Nonduplication of coverage provisions.
    15         (4)  Coverage of dependents.
    16         (5)  Preexisting conditions.
    17         (6)  Termination of insurance.
    18         (7)  Probationary periods.
    19         (8)  Limitations.
    20         (9)  Exceptions.
    21         (10)  Reductions.
    22         (11)  Elimination periods.
    23         (12)  Requirements for replacement.
    24         (13)  Recurrent conditions.
    25         (14)  Definitions of terms, including, but not limited
    26     to, the following: "hospital," "accident," "sickness,"
    27     "injury," "physician," "accidental means," "total
    28     disability," partial disability," "nervous disorder,"
    29     "guaranteed renewable" and "noncancelable".
    30         (15)  Prohibited policy provisions not otherwise
    19870H1628B2005                 - 867 -

     1     specifically prohibited by statute which in the opinion of
     2     the department are unjust, unfair or unfairly discriminatory
     3     to the policyholder, subscriber, any insured or beneficiary.
     4  § 6943.  Minimum standards for benefits.
     5     (a)  Scope of regulations.--The department shall issue
     6  regulations to establish minimum standards for benefits under
     7  each of the following categories of coverage in policies:
     8         (1)  Basic hospital expense coverage.
     9         (2)  Basic medical-surgical expense coverage.
    10         (3)  Hospital confinement indemnity coverage.
    11         (4)  Major medical expense coverage.
    12         (5)  Disability income protection coverage.
    13         (6)  Accident only coverage.
    14         (7)  Specified disease or specified accident coverage.
    15     (b)  Permitted coverage.--Supplemental coverage shall be
    16  permitted for all the categories of coverages listed in
    17  subsection (a), except for specified disease or specified
    18  accident coverage. This section does not preclude the issuance
    19  of any policy or contract which combines two or more of the
    20  categories of coverage listed in subsection (a).
    21     (c)  Compliance with regulations.--A policy shall not be
    22  delivered or issued for delivery in this Commonwealth which does
    23  not meet the prescribed minimum standards for those categories
    24  of coverage listed in subsection (a) or supplemental coverage
    25  under subsection (b), which are contained within the policy,
    26  unless the department finds that the policy will not be unjust,
    27  unfair or unfairly discriminatory to the policyholder,
    28  subscriber, any insured or beneficiary. Changes to a policy
    29  required by regulations promulgated pursuant to this subchapter,
    30  including changes to premium rates applicable thereto, shall be
    19870H1628B2005                 - 868 -

     1  permitted by endorsement or rider unless the department
     2  determines that the changes substantially alter the policy.
     3     (d)  Special approval of policies.--Notwithstanding any other
     4  provision of this subchapter or regulations promulgated
     5  thereunder, any policy submitted for approval which does not
     6  meet the prescribed minimum standards for those categories of
     7  coverage listed in subsection (a) or supplemental coverage under
     8  subsection (b), which are contained within the policy may be
     9  approved if, in the opinion of the department, the policy is not
    10  unjust, unfair, or unfairly discriminatory to the policyholder,
    11  subscriber or any insured or beneficiary.
    12  § 6944.  Outline of coverage.
    13     (a)  Requirement.--In order to provide for full and fair
    14  disclosure in the sale of policies except for supplemental
    15  policies sold on the debit plan, and except for riders or
    16  amendments to policies, a policy shall not be delivered or
    17  issued for delivery in this Commonwealth unless an outline of
    18  coverage either accompanies the policy or is delivered to the
    19  applicant at the time application is made.
    20     (b)  Regulation of form and contents.--The department shall
    21  issue regulations prescribing the format and contents of the
    22  outline of coverage. The outline of coverage shall include all
    23  of the following, in a form understandable to a person of
    24  average intelligence and education:
    25         (1)  A statement identifying the applicable category or
    26     categories of coverage provided by the policy as prescribed
    27     in section 6943 (relating to minimum standards for benefits).
    28         (2)  A description of the principal benefits and coverage
    29     provided in the policy.
    30         (3)  A statement of the exceptions, reductions and
    19870H1628B2005                 - 869 -

     1     limitations contained in the policy.
     2         (4)  A statement of the renewal provisions including any
     3     reservation by the insurer of a right to change premiums.
     4         (5)  A statement that the outline is a summary of the
     5     policy issued or applied for and that the policy should be
     6     consulted to determine the governing contractual provisions.
     7  § 6945.  Preexisting conditions.
     8     Notwithstanding section 6913(c) (relating to mandatory policy
     9  provisions), if an insurer elects to use a simplified
    10  application form, with or without a question as to the
    11  applicant's health at the time of application, but without any
    12  questions concerning the insured's health history or medical
    13  treatment history, the policy shall cover any loss occurring
    14  after 12 months from any preexisting condition not specifically
    15  excluded from coverage by terms of the policy. Except as so
    16  provided, the policy shall not include any provision that would
    17  permit a defense based upon preexisting conditions. Changes to
    18  policies required under this section, including changes to
    19  premium rates applicable thereto, shall be permitted by
    20  endorsement or rider.
    21  § 6946.  Procedure regarding regulations.
    22     All regulations promulgated under this subchapter, including
    23  those under section 6943(c) (relating to minimum standards for
    24  benefits), shall specify an effective date applicable to
    25  policies or benefit riders delivered or issued for delivery in
    26  this Commonwealth on or after the effective date, which shall
    27  not be less than 365 days after their adoption or promulgation.
    28  Public hearings shall be held prior to the promulgation of any
    29  substantial regulation under this section or substantial change
    30  thereof. The hearing shall be transcribed verbatim, and cross-
    19870H1628B2005                 - 870 -

     1  examination of all witnesses shall be permitted. The order
     2  promulgating any such regulation shall contain findings and the
     3  reasons for the regulation and copies of the order shall be
     4  mailed to those appearing of record at the hearing. This section
     5  does not create or permit any right of action at law or equity
     6  not otherwise authorized or permitted under the law.
     7                            SUBCHAPTER E
     8                   MEDICARE SUPPLEMENT INSURANCE
     9  Sec.
    10  6951.  Short title of subchapter.
    11  6952.  Definitions.
    12  6953.  Definitions in Medicare supplement policies.
    13  6954.  Prohibited policy provisions.
    14  6955.  Minimum benefit standards.
    15  6956.  Loss ratio standards.
    16  6957.  Required disclosures.
    17  6958.  Requirements for replacement.
    18  6959.  Regulations.
    19  6960.  Applicability of mandated coverages.
    20  6961.  Applicability of subchapter.
    21  § 6951.  Short title of subchapter.
    22     This subchapter shall be known and may be cited as the
    23  Medicare Supplement Insurance Act.
    24  § 6952.  Definitions.
    25     The following words and phrases when used in this subchapter
    26  shall have the meanings given to them in this section unless the
    27  context clearly indicates otherwise:
    28     "Applicant."  The proposed certificate holder under a group
    29  Medicare supplement policy or subscriber contract.
    30     "Certificate."  A certificate issued under a group Medicare
    19870H1628B2005                 - 871 -

     1  supplement policy, which policy has been delivered or issued for
     2  delivery in this Commonwealth.
     3     "Direct response certificate or policy."  A certificate or
     4  policy issued pursuant to the response to a direct solicitation
     5  by means of mail or mass media from an insurer to an individual
     6  eligible for Medicare by reason of age.
     7     "Medicare."  The Health Insurance for the Aged Act, Title
     8  XVIII of the Social Security Act (Public Law 89-97, 42 U.S.C. §
     9  1395 et seq.).
    10     "Medicare supplement policy."  A group policy of accident and
    11  health insurance or group subscriber contract of health plan
    12  corporations and nonprofit health service plans delivered or
    13  issued for delivery in this Commonwealth which is advertised,
    14  marketed or designed primarily to supplement coverage for the
    15  hospital, medical or surgical expenses of persons eligible for
    16  Medicare by reason of age. This term does not include:
    17         (1)  A policy or contract of one or more employers or
    18     labor organizations, or of the trustees of a fund established
    19     by one or more employers or labor organizations, or
    20     combination thereof, for employees or former employees, or
    21     combination thereof, or for members or former members, or
    22     combination thereof, of the labor organizations.
    23         (2)  A policy or contract of any professional, trade or
    24     occupational association for its members or former or retired
    25     members, or combination thereof, if the association:
    26             (i)  is composed of individuals all of whom are
    27         actively engaged in the same profession, trade or
    28         occupation;
    29             (ii)  has been maintained in good faith for purposes
    30         other than obtaining insurance; and
    19870H1628B2005                 - 872 -

     1             (iii)  has been in existence for at least two years
     2         prior to the date of its initial offering of such policy
     3         or plan to its members.
     4  § 6953.  Definitions in Medicare supplement policies.
     5     As used in any Medicare supplement policy issued under this
     6  subchapter:
     7         (1)  "Accident," "accidental injury" and "accidental
     8     means" shall be defined using "result" language and shall not
     9     include words which establish an accidental means test or use
    10     words such as "external, violent, visible wounds" or similar
    11     words of description or characterization. The definition
    12     shall not be more restrictive than the following: injury or
    13     injuries, for which benefits are provided, means accidental
    14     bodily injury sustained by the insured person which is the
    15     direct result of an accident, independent of disease or
    16     bodily infirmity or any other cause and occurrence while the
    17     insurance is in force. The definition may provide that
    18     injuries shall not include injuries for which benefits are
    19     provided under any workmen's compensation, employers'
    20     liability or similar law, or pursuant to Chapter 63 (relating
    21     to motor vehicle financial responsibility), unless prohibited
    22     by law, or injuries occurring while the insured person is
    23     engaged in any activity pertaining to any trade, business,
    24     employment or occupation for wage or profit.
    25         (2)  "Convalescent nursing home," "extended care
    26     facility" or "skilled nursing facility" shall be defined in
    27     relation to its status, facilities and available services;
    28     and:
    29             (i)  The definition shall not be more restrictive
    30         than one requiring that it:
    19870H1628B2005                 - 873 -

     1                 (A)  be operated pursuant to law;
     2                 (B)  be primarily engaged in providing, in
     3             addition to room and board accommodations, skilled
     4             nursing care under the supervision of a duly licensed
     5             physician;
     6                 (C)  provide continuous 24-hour a day nursing
     7             service by or under the supervision of a registered
     8             graduate professional nurse; and
     9                 (D)  maintain a daily medical record of each
    10             patient.
    11             (ii)  The definition may provide that the term does
    12         not include:
    13                 (A)  any home, facility or part thereof used
    14             primarily for rest;
    15                 (B)  a home or facility for the aged or for the
    16             care of drug addicts or alcoholics; or
    17                 (C)  a home or facility primarily used for the
    18             care and treatment of mental diseases or disorders or
    19             custodial or educational care.
    20         (3)  "Hospital" may be defined in relation to its status,
    21     facilities and available services or to reflect its
    22     accreditation by the Joint Commission on Accreditation of
    23     Hospitals or the American Osteopathic Association.
    24             (i)  The definition shall not otherwise be more
    25         restrictive than one requiring that the hospital:
    26                 (A)  be an institution operated pursuant to law;
    27                 (B)  be primarily and continuously engaged in
    28             providing the medical care and treatment of sick or
    29             injured persons on an inpatient basis for which a
    30             charge is made; and
    19870H1628B2005                 - 874 -

     1                 (C)  provide 24-hour nursing service by or under
     2             the supervision of registered graduate professional
     3             nurses.
     4             (ii)  The definition may state that the term does not
     5         include:
     6                 (A)  convalescent homes or convalescent, rest or
     7             nursing facilities;
     8                 (B)  facilities primarily affording custodial or
     9             educational care;
    10                 (C)  facilities for the aged, drug addicts or
    11             alcoholics; or
    12                 (D)  any military or veterans hospital or
    13             soldiers home or any hospital contracted for or
    14             operated by any national government or agency thereof
    15             for the treatment of members or ex-members of the
    16             armed forces, except for services rendered on an
    17             emergency basis where a legal liability exists for
    18             charges made to the individual for such services.
    19         (4)  "Mental or nervous disorders" shall not be defined
    20     more restrictively than a definition including neurosis,
    21     psychoneurosis, psychopathy, psychosis or mental or emotional
    22     disease or disorder of any kind.
    23         (5)  "Nurses" may be defined so that the description of
    24     nurse is restricted to a type of nurse, such as a registered
    25     graduate professional nurse, a licensed practical nurse or a
    26     licensed vocational nurse. If the words "nurse," "trained
    27     nurse" or "registered nurse" are used without specific
    28     instruction, then the use of those terms requires the insurer
    29     to recognize the services of any individual who qualified
    30     under such terminology in accordance with the law regarding
    19870H1628B2005                 - 875 -

     1     licensing of those professionals.
     2         (6)  "Physician" may be defined by including words such
     3     as "duly qualified physician" or "duly licensed physician."
     4     The use of such terms requires an insurer to recognize and to
     5     accept, to the extent of its obligation under the contract,
     6     all providers of medical care and treatment when such
     7     services are within the scope of the provider's licensed
     8     authority and are provided under applicable law.
     9         (7)  "Sickness" shall not be defined to be more
    10     restrictive than the following: sickness means sickness or
    11     disease of an insured person which is diagnosed or treated
    12     after the effective date of insurance and while the insurance
    13     is in force. The definition may exclude sickness or disease
    14     for which benefits are provided under any workmen's
    15     compensation, occupational disease, employers' liability or
    16     similar law.
    17  § 6954.  Prohibited policy provisions.
    18     A Medicare supplement policy shall not limit or exclude
    19  coverage by type of illness, accident, treatment or medical
    20  condition except to the extent they are excluded or limited by
    21  Medicare. Such policies may exclude coverage for any expense to
    22  the extent of any benefit available to the insured under
    23  Medicare.
    24  § 6955.  Minimum benefit standards.
    25     A policy shall not be filed with the department as a Medicare
    26  supplement policy unless the policy meets or exceeds, either in
    27  a single policy or, in the case of health plan corporations and
    28  nonprofit health service plans, in one or more policies issued
    29  in conjunction with one another, the requirements of the NAIC
    30  Model Regulation to Implement the Individual Accident and
    19870H1628B2005                 - 876 -

     1  Sickness Insurance Minimum Standards Act, as adopted by the
     2  National Association of Insurance Commissioners on June 6, 1979,
     3  as it applies to Medicare supplement policies. At least the
     4  following provisions and benefits shall be provided in the
     5  policy:
     6         (1)  A Medicare supplement policy may not exclude losses
     7     incurred more than six months from the effective date of
     8     coverage for a preexisting condition. The policy may not
     9     define a preexisting condition more restrictively than a
    10     condition for which medical advice was given or treatment was
    11     recommended by or received from a physician within six months
    12     prior to the effective date of coverage.
    13         (2)  The term "Medicare benefit period" shall mean the
    14     unit of time used in the Medicare program to measure use of
    15     services and availability of benefits under Part A, medical
    16     hospital insurance.
    17         (3)  The term "Medicare eligible expenses" shall mean
    18     health care expenses of the kinds covered by Medicare to the
    19     extent recognized as reasonable by Medicare. Payment of
    20     benefits by insurers for Medicare eligible expenses may be
    21     conditioned upon the same or less restrictive payment
    22     conditions, including determinations of medical necessity as
    23     are applicable to Medicare claims.
    24         (4)  Coverage shall not indemnify against losses
    25     resulting from sickness on a different basis than losses
    26     resulting from accidents. Coverage shall provide that
    27     benefits designed to cover cost-sharing amounts under
    28     Medicare shall be changed automatically to coincide with any
    29     changes in the applicable Medicare deductible amount and
    30     copayment percentage factors; premiums may be changed to
    19870H1628B2005                 - 877 -

     1     correspond with such changes.
     2         (5)  The Medicare supplement policy shall include all of
     3     the following:
     4             (i)  Coverage of Part A Medicare eligible expenses
     5         for hospitalization to the extent not covered by Medicare
     6         from the 61st day through the 90th day in any Medicare
     7         benefit period.
     8             (ii)  Coverage of Part A Medicare eligible expenses
     9         incurred as daily hospital charges during use of
    10         Medicare's lifetime hospital inpatient reserve days.
    11             (iii)  Upon exhaustion of all Medicare hospital
    12         inpatient coverage including the lifetime reserve days,
    13         coverage of 90% of all Medicare Part A eligible expenses
    14         for hospitalization not covered by Medicare subject to a
    15         lifetime maximum benefit of an additional 365 days.
    16             (iv)  Coverage of 20% of the amount of Medicare
    17         eligible expenses under Part B regardless of hospital
    18         confinement, subject to a maximum calendar year out-of-
    19         pocket deductible of $200 of such expenses and to a
    20         maximum benefit of at least $5,000 per calendar year.
    21         (6)  Insurers which make available in this Commonwealth
    22     any Medicare supplement policy shall also simultaneously
    23     offer to the prospective insureds an additional benefit plan
    24     Medicare supplement coverage which both conforms to the terms
    25     and conditions of section 6954 (relating to prohibited policy
    26     provisions) and which also provides at least the following
    27     coverages:
    28             (i)  The initial Part A deductible.
    29             (ii)  Skilled nursing home charges incurred in
    30         addition to those covered by Medicare.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 878 -

     1             (iii)  Coverage of 20% of eligible expenses incurred
     2         under Part B of Medicare in excess of the deductible
     3         amount applied to such expenses by Medicare.
     4     This offer shall be given prominence in any solicitation of
     5     the Medicare supplement policy benefits described in this
     6     section and shall provide the prospective insured the
     7     opportunity to simultaneously enroll or apply for the
     8     additional benefit plan Medicare supplement coverage. The
     9     description of the additional benefit plan Medicare
    10     supplement coverage shall include a statement of the
    11     coverages, the premium charges and any additional applicable
    12     exclusions and limitations permitted for the additional
    13     benefit plan Medicare supplement coverage. The additional
    14     benefit plan coverage, if elected by the prospective insured
    15     person, shall take effect no later than 15 days following the
    16     effective date which applies to the rest of the Medicare
    17     supplement coverage.
    18  § 6956.  Loss ratio standards.
    19     The terms and premiums of Medicare supplement policies shall
    20  be prepared so as to return to policyholders in the form of
    21  aggregate benefits under the policy, as estimated for the entire
    22  period for which rates are computed to provide coverage, on the
    23  basis of incurred claims experience and earned premiums for such
    24  period, and in accordance with accepted actuarial principles and
    25  practices:
    26         (1)  at least 75% of the aggregate amount of premiums
    27     collected; or
    28         (2)  in the case of direct certificates issued as a
    29     result of solicitations of individuals through the mail or
    30     mass media advertising, including both print and broadcast
    19870H1628B2005                 - 879 -

     1     advertising, at least 60% of the aggregate amount of premiums
     2     collected.
     3  § 6957.  Required disclosures.
     4     (a)  Renewal provisions.--Each Medicare supplement policy
     5  shall include a renewal, continuation or nonrenewal provision.
     6  The terms of this provision shall be consistent with the type of
     7  contract to be issued. The provision shall be appropriately
     8  captioned, shall appear on the first page of the certificate and
     9  shall clearly state the duration, where limited, of renewability
    10  and the duration of the term of coverage for which the policy is
    11  issued and for which it may be renewed.
    12     (b)  Standards for payment.--A Medicare supplement policy
    13  which provides for the payment of benefits based on standards
    14  described as "usual and customary," "reasonable and customary"
    15  or words of similar import shall include a definition of the
    16  terms and an explanation of the terms in its accompanying
    17  outline of coverage.
    18     (c)  Preexisting condition provisions.--If a Medicare
    19  supplement policy contains any limitations with respect to
    20  preexisting conditions, these limitations shall appear as a
    21  separate paragraph of the certificate and be labeled as
    22  "Preexisting Condition Limitations."
    23     (d)  Right of return.--Certificates, other than those issued
    24  pursuant to direct response solicitation, shall have a notice
    25  prominently printed on the first page of the certificate or
    26  attached thereto stating in substance that the certificate
    27  holder shall have the right to return the certificate within ten
    28  days of its delivery and to have the premium refunded if, after
    29  examination of the certificate, the insured person is not
    30  satisfied for any reason. Direct response Medicare supplement
    19870H1628B2005                 - 880 -

     1  certificates shall have a notice prominently printed on the
     2  first page, or attached thereto, stating in substance that the
     3  certificate holder shall have the right to return the
     4  certificate within 30 days of its delivery and to have the
     5  premium refunded if after examination the insured person is not
     6  satisfied for any reason.
     7     (e)  Buyer's guide.--Insurers issuing accident and health
     8  certificates under group policies delivered or issued for
     9  delivery in this Commonwealth which provide hospital or medical
    10  expense coverage on an expense incurred or indemnity basis,
    11  other than incidentally, to a person eligible for Medicare by
    12  reason of age, shall provide to the certificate holder a
    13  Medicare supplement buyer's guide in the form consistent with
    14  the then current edition of the model jointly developed by the
    15  National Association of Insurance Commissioners and the Health
    16  Care Financing Administration of the United States Department of
    17  Health and Human Services. Delivery of the buyer's guide shall
    18  be made whether or not the group policy qualifies as a Medicare
    19  supplement policy. Except in the case of direct response
    20  insurers, delivery of the buyer's guide shall be made at the
    21  time of application, and acknowledgment of receipt of
    22  certification of delivery of the buyer's guide shall be provided
    23  to the insurer. Direct response insurers issuing Medicare
    24  supplement policies shall deliver the buyer's guide upon
    25  request, but not later than at the time the certificate is
    26  delivered.
    27     (f)  Description of coverage.--The terms "Medicare
    28  supplement," "medigap" and words of similar import shall not be
    29  used unless the policy is issued in compliance with section 6955
    30  (relating to minimum benefit standards).
    19870H1628B2005                 - 881 -

     1     (g)  Outline of coverage.--Insurers issuing Medicare
     2  supplement policies shall deliver an outline of coverage to the
     3  applicant at the time application is made. Except in the case of
     4  a direct response policy, an acknowledgment of receipt or
     5  certification of delivery of the outline of coverage shall be
     6  provided to the insurer. If an outline of coverage was delivered
     7  at the time of application and the certificate is issued on a
     8  basis which would require revision of the outline, a substitute
     9  outline of coverage properly describing the certificate shall
    10  accompany the certificate when it is delivered and shall contain
    11  the following statement, in no less than 12-point type,
    12  immediately above the company name:
    13         "NOTICE: Read this outline of coverage carefully. It is
    14         not identical to the outline of coverage provided upon
    15         application and the coverage originally applied for has
    16         not been issued."
    17  The outline of coverage shall be in a form consistent with the
    18  then current model adopted by the National Association of
    19  Insurance Commissioners and amended to reflect changes in the
    20  Medicare program.
    21  § 6958.  Requirements for replacement.
    22     (a)  Question to applicant.--Application or enrollment forms
    23  shall include a question designed to elicit information as to
    24  whether a certificate to be issued under a Medicare supplement
    25  policy is intended to replace any other health and accident
    26  insurance presently in force. A supplementary application or
    27  other form to be signed by the applicant containing such a
    28  question may be used.
    29     (b)  Notice.--Upon determining that a sale will involve
    30  replacement, an insurer, other than a direct response insurer,
    19870H1628B2005                 - 882 -

     1  or its agent, shall furnish the applicant, prior to issuance or
     2  delivery of the certificate, a notice designed to inform the
     3  applicant of the essential differences in coverage on a form
     4  consistent with the then current model notification form adopted
     5  by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners. One copy
     6  of the notice shall be retained by the applicant, and an
     7  additional copy signed by the applicant shall be retained by the
     8  insurer. A direct response insurer shall deliver the notice to
     9  the applicant upon issuance of the certificate.
    10  § 6959.  Regulations.
    11     (a)  General rule.--Public hearings shall be held prior to
    12  the promulgating of any regulations promulgated under this
    13  subchapter unless the regulation is insubstantial. The order
    14  promulgating the regulation shall contain findings and reasons
    15  for the regulation. This section does not create or permit any
    16  right or action at law or inequity not otherwise authorized by
    17  law.
    18     (b)  Modifications required by Medicare statute.--The
    19  department may promulgate regulations changing the requirements
    20  of this subchapter, other than sections 6960 (relating to
    21  applicability of mandated coverages) and 6961 (relating to
    22  applicability of subchapter), to the extent necessary to comply
    23  with changes made by Congress as to the requirements contained
    24  in section 1882 of the Social Security Act (Public Law 96-26, 42
    25  U.S.C. § 1395ss), as these requirements were in effect on July
    26  1, 1983. These regulations shall take effect within 60 days
    27  after their promulgation.
    28  § 6960.  Applicability of mandated coverages.
    29     Coverage which is required to be included in any group or
    30  blanket accident and health policy by any statute enacted on or
    19870H1628B2005                 - 883 -

     1  after July 1, 1983, shall not be required to be included in any
     2  Medicare supplement policy, unless inclusion thereof is
     3  specifically required by the statute.
     4  § 6961.  Applicability of subchapter.
     5     This subchapter shall apply to all group health and accident
     6  policies issued or renewed.
















    D15L40CM/19870H1628B2005        - 884 -

     1                             CHAPTER 71
     2                  HEALTH CARE SERVICES MALPRACTICE
     3  Subchapter
     4     A.  General Provisions
     5     B.  Arbitration Panels for Health Care
     6     C.  Procedure in Malpractice Cases
     7     D.  Medical Professional Liability Catastrophe Loss Fund
     8     E.  Availability of Insurance
     9     F.  Disciplinary Proceedings
    10     G.  Miscellaneous Provisions
    11                            SUBCHAPTER A
    12                         GENERAL PROVISIONS
    13  Sec.
    14  7101.  Short title of chapter.
    15  7102.  Purpose of chapter.
    16  7103.  Definitions.
    17  7104.  Exemptions.
    18  7105.  Liability of nonqualifying health care providers.
    19  7106.  Informed consent.
    20  7107.  Official immunity.
    21  7108.  Cancellation of insurance policies.
    22  § 7101.  Short title of chapter.
    23     This chapter shall be known and may be cited as the Health
    24  Care Services Malpractice Act.
    25  § 7102.  Purpose of chapter.
    26     It is the purpose of this chapter to make available
    27  professional liability insurance at a reasonable cost and to
    28  establish a system through which a person who has sustained
    29  injury or death as a result of tort or breach of contract by a
    19870H1628B2005                 - 885 -

     1  health care provider can obtain a prompt determination and
     2  adjudication of his claim and the determination of fair and
     3  reasonable compensation.
     4  § 7103.  Definitions.
     5     The following words and phrases when used in this chapter
     6  shall have the meanings given to them in this section unless the
     7  context clearly indicates otherwise:
     8     "Administrator."  The Administrator for Arbitration Panels
     9  for Health Care established under Subchapter B (relating to
    10  arbitration panels for health care).
    11     "Arbitration panels."  The Arbitration panels for health care
    12  established under Subchapter B.
    13     "Claims made."  Limiting or restricting the liability of the
    14  insurer under the policy to those claims made or reported during
    15  the period the policy is in effect and excluding coverage for
    16  any claim reported subsequent to the termination of the policy
    17  even when the claim arises from occurrences during the period
    18  the policy is in effect.
    19     "Court."  The court of common pleas.
    20     "Fund."  The Medical Professional Liability Catastrophe Loss
    21  Fund established under Subchapter D (relating to Medical
    22  Professional Liability Catastrophe Loss Fund).
    23     "Government."  The Federal Government or the government of
    24  any state, any political subdivision of a state, any
    25  instrumentality of one or more states, or any agency,
    26  subdivision or department of any such government, including any
    27  corporation or other association organized by a government for
    28  the execution of a government program and subject to control by
    29  a government, or any corporation or agency established under an
    30  interstate compact or international treaty.
    19870H1628B2005                - 886 -

     1     "Health care provider."  A primary health center or a person,
     2  corporation, facility, institution or other organization
     3  licensed or approved by the Commonwealth to provide health care
     4  or professional medical services as a physician, a certified
     5  nurse midwife, a podiatrist or a hospital, nursing home or birth
     6  center, and except as to section 7141(b) (relating to
     7  professional liability insurance), an officer, employee or agent
     8  of any of them acting in the course and scope of his employment.
     9     "Licensure board."  The State Board of Medical Education and
    10  Licensure, the State Board of Osteopathic Examiners, the State
    11  Board of Podiatry Examiners, the Department of Public Welfare
    12  and the Department of Health.
    13     "Patient."  A natural person who receives or should have
    14  received health care from a licensed health care provider.
    15     "Primary health center."  A community-based nonprofit
    16  corporation meeting standards prescribed by the Department of
    17  Health, which provides preventive, diagnostic, therapeutic and
    18  basic emergency health care by licensed practitioners who are
    19  employees of the corporation or under contract to the
    20  corporation.
    21     "Professional liability insurance."  Insurance against
    22  liability on the part of a health care provider arising out of
    23  any tort or breach of contract causing injury or death resulting
    24  from the furnishing of medical services which were or should
    25  have been provided.
    26  § 7104.  Exemptions.
    27     Any physician who exclusively practices the specialty of
    28  forensic pathology is exempt from the provisions of this
    29  chapter. All health care providers who are members of the
    30  Pennsylvania military forces as defined in 51 Pa.C.S. § 102
    19870H1628B2005                 - 887 -

     1  (relating to definitions) are exempt from the provisions of this
     2  chapter while in the performance of their assigned duty in the
     3  Pennsylvania military forces under orders.
     4  § 7105.  Liability of nonqualifying health care providers.
     5     Any person rendering services normally rendered by a health
     6  care provider who fails to qualify as a health care provider as
     7  defined in section 7103 (relating to definitions) is subject to
     8  liability without regard to this chapter.
     9  § 7106.  Informed consent.
    10     (a)  Liability of practitioner.--A physician or podiatrist
    11  shall not be liable for a failure to obtain an informed consent
    12  in the event of an emergency which prevents consulting the
    13  patient. A physician or podiatrist shall not be liable for
    14  failure to obtain an informed consent if it is established by a
    15  preponderance of the evidence that furnishing the information in
    16  question to the patient would have resulted in a seriously
    17  adverse effect on the patient or on the therapeutic process to
    18  the material detriment of the patient's health.
    19     (b)  Definition.--For purposes of this chapter and any action
    20  described in section 7121(a) (relating to jurisdiction of
    21  arbitration panel), the term "informed consent" means the
    22  consent of a patient to the performance of health care services
    23  by a physician or podiatrist if, prior to the consent having
    24  been given, the physician or podiatrist has informed the patient
    25  of the nature of the proposed procedure or treatment and of
    26  those risks and alternatives to treatment or diagnosis that a
    27  reasonable patient would consider material to the decision
    28  whether or not to undergo treatment or diagnosis.
    29  § 7107.  Official immunity.
    30     A cause of action for libel or slander or other liability of
    19870H1628B2005                 - 888 -

     1  any nature shall not arise against any member insurer, the State
     2  Board of Medical Education and Licensure, the State Board of
     3  Osteopathic Examiners, the State Board of Podiatry Examiners,
     4  the arbitration panels, the administrator or the department, or
     5  its representatives for any action taken by any of them in the
     6  performance of their respective powers and duties under this
     7  chapter.
     8  § 7108.  Cancellation of insurance policies.
     9     Any termination of a professional liability insurance policy
    10  by cancellation, except for suspension or revocation of the
    11  insured's license or approval by the Commonwealth to provide
    12  health care services or for reason of nonpayment of premium,
    13  shall not be effective against the insured covered thereby,
    14  unless notice of cancellation is given within 60 days after the
    15  issuance of the contract of insurance against the insured
    16  covered thereunder. The cancellation shall not take effect
    17  unless a written notice stating the reasons for the cancellation
    18  and the date and time upon which termination becomes effective
    19  has been received by the department at its office. Mailing of
    20  the notice to the department at its principal office address
    21  shall constitute notice to the department.
    22                            SUBCHAPTER B
    23                 ARBITRATION PANELS FOR HEALTH CARE
    24  Sec.
    25  7111.  Administrator for arbitration panels.
    26  7112.  Powers and duties of administrator.
    27  7113.  Arbitration panels for health care.
    28  § 7111.  Administrator for arbitration panels.
    29     (a)  Appointment and compensation.--There shall be within the
    30  Office of General Counsel the office of Administrator for
    19870H1628B2005                 - 889 -

     1  Arbitration Panels for Health Care to be appointed by the
     2  Governor. The salary of the administrator shall be set by the
     3  Executive Board.
     4     (b)  Removal.--The administrator may be removed by the
     5  Governor for incompetence, neglect of duty, misconduct in office
     6  or other good cause to be stated in writing in the order of
     7  removal.
     8  § 7112.  Powers and duties of administrator.
     9     (a)  Appointment of employees.--The administrator shall
    10  appoint a secretary and such other employees as are required to
    11  administer this chapter.
    12     (b)  Funding of arbitration panels.--The administration of
    13  the arbitration panels shall be funded in part from annual fees
    14  charged to each health care provider practicing in this
    15  Commonwealth and payable to the administrator pursuant to
    16  section 610-A of the act of April 9, 1929 (P.L.177, No.175),
    17  known as The Administrative Code of 1929.
    18     (c)  Preparation and furnishing of documents.--The
    19  administrator shall prepare, print and furnish, upon request and
    20  free of charge, such blank forms and literature as are necessary
    21  to facilitate and promote the efficient administration of this
    22  chapter.
    23     (d)  Annual report.--The administrator shall submit to the
    24  Governor and the General Assembly annually, on or before
    25  December 1, a report of the work of the administrator's office
    26  during the preceding fiscal year.
    27     (e)  Regulations.--The administrator shall promulgate such
    28  uniform regulations as are necessary to carry out the provisions
    29  of this chapter which relate to the work of the panels and shall
    30  prescribe the methods and practices necessary to effectuate
    19870H1628B2005                 - 890 -

     1  these provisions. The regulations shall be consistent with the
     2  law of this Commonwealth, including the Rules of Civil Procedure
     3  and the rules of evidence. The regulations, after consultation
     4  with the Secretary of Health, may include provisions for the use
     5  of forms which provide for the disclosure of the nature of the
     6  proposed treatment or diagnosis, risks of the proposed treatment
     7  or diagnosis and alternate methods of treatment or diagnosis.
     8     (f)  Settlements.--The administrator may consider and approve
     9  offers of settlement for fiduciaries, minors and incompetent
    10  parties at any time prior to the first meeting of the
    11  arbitration panel. The fund may be represented at any
    12  negotiation of settlement exceeding the basic coverage insurance
    13  carrier limit of liability.
    14     (g)  Preliminary motions.--Prior to appointment of an
    15  arbitration panel chairman, the administrator may rule on any
    16  preliminary motions before the panel.
    17  § 7113.  Arbitration panels for health care.
    18     (a)  Establishment of panels.--The administrator shall
    19  establish and maintain a pool from which he shall select
    20  arbitration panels to hear claims made under this chapter.
    21  Appointments to the pool of panel members shall be made by the
    22  administrator with due consideration given to persons
    23  recommended by appropriate recognized professional or lay
    24  organizations.
    25     (b)  Composition by administrator.--Each arbitration panel
    26  selected by the administrator shall be composed of three
    27  members, including one attorney, who shall be designated as
    28  chairperson and who shall determine questions of law, one health
    29  care provider and one lay person who is neither a health care
    30  provider nor an attorney. The administrator may select a
    19870H1628B2005                 - 891 -

     1  hospital administrator, podiatrist or osteopathic physician or
     2  surgeon as the health care provider panel member where the claim
     3  involves a member of one of those classes of health care
     4  providers.
     5     (c)  Challenges.--Any arbitration panel member selected by
     6  the administrator shall be subject to challenge for cause by any
     7  party. All challenges for cause shall be determined by the
     8  administrator. Each party shall also be entitled to one
     9  peremptory challenge.
    10     (d)  Composition by parties.--The parties shall not be
    11  restricted to arbitration panels drawn from the pool. If all
    12  parties mutually agree upon an arbitration panelist or
    13  panelists, the panelist or panelists shall be invited to serve
    14  by the administrator. A panel mutually agreed upon by the
    15  parties shall be composed of three members: one attorney, one
    16  health care provider and one lay person.
    17     (e)  Professional members.--The attorney members of the
    18  arbitration panel pool shall be admitted to practice before the
    19  Supreme Court of Pennsylvania. The health care provider members
    20  of the arbitration panel pool who are subject to licensure shall
    21  be licensed by the Commonwealth.
    22     (f)  Compensation and expenses.--Arbitration panel members
    23  shall be paid at a daily or annual salary rate fixed by the
    24  Executive Board, plus actual and necessary expenses incurred in
    25  the performance of their official duties. The administrator
    26  shall provide for all other necessary expenses of the
    27  arbitration panels.
    28     (g)  Conflict of interest.--A member shall not participate in
    29  a case in which he may have an interest.
    30                            SUBCHAPTER C
    19870H1628B2005                 - 892 -

     1                   PROCEDURE IN MALPRACTICE CASES
     2  Sec.
     3  7121.  Jurisdiction of arbitration panel.
     4  7122.  Procedure for filing claims.
     5  7123.  Hearings and determinations.
     6  7124.  Transfer to court.
     7  7125.  Service of papers.
     8  7126.  Applicability of other law.
     9  7127.  Appointment of expert witnesses.
    10  7128.  Powers and duties of panel.
    11  7129.  Notice of award.
    12  7130.  Judicial review.
    13  7131.  Judgments.
    14  7132.  Advance payments.
    15  7133.  Submission of findings to licensing boards.
    16  7134.  Reduction of award by other benefits.
    17  7135.  Award of punitive damages.
    18  7136.  Attorney fees.
    19  § 7121.  Jurisdiction of arbitration panel.
    20     (a)  Scope of jurisdiction.--The arbitration panel shall have
    21  concurrent original jurisdiction to hear and decide claims
    22  brought by a patient or his representative for loss or damages
    23  resulting from the performance or the failure to perform medical
    24  services. The arbitration panel shall also have concurrent
    25  original jurisdiction to hear and decide claims asserted against
    26  a nonhealth care provider who is made a party defendant with a
    27  health care provider.
    28     (b)  Jurisdictional requisites.--Cases within subsection (a)
    29  shall only be referred to an arbitration panel if:
    30         (1)  all parties to the action stipulate to the
    19870H1628B2005                 - 893 -

     1     reference;
     2         (2)  the rules of the court authorize the reference, and
     3     all conditions under those rules have been complied with; and
     4         (3)  all pleadings required by the Rules of Civil
     5     Procedure have been filed.
     6  § 7122.  Procedure for filing claims.
     7     A patient or his representative, having a claim described in
     8  section 7121(a) (relating to jurisdiction of arbitration panel),
     9  may commence proceedings under this subchapter by filing the
    10  stipulation of reference, and such pleadings and fees as are
    11  prescribed by the regulations promulgated by the administrator.
    12  The administrator shall refer the claim to the appropriate
    13  arbitration panel.
    14  § 7123.  Hearings and determinations.
    15     Upon assignment of a claim to an arbitration panel, the panel
    16  shall expeditiously hear and determine the claim in accordance
    17  with the regulations promulgated by the administrator.
    18  § 7124.  Transfer to court.
    19     (a)  General rule.--If an arbitration panel is not selected
    20  by the administrator within 90 days after the filing of a
    21  certificate of readiness as provided for in the applicable
    22  regulations, the administrator shall immediately transfer the
    23  case to the court.
    24     (b)  Place of hearings.--Arbitration panel hearings shall be
    25  conducted in the county where the cause of action arose, but
    26  may, within the discretion of the administrator, be held in any
    27  other place.
    28     (c)  Decisions.--A majority vote of the full arbitration
    29  panel shall be required to decide all matters before it, except
    30  that questions of law shall be decided by the member who is an
    19870H1628B2005                - 894 -

     1  attorney.
     2  § 7125.  Service of papers.
     3     Notice of all hearings and proceedings before the arbitration
     4  panel, unless otherwise directed, shall be made personally or
     5  given by certified mail, and proof of the mailing of notice
     6  shall be prima facie evidence of service. All briefs or
     7  litigation documents filed by any party with the administrator
     8  or any panel shall contain a certification that, on or before
     9  the day of filing, a copy of the document was served on opposing
    10  counsel or on the adverse party if there is no counsel of
    11  record.
    12  § 7126.  Applicability of other law.
    13     Except as provided in this chapter, the arbitration panel is
    14  bound by the law of this Commonwealth, the Rules of Civil
    15  Procedure and the rules of evidence.
    16  § 7127.  Appointment of expert witnesses.
    17     The arbitration panel may, upon the application of either
    18  party or upon its own motion, appoint a disinterested and
    19  qualified expert to make any necessary professional or expert
    20  examination of the claimant or relevant evidentiary matter and
    21  to testify as a witness with respect thereto. The expert witness
    22  shall be allowed necessary expenses and a reasonable fee to be
    23  fixed and paid by the arbitration panel.
    24  § 7128.  Powers and duties of panel.
    25     The arbitration panel is authorized and empowered to:
    26         (1)  Examine the relevant facts to determine if a case
    27     exists for recovery.
    28         (2)  Make findings of fact.
    29         (3)  Take depositions and testimony.
    30         (4)  Assure both parties full access to the facts.
    19870H1628B2005                - 895 -

     1         (5)  Make available to the parties the norms, standards
     2     and criteria employed by health care providers in the
     3     Professional Standards Review Organization region.
     4         (6)  Subpoena witnesses and administer oaths.
     5         (7)  Apply to the court to enforce the attendance and
     6     testimony of witnesses and the production and examination of
     7     books, papers and records.
     8         (8)  Consider and approve offers of settlement involving
     9     fiduciaries, minors and incompetent parties.
    10         (9)  Make determinations as to liability and award of
    11     damages.
    12         (10)  Exercise all other powers and duties conferred upon
    13     it by law.
    14  § 7129.  Notice of award.
    15     A copy of the arbitration panel's award shall be sent to each
    16  party at the time it is submitted to the administrator.
    17  § 7130.  Judicial review.
    18     (a)  General rule.--Appeals from determinations made by the
    19  arbitration panel shall be de novo in the court in accordance
    20  with the rules regarding appeals in compulsory civil
    21  arbitration, the Rules of Civil Procedure and the rules of
    22  court.
    23     (b)  Admissibility of record.--If an appeal is taken, the
    24  decision and any findings of fact of the arbitration panel shall
    25  be admissible as evidence before the court, but any award of
    26  damages shall not be admissible as evidence.
    27  § 7131.  Judgments.
    28     If an appeal is not entered within the prescribed time, a
    29  final judgment shall be entered by the court in accordance with
    30  the rules regarding failure to appeal in compulsory civil
    19870H1628B2005                - 896 -

     1  arbitration, the Rules of Civil Procedure and the rules of the
     2  court.
     3  § 7132.  Advance payments.
     4     (a)  Effect on liability.--An advance payment made by the
     5  defendant health care provider or his professional liability
     6  insurer to or for the plaintiff in any action described in
     7  section 7121(a) (relating to jurisdiction of arbitration panel)
     8  shall not be deemed an admission of liability for injuries or
     9  damages suffered by the plaintiff.
    10     (b)  Effect on damages awarded.--Any award or judgment in
    11  favor of the plaintiff shall be reduced to the extent of any
    12  advance payment. The advance payment shall inure to the
    13  exclusive benefit of the defendant or the insurer making the
    14  payment.
    15  § 7133.  Submission of findings to licensing boards.
    16     If the arbitration panel finds that the injury or death of
    17  the patient was the result in whole or in part of tort or breach
    18  of contract by a health care provider, and the award is not
    19  overturned on appeal, the arbitration panel shall report the
    20  findings to the licensure board and the Professional Standards
    21  Review Organization. The appropriate licensure board shall
    22  promptly investigate the report and take such disciplinary
    23  action as may be appropriate.
    24  § 7134.  Reduction of award by other benefits.
    25     The damages awarded for a claim described in section 7121(a)
    26  (relating to jurisdiction of arbitration panel) shall be reduced
    27  by any public collateral source of compensation or benefits. A
    28  right of subrogation is not enforceable against any benefit or
    29  compensation awarded for such a claim or against any health care
    30  provider or its liability insurer.
    19870H1628B2005                - 897 -

     1  § 7135.  Award of punitive damages.
     2     If the arbitration panel finds that the injury or damage to
     3  the patient was caused in whole or in part by the willful or
     4  wanton misconduct of any of the defendants, the panel may award
     5  such punitive damages against the defendant as may be awarded at
     6  law.
     7  § 7136.  Attorney fees.
     8     (a)  Limit on contingent fees.--When a plaintiff is
     9  represented by an attorney in the prosecution of his claim, the
    10  plaintiff's attorney fees from any award of an arbitration panel
    11  may not exceed the sum of:
    12         (1)  thirty percent of the first $100,000 of the award;
    13         (2)  twenty-five percent of the next $100,000; and
    14         (3)  twenty percent of the remaining amount.
    15     (b)  Per diem fee arrangements.--A plaintiff may elect to pay
    16  for the attorney's services on a mutually satisfactory per diem
    17  basis if this election is exercised in writing at the time of
    18  employment.
    19                            SUBCHAPTER D
    20             MEDICAL PROFESSIONAL LIABILITY CATASTROPHE
    21                             LOSS FUND
    22  Sec.
    23  7141.  Professional liability insurance.
    24  7142.  Medical Professional Liability Catastrophe Loss Fund.
    25  7143.  Administration of fund.
    26  7144.  Liability of excess carriers.
    27  7145.  Licensure penalties.
    28  § 7141.  Professional liability insurance.
    29     (a)  General rule.--Every health care provider providing
    30  health care or professional medical services in this
    19870H1628B2005                - 898 -

     1  Commonwealth shall be subject to this subchapter and shall
     2  insure his professional liability to the extent of basic
     3  coverage with an insurer licensed or approved by the
     4  Commonwealth or provide proof of self-insurance to the extent of
     5  basic coverage in accordance with this section. Any health care
     6  provider who does so may participate in the fund.
     7     (b)  Basic coverage.--With respect to a health care provider,
     8  other than a hospital, who conducts more than 50% of his health
     9  care business or practice in this Commonwealth, basic coverage
    10  shall be $100,000 per occurrence and $300,000 per annual
    11  aggregate; with respect to hospitals located in this
    12  Commonwealth, basic coverage shall be $100,000 per occurrence
    13  and $1,000,000 per annual aggregate. If the amounts which become
    14  payable by the fund exceed $20,000,000 in any year, basic
    15  coverage commencing in the ensuing year shall become $150,000
    16  per occurrence and $450,000 per annual aggregate with respect to
    17  health care providers other than hospitals; with respect to
    18  hospitals, basic coverage shall then become $150,000 per
    19  occurrence and $1,000,000 per annual aggregate. If the amounts
    20  which become payable by the fund exceed $30,000,000 in any year,
    21  basic coverage commencing in the ensuing year shall become
    22  $200,000 per occurrence and $600,000 per annual aggregate with
    23  respect to health care providers other than hospitals; with
    24  respect to hospitals, basic coverage shall then become $200,000
    25  per occurrence and $1,000,000 per annual aggregate.
    26     (c)  Foreign providers.--A health care provider who conducts
    27  50% or less of his health care business or practice in the
    28  Commonwealth shall insure or self-insure his professional
    29  liability in the amount of $200,000 per occurrence and $600,000
    30  per annual aggregate and shall not be required to contribute to
    19870H1628B2005                - 899 -

     1  or be entitled to participate in the fund established under this
     2  subchapter or in the plan set forth in Subchapter E (relating to
     3  availability of insurance).
     4     (d)  Self-insurers.--All self-insurance plans shall be
     5  submitted for approval with such information as the department
     6  shall require and shall be approved by the department if it
     7  finds that the plan constitutes protection equivalent to the
     8  insurance requirements of a health care provider. A fee shall be
     9  charged by the department to all self-insurers for examination
    10  and approval of their plans. Self-insured health care providers
    11  and hospitals who are otherwise exempt from this subchapter
    12  shall submit the information required under section 7158
    13  (relating to annual reports to department).
    14     (e)  Liability of carrier.--A professional liability insurer
    15  shall not be liable for payment of any claim against a health
    16  care provider for any loss or damages awarded in a professional
    17  liability action in excess of the basic coverage for each health
    18  care provider against whom an award is made unless the health
    19  care provider's professional liability policy or self-insurance
    20  plan provides for a higher annual aggregate limit.
    21     (f)  Governments.--A government may satisfy its obligations
    22  pursuant to this chapter, as well as the obligations of its
    23  employees to the extent of their employment, by either
    24  purchasing insurance or assuming these obligations as a self-
    25  insurer.
    26     (g)  Definition.--As used in this section the term "health
    27  care business or practice" means the number of patients to whom
    28  health care services are rendered by a health care provider
    29  within an annual period.
    30  § 7142.  Medical Professional Liability Catastrophe Loss Fund.
    19870H1628B2005                - 900 -

     1     (a)  Creation of fund.--There shall be a contingency fund for
     2  the purpose of paying all awards, judgments and settlements for
     3  loss or damages against a health care provider entitled to
     4  participate in the fund as a consequence of any claim for
     5  professional liability brought against the provider as a
     6  defendant or an additional defendant to the extent the
     7  provider's share exceeds his basic coverage in effect at the
     8  time of occurrence under section 7141(b) (relating to
     9  professional liability insurance). This fund shall be known as
    10  the Medical Professional Liability Catastrophe Loss Fund. The
    11  limit of liability of the fund shall be $1,000,000 for each
    12  occurrence for each health care provider and $3,000,000 per
    13  annual aggregate for each health care provider. The fund and all
    14  income from the fund shall be held in trust, deposited in a
    15  segregated account and invested and reinvested by the director,
    16  and shall not become a part of the General Fund of the
    17  Commonwealth.
    18     (b)  Surcharge.--An annual surcharge shall be levied on or
    19  after January 1 on all health care providers entitled to
    20  participate in the fund. The surcharge shall be determined by
    21  the director appointed pursuant to section 7143 (relating to
    22  administration of fund) and shall be subject to the prior
    23  approval of the department. The surcharge shall be the
    24  percentage of the cost to each health care provider for
    25  maintenance of professional liability insurance which is
    26  necessary to produce an amount sufficient to reimburse the fund
    27  for the payment of all claims paid and expenses incurred during
    28  the preceding year and to provide an amount necessary to
    29  maintain an additional $15,000,000. Health care providers having
    30  approved self-insurance plans shall be surcharged an amount
    19870H1628B2005                - 901 -

     1  equal to the surcharge imposed on a health care provider of like
     2  class, size, risk and kind as determined by the director.
     3     (c)  Computation and payment of claims.--All claims shall be
     4  computed annually on August 31 for all claims which became final
     5  between that date and September 1 of the preceding year. All
     6  such claims shall be paid on or before December 31 following the
     7  August 31 by which they became final.
     8     (d)  Emergency surcharge.--Notwithstanding subsection (b),
     9  the department may during September of each year determine and
    10  levy an emergency surcharge on all health care providers then
    11  entitled to participate in the fund if the fund would be
    12  exhausted by the payment in full of all claims which have become
    13  final and the expenses of the office of the director. The
    14  emergency surcharge shall be the percentage of the cost to each
    15  health care provider for maintenance of professional liability
    16  insurance which is necessary to produce an amount sufficient to
    17  allow the fund to pay in full all claims determined to be final
    18  as of August 31 of the year it is levied and the expenses of the
    19  office of the director as of December 31 of the previous year.
    20     (e)  Financing.--The annual and emergency surcharges on
    21  health care providers and any income realized by investment or
    22  reinvestment shall constitute the sole and exclusive sources of
    23  funding for the fund. Claims or expenses against the fund shall
    24  not be deemed to constitute a debt of the Commonwealth or a
    25  charge against the General Fund of the Commonwealth.
    26     (f)  Regulations and fees.--The director shall issue
    27  regulations regarding the establishment and operation of the
    28  fund including all procedures and the levying, payment and
    29  collection of the surcharges, except that the department shall
    30  issue regulations regarding the imposition of the emergency
    19870H1628B2005                - 902 -

     1  surcharge. A fee shall be charged by the director to all self-
     2  insurers for examination and approval of their plans.
     3  § 7143.  Administration of fund.
     4     (a)  Director.--The director of the fund shall be appointed
     5  by the Governor. The salary of the director shall be fixed by
     6  the Executive Board. The director may employ and fix the
     7  compensation of such clerical and other assistants as are
     8  necessary and may promulgate rules and regulations relating to
     9  procedures for the reporting of claims to the fund. The director
    10  shall be provided with adequate offices in which the records
    11  shall be kept and official business shall be transacted and
    12  shall also be provided with necessary office furniture and other
    13  supplies.
    14     (b)  Powers and duties.--The director shall have the
    15  following powers and duties:
    16         (1)  To administer the fund.
    17         (2)  To defend, litigate, settle or compromise any claim
    18     payable by the fund, and to adjust or compromise any claim
    19     payable by the fund.
    20         (3)  To purchase, on behalf of the fund, as much
    21     insurance or reinsurance as is necessary to preserve the
    22     fund.
    23     (c)  Claim exceeding coverage.--The basic coverage insurer or
    24  self-insured provider shall promptly notify the director of any
    25  case where it reasonably believes that the value of the claim
    26  exceeds the basic insurer's coverage or self-insurance plan or
    27  falls under subsection (e). This information shall be
    28  confidential, notwithstanding the act of July 19, 1974 (P.L.486,
    29  No.175), referred to as the Public Agency Open Meeting Law, and
    30  the act of June 21, 1957 (P.L.390, No.212), referred to as the
    19870H1628B2005                - 903 -

     1  Right-to-Know Law. Failure to so notify the director shall make
     2  the basic coverage insurer or self-insured provider responsible
     3  for the payment of the entire award or verdict if the fund has
     4  been prejudiced by the failure of notice.
     5     (d)  Defense of the claim.--The basic coverage insurer or
     6  self-insured provider shall be responsible to provide a defense
     7  to the claim, including defense of the fund, except as provided
     8  for in subsection (e). If the director has been notified in
     9  accordance with subsection (c), the director may join in the
    10  defense of the claim and be represented by counsel.
    11     (e)  Statute of limitation.--If any claim is made against a
    12  health care provider subject to the provisions of this
    13  subchapter more than four years after the breach of contract or
    14  tort occurred which is filed within the statute of limitations,
    15  the claim shall be defended and paid by the fund. If the claim
    16  is made after four years because of the willful concealment by
    17  the health care provider or his insurer, the fund shall have the
    18  right of full indemnity, including defense costs, from the
    19  health care provider or his insurer.
    20     (f)  Settlement.--If the basic coverage insurer or self-
    21  insured provider enters into a settlement with the claimant to
    22  the full extent of its liability as provided in section 7141(b)
    23  (relating to professional liability insurance), it may obtain a
    24  release from the claimant to the extent of its payment, which
    25  payment shall have no effect upon any excess claim against the
    26  fund or its duty to continue the defense of the claim. A health
    27  care provider's basic coverage insurer may approve or disapprove
    28  any settlement entered into by the director on behalf of its
    29  insured health care provider. If the basic coverage insurer does
    30  not disapprove a settlement prior to execution by the director,
    19870H1628B2005                - 904 -

     1  it shall be deemed approved by the basic insurance coverage
     2  carrier. If more than one health care provider defendant is
     3  party to a settlement, the health care provider's basic coverage
     4  insurer may approve or disapprove only that portion of the
     5  settlement which is contributed on behalf of its insured health
     6  care provider.
     7  § 7144.  Liability of excess carriers.
     8     An insurer providing excess professional liability insurance
     9  to any health care provider eligible for coverage under the fund
    10  shall not be liable for payment of any claim against a health
    11  care provider for any loss or damages except those in excess of
    12  the limits of liability provided by the fund. A carrier
    13  providing excess professional liability insurance for a health
    14  care provider covered by the fund shall not be liable for any
    15  loss resulting from the insolvency or dissolution of the fund.
    16  § 7145.  Licensure penalties.
    17     The failure of any health care provider to comply with any of
    18  the provisions of section 7141 (relating to professional
    19  liability insurance) or 7142 (relating to Medical Professional
    20  Liability Catastrophe Loss Fund) or any of the regulations
    21  issued by the director shall result in the suspension or
    22  revocation of the health care provider's license by the
    23  licensure board.
    24                            SUBCHAPTER E
    25                     AVAILABILITY OF INSURANCE
    26  Sec.
    27  7151.  Plan to assure availability of insurance.
    28  7152.  Participation in plan.
    29  7153.  Plan operation, rates and deficits.
    30  7154.  Authority of department.
    19870H1628B2005                - 905 -

     1  7155.  Financing and payment of premiums.
     2  7156.  Selection of insurer to administer plan.
     3  7157.  Approval of policies on claims made basis.
     4  7158.  Annual reports to department.
     5  7159.  Studies and recommendations.
     6  7160.  Coverage by joint underwriting association.
     7  7161.  Applicability of certain provisions.
     8  § 7151.  Plan to assure availability of insurance.
     9     The department shall establish and implement or approve and
    10  supervise a plan assuring that professional liability insurance
    11  will be conveniently and expeditiously available, subject only
    12  to payment or provisions for payment of the premium, to those
    13  providers who cannot conveniently obtain insurance through
    14  ordinary methods at rates not in excess of those applicable to
    15  similarly situated health care providers under the plan. The
    16  plan may provide reasonable means for the transfer of health
    17  care providers insured thereunder into the ordinary insurance
    18  market, at the same or lower rates pursuant to regulations
    19  established by the department. The plan may be implemented by a
    20  joint underwriting association that results in all applicants
    21  being conveniently afforded access to the insurance coverage on
    22  reasonable and not unfairly discriminatory terms.
    23  § 7152.  Participation in plan.
    24     The plan shall consist of all insurers authorized to write
    25  insurance pursuant to section 3302(c)(4) and (11) (relating to
    26  authorized classes of insurance). The plan shall provide for
    27  equitable apportionment of the financial burdens of insurance
    28  provided to applicants under the plan and the costs of operation
    29  of the plan among all participating insurers writing such
    30  insurance coverage.
    19870H1628B2005                - 906 -

     1  § 7153.  Plan operation, rates and deficits.
     2     (a)  Cooperation of insurers.--Subject to the supervision and
     3  approval of the department, insurers may consult and agree with
     4  each other and with other appropriate persons as to the
     5  organization, administration and operation of the plan and as to
     6  rates and rate modifications for insurance coverages provided
     7  under the plan. Rates and rate modifications adopted or changed
     8  for insurance coverages provided under the plan shall be
     9  approved by the department in accordance with Chapter 19
    10  (relating to insurance rates), except as inconsistent with
    11  subsection (c).
    12     (b)  Deficit of joint underwriting association.--If the joint
    13  underwriting association suffers a deficit in any year, its
    14  board of directors shall so certify to the director of the fund
    15  and the department. This certification shall be subject to the
    16  review and approval of the department. Within 60 days following
    17  the certification and approval the director of the fund shall
    18  make sufficient payment to the association to compensate for the
    19  deficit. A deficit shall exist whenever the sum of the earned
    20  premiums collected by the association and the investment income
    21  therefrom is exhausted by virtue of payment of or allocation for
    22  the association's necessary administrative expenses, taxes,
    23  losses, loss adjustment expenses and reserves, including
    24  reserves for losses incurred and reported, losses incurred but
    25  not reported, loss adjustment expenses and unearned premiums.
    26     (c)  Premium increase.--Within 60 days after the
    27  certification that the association has suffered a deficit, the
    28  board of directors of the association shall file with the
    29  department and the department shall approve a premium increase
    30  sufficient to generate the requisite income to:
    19870H1628B2005                - 907 -

     1         (1)  reimburse the fund for any payment made by the fund
     2     to compensate for the deficit; and
     3         (2)  increase premiums to a level actuarially sufficient
     4     to avoid an operating deficit by the association during the
     5     following 12 months.
     6  The association shall reimburse the fund with interest at a rate
     7  equal to that earned by the fund on its invested assets within
     8  one year of any payment made by the fund as compensation for any
     9  deficit incurred by the association.
    10  § 7154.  Authority of department.
    11     (a)  General rule.--To carry out the objectives of this
    12  subchapter, the department may enter into agreements with other
    13  governmental or private entities and individuals and form and
    14  operate or authorize the formation and operation of bureaus and
    15  other legal entities.
    16     (b)  Powers with respect to private market.--If the private
    17  insurance market unfairly discriminates against higher risk
    18  physicians by denying professional liability insurance coverage
    19  to 50% or more of all physicians in insurance rating class 3, 4
    20  or 5 or their equivalents, the department, after notice in the
    21  Pennsylvania Bulletin and public hearings, may declare that the
    22  plan established under this subchapter shall be the exclusive
    23  source of professional liability insurance for health care
    24  providers in this Commonwealth. The department may dissolve the
    25  plan if it determines that the plan is no longer necessary and
    26  that an adequate market will be maintained for professional
    27  liability insurance for health care providers by the private
    28  insurance market. The department may thereafter reestablish the
    29  plan if it finds that the private industry has failed to provide
    30  an adequate market for professional liability insurance by
    19870H1628B2005                - 908 -

     1  denying professional liability insurance coverage to 50% or more
     2  of all rating class 3, 4 or 5 or their equivalents, and may
     3  declare it the sole and exclusive source of such insurance under
     4  the procedure set forth in this subsection.
     5  § 7155.  Financing and payment of premiums.
     6     The plan shall assure that there is available through the
     7  private sector or otherwise, to all applicants, adequate premium
     8  financing or provision for the installment payment of premiums
     9  subject to customary terms and conditions.
    10  § 7156.  Selection of insurer to administer plan.
    11     The department may select an authorized insurer to administer
    12  any plan established pursuant to this article.
    13  § 7157.  Approval of policies on claims made basis.
    14     The department shall not approve a policy written on a claims
    15  made basis by any insurer doing business in this Commonwealth
    16  unless the insurer guarantees to the department the continued
    17  availability of suitable liability protection for health care
    18  providers subsequent to the discontinuance of professional
    19  practice by the health care provider or the sooner termination
    20  of the insurance policy by the insurer or the health care
    21  provider for as long as there is a reasonable probability of a
    22  claim for injury for which the health care provider may be held
    23  liable.
    24  § 7158.  Annual reports to department.
    25     The plan shall report to the department annually on a date
    26  and on a form prescribed by the department the total amount of
    27  premium dollars collected, the total amount of claims paid and
    28  expenses incurred therewith, the total amount of reserve set
    29  aside for future claims, the nature and substance of each claim,
    30  the date and place in which each claim arose, the amounts paid,
    19870H1628B2005                - 909 -

     1  if any, the disposition of each claim and such additional
     2  information as the department requires.
     3  § 7159.  Studies and recommendations.
     4     The plan shall conduct studies and review member records for
     5  the purpose of determining the causes of patient compensation
     6  claims and make recommendations for legislative, regulatory and
     7  other changes necessary to reduce the frequency and severity of
     8  such claims.
     9  § 7160.  Coverage by joint underwriting association.
    10     (a)  General rule.--The joint underwriting association shall
    11  offer basic coverage insurance to all professional corporations,
    12  professional associations and partnerships entirely owned by
    13  health care providers who cannot conveniently obtain insurance
    14  through ordinary methods at rates not in excess of those
    15  applicable to those similarly situated.
    16     (b)  Excess coverage.--If a professional corporation,
    17  professional association or partnership entirely owned by health
    18  care providers elects to be covered by basic coverage insurance,
    19  and pays the annual surcharge as required by section 7142
    20  (relating to Medical Professional Liability Catastrophe Loss
    21  Fund), it shall be entitled to excess coverage from the fund as
    22  provided in Subchapter D (relating to Medical Professional
    23  Liability Catastrophe Loss Fund).
    24     (c)  Participation requirement.--Any professional
    25  corporation, professional association or partnership which
    26  acquires basic coverage insurance from the joint underwriting
    27  association pursuant to subsection (a) or from an authorized
    28  insurer shall participate in and contribute to the fund.
    29  § 7161.  Applicability of certain provisions.
    30     Any professional corporation, professional association or
    19870H1628B2005                - 910 -

     1  partnership which participates in or contributes to the fund
     2  shall be subject to all other provisions of this chapter.
     3                            SUBCHAPTER F
     4                      DISCIPLINARY PROCEEDINGS
     5  Sec.
     6  7171.  Investigations.
     7  7172.  Hearings.
     8  7173.  Decisions of hearing examiners.
     9  7174.  Evidence.
    10  7175.  Review and decision by licensing boards.
    11  7176.  Disposition of certain moneys.
    12  § 7171.  Investigations.
    13     The State Board of Medical Education and Licensure, the State
    14  Board of Osteopathic Examiners and the State Board of Podiatry
    15  Examiners shall employ such qualified investigators and
    16  attorneys as are necessary to implement their authority to
    17  revoke, suspend, limit or otherwise regulate the licenses of
    18  physicians; issue reprimands or impose fines; require refresher
    19  educational courses; or require licensees to submit to medical
    20  treatment.
    21  § 7172.  Hearings.
    22     (a)  Appointment of hearing examiners.--The State Board of
    23  Medical Education and Licensure, the State Board of Osteopathic
    24  Examiners and the State Board of Podiatry Examiners shall
    25  appoint, with the approval of the Governor, such hearing
    26  examiners as shall be necessary to conduct hearings in
    27  accordance with the disciplinary authority granted by the act of
    28  July 20, 1974 (P.L.551, No.190), known as the Medical Practice
    29  Act of 1974, the act of October 5, 1978 (P.L.1109, No.261),
    30  known as the Osteopathic Medical Practice Act, and the act of
    19870H1628B2005                - 911 -

     1  March 2, 1956 (1955 P.L.1206, No.375), known as the Podiatry Act
     2  of 1956.
     3     (b)  Regulations.--The State Board of Medical Education and
     4  Licensure, the State Board of Osteopathic Examiners or the State
     5  Board of Podiatry Examiners may promulgate regulations with
     6  respect to the powers and duties of the hearing examiners
     7  appointed under this section.
     8     (c)  Powers of hearing examiners.--The hearing examiners
     9  shall have the power to conduct hearings in accordance with the
    10  regulations of the State Board of Medical Education and
    11  Licensure, the State Board of Osteopathic Examiners or the State
    12  Board of Podiatry Examiners to administer oaths and to issue
    13  subpoenas requiring the attendance and testimony of individuals
    14  or the production of pertinent books, records, documents and
    15  papers by persons whom they believe to have information relevant
    16  to any matter pending before the examiner.
    17  § 7173.  Decisions of hearing examiners.
    18     The hearing examiner shall hear evidence submitted and
    19  arguments of counsel with reasonable dispatch and shall promptly
    20  record his decision, including findings of fact. A copy of the
    21  decision shall immediately be sent to the State Board of Medical
    22  Education and Licensure, the State Board of Osteopathic
    23  Examiners or the State Board of Podiatry Examiners and to
    24  counsel of record, or the parties if not represented.
    25  § 7174.  Evidence.
    26     In all hearings proof may be made by oral testimony or by
    27  deposition or interrogatories. Depositions shall be taken in the
    28  manner and upon the notice required by the rules for taking
    29  depositions in civil cases and may be introduced into evidence
    30  without regard to the availability of the witness to testify at
    19870H1628B2005                - 912 -

     1  the time of trial. Any witness, however, may be subpoenaed by
     2  any party to the controversy to testify pursuant to the rules
     3  appropriate to civil actions and shall be considered to be the
     4  witness of the party who offered the deposition.
     5  § 7175.  Review and decision by licensing boards.
     6     (a)  Review.--If application for review is made to the State
     7  Board of Medical Education and Licensure, the State Board of
     8  Osteopathic Examiners or the State Board of Podiatry Examiners
     9  within 20 days from the date of any decision made as a result of
    10  a hearing held by a hearing examiner, the board shall review the
    11  evidence, and may hear argument and additional evidence.
    12     (b)  Decision.--As soon as practicable, the State Board of
    13  Medical Education and Licensure, the State Board of Osteopathic
    14  Examiners or the State Board of Podiatry Examiners shall make a
    15  decision including findings of facts and shall send a copy
    16  thereof to each of the parties to the dispute.
    17  § 7176.  Disposition of certain moneys.
    18     All fees, charges and fines:
    19         (1)  collected under the act of July 20, 1974 (P.L.551,
    20     No.190), known as the Medical Practice Act of 1974, are
    21     specifically appropriated for the exclusive use by the State
    22     Board of Medical Education and Licensure in carrying out the
    23     provisions of this subchapter;
    24         (2)  collected under the act of October 5, 1978
    25     (P.L.1109, No.261), known as the Osteopathic Medical Practice
    26     Act, are specifically appropriated for the exclusive use by
    27     the State Board of Osteopathic Examiners in carrying out the
    28     provisions of this subchapter; or
    29         (3)  collected under the provisions of the act of March
    30     2, 1956 (1955 P.L.1206, No.375), known as the Podiatry Act of
    19870H1628B2005                - 913 -

     1     1956, are specifically appropriated for the exclusive use by
     2     the State Board of Podiatry Examiners in carrying out the
     3     provisions of this subchapter.
     4                            SUBCHAPTER G
     5                      MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
     6  Sec.
     7  7181.  Existing contract provisions.
     8  7182.  Joint committee.
     9  § 7181.  Existing contract provisions.
    10     Every express contract between a patient and health care
    11  provider in existence on January 13, 1976, containing provisions
    12  inconsistent with the terms and provisions of this chapter,
    13  remains unimpaired and effective as to all parties until the
    14  contract expires or is rescinded by law or the mutual agreement
    15  of the parties.
    16  § 7182.  Joint committee.
    17     There shall be a committee consisting of the commissioner as
    18  chairman, the Secretary of Health and two members of the Senate,
    19  one member of each party, to be appointed by the President pro
    20  tempore of the Senate and two members of the House of
    21  Representatives, one member of each party, to be appointed by
    22  the Speaker of the House of Representatives. The committee shall
    23  study the distribution of professional liability insurance costs
    24  as among the various classes of physicians and health care
    25  providers and shall report its findings and recommendations to
    26  the General Assembly. The committee shall also study all phases
    27  and the financial impact of the operations of the fund. The
    28  committee shall study the provisions, application and operation
    29  of this chapter to determine if any changes in the law are
    30  necessary or advisable. This study shall include consideration
    19870H1628B2005                - 914 -

     1  of the advisability and potential effect of the application of
     2  this chapter to mental health-mental retardation facilities. The
     3  committee shall annually report on this study on or before July
     4  1.
     5                             CHAPTER 73
     6                  HEALTH MAINTENANCE ORGANIZATIONS
     7  Subchapter
     8     A.  General Provisions
     9     B.  Operation and Regulation
    10                            SUBCHAPTER A
    11                         GENERAL PROVISIONS
    12  Sec.
    13  7301.  Short title of chapter.
    14  7302.  Purpose of chapter.
    15  7303.  Definitions.
    16  7304.  Applicability of chapter.
    17  7305.  Applicability of other law.
    18  7306.  Exemption from taxation.
    19  7307.  Regulations.
    20  § 7301.  Short title of chapter.
    21     This chapter shall be known and may be cited as the Health
    22  Maintenance Organization Act.
    23  § 7302.  Purpose of chapter.
    24     The purpose of this chapter is to permit and encourage the
    25  formation and regulation of health maintenance organizations and
    26  to authorize the Department of Health to provide technical
    27  advice and assistance to corporations desiring to establish,
    28  operate and maintain a health maintenance organization to the
    29  end that increased competition and consumer choice offered by
    30  diverse health maintenance organizations can constructively
    19870H1628B2005                - 915 -

     1  serve to advance the purposes of quality assurance, cost-
     2  effectiveness and access.
     3  § 7303.  Definitions.
     4     The following words and phrases when used in this chapter
     5  shall have the meanings given to them in this section unless the
     6  context clearly indicates otherwise:
     7     "Basic health services."  Those health services, including as
     8  a minimum, but not limited to, emergency care, inpatient
     9  hospital and physician care, ambulatory physician care and
    10  outpatient and preventive medical services.
    11     "Direct provider."  An individual who is a direct provider of
    12  health care services under a benefit plan of a health
    13  maintenance organization or an individual whose primary current
    14  activity is the administration of health facilities in which
    15  such care is provided. An individual shall not be considered a
    16  direct provider of health care solely because the individual is
    17  a member of the governing body of a health-related organization.
    18     "Health maintenance organization."  An organized system which
    19  combines the delivery and financing of health care and which
    20  provides basic health services to voluntarily enrolled
    21  subscribers for a fixed prepaid fee.
    22  § 7304.  Applicability of chapter.
    23     (a)  Unrelated activities.--Any requirements or privileges
    24  granted under this chapter shall apply exclusively to that
    25  portion of business or activities which reasonably relates to
    26  the establishment, maintenance and operation of a health
    27  maintenance organization pursuant to Subchapter B (relating to
    28  operation and regulation).
    29     (b)  Prior authorization.--Any health maintenance
    30  organization program approved by the department or the
    19870H1628B2005                - 916 -

     1  Department of Health and operating under Chapter 75 (relating to
     2  hospital plan corporations) or 77 (relating to professional
     3  health services plan corporations) or under any statute
     4  superseded thereby, prior to February 17, 1981, may continue to
     5  operate thereunder.
     6  § 7305.  Applicability of other law.
     7     (a)  Exemptions from general insurance law.--Except as
     8  otherwise provided in this chapter, a health maintenance
     9  organization operating under Subchapter B (relating to operation
    10  and regulation) is not subject to the present law of this
    11  Commonwealth relating to insurance corporations engaged in the
    12  business of insurance nor to any statute hereafter enacted
    13  relating to the business of insurance unless the statute is
    14  specifically made applicable by its terms. In the case of a
    15  health maintenance organization established, operated and
    16  maintained by a corporation, this exemption shall apply only to
    17  the operations and subscribers of the health maintenance
    18  organization.
    19     (b)  Inclusions.--All health maintenance organizations are
    20  subject to Chapter 15 (relating to unfair insurance practices).
    21  Any rehabilitation, liquidation or conservation of a health
    22  maintenance organization shall be deemed to be the
    23  rehabilitation, liquidation or conservation of an insurance
    24  company and shall be conducted under the supervision of the
    25  department under Chapter 39 (relating to suspension of business
    26  and dissolution) and other applicable law.
    27  § 7306.  Exemption from taxation.
    28     Every health maintenance organization established, maintained
    29  and operated by a corporation not-for-profit shall be deemed a
    30  charitable and benevolent institution, and its income, funds,
    19870H1628B2005                - 917 -

     1  investments and property shall be exempt from taxation by the
     2  Commonwealth or its political subdivisions.
     3  § 7307.  Regulations.
     4     The department and the Department of Health shall promulgate
     5  reasonable regulations as necessary to effectuate the purposes
     6  and provisions of this chapter.
     7                            SUBCHAPTER B
     8                      OPERATION AND REGULATION
     9  Sec.
    10  7321.  Scope of authorization.
    11  7322.  Certificates of authority.
    12  7323.  Foreign health maintenance organizations.
    13  7324.  Filing of rates and contract forms.
    14  7325.  Reports and examinations.
    15  7326.  Contracts.
    16  7327.  Services performed outside service area.
    17  7328.  Additional requirements.
    18  7329.  Penalties.
    19  § 7321.  Scope of authorization.
    20     (a)  General rule.--Notwithstanding any law to the contrary,
    21  any corporation may establish, maintain and operate a health
    22  maintenance organization upon receipt of a certificate of
    23  authority to do so under this subchapter.
    24     (b)  Required services.--The health maintenance organization
    25  shall:
    26         (1)  Provide basic health services, either directly or
    27     through arrangements with other persons, to enrolled
    28     subscribers.
    29         (2)  Provide physicians' services:
    30             (i)  directly through physicians who are employees of
    19870H1628B2005                - 918 -

     1         the organization;
     2             (ii)  under arrangements with one or more groups of
     3         physicians, organized on a group practice or individual
     4         practice basis, under which each such group is reimbursed
     5         for its services primarily on the basis of an aggregate
     6         fixed sum or on a per capita basis, regardless of whether
     7         the individual physician members of any such group are
     8         paid on a fee-for-service or other basis; or
     9             (iii)  under similar arrangements which are found by
    10         the secretary to provide adequate financial incentives
    11         for the provision of quality and cost-effective care.
    12  § 7322.  Certificates of authority.
    13     (a)  Application for certificate.--Every application for a
    14  certificate of authority under this subchapter shall be made to
    15  the department and the Department of Health in writing and shall
    16  be in such form and contain such information as the regulations
    17  of the department and the Department of Health shall require.
    18     (b)  Criteria for issuance.--A certificate of authority shall
    19  be jointly issued by order of the department and the Department
    20  of Health when the following requirements are met:
    21         (1)  The Department of Health finds and determines that
    22     the applicant:
    23             (i)  has demonstrated the potential ability to assure
    24         both availability and accessibility of adequate personnel
    25         and facilities in a manner enhancing availability,
    26         accessibility and continuity of services;
    27             (ii)  has arrangements for an ongoing quality of
    28         health care assurance program; and
    29             (iii)  has appropriate mechanisms whereby the health
    30         maintenance organization will effectively provide or
    19870H1628B2005                - 919 -

     1         arrange for the provision of basic health care services
     2         on a prepaid basis.
     3         (2)  The department finds and determines that the
     4     applicant has a reasonable plan to operate the health
     5     maintenance organization in a financially sound manner and is
     6     reasonably expected to meet its obligations to enrollees and
     7     prospective enrollees. The department may require by
     8     regulation a deposit of cash, a guaranty or the maintenance
     9     of minimum restricted reserves, to assure that the
    10     obligations to subscribers will be performed. In making the
    11     determination as to qualification for the certificate, the
    12     department may consider the following:
    13             (i)  The adequacy of working capital and funding
    14         sources.
    15             (ii)  Arrangements for insuring the payment of the
    16         cost of health care services or the provision for
    17         automatic applicability of an alternative coverage in the
    18         event of discontinuance of the health maintenance
    19         organization.
    20             (iii)  Any agreement with providers of health care
    21         services whereby they assume financial risk for the
    22         provision of services to subscribers.
    23     (c)  Disposition of applications.--Within 90 days of receipt
    24  of a completed application for a certificate of authority, the
    25  department and the Department of Health shall jointly either
    26  approve the application and issue a certificate of authority or
    27  disapprove the application and specify in writing the reasons
    28  for the disapproval. Any disapproval of an application may be
    29  appealed in accordance with Title 2 (relating to administrative
    30  law and procedure).
    19870H1628B2005                - 920 -

     1     (d)  Exclusions.--Certificates of authority shall not be
     2  required of:
     3         (1)  Any health maintenance organization offered by an
     4     employer for the exclusive enrollment of his employees or by
     5     a union for the sole use of its members.
     6         (2)  Any plan, program or service offered by an employer
     7     for the prevention of disease among his employees.
     8  § 7323.  Foreign health maintenance organizations.
     9     (a)  Authorization.--A health maintenance organization
    10  approved and regulated under the law of another state may be
    11  authorized by issuance of a certificate of authority to do
    12  business in this Commonwealth by satisfying the department and
    13  the Department of Health that it is fully and legally organized
    14  under the law of its state and that it complies with all
    15  requirements for health maintenance organizations organized in
    16  this Commonwealth.
    17     (b)  Waivers.--The department and the Department of Health
    18  may waive or modify the provisions of this chapter under which
    19  they have authority to act, if they determine that the
    20  provisions are not appropriate to a particular health
    21  maintenance organization of another state and that the waiver or
    22  modification will be consistent with the purposes and provisions
    23  of this chapter and will not result in unfair discrimination in
    24  favor of the health maintenance organization of another state.
    25     (c)  Reciprocal agreements.--The department and the
    26  Department of Health shall develop with other states reciprocal
    27  licensing agreements concerning the licensure of health
    28  maintenance organizations which permit the department and the
    29  Department of Health to accept audits, inspections and reviews
    30  of agencies from other states to determine whether health
    19870H1628B2005                - 921 -

     1  maintenance organizations licensed in other states meet the
     2  requirements of this Commonwealth.
     3  § 7324.  Filing of rates and contract forms.
     4     All rates charged subscribers or groups of subscribers by a
     5  health maintenance organization and the form and content of all
     6  contracts between a health maintenance organization and its
     7  subscribers or groups of subscribers, all rates of payment to
     8  hospitals made by a health maintenance organization pursuant to
     9  contracts provided for in this subchapter, budgeted acquisition
    10  costs in connection with the solicitation of subscribers and the
    11  certificates issued by a health maintenance organization
    12  representing its agreements with subscribers shall, at all
    13  times, be on file with the department and shall be deemed
    14  approved unless explicitly rejected within 60 days of filing.
    15  These filings shall be made to the department in such form, and
    16  shall set forth such information, as the department may require
    17  to carry out the provisions of this chapter. Any disapproval of
    18  a filing by the department may be appealed in accordance with
    19  Title 2 (relating to administrative law and procedure).
    20  § 7325.  Reports and examinations.
    21     (a)  Annual reports.--The corporation shall, on or before
    22  March 1 of each year, file with the department a statement,
    23  verified by at least two of the principal officers of the
    24  corporation, summarizing its financial activities during the
    25  preceding calendar or fiscal year and showing its financial
    26  condition at the close of that calendar or fiscal year. The
    27  statement shall be in such form and shall contain such matter as
    28  the department shall prescribe.
    29     (b)  Examinations and special reports.--The financial affairs
    30  and status of every such corporation shall be examined by the
    19870H1628B2005                - 922 -

     1  department not less frequently than once in every three years.
     2  For this purpose the department shall be entitled to the aid and
     3  cooperation of the officers and employees of the corporation and
     4  shall have convenient access to all records and documents that
     5  relate to the financial affairs of the corporation. THe
     6  department may examine under oath the officers, agents,
     7  employees and subscribers for the health services of the
     8  corporation, and all other persons having a substantial part in
     9  the business of the corporation, in relation to its financial
    10  affairs and financial condition. The department may at any time,
    11  without making this examination, call on the corporation for a
    12  written report, authenticated by at least two of its principal
    13  officers, concerning the financial affairs and condition of the
    14  corporation.
    15     (c)  Financial records.--A corporation shall maintain its
    16  financial records in such a manner that the revenues and
    17  expenses associated with the establishment, maintenance and
    18  operation of its prepaid health care delivery system under this
    19  subchapter are identifiable and distinct from other activities
    20  it engages in which are not directly related thereto.
    21     (d)  Other records.--The secretary shall have convenient
    22  access to all documents that relate to the business of the
    23  corporation, other than financial.
    24  § 7326.  Contracts.
    25     (a)  Health service contracts.--Contracts enabling the
    26  corporation to provide the services authorized under section
    27  7321 (relating to scope of authorization) made with hospitals
    28  and practitioners of medical, dental and related services shall
    29  be filed with the Department of Health. The Department of Health
    30  may have the power to require immediate renegotiation of such
    19870H1628B2005                - 923 -

     1  contracts whenever it determines that they provide for excessive
     2  payments, or that they fail to include reasonable incentives for
     3  cost control, or that they otherwise substantially and
     4  unreasonably contribute to escalation of the costs of providing
     5  health care services to subscribers or that they are otherwise
     6  inconsistent with the purposes of this chapter.
     7     (b)  Administrative contracts.--A health maintenance
     8  organization may reasonably contract with any person for the
     9  performance on its behalf of other necessary functions,
    10  including, but not limited to, marketing, enrollment and
    11  administration, and may contract with an insurance company
    12  authorized to do an accident and health business in this
    13  Commonwealth or a hospital plan corporation or a professional
    14  health service corporation for the provision of insurance or
    15  indemnity or reimbursement against the cost of health care
    16  services provided by the health maintenance organization as it
    17  deems necessary. These contracts shall be filed with the
    18  department.
    19     (c)  Third-party payment contracts.--A health maintenance
    20  organization established under this subchapter may receive and
    21  accept from governmental or private agencies payments covering
    22  all or part of the cost of subscriptions to provide its
    23  services, facilities, appliances, medicines or supplies.
    24  § 7327.  Services performed outside service area.
    25     If a subscriber entitled to services provided by the
    26  corporation necessarily incurs expenses for such services while
    27  outside the service area, the health maintenance organization to
    28  which the person is a subscriber may, if satisfied that the
    29  services were necessary and were such as the subscriber would
    30  have been entitled to under similar circumstances in the service
    19870H1628B2005                - 924 -

     1  area, reimburse the subscriber or pay on his behalf all or part
     2  of the reasonable expenses incurred for the services. The
     3  decision for reimbursement shall be subject to review by the
     4  department at the request of a subscriber.
     5  § 7328.  Additional requirements.
     6     (a)  Board of directors.--At least one-third of the
     7  membership of the board of directors of any health maintenance
     8  organization authorized under this subchapter shall be selected
     9  from the subscribers of the organization. The board of directors
    10  shall be elected in the manner stated in the corporation's
    11  charter or bylaws.
    12     (b)  Solicitors and agents.--Solicitors or agents compensated
    13  directly or indirectly by any corporation subject to this
    14  subchapter shall meet such prerequisites as the department by
    15  regulation shall require.
    16     (c)  Grievance procedure.--A health maintenance organization
    17  shall establish and maintain a grievance resolution system
    18  satisfactory to the Department of Health whereby the complaints
    19  of its subscribers shall be acted upon promptly and
    20  satisfactorily.
    21     (d)  Optometric care.--If a health maintenance organization
    22  offers eye care which is within the scope of the practice of
    23  optometry, it shall make optometric care available to its
    24  subscribers, and shall make the same reimbursement whether the
    25  service is provided by an optometrist or a physician.
    26  § 7329.  Penalties.
    27     (a)  Grounds.--The department or the Department of Health may
    28  suspend or revoke any certificate of authority issued to a
    29  health maintenance organization under this subchapter, or impose
    30  a penalty of not more than $1,000 for each unlawful act
    19870H1628B2005                - 925 -

     1  committed, if they find that any of the following conditions
     2  exist:
     3         (1)  The health maintenance organization is providing
     4     inadequate or poor quality care, thereby creating a threat to
     5     the health and safety of its subscribers.
     6         (2)  The health maintenance organization is unable to
     7     fulfill its contractual obligations to its subscribers.
     8         (3)  The health maintenance organization or any person on
     9     its behalf has advertised its services in an untrue,
    10     misrepresentative, misleading, deceptive or unfair manner.
    11         (4)  The health maintenance organization has otherwise
    12     failed to substantially comply with this chapter.
    13     (b)  Procedure.--Before the department or the Department of
    14  Health, whichever is appropriate, takes any action under
    15  subsection (a), it shall give written notice to the health
    16  maintenance organization accused of violating the law, stating
    17  specifically the nature of the alleged violation and fixing a
    18  time and place, at least ten days thereafter, when a hearing of
    19  the matter shall be held. The hearing procedure and appeals from
    20  decisions of the department or the Department of Health shall be
    21  as provided in Title 2 (relating to administrative law and
    22  procedure).
    23                             CHAPTER 74
    24                     CONTINUING CARE PROVIDERS
    25  Sec.
    26  7401.  Short title of chapter.
    27  7402.  Purpose of chapter.
    28  7403.  Definitions.
    29  7404.  Certificates of authority.
    30  7405.  Revocation of certificate of authority.
    19870H1628B2005                - 926 -

     1  7406.  Sales or transfers of ownership.
     2  7407.  Disclosure statements.
     3  7408.  False information.
     4  7409.  Reserves.
     5  7410.  Reserve fund escrow.
     6  7411.  Liens on behalf of residents.
     7  7412.  Entrance fee escrow.
     8  7413.  Cross-collateralization.
     9  7414.  Residents' agreements.
    10  7415.  Organizational rights of residents.
    11  7416.  Rehabilitation or liquidation.
    12  7417.  Civil liability.
    13  7418.  Investigations and compulsory process.
    14  7419.  Audits.
    15  7420.  Consumers' guides.
    16  7421.  Civil relief from violations.
    17  7422.  Criminal penalties.
    18  7423.  Fees and expenses.
    19  7424.  Compliance period.
    20  § 7401.  Short title of chapter.
    21     This chapter shall be known and may be cited as the
    22  Continuing Care Provider Registration and Disclosure Act.
    23  § 7402.  Purpose of chapter.
    24     The General Assembly recognizes that continuing care
    25  communities have become an important and necessary alternative
    26  for the long-term residential social and health maintenance
    27  needs for many of the elderly citizens of this Commonwealth. The
    28  General Assembly finds and declares that tragic consequences can
    29  result to citizens of this Commonwealth when a provider of
    30  services under a continuing care agreement becomes insolvent or
    19870H1628B2005                - 927 -

     1  unable to provide responsible care. The General Assembly
     2  recognizes the need for full disclosure with respect to the term
     3  of agreements between prospective residents and the provider and
     4  the operations of such providers. Accordingly, the General
     5  Assembly has determined that these providers should be regulated
     6  in accordance with the provisions of this chapter. The
     7  provisions of this chapter shall be the minimum requirements to
     8  be imposed upon any person or organization offering or providing
     9  continuing care as set forth in this chapter.
    10  § 7403.  Definitions.
    11     The following words and phrases when used in this chapter
    12  shall have the meanings given to them in this section unless the
    13  context clearly indicates otherwise:
    14     "Continuing care."  The furnishing to an individual, other
    15  than an individual related by consanguinity or affinity to the
    16  person furnishing such care, of board and lodging together with
    17  nursing services, medical services or other health-related
    18  services, regardless of whether or not the lodging and services
    19  are provided at the same location and pursuant to an agreement
    20  effective for the life of the individual or for a period in
    21  excess of one year, including mutually terminable contracts and
    22  in consideration of the payment of an entrance fee with or
    23  without other periodic charges.
    24     "Entrance fee."  An initial or deferred transfer to a
    25  provider of a sum of money or other property made or promised to
    26  be made as full or partial consideration for acceptance of a
    27  specified individual as a resident in a facility. The term does
    28  not include a fee which is less than the sum of the regular
    29  periodic charges for one year of residence.
    30     "Facility."  The place or places in which a person undertakes
    19870H1628B2005                - 928 -

     1  to provide continuing care to an individual.
     2     "Living unit."  A room, apartment, cottage or other area
     3  within a facility set aside for the exclusive use or control of
     4  one or more identified individuals.
     5     "Manager."  A person who operates a facility for the
     6  provider.
     7     "Provider."  A person undertaking to provide continuing care
     8  in a facility. If the provider is a corporation, partnership or
     9  association, the term includes persons operating not-for-profit
    10  as well as for-profit.
    11     "Resident."  An individual entitled to receive continuing
    12  care in a facility.
    13     "Solicit."  All actions of a provider or manager in seeking
    14  to have individuals residing in this Commonwealth pay an
    15  application fee and enter into a continuing care agreement by
    16  any means, including, but not limited to, personal, telephone or
    17  mail communication or any other communication directed to and
    18  received by any individual in this Commonwealth and any
    19  advertisements in any media distributed or communicated by any
    20  means to individuals in this Commonwealth.
    21  § 7404.  Certificates of authority.
    22     (a)  General rule.--A provider shall not engage in the
    23  business of providing continuing care in this Commonwealth
    24  without a certificate of authority therefor obtained from the
    25  department as provided in this chapter.
    26     (b)  Filing.--The application for a certificate of authority
    27  shall be filed with the department by the provider on forms
    28  prescribed by the department and shall include all information
    29  required by the department pursuant to regulations promulgated
    30  under this chapter, including, but not limited to, the
    19870H1628B2005                - 929 -

     1  disclosure statement meeting the requirements of this chapter.
     2     (c)  Approval or rejection of applications.--Upon receipt of
     3  the application for a certificate of authority in proper form,
     4  the department shall, within ten business days, issue a notice
     5  of filing to the applicant. Within 60 days of the notice of
     6  filing, the department shall enter an order issuing the
     7  certificate of authority or rejecting the application.
     8     (d)  Defective application.--If the department determines
     9  that any of the requirements of this chapter have not been met,
    10  the department shall notify the applicant that the department
    11  requires the application to be corrected within 30 days in such
    12  particulars as designated by the department. If the requirements
    13  are not met within the time allowed, the department may enter an
    14  order rejecting the application, which shall include the
    15  findings of fact upon which the order is based and which shall
    16  not become effective until 20 days after the end of the 30-day
    17  period. During the 20-day period, the applicant may petition for
    18  reconsideration and shall be entitled to a hearing.
    19     (e)  Temporary certificate.--With respect to a provider who
    20  has offered continuing care agreements to existing or
    21  prospective residents in a facility established prior to
    22  December 18, 1984, which facility has one or more residents
    23  living there pursuant to such agreements entered into prior to
    24  December 18, 1984, and if such a provider is unable to comply
    25  with section 7409 (relating to reserves) within the time
    26  provided, the department may, upon the filing of a petition by
    27  the provider, issue a temporary certificate of authority to the
    28  provider. The provider may then enter into continuing care
    29  agreements in compliance with all other applicable provisions of
    30  this chapter until the permanent certificate of authority has
    19870H1628B2005                - 930 -

     1  been issued. This temporary certificate may only be issued to
     2  those existing providers who will be able to comply with the
     3  provisions of section 7409 within a period of time agreed to by
     4  the department, which period shall not exceed two years. If a
     5  provider is not in compliance on or before the expiration date
     6  of the temporary certificate, it may petition the department for
     7  an extension. Providers who may be able to comply with section
     8  7409, as determined by the department, may be granted an
     9  extension of up to three years.
    10     (f)  Disclosure to residents.--If an existing provider is
    11  granted a permanent certificate of authority, any resident who
    12  entered into an agreement before the certificate of authority
    13  was granted shall be provided with all amendments to the
    14  application for registration and the initial disclosure
    15  statement.
    16     (g)  Remedies of residents.--If an existing provider is
    17  denied a permanent certificate of authority, any resident who
    18  entered into a continuing care agreement before the certificate
    19  of authority shall be entitled to all the appropriate remedies
    20  as provided in this chapter.
    21     (h)  Alternative accreditation.--If a facility is accredited
    22  by a process approved by the department as substantially
    23  equivalent to the requirements of this section, then the
    24  facility shall be deemed to have met the requirements of this
    25  section and the department shall issue a certificate of
    26  authority to the facility.
    27  § 7405.  Revocation of certificate of authority.
    28     (a)  General rule.--The certificate of authority of a
    29  provider shall remain in effect until revoked after notice and
    30  hearing, upon written findings of fact by the department, that
    19870H1628B2005                - 931 -

     1  the provider has:
     2         (1)  willfully violated this chapter;
     3         (2)  failed to file an annual disclosure statement or
     4     resident agreement as required by this chapter;
     5         (3)  failed to deliver to prospective residents the
     6     disclosure statements required by this chapter;
     7         (4)  delivered to prospective residents a disclosure
     8     statement which makes an untrue statement or omits a material
     9     fact and the provider, at the time of the delivery of the
    10     disclosure statement, had actual knowledge of the
    11     misstatement or omission; or
    12         (5)  failed to comply with a cease and desist order.
    13     (b)  Disclosure of grounds.--Findings of fact in support of
    14  revocation, if set forth in statutory language, shall be
    15  accompanied by a concise and explicit statement of the
    16  underlying facts supporting the findings.
    17     (c)  Cease and desist order.--If the department finds good
    18  cause to believe that the provider has been guilty of a
    19  violation for which revocation could be ordered, the department
    20  may first issue an order directed at the provider requiring the
    21  provider to cease and desist from continuing the violation. If
    22  the cease and desist order is not or cannot be effective in
    23  remedying the violation, the department may, after notice and
    24  hearing, order that the certificate of authority be revoked and
    25  surrendered. The cease and desist order may be appealed to the
    26  Commonwealth Court.
    27  § 7406.  Sales or transfers of ownership.
    28     Any provider desiring to sell or transfer ownership of a
    29  facility shall notify the department 30 days in advance of the
    30  completion of the sale or transfer. The department may revoke,
    19870H1628B2005                - 932 -

     1  after notice and hearing, upon written findings of fact, the
     2  certificate of authority of any provider based upon a
     3  substantial change in control or ownership of the provider if
     4  the change is found not to be in the best interests of the
     5  residents of any facilities owned or controlled by the provider
     6  such that such facilities are in imminent danger of becoming
     7  insolvent or that the care of present or prospective residents
     8  is threatened thereby.
     9  § 7407.  Disclosure statements.
    10     (a)  Requirement.--At the time of or prior to the execution
    11  of a contract to provide continuing care or at the time of or
    12  prior to the transfer of any money or other property to a
    13  provider by or on behalf of a prospective resident, whichever
    14  first occurs, the provider shall deliver a disclosure statement
    15  to the person with whom the contract is to be entered into.
    16     (b)  Contents.--The statement shall contain all of the
    17  following information unless the information is in the contract,
    18  a copy of which is required to be attached to the statement:
    19         (1)  The name and business address of the provider and a
    20     statement of whether the provider is a partnership,
    21     corporation or other type of legal entity.
    22         (2)  The names and business addresses of the officers,
    23     directors, trustees, managing or general partners, and any
    24     person having a 10% or greater equity or beneficial interest
    25     in the provider and a description of such person's interest
    26     in or occupation with the provider.
    27         (3)  With respect to the provider, any person named in
    28     response to paragraph (2) and, if the facility will be
    29     managed on a daily basis by a person other than an individual
    30     directly employed by the provider, the proposed manager, the
    19870H1628B2005                - 933 -

     1     statement shall include:
     2             (i)  A description of the business experience of the
     3         person, if any, in the operation or management of similar
     4         facilities.
     5             (ii)  The name and address of any professional
     6         service, firm, association, trust, partnership or
     7         corporation in which the person has, or which has in the
     8         person, a 10% or greater interest and which it is
     9         presently intended will or may provide goods, leases or
    10         services to the facility of a value of $500 or more,
    11         within any year, including:
    12                 (A)  A description of the goods, leases or
    13             services and the probable or anticipated cost thereof
    14             to the facility or provider.
    15                 (B)  The process by which the contract was
    16             awarded.
    17                 (C)  Any additional offers that were received.
    18         The department may request additional information,
    19         detailing why a contract was awarded, as may be
    20         necessary.
    21             (iii)  A description of any matter in which the
    22         person:
    23                 (A)  has been convicted of a felony or pleaded
    24             nolo contendere to a felony charge or been held
    25             liable or enjoined in a civil action by final
    26             judgment if the felony or civil action involved
    27             fraud, embezzlement, fraudulent conversion or
    28             misappropriation of property; or
    29                 (B)  is subject to a currently effective
    30             injunctive or restrictive order of a court of record,
    19870H1628B2005                - 934 -

     1             or within the past five years had any state or
     2             Federal license or permit suspended or revoked as a
     3             result of an action brought by a governmental agency
     4             or department, arising out of or relating to business
     5             activity or health care, including, without
     6             limitation, actions affecting a license to operate a
     7             foster care facility, nursing home, retirement home,
     8             home for the aged or facility registered under this
     9             chapter or a similar statute in another state.
    10         (4)  A statement as to the following:
    11             (i)  Whether the provider is or ever has been
    12         affiliated with a religious, charitable or other
    13         nonprofit organization.
    14             (ii)  The nature of the affiliation, if any.
    15             (iii)  The extent to which the affiliate organization
    16         will be responsible for the financial and contract
    17         obligations of the provider.
    18             (iv)  Any provision of the Internal Revenue Code (68A
    19         Stat. 3, 26 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.) under which the provider
    20         or affiliate is exempt from the payment of Federal income
    21         tax.
    22         (5)  The location and description of the physical
    23     property or properties of the facility, existing or proposed,
    24     and, to the extent proposed, the estimated completion date or
    25     dates, whether or not construction has begun and the
    26     contingencies subject to which construction may be deferred.
    27         (6)  The services provided or proposed to be provided
    28     under contracts for continuing care at the facility,
    29     including the extent to which medical care is furnished. The
    30     disclosure statement shall clearly state which services are
    19870H1628B2005                - 935 -

     1     included in basic contracts for continuing care and which
     2     services are made available at or by the facility at extra
     3     charge.
     4         (7)  A description of all fees required of residents,
     5     including any entrance fees and periodic charges. The
     6     description shall include the manner by which the provider
     7     may adjust periodic charges or other recurring fees and any
     8     limitations on such adjustments. If the facility is already
     9     in operation or if the provider or manager operates one or
    10     more similar facilities in this Commonwealth, there shall be
    11     included tables showing the frequency and average dollar
    12     amount of each increase in periodic rates at each facility
    13     for the previous five years or such shorter period as the
    14     facility may have been operated by the provider or manager.
    15         (8)  Any provisions that have been made or will be made
    16     to provide reserve funding or security to enable the provider
    17     to fully perform its obligations under contracts to provide
    18     continuing care at the facility, including the establishment
    19     of escrow accounts, trusts or reserve funds, together with
    20     the manner in which the funds will be invested and the names
    21     and experience of persons who will make the investment
    22     decisions.
    23         (9)  Certified financial statements of the provider,
    24     including the following:
    25             (i)  A balance sheet as of the end of the two most
    26         recent fiscal years.
    27             (ii)  Income statements of the provider for the two
    28         most recent fiscal years or such shorter period of time
    29         as the provider shall have been in existence.
    30         (10)  If operation of the facility has not yet commenced,
    19870H1628B2005                - 936 -

     1     a statement of the anticipated source and application of the
     2     funds used or to be used in the purchase or construction of
     3     the facility, including the following:
     4             (i)  An estimate of the cost of purchasing or
     5         constructing and equipping the facility including such
     6         related costs as financing expense, legal expense, land
     7         costs, occupancy development costs and all other similar
     8         costs which the provider expects to incur or become
     9         obligated for prior to the commencement of operations.
    10             (ii)  A description of any mortgage loan or other
    11         long-term financing intended to be used for the financing
    12         of the facility, including the anticipated terms and
    13         costs of such financing.
    14             (iii)  An estimate of the total entrance fees to be
    15         received from or on behalf of residents at or prior to
    16         commencement of operation on the facility.
    17             (iv)  An estimate of any funds anticipated to be
    18         necessary to defray start-up losses and provide reserve
    19         funds to assure full performance of the obligations of
    20         the provider under contracts for the provision of
    21         continuing care.
    22             (v)  A projection of estimated income from fees and
    23         charges other than entrance fees, showing individual
    24         rates presently anticipated to be charged and including a
    25         description of the assumptions used for calculating the
    26         estimated occupancy rate of the facility and the effect
    27         on the income of the facility of any government subsidies
    28         for health care services to be provided pursuant to the
    29         contracts for continuing care.
    30             (vi)  A projection of estimated operating expenses of
    19870H1628B2005                - 937 -

     1         the facility, including a description of the assumptions
     2         used in calculating the expenses and any separate
     3         allowances for the replacement of equipment and
     4         furnishings and anticipated major structural repairs or
     5         additions.
     6             (vii)  Identification of any assets pledged as
     7         collateral for any purpose.
     8             (viii)  An estimate of annual payments of principal
     9         and interest required by any mortgage loan or other long-
    10         term financing.
    11         (11)  Such other material information concerning the
    12     facility or the provider as may be required by the department
    13     or as the provider wishes to include.
    14         (12)  On the cover page of the statement, in a prominent
    15     location and type face, the date of the disclosure statement
    16     and that the issuance of a certificate of authority does not
    17     constitute approval, recommendation or endorsement of the
    18     facility by the department, nor is it evidence of, nor does
    19     it attest to, the accuracy or completeness of the information
    20     set out in the disclosure statement.
    21         (13)  A copy of any standard forms of contract for
    22     continuing care used by the provider, attached as an exhibit
    23     to the statement.
    24     (c)  Annual statements.--The provider shall file with the
    25  department, annually within four months following the end of the
    26  provider's fiscal year, an annual disclosure statement which
    27  shall contain the information required by this chapter for the
    28  initial disclosure statement. The annual disclosure statement
    29  shall also be accompanied by a narrative describing any material
    30  differences between the pro forma income statements filed under
    19870H1628B2005                - 938 -

     1  this chapter either as part of the application for registration
     2  or as part of the most recent annual disclosure statement, and
     3  the actual results of operations during the fiscal year. The
     4  annual disclosure statement shall also contain a revised pro
     5  forma income statement for the next fiscal year. The department
     6  may request additional income statements when it is shown that
     7  these are necessary.
     8     (d)  Delivery of statements.--From the date an annual
     9  disclosure statement is filed until the date the next succeeding
    10  annual disclosure statement is filed with the department and
    11  prior to the provider's acceptance of part or all of any
    12  application fee or part of the entrance fee or the execution of
    13  the continuing care agreement by the resident, whichever first
    14  occurs, the provider shall deliver the current annual disclosure
    15  statement to the current or prospective residents with whom the
    16  continuing care agreement is or may be entered into.
    17     (e)  Amendment.--In addition to filing the annual disclosure
    18  statement, the provider may amend its currently filed disclosure
    19  statement at any other time if, in the opinion of the provider,
    20  an amendment is necessary to prevent the disclosure statement
    21  and annual disclosure statement from containing any material
    22  misstatement of fact or omission to state a material fact
    23  required to be stated therein. Any such amendment or amended
    24  disclosure statement must be filed with the department before it
    25  is delivered to any resident or prospective resident and is
    26  subject to all the requirements, including those as to content
    27  and delivery, of this chapter.
    28  § 7408.  False information.
    29     (a)  Statements.--A provider shall not make, publish,
    30  disseminate, circulate or place before the public, or cause,
    19870H1628B2005                - 939 -

     1  directly or indirectly, to be made, published, disseminated,
     2  circulated or placed before the public, in a newspaper or other
     3  publication, or in the form of a notice, circular, pamphlet,
     4  letter or poster, or over any radio or television station, or in
     5  any other way, an advertisement, announcement or statement
     6  containing any assertion, representation or statement which is
     7  untrue, deceptive or misleading.
     8     (b)  Financial statements.--A provider shall not file with
     9  the department or make, publish, disseminate, circulate or
    10  deliver to any person or place before the public, or cause,
    11  directly or indirectly, to be made, published, disseminated,
    12  circulated or delivered to any person or placed before the
    13  public, any financial statement which does not accurately state
    14  its true financial condition.
    15  § 7409.  Reserves.
    16     Each provider shall establish and maintain liquid reserves in
    17  an amount equal to or exceeding the greater of:
    18         (1)  the total of all principal and interest payments due
    19     during the next 12 months on account of any mortgage loan or
    20     other long-term financing of the facility; or
    21         (2)  ten percent of the projected annual operating
    22     expenses of the facility exclusive of depreciation.
    23  The provider shall notify the department in writing at least ten
    24  days prior to reducing the funds available to satisfy this
    25  requirement and may expend no more than one-twelfth of the
    26  required balance each calendar month. In facilities where some
    27  residents are not under continuing care agreements, the reserve
    28  shall be computed only on the proportional share of financing or
    29  operating expenses that is applicable to residents under
    30  continuing care agreements at the end of the provider's most
    19870H1628B2005                - 940 -

     1  recent fiscal year. Funds in escrow accounts may be used to
     2  satisfy this reserve requirement if such funds are available to
     3  make payments when operating funds are insufficient for those
     4  purposes.
     5  § 7410.  Reserve fund escrow.
     6     The department may require the provider to establish and to
     7  maintain on a current basis, in escrow with a bank, trust
     8  company or other escrow agent approved by the department, a
     9  portion of all entrance fees received by the provider in an
    10  aggregate amount not to exceed the total of all principal and
    11  interest payments due during the next 12 months on account of
    12  any first mortgage loan or other long-term financing of the
    13  facility. The funds in the escrow account may be invested with
    14  the earnings thereon payable to the provider. If the provider so
    15  requests in writing, the escrow agent shall release up to one-
    16  twelfth of the original principal balance of the escrow account.
    17  A release of funds shall not be made more than once during any
    18  calendar month and then only after the escrow agent has given
    19  written notice to the department at least ten days prior to the
    20  release. The amount of this escrow fund shall be included in
    21  satisfying the reserves required under this chapter. This
    22  section shall only apply when the department has cause to
    23  believe that additional protection may be necessary to secure
    24  the obligations assumed under all resident agreements.
    25  § 7411.  Liens on behalf of residents.
    26     Prior to the issuance of a certificate of authority under
    27  this chapter or at such other time as the department may
    28  determine it in the best interests of residents of a facility,
    29  the department may file a lien on the real and personal property
    30  of the provider or facility to secure the obligations of the
    19870H1628B2005                - 941 -

     1  provider pursuant to existing and future contracts for
     2  continuing care. A lien filed under this section shall be
     3  effective for a period of ten years after filing and may be
     4  extended by the department upon a finding that the extension is
     5  advisable for the protection of residents of the facility. The
     6  lien may be foreclosed upon the liquidation of the facility or
     7  the insolvency or bankruptcy of the provider, and, in such
     8  event, the proceeds thereof shall be used in full or partial
     9  satisfaction of obligations of the provider pursuant to
    10  contracts for continuing care then in effect. The lien provided
    11  for in this section shall be subordinate to the lien of any
    12  first mortgage on the real property of the facility and may be
    13  subordinated with the written consent of the department to the
    14  claims of other persons if the department determines that
    15  subordination is advisable for the efficient operation of the
    16  facility.
    17  § 7412.  Entrance fee escrow.
    18     The department shall require, as a condition of issuing a
    19  certificate of authority, that the provider establish an
    20  interest-bearing escrow account with a bank, trust company or
    21  other escrow agent approved by the department. Any entrance fees
    22  or payments that are in excess of 5% of the then existing
    23  entrance fee for the unit, received by the provider prior to the
    24  date the resident is permitted to occupy the living unit in the
    25  facilities, shall be placed in the escrow account subject to
    26  release as follows:
    27         (1)  If the entrance fee gives the resident the right to
    28     occupy a living unit which has been previously occupied, the
    29     entrance fee and any income earned thereon shall be released
    30     to the provider at such time as the living unit becomes
    19870H1628B2005                - 942 -

     1     available for occupancy by the new resident.
     2         (2)  If the entrance fee applies to a living unit which
     3     has not been previously occupied, the entrance fee shall be
     4     released to the provider at such time as the department is
     5     satisfied that the following requirements are met:
     6             (i)  Aggregate entrance fees received or receivable
     7         by the provider pursuant to executed continuing care
     8         agreements equal not less than 50% of the sum of the
     9         entrance fees due at full occupancy of the portion of the
    10         facility under construction. For the purpose of this
    11         subparagraph, entrance fees receivable pursuant to an
    12         agreement will be counted only if the facility has
    13         received a deposit of 35% or more of the entrance fee due
    14         from the individual, or individuals, signing the
    15         contract.
    16             (ii)  The entrance fees received or receivable
    17         pursuant to subparagraph (i), plus anticipated proceeds
    18         of any first mortgage loan or other long-term financing
    19         commitment plus funds from other sources in the actual
    20         possession of the provider, are equal to not less than
    21         50% of the aggregate cost of constructing or purchasing,
    22         equipping and furnishing the facility, plus not less than
    23         50% of the funds estimated in the statement of
    24         anticipated source and application of funds submitted by
    25         the provider as part of its application to be necessary
    26         to fund start-up losses of the facility.
    27             (iii)  A commitment has been received by the provider
    28         for any permanent mortgage loan or other long-term
    29         financing described in the statement of anticipated
    30         source and application of funds submitted as part of the
    19870H1628B2005                - 943 -

     1         application for certificate of authority and any
     2         conditions of the commitment prior to disbursement of
     3         funds thereunder, other than completion of the
     4         construction or closing of the purchase of the facility,
     5         have been substantially satisfied.
     6         (3)  If the funds in an escrow account to which
     7     paragraphs (1) and (2) apply and any interest earned thereon
     8     are not released within 36 months, or such greater time as
     9     has been specified by the provider with the consent of the
    10     department, then such funds shall be returned by the escrow
    11     agent to the persons who made the payment to the provider.
    12         (4)  This section does not require the escrow of any
    13     nonrefundable application fee charged to prospective
    14     residents.
    15         (5)  In lieu of any escrow which is required by the
    16     department under this section, a provider may post a letter
    17     of credit from a financial institution, negotiable securities
    18     or a bond by a surety authorized to do business in this
    19     Commonwealth, approved by the department as to form and in an
    20     amount not to exceed the amount required by paragraph (2)(i).
    21     The bond, letter of credit or negotiable securities shall be
    22     executed in favor of the department on behalf of individuals
    23     who may be found entitled to a refund of entrance fees from
    24     the provider.
    25         (6)  An entrance fee held in escrow may be returned by
    26     the escrow agent at any time to the person who paid the fee
    27     to the provider upon receipt by the escrow agent of notice
    28     from the provider that the person is entitled to a refund of
    29     the entrance fee.
    30  § 7413.  Cross-collateralization.
    19870H1628B2005                - 944 -

     1     Only the unencumbered assets of a continuing care facility
     2  may be pledged by the provider as collateral for the purpose of
     3  securing loans for other continuing care facilities, whether
     4  proposed or existing.
     5  § 7414.  Residents' agreements.
     6     (a)  General rule.--In addition to such other provisions as
     7  may be considered proper to effectuate the purpose of any
     8  continuing care agreement, each agreement executed on and after
     9  the date of the promulgation of the regulations under this
    10  chapter shall be written in nontechnical language easily
    11  understood by a layperson and shall do the following:
    12         (1)  Provide for the continuing care of only one
    13     resident, or for two or more persons occupying space designed
    14     for multiple occupancy, under appropriate procedures
    15     established by the provider.
    16         (2)  Show the value of all property transferred,
    17     including donations, subscriptions, fees and any other
    18     amounts paid or payable by, or on behalf of, the resident or
    19     residents.
    20         (3)  Specify all services which are to be provided by the
    21     provider to each resident, including, in detail, all items
    22     which each resident will receive and whether the items will
    23     be provided for a designated time period or for life and the
    24     average annual cost to the provider of providing the care.
    25     These items may include, but not be limited to, food,
    26     shelter, nursing care, drugs, burial and incidentals.
    27         (4)  Describe the health and financial conditions upon
    28     which the provider may have the resident relinquish his space
    29     in the designated facility.
    30         (5)  Describe the health and financial conditions
    19870H1628B2005                - 945 -

     1     required for a person to continue as a resident.
     2         (6)  Describe the circumstances under which the resident
     3     will be permitted to remain in the facility in the event of
     4     financial difficulties of the resident.
     5         (7)  State the fees that will be charged if the resident
     6     marries while at the designated facility, the terms
     7     concerning the entry of a spouse to the facility and the
     8     consequences if the spouse does not meet the requirements for
     9     entry.
    10         (8)  Provide that the agreement may be canceled upon the
    11     giving of notice of cancellation of at least 30 days by the
    12     provider or the resident. If an agreement is canceled because
    13     there has been a good faith determination in writing, signed
    14     by the medical director and the administrator of the
    15     facility, that a resident is a danger to himself or others,
    16     only such notice as is reasonable under the circumstances
    17     shall be required.
    18         (9)  Provide, in print no smaller than the largest type
    19     used in the body of said agreement, the terms governing the
    20     refund of any portion of the entrance fee.
    21         (10)  State the terms under which an agreement is
    22     canceled by the death of the resident. The agreement may
    23     contain a provision to the effect that, upon the death of the
    24     resident, the money paid for the continuing care of the
    25     resident shall be considered earned and become the property
    26     of the provider.
    27         (11)  Provide for advance notice to the resident, of not
    28     less than 30 days, before any change in fees or charges or
    29     the scope of care or services may be effective, except for
    30     changes required by State or Federal assistance programs.
    19870H1628B2005                - 946 -

     1         (12)  Provide that charges for care paid in one lump sum
     2     shall not be increased or changed during the duration of the
     3     agreed upon care, except for changes required by State or
     4     Federal assistance programs.
     5     (b)  Rescission.--A resident shall have the right to rescind
     6  a continuing care agreement, without penalty or forfeiture,
     7  within seven days after making an initial deposit or executing
     8  the agreement. A resident shall not be required to move into the
     9  facility designated in the agreement before the expiration of
    10  the seven-day period. If a resident dies before the occupancy
    11  date, or through illness, injury or incapacity is precluded from
    12  becoming a resident under the terms of the continuing care
    13  agreement, the agreement is automatically rescinded and the
    14  resident or his legal representative shall receive a full refund
    15  of all moneys paid to the facility, except those costs
    16  specifically incurred by the facility at the request of the
    17  resident and set forth in writing in a separate addendum, signed
    18  by both parties to the agreement.
    19     (c)  Limitations on dismissal.--An agreement for care shall
    20  not permit dismissal or discharge of the resident from the
    21  facility providing care prior to the expiration of the agreement
    22  without just cause for such a removal. "Just cause" includes,
    23  but is not limited to, a good faith determination in writing,
    24  signed by the medical director and the administrator of the
    25  facility, that a resident is a danger to himself or others while
    26  remaining in the facility. If a facility dismisses a resident
    27  for just cause, the facility shall pay to the resident any
    28  refund due in the same manner as if the resident's agreement was
    29  terminated under this chapter.
    30     (d)  Protection from waiver.--An act, agreement or statement
    19870H1628B2005                - 947 -

     1  of any resident, or of an individual purchasing care for a
     2  resident under any agreement to furnish care to the resident,
     3  shall not constitute a valid waiver of any provision of this
     4  chapter intended for the benefit or protection of the resident
     5  or the individual purchasing care for the resident.
     6     (e)  Prior agreements.--Those agreements entered into prior
     7  to December 18, 1984, or prior to the issuance of a certificate
     8  of authority to the provider shall be valid and binding upon
     9  both parties in accordance with their terms.
    10  § 7415.  Organizational rights of residents.
    11     (a)  General rule.--Residents living in a facility holding a
    12  certificate of authority under this chapter shall have the right
    13  of self-organization.
    14     (b)  Quarterly meetings.--The board of directors, a
    15  designated representative or other governing body of a
    16  continuing care facility shall hold quarterly meetings with the
    17  residents of the continuing care facility for the purpose of
    18  free discussion of subjects which may include income,
    19  expenditures and financial matters as they apply to the facility
    20  and proposed changes in policies, programs and services.
    21  Residents shall be entitled to at least seven days' notice of
    22  each quarterly meeting.
    23  § 7416.  Rehabilitation or liquidation.
    24     (a)  General rule.--If, at any time, the department
    25  determines, after notice and an opportunity for the provider to
    26  be heard, that:
    27         (1)  a portion of a reserve fund escrow required under
    28     this chapter has been or is proposed to be released;
    29         (2)  a provider has been or will be unable, in such a
    30     manner as may endanger the ability of the provider to fully
    19870H1628B2005                - 948 -

     1     perform its obligations pursuant to contracts for continuing
     2     care, to meet the pro forma income or cash flow projections
     3     previously filed by the provider;
     4         (3)  a provider has failed to maintain the reserves
     5     required under this chapter; or
     6         (4)  a provider is bankrupt or insolvent, or in imminent
     7     danger of becoming bankrupt or insolvent;
     8  the department may apply to the appropriate court of this
     9  Commonwealth or to the Federal bankruptcy court which has taken
    10  jurisdiction over the provider or facility for an order
    11  directing the department or authorizing the department to
    12  appoint a trustee to rehabilitate or liquidate a facility.
    13     (b)  Contents of rehabilitation order.--An order to
    14  rehabilitate a facility shall direct the department or trustee
    15  to take possession of the property of the provider and to
    16  conduct the business thereof, including the employment of such
    17  managers or agents as the department or trustee may deem
    18  necessary, and to take such steps as the court may direct toward
    19  removal of the causes and conditions which have made
    20  rehabilitation necessary.
    21     (c)  Termination of rehabilitation order.--If, at any time,
    22  the court finds, upon petition of the department, trustee or
    23  provider, or on its own motion, that the objectives of an order
    24  to rehabilitate a provider have been accomplished and that the
    25  facility can be returned to the provider's management without
    26  further jeopardy to the residents of the facility, creditors,
    27  owners of the facility and the public, the court may, upon a
    28  full report and accounting of the conduct of the facility's
    29  affairs during the rehabilitation and of the facility's current
    30  financial condition, terminate the rehabilitation and, by order,
    19870H1628B2005                - 949 -

     1  return the facility and its assets and affairs to the provider's
     2  management.
     3     (d)  Bond of provider.--An order for rehabilitation under
     4  this section shall be refused or vacated if the provider posts a
     5  bond, by a recognized surety authorized to do business in this
     6  Commonwealth and executed in favor of the department on behalf
     7  of persons who may be found entitled to a refund of entrance
     8  fees from the provider or other damages in the event the
     9  provider is unable to fulfill its contracts to provide
    10  continuing care at the facility, in an amount determined by the
    11  court to be equal to the reserve funding which would otherwise
    12  need to be available to fulfill such obligations.
    13     (e)  Order of liquidation.--If, at any time, the department
    14  determines that further efforts to rehabilitate the provider
    15  would be useless, the department may apply to the court for an
    16  order of liquidation. An order to liquidate a facility may be
    17  issued upon application of the department whether or not there
    18  has been issued a prior order to rehabilitate the facility. The
    19  order shall act as a revocation of the certificate of authority
    20  of the facility under this chapter and shall direct the
    21  department or a trustee to marshal and liquidate all of the
    22  provider's assets located in this Commonwealth.
    23     (f)  Protection of contracting persons.--In applying for an
    24  order to rehabilitate or liquidate a facility, the department
    25  shall give due consideration in the application to the manner in
    26  which the welfare of persons who have previously contracted with
    27  the provider for continuing care may be best served. In
    28  furtherance of this objective, the proceeds of any lien obtained
    29  by the department under this chapter may be:
    30         (1)  used in full or partial payment of entrance fees;
    19870H1628B2005                - 950 -

     1         (2)  used on behalf of residents of a facility being
     2     liquidated; or
     3         (3)  paid to other facilities operated by providers who
     4     have registered the facilities under this chapter.
     5  § 7417.  Civil liability.
     6     (a)  Cause of action.--Any person who, as a provider, or on
     7  behalf of a provider:
     8         (1)  enters into a contract for continuing care at a
     9     facility which does not have a certificate of authority under
    10     this chapter;
    11         (2)  enters into a contract for continuing care at a
    12     facility without having first delivered a disclosure
    13     statement meeting the requirements of this chapter to the
    14     person contracting for continuing care; or
    15         (3)  enters into a contract for continuing care at a
    16     facility with a person who has relied on a disclosure
    17     statement which omits a material fact required to be stated
    18     therein or necessary in order to make the statements made
    19     therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are
    20     made, not misleading;
    21  shall be liable to the person contracting for the continuing
    22  care for damages and repayment of all fees paid to the provider,
    23  facility or person violating this chapter, less the reasonable
    24  value of care and lodging provided to the resident by or on
    25  whose behalf the contract for continuing care was entered into
    26  prior to discovery of the violation, misstatement or omission or
    27  the time the violation, misstatement or omission should
    28  reasonably have been discovered, together with court costs and
    29  reasonable attorney fees.
    30     (b)  Knowledge.--Liability under this section shall exist
    19870H1628B2005                - 951 -

     1  regardless of whether or not the provider or person liable had
     2  actual knowledge of the misstatement or omission.
     3     (c)  Offer of rescission.--A person may not file or maintain
     4  an action under this section if the person, before filing the
     5  action, received an offer, approved by the department, to refund
     6  all amounts paid the provider, facility or person violating this
     7  chapter together with interest from the date of payment, less
     8  the reasonable value of care and lodging provided prior to
     9  receipt of the offer, and the person failed to accept the offer
    10  within 30 days of its receipt. At the time a provider makes a
    11  written offer of rescission, the provider shall file a copy with
    12  the department. The rescission offer shall include a statement
    13  of the provisions of this section.
    14     (d)  Limitation on action.--An action shall not be maintained
    15  to enforce a liability created under this chapter unless brought
    16  before the expiration of six years after the execution of the
    17  contract for continuing care which gave rise to the violation.
    18     (e)  Other civil liability.--Except as expressly provided in
    19  this chapter, civil liability in favor of a private party shall
    20  not arise against a person, by implication, from or as a result
    21  of the violation of this chapter. This chapter does not limit a
    22  liability which may exist by virtue of any other statute or
    23  under common law if this chapter were not in effect.
    24  § 7418.  Investigations and compulsory process.
    25     (a)  Investigations.--The department may make such public or
    26  private investigations in or outside this Commonwealth as the
    27  department deems necessary:
    28         (1)  to determine whether any person has violated or is
    29     about to violate this chapter; or
    30         (2)  to aid in the enforcement of this chapter or in the
    19870H1628B2005                - 952 -

     1     prescribing of regulations and forms under this chapter.
     2  The department may publish information concerning any violation
     3  of this chapter.
     4     (b)  Compulsory process.--For the purpose of any
     5  investigation or proceeding under this chapter, the department
     6  or any officer designated by the department may administer
     7  oaths, subpoena witnesses, compel their attendance, take
     8  evidence and require the production of any books, papers,
     9  correspondence, memoranda, agreements or other documents or
    10  records which the department deems relevant to the inquiry, all
    11  of which may be enforced in court.
    12  § 7419.  Audits.
    13     The department shall visit each facility to examine its books
    14  and records at least once every four years. A multifacility
    15  provider may be required to provide the financial statements of
    16  the facilities under its control at the request of the
    17  department. The financial statements need not be certified
    18  audited reports.
    19  § 7420.  Consumers' guides.
    20     The department shall publish and distribute a consumers'
    21  guide to continuing care facilities and an annual directory of
    22  continuing care facilities.
    23  § 7421.  Civil relief from violations.
    24     Whenever it appears to the department that any person has
    25  engaged in, or is about to engage in, any act or practice
    26  constituting a violation of this chapter, the department may:
    27         (1)  issue an order directed at the person requiring the
    28     person to cease and desist from engaging in the act or
    29     practice; or
    30         (2)  bring an action in court to enjoin the act or
    19870H1628B2005                - 953 -

     1     practice and to enforce compliance with this chapter.
     2  Upon a proper showing, a permanent or temporary injunction,
     3  restraining order or order of mandamus shall be granted, and a
     4  receiver or conservator may be appointed for the defendant or
     5  the defendant's assets. The department shall not be required to
     6  post a bond.
     7  § 7422.  Criminal penalties.
     8     (a)  General rule.--Any person who willfully and knowingly
     9  violates this chapter commits a misdemeanor of the second
    10  degree.
    11     (b)  Reference to prosecutors.--The department may refer such
    12  evidence as is available concerning violations of this chapter
    13  to the Attorney General or the proper county attorney who may,
    14  with or without such a reference, institute the appropriate
    15  criminal proceedings under this chapter.
    16     (c)  Other crimes.--This chapter does not limit the power of
    17  the Commonwealth to punish any person for any conduct which
    18  constitutes a crime under any other statute.
    19  § 7423.  Fees and expenses.
    20     The regulations promulgated by the department shall determine
    21  those transactions which shall require the payment of fees by a
    22  provider and the fees which shall be charged. The department may
    23  be reimbursed for any expenses it reasonably incurs in pursuing
    24  its investigative and rehabilitation activities under this
    25  chapter.
    26  § 7424.  Compliance period.
    27     Any provider may be given a reasonable time, not to exceed
    28  one year from the date of publication of any applicable
    29  regulations promulgated under this chapter, within which to
    30  comply with the regulations and to obtain a certificate of
    19870H1628B2005                - 954 -

     1  authority.
     2                             CHAPTER 75
     3                     HOSPITAL PLAN CORPORATIONS
     4  Subchapter
     5     A.  Preliminary Provisions
     6     B.  Certification
     7     C.  Regulation
     8                            SUBCHAPTER A
     9                       PRELIMINARY PROVISIONS
    10  Sec.
    11  7501.  Definitions.
    12  7502.  (Reserved).
    13  7503.  Penalties.
    14  § 7501.  Definitions.
    15     The following words and phrases when used in this chapter
    16  shall have the meanings given to them in this section unless the
    17  context clearly indicates otherwise:
    18     "Hospital plan corporation."  A corporation not-for-profit
    19  engaged in the business of maintaining and operating a nonprofit
    20  hospital plan.
    21     "Nonprofit hospital plan."  A plan whereby for prepayment,
    22  periodical or lump-sum payment hospitalization or related health
    23  benefits may be provided to subscribers to the plan.
    24  § 7502.  (Reserved).
    25  § 7503.  Penalties.
    26     (a)  Offenses.--Any person who:
    27         (1)  violates any of the provisions of this chapter or
    28     any regulation or order of the department made pursuant
    29     thereto;
    30         (2)  hinders or prevents the department in the discharge
    19870H1628B2005                - 955 -

     1     of any duty imposed on it by this chapter;
     2         (3)  fraudulently procures or attempts to procure any
     3     benefit from any hospital plan corporation holding a
     4     certificate of authority under this chapter; or
     5         (4)  willfully makes any false statement in any
     6     proceeding or report under this chapter;
     7  commits a misdemeanor of the third degree.
     8     (b)  Persons liable.--Any act or default by any corporation,
     9  association or common law trust, in violation of any provision
    10  of this chapter or of any regulation or order of the department
    11  made pursuant thereto, shall be deemed to be the act or default
    12  of the officers or directors who participated in authorizing or
    13  effecting the act or default or who knowingly permitted it.
    14                            SUBCHAPTER B
    15                           CERTIFICATION
    16  Sec.
    17  7511.  Certification of hospital plan corporations.
    18  7512.  Exemptions for hospital plan corporations.
    19  7513.  Uncertified plans.
    20  § 7511.  Certification of hospital plan corporations.
    21     (a)  General rule.--A corporation not-for-profit incorporated
    22  for the purpose of establishing, maintaining and operating a
    23  nonprofit hospital plan shall not commence business until it has
    24  received from the department a certificate of authority
    25  authorizing the corporation to establish, maintain and operate
    26  such a nonprofit hospital plan.
    27     (b)  Exemption.--Subsection (a) does not apply to any
    28  nonprofit corporation incorporated with the approval of the
    29  department under the former provisions of section 218 of the act
    30  of May 5, 1933 (P.L.289, No.105), known as the Nonprofit
    19870H1628B2005                - 956 -

     1  Corporation Law. For the purposes of this chapter, such a
     2  corporation shall be deemed to be a holder of a certificate of
     3  authority issued under this section.
     4     (c)  Form of application.--Every application for a
     5  certificate of authority under this section shall be made to the
     6  department in writing and shall be in such form and contain such
     7  information as the regulations of the department require.
     8     (d)  Standards for issuance of certificate.--A certificate of
     9  authority shall be issued by the department only if and when the
    10  department finds and determines that the application complies
    11  with this chapter and the regulations of the department
    12  thereunder.
    13     (e)  Procedure.--For the purpose of enabling the department
    14  to make the determination required by subsection (d), the
    15  department, by publication of notice in the Pennsylvania
    16  Bulletin, shall afford reasonable opportunity for hearing, which
    17  shall be public. Before or after the hearing, it may make such
    18  inquiries, audits and investigations, and may require the
    19  submission of such supplemental studies and information, as
    20  necessary to enable it to reach a finding or determination. The
    21  department, in granting a certificate of authority, may impose
    22  just and reasonable conditions. In every case the department
    23  shall make a finding or determination in writing, stating
    24  whether or not the application has been approved, and if it has
    25  been approved in part only, specifying the part which has been
    26  approved and the part which has been denied. Any holder of a
    27  certificate of authority, exercising the authority conferred
    28  thereby, shall be deemed to have waived any and all objections
    29  to the terms and conditions of such certificate.
    30     (f)  Judicial review.--Orders of the department upon an
    19870H1628B2005                - 957 -

     1  application for a certificate of authority under this section
     2  shall be subject to judicial review as provided by law.
     3  § 7512.  Exemptions for hospital plan corporations.
     4     (a)  General insurance law.--Except as otherwise expressly
     5  provided in this title, a hospital plan corporation holding a
     6  certificate of authority under this chapter is not subject to
     7  any other provision of this title or other law of this
     8  Commonwealth relating to the business of insurance. No statute
     9  hereafter enacted relating to the business of insurance shall
    10  apply to such a corporation unless the statute specifically
    11  refers and applies to such corporations.
    12     (b)  Taxation.--Every hospital plan corporation holding a
    13  certificate of authority under this chapter shall be deemed a
    14  charitable and benevolent institution, and all its funds and
    15  investments shall be exempt from taxation by the Commonwealth or
    16  its political subdivisions.
    17  § 7513.  Uncertified plans.
    18     A person, other than a hospital plan corporation holding a
    19  certificate of authority under this chapter, shall not
    20  establish, maintain or operate a nonprofit hospital plan in this
    21  Commonwealth.
    22                            SUBCHAPTER C
    23                             REGULATION
    24  Sec.
    25  7521.  Eligible hospitals.
    26  7522.  Action as agent under Federal and other programs.
    27  7523.  Investment of funds.
    28  7524.  Rates and contracts.
    29  7525.  Reports and examinations.
    30  7526.  Solicitors and agents.
    19870H1628B2005                - 958 -

     1  7527.  Dissolution or liquidation.
     2  § 7521.  Eligible hospitals.
     3     Any hospital plan corporation may enter into contracts for
     4  the rendering of hospitalization to any of its subscribers only
     5  with hospitals operated by the Commonwealth, or by political
     6  subdivisions, or by corporations organized under the law of this
     7  Commonwealth for hospital purposes or with hospitals approved by
     8  the Department of Public Welfare.
     9  § 7522.  Action as agent under Federal and other programs.
    10     (a)  General rule.--Any hospital plan corporation may, with
    11  the approval of the department, act as a carrier under section
    12  1842 of the Social Security Act (Public Law 89-97, 42 U.S.C. §
    13  1395u) with power to perform all the services which may be
    14  required of such a subcarrier. The corporation may perform
    15  administrative services similar or related to:
    16         (1)  those which may be required of an agency or
    17     organization thereunder in connection with a Federal, state
    18     or local governmental health care program; and
    19         (2)  those which may be required of such an agency or
    20     organization in connection with or associated with
    21     nongovernmental organizations, individuals, groups and
    22     agencies in the health care field.
    23     (b)  Legislative amendment of stated purposes--The stated
    24  purposes of all existing hospital plan corporations are amended
    25  so as to include the performance of the activities authorized by
    26  subsection (a).
    27  § 7523.  Investment of funds.
    28     Any statute to the contrary notwithstanding, the assets of
    29  any hospital plan corporation shall be invested in compliance
    30  with the requirements of Chapter 53 (relating to life insurance)
    19870H1628B2005                - 959 -

     1  for the investment of the assets of life insurance companies.
     2  § 7524.  Rates and contracts.
     3     (a)  General rule.--The rates charged to subscribers by
     4  hospital plan corporations, all rates of payments to hospitals
     5  made by the corporations pursuant to the contracts provided for
     6  in this chapter, all acquisition costs in connection with the
     7  solicitation of subscribers to the hospital plans, the reserves
     8  to be maintained by the corporations, the certificates issued by
     9  the corporations representing their agreements with subscribers
    10  and all contracts entered into by the corporation with any
    11  hospital shall at all times be subject to the prior approval of
    12  the department.
    13     (b)  Procedure.--Every application for approval under
    14  subsection (a) shall be made to the department in writing and
    15  shall be subject to the provisions of section 7511(c) through
    16  (f) (relating to certification of hospital plan corporations),
    17  except that the department may substitute the publication in the
    18  Pennsylvania Bulletin of notice of reasonable opportunity to
    19  submit written comments for the publication of opportunity for a
    20  hearing in any case where the right to an oral hearing is not
    21  conferred by the Constitution of the United States or the
    22  Constitution of Pennsylvania. Within 60 days after the filing of
    23  the application, the department shall approve or refuse it.
    24     (c)  Maintenance of contractual relationships.--
    25         (1)  Declaration of necessity.--The General Assembly
    26     finds that many subscribers to nonprofit hospital plans make
    27     payments over long periods of time prior to becoming entitled
    28     to benefits under the plan and that it is important in the
    29     public interest that the reasonable expectations of
    30     subscribers as to coverage should be fulfilled if possible.
    19870H1628B2005                - 960 -

     1     It is declared to be essential for the maintenance of the
     2     health of the residents of this Commonwealth that subscribers
     3     to nonprofit hospital plans be assured receipt of the
     4     hospitalization and related health benefits prepaid by them
     5     through payment of the rates approved under this chapter and
     6     charged by a hospital plan corporation and that, to
     7     accomplish this essential purpose, termination of contracts
     8     between hospital plan corporations and hospitals entered into
     9     pursuant to section 7521 (relating to eligible hospitals) and
    10     this section shall be subject to prior approval by the
    11     department under this subsection.
    12         (2)  Notification period.--A contract between a hospital
    13     plan corporation and any hospital providing for the rendering
    14     of hospitalization to subscribers to the hospital plan shall
    15     not be terminated unless the party seeking termination gives
    16     90 days' advance written notice to the other party to the
    17     contract and to the department of the proposed termination.
    18         (3)  Hearing period.--Whenever a termination subject to
    19     paragraph (2) involves contracts with hospitals having more
    20     than 5% of the beds in the area served by a hospital plan
    21     corporation, the department shall hold public hearings on at
    22     least 15 days' notice for the purpose of investigating the
    23     reasons for the termination. Pending completion of the
    24     investigation by the department, termination of the hospital
    25     contracts shall be suspended for a period not to exceed six
    26     months from the expiration of the period provided for in
    27     paragraph (2). All terms and conditions of the contract
    28     between the hospital plan corporation and the hospital or
    29     hospitals shall continue in effect during the investigation
    30     by the department. Based on the record made during the
    19870H1628B2005                - 961 -

     1     hearings, the department shall make specific findings as to
     2     the facts of the dispute and shall either approve termination
     3     of the contracts or recommend such terms for continuation of
     4     the contract as are in the public interest, based upon the
     5     facts, the right of a hospital to be paid its costs for
     6     hospitalization services to subscribers and the need of
     7     subscribers for efficient, reliable hospitalization at a
     8     reasonable cost.
     9         (4)  Negotiation period.--If the department recommends
    10     terms for continuation of the contract, the hospital plan
    11     corporation and the hospitals involved shall renew their
    12     negotiations in order to determine whether a new agreement
    13     can be reached substantially on the basis of the terms for
    14     continuation recommended by the department. Pending these
    15     negotiations, the termination of the hospital contracts shall
    16     be suspended for a further period not to exceed 90 days from
    17     the date of the decision of the department. If the hospital
    18     plan corporation and the hospitals are unable to consummate a
    19     new contract within the further period of 90 days, they shall
    20     so advise the department. The department shall then approve
    21     termination of the contracts effective at the end of a
    22     further period of 30 days and shall prescribe the form and
    23     extent of notice which the hospital plan corporation shall
    24     use in advising its subscribers that hospitalization in the
    25     hospitals involved is not covered by a contract between the
    26     hospital plan corporation and the hospitals.
    27         (5)  Retroactivity.--Upon the settlement of any dispute
    28     between a hospital plan corporation and any hospital pursuant
    29     to paragraphs (2) and (4), the terms and conditions of any
    30     new contract shall be retroactive to the date of expiration
    19870H1628B2005                - 962 -

     1     of the contract previously in effect between the parties.
     2  § 7525.  Reports and examinations.
     3     (a)  Annual report.--On or before March 1 of each year, every
     4  hospital plan corporation shall file with the department a
     5  statement, verified by at least two of the principal officers of
     6  the corporation, showing its condition at the end of the
     7  preceding calendar year. The statement shall be in such form and
     8  shall contain such matters as the department prescribes.
     9     (b)  Examination.--Every hospital plan corporation shall be
    10  subject to examination not less frequently than every three
    11  years by the department which shall have convenient access to
    12  all documents that relate to the business of the corporation,
    13  and the power to examine under oath the officers, agents and
    14  employees of the corporation and the subscribers to its
    15  nonprofit hospital plan in relation to the affairs, transactions
    16  and financial condition of the corporation. These examinations
    17  shall be made at such times as the department believes
    18  necessary.
    19  § 7526.  Solicitors and agents.
    20     Solicitors and agents for every hospital plan corporation
    21  shall meet the prerequisites provided by law for agents of
    22  insurance companies.
    23  § 7527.  Dissolution or liquidation.
    24     A hospital plan corporation shall not be dissolved under the
    25  provisions of Title 15 (relating to corporations and
    26  unincorporated associations) or under any other provision of law
    27  except with the prior approval of the department. Articles of
    28  dissolution for a hospital plan corporation filed in the
    29  Department of State, whether pursuant to a decree of court
    30  liquidating the corporation or otherwise, shall not be effective
    19870H1628B2005                - 963 -

     1  unless and until approved by the department. Any dissolution or
     2  liquidation of a hospital plan corporation shall be under the
     3  supervision of the department, which shall have all powers with
     4  respect thereto granted to it under Chapter 39 (relating to
     5  suspension of business and dissolution).
     6                             CHAPTER 77
     7           PROFESSIONAL HEALTH SERVICES PLAN CORPORATIONS
     8  Subchapter
     9     A.  Preliminary Provisions
    10     B.  Certification
    11     C.  Regulation Generally
    12                            SUBCHAPTER A
    13                       PRELIMINARY PROVISIONS
    14  Sec.
    15  7701.  Applicability of chapter.
    16  7702.  Definitions.
    17  7703.  Purpose of chapter.
    18  7704.  Penalties.
    19  7705.  Enforcement.
    20  § 7701.  Applicability of chapter.
    21     (a)  General rule.--This chapter applies to every person
    22  engaged in the business of maintaining and operating a nonprofit
    23  health service plan and to every person who violates this
    24  chapter.
    25     (b)  Exceptions.--Notwithstanding subsection (a), this
    26  chapter does not apply to:
    27         (1)  Any hospital plan corporation as defined in section
    28     7501 (relating to definitions).
    29         (2)  Any fraternal benefit society subject to regulation
    30     under Chapter 45 (relating to Fraternal Benefit Society
    19870H1628B2005                - 964 -

     1     Code).
     2  § 7702.  Definitions.
     3     (a)  General rule.--The following words and phrases when used
     4  in this chapter shall have the meanings given to them in this
     5  section unless the context clearly indicates otherwise:
     6     "Ancillary health services."  The general and usual services
     7  rendered and care administered by ancillary health service
     8  providers.
     9     "Ancillary health service providers."  Persons holding a
    10  permit to operate a clinical laboratory under the act of
    11  September 26, 1951 (P.L.1539, No.389), known as The Clinical
    12  Laboratory Act.
    13     "Chiropractic services."  The general and usual services
    14  rendered and care administered by a chiropractor.
    15     "Chiropractor."  An individual licensed under the laws of
    16  this Commonwealth to practice chiropractic, as defined in the
    17  act of December 16, 1986 (P.L.1646, No.188), known as the
    18  Chiropractic Practice Act.
    19     "Dental service corporation."  A corporation not-for-profit
    20  engaged in the business of maintaining and operating a nonprofit
    21  dental service plan.
    22     "Dental services."  The general and usual services rendered
    23  and care administered by a dentist.
    24     "General medical service corporation."  A corporation not-
    25  for-profit engaged in the business of maintaining and operating
    26  a nonprofit professional health service plan.
    27     "Health service doctor."  A dentist, physician, optometrist,
    28  osteopath, osteopathic surgeon, chiropractor or physical
    29  therapist.
    30     "Low income."  Low income as set forth in section 7725
    19870H1628B2005                - 965 -

     1  (relating to eligibility determination).
     2     "Medical services."  The general and usual services rendered
     3  and care administered by a physician.
     4     "Nonprofit dental service plan."  A plan whereby for
     5  prepayment, periodical or lump-sum payment dental services only
     6  may be provided to persons of low income or over-income and
     7  their dependents.
     8     "Nonprofit optometric service plan."  A plan whereby for
     9  prepayment, periodical or lump-sum payment optometric services
    10  only may be provided to persons of low income and over-income
    11  and their dependents.
    12     "Nonprofit professional health service plan."  A plan whereby
    13  for prepayment, periodical or lump-sum payment professional
    14  health services may be provided to persons of low income or
    15  over-income and their dependents. The term does not include a
    16  plan which is primarily a nonprofit dental service plan or a
    17  nonprofit optometric service plan.
    18     "Optometric service corporation."  A corporation not-for-
    19  profit engaged in the business of maintaining and operating a
    20  nonprofit optometric service plan.
    21     "Optometric services."  The general and usual services
    22  rendered and care administered by an optometrist.
    23     "Osteopathic services."  The general and usual services
    24  rendered and care administered by an osteopath or osteopathic
    25  surgeon.
    26     "Over-income."  Over-income as set forth in section 7725
    27  (relating to eligibility determination).
    28     "Person with dependents."  Any person who furnishes other
    29  persons with their chief support, whether or not such dependent
    30  person is related to or living with him.
    19870H1628B2005                - 966 -

     1     "Physical therapist."  An individual licensed to practice
     2  physical therapy, as defined in the act of October 10, 1975
     3  (P.L.383, No.110), known as the Physical Therapy Practice Act.
     4     "Physical therapy services."  The general and usual services
     5  rendered and care administered by a physical therapist.
     6     "Physician."  An individual licensed under the laws of this
     7  Commonwealth to practice medicine and surgery, as defined in act
     8  of December 20, 1985 (P.L.457, No.112), known as the Medical
     9  Practice Act of 1985.
    10     "Podiatrist."  An individual licensed under the laws of this
    11  Commonwealth to practice podiatric medicine, as defined in the
    12  act of March 2, 1956 (1955 P.L.1206, No.375), known as the
    13  Podiatry Practice Act.
    14     "Podiatry services."  The general and usual services rendered
    15  and care administered by a podiatrist.
    16     "Professional health service corporation."  A dental service
    17  corporation, a general medical service corporation or an
    18  optometric service corporation.
    19     "Professional health services."  Dental services, medical
    20  services, optometric services, osteopathic services, podiatry
    21  services, chiropractic services, physical therapy services or
    22  any one or more of them.
    23     "Subscribers of low income."  Persons of low income who
    24  subscribe to a nonprofit professional health service plan, a
    25  nonprofit dental service plan or a nonprofit optometric service
    26  plan.
    27     "Subscribers of over-income."  Persons of over-income who
    28  subscribe to a nonprofit professional health service plan, a
    29  nonprofit dental service plan or a nonprofit optometric service
    30  plan.
    19870H1628B2005                - 967 -

     1     (b)  Rule of construction.--The definitions specified in
     2  subsection (a) are for the purpose of this chapter only and not
     3  for the purpose of defining dental practice, medical practice,
     4  optometric practice, osteopathic practice, podiatry practice,
     5  chiropractic practice or physical therapy practice as such.
     6  § 7703.  Purpose of chapter.
     7     (a)  Declaration of necessity.--The General Assembly declares
     8  that adequate professional health services are essential for the
     9  maintenance of the physical and mental health of the residents
    10  of this Commonwealth and that it is necessary that provision be
    11  made for adequate professional health services to persons of low
    12  income who are unable to provide these services for themselves
    13  or their dependents without depriving themselves or their
    14  dependents of such necessities of life as food, clothing and
    15  shelter.
    16     (b)  Construction of chapter.--The purpose and intent of this
    17  chapter is to authorize qualified persons to provide adequate
    18  professional health services for residents of this Commonwealth
    19  who are unable to provide these services for themselves or their
    20  dependents at their own cost without depriving themselves or
    21  their dependents of such necessities of life as food, clothing
    22  and shelter and to provide persons of over-income with the
    23  limited professional health services benefits set forth in this
    24  chapter.
    25  § 7704.  Penalties.
    26     (a)  Offenses.--Any person who:
    27             (1)  violates this chapter or any regulation or order
    28         of the Department of Health or the department made
    29         pursuant thereto;
    30             (2)  hinders or prevents the Department of Health or
    19870H1628B2005                - 968 -

     1         the department in the discharge of any duty imposed on it
     2         by this chapter;
     3             (3)  fraudulently procures or attempts to procure any
     4         benefit from any professional health service corporation
     5         holding a certificate of authority under this chapter; or
     6             (4)  willfully makes any false statement in any
     7         proceeding or report under this chapter;
     8  commits a misdemeanor of the third degree.
     9     (b)  Persons liable.--Any act or default by any corporation,
    10  association or common law trust, in violation of any provision
    11  of this chapter or any regulation or order of the Department of
    12  Health or the department made pursuant thereto, shall be deemed
    13  to be the act or default of the officers or directors who
    14  participated in authorizing or effecting the act or default or
    15  who knowingly permitted it.
    16  § 7705.  Enforcement.
    17     When necessary to effect the purposes of this chapter, in
    18  addition to all other remedies in law or equity, the Department
    19  of Health or the department, or both, may commence an action in
    20  mandamus or for an injunction to prevent any violation of this
    21  chapter or the continuance of any such violation, or to enforce
    22  compliance with this chapter.
    23                            SUBCHAPTER B
    24                           CERTIFICATION
    25  Sec.
    26  7711.  Certification of professional health service
    27         corporations.
    28  7712.  Initial reserves.
    29  7713.  Incorporators.
    30  7714.  Exemptions for professional health service
    19870H1628B2005                - 969 -

     1         corporations.
     2  7715.  Uncertificated plans.
     3  § 7711.  Certification of professional health service
     4             corporations.
     5     (a)  General rule.--A corporation not-for-profit incorporated
     6  for the purpose of establishing, maintaining and operating a
     7  nonprofit professional health service plan, nonprofit dental
     8  service plan or nonprofit optometric service plan shall not
     9  commence business until it has received from the department a
    10  certificate of authority authorizing the corporation to
    11  establish, maintain and operate such a plan.
    12     (b)  Exemptions.--Subsection (a) does not apply to any
    13  nonprofit corporation incorporated with the approval of the
    14  department under the former sections 219 (relating to special
    15  procedures for incorporation of certain nonprofit corporations)
    16  or 220 (relating to procedure for incorporation of special
    17  nonprofit dental service corporations) of the act of May 5, 1933
    18  (P.L.289, No.105), known as the Nonprofit Corporation Law. For
    19  the purposes of this chapter, such a corporation shall be deemed
    20  to be a holder of a certificate of authority issued under this
    21  section as:
    22         (1)  An optometric service corporation, if incorporated
    23     under the former section 219 of the Nonprofit Corporation Law
    24     for the primary purpose of providing a nonprofit optometric
    25     service plan.
    26         (2)  A general medical service corporation, if
    27     incorporated under the former section 219 of the Nonprofit
    28     Corporation Law for any other purpose.
    29         (3)  A dental service corporation, if incorporated under
    30     the former section 220 of the Nonprofit Corporation Law.
    19870H1628B2005                - 970 -

     1     (c)  Form of application.--Every application for a
     2  certificate of authority under this section shall be made to the
     3  department in writing and shall be in such form and contain such
     4  information as the regulations of the Department of Health and
     5  the department may require. The department shall forward the
     6  application to the Department of Health for action thereon and
     7  the Department of Health shall thereafter report to the
     8  department.
     9     (d)  Standards for issuance of certificate.--A certificate of
    10  authority shall be issued by order of the department only if and
    11  when the Department of Health and the department severally find
    12  and determine that the application complies with the provisions
    13  of this chapter and the regulations of the Department of Health
    14  and the department thereunder.
    15     (e)  Procedure.--The proceedings before the Department of
    16  Health and the department shall be subject to the provisions of
    17  section 7511(e) (relating to certification of hospital plan
    18  corporations), except that the responsibilities of the
    19  department shall also be performed by the Department of Health.
    20  The Department of Health and the department shall each make a
    21  thorough investigation of the applicant and the area in and the
    22  plan under which it proposes to operate.
    23     (f)  Judicial review.--The final orders of the Department of
    24  Health and the department upon an application for a certificate
    25  of authority under this section shall be deemed to be a single
    26  order for the purposes of judicial review and to have been
    27  issued on the date the department issues its final order after
    28  having considered the final action of the Department of Health
    29  upon the application. The order, and all other orders of the
    30  Department of Health or the department, shall be subject to
    19870H1628B2005                - 971 -

     1  judicial review as provided by law.
     2  § 7712.  Initial reserves.
     3     A professional health service corporation shall not receive a
     4  certificate of authority under this chapter unless it has set up
     5  a minimum reserve of $25,000 for the exclusive purpose of
     6  meeting the contractual obligations of its subscribers. All or
     7  any part of the $25,000 may be in the form of borrowed money to
     8  be repaid in whole or in part from surplus. Money borrowed to
     9  satisfy the requirements of this section may be repaid only when
    10  authorized by two-thirds of the board of directors of the
    11  corporation in office and by the department.
    12  § 7713.  Incorporators.
    13     A certificate of authority shall not be issued to a
    14  professional health service corporation unless all of its
    15  incorporators are residents of this Commonwealth and citizens of
    16  the United States.
    17  § 7714.  Exemptions for professional health service
    18             corporations.
    19     (a)  General insurance law.--A professional health service
    20  corporation shall be subject to regulation and supervision by
    21  the Department of Health and the department under this chapter.
    22  Except as otherwise expressly provided in this title, a
    23  professional health service corporation holding a certificate of
    24  authority under this chapter is not subject to any other
    25  provision of this title or other law of this Commonwealth
    26  relating to the business of insurance. No statute hereafter
    27  enacted relating to the business of insurance shall apply to
    28  such a corporation unless the statute specifically refers and
    29  applies to such a corporation.
    30     (b)  Taxation.--Every professional health service corporation
    19870H1628B2005                - 972 -

     1  holding a certificate of authority under this chapter shall be
     2  deemed a charitable and benevolent institution, and all its
     3  income, funds, investments and property are exempt from all
     4  taxation by the Commonwealth or its political subdivisions.
     5  § 7715.  Uncertificated plans.
     6     (a)  General rule.--A person, other than a professional
     7  health service corporation holding a certificate of authority
     8  under this chapter relating to the plan being maintained or
     9  operated by the corporation, shall not establish, maintain or
    10  operate in this Commonwealth a nonprofit dental service plan, a
    11  nonprofit optometric service plan or a nonprofit professional
    12  health service plan.
    13     (b)  Exemptions.--Subsection (a) does not prohibit any person
    14  from furnishing professional health services for the prevention
    15  of disease among his employees or from furnishing any of such
    16  services as required under the act of June 2, 1915 (P.L.736,
    17  No.338), known as The Pennsylvania Workmen's Compensation Act,
    18  and related statutes, when the employee is not charged for such
    19  service.
    20                            SUBCHAPTER C
    21                        REGULATION GENERALLY
    22  Sec.
    23  7721.  Required reserves.
    24  7722.  Scope of service.
    25  7723.  Action as agent under Federal and other programs.
    26  7724.  Health service doctors.
    27  7725.  Eligibility determination.
    28  7726.  Authorized contract provisions.
    29  7727.  Subscriptions provided by government agencies.
    30  7728.  Board of directors.
    19870H1628B2005                - 973 -

     1  7729.  Rates and contracts.
     2  7730.  Investment of funds.
     3  7731.  Reports and examinations.
     4  7732.  Regulation by Department of Health.
     5  7733.  Dental service agents.
     6  7734.  Dissolution or liquidation.
     7  7735.  Ancillary health services.
     8  § 7721.  Required reserves.
     9     A professional health service corporation shall at all times
    10  while engaged in business maintain reserves, in such form and
    11  amount as the department may determine, to insure its
    12  subscribers against loss through the failure of the corporation
    13  to provide the services agreed to in its contracts.
    14  § 7722.  Scope of service.
    15     (a)  Territory of service.--The certificate of authority of a
    16  professional health service corporation shall define the limits
    17  of the area in which it may operate. If the corporation is
    18  deemed to be a holder of a certificate of authority under
    19  section 7711(b) (relating to certification of professional
    20  health service corporations), the articles of incorporation of
    21  the corporation on February 13, 1973, regardless of any
    22  subsequent amendment to those articles, shall be deemed to be
    23  its initial certificate of authority for the purposes of this
    24  section.
    25     (b)  Classes and kinds of services.--The certificate of
    26  authority, bylaws or resolutions of the board of directors of a
    27  professional health service corporation may limit the
    28  professional health services that will be provided for its
    29  subscribers, and may divide such professional health services as
    30  it elects to provide into classes or kinds. The corporation may
    19870H1628B2005                - 974 -

     1  enter into contracts with its subscribers or groups of
     2  subscribers to secure professional health services of any kind
     3  or class so delimited. A general medical services corporation
     4  shall make available to its subscribers or groups of
     5  subscribers, upon request of any individual for his individual
     6  subscriptions or any group for its group subscriptions,
     7  contracts which provide coverage for professional health
     8  services with appropriate premiums.
     9     (c)  Services provided only by licensed persons.--A
    10  professional health service corporation shall not provide
    11  professional health services for its subscribers otherwise than
    12  through health service doctors duly licensed to practice in
    13  their respective fields under the law of this Commonwealth.
    14     (d)  Services provided only to domiciliaries.--A professional
    15  health service corporation shall provide professional health
    16  services only to persons domiciled in this Commonwealth. If a
    17  subscriber, regularly domiciled in this Commonwealth and
    18  entitled to professional health services, or any of his
    19  dependents so entitled, employs professional health services
    20  while absent from this Commonwealth, a professional health
    21  service corporation to which he is a subscriber may, if
    22  satisfied that the services were necessary and were such as the
    23  subscriber would have been entitled to under similar
    24  circumstances in this Commonwealth, pay to the persons who
    25  rendered the services the fees and charges which would have been
    26  payable if the services had been rendered in this Commonwealth.
    27  A professional health service corporation organized under the
    28  law of, and operating near the boundaries of, this Commonwealth
    29  may, with the consent of the proper officers of and as
    30  authorized by the law of the adjacent state, provide
    19870H1628B2005                - 975 -

     1  professional health services therein; all operations of the
     2  corporation, whether in or outside this Commonwealth, shall be
     3  subject to this chapter.
     4     (e)  Liability of corporation limited.--All professional
     5  health services provided by or on behalf of a professional
     6  health service corporation shall be in accordance with the best
     7  professional health service practice in the community at the
     8  time, but the corporation providing such services shall not be
     9  liable for injuries resulting from negligence, misfeasance,
    10  malfeasance, nonfeasance or malpractice on the part of any
    11  officer or employee or on the part of any health service doctor
    12  in the course of rendering professional health services to
    13  subscribers, and the corporation may so provide in its contracts
    14  with subscribers.
    15     (f)  Legislative amendment of stated purposes.--The stated
    16  purposes of all existing general medical service corporations
    17  are amended so as to include the furnishing of osteopathic,
    18  dental, optometric, podiatry, chiropractic and physical therapy
    19  services through osteopaths, dentists, optometrists, podiatrists
    20  and chiropractors and physical therapists, respectively.
    21  § 7723.  Action as agent under Federal and other programs.
    22     (a)  General rule.--Any professional health service
    23  corporation may, with the approval of the department, act as a
    24  carrier under section 1842 of the Social Security Act (Public
    25  Law 89-97, 42 U.S.C. § 1395u) with power to perform all the
    26  services which may be required of such a carrier. The
    27  corporation may perform administrative services similar or
    28  related to:
    29         (1)  Those which may be required of an agency or
    30     organization thereunder in connection with a Federal, state
    19870H1628B2005                - 976 -

     1     or local governmental health care program.
     2         (2)  Those which may be required of such an agency or
     3     organization in connection with or associated with
     4     nongovernmental organizations, individuals, groups and
     5     agencies in the health care field.
     6     (b)  Legislative amendment of stated purposes.--The stated
     7  purposes of all existing professional health service
     8  corporations are amended so as to include the performance of the
     9  activities authorized by subsection (a).
    10  § 7724.  Health service doctors.
    11     (a)  Admission to plan.--Every health service doctor
    12  practicing within the area covered by any professional health
    13  service corporation may, upon complying with such requirements
    14  as the corporation may prescribe with the approval of the
    15  Department of Health, register with the corporation for such
    16  general or special professional health services as he may be
    17  licensed to practice within that area, but the corporation may,
    18  with the approval of the Department of Health, refuse to place
    19  the name of any health service doctor on its register. Any
    20  professional health service corporation may, with the approval
    21  of the Department of Health, remove from its register the name
    22  of any health service doctor after due notice and opportunity
    23  for hearing for cause satisfactory to the corporation.
    24     (b)  Freedom from control.--Subject to section 7722(e)
    25  (relating to scope of service), a professional health service
    26  corporation shall impose no restrictions on the health service
    27  doctors who administer to its subscribers as to methods of
    28  diagnosis or treatment. The relation between a subscriber, or
    29  any of his dependents, and the health service doctor shall be
    30  identical with the relation that ordinarily exists in the
    19870H1628B2005                - 977 -

     1  community between a health service doctor and his patient.
     2  Subject to the provisions of subsection (a), a person shall not
     3  be permitted to interfere with the choice or selection by a
     4  patient of his health service doctor after that choice or
     5  selection has been made by a competent adult.
     6     (c)  Disputes.--All matters, disputes or controversies
     7  relating to the professional health services rendered by the
     8  health service doctors, or any questions involving professional
     9  ethics, shall be considered and determined only by health
    10  service doctors as selected in a manner prescribed in the bylaws
    11  of the professional health service corporation.
    12  § 7725.  Eligibility determination.
    13     (a)  Income standards.--
    14         (1)  Every professional health service corporation shall
    15     from time to time, by action of its members, fix the
    16     standards for persons of low income eligible for benefits
    17     under this chapter. These standards shall afford due
    18     consideration to the marital status and to the number of
    19     dependents of the applicant or subscriber and shall be
    20     consistent with section 7703(a) (relating to purpose of
    21     chapter). These standards shall be subject to the approval of
    22     the department.
    23         (2)  All persons not meeting the standards for persons of
    24     low income as thus fixed are persons of over-income.
    25     (b)  Determination of income status.--
    26         (1)  The professional health service corporation shall
    27     determine whether an applicant for subscription is in receipt
    28     of a low income or over-income. After the application has
    29     been approved, the subscriber shall be deemed to be of low
    30     income or over-income until his status has been redetermined
    19870H1628B2005                - 978 -

     1     by the corporation, which redetermination may be made at any
     2     time.
     3         (2)  The professional health service corporation, in
     4     determining the income status of any applicant or subscriber,
     5     may, through its officers and agents, examine under oath any
     6     applicant or subscriber claiming a low income status and any
     7     other person consenting thereto who is believed to have
     8     material knowledge concerning the income status of the
     9     applicant or subscriber. The determination of the corporation
    10     shall be final.
    11     (c)  Effect of status.--Every person of low income and every
    12  person of over-income, residing in the area served by a
    13  professional health service corporation, may obtain, upon
    14  complying with requirements adopted by that corporation and the
    15  payment of such initiation and other fees as are authorized by
    16  the department, the services of any health service doctor
    17  registered with the corporation, under such terms and conditions
    18  as are customary in professional health services in the
    19  community, but only within the limits of services for which the
    20  health service doctors are registered. A professional health
    21  service corporation may for cause refuse to enter into
    22  contractual relations with an applicant and may, for cause,
    23  after due notice and opportunity for hearing, rescind any
    24  contract that it has entered into with any subscriber and refund
    25  any unearned portion of any fees paid. The corporation may, on
    26  default in payment of the agreed dues, fees, payments or any
    27  charges by subscriber or someone on his behalf, discontinue
    28  coverage without notice and opportunity for hearing, after
    29  having notified a subscriber of his default, and having allowed
    30  him two days to procure such coverages. Any payment made by the
    19870H1628B2005                - 979 -

     1  corporation to health service doctors for services rendered to
     2  subscribers of over-income shall be a payment only to the extent
     3  agreed upon between the corporation and the health service
     4  doctors on account of any greater sum which may be due the
     5  health service doctors for rendering those services.
     6     (d)  Prohibited contracts.--A contract by or on behalf of any
     7  professional health service corporation shall not provide for
     8  any periodic payment or any other payment by that corporation to
     9  a subscriber unless the payment is related to the value of the
    10  service provided to the subscriber on account of illness or
    11  injury. Such payments shall not be related to the payment of any
    12  such benefit by any other entity.
    13  § 7726.  Authorized contract provisions.
    14     A professional health service corporation may, as a condition
    15  precedent to entering into a contract with an applicant or group
    16  of applicants for professional health service, require any of
    17  the following:
    18         (1)  A physical examination of the applicant and of each
    19     of his dependents, if any, and proof of his or their
    20     substantial freedom from any disease or condition requiring
    21     immediate professional health service or likely to require it
    22     within the next 12 months, before a contract becomes
    23     effective.
    24         (2)  A waiting period after a contract is entered into
    25     and before the subscriber is entitled to professional health
    26     service.
    27         (3)  An agreement that the subscriber or someone on his
    28     behalf shall pay the stated fee or fees for professional
    29     health services in the case of any given illness or injury or
    30     other condition requiring professional health service, before
    19870H1628B2005                - 980 -

     1     becoming entitled to treatment under the terms of the
     2     contract.
     3         (4)  An agreement that, as a condition precedent to
     4     payment by the corporation for professional health services
     5     performed for the subscriber, the subscriber or someone on
     6     his behalf will submit to the corporation such information as
     7     is reasonably necessary to enable it to determine the amount
     8     of the payment, which information shall be submitted in the
     9     form and verified in the manner prescribed by the
    10     corporation.
    11         (5)  An agreement that any rights of the subscriber to
    12     receive services or payments under his contract with the
    13     corporation are personal to the subscriber and may not be
    14     assigned.
    15  § 7727.  Subscriptions provided by government agencies.
    16     Every government agency which is charged by law with the duty
    17  of providing professional health services for persons unable to
    18  provide it at their own expense, or to procure it through
    19  persons to whose support and assistance they are by law
    20  entitled, may provide such services if it is in the public
    21  interest so to do, through a subscription or subscriptions, paid
    22  for from any lawfully available public funds, with any
    23  professional health service corporation on behalf of any person
    24  entitled to such a benefit.
    25  § 7728.  Board of directors.
    26     (a)  General rule.--The business of every professional health
    27  service corporation, except a general medical service
    28  corporation, shall be managed by a board of directors of at
    29  least nine persons, all of whom shall be residents of this
    30  Commonwealth.
    19870H1628B2005                - 981 -

     1     (b)  General medical service corporation.--
     2         (1)  A general medical service corporation shall be
     3     managed by a board of not less than 21, nor more than 36
     4     members, all of whom shall be residents of this Commonwealth.
     5         (2)  Not less than 50% of the board shall be subscribers
     6     who have coverage under a contract issued by the corporation,
     7     who are generally representative of broad segments of
     8     subscribers covered under contracts issued by the corporation
     9     and whose background and experience indicate that they are
    10     qualified to act in the interests of the subscribers. A board
    11     member shall not be counted toward satisfying this paragraph
    12     if the member or the member's spouse derives substantial
    13     income from the delivery or administration of health care.
    14         (3)  The bylaws of every general medical service
    15     corporation shall provide appropriate procedures for the
    16     nomination and election or appointment of the directors of
    17     the corporation and the nomination and election or
    18     appointment of committees of the board in such a manner that
    19     the interests of the subscribers of the corporation will be
    20     justly and reasonably represented.
    21         (4)  All directors of the corporation shall be members of
    22     the corporation.
    23         (5)  A health service doctor, who provides professional
    24     health services for the corporation's subscribers, may be a
    25     director but shall not be counted among the directors who
    26     represent subscribers.
    27         (6)  Every general medical service corporation shall
    28     submit its bylaws for review by the Department of Health and
    29     the department. Whenever a general medical service
    30     corporation changes its bylaws, the change shall be submitted
    19870H1628B2005                - 982 -

     1     within 30 days to the Department of Health and the department
     2     for their review to determine whether the changes meet the
     3     standards of this section.
     4         (7)  If the Department of Health or the department finds,
     5     after notice to the corporation and hearing, that a general
     6     medical service corporation has not met the requirements of
     7     this section, the Department of Health or the department
     8     shall notify the corporation of the findings and order the
     9     corporation, in specific terms, to meet the requirements of
    10     this section. The findings and order shall be subject to
    11     judicial review as provided by law.
    12  § 7729.  Rates and contracts.
    13     (a)  General rule.--All rates charged subscribers or groups
    14  of subscribers by any professional health service corporation,
    15  and the form and content of all contracts between the
    16  corporation and its subscribers or groups of subscribers, all
    17  methods and rates of payment by the corporation to health
    18  service doctors serving its subscribers, all acquisition costs
    19  in procuring subscribers, the reserves to be maintained by the
    20  corporation and all contracts entered into by the corporation
    21  and extending over a period of more than one year or calling for
    22  the expenditure by the corporation of any amount in excess of
    23  20% of its reserves shall be approved by the department before
    24  they become effective.
    25     (b)  Procedure.--Every application for such approval shall be
    26  made to the department in writing and shall be subject to
    27  section 7511(c) through (f) (relating to certification of
    28  hospital plan corporations), except that the department may
    29  substitute publication in the Pennsylvania Bulletin of notice of
    30  reasonable opportunity to submit written comments for
    19870H1628B2005                - 983 -

     1  publication of opportunity for hearing in any case where the
     2  right to an oral hearing is not conferred by the Constitution of
     3  the United States or the Constitution of Pennsylvania. Within 60
     4  days after the filing of the application, the department shall
     5  approve or refuse the application.
     6  § 7730.  Investment of funds.
     7     Any statute to the contrary notwithstanding, the assets of
     8  any professional health service corporation shall be invested in
     9  compliance with the requirements of Chapter 53 (relating to life
    10  insurance) for the investment of the assets of life insurance
    11  companies.
    12  § 7731.  Reports and examinations.
    13     (a)  Annual reports.--Every professional health service
    14  corporation shall, on or before March 1 of each year, file with
    15  the department a statement, verified by at least two of the
    16  principal officers of the corporation, summarizing its financial
    17  activities during the preceding calendar year and showing its
    18  financial condition at the end of that year. The statement shall
    19  be in such form and shall contain such matters as the department
    20  prescribes.
    21     (b)  Examinations and special reports.--Every professional
    22  health service corporation shall be subject to examination not
    23  less frequently than once in every three years by the
    24  department. The department shall have convenient access to all
    25  documents that relate to the business of the corporation and the
    26  power to examine the officers, agents, employees and subscribers
    27  for the professional health services of the corporation, all
    28  health service doctors registered with the corporation and all
    29  other persons having a substantial part in the business of the
    30  corporation, in relation to its financial affairs and financial
    19870H1628B2005                 - 984 -

     1  condition. This examination shall be made at such times as the
     2  department believes necessary. The department may at any time,
     3  without making this examination, call on the corporation for a
     4  written report, authenticated by at least two of its principal
     5  officers, concerning the financial affairs and condition of the
     6  corporation.
     7  § 7732.  Regulation by Department of Health.
     8     (a)  Annual reports.--Every professional health service
     9  corporation shall, on or before March 1 of each year, file with
    10  the Department of Health a report of its activities, other than
    11  its financial activities, during the preceding calendar year.
    12  The report shall be verified by at least two of the principal
    13  officers of the corporation. The report shall be in such form
    14  and shall contain such matters as the Department of Health
    15  prescribes. The Department of Health may inquire into the
    16  activities of every professional health service corporation and
    17  determine whether the corporation is providing adequate
    18  professional health services to its subscribers in accordance
    19  with the best professional health service practice in the
    20  community.
    21     (b)  Examination and special reports.--The Department of
    22  Health shall have convenient access to all documents that relate
    23  to the business of the corporation, other than financial, and
    24  the power to examine the officers, agents, employees and
    25  subscribers for the professional health services of the
    26  corporation, all health service doctors registered with the
    27  corporation and all other persons having a substantial part in
    28  the business of the corporation, other than financial. This
    29  examination shall be made at such times as the Department of
    30  Health believes necessary. The Department of Health may, at any
    19870H1628B2005                 - 985 -

     1  time, without making this examination, call on the corporation
     2  for a written report, authenticated by at least two of its
     3  principal officers, concerning the affairs of the corporation
     4  other than its financial affairs.
     5     (c)  Extension or improvement of service pursuant to order.--
     6  If the Department of Health finds that a professional health
     7  service corporation does not provide adequate professional
     8  health services to its subscribers in accordance with the best
     9  professional health service practice in the community, the
    10  Department of Health may notify the corporation of its findings
    11  and order the corporation, in specific terms, to extend or
    12  improve the professional health services furnished by the
    13  corporation. This order shall be entered after notice and
    14  opportunity for hearing and shall be subject to judicial review
    15  as provided by law.
    16  § 7733.  Dental service agents.
    17     Any dental service corporation may select any person to act
    18  as its agent in the performance of any of its functions.
    19  § 7734.  Dissolution or liquidation.
    20     A professional health service corporation shall not be
    21  dissolved under Title 15 (relating to corporations and
    22  unincorporated associations) or under any other provision of
    23  law, except with the prior approval of the department. Articles
    24  of dissolution for a professional health service corporation
    25  filed in the Department of State, whether pursuant to a decree
    26  of court liquidating the corporation or otherwise, shall not be
    27  effective unless and until approved by the department. Any
    28  dissolution or liquidation of a professional health service
    29  corporation shall be under the supervision of the department,
    30  which shall have all powers with respect thereto granted to it
    19870H1628B2005                 - 986 -

     1  under Chapter 39 (relating to suspension of business and
     2  dissolution).
     3  § 7735.  Ancillary health services.
     4     Notwithstanding anything in this chapter to the contrary, a
     5  professional health service corporation may provide ancillary
     6  health services through ancillary health service providers. An
     7  ancillary health service provider may register with a
     8  professional health service corporation as a participating
     9  provider and continue as such upon complying with the
    10  requirements adopted by the corporation with the approval of the
    11  Department of Health.
    12                             CHAPTER 79
    13                          SURETY COMPANIES
    14  Sec.
    15  7901.  Corporate sureties.
    16  7902.  Conditions for doing business.
    17  7903.  Certificates of authority.
    18  7904.  Annual statements.
    19  7905.  Power to execute obligations.
    20  7906.  Liability of companies.
    21  7907.  Guaranteed arrest bond certificates.
    22  § 7901.  Corporate sureties.
    23     (a)  Scope of surety authorization.--Every company authorized
    24  to act as a surety under this chapter shall be authorized to
    25  guarantee the fidelity of persons holding places of public or
    26  private trust, to guarantee the performance of contracts other
    27  than insurance policies and to execute bonds and undertakings
    28  required or permitted by law.
    29     (b)  Acceptance of sureties.--Any head of a department, court
    30  or other officer who is required to approve the sufficiency of
    19870H1628B2005                 - 987 -

     1  any bond or undertaking shall approve the company as sole surety
     2  of the bond or undertaking if the company has filed, in the
     3  office of the prothonotary of the county in which the bond or
     4  undertaking is to be approved, a certificate issued by the
     5  department under section 7903 (relating to certificates of
     6  authority) authorizing it to do business as a surety company,
     7  unless the certificate has been revoked by the department. This
     8  certificate shall be conclusive proof of the solvency, credit
     9  and sufficiency of the company for all purposes and of its
    10  qualifications to be accepted as sole surety.
    11  § 7902.  Conditions for doing business.
    12     (a)  General requirements.--In order to become authorized to
    13  do business as a surety, the corporation shall do the following:
    14         (1)  Comply with all provisions of this title applicable
    15     to it.
    16         (2)  If a foreign or alien entity, be authorized to act
    17     as a surety in the state or country where it is incorporated.
    18         (3)  Be authorized to act as a surety under its corporate
    19     charter or act of incorporation.
    20         (4)  Have at least $100,000 invested in securities
    21     created by Federal law, or by or under the law of the state
    22     or country wherein it is incorporated, or in other safe,
    23     marketable and interest-bearing securities, the value of
    24     which shall be at or above par and deposited with or held by
    25     the department or the corresponding department of the state
    26     or country in which it is authorized to transact business, in
    27     trust for the benefit of the holders of the obligations of
    28     the company.
    29         (5)  Have available assets exceeding its liabilities,
    30     which liabilities shall include its capital stock, its
    19870H1628B2005                 - 988 -

     1     outstanding debts and a premium reserve equal to 50% of the
     2     annual premium on all outstanding risks in force.
     3         (6)  File with the department before transacting business
     4     in this Commonwealth under this chapter a certified copy of
     5     its charter or act of incorporation and a written application
     6     to be authorized to do business under this chapter.
     7         (7)  File with the department a statement, signed and
     8     sworn to by its president or one of its vice presidents and
     9     its secretary, or one of its assistant secretaries, stating:
    10             (i)  The amount of its paid-up cash capital.
    11             (ii)  Each specific item of investment.
    12             (iii)  The amount of premium on existing bonds upon
    13         which it is surety.
    14             (iv)  The amount of liability for unearned portion
    15         thereof, estimated at 50% of the annual premium on all
    16         outstanding premiums for one year or less, and pro rata
    17         for terms of more than one year.
    18             (v)  The amount of its outstanding debts of all
    19         kinds.
    20     (b)  Risk limitations.--A surety company authorized to do
    21  business in this Commonwealth shall not expose itself to any
    22  loss or hazard on any one fidelity or surety risk in an amount
    23  exceeding 10% of its capital and surplus unless it is protected
    24  in excess of that amount by one of the following:
    25         (1)  Reinsurance in a corporation authorized to transact
    26     the fidelity or surety business in this Commonwealth, in such
    27     a form as to enable the obligee or beneficiary to maintain an
    28     action thereon against the company reinsured jointly with the
    29     reinsurer, and, upon recovering judgment against the
    30     reinsured, to have recovery against the reinsurer for payment
    19870H1628B2005                 - 989 -

     1     to the extent in which it may be liable under the reinsurance
     2     and in discharge thereof.
     3         (2)  The co-suretyship of such a corporation similarly
     4     authorized.
     5         (3)  A deposit with it, in pledge or conveyance to it in
     6     trust, for its protection, of property.
     7         (4)  A conveyance or mortgage for its protection.
     8         (5)  In case a suretyship obligation was made on account
     9     of a fiduciary holding property in a trust capacity, a
    10     deposit or other disposition of a portion of the property
    11     held in trust that no future sale, mortgage, pledge or other
    12     disposition can be made thereof without the consent of the
    13     corporation, except by order of court.
    14     (c)  Exceptions.--Notwithstanding this section, the following
    15  provisions apply:
    16         (1)  A surety corporation may execute transportation or
    17     warehousing bonds for United States internal revenue taxes to
    18     an amount equal to 50% of its capital and surplus.
    19         (2)  When the penalty of the suretyship obligation
    20     exceeds the amount of a judgment described therein as
    21     appealed from and thereby secured, or exceeds the amount of
    22     the subject matter in controversy or of the estate in the
    23     hands of the fiduciary for the performance of whose duties it
    24     is conditioned, the bond may be executed if the amount so
    25     secured is not in excess of such limitation.
    26         (3)  When the penalty of the suretyship obligation
    27     executed for the performance of a contract exceeds the
    28     contract price, the latter shall be taken as the basis for
    29     estimating the limit of risk within the meaning of this
    30     section.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 990 -

     1     (d)  Guarantee of deposits in financial institutions.--
     2  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this section, no
     3  surety corporation shall execute suretyship obligations
     4  guaranteeing the deposits of any single financial institution in
     5  an aggregate amount in excess of 10% of the capital and surplus
     6  of such corporate surety, unless it is protected in excess of
     7  that amount by credits in accordance with subsection (b)(1),
     8  (2), (3) or (4).
     9     (e)  Civil penalties.--Upon proof of the violation of this
    10  section by any entity or its members, officers, directors or
    11  attorney-in-fact, the department may take any one or more of the
    12  following courses of action:
    13         (1)  Revoke the certificate of authority of the entity.
    14         (2)  Refuse, for a period of not to exceed one year
    15     thereafter, to issue a new license to the entity.
    16         (3)  Impose a fine of not more than $1,000 for each
    17     violation.
    18     (f)  Criminal penalties.--Any company, or the officers,
    19  directors, members or attorney-in-fact of any entity, or any
    20  other person violating this section, commits a summary offense.
    21  § 7903.  Certificates of authority.
    22     If the department is satisfied that the company applying for
    23  authorization to do business under this chapter has in all
    24  respects complied with and is qualified under this chapter, the
    25  department shall issue to the company, and to each of its agents
    26  in this Commonwealth, the certificate of the department that it
    27  is authorized to become and be accepted as sole surety under
    28  section 7901 (relating to corporate sureties).
    29  § 7904.  Annual statements.
    30     Every surety company shall by January 31 of each year file
    19870H1628B2005                 - 991 -

     1  the following with the department, verified as the department
     2  shall require:
     3         (1)  A statement including the information required under
     4     section 7902(a)(6) (relating to conditions for doing
     5     business).
     6         (2)  A certificate from the officer with whom the deposit
     7     required under section 7902(a)(4) is made, describing the
     8     securities so deposited and the manner in which they are held
     9     by him, and stating that he is satisfied that such securities
    10     have a value of at least $100,000.
    11         (3)  A statement including such other information
    12     concerning the condition and credit of the company as the
    13     department requires.
    14  § 7905.  Power to execute obligations.
    15     Any company authorized to do business in this Commonwealth
    16  under this chapter is authorized to execute any bond,
    17  recognizance or other obligation which is required by law or by
    18  the charter, ordinances, rules or regulations of any
    19  municipality, board, body or public officer to be given with a
    20  surety, and the execution by the company of any such bond,
    21  recognizance or obligation shall be a full and complete
    22  compliance with that requirement.
    23  § 7906.  Liability of companies.
    24     A surety company having signed a bond, undertaking or
    25  obligation shall not be permitted to deny its corporate power to
    26  execute such instruments or incur such liability in any
    27  proceeding to enforce liability against it thereunder.
    28  § 7907.  Guaranteed arrest bond certificates.
    29     (a)  Authority.--Any domestic or foreign insurance company
    30  which is authorized to transact surety business under this
    19870H1628B2005                 - 992 -

     1  chapter may, in any year, become surety upon compliance with
     2  subsection (b), in an amount not exceeding $200 with respect to
     3  each of the guaranteed arrest bond certificates issued in the
     4  year by an automobile club or association or by a company
     5  authorized to write automobile liability insurance in this
     6  Commonwealth.
     7     (b)  Application.--Any company wishing to become authorized
     8  to transact business under this section shall file an
     9  application with the department, in the form prescribed by it,
    10  which shall state the following:
    11         (1)  The names and addresses of the automobile clubs,
    12     automobile associations or insurance company or companies
    13     with respect to the guaranteed arrest bond certificates of
    14     which the surety company undertakes to be surety.
    15         (2)  The unqualified obligation of the surety company to
    16     pay the fine or forfeiture, in an amount not exceeding $200,
    17     of any one person who, after posting a guaranteed arrest bond
    18     certificate with respect to which the surety company has
    19     undertaken to be surety, fails to make the appearance for
    20     which the guaranteed arrest bond certificate was posted.
    21     (c)  Use of certificates.--Any guaranteed arrest bond
    22  certificate with respect to which a surety company has become a
    23  surety or a guaranteed arrest bond certificate issued by a
    24  properly authorized insurance company shall, when posted by the
    25  person whose signature appears thereon, be accepted in lieu of
    26  cash bail in an amount not exceeding $200 as a bail bond to
    27  guarantee the timely appearance of the person in any court or
    28  before any district justice in this Commonwealth when the person
    29  is arrested or formally charged for any violation of Title 75
    30  (relating to vehicles) or an ordinance of a local authority
    19870H1628B2005                 - 993 -

     1  pertaining to vehicles, except for misdemeanors or felonies as
     2  defined in Title 75. Any guaranteed arrest bond certificate
     3  posted as bail bond in court shall be subject to the forfeiture
     4  and enforcement provisions of law applicable to a bail bond.
     5     (d)  Definition.--As used in this section the term
     6  "guaranteed arrest bond certificate" means any printed card or
     7  other certificate issued by an automobile club, association or
     8  insurance company to any of its members or insureds, signed by
     9  the member or insured and containing a printed statement that
    10  the automobile club, association or insurance company and a
    11  surety company or an insurance company authorized to transact
    12  both automobile liability insurance and surety business,
    13  guarantee the appearance of the person whose signature appears
    14  on the card or certificate and that they will, in the event of
    15  the failure of the person to appear in court or before a
    16  district justice in this Commonwealth, pay any fine or
    17  forfeiture imposed on the person in an amount not exceeding
    18  $200, when the person is arrested or formally charged for any
    19  violation Title 75 or any ordinance of local authority
    20  pertaining to vehicles except as provided in this section.
    21                             CHAPTER 81
    22                  PROPERTY AND CASUALTY INSURANCE
    23                        GUARANTY ASSOCIATION
    24  Subchapter
    25     A.  General Provisions
    26     B.  Pennsylvania Insurance Guaranty Association
    27     C.  Assessments
    28     D.  Powers and Duties of Department
    29     E.  Recovery Procedure
    30                            SUBCHAPTER A
    19870H1628B2005                 - 994 -

     1                         GENERAL PROVISIONS
     2  Sec.
     3  8101.  Short title of chapter.
     4  8102.  Purposes of chapter.
     5  8103.  Definitions.
     6  8104.  Immunity.
     7  8105.  References to association in advertising.
     8  § 8101.  Short title of chapter.
     9     This chapter shall be known and may be cited as the Property
    10  and Casualty Insurance Guaranty Association Act.
    11  § 8102.  Purposes of chapter.
    12     The purposes of this chapter are to:
    13         (1)  Provide a means for the payment of covered claims
    14     under certain property and casualty insurance policies, to
    15     avoid excessive delay in the payment of such claims and to
    16     avoid financial loss to claimants or policyholders as a
    17     result of the insolvency of an insurer.
    18         (2)  Assist in the detection and prevention of insurer
    19     insolvencies.
    20         (3)  Provide for the formulation and administration by
    21     Pennsylvania Insurance Guaranty Association of a plan of
    22     operation necessary to effectuate the purposes of this
    23     chapter.
    24  § 8103.  Definitions.
    25     The following words and phrases when used in this chapter
    26  shall have the meanings given to them in this section unless the
    27  context clearly indicates otherwise:
    28     "Account."  Any account provided for under section 8121(a)
    29  (relating to assessments).
    30     "Association."  The Pennsylvania Insurance Guaranty
    19870H1628B2005                 - 995 -

     1  Association established under this chapter.
     2     "Covered claim."  An unpaid claim, including a claim for
     3  unearned premiums, which arises under a property and casualty
     4  insurance policy of an insolvent insurer and arises from an
     5  insured event which results in loss or liability relating to a
     6  resident of this Commonwealth or to property permanently
     7  situated in this Commonwealth. The term does not include any
     8  amount due any insurer, reinsurer, insurance pool or
     9  underwriting association, as a subrogation recovery or otherwise
    10  or any amount in excess of the applicable limits of the policy.
    11     "Insolvent insurer."  An insurer determined to be insolvent
    12  or in such condition that its further transaction of business
    13  will be hazardous to its policyholders, its creditors or the
    14  public, by a court of the insurer's domiciliary state.
    15     "Insurer" or "member insurer."  Any insurance entity
    16  authorized to write and engaged in writing within this
    17  Commonwealth, on a direct basis, property and casualty insurance
    18  policies.
    19     "Net direct written premiums."  Direct gross premiums written
    20  in this Commonwealth on property and casualty insurance
    21  policies, including policies issued to self-insurers, whether or
    22  not designated as reinsurance contracts, less return premiums
    23  thereon and dividends paid or credited to policyholders of such
    24  policies, but does not include premiums on contracts between
    25  insurers or reinsurers.
    26     "Property and casualty insurance policy."  Any contract,
    27  including any endorsement, rider, written or oral, binder, cover
    28  note, certificate or other instrument of insurance attached or
    29  relating thereto, without regard to the nature of the form of
    30  the same, which provides any of the coverages enumerated in
    19870H1628B2005                 - 996 -

     1  section 3302 (relating to authorized classes of insurance),
     2  except the following:
     3         (1)  Life insurance and annuities.
     4         (2)  Health and accident insurance.
     5         (3)  Title insurance.
     6         (4)  Credit insurance on accounts receivable.
     7         (5)  Mortgage guaranty insurance.
     8         (6)  Surety insurance.
     9         (7)  Ocean marine insurance.
    10         (8)  Workmen's compensation insurance.
    11  § 8104.  Immunity.
    12     A cause of action of any nature shall not arise against any
    13  member insurer, the association or its agents or employees, the
    14  board of directors, the department or any representatives of the
    15  department for any action taken by any of them in the
    16  performance of their respective powers and duties under this
    17  chapter.
    18  § 8105.  References to association in advertising.
    19     A member insurer shall not, directly or indirectly, make,
    20  publish or place before the public in a newspaper or other
    21  publication, or in the form of a notice, circular, pamphlet,
    22  letter or poster, or over any radio or television station or in
    23  any other way, an advertisement or statement of any sort
    24  containing any reference to the coverage of association.
    25                            SUBCHAPTER B
    26            PENNSYLVANIA INSURANCE GUARANTY ASSOCIATION
    27  Sec.
    28  8111.  Pennsylvania Insurance Guaranty Association.
    29  8112.  Plan of operation.
    30  8113.  Examination of association.
    19870H1628B2005                 - 997 -

     1  8114.  Annual and other statements.
     2  8115.  Limitation on taxability of association.
     3  § 8111.  Pennsylvania Insurance Guaranty Association.
     4     (a)  Membership.--Every insurer shall participate in the
     5  Pennsylvania Insurance Guaranty Association as a condition of
     6  its authority to write property and casualty insurance policies
     7  in this Commonwealth.
     8     (b)  Powers and duties.--
     9         (1)  The association shall do the following:
    10             (i)  Make payment to the extent of the covered claims
    11         of an insolvent insurer existing prior to the
    12         determination of the insurer's insolvency, and covered
    13         claims arising within 30 days after the determination of
    14         insolvency, or before the policy expiration date if less
    15         than 30 days after the determination, or before the
    16         insured replaces the policy or causes its cancellation,
    17         if he does so within 30 days of the determination. The
    18         obligation under this subparagraph shall include only
    19         that amount of each covered claim which is in excess of
    20         $100 and is less than $300,000. The association shall not
    21         be obligated on a covered claim in an amount in excess of
    22         the obligation of the insolvent insurer under the policy
    23         under which the claim arises.
    24             (ii)  Act as the insurer to the extent of its
    25         obligation on the covered claims and to this extent it
    26         shall have all rights, duties and obligations of the
    27         insolvent insurer as if that insurer had not become
    28         insolvent.
    29             (iii)  Assess member insurers in accordance with
    30         Subchapter C (relating to assessments) the amounts
    19870H1628B2005                 - 998 -

     1         necessary to pay the obligations of the association under
     2         subparagraph (i), the expenses of handling covered
     3         claims, the cost of examinations under section 8113
     4         (relating to examination of association) or 8131(a)(3)
     5         (relating to powers and duties of department) and other
     6         expenses authorized by this chapter.
     7             (iv)  Investigate claims brought against the
     8         association and adjust, compromise, settle and pay
     9         covered claims to the extent of the association's
    10         obligation and deny all other claims. The association may
    11         review settlements, releases and judgments to which the
    12         insolvent insurer or its insureds were parties to
    13         determine the extent to which such settlements, releases
    14         and judgments may be properly contested.
    15             (v)  Give such notice as the department may direct
    16         under section 8131(b)(1).
    17             (vi)  Handle claims through its employees or through
    18         any of its member insurers agreeing to do so or through
    19         other persons designated with the prior approval of the
    20         department as servicing facilities.
    21             (vii)  Reimburse each servicing facility for
    22         obligations of the association paid by the facility and
    23         for expenses incurred by the facility while handling
    24         claims on behalf of the association.
    25             (viii)  Notify the department of any information
    26         indicating any member insurer may be insolvent or in such
    27         condition that its further transaction of business will
    28         be hazardous to its policyholders, its creditors or the
    29         public.
    30             (ix)  Within 90 days of the conclusion of any insurer
    19870H1628B2005                 - 999 -

     1         insolvency in which the association was obligated to pay
     2         covered claims, prepare a report on the history and
     3         causes of such insolvency, based on the information
     4         available to the association, and submit such report to
     5         the department.
     6         (2)  The association may do the following:
     7             (i)  Employ or retain such persons as are necessary
     8         to perform the duties of the association.
     9             (ii)  Borrow funds necessary to effect the purposes
    10         of this chapter in accordance with the plan of operation
    11         under section 8112 (relating to plan of operation).
    12             (iii)  Sue or be sued.
    13             (iv)  Negotiate and become, with the prior approval
    14         of the department, a party to such contracts as are
    15         necessary to carry out the purposes of this chapter.
    16             (v)  Request that the department order an examination
    17         of any member insurer which it in good faith believes may
    18         be in such condition that its further transaction of
    19         business will be hazardous to its policyholders, its
    20         creditors or the public.
    21             (vi)  Make reports and recommendations to the
    22         department upon any matter germane to the solvency,
    23         liquidation, rehabilitation or conservation of any member
    24         insurer. These reports and recommendations shall not be
    25         public documents.
    26             (vii)  Make recommendations to the department for the
    27         detection and prevention of insurer insolvencies.
    28             (viii)  Perform such other acts as are necessary or
    29         proper to effectuate the purposes of this chapter.
    30     (c)  Board of directors.--The association shall be governed
    19870H1628B2005                - 1000 -

     1  by a board of seven directors, serving terms as established in
     2  the plan of operation. The members of the board shall be
     3  selected by the member insurers subject to the approval of the
     4  department. Any vacancy on the board shall be filled for the
     5  remaining period of the term in the same manner as the initial
     6  selections. If a vacancy remains unfilled for more than 15 days,
     7  the department may appoint the directors necessary to constitute
     8  a full board. In approving selections for the board, the
     9  department shall consider among other things whether all member
    10  insurers are fairly represented. Members of the board may be
    11  reimbursed from the assets of the association for reasonable
    12  expenses incurred by them as members.
    13  § 8112.  Plan of operation.
    14     (a)  Contents of plan.--The association shall operate
    15  pursuant to the plan of operations approved by the department
    16  under the former section 201(c) (relating to The Pennsylvania
    17  Insurance Guaranty Association) of the act of November 25, 1970
    18  (P.L.716, No.232), known as The Pennsylvania Insurance Guaranty
    19  Association Act, as the plan may be amended under the former
    20  section 202(c) of that act (relating to plan of operation) or
    21  under subsection (c) of this section. The plan of operation
    22  shall establish fair, reasonable and equitable procedures for
    23  the performance of the powers and duties of the association
    24  under section 8111(b) (relating to Pennsylvania Insurance
    25  Guaranty Association), including, but not limited to:
    26         (1)  Procedures for handling assets of the association.
    27         (2)  Procedures by which claims may be filed with the
    28     association and the specification of acceptable forms of
    29     proof of covered claims.
    30         (3)  Procedures for records to be kept of all financial
    19870H1628B2005                - 1001 -

     1     transactions of the association.
     2     (b)  Delegation.--The plan of operation may provide that any
     3  or all powers and duties of the association, except those under
     4  section 8111(b)(1)(iii) and (2)(ii) may be delegated to a
     5  corporation, association or other organization which performs or
     6  will perform functions similar to those of the association, in
     7  two or more states. The corporation, association or organization
     8  shall be reimbursed on the same basis as would a servicing
     9  facility and shall be compensated for the performance of any
    10  other functions delegated to it by the association. A delegation
    11  under this subsection shall take effect only upon the approval
    12  of both the board of directors and the department, and may be
    13  made only to a corporation, association or organization which
    14  extends protection not substantially less favorable and
    15  effective than that provided by this chapter.
    16     (c)  Amendment.--The plan of operation may be amended by the
    17  association, subject to prior approval by the department or, at
    18  the direction of the department, the association shall amend the
    19  plan of operation.
    20  § 8113.  Examination of association.
    21     The operations of the association shall be subject to the
    22  supervision and regulation of the department, which may examine
    23  these operations at any time. In connection therewith, the
    24  department shall have the powers granted it under section 512
    25  (relating to powers with regard to examinations), and the
    26  expenses of the examination shall be borne and paid as provided
    27  therein.
    28  § 8114.  Annual and other statements.
    29     The association shall file with the department, not later
    30  than March 30 of each year, a statement which shall contain
    19870H1628B2005                - 1002 -

     1  information with respect to its condition, operations and
     2  affairs during the preceding year. The statement shall contain
     3  such matters and information as are prescribed by the department
     4  and shall be in the form approved by it. The department may at
     5  any time require the association to furnish it with additional
     6  information with respect to the association's condition,
     7  operations and affairs or any matter connected therewith which
     8  the department considers to be material and which will assist
     9  the department in evaluating its operation.
    10  § 8115.  Limitation on taxability of association.
    11     The association shall be exempt from the payment of all fees
    12  and all taxes levied or assessed by the Commonwealth or any of
    13  its political subdivisions except taxes upon the real or
    14  personal property of the association.
    15                            SUBCHAPTER C
    16                            ASSESSMENTS
    17  Sec.
    18  8121.  Assessments.
    19  8122.  Refunds.
    20  8123.  Recognition of assessments in rates.
    21  8124.  Assessments of other states.
    22  § 8121.  Assessments.
    23     (a)  Accounts.--For the purposes of assessment, the
    24  association shall maintain two accounts: an automobile or motor
    25  vehicle insurance account and an account for all other insurance
    26  to which this chapter applies. Subsequent to an insurer having
    27  been determined to be an insolvent insurer, the association
    28  shall allocate between the two accounts and assess member
    29  insurers separately for each account such amounts as are
    30  necessary for the purpose of paying the obligations of the
    19870H1628B2005                - 1003 -

     1  association under section 8111(b)(1)(i) (relating to
     2  Pennsylvania Insurance Guaranty Association) and the expenses of
     3  handling covered claims of the insolvent insurer. The
     4  association shall also assess member insurers for the expenses
     5  of examinations under sections 8113 (relating to examination of
     6  association) and 8131(a)(3) (relating to powers and duties of
     7  department) and for any other expenses authorized by this
     8  chapter.
     9     (b)  Amount.--The assessments of each member insurer shall be
    10  in the proportion that the net direct written premiums of the
    11  member insurer for the preceding calendar year on the kinds of
    12  insurance to which the account pertains bears to the aggregate
    13  net direct written premiums of all member insurers for the
    14  preceding calendar year on those kinds of insurance. A member
    15  insurer may not be assessed in any year on an account an amount
    16  greater than 2% of insurer's net direct written premiums for the
    17  preceding calendar year on the kinds of insurance to which the
    18  account pertains.
    19     (c)  Time of notification.--Each member insurer shall be
    20  notified of any assessment not later than 30 days before it is
    21  due.
    22     (d)  Insufficient accounts.--If the maximum assessments of
    23  all member insurers on an account, together with the other
    24  assets in the account, do not provide in any one year an amount
    25  sufficient to meet all obligations of the association under that
    26  account, the funds available shall be prorated among such
    27  obligations and the unpaid portions of the same shall be paid as
    28  soon thereafter as funds become available.
    29     (e)  Exemption of insurer.--The association may, in whole or
    30  in part, exempt from assessment any member insurer or defer the
    19870H1628B2005                - 1004 -

     1  assessment of any member insurer, if the assessment would cause
     2  the insurer's financial statement to reflect amounts of capital
     3  or surplus less than the minimum amounts required for a
     4  certificate of authority by any jurisdiction in which the
     5  insurer is authorized to transact insurance.
     6  § 8122.  Refunds.
     7     The association may refund to its member insurers in
     8  proportion to the contribution of each to an account of the
     9  association that amount by which the assets of the account at
    10  the end of any calendar year exceed its estimated liabilities
    11  for the coming year.
    12  § 8123.  Recognition of assessments in rates.
    13     The rates and premiums charged by a member insurer for
    14  policies to which this chapter applies shall appropriately
    15  reflect assessments paid to the association by the insurer less
    16  any amounts returned to the insurer by the association.
    17  § 8124.  Assessments of other states.
    18     Assessments made by insurance guaranty associations or
    19  similar entities pursuant to the laws of any other state shall
    20  not be considered burdens or prohibitions under section 510
    21  (relating to additional restrictions of other states).
    22                            SUBCHAPTER D
    23                  POWERS AND DUTIES OF DEPARTMENT
    24  Sec.
    25  8131.  Powers and duties of department.
    26  § 8131.  Powers and duties of department.
    27     (a)  Duties.--The department shall do the following:
    28         (1)  Notify the association of the existence of an
    29     insolvent insurer not later than three days after the
    30     department receives notice of the determination of the
    19870H1628B2005                - 1005 -

     1     insolvency.
     2         (2)  Upon request of the association, provide it with a
     3     statement of the net direct written premiums of each member
     4     insurer.
     5         (3)  Begin an examination of a member insurer within 30
     6     days of receipt of a request by the association for the
     7     examination under section 8111(b)(2)(v) (relating to
     8     Pennsylvania Insurance Guaranty Association). The expenses of
     9     such an examination shall be paid by the association.
    10     (b)  Powers.--The department may do the following:
    11         (1)  Require that the association notify the insureds of
    12     the insolvent insurer and any other interested parties of the
    13     determination of insolvency and of their rights under this
    14     chapter. This notification shall be by mail at their last
    15     known address and by publication in such newspapers of
    16     general circulation as the department shall specify.
    17         (2)  After notice and hearing, suspend or revoke the
    18     certificate of authority to transact insurance in this
    19     Commonwealth of any member insurer or levy a penalty payable
    20     to the Commonwealth upon any such insurer which fails to pay
    21     an assessment when due and after demand having been made or
    22     otherwise fails to comply with the plan of operation. The
    23     penalty levied for failure to pay an assessment when due
    24     shall be not less than $100 a month nor more than 5% of such
    25     unpaid assessment a month. The penalty for otherwise failing
    26     to comply with the plan of operation shall be not less than
    27     $100 nor more than $1,000 a month for each month that the
    28     insurer continues, after notice having been given, to fail to
    29     comply with the plan of operation.
    30         (3)  Revoke the approval of any servicing facility
    19870H1628B2005                - 1006 -

     1     designated pursuant to section 8111(b)(1)(vi) if it finds
     2     that claims are not being handled satisfactorily.
     3     (c)  Other law.--The powers and duties of the department
     4  under this chapter are in addition to and not in limitation of
     5  any other powers and duties of the department prescribed by law.
     6                            SUBCHAPTER E
     7                         RECOVERY PROCEDURE
     8  Sec.
     9  8141.  Notice of claims.
    10  8142.  Effect of paid claims.
    11  8143.  Duplication of recovery.
    12  8144.  Proceedings involving insolvent insurers.
    13  § 8141.  Notice of claims.
    14     Notice of claims to the receiver or liquidator of the
    15  insolvent insurer shall be deemed notice to the association or
    16  its agent. A list of these claims shall be periodically
    17  submitted to the association or similar organization in another
    18  state by the receiver or liquidator.
    19  § 8142.  Effect of paid claims.
    20     (a)  Assignment.--Any person recovering from the association
    21  under this chapter shall be deemed to have assigned his rights
    22  under the policy to the association to the extent of his
    23  recovery from the association. Every insured or claimant seeking
    24  the protection of this chapter shall cooperate with the
    25  association to the same extent as the person would have been
    26  required to cooperate with the insolvent insurer by the policy
    27  under which the claim arises. The association shall have no
    28  cause of action against the insured of the insolvent insurer for
    29  any sums it has paid out except such causes of action as the
    30  insolvent insurer would have had if the sums had been paid by
    19870H1628B2005                - 1007 -

     1  the insolvent insurer. In the case of an insolvent insurer
     2  operating on a plan with assessment liability, payments of
     3  claims by the association shall not operate to reduce the
     4  liability of insureds to the receiver or liquidator for unpaid
     5  assessments.
     6     (b)  Priority of claims.--The receiver or liquidator of an
     7  insolvent insurer shall be bound by settlements of covered
     8  claims by the association or a similar organization in another
     9  state. The court having jurisdiction shall grant such claims
    10  priority equal to that which the claimant would have been
    11  entitled in the absence of this chapter against the assets of
    12  the insolvent insurer. The expenses of the association or
    13  similar organization in another state in handling claims shall
    14  be accorded the same priority as the expenses of the receiver or
    15  liquidator.
    16     (c)  Statements of claims.--The association shall
    17  periodically file with the receiver or liquidator of the
    18  insolvent insurer statements of the covered claims paid by the
    19  association and estimates of anticipated claims on the
    20  association which shall preserve the rights of the association
    21  against the assets of the insolvent insurer.
    22  § 8143.  Duplication of recovery.
    23     (a)  Other insurer.--Any person having a claim against an
    24  insurer under an insurance policy, other than a policy of an
    25  insolvent insurer which is also a covered claim, shall first be
    26  required to exhaust his rights under the policy of the insurer
    27  who is not insolvent. Any amount payable on a covered claim
    28  under this chapter shall be reduced by the amount of any
    29  recovery under such insurance policy.
    30     (b)  Other guaranty association.--Any person having a claim
    19870H1628B2005                - 1008 -

     1  which may be recovered under more than one insurance guaranty
     2  association or its equivalent shall seek recovery first from the
     3  association of the insured's place of residence, except that if
     4  it is a first party claim for damage to property with a
     5  permanent location, he shall seek recovery first from the
     6  association of the location of the property. Any recovery under
     7  this chapter shall be reduced by the amount of recovery from any
     8  other insurance guaranty association or its equivalent.
     9  § 8144.  Proceedings involving insolvent insurers.
    10     (a)  Stay of proceedings.--All proceedings in which the
    11  insolvent insurer is a party or is obligated to defend a party
    12  in any court shall be stayed for 90 days from the date the
    13  insolvency is determined to permit proper defense by the
    14  association of all pending causes of action.
    15     (b)  Reopening of default judgments.--As to any covered
    16  claims arising from a judgment under any decision, verdict or
    17  finding based on the default of the insolvent insurer or its
    18  failure to defend an insured, the association either on its own
    19  behalf or on behalf of the insured may apply to have the
    20  judgment, order, decision, verdict or finding set aside by the
    21  court that made it and shall be permitted to defend against the
    22  claim on the merits.
    23                             CHAPTER 83
    24           LIFE AND HEALTH INSURANCE GUARANTY ASSOCIATION
    25  Subchapter
    26     A.  General Provisions
    27     B.  Organization of Association
    28     C.  Assessments
    29     D.  Powers and Duties of Department
    30     E.  Impaired and Insolvent Insurers
    19870H1628B2005                - 1009 -

     1                            SUBCHAPTER A
     2                         GENERAL PROVISIONS
     3  Sec.
     4  8301.  Short title of chapter.
     5  8302.  Purpose of chapter.
     6  8303.  Applicability.
     7  8304.  Definitions.
     8  8305.  Immunity.
     9  8306.  Prohibited advertisement.
    10  § 8301.  Short title of chapter.
    11     This chapter shall be known and may be cited as the Life and
    12  Health Insurance Guaranty Association Act.
    13  § 8302.  Purpose of chapter.
    14     The purpose of this chapter is to protect policyowners,
    15  insureds, beneficiaries, annuitants, payees and assignees of
    16  life insurance policies, health and accident insurance policies,
    17  annuity contracts, endorsements, riders and contracts
    18  supplemental thereto, including, but not limited to, settlement
    19  options, subject to certain limitations, against failure in the
    20  performance of contractual obligations due to the impairment or
    21  insolvency of the insurer issuing the policies or contracts. To
    22  provide this protection an association of insurers is created to
    23  enable the guaranty of payment of benefits and of continuation
    24  of coverages, the members of the association are subject to
    25  assessment to provide funds to carry out the purpose of this
    26  chapter, and the association is authorized to assist the
    27  department in the detection and prevention of insurer
    28  impairments or insolvencies.
    29  § 8303.  Applicability.
    30     (a)  Inclusions.--This chapter applies to direct written
    19870H1628B2005                - 1010 -

     1  individual and group life insurance policies, health and
     2  accident insurance policies, annuity contracts, endorsements,
     3  riders and contracts supplemental thereto, including, but not
     4  limited to, settlement options, issued by member insurers
     5  authorized to transact such insurance.
     6     (b)  Exclusions.--This chapter does not apply to the
     7  following:
     8         (1)  The part of a variable life insurance or variable
     9     annuity contract not guaranteed by an insurer.
    10         (2)  The part of any policy or contract under which the
    11     risk is borne by the policyholder.
    12         (3)  A policy or contract or part thereof assumed by the
    13     impaired or insolvent insurer under a contract of
    14     reinsurance, other than reinsurance for which assumption
    15     certificates have been issued.
    16         (4)  A certificate or contract issued by a fraternal
    17     benefit society pursuant to its underwriting powers.
    18         (5)  A certificate, contract or subscriber agreement
    19     issued by a health maintenance organization under Chapter 73
    20     (relating to health maintenance organizations).
    21         (6)  A certificate, contract or subscriber agreement
    22     issued by a hospital plan corporation or a nonprofit hospital
    23     plan as defined in section 7501 (relating to definitions).
    24         (7)  A certificate, contract or subscriber agreement
    25     issued by a professional health service corporation, a
    26     nonprofit dental service plan, a nonprofit optometric service
    27     plan or a nonprofit professional health service plan, as
    28     defined in section 7702 (relating to definitions).
    29  § 8304.  Definitions.
    30     The following words and phrases when used in this chapter
    19870H1628B2005                - 1011 -

     1  shall have the meanings given to them in this section unless the
     2  context clearly indicates otherwise:
     3     "Account."  Any of the three accounts created under section
     4  8311(b) (relating to Pennsylvania Life and Health Insurance
     5  Guaranty Association).
     6     "Association."  The Pennsylvania Life and Health Insurance
     7  Guaranty Association.
     8     "Contractual obligation."  Any obligation under covered
     9  policies or contracts.
    10     "Covered policy."  Any policy or contract within the scope of
    11  this chapter.
    12     "Impaired insurer."  A member insurer deemed by the
    13  department to be potentially unable to fulfill its contractual
    14  obligations but not an insolvent insurer.
    15     "Insolvent insurer."  A member insurer which becomes
    16  insolvent and is placed under a final order of liquidation,
    17  rehabilitation or conservation by a court of competent
    18  jurisdiction of the insurer's domiciliary state.
    19     "Member insurer."  Any person licensed to transact in this
    20  Commonwealth any kind of insurance to which this chapter
    21  applies.
    22     "Premiums."  Direct written gross insurance premiums and
    23  annuity considerations received on covered policies, less return
    24  premiums and considerations thereon and dividends paid or
    25  credited to policyholders on such business, and experience rated
    26  refunds or credits paid or credited to policyholders on such
    27  business. The term does not include premiums and considerations
    28  on contracts between insurers and reinsurers.
    29     "Resident."  Any person who resides in this Commonwealth at
    30  the time a member insurer is determined to be an impaired or
    19870H1628B2005                - 1012 -

     1  insolvent insurer and to whom contractual obligations are owed.
     2  § 8305.  Immunity.
     3     A cause of action of any nature shall not arise against any
     4  member insurer or its agents or employees, the association or
     5  its agents or employees, members of the board of directors or
     6  the department, or any representatives of the department for any
     7  action taken by them in the performance of their powers and
     8  duties under this chapter.
     9  § 8306.  Prohibited advertisement.
    10     (a)  Prohibition.--A person, including an insurer, agent or
    11  affiliate of an insurer, shall not directly or indirectly make,
    12  publish, disseminate, circulate or place before the public in
    13  any newspaper, magazine or other publication, or in the form of
    14  a notice, circular, pamphlet, letter or poster, or over any
    15  radio station or television station, or in any other way, any
    16  advertisement, announcement or statement which uses the
    17  existence of the association for the purpose of sales,
    18  solicitation or inducement to purchase any form of insurance
    19  covered by this chapter. This section does not apply to the
    20  association itself.
    21     (b)  Penalties.--Any person who violates subsection (a) may
    22  be subject, after notice and hearing and upon order of the
    23  department, to one or more of the following:
    24         (1)  A monetary penalty of not more than $1,000 for each
    25     violation, but not to exceed an aggregate penalty of $10,000.
    26         (2)  Suspension or revocation of his license or
    27     certificate of authority.
    28                            SUBCHAPTER B
    29                    ORGANIZATION OF ASSOCIATION
    30  Sec.
    19870H1628B2005                - 1013 -

     1  8311.  Pennsylvania Life and Health Insurance Guaranty
     2         Association.
     3  8312.  Board of directors.
     4  8313.  Powers and duties of association.
     5  8314.  Plan of operation.
     6  8315.  Tax exemption.
     7  § 8311.  Pennsylvania Life and Health Insurance Guaranty
     8             Association.
     9     (a)  General rule.--There shall be a nonprofit,
    10  unincorporated association to be known as the Pennsylvania Life
    11  and Health Insurance Guaranty Association. All member insurers
    12  shall be and remain members of the association as a condition of
    13  their authority to transact any kind of insurance in this
    14  Commonwealth to which this chapter applies. The association
    15  shall perform its functions under a plan of operation and shall
    16  exercise its powers through a board of directors. The
    17  association shall be subject to examination and regulation by
    18  the department and shall be subject to this title.
    19     (b)  Accounts.--For the purposes of administration and
    20  assessment, the association shall maintain the following three
    21  accounts:
    22         (1)  The life insurance account.
    23         (2)  The health and accident insurance account.
    24         (3)  The annuity account.
    25  Supplementary contracts shall be covered under the account in
    26  which the basic policy is covered for purposes of assessment.
    27     (c)  Records of association.--Records shall be kept of all
    28  negotiations and meetings in which the association or its
    29  representatives are involved to discuss the activities of the
    30  association in carrying out its powers and duties under section
    19870H1628B2005                - 1014 -

     1  8313 (relating to powers and duties of association). Records of
     2  such negotiations or meetings shall be made public only upon the
     3  termination of a liquidation, rehabilitation or conservation
     4  proceeding involving the impaired or insolvent insurer, upon the
     5  termination of the impairment or insolvency of the insurer or
     6  upon the order of a court. This subsection does not limit the
     7  duty of the association to render a report of its activities
     8  under section 8313(i).
     9  § 8312.  Board of directors.
    10     (a)  Composition.--The board of directors of the association
    11  shall consist of not less than five nor more than nine member
    12  insurers serving terms as established in the plan of operation.
    13  The members of the board shall be selected by member insurers,
    14  subject to the approval of the commissioner. Vacancies on the
    15  board shall be filled for the remaining period of the term by a
    16  majority vote of the remaining board members, subject to the
    17  approval of the commissioner. In approving selections to the
    18  board, the commissioner shall consider, among other things,
    19  whether all member insurers are fairly represented.
    20     (b)  Reimbursement.--Members of the board may be reimbursed
    21  from the assets of the association for reasonable expenses
    22  incurred by them as members. They shall not otherwise be
    23  compensated by the association for their services.
    24  § 8313.  Powers and duties of association.
    25     (a)  Domestic impaired insurer.--In the case of a domestic
    26  impaired insurer, the association may, subject to any conditions
    27  imposed by the association and approved in writing by the
    28  impaired insurer and the department, other than those conditions
    29  which impair the contractual obligations of the impaired
    30  insurer:
    19870H1628B2005                - 1015 -

     1         (1)  guarantee or reinsure, or cause to be guaranteed,
     2     assumed or reinsured, any or all of the covered policies of
     3     the impaired insurer;
     4         (2)  provide such moneys, pledges, notes, guarantees or
     5     other means as are proper to effectuate paragraph (1) and
     6     assure payment of the contractual obligations of the impaired
     7     insurer pending action thereunder; or
     8         (3)  lend money to the impaired insurer.
     9     (b)  Insolvent insurers.--In the case of an insolvent
    10  insurer, the association shall, subject to the written approval
    11  of the department:
    12         (1)  guarantee, assume or reinsure, or cause to be
    13     guaranteed, assumed or reinsured, the covered policies of the
    14     insolvent insurer;
    15         (2)  assure payment of the contractual obligations of the
    16     insolvent insurer; or
    17         (3)  provide such moneys, pledges, notes, guarantees or
    18     other means as are reasonably necessary to discharge such
    19     duties.
    20  This subsection does not apply where the department has
    21  determined that a foreign or alien member insurer's domiciliary
    22  jurisdiction or state of entry provides, by statute or
    23  regulation, protection for residents of this Commonwealth
    24  substantially similar to that provided by this chapter.
    25     (c)  Liens.--In carrying out subsection (b), permanent policy
    26  liens or contract liens may be imposed in connection with any
    27  guarantee, assumption or reinsurance agreement if the court does
    28  either of the following:
    29         (1)  Finds that the amounts which can be assessed under
    30     this chapter are less than the amounts needed to assure full
    19870H1628B2005                - 1016 -

     1     and prompt performance of the insolvent insurer's contractual
     2     obligations, or that the economic or financial conditions as
     3     they affect member insurers are sufficiently adverse to
     4     render in the public interest the imposition of policy or
     5     contract liens.
     6         (2)  Approves the specific policy or contract liens to be
     7     used.
     8  Before being obligated under subsection (b), the association may
     9  request that the court approve the imposition of temporary
    10  moratoriums or liens on payments of cash values and policy loans
    11  in addition to any contractual provisions for deferral of cash
    12  or policy loan values.
    13     (d)  Delay by association.--If the association fails to act
    14  under subsection (b) within a reasonable period of time, the
    15  department shall have the powers and duties of the association
    16  under this chapter with respect to insolvent insurers.
    17     (e)  Assistance to department.--The association may render
    18  assistance and advice to the department, upon its request,
    19  concerning rehabilitation, payment of claims, continuance of
    20  coverage or the performance of other contractual obligations of
    21  any impaired or insolvent insurer.
    22     (f)  Standing.--The association shall have standing to appear
    23  before any court in this Commonwealth with jurisdiction over an
    24  impaired or insolvent insurer concerning which the association
    25  is or may become obligated under this chapter. Such standing
    26  shall extend to all matters germane to the powers and duties of
    27  the association, including, but not limited to, proposals for
    28  reinsuring or guaranteeing the covered policies of the impaired
    29  or insolvent insurer and the determination of the covered
    30  policies and contractual obligations.
    19870H1628B2005                - 1017 -

     1     (g)  Liability.--The association shall not be liable for any
     2  contractual obligations of insolvent insurers which are $100 or
     3  less with respect to the total contractual obligations owing to
     4  any one person. The contractual obligations of the insolvent
     5  insurer for which the association becomes or may become liable
     6  shall otherwise be as great as but no greater than the
     7  contractual obligations of the insolvent insurer would have been
     8  in the absence of an insolvency unless such obligations are
     9  reduced as permitted by subsection (c). However, the aggregate
    10  liability of the association on any one life shall not exceed
    11  $100,000 with respect to the payment of cash values, or $300,000
    12  for all benefits; this limitation includes all benefits which
    13  become payable after the date of the insolvency and all benefits
    14  that may be accrued and unpaid on the date of the insolvency.
    15     (h)  General powers.--The association may do the following:
    16         (1)  Enter into such contracts as are necessary or proper
    17     to carry out the provisions and purposes of this chapter.
    18         (2)  Sue or be sued, including taking any legal action
    19     necessary or proper for recovery of unpaid assessments under
    20     section 8321 (relating to assessments).
    21         (3)  Borrow money to effect the purposes of this chapter.
    22     Notes or other evidence of indebtedness of the association
    23     not in default shall be legal investments for domestic
    24     insurers and may be carried as admitted assets.
    25         (4)  Employ or retain such persons as are necessary to
    26     handle the financial transactions of the association, and
    27     perform such other functions as become necessary or proper
    28     under this chapter.
    29         (5)  Negotiate and contract with any liquidator,
    30     rehabilitator, conservator or ancillary receiver to carry out
    19870H1628B2005                - 1018 -

     1     the powers and duties of the association.
     2         (6)  Take such legal action as may be necessary to avoid
     3     payment of improper claims.
     4         (7)  Exercise, for the purposes of this chapter and to
     5     the extent approved by the department, the powers of a
     6     domestic life or health and accident insurer, but the
     7     association may not issue insurance policies or annuity
     8     contracts other than those issued to perform the contractual
     9     obligations of the impaired or insolvent insurer.
    10     (i)  Annual report.--The board of directors shall submit to
    11  the department, not later than May 1 of each year, a financial
    12  report for the preceding calendar year in a form approved by the
    13  department and a report of its activities during the preceding
    14  calendar year.
    15  § 8314.  Plan of operation.
    16     (a)  General rule.--The association shall operate pursuant to
    17  the plan of operation approved by the department under the
    18  former section 9(a) (relating to plan of operation) of the act
    19  of November 26, 1978 (P.L.1188, No.280), known as the Life and
    20  Health Insurance Guaranty Association Act, as the plan may be
    21  amended under that act or this section. Amendments to the plan
    22  may be proposed by the board of directors of the association and
    23  shall become effective upon approval in writing by the
    24  department. The plan shall be designed so as to assure the fair,
    25  reasonable and equitable administration of the association.
    26     (b)  Effect of plan.--All member insurers shall comply with
    27  the plan of operation.
    28     (c)  Contents.--The plan of operation shall do the following:
    29         (1)  Establish procedures for handling the assets of the
    30     association.
    19870H1628B2005                - 1019 -

     1         (2)  Establish the amount and method of reimbursing
     2     members of the board of directors.
     3         (3)  Establish regular places and times for meetings of
     4     the board of directors.
     5         (4)  Establish procedures for records to be kept of all
     6     financial transactions of the association, its agents and the
     7     board of directors.
     8         (5)  Establish the procedures whereby selections for the
     9     board of directors will be made and submitted to the
    10     commissioner.
    11         (6)  Establish additional procedures for assessments.
    12         (7)  Contain additional provisions necessary and proper
    13     for the execution of the powers and duties of the
    14     association.
    15     (d)  Delegation.--The plan of operation may provide that any
    16  or all powers and duties of the association, except those under
    17  sections 8313(h)(3) (relating to powers and duties of
    18  association) and 8321 (relating to assessments), are delegated
    19  to a corporation, association or other organization which
    20  performs or will perform functions similar to those of this
    21  association in two or more states. The corporation, association
    22  or organization shall be reimbursed for any payments made on
    23  behalf of the association and shall be paid for its performance
    24  of any function of the association. A delegation under this
    25  subsection shall take effect only with the approval of both the
    26  board of directors and the department, and may be made only to a
    27  corporation, association or organization which extends
    28  protection not substantially less favorable and effective than
    29  that provided by this chapter.
    30  § 8315.  Tax exemption.
    19870H1628B2005                - 1020 -

     1     The association shall be exempt from the payment of all fees
     2  and taxes levied by the Commonwealth or any of its subdivisions,
     3  except taxes levied on real property.
     4                            SUBCHAPTER C
     5                            ASSESSMENTS
     6  Sec.
     7  8321.  Assessments.
     8  8322.  Tax credits for assessments paid.
     9  8323.  Assessments of other states.
    10  8324.  Relation to Pennsylvania Insurance Guaranty Association.
    11  § 8321.  Assessments.
    12     (a)  Power to assess.--For the purpose of providing the funds
    13  necessary to carry out the powers and duties of the association,
    14  the board of directors shall assess the member insurers,
    15  separately for each account, at such time and for such amounts
    16  as the board finds necessary. Assessments shall be due not less
    17  than 30 days after written notice to the member insurers and
    18  shall accrue interest at 8% a year after the due date.
    19     (b)  Classes.--There shall be the following classes of
    20  assessments:
    21         (1)  Class A assessments shall be made for the purpose of
    22     meeting administrative costs and other general expenses not
    23     related to a particular impaired or insolvent insurer and
    24     examinations conducted under the authority of section
    25     8341(b)(3) (relating to prevention of insolvencies).
    26         (2)  Class B assessments shall be made to the extent
    27     necessary to carry out the powers and duties of the
    28     association under section 8313 (relating to powers and duties
    29     of association) with regard to an impaired or insolvent
    30     domestic insurer.
    19870H1628B2005                - 1021 -

     1         (3)  Class C assessments shall be made to the extent
     2     necessary to carry out the powers and duties of the
     3     association under section 8313 with regard to an insolvent
     4     foreign or alien insurer.
     5     (c)  Amount of assessments.--
     6         (1)  The amount of any Class A assessment shall be
     7     determined by the board and may be made on a basis other than
     8     pro rata. These assessments for costs and expenses other than
     9     for examinations shall not exceed $50 per company in any one
    10     calendar year. The amount of any Class B or C assessment
    11     shall be allocated for assessment purposes among the accounts
    12     under section 8311(b) (relating to Pennsylvania Life and
    13     Health Insurance Guaranty Association) in the proportion that
    14     the premiums received by the impaired or insolvent insurer on
    15     the covered policies under each account for the last calendar
    16     year preceding the assessment in which the impaired or
    17     insolvent insurer received premiums bear to the premiums
    18     received by the insurer for that calendar year on all covered
    19     policies.
    20         (2)  Class B assessments for each account shall be made
    21     separately for each state in which the impaired or insolvent
    22     domestic insurer was authorized to transact insurance at any
    23     time, in the proportion that the premiums received on
    24     business in that state by the impaired or insolvent insurer
    25     on covered policies under each account for the last calendar
    26     year preceding the assessment in which the impaired or
    27     insolvent insurer received premiums bear to such premiums
    28     received in all such states for that calendar year by the
    29     impaired or insolvent insurer. The assessments against member
    30     insurers shall be in the proportion that the premiums
    19870H1628B2005                - 1022 -

     1     received on business in each such state by each assessed
     2     member insurer on covered policies under each account for the
     3     last calendar year preceding the assessment bear to such
     4     premiums received on business in each state for that calendar
     5     year by all assessed member insurers.
     6         (3)  Class C assessments against member insurers for each
     7     account shall be in the proportion that the premiums received
     8     on business in this Commonwealth by each assessed member
     9     insurer on covered policies under each account for the last
    10     calendar year preceding the assessment bear to such premiums
    11     received on business in this Commonwealth for that calendar
    12     year by all assessed member insurers.
    13         (4)  Assessments for funds to meet the requirements of
    14     the association with respect to an impaired or insolvent
    15     insurer shall not be made until necessary to implement the
    16     purposes of this chapter. Classification of assessments under
    17     subsection (b) and computation of assessments under this
    18     paragraph shall be made with a reasonable degree of accuracy,
    19     recognizing that exact determinations may not always be
    20     possible.
    21     (d)  Abatement and deferral.--The association may abate or
    22  defer, in whole or in part, the assessment of a member insurer
    23  if, in the opinion of the board, payment of the assessment would
    24  endanger the ability of the insurer to fulfill its contractual
    25  obligations, or would cause the insurer's financial statement to
    26  reflect amounts of capital or surplus less than the minimum
    27  amounts required for a certificate of authority by any
    28  jurisdiction in which the insurer is authorized to transact
    29  insurance. If an assessment against an insurer is abated or
    30  deferred in whole or in part, the amount by which the assessment
    19870H1628B2005                - 1023 -

     1  is abated or deferred may be assessed against the other member
     2  insurers in a manner consistent with the basis for assessments
     3  set forth in this section.
     4     (e)  Limitation on amount.--The total of all assessments upon
     5  a member insurer for each account shall not in any one calendar
     6  year exceed 2% of the insurer's premiums on its policies covered
     7  by each account received in this Commonwealth during the
     8  calendar year preceding the assessment. If the maximum
     9  assessment, together with the other assets of the association in
    10  any account, does not provide in any one year in the account an
    11  amount sufficient to carry out the responsibilities of the
    12  association, the necessary additional funds shall be assessed as
    13  soon thereafter as permitted by this chapter.
    14     (f)  Refunds.--The board may, by an equitable method
    15  established in the plan of operation, refund to member insurers,
    16  in proportion to the contribution of each insurer to that
    17  account, the amount by which the assets of the account exceed
    18  the amount necessary to carry out during the coming year the
    19  obligations of the association with regard to that account,
    20  including assets accruing from net realized gains and income
    21  from investments. A reasonable amount may be retained in any
    22  account to provide funds for the continuing expenses of the
    23  association and for future losses if refunds are impractical.
    24     (g)  Insurer estimates.--In determining its premium rates and
    25  policyowner dividends as to any kind of insurance within the
    26  scope of this chapter, any member insurer may consider the
    27  amount reasonably necessary to meet its assessment obligations
    28  under this chapter.
    29     (h)  Assessment of insureds.--This chapter does not reduce
    30  the liability for unpaid assessments of the insureds of an
    19870H1628B2005                - 1024 -

     1  impaired or insolvent insurer operating under a plan with
     2  assessment liability.
     3     (i)  Certificate of contribution.--The association shall
     4  issue to each insurer paying any assessment under this chapter a
     5  certificate of contribution, in a form prescribed by the
     6  department, for the amount of the assessment so paid. All
     7  outstanding certificates shall be of equal priority without
     8  reference to amounts or dates of issue. A certificate of
     9  contribution may be shown by the insurer in its financial
    10  statement as an asset, but may not be shown as an asset on the
    11  insurer's financial statement to the extent that the insurer has
    12  offset an assessment against its premium tax liability to the
    13  Commonwealth.
    14  § 8322.  Tax credits for assessments paid.
    15     (a)  General rule.--A member insurer may offset against its
    16  premium tax liability to the Commonwealth a proportionate part
    17  of the assessment described in section 8321 (relating to
    18  assessments) to the extent of 20% of the proportionate part of
    19  the assessment for each of the five calendar years following the
    20  year in which the assessment was paid. If a member insurer
    21  ceases doing business, the uncredited proportionate part of the
    22  assessment may be offset against the insurer's premium tax
    23  liability for the year it ceases doing business.
    24     (b)  Proportionate part.--The proportionate part of an
    25  assessment which may be offset against the premium tax liability
    26  under subsection (a) shall be determined according to a fraction
    27  of which the denominator is the total premiums received by the
    28  company during the calendar year immediately preceding the year
    29  in which the assessment is paid and the numerator is that
    30  portion of the premiums received during such year on account of
    19870H1628B2005                - 1025 -

     1  policies of life or health and accident insurance in which the
     2  premium rates are guaranteed during the continuance of the
     3  respective policies without a right exercisable by the company
     4  to increase those premium rates.
     5     (c)  Refunded amounts.--Any sums acquired by refund, pursuant
     6  to section 8321(f), from the association which have theretofore
     7  been written off by contributing insurers and offset against
     8  premium taxes as provided in this section and are not then
     9  needed for purposes of this chapter, shall be paid by the
    10  association to the department and deposited by him with the
    11  State Treasurer for credit to the General Fund of the
    12  Commonwealth.
    13  § 8323.  Assessments of other states.
    14     Assessments made by insurance guaranty associations or
    15  similar entities pursuant to the laws of any other state shall
    16  not be considered burdens or prohibitions under section 510
    17  (relating to additional restrictions of other states).
    18  § 8324.  Relation to Pennsylvania Insurance Guaranty
    19             Association.
    20     A member insurer of the Pennsylvania Insurance Guaranty
    21  Association shall not be subject to assessment by the
    22  Pennsylvania Insurance Guaranty Association for covered claims,
    23  as defined in section 8103 (relating to definitions) arising
    24  under health and accident policies, endorsements, riders and
    25  contracts supplemental thereto written in this Commonwealth by
    26  any member insurer adjudicated insolvent on or after January 25,
    27  1979, by a court of the insolvent insurer's domiciliary state. A
    28  member of the Pennsylvania Life and Health Insurance Guaranty
    29  Association who is also a member of the Pennsylvania Insurance
    30  Guaranty Association under Chapter 81 (relating to Property and
    19870H1628B2005                - 1026 -

     1  Casualty Insurance Guaranty Association), solely because of
     2  health and accident policies written in this Commonwealth may,
     3  by written notice to the Pennsylvania Insurance Guaranty
     4  Association, withdraw as a member thereof and shall not be
     5  subject to any other assessments by the Pennsylvania Insurance
     6  Guaranty Association.
     7                            SUBCHAPTER D
     8                  POWERS AND DUTIES OF DEPARTMENT
     9  Sec.
    10  8331.  Powers and duties of department.
    11  § 8331.  Powers and duties of department.
    12     (a)  General powers.--The department shall do the following:
    13         (1)  Provide the association with a statement of the
    14     premiums in the appropriate states for each member insurer
    15     when requested by the board of directors.
    16         (2)  When an impairment is declared and the amount of the
    17     impairment is determined, serve a demand upon the impaired
    18     insurer to make good the impairment within a reasonable time.
    19     Notice to the impaired insurer shall constitute notice to its
    20     shareholders, if any. The failure of the insurer to comply
    21     promptly with this demand shall not excuse the association
    22     from the performance of its powers and duties under this
    23     chapter.
    24         (3)  In any liquidation or rehabilitation proceeding
    25     involving a domestic insurer, be appointed as the liquidator
    26     or rehabilitator. If a foreign or alien member insurer is
    27     subject to a liquidation proceeding in its domiciliary
    28     jurisdiction or state of entry, the department shall be
    29     appointed conservator.
    30     (b)  Sanctions.--The department may suspend or revoke, after
    19870H1628B2005                - 1027 -

     1  notice and hearing, the certificate of authority to transact
     2  insurance in this Commonwealth of any member insurer which fails
     3  to pay an assessment when due or fails to comply with the plan
     4  of operation, or may levy a penalty on any member insurer which
     5  fails to pay an assessment when due. The penalty shall be at
     6  least $100 a month, but otherwise shall not exceed 5% of the
     7  unpaid assessment a month.
     8     (c)  Appeals.--An action of the board of directors or the
     9  association may be appealed to the department by any member
    10  insurer if the appeal is taken within 30 days of the action. A
    11  final action or order of the department shall be subject to
    12  judicial review under Title 2 (relating to administrative law
    13  and procedure).
    14     (d)  Other law.--The duties and powers of the department as
    15  set forth in this chapter are in addition to and not in
    16  limitation of any other powers and duties of the department
    17  prescribed by law.
    18                            SUBCHAPTER E
    19                  IMPAIRED AND INSOLVENT INSURERS
    20  Sec.
    21  8341.  Prevention of insolvencies.
    22  8342.  Affairs of impaired and insolvent insurers.
    23  8343.  Proceedings involving insolvent insurers.
    24  8344.  Timely filing of claims.
    25  8345.  Duplication of recovery.
    26  § 8341.  Prevention of insolvencies.
    27     (a)  Duties of department.--The department shall do the
    28  following:
    29         (1)  Notify the commissioners or departments of all of
    30     the other states when it takes any of the following actions
    19870H1628B2005                - 1028 -

     1     against a member insurer based specifically in consideration
     2     of the financial solvency of the insurer:
     3             (i)  Revocation of license.
     4             (ii)  Suspension of license.
     5             (iii)  Making of any formal order that the company
     6         restrict its premium writing, obtain additional
     7         contributions to surplus, withdraw from this
     8         Commonwealth, reinsure all or any part of its business or
     9         increase its capital surplus or any other account for the
    10         security of policyholders or creditors.
    11         (2)  Mail such notice to all commissioners or departments
    12     within 30 days of the date on which the action was taken.
    13         (3)  Report to the board of directors when it has taken
    14     any of the actions set forth in paragraph (1) or has received
    15     a report from the commissioner or department of another state
    16     indicating that any such action has been taken in another
    17     state. The report shall contain all significant details of
    18     the action taken or report received from the commissioner or
    19     department of another state.
    20         (4)  Report to the board of directors when it has
    21     reasonable cause to believe from any examination, whether
    22     completed or in process, that a member company may be an
    23     impaired or insolvent insurer, notwithstanding section 511
    24     (relating to examination of companies).
    25         (5)  Furnish to the board of directors the early warning
    26     tests developed by the National Association of Insurance
    27     Commissioners.
    28  The board may use the information contained therein in carrying
    29  out its duties under this section. The report and the
    30  information contained therein shall be kept confidential by the
    19870H1628B2005                - 1029 -

     1  board of directors until it is made public by the department or
     2  other lawful authority.
     3     (b)  Board of directors.--The department may seek the advice
     4  and recommendations of the board of directors concerning any
     5  matter affecting its duties regarding the financial condition of
     6  member companies and companies seeking to transact insurance
     7  business in this Commonwealth. The board of directors may do the
     8  following, upon majority vote:
     9         (1)  Make reports and recommendations to the department
    10     upon any matter germane to the solvency, liquidation,
    11     rehabilitation or conservation of any member insurer or
    12     germane to the solvency of any insurance company seeking to
    13     do business in this Commonwealth. These reports and
    14     recommendations shall not be considered public documents.
    15         (2)  Notify the department of any information it has
    16     indicating a member insurer may be impaired or insolvent.
    17         (3)  Request the department to order an examination of
    18     any member insurer which the board in good faith believes may
    19     be impaired. The department shall begin such examination
    20     within 30 days of the receipt of the request. The examination
    21     may be conducted as a National Association of Insurance
    22     Commissioners examination or by such persons as the
    23     department designates. The cost of the examination shall be
    24     paid by the association, and the examination report shall be
    25     treated the same as are other examination reports. The
    26     examination report shall not be released to the board of
    27     directors prior to its release to the public; however, this
    28     requirement does not preclude the department from complying
    29     with subsection (a). The department shall notify the board of
    30     directors when the examination is completed. The request for
    19870H1628B2005                - 1030 -

     1     an examination shall be kept on file by the department and
     2     shall not be open to public inspection prior to the release
     3     of the examination report to the public.
     4         (4)  Make recommendations to the department for the
     5     detection and prevention of insurer insolvencies.
     6     (c)  Reports on insolvency.--The board of directors shall, at
     7  the conclusion of any insurer insolvency in which the
     8  association was obligated to pay covered claims, prepare a
     9  report to the department containing such information as it may
    10  possess bearing on the history and causes of the insolvency. The
    11  board shall cooperate with the board of directors of guaranty
    12  associations in other states in preparing a report on the
    13  history and causes for insolvency of a particular insurer. It
    14  may adopt, by reference, a report prepared by other
    15  associations.
    16  § 8342.  Affairs of impaired and insolvent insurers.
    17     (a)  Assignment and subrogation.--A person receiving benefits
    18  under this chapter shall be deemed to have assigned the rights
    19  under the covered policy to the association to the extent of the
    20  benefits received because of this chapter, whether the benefits
    21  are payments of contractual obligations or continuation of
    22  coverage. The association may require an assignment to it of
    23  these rights by any payee, policy or contract owner,
    24  beneficiary, insured or annuitant as a condition precedent to
    25  the receipt of any rights or benefits conferred by this chapter.
    26  The association shall be subrogated to these rights against the
    27  assets of any insolvent insurer. The subrogation rights of the
    28  association under this subsection shall have the same priority
    29  against the assets of the insolvent insurer as that possessed by
    30  the person entitled to receive benefits under this chapter.
    19870H1628B2005                - 1031 -

     1     (b)  Rights of association as creditor.--For the purpose of
     2  carrying out its obligations under this chapter, the association
     3  shall be deemed to be a creditor of the impaired or insolvent
     4  insurer to the extent of assets attributable to covered policies
     5  reduced by any amounts to which the association is entitled as
     6  subrogee pursuant to subsection (a). All assets of the insurer
     7  attributable to covered policies shall be used by the
     8  association to continue all covered policies and pay all
     9  contractual obligations of the insurer as required by this
    10  chapter. For the purposes of this subsection, assets
    11  attributable to covered policies under any account, as used in
    12  this subsection, shall be determined as being that proportion of
    13  the total assets of the insurer which the reserves that should
    14  have been established for policies under such account bear to
    15  the reserves that should have been established for all policies
    16  of insurance written by the insurer.
    17     (c)  Distribution of insurer's assets.--Prior to the
    18  termination of any liquidation, rehabilitation or conservation
    19  proceeding, the court may take into consideration the
    20  contributions of the respective parties, including the
    21  association, the shareholders and policyowners of the insolvent
    22  insurer and any other party with a bona fide interest, in making
    23  an equitable distribution of the ownership rights of the
    24  insurer. In such a determination, consideration shall be given
    25  to the welfare of the policyholders of the continuing or
    26  successor insurer.
    27     (d)  Distribution to stockholders.--A distribution to
    28  stockholders, if any, of an impaired or insolvent insurer shall
    29  not be made until and unless the total amount of valid claims of
    30  the association for funds expended in carrying out its powers
    19870H1628B2005                - 1032 -

     1  and duties under section 8313 (relating to powers and duties of
     2  association) with respect to the insurer has been fully
     3  recovered by the association.
     4     (e)  Recovery against affiliates.--If an order for
     5  liquidation or rehabilitation of a domestic insurer has been
     6  entered, the receiver appointed under the order may recover on
     7  behalf of the insurer, from any affiliate that controlled it,
     8  the amount of distributions, other than stock dividends paid by
     9  the insurer on its capital stock, made at any time during the
    10  five years preceding the petition for liquidation or
    11  rehabilitation subject to the following provisions:
    12         (1)  The distribution shall not be recoverable if the
    13     insurer shows that when paid the distribution was lawful and
    14     reasonable in accordance with Chapter 35 (relating to
    15     corporate operations).
    16         (2)  A person who was an affiliate controlling the
    17     insurer at the time the distributions were paid shall be
    18     liable to the extent of the distributions received by him;
    19     whenever two persons are liable with respect to the same
    20     distributions, they shall be jointly and severally liable. If
    21     any person so liable is insolvent, all the affiliates that
    22     controlled it at the time the distribution was paid shall be
    23     jointly and severally liable for any resulting deficiency in
    24     the amount recovered from the insolvent affiliate.
    25         (3)  The maximum amount recoverable under this subsection
    26     shall be the amount needed in excess of all other available
    27     assets of the insolvent insurer to pay the contractual
    28     obligations of the insolvent insurer.
    29  § 8343.  Proceedings involving insolvent insurers.
    30     (a)  Stay of proceedings.--All proceedings in which the
    19870H1628B2005                - 1033 -

     1  insolvent insurer is a party in any court shall be stayed 90
     2  days from the date the insolvency is determined by the
     3  Commonwealth Court to permit proper legal action by the
     4  association on any matters germane to its powers or duties.
     5     (b)  Reopening default judgments.--As to any judgment against
     6  an insolvent insurer in relation to a contractual obligation
     7  under any decision, order, verdict or finding based on default,
     8  the association may apply to have the judgment set aside by the
     9  same court that made it and shall be permitted to defend against
    10  the suit on the merits.
    11  § 8344.  Timely filing of claims.
    12     Notwithstanding any other provision of this chapter, any
    13  claim filed after the final date set by the court for the filing
    14  of claims against the liquidator of an insolvent insurer shall
    15  not be deemed a contractual obligation.
    16  § 8345.  Duplication of recovery.
    17     A person having a claim or benefit payment which may be
    18  recovered under more than one insurance guaranty association or
    19  its equivalent shall seek recovery first from the association of
    20  the place of residence of the insured. A recovery under this
    21  chapter shall be reduced by the amount of recovery from any
    22  other insurance guaranty association or its equivalent.
    23                             CHAPTER 85
    24                INSURANCE PREMIUM FINANCE COMPANIES
    25  Subchapter
    26     A.  General Provisions
    27     B.  Licensure
    28     C.  Regulation
    29                            SUBCHAPTER A
    30                         GENERAL PROVISIONS
    19870H1628B2005                - 1034 -

     1  Sec.
     2  8501.  Short title of chapter.
     3  8502.  Definitions.
     4  § 8501.  Short title of chapter.
     5     This chapter shall be known and may be cited as the Insurance
     6  Premium Finance Company Act.
     7  § 8502.  Definitions.
     8     The following words and phrases when used in this chapter
     9  shall have the meanings given to them in this section unless the
    10  context clearly indicates otherwise:
    11     "Insurance premium finance agreement" or "agreement."  An
    12  agreement by which an insured or prospective insured promises to
    13  pay to an insurance premium finance company the amount advanced
    14  or to be advanced under the agreement to an insurer or to an
    15  insurance agent or broker in payment of premiums and related
    16  loss prevention services of an insurance contract together with
    17  interest and a service charge pursuant to this chapter.
    18     "Insurance premium finance company."  A person engaged in the
    19  business of entering into insurance premium finance agreements.
    20     "Licensee."  An insurance premium finance company holding a
    21  license issued under this chapter.
    22     "Person."  Includes a common law trust, joint-stock company
    23  or any other group of individuals however organized.
    24                            SUBCHAPTER B
    25                             LICENSURE
    26  Sec.
    27  8511.  Licensure requirement.
    28  8512.  Issuance and renewal of license.
    29  8513.  Revocation or suspension of license.
    30  § 8511.  Licensure requirement.
    19870H1628B2005                - 1035 -

     1     (a)  General rule.--A person shall not engage in the business
     2  of an insurance premium finance company in this Commonwealth
     3  without first being so licensed by the department. Any
     4  solicitation or communication, verbal or written, offering an
     5  insurance premium finance agreement and originating outside this
     6  Commonwealth but forwarded to and received in this Commonwealth
     7  by a resident of this Commonwealth shall be deemed to be doing
     8  business in this Commonwealth.
     9     (b)  Fee.--The annual license fee shall be $200. Licenses may
    10  be renewed from year to year as of July 1 of each year upon
    11  payment of the fee of $200. The fee for the license shall be
    12  paid to the department.
    13     (c)  Disclosure by applicant.--The department may at any time
    14  require the applicant to disclose the identity of all
    15  stockholders, partners, officers and employees and may refuse to
    16  issue or renew a license in the name of any firm, partnership or
    17  corporation if it is not satisfied that any officer, employee,
    18  stockholder or partner thereof who may materially influence the
    19  applicant's conduct meets the standards of this chapter.
    20     (d)  Exemptions.--The following persons engaged in business
    21  otherwise subject to licensure under subsection (a) shall not be
    22  required to obtain a license under this section and shall be
    23  exempt from this chapter:
    24         (1)  Banks, bank and trust companies, savings banks,
    25     savings and loan associations or credit unions which are
    26     chartered by the Federal Government or the Commonwealth.
    27         (2)  Consumer discount companies licensed by the
    28     Commonwealth under the act of April 8, 1937 (P.L.262, No.66),
    29     known as the Consumer Discount Company Act.
    30         (3)  Authorized insurance entities which engage in the
    19870H1628B2005                - 1036 -

     1     financing of their own sales.
     2         (4)  Secondary mortgage loan companies licensed by the
     3     Commonwealth under the act of December 12, 1980 (P.L.1179,
     4     No.219), known as the Secondary Mortgage Loan Act.
     5         (5)  Sales finance companies licensed under the act of
     6     June 28, 1947 (P.L.1110, No.476), known as the Motor Vehicle
     7     Sales Finance Act.
     8         (6)  Holders of retail installment contracts or
     9     installment accounts executed, incurred or entered into by a
    10     retail buyer pursuant to the act of October 28, 1966 (1st Sp.
    11     Sess., P.L.55, No.7), known as the Goods and Services
    12     Installment Sales Act.
    13         (7)  Home improvement contractors or financing agencies
    14     extending credit pursuant to the act of August 14, 1963
    15     (P.L.1082, No.464), known as the Home Improvement Finance
    16     Act.
    17  § 8512.  Issuance and renewal of license.
    18     (a)  Procedure.--Upon the filing of an application in a form
    19  to be specified by the department and the payment of the license
    20  fee, the department shall make an investigation of each
    21  applicant and shall issue a license if the applicant is
    22  qualified in accordance with this chapter. The applicant shall
    23  provide the requested information in writing and under oath on
    24  such forms or in such other manner as the department shall
    25  prescribe. If the department does not find the applicant to be
    26  qualified, it shall, within 60 days after it has received the
    27  application, at the request of the applicant, give the applicant
    28  a full hearing.
    29     (b)  Requirements.--Before the department shall issue or
    30  renew a license, it shall be satisfied that:
    19870H1628B2005                - 1037 -

     1         (1)  the applicant is competent, reputable and
     2     trustworthy and intends to act in good faith in the business
     3     to be licensed;
     4         (2)  the individuals, officers, members or other
     5     individuals connected with or doing business for the
     6     applicant have such experience, training or education as to
     7     be qualified in the business to be licensed; and
     8         (3)  if a corporation, the applicant is a corporation
     9     incorporated under the law of this Commonwealth or is a
    10     foreign corporation authorized to transact business in this
    11     Commonwealth.
    12     (c)  Net worth.--Before the department issues or renews any
    13  license under this chapter, it shall ascertain that the
    14  applicant has and maintains a net worth of at least $50,000 as
    15  shall be certified on the application.
    16  § 8513.  Revocation or suspension of license.
    17     (a)  General rule.--The department may revoke or suspend the
    18  license of any insurance premium finance company if after
    19  investigation it appears to the department that:
    20         (1)  any license issued to the company was obtained by
    21     fraud;
    22         (2)  there was any misrepresentation in the application
    23     for the license;
    24         (3)  the holder of the license has otherwise been shown
    25     to be untrustworthy or incompetent to act as an insurance
    26     premium finance company; or
    27         (4)  the company has violated this chapter.
    28     (b)  Procedure.--Before the department revokes, suspends or
    29  refuses to renew the license of any insurance premium finance
    30  company, the aggrieved person shall be entitled to a hearing
    19870H1628B2005                - 1038 -

     1  under 2 Pa.C.S. Ch. 5 Subch. A (relating to practice and
     2  procedure of Commonwealth agencies). In lieu of revoking or
     3  suspending the license for any of the causes enumerated in this
     4  section, after hearing, the department may subject the company
     5  to a civil penalty of not more than $1,000 for each violation of
     6  this chapter when it finds that the public interest would not be
     7  harmed by the continued operation of the company. The penalty
     8  shall be paid by the company to the department.
     9     (c)  Hearing.--If the department refuses to issue to any
    10  person a license as an insurance premium finance company, or it
    11  revokes, suspends or refuses to renew the license of any
    12  insurance premium finance company, or it imposes a penalty on
    13  the company, after a hearing as provided under subsection (b),
    14  the applicant or licensee may appeal from the refusal to issue a
    15  license or from the adjudication under 2 Pa.C.S. Ch. 7 Subch. A
    16  (relating to judicial review of Commonwealth agency action).
    17     (d)  Companies subject to Chapter 15.--In addition to any
    18  other law that may be applicable, insurance premium finance
    19  companies are subject to Chapter 15 (relating to unfair
    20  insurance practices).
    21                            SUBCHAPTER C
    22                             REGULATION
    23  Sec.
    24  8521.  Books and records of licensee.
    25  8522.  Form of agreement.
    26  8523.  Limitations on interest and other charges.
    27  8524.  Delinquency and cancellation charges.
    28  8525.  Cancellation of insurance contract upon default.
    29  8526.  Return of premiums.
    30  8527.  Secured transactions.
    19870H1628B2005                - 1039 -

     1  8528.  Penalties for violation.
     2  § 8521.  Books and records of licensee.
     3     (a)  Examination by department.--Every licensee shall
     4  maintain and make available all books, records, accounts and
     5  other files of its premium finance transactions, and these
     6  records shall be made available for examination and
     7  investigation by the department or its representative. The
     8  department may at any time during regular business hours examine
     9  the records at any location at which the records are maintained.
    10     (b)  Preservation of records.--Every licensee shall preserve
    11  all books, records, accounts and other files of the insurance
    12  premium finance transactions, including cards used in any card
    13  system, for at least three years after making the final entry in
    14  respect to any insurance premium finance agreement. The
    15  preservation of records in photographic form shall constitute
    16  compliance with this requirement.
    17  § 8522.  Form of agreement.
    18     (a)  Contents.--An insurance premium finance agreement shall:
    19         (1)  Be dated and signed by or on behalf of the insured,
    20     and the printed portion shall be in at least eight-point
    21     type.
    22         (2)  Be dated and signed by the agent or broker, if any,
    23     executing the agreement.
    24         (3)  Contain the name and principal place of business of
    25     the insurance agent negotiating the related insurance
    26     contract, the name and residence or the place of business of
    27     the insured as specified by him, the name and place of
    28     business of the insurance premium finance company to which
    29     payments are to be made, a brief description of the insurance
    30     contracts involved and the amount of the premium therefor.
    19870H1628B2005                - 1040 -

     1         (4)  Comply with all applicable standards set forth in
     2     the Federal Truth in Lending Act (Public Law 90-321, 15
     3     U.S.C. § 1601 et seq.).
     4     (b)  Approval of form.--The agreement shall be in a form
     5  which has been submitted to the department for review and
     6  approved for use. The department shall approve or disapprove a
     7  form within 30 days from the date of its submission. If the
     8  department fails to act within this time period, the form, as
     9  submitted, shall be deemed approved.
    10     (c)  Agreement period.--The agreement shall be for a period
    11  of time no longer than the term of the policy, but not to exceed
    12  three years.
    13     (d)  Prohibited terms.--An agreement shall not contain any of
    14  the following terms:
    15         (1)  A provision that, in the absence of default of the
    16     insured, the insurance premium finance company holding the
    17     agreement may, arbitrarily and without reasonable cause,
    18     accelerate the maturity of any part or all of the amount
    19     owing thereunder.
    20         (2)  A power or attorney to confess judgment in this
    21     Commonwealth.
    22         (3)  A waiver by the insured of any right of action
    23     against the insurance premium finance company, any holder of
    24     the agreement or any person acting on behalf of either for
    25     any violation of this chapter or other wrongful act committed
    26     in the enforcement of the contract or agreement.
    27         (4)  A provision that the seller or holder of the
    28     contract or any person acting on his behalf is given
    29     authority to take a mortgage or other security against
    30     residential real estate of the buyer or any other obligee to
    19870H1628B2005                - 1041 -

     1     the contract.
     2  § 8523.  Limitations on interest and other charges.
     3     (a)  General rule.--An insurance premium finance company
     4  shall not charge, contract for, receive or collect an interest
     5  charge other than as permitted by this chapter.
     6     (b)  Calculation of interest.--The interest is to be computed
     7  on the balance of the premiums due, after subtracting the down
     8  payment made by the insured in accordance with the insurance
     9  premium finance agreement, from the effective date of the
    10  insurance coverage, for which the premiums are being advanced to
    11  and including the date when the final installment of the
    12  agreement is payable.
    13     (c)  Limits on interest.--The interest shall not exceed the
    14  interest rate as permitted for a retail installment sales
    15  contract under the act of October 28, 1966 (1st Sp.Sess.,
    16  P.L.55, No.7), known as the Goods and Services Installment Sales
    17  Act, plus an additional service charge of $10 per insurance
    18  premium finance agreement, which need not be refunded upon
    19  cancellation or prepayment. If the insurance policy whose
    20  premiums are being financed is for other than personal, family
    21  or household purposes, then the interest shall be at the rate
    22  agreed to by the parties and stated in the insurance premium
    23  finance agreement. The interest permitted by this subsection
    24  anticipates repayment in consecutive monthly installments equal
    25  in amount for a period of one year. For repayment in greater or
    26  lesser periods or in unequal, irregular or other than monthly
    27  installments, the interest may be computed at an equivalent
    28  effective rate having due regard for the installments as
    29  scheduled.
    30     (d)  Refunds.--Notwithstanding the provisions of the
    19870H1628B2005                - 1042 -

     1  insurance premium finance agreement, any insured may prepay the
     2  obligation in full at any time. In that event, he shall receive
     3  a refund credit, which refund credit shall be computed pursuant
     4  to the actuarial method. As used in this subsection the term
     5  "actuarial method" means the method of allocating payments made
     6  on a debt between the amount financed and the finance charge
     7  pursuant to which a payment if applied first to the accumulated
     8  finance charge and any remainder is subtracted from the unpaid
     9  balance of the amount financed. If the amount of the refund
    10  credit is less than $1, no refund need be made.
    11  § 8524.  Delinquency and cancellation charges.
    12     An insurance premium finance agreement may provide for the
    13  payment by the insured of a delinquency charge of $1 to a
    14  maximum of 5% of the delinquent installment on any installment
    15  which is in default for a period of five days or more.
    16  § 8525.  Cancellation of insurance contract upon default.
    17     (a)  Procedure.--When an insurance premium finance agreement
    18  contains a power of attorney enabling the insurance premium
    19  finance company to cancel any insurance contract listed in the
    20  agreement, the insurance contract shall not be canceled by the
    21  insurance premium finance company unless the cancellation is
    22  effected in accordance with this section.
    23     (b)  Written notice.--Not less than 15 days' written notice
    24  shall be mailed to the insured, at his last known address as
    25  shown on the records of the insurance premium finance company,
    26  of the intent of the insurance premium finance company to cancel
    27  the insurance contract or contracts unless the default is cured
    28  within the 15-day period.
    29     (c)  Curing default.--If, after giving the prescribed notice,
    30  the default is not cured within the 15-day period, the insurance
    19870H1628B2005                - 1043 -

     1  premium finance company may cancel the insurance contract by
     2  mailing a notice of cancellation to the insurer. The insurance
     3  contract shall be canceled as if the notice of cancellation had
     4  been submitted by the insured himself but without requiring the
     5  return of the insurance contract. The insurance premium finance
     6  company shall also mail a notice of cancellation to the insured
     7  at his last known address as shown on the records of the
     8  company.
     9     (d)  Legal restrictions.--All statutory, regulatory and
    10  contractual restrictions providing that the insurance contract
    11  may not be canceled unless notice is given to a governmental
    12  agency, mortgagee or other third party shall apply when
    13  cancellation is effected under this section. The insurer shall
    14  determine the effective date of cancellation, taking into
    15  consideration the number of days notice required to complete the
    16  cancellation. The insurer shall not be required to send the
    17  insured any notice of cancellation when the insurance policy is
    18  canceled by an insurance premium finance company under this
    19  section.
    20  § 8526.  Return of premiums.
    21     Whenever a financed insurance contract is canceled, the
    22  insurer shall return whatever gross unearned premiums are due
    23  under the insurance contract to the insurance premium finance
    24  company for the account of the insured as soon as reasonably
    25  possible, and not more than 60 days after the effective date of
    26  cancellation. If the crediting of return premiums to the account
    27  of the insured results in a surplus over the amount due from the
    28  insured, the insurance premium finance company shall refund the
    29  excess to the insured within ten days of receipt of the returned
    30  premium from the insurer, but no refund shall be required if the
    19870H1628B2005                - 1044 -

     1  excess is less than $1.
     2  § 8527.  Secured transactions.
     3     A filing of the insurance premium finance agreement shall not
     4  be necessary to perfect the validity of the agreement as a
     5  secured transaction as against creditors, subsequent purchasers,
     6  pledgees, encumbrancers, successors or assigns.
     7  § 8528.  Penalties for violations.
     8     (a)  Violation of chapter.--Any insurance premium finance
     9  company or insurer, agent or broker who willfully and knowingly
    10  violates this chapter commits a misdemeanor of the third degree.
    11     (b)  Unlicensed business.--Any person who engages in the
    12  business of entering into insurance premium finance agreements
    13  without having a license under this chapter commits a
    14  misdemeanor of the third degree.
    15     Section 3.  (a)  The following acts and parts of acts are
    16  repealed:
    17     Act of March 4, 1850 (P.L.126, No.110), entitled "An act to
    18  supply lost policies of insurance."
    19     Act of July 7, 1869 (P.L.1279, No.1260), entitled "An act to
    20  authorize the Hartford Steam Boiler Inspection and Insurance
    21  Company to give certificates of inspection in and for the city
    22  of Philadelphia."
    23     Section 28 of the act of April 29, 1874 (P.L.73, No.32),
    24  known as the General Corporation Law.
    25     Section 7 of the act of June 10, 1881 (P.L.99, No.107),
    26  entitled "A supplement to an act, entitled 'An act to provide
    27  revenue by taxation,' approved the seventh of June, one thousand
    28  eight hundred and seventy-nine."
    29     Act of June 25, 1885 (P.L.181, No.149), entitled "An act to
    30  authorize certain corporations to become sole surety for the
    19870H1628B2005                - 1045 -

     1  faithful performance of any trust or duty, and to authorize
     2  certain officers to approve the same."
     3     Act of March 11, 1891 (P.L.5, No.3), entitled "An act to
     4  regulate the issue of policies of insurance and certificates of
     5  inspection, made by steam boiler insurance companies, in all
     6  cities of the first class."
     7     Act of May 3, 1915 (P.L.217, No.122), entitled "An act
     8  prohibiting any city, county, or municipality from imposing or
     9  collecting any license fee upon insurance companies or their
    10  agents, or insurance brokers, licensed to transact business by
    11  the Insurance Commissioner."
    12     Act of May 17, 1919 (P.L.208, No.129), entitled "An act
    13  prohibiting, under certain conditions, the commutation,
    14  encumbrance, or assignment of the proceeds of life insurance and
    15  annuity policies and the income arising therefrom by persons
    16  entitled thereto; prohibiting the attachment of such proceeds
    17  and income; and authorizing life insurance companies to hold
    18  such proceeds as part of the general corporate funds."
    19     Act of April 20, 1921 (P.L.175, No.103), entitled "An act to
    20  permit any corporation with capital stock and transacting the
    21  business of life insurance on the mutual plan or any life
    22  insurance corporation having capital stock incorporated under
    23  the provisions of any general or special law of this
    24  Commonwealth, to acquire its capital stock for the benefit of
    25  its policy-holders, and to convert such corporation into a
    26  mutual life insurance corporation, and to provide a method
    27  therefor."
    28     Act of May 5, 1921 (P.L.350, No.170), entitled "An act making
    29  it unlawful to give or offer money to secure proxies for use at
    30  meetings of insurance companies."
    19870H1628B2005                - 1046 -

     1     Except for Article VI-A, the act of May 17, 1921 (P.L.682,
     2  No.284), known as The Insurance Company Law of 1921.
     3     Act of May 17, 1921 (P.L.789, No.285), known as The Insurance
     4  Department Act of one thousand nine hundred and twenty-one.
     5     Act of May 25, 1921 (P.L.1124, No.419), entitled "An act
     6  permitting certain domestic mutual fire insurance companies to
     7  issue cash premium policies without assessment liability; and
     8  providing for the distribution and escheat of the surplus of
     9  certain domestic mutual fire insurance companies in event of
    10  dissolution."
    11     Act of May 12, 1925 (P.L.618, No.331), entitled "An act
    12  increasing the powers of certain stock health and accident
    13  insurance companies."
    14     Act of April 26, 1929 (P.L.794, No.341), entitled "An act
    15  relating to mutual fire insurance companies incorporated under
    16  any general or special law of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania;
    17  empowering any such company to regulate the number of, and the
    18  manner of nominating directors, managers, or trustees thereof;
    19  and providing a method for fixing the time of annual meetings of
    20  members of any such company."
    21     Act of April 26, 1929 (P.L.834, No.362), entitled "An act
    22  requiring all title insurance companies to create and maintain a
    23  reserve; fixing the amount thereof, and regulating the same."
    24     Act of June 12, 1931 (P.L.566, No.197), entitled "An act
    25  providing for the purchase of reinsurance for the benefit of
    26  holders of outstanding policies, issued by any company
    27  authorized to insure titles, of which possession may be taken by
    28  the Secretary of Banking; and providing further for the use for
    29  that purpose of reserve funds accumulated by such companies to
    30  protect such policyholders; providing also for the form of such
    19870H1628B2005                - 1047 -

     1  reinsurance and defining the extent of the liability thereunder,
     2  and also for suits at law to recover thereon."
     3     Act of June 12, 1931 (P.L.574, No.199), entitled "An act
     4  prohibiting certain persons, corporations, associations and
     5  companies from engaging in the business of soliciting and
     6  accepting premiums or dues and selling policies or contracts
     7  guaranteeing to owners of motor vehicles the services of
     8  attorneys or providing for the towing of motor vehicles, or to
     9  hold themselves out to the public as authorized to engage in
    10  insurance business, or in the kind of business usually
    11  transacted by insurance companies, associations or exchanges,
    12  although transacted under some other name or description, unless
    13  such corporations, associations and companies are incorporated
    14  or organized as insurance companies, associations or exchanges,
    15  and registered and licensed by the Insurance Department; and
    16  providing penalties."
    17     Act of June 22, 1931 (P.L.622, No.211), entitled "An act to
    18  prevent fraudulent procedure in obtaining licenses or
    19  certificates from the Insurance Department, or altering licenses
    20  or certificates issued by the Insurance Department; and
    21  providing penalties."
    22     Act of June 22, 1931 (P.L.844, No.274), entitled, as amended,
    23  "An act authorizing the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, or any
    24  department or division thereof, and counties, cities, boroughs,
    25  incorporated towns, townships, school districts, vocational
    26  school districts and institution districts to make contracts of
    27  life, health, hospitalization, medical services, and accident
    28  policies for the benefit of employes thereof, and contracts for
    29  pensions for such employes; and providing for the payment of the
    30  cost thereof."
    19870H1628B2005                - 1048 -

     1     Act of May 24, 1933 (P.L.987, No.213), entitled "An act
     2  relating to policies of indemnity insurance; requiring such
     3  policies to contain provisions covering cases of insolvency and
     4  bankruptcy of the insured, and to permit injured persons, or
     5  their personal representatives, to maintain suits against the
     6  insurer in such cases."
     7     Act of May 31, 1933 (P.L.1094, No.269), entitled "An act to
     8  further amend section three hundred twenty-one of the act,
     9  approved the seventeenth day of May, one thousand nine hundred
    10  and twenty-one (Pamphlet Laws, six hundred eighty-two), entitled
    11  "An act relating to insurance; amending, revising, and
    12  consolidating the law providing for the incorporation of
    13  insurance companies, and the regulation, supervision, and
    14  protection of home and foreign insurance companies, Lloyds
    15  associations, reciprocal and inter-insurance exchanges, and fire
    16  insurance rating bureaus, and the regulation and supervision of
    17  insurance carried by such companies, associations, and
    18  exchanges, including insurance carried by the State Workmen's
    19  Insurance Fund; providing penalties; and repealing existing
    20  laws," by further defining deductions in case of reinsurance."
    21     Act of July 12, 1935 (P.L.969, No.312), entitled, as amended,
    22  "An act providing for the valuation of bonds and other evidences
    23  of debt held by domestic and foreign stock and mutual insurance
    24  companies, associations and exchanges authorized to do business
    25  in this State."
    26     Act of May 21, 1937 (P.L.774, No.210), entitled "An act
    27  relating to statements made in negotiations for annuity or pure
    28  endowment contracts and policies or certificates of life,
    29  endowment, accident or health insurance."
    30     Act of June 4, 1937 (P.L.1643, No.342), entitled "An act
    19870H1628B2005                - 1049 -

     1  relating to certain existing beneficial societies; conferring
     2  certain rights, powers and duties upon them, their officers and
     3  members; authorizing the payment of benefits by them in the
     4  event of sickness, accident, disability or death; regulating
     5  such societies and corporations; and limiting the amount for
     6  which they may issue membership certificates or policies;
     7  providing for reserves; imposing penalties; and repealing
     8  certain existing laws and parts of law."
     9     Act of June 24, 1939 (P.L.685, No.319), entitled "An act
    10  designating certain life insurance companies as limited life
    11  insurance companies, and further describing the powers thereof."
    12     Act of May 16, 1945 (P.L.587, No.242), entitled "An act to
    13  authorize domestic stock and mutual insurance companies, other
    14  than life, to transact outside of the United States, its
    15  territories and possessions, any and all forms of insurance or
    16  reinsurance, other than life insurance or annuities; authorizing
    17  such companies to accept any and all kinds of reinsurance, other
    18  than life insurance or annuities; providing for the maintenance
    19  in either case of a minimum policyholders' surplus, and for
    20  reserves as required by the act, approved the seventeenth day of
    21  May, one thousand nine hundred and twenty-one (Pamphlet Laws,
    22  seven hundred eighty-nine)."
    23     Act of May 22, 1945 (P.L.828, No.332), entitled "An act to
    24  enable domestic stock and mutual insurance companies to comply
    25  with the taxing statutes, and to relieve officers, directors and
    26  trustees of domestic stock and mutual insurance companies of
    27  personal liability by reason of the payment or determination not
    28  to contest payment of any license, excise, privilege, premium,
    29  occupation, or other fee, or tax, imposed by any State or
    30  political subdivision thereof."
    19870H1628B2005                - 1050 -

     1     Act of June 11, 1947 (P.L.538, No.246), known as The Casualty
     2  and Surety Rate Regulatory Act.
     3     Act of June 11, 1947 (P.L.551, No.247), known as The Fire,
     4  Marine and Inland Marine Rate Regulatory Act.
     5     Act of May 9, 1949 (P.L.1025, No.298), entitled "An act
     6  requiring companies and organizations subject to the provisions
     7  of the act of June 11, 1947 (Pamphlet Laws 538), or the act of
     8  June 11, 1947 (Pamphlet Laws 551), or section 654 of the act of
     9  May 17, 1921 (Pamphlet Laws 682), to maintain uniform
    10  classifications of accounts and records; make uniform reports;
    11  providing for appeals to the Court of Common Pleas of Dauphin
    12  County; and prescribing penalties."
    13     Act of May 11, 1949 (P.L.1210, No.367), entitled "An act
    14  relating to group life insurance; describing permitted policies
    15  and restrictions thereon, the premium basis thereof and rights
    16  thereunder; limiting the amount of such insurance; prescribing
    17  standard policy provisions; and requiring notice of conversion
    18  privileges."
    19     Act of June 28, 1951 (P.L.941, No.184), entitled "An act
    20  authorizing certain existing beneficial or protective societies,
    21  heretofore incorporated, to reincorporate, or to merge and
    22  reincorporate, as limited life insurance companies, for the
    23  purpose of making insurance upon the health of individuals and
    24  against personal injury and disablement and death, including
    25  endowment insurance; regulating such corporations, and limiting
    26  the amounts for which such corporations may issue policies."
    27     Act of July 19, 1951 (P.L.1074, No.231), entitled "An act
    28  requiring certain officers of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania
    29  and its departments, boards, commissions and agencies, and of
    30  the political subdivisions thereof, to deduct from the salaries,
    19870H1628B2005                - 1051 -

     1  wages or other compensation payable by them to any elected or
     2  appointed officers or employes, the premiums or other charges
     3  due from such persons under various contracts of group
     4  insurance, when written authorization to make such deductions is
     5  given by any such persons; and requiring the deductions so made
     6  to be paid directly to the association or corporation furnishing
     7  such group insurance."
     8     Act of December 30, 1959 (P.L.2095, No.774), entitled "An act
     9  authorizing the recapitalization of limited life insurance
    10  companies and limiting the amounts for which such companies may
    11  issue policies."
    12     Act of September 2, 1961 (P.L.1232, No.540), known as the
    13  Model Act for the Regulation of Credit Life Insurance and Credit
    14  Accident Health Insurance.
    15     Act of August 14, 1963 (P.L.909, No.433), entitled "An act
    16  requiring, with limitations, that insurance policies insuring
    17  against loss occurring in connection with motor vehicles provide
    18  protection against certain uninsured motorists."
    19     Act of August 14, 1963 (P.L.910, No.434), entitled "An act
    20  authorizing certain domestic stock insurance companies to issue
    21  stock having a par value of not less than one dollar per share,
    22  and validating certain stock which any such corporation may
    23  heretofore have been authorized to issue or issued."
    24     Act of December 27, 1965 (P.L.1247, No.506), entitled "An act
    25  relating to the reimbursement or payments for providing and
    26  furnishing optometric services in contracts, certificates and
    27  policies by various insurance and other companies, and limiting
    28  the provisions in relation thereto."
    29     Act of January 24, 1966 (1965 P.L.1509, No.531), entitled "An
    30  act relating to, regulating, taxing, supervising and controlling
    19870H1628B2005                - 1052 -

     1  the placing of insurance on risks located in the Commonwealth of
     2  Pennsylvania with insurers not licensed to transact insurance
     3  business in Pennsylvania, permitting licensed insurers to afford
     4  coverage which may be placed with unlicensed insurers, providing
     5  fees and penalties, and repealing certain existing laws."
     6     Act of April 17, 1968 (P.L.95, No.45), entitled "An act
     7  making unlawful the borrowing or rental of securities by
     8  insurance companies and affiliated companies or individuals, and
     9  providing penalties."
    10     Act of June 5, 1968 (P.L.140, No.78), entitled "An act
    11  regulating the writing, cancellation of or refusal to renew
    12  policies of automobile insurance; and imposing powers and duties
    13  on the Insurance Commissioner therefor."
    14     Act of July 31, 1968 (P.L.738, No.233), known as The
    15  Pennsylvania Fair Plan Act.
    16     Act of July 31, 1968 (P.L.941, No.288), entitled "An act
    17  providing for reporting to the Insurance Commissioner by
    18  domestic insurance companies, associations, or exchanges, of
    19  certain conveyances of interests in the assets of such
    20  companies, associations, or exchanges."
    21     Act of November 25, 1970 (P.L.716, No.232), known as The
    22  Pennsylvania Insurance Guaranty Association Act.
    23     Act of December 10, 1970 (P.L.884, No.279), entitled "An act
    24  providing a procedure for the conversion of a mutual insurance
    25  company, other than a mutual life insurance company, or a
    26  company which operates exclusively on the basis of perpetual
    27  policies, into a stock insurance company, and requiring the
    28  filing of information with the Insurance Commissioner and
    29  approval by the Insurance Commissioner prior to any such
    30  conversion."
    19870H1628B2005                - 1053 -

     1     Act of August 12, 1971 (P.L.313, No.78), entitled "An act
     2  providing for elimination of discriminatory provisions relating
     3  to compensation for services and treatment under sickness and
     4  accident insurance contracts and providing for nondiscriminatory
     5  reimbursement of sickness and bodily injury claims thereunder."
     6     Act of December 29, 1972 (P.L.1701, No.364), known as the
     7  Health Maintenance Organization Act.
     8     Act of December 29, 1972 (P.L.1713, No.367), known as the
     9  Motor Vehicle Physical Damage Appraiser Act.
    10     Act of July 22, 1974 (P.L.589, No.205), known as the Unfair
    11  Insurance Practices Act.
    12     Act of December 10, 1974 (P.L.804, No.266), entitled "An act
    13  relating to the domestication of alien insurers transacting
    14  business in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania through transfer of
    15  all the business, assets and liabilities in the United States of
    16  the alien insurer to a wholly owned stock insurance company
    17  incorporated under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania;
    18  regulating the terms and conditions of such domestication and
    19  the steps to be taken and the acts to be performed for the
    20  adoption, approval and execution thereof; providing for the
    21  transfer of deposits and trusteed assets and providing for the
    22  maintenance of deposits."
    23     Act of August 1, 1975 (P.L.157, No.81), entitled "An act
    24  providing for the health and welfare of newborn children and
    25  their parents by regulating certain health insurance coverage
    26  for newborn children."
    27     Act of October 15, 1975 (P.L.390, No.111), known as the
    28  Health Care Services Malpractice Act.
    29     Act of May 18, 1976 (P.L.123, No.54), known as the Individual
    30  Accident and Sickness Insurance Minimum Standards Act.
    19870H1628B2005                - 1054 -

     1     Act of July 29, 1977 (P.L.105, No.38), known as the Fraternal
     2  Benefit Society Code.
     3     Act of April 18, 1978 (P.L.33, No.16), entitled "An act
     4  providing reimbursement to insured by insurance company for
     5  services performed by a psychologist."
     6     Act of September 22, 1978 (P.L.763, No.143), entitled "An act
     7  establishing certain procedures relating to the termination of
     8  insurance agency contracts or accounts and providing penalties."
     9     Act of November 26, 1978 (P.L.1188, No.280) known as the Life
    10  and Health Insurance Guaranty Association Act.
    11     Act of July 2, 1980 (P.L.340, No.85), known as the Arson
    12  Reporting Immunity Act.
    13     Act of December 12, 1980 (P.L.1177, No.218), known as the
    14  Insurance Consultation Services Exemption Act.
    15     Act of December 23, 1981 (P.L.583, No.168), entitled, as
    16  amended, "An act providing for reimbursement by insurance
    17  companies and others for facilities used by or for services
    18  performed by licensed certified nurse midwives."
    19     Act of December 7, 1982 (P.L.815, No.228), known as the Anti-
    20  Arson Application Law.
    21     Act of December 15, 1982 (P.L.1291, No.292), known as the
    22  Medicare Supplement Insurance Act.
    23     Act of December 20, 1983 (P.L.260, No.72), entitled "An act
    24  providing for the licensing and regulating of public adjusters
    25  and public adjuster solicitors."
    26     Act of June 18, 1984 (P.L.391, No.82), known as the
    27  Continuing-Care Provider Registration and Disclosure Act.
    28     Act of December 19, 1984 (P.L.1182, No.224), known as the
    29  Insurance Premium Finance Company Act.
    30     Act of December 19, 1985 (P.L.343, No.97), entitled "An act
    19870H1628B2005                - 1055 -

     1  providing for the insurability of downhill ski area operators
     2  for punitive damages for unintentional tortious conduct."
     3     Act of July 3, 1986 (P.L.396, No.86), entitled "An act
     4  requiring notice of rate increases, policy cancellations and
     5  nonrenewals by property and casualty insurers."
     6     Act of December 19, 1986 (P.L.1737, No.209), known as the
     7  Insurance Payment to Registered Nurse Law.
     8     (b)  The act of June 30, 1923 (P.L.984, No.404), entitled "An
     9  act for the encouragement of unincorporated cooperative
    10  associations of agricultural and industrial workers; providing
    11  that membership therein, and interest in the funds and property
    12  thereof, may be made nontransferable; and imposing penalties
    13  upon persons making or accepting unlawful assignment, transfer,
    14  or pledge of such membership or interest," is repealed insofar
    15  as it relates to associations for mutual benefit insurance.
    16     (c)  All other acts and parts of acts are repealed insofar as
    17  they are inconsistent with this act.
    18     Section 4.  This act shall take effect in 180 days.








    19870H1628B2005                - 1056 -